$05, 424

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

a eee

VOL, TV.—FIFTH SERIESH*isonian i=

RUS 3 eS a eX stituy

( ASA\O5

ations’ Museum:

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHI@TAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1879.

“ Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Farum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

LOT.

5o 6 PO GAG o otaon bone The sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL. IV.

[FIFTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XIX.

Page

{. Description of new or little-known Species of Maioid Crus-

tacea (Oxyrhyncha) in the Collection of the British Museum. By

Epwarp J. Miers, F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological

Depumamentts CE babes LV. Be OW). a0; tat 0a¢5 a; iapecanit ss sepals ae sawed whee 1

II. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No. XII,

Some Carboniferous Species belonging to the Genus Carbonia, Jones,

By Prof. T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S., and James W. Kirxsy, Esq.

GE acenp el rceeE Els) teeta eran c-ajs wo «gee #8 ol ecotateh ohm BB wo ae ees 28

II. On a small Collection of Arachnida from the Island of

Johanna, with Note on a Homopterous Insect’ from the same Loca-

lity. By AnrHurR G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &. (PlateL).... 41

IV. On Plocamia plena, a new species of Echinonematous Sponge.

By W. J, Sornas; M.A., F.G.S., &e. (Plates VI. & VIL.) ...:.. 44

V. On the Occurrence in North America of rare Extinct Verte-

brates found fragmentarily in England.—No. 2. By Prof. R.

Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c. (Plate VEIL). 2.2... Baal oi skehahare ehieht eke 53

VI. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongiz. By Karu

CA BRIN Ask RMEUES seal ects aia. 2; «1 6/s,00o aoemetar an al*\ehtpmasie x plaints Roereee. cen 61

VII. Observations on the Chlamydodere or Bower-birds, with

Description of a new Species. By JoHn Goutp, F.RS........... 73

VIII. A third Contribution to the Knowledge of the Cetoniide of

Madagascar. By CuHartes O. WATERHOUSE .......ccseeeeeees 74

IX. On some Spheroidal Lithistid Spongida from the Upper Silu-

rian Formation of New Brunswick. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan,

TP eRe LEIS i 0. Se earn rae Sienna ren er reece 84

lv ; CONTENTS.

New Books :—The Great Atlas Moth of Asia (Attacus atlas, Linn.),

with a coloured Plate of its Transformations. By Putip

Henry Gossr, F.R.S.—Supplement to the Second Edition of

‘Acadian Geology, &c. By J. W. Dawson, M.A., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &e.—The Gault, being the Substance of a Lecture deli-

vered in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, 1878, and

before the Geologists’ Association, 1879. By F. G, Hirron

PRTC Gasca wees 4 sc ae ane etre ater stanetetahot

On the Body-cavity of the Sedentary Annelids and their Seomental

Organs, with some Remarks on the Genus Phascolosoma, by

M. Cosmovici ; Morphological Notes on the Limbs of the Am-

phiumide, as indicating a possible Synonymy of the supposed

Genera, by John A. Ryder; On Haptophrya gigantea, a new

Opalinid from the Intestines of the Anurous Batrachia of

Algeria, by M. E. Maupas; Trichinosis in a Hippopotamus, by

M. E. Heckel; On the Apparatus of Sound in some South-

Page

92, 93

American Fishes, by M. W. Sorensen ....... sees eee e eee 94—99

NUMBER XxX.

X. On the Mode of Growth of Stromatopora, including the Com-

mensalism of Cawnopora. By H. J. Carrer, F.RS, Xe.

XI. Description of a new Species of Porcupine from the Philip-

pine Islands. By Dr. A. GUNTHER, F.R.S. ............e eee aes

XII. Description of a new Species of Didelphys from Demerara.

er Aen T GUNTHER ORS. sys step om oie «se elie ales

XIII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Gallerucine.

EBSCO f onpl o€ ae On TS ary anon ong Ome aon HMAn ane

XIV. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongie. By Karu

ALFRED ZITTEL

XV. Description of a new Species of Vesperugo from Bermuda.

By G. E. Doxsson, M.A., M.B., &e

XVI. Notice of two new Species of Fishes from the South Seas.

By Dr. A. GUNTHER

Ce 2

XVII. Notes towards the History of the Genus Entoniscus. By

A. Grarp. (Plate X.)

XVIII. On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature.

By ALFRED NEwron, M.A., F.R.S., &e

XIX. Description of two new Species of Plectepylis, a Subgenus of

me Helicide. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-AvstTEn, F.Z.S,

ot rofat alah ote’ eM at ets’ eo” e” elie) ete a sf of e! se) inlie: 8 te’ 10" 1 10" 8 eetie ete ig) seiuria: eet Be) « ome aemn ete 18) .s

101

106

108

CONTENTS.

XX. On the Occurrence of Neomenia (Solenopus) in the British

Seas. By the Rey. A. M. Norman

a sii, 0a) v0. © 05 f 8's) wi 9.0 6) Bho o.0\.p\e eho ecole

Proceedings of the Geological Society ............. ces eeeee 166,

Notice of a new Jurassic Mammal, by Prof. O. C. Marsh; Alleged

Evidence of the Moa from feathered Ornaments of Maori Wea-

pons, by Prof. R. Owen, F.R.S. &e. ; On the Metamorphoses of

the Blister-beetle (Lytta vesicatoria), by M. J. Lichtenstein ;

On the Systematic Position of the Volvocinez, and on the

Limits of the Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms, by M. E.

Page

167

UMIEE ES tay to ote ch ciprckeleteteaLSuel oaiede, ocho ere oad « age eral ats 167—170

NUMBER XXI.

XXII. Remarks on the recent Eryontide. By the Rey. A. M.

CEU CVEARUAUN PVE, Ata ce ORe ays a ofc w ea aaah ube 8 oPePanar aralls /O ghanel Oded Se WaT oae EE

XXII. Notes on the Palseozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No.

XIII. Entomis serratostriata and others of the so-called “Cypridinen”

of the Devonian Schists of Germany. By Prof. T. Rupert Jonzs,

BE oy ts Ghai, a EL BbO Ala) ok ya Sbteetacse® son woh 0.08 pia. dh Seine as

XXIII. On the Natural Term of Life and of its chief Periods in

the Hippopotamus (Zippopotamus amphibius, Linn.), By Prof. R.

RMR Coe Blake rg WS aoa cee co nas) o-0| pnliyat er ahahay dpa) sean bw ee poR eee ss

XXIV. On some new and rare British Spiders, with Characters of

anew Genus. By the Rev. O. P. Campripesr, M.A., C.M.ZS., &e.

Ee ee eee tate ore ateralfenciat alent e's? ie eratal ors si eren are Sieee sare R Nera

XXYV. Descriptions of Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queens-

land, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora. By H. A. NicHo.-

son, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S., &c., Professor of Natural History in the

University of St. Andrews, and R. EruErines, Jun., F.G.S., of

the Bra fish, Museamirng i, dans sw ten Kiley hey fel dio Stearn 44 pane

XXVI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Mada-

gascar, with Notes on some of the Forms already described. By

Sarno. Gy BUTLER BLS: PAS, BCs rnc ds aceh sacks cues ees

XXVII. Description of a new Species of Chameleon from Mada-

gascer. By Dr. A. GunruEr, FS. (Plate XH) ............

XXVIII, Description of a new Species of Cetonia from the Island

of Formosa. By CHarRLES O. WATERHOUSE ....... AG ene

On the Oviposition of the Amblystomes at the Museum of Natural

History, by M. L. Vaillant; On the Organization of Batracho-

bdella (B. Latasti, C. Vig.), by M. C. Viguier; Description of a

new Species of Chirocephalus, by John A. Ryder; Note on the

188

190

216

Adoptioniof en Ant-Qneet wos wegen cea tungeuann ns 248—252

vl CONTENTS.

NUMBER XXII.

Page

XXIX. On the Structure of Stromutopora. By H. J. Carrrr,

He Sace. a( Plate KV.) aise. vic os cies owe sa eerie ee 253

XXX. Descriptions of Paleeozoic Corals from Northern Queens-

land, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora. By H. A. NrcHo1-

son, M.D., D.Se., F.G.8., &c., Professor of Natural History in the

University of St. Andrews, and R. Erneriwes, Jun., F.G.S., of the

British Maseum, M(Plate AVV2)) ct ceaew ores k oe eakaahe- Ree 265

XXXI, Observations on the Genus Macropis. By W. H. Parron, 286

XXXII. Tintinnus semiciliatus, a new Species of Infusoria. By

Derr OMEN RL fr caitc tre coup aie en inc Plast ae Gale Broo tne 290

XXXII. Descriptions of new Species of Lizards in the Collection

of the British Museum. By A. W. E. O’SHaucunessy, Assistant

the Natural History Departments..... ....... Sra iatete oe see eee 295

XXXIV. On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. By J. F.

Buaxe, M.A., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at Charing-Cross

Helio RGeL eet tetra og hoc tris. wax leas (okt tera Al na Fiestas Gk oie eas cak aie re eRe 308

XXXYV. Respecting a new Distinction between the Species of the

Genus Phrynus of Authors. By ArtHuR G. BUTLER, F.L.S. &c... 318

XXXVI. Description of a new Species of Wild Dog from Deme-

rara. By Dr. ALBert GinruEr, Keeper of the Zoological Depart-

FEM AOTILInE WLUBOUI: ~. sss s.0 arevedaie sv W eo cistsaun's « 6sontete nee 316

Proceedings of the Geological Society .........e.eeeeeee .. 317—3821

On the Notodelphyide, by M. L. Kerschner; Notice of a new Pauro-

pod, by J. A. Ryder; On the Respiratory Apparatus of the

Ampullarie, by M. A. Sabatier; On the Zoantharia Malacoder-

mata of the Shores of Marseilles, by M. E. Jourdan; Notes on

the Marriage-flights of Lasius flavus and Myrmuca lobicornis, by

Pnewevssbtosc, MCCOOK neta emits triste ete 321—3826

NUMBER XXIIl.

XXXVI. Additions to the Amphipodous Crustacea of New Zea-

land. By Grorcre M. THomson, Dunedin. (Plate XVL)........ 329

XXXVIII. On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora.

By CaAnuns Larworre, PGS. dee. 3.0 ils ol, oh tale ee en 333

XXXIX. Description of anew Species of Acme and Varieties from

the Conglomerate Beds at Menton. By Grorrrey NEVvILL,

Coll (yi SB yo eR Cee ee et aos ee Gir § Wrote donee Wr thee ee 341

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

XL. On some new Species of Araneidea. By the Rev. O. P.

Camprives, M.A., C.M.ZS., &c. (Plate XVID)... 0... eee ene 343

XLI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. By

ETH Cero Ureim, Pipes see oi, lls Fede vale eclee mare heres e's 349

XLII. On the Nutritive and Reproductive Processes of Sponges.

by Hi: J. Caterer, POR BaGe: came ek ate thts ee eee ues 374

XLIII. Preliminary Notice of a new Genus (Parectatosoma) of

Phasmide from Madagascar, with brief Descriptions of its two

Species. By J. WOOD-MASON......... cs ceeeeeeereecrenreneas 386

XLIV. Monobia confluens,anew Moneron. By Aimé SCHNEIDER.

(Eatery LEI it tre ce tacte ct. Se Bolen, fo hos Sa aya ay Shae be rasta ae. Oe pean .. 388

New Books:—On the Structure and Affinities of the “ Tabulate

Corals ” of the Paleozoic Period, with Critical Descriptions of

Tllustrative Species. By H. ALLEYNE NicHoxson, M.D.,D.Sc.,

F.L.S., &c.—Geological Survey of Canada. Mesozoic Fossils,

Vol. i. part ii. On the Fossils of the Cretaceous Rocks of Van-

couver and adjacent Islands in the Strait of Georgia. By J. F.

PL EURTTEA Villa BO ies crates sherri oe tr ue en pce naw alee ral che 391, 395

On Hyale Lubbockiana (=Allorchestes imbricatus, Sp. Bate, and

Nicea Lubbockiana, Sp. Bate), by. the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing ;

On Robert Kerr’s Translation of the ‘Systema Nature’ of Lin-

nus, by Oldfield Thomas, Assistant in the Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum; On the Structure of the Cephalic Gan-

glia of Insects, by M. N. Wagner; On the Part played by

Insects during the Flowering of Arwm erinitum, Ait., by M. B.

Schnetzler; Ona new Species of Wild Dog from Demerara, by

ie Alpert Ghinther, WS. de. agave a: deat: ea 396—400

NUMBER XXIV.

XLY. On the Structure of Astrophiwa, a new and aberrant Genus

of Echinodermata. By W. Percy SuapeEn, F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plate

XLVI. On two new Isopods (Arcturus, sp., and Tanais, sp.) from

New Zealand. By Grorer M. Tuomson. (Plate XIX. figs. 1-6.) 415

XLVII. On a new Species of Nebalia from New Zealand. By

Grorce M. THomson. (Plate XIX. figs. 7-9.) ................ 418

XLVIII. More Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. By

Aiamep Newron; MA, Ponisi, Seed. a8 eetaciuk mak. «has ~ 419

XLIX. On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora.

Enyperanune LAPWORTH, BGS. dG. occ. ses seusies pees on ets 423

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

L. Note on the so-called “Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges ”

(Calcispongie, Zittel). By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e..........64. 451

LI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. By i.

aAntaon G. BoTiEn, HOLS.. ILS. (6c. se. is. 5 5k oie eae pm 437 [

}

LIT. On a new oped of the Genus Doridicola. By Henry N.

AA) LTE, enero tetewe tse oie os eos ahonaie sieve wh de che ie em Alger cece 458

LUI. On certain new Species of Coleoptera from Japan. By

SEONG MAWES Maes hace fsa a ai olooyhnctaue o ayepainyaisials.s fake < ie 3, ose iaia le 459

Proceedings of the -Geolopical Society... 5. awe wae ee» ce 467, 468

John Miers, F.R.S.; Nicholson’s ‘Manual of Paleontology, by Dr.

R. H. Traquair; On the Organization and Classification of the

Orthonectida, by M. A. Giard; Remarks on Orgyia, by Prof.

Leidy ; On Myrmecocystus mexicanus, Wesm., by the Rev. H. C.

IMECOOME SR Mngt hehe sf cote fsbshis, oe oo Becca toes o Reha 469—474

PLATES IN VOL. IV.

PuatE I, New Arachnida from the Island of Johanna,

as Carboniferous Species of Carbonia.

x. New Maioid Crustacea.

sl Plocamia plena.

VIII. Restoration of Leiodon anceps.

IX. Hindia spheeroidalis,

X. Anatomy of Entoniscus.

XI. Devonian Entomides.

XII. New British Spiders.

XIII. Chameleon minor.

XIV. Paleozoic Corals.

XV. Structure of Stromatopora.

XVI. New Amphipodous Crustacea.

XVII. New Species of Araneida.

XVIII. Monobia confluens.

XIX. New Isopods—New Species of Nebalia.

XX. Structure of Astrophiura.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES. ]

ee aeons Reaned per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

NV. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel, 1.

No. 19. JULY 1879.

I.—Descriptions of new or little-known Species of Matoid

Crustacea (Oxyrhyncha) in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assis-

tant in the Zoological Department.

[Plates IV. & V.]

THE present paper contains descriptions of all the species of

Oxyrhyncha in the British-Museum collection that appear to

have been hitherto unrecorded, with the exception of a few

specimens whose age or condition is such as to render it un-

advisable to describe them as new to science. ‘'T'wo or three

were noticed, but not described, by White, so long ago as 1847,

in the ‘ List of Crustacea in the Collection of the British

Museum.’

For diagnoses of the new genera briefly referred to below,

and characters of the families, I must refer to my paper on

“The Classification of the Maioid Crustacea,’”’ published in

the ‘ Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology,’ vol. xiv. p. 634,

for the present year.

The following is a systematic list of the species :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 1

Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

Systematic List of the Species described.

INACHIDZ.

Acheopsis Giintheri, sp. n.

Eucinetops? Stimpsoni, sp. n.

Halimus truncatipes, sp. n.

Trigonothir obtusirostris, gen. et sp.

nov.

Huenia pacifica, sp. n.

Simocarcinus(g.n. )simplex (Dana),

Cyclonyx (g. n.) frontalis (White).

Map.

Chorilibinia gracilipes, sp. n.

Paramithrax (Leptomithrax) com-

pressipes, sp. n.

( ) brevirostris, sp. n.

— (Paramithrax) spinosus, sp.n.

( ) halimoides (White,

ned. ).

Acanthophrys paucispina, sp. n.

Pisa carinimana, sp. n.

Hyastenus (Chorilia) gracilirostris,

sp. n.

Benioidinne P varians, sp. n.

Paramicippe affinis, sp. n.

Micippe parvirostris, sp. n.

PERICERIDA,

Tylocarcinus (g. n.) styx (Herbst).

Tylocarcinus gracilis, sp. n.

Othonia quadridentata, sp. n.

Parathoé rotundata, gen. et sp. nov.

PARTHENOPIDS.

Lambrus (Lambrus) longispinus,

sp. n.

— (——) Holdsworthi, sp. n.

—— (——) levicarpus, sp. n.

—— (——) longimanus (Linn. ?).

—— (——) deflexifrons, sp. n.

— ( ) hoplonotus, Ad. &

Whate.

=——=( ) , var. granulosus,

— (—) , var. longioculis,

Cc) , var. planifrons,

) eurvispinus, sp. n.

—— (Parthenopoides) erosus, sp. n.

) expansus, sp. n.

Cryptopodia spatulifrons, sp. n.

, var. leevimana, n.

Ceratocarcinus spinosus, sp. n.

Inachide.

Acheopsis Giinthert, sp. n.

Carapace broadly triangulate, moderately convex.

trum short, spines acute.

(Ple FV cig. 1h.)

Ros-

There is a small supraocular spine.

The spines of the carapace are disposed as follows :—There is

a very large perpendicular spine upon the gastric region, a

large blunt conical tubercle upon the cardiac, and a smaller

tubercle upon each of the branchial regions. The postocular

spine is small. Behind the eyes, on the subhepatic region, is

a blunt tubercular prominence. The anterior legs (in the

female) are small. The ambulatory legs are smooth, of

moderate length; the terminal joints in the first pair long,

slender, and nearly straight; in the following pairs slightly

curved. Length to base of rostrum 4 inch.

Hab, Cape of Good Hope (H.M.8. ‘ Herald’).

A single adult female is in the collection. Length of cara-

pace about 4 inch.

This species is easily distinguished by the remarkably pro-

. minent gastric spine. The terminal joints of the legs and the

carapace in front of the gastric spine are slightly hairy. In

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 3

Acheopsis spinulosus, Stm., also from the Cape of Good

Hope, of which specimens of both sexes are in the collection,

and which is the only other known species of the genus, there

are three spinules on the gastric region and several upon the

sides of the carapace. The genus Achwopsis appears to repre-

sent Inachus in the southern hemisphere.

I dedicate this species, which is certainly one of the most

striking of those here to be described, to Dr. Giinther, F.R.S.,

Keeper of the Zoological Department, by whose continual

kindness and encouragement my studies have been so greatly

facilitated.

Eucinetops? Stimpsoni, sp. n.

Carapace subpyriform and convex, upper surface without

spines or tubercles. Rostrum deflexed ; the spines of which

it is composed small, flattened, acute, and separated by a

narrow fissure. Immediately behind the eyes are two small

blunt prominences ; and a third, at a little distance, represents

the postocular spine. There are two very small tubercles at

the distal end of the slender basal antennal joint. The second

and third joints are not, as in LH. Lucasii, very broad, but

cylindrical. Anterior legs (in the female) very slender and

smooth. Both the body and legs are pubescent. Length of

carapace 2 inch.

Hab. N.K. coast of Australia (Cuming).

This species is represented only by a single female spe-

cimen.

I am in some doubt as to whether this species should not

be made the type of a genus distinct from Hucinetops. It

resembles the Californian £. Lucast’, Stimpson, in the small

and deflexed rostrum, the great length and mobility of the

eyes, the very small epistome, &c., but differs in the more

elongate-triangular carapace, and in the non-dilatation of the

second and third joints of the flagellum of the antenne. If

distinct as a genus, I should propose to designate it as Ana-

cinetops. It comes very near to Camposcia, but is dis-

tinguished by the presence of a distinct rostrum and by the

longer, slenderer eye-peduncles.

Halimus truncatipes, sp. n.

Carapace elongate-ovate, moderately convex; gastric region

with about eleven tubercles, of which four anterior are ar-

ranged in a transverse series, and three posterior in a median

longitudinal series, the others are lateral ; cardiac region with

two obtuse tubercles, and, posterior to these, three in a longi-

tudinal median series; the last of these, on the posterior

margin of the carapace, is an acute spine. ‘There are three

4 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

or four obscure tubercles on each branchial region, and six

spines on each lateral margin, including the two spines which

represent the upper orbital margin. ‘The spines of the ros-

trum are acute and strongly divergent. There is a spine at

the extero-distal angle of the basal antennal joint. The

merus joint of the outer maxillipedes is strongly produced at

its antero-external and the ischium joint at its antero-internal

angle. The anterior legs (in the male) are small ; arm with

a spine at the distal end of its upper margin ; wrist obliquely

carinated; palm slender, smooth, and compressed ; fingers

straight and acute. The penultimate joints of all the ambu-

latory legs are dilated and almost square-truncated at their

distal ends, and the terminal joints strongly curved and acute.

Postabdominal segments (in the male) with a slight convexity

in the middle line. Length of female nearly 14 inch.

Hab. Australia (Bowerbank).

The legs are clothed with long fulvous hairs.

This species is distinguished from /H. arzes and specimens

I refer to H. spinosus by the much more squarely truncated

joints of the ambulatory legs, from H. auritus by the exis-

tence of a spine on the posterior margin of the carapace, and

from H. tumidus by the prominent lateral marginal spines,

&c. In Hess’s description of H. spinosus the form of the

penultimate joints of the ambulatory legs is not stated. If

the specimens now described as HZ. truncatipes belong to that

species, it will be necessary to give a distinct designation. to

those in the Museum collection (from Victoria and King

George’s Sound, West Australia) which are now referred to

HT. spinosus.

Of Z. truncatipes, besides a fine female example from

Australia, there is a male, without definite locality, in the

British-Museum collection.

Trigonothir obtustrostris, gen. et sp. nov.

(Pl. IV. fig. 2.)

The carapace is triangular, narrowing anteriorly, and

smooth ; cardiac region convex. There is a large and pro-

minent rounded tubercle on the cardiac region; and the an-

tero-lateral margins, which are straight and otherwise un-

armed, terminate posteriorly in similar prominent lobes; on

the posterior margin of the carapace are two small tubercles.

The very prominent rostrum is rounded above and in front,

and perfectly flat on its under surface; the lateral carine are

acute and on a level with the flat under surface. The basal

antennal joint is unarmed; and the slender flagellum is con-

cealed beneath the rostrum. The anterior legs (in the male)

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 5.

are rather small, palm compressed, and fingers excavate at tips.

The ambulatory legs are smooth, decrease regularly in length,

and their terminal joints are slightly arcuate and acute.

The male postabdomen is apparently six-jointed (though

now broken at the tip), the penultimate and antepenultimate

joints coalescent. Length nearly ? inch.

Hab. Unknown.

A single male is in the collection.

The AMuenia pyramidata of Heller, from the Red Sea,

should perhaps be referred to the genus Trigonothir, but

differs from 7. obtustrostris in the absence of the lateral

rostral carine, &c.

The genus 7rigonothir is characterized principally by the

form of the prominent obtusely rounded rostrum, which is

armed, in 7’. obtustrostris, with lateral carine. It is further

distinguished from Menethius by its immobile eyes and the

want of a preocular spine; from Huwenia by the latter charac-

ter; and from Simocarcinus by the form of the anterior legs.

Huenia pacifica, sp.un. (Pl. IV. fig. 3.)

Carapace elongate-triangular, smooth, with three small

tubercles on the gastric region, which is somewhat elevated,

and a more prominent tubercle on the cardiac region. The

antero-lateral margins, which are nearly straight, terminate

posteriorly in a small tubercle or spine. The rostrum is very

long, slender, compressed, and straight; the preocular spine

is very small. The basal antennal joint is angulated, and

has a very small tubercle at its extero-distal angle. Post-

abdomen of male 7-jointed, smooth ; the edge of the sternal

plastrum is reflexed, and forms a raised rim around the margin

of the terminal postabdominal segment. Length of carapace

54 lines, rostrum 4 lines.

Hab. Fiji Islands, Ngau (HLILS. ‘ Herald’).

The description is taken from a male example, in which,

unfortunately, all the legs are wanting.

In a female specimen in the collection from Ovalau in the

Fyji group, which may very probably belong to the same

species, the rostrum is much shorter, the lateral expansions of

the carapace are unequal and separated by a semicircular

emargination, the anterior are larger and rounded, the poste-

rior truncated at the end. The ambulatory legs are very

slender and not at all dilated, with a small tubercle at the

distal end of the merus joints. The fourth to sixth postabdo-

minal segments coalescent.

This species differs from the H. proteus, De Haan, and /7.

6 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

heraldica, White, in the much longer, slenderer rostrum of the

male, which is not vertically deep as in those species.

H. Grandidieri, A. M.-Edwards, from Zanzibar, is founded

on a female example, which differs from the female from the

Fijis in the Museum collection in the truncated anterior

lateral and subacute posterior lateral lobes of the carapace. H.

depressa, A. M.-Edwards, also founded on a female example,

seems to belong to the following genus (Simocarcinus).

SIMOCARCINUS, Miers.

I propose to establish a new generic division under the

above name for the species Simocarcinus simplex, typified by

the Huenia simplex, Dana, from the Sandwich Islands, which

differs from the typical Huende in having a more robust body,

much shorter rostrum, no preocular spine, the lateral lobes of

the carapace in the female much smaller, the anterior legs in

the male with the palms turgid, not compressed, and ambu-

latory legs cylindrical, not compressed or dilated. _

The two species described by Dana (H. simplex and H.

brevirostrata) are, beyond a doubt, the male and female of one

and the same form. Specimens from the Sandwich Islands

are in the collection of the British Museum, of both sexes.

The females in the Museum collection differ slightly from that

figured by Dana in having the anterior lateral lobes of the

carapace larger and subtruncated ; but this is perhaps due to

the age of the specimens.

CYCLONYX, gen. nov.

This new generic division is established for the remarkable

species described by White as Huenia frontalis (P. Z. 8. 1847,

p- 223; and Zool. Samarang, Crust. p. 21, pl. iv. f. 3, 1848).

The single specimen in the British Museum is apparently

the exuvia of a female, and resembles the females of Huenia

in the laterally expanded carapace ; but in Oyclonyx frontalis

the lateral expansions are continuous, not divided into ante-

rior and posterior lobes. The rostrum is flattened and of a

transversely oval form, and completely conceals the flagellum

of the antennee, whose basal joint is scarcely distinguishable

from the surrounding parts of the body. The eyes are set in

the narrow emargination between the margins of the carapace

and rostrum. ‘The epistome is short. ‘The outer maxillipedes

have the merus joint small and not much produced at its

antero-external angle. The anterior legs are now wanting.

The ambulatory legs (of which only the second and third are

now perfect) are angulated, cristate above, the penultimate

——

————————————

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 7

joints truncated at their distal ends, against which the ter-

minal joints are retractile. In the postabdomen the sutures

of all the joints are clearly distinguishable.

Hab. 2

Perhaps, when the examination of specimens in good con-

dition shall have determined the structure of the orbits and

antenne of this remarkable form, it will be found necessary

to remove it to the Periceride. or the present I retain it in

the neighbourhood of Huenia, to which it is allied in many

respects. The form of the rostrum alone suffices to distin-

guish it from all its allies.

Maiide.

Chorilibinia gractlipes, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.)

Carapace subpyriform, smooth, and spinose above, the spines

disposed as follows :—four in the middle line, of which two

are on the gastric, one longer on the cardiac, and one strong

curved spine upon the posterior margin. There are two strong

spines upon the branchial regions above; and below them,

immediately above the bases of the ambulatory legs, are four

small blunt spines. The posterior margin of the carapace is

produced and forms a thin edge. Below, upon the pterygo-

stomian region, is a rather strong spine; and there is a blunt

spine at the antero-lateral angles of the buccal cavity. The

rostrum is prominent, the spines coalescent at base and diver-

gent in their distal half. The upper orbital margin is promi-

nent and divided by a narrow fissure; and there is a wider

fissure below. The anterior legs are small, slender, smooth,

palm slightly compressed, and fingers straight and acute. The

ambulatory legs are long and very slender, and are clothed

with distant tufts of small curled hairs. The first ambulatory

legs in particular are very greatly elongated, and with the

terminal joints very long and slender. The postabdominal

segments (in the male) are all distinct. Length of carapace

to base of rostrum, in the larger specimen, nearly 3 inch.

Hab. Papua (H.MS. ‘ Herald;’ the locality may be

doubtful).

Two male individuals are in the collection of this very

interesting species. I assign it to the genus Chorilibinia of

Lockington without much hesitation, although the generic

diagnosis and specific description of his species (C. angusta)

from California leaves much to be desired in point of com-

pleteness. The structure of the rostrum and orbits is the same ;

and the basal antennal joint bears a long spine on its outer

margin. The inferior surface of the body is densely pubes-

8 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

cent. OC. angusta is distinguished by the existence of three

spines on the antero-lateral margins &c.

Paramithrax (Leptomithrax) compresstpes, sp. n.

Carapace subpyriform, moderately convex, and covered

with numerous small, wart-like, rounded tubercles, but without

spines, except that on the gastric and cardiac region there is a

small conical spine. On the antero-lateral margins, behind

the strong spines of the upper margin of the orbit, is a series

of six small spines. The spines of the rostrum are short,

slender, and but slightly divergent. The basal antennal joint

is not much enlarged, and has two granulated spines at

its distal end, and one on its inner margin. There is a

blunt granulated tubercle on the anterior margin of the epi-

stome, below the antennulary fosse. The merus joint of the

outer maxillipedes is broad and rounded at its antero-external

and produced and subacute at its antero-internal angle. The

anterior legs (in the female) are small, slender, and perfectly

smooth, without spines or tubercles. The ambulatory legs

are smooth and very robust, with the antepenultimate and

penultimate joints longitudinally sulcated ; the antepenultimate

joints in all except the last pair are flattened and greatly

dilated distally ; the terminal joints are straight and smooth ;

postabdomen wanting. Length of carapace to base of rostrum

2 inches.

Hab. Canton (Hon. E.-India Co.).

This species is represented by a single female specimen.

In the form and tuberculation of the carapace it resembles P.

barbicornis, Latr., but differs from that species and all others

of the genus in the smoothness of the anterior legs and the

remarkable dilatation of the antepenultimate joints of the am-

bulatory legs. It is probable that the carapace and legs were

densely pubescent in the living animal. It would also appear

to be allied to P. wrsus, Herbst, which, according to Gerst-

ecker’s description, has the “tibia”’ anteriorly triangularly

dilated, but differs in having very broad and short rostral

ae and a greatly enlarged tooth posterior to the postocular

tooth.

Paramithrax (Leptomithrax) brevirostris, sp. n.

Carapace subtriangular, without spines on its upper surface,

but covered with small scattered tubercles. Antero-lateral

margins with five spines (not including the postocular). Spines

of rostrum very short, triangular, and acute. Basal antennal

joint with two prominent spines at its distal end. Anterior

legs (in the female) slender; arm minutely spinulose above;

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 9

wrist with small tubercles; palms smooth, longer than the

wrists ; and fingers straight,smooth. Ambulatory legs with the

antepenultimate joints longitudinally sulcated, but not dilated

(as in the preceding species). Postabdominal segments (of

the female) smooth, distinct. Length of carapace to base of

rostrum 1? inch.

Hab. ie

The form and extreme shortness of the spines of the rostrum

serve to distinguish this species from its congeners.

Paramithrax (Paramithrax) spinosus, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 5.)

Carapace subpyriform ; surface covered with small scattered

granules, and with spines disposed as follows—an acute

spine, followed by a rounded tubercle, on the gastric region, a

bituberculated prominence on the cardiac region, two spines

on each branchial region, a spine on the intestinal region, and

a very small spine on the posterior margin of the carapace.

The spines of the upper orbital margin are blunt ; and posterior

to them, on the antero-lateral margins, are one or two small

spinules. Spines of rostrum divergent and acute. Pterygo-

stomian regions granulated. Basal antenual joint rather nar-

row, longitudinally sulcated, and with a small tubercle at its

antero-external angle. Merus joint of outer maxillipedes small

and without a distinct notch at its antero-internal angle.

Anterior legs (in the male) robust; arm granulated on its

outer surface, and with two or three spinules above; wrist

spinulose above and with a dentated crest on its outer surface ;

palm compressed and perfectly smooth; fingers arcuate and

meeting only at the tips, which are denticulated and acute ;

there is a-strong tubercle on the inner margin of the upper

finger near the base. Ambulatory legs slender. Postabdo-

minal segments distinct, the terminal one the longest. Length

to base of rostrum 2 inch.

Hab. Norfolk Island, on a fish taken at a depth of 23

fathoms (H.M.S. ‘ Herald.’)

One male individual is in the collection. This species, in

the form of the merus joint of the outer maxillipedes, ap-

proaches Acanthophrys. It comes near in external appearance

to specimens in the Museum collection from Australia and

New Zealand, which I formerly referred to P. Gaimardt,

M.-Edwards, but now to P. sternocostulatus, M.-Edw., but

differs in the number and position of the spines on the bran-

chial regions and lateral margins, and in the much slenderer

basal antennal joint, which has not two spines at its distal

extremity.

10 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

Paramithrax (Paramithrax) halimoides, sp. n.

Carapace elongated, and scarcely narrowing anteriorly, with

five long spines in a longitudinal median series, of which two

are on the gastric, one on the cardiac, and one on the in-

testinal region, and one on the posterior margin directed back-

ward ; also one on each branchial region. ‘The spines of the

rostrum are long, acute, and slightly divergent. The pre-

ocular spine is prominent and acute, the postocular large and

lamellate, and it is followed by a smaller prominence on the

hepatic region. Basal antennal joint rather narrow, with two

spines, of which one at the antero-external angle is prominent

and directed outward. Merus joint of the outer maxillipedes

with a notch for the insertion of the following joint at its

antero-internal angle; exognath narrow. Anterior legs (in

the male) small and slender ; arm with a slight dentated crest

on its under surface, wrist cariated above, palm compressed,

and fingers straight and acute. Ambulatory legs slender,

with a prominent spine at the distal end of the merus joints.

Postabdominal segments (in the male) distinct, slightly tuber-

culated in the middle line. Length of carapace to base of

rostrum about 2 inch.

Hab. Fastern seas (77.M.8. ‘ Samarang’).

- This species is mentioned but not described, under the name

of Ohorinus halimoides, by White, in the ‘ List of Crustacea in

the British Museum,’ p. 123 (1847) ; and De Haan’s Halimus

incisus is referred to doubtfully as synonymous with it; but

it has nothing to do with that species, which belongs to the

genus Pugettia, and has recently been received by the British

Museum from the Japanese seas. It is not referred to in the

‘Zoology of the Voyage of the Samarang.’ It is distin-

guished from Paramithrax aculeatus (Chorinus aculeatus,

M.-Edw.), and Paramithrax longispinus (De Haan), and

P. acanthonotus and P. verrucosipes, Ad. & White, all of

which have been referred to Chorinus, by the number and

disposition of the spines of the carapace. I believe it to be

necessary to restrict the genus Chorinus to the single species

comprehended in Milne-EKdwards’s first section of the genus,

the West-Indian C. heros (Herbst).

Acanthophrys paucispina, sp. n.

Carapace subpyriform and spinose above; there are two

or three small spinules in a longitudinal median series on the

gastric region, another on the cardiac region, followed by a

prominent spine, and a tubercle on the intestinal region ; there

Species of Matoid Crustacea. 11

are two spines on each branchial region. Over the eye is a

very prominent and triangular spine ; the postocular is smaller

and blunt, the rostral spines are acute and divergent, the

basal antennal joint is very large, with a spine, directed for-

ward, at its antero-external angle. Outer maxillipedes smooth ;

ischium joint very narrow ; merus joint large, concealing the

following: joints, without a notch at its antero-internal angle,

and much produced and rounded at its antero-external angle ;

exognath very large, broader than the ischium joint. Ante-

rior legs (in the male) smooth ; palm compressed and carinated

above, fingers nearly as in Paramithrax spinosus. Ambula-

tory legs slender and smooth, terminal joints slightly curved.

Postabdominal segments (in the male) smooth, distinct.

Length of carapace to base of rostrum nearly 4 inch.

Hab. Fiji Islands, Ovalau (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

I propose to restrict the genus Acanthophrys to the species

having the outer maxillipedes of the form described above. I

have not seen the type specimens of either of M. A. Milne-

Edwards’s species ; but this character (if we may judge from

the figure) seems to exist in his Acanthophrys cristimanus ;

and it certainly does in a specimen which I refer to it from

the Marquesas in the British-Museum collection, and which

is labelled “ Pisa cristiémana.” 'There seems to be no other

positive character to distinguish this genus from Paramithrax.

One male individual of A. paucispina is in the collection.

Pisa carinimana, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 6.)

The carapace of this pretty little species is subpyriform,

closely pubescent, and with a few longer curled hairs. There

are six very obscure tubercles or granules disposed in two

transverse series of three each upon the gastric region, and

two tubercles on the branchial regions, besides the small

lateral epibranchial spine; the cardiac region is very convex,

elevated, and rounded; and there is a small median tubercle

upon the posterior margin of the carapace. The upper orbital

margin projects considerably ; and the hiatus in it encloses a

small tooth. Behind the postocular tooth or lobe is another

small tooth. There is a row of granules on the pterygosto-

mian regions. ‘The spines of the rostrum are rather long,

slender, and divergent from a point at some distance above

their base. The anterior legs in the male are rather small;

arm granulated on its upper, outer, and lower margins ; wrist

obscurely carinated on its outer surface; palm compressed,

carinated above and below, and longitudinally faintly suleated

on its outer surface. The second pair of legs are much longer

than the succeeding. Fingers denticulated on their inner

12 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

margins, and nearly straight. All the ambulatory legs are

slender, cylindrical, and unarmed. Length to base of rostrum

5 lines, breadth 44 lines.

Hab. Canaries (R. MacAndrew, Esq.).

This species shows a relation to Hyastenus in its greatly

elongated second legs. In the form of the rostrum it ap-

proaches P. ertnacea, A. M.-Edw., a West-Indian species.

It differs very markedly from the Micropisa ovata, Stimpson,

from the Cape-Verds, as figured by M. A. Milne-Edwards,

in its slenderer, more divergent rostral spines, narrower cara-

pace, and longer second legs. Specimens both of M. ovata

and of M. violacea, A. M.-Edwards (the latter from W. Africa),

are in the Museum collection, and have so great an affinity

with the species of Rhodia, Bell, and Herbstia, that I think

it will be impossible to maintain the genera Micropisa and

Rhoda as distinct from Herbstia.

Hyastenus (Chorilia) gracilirostris, sp. n.

(PL. IV. fig. 7.)

Carapace subpyriform, with three spinules in a longitudinal

median series on the gastric region, a strong conical spine on

the cardiac, a tubercle on the posterior margin, and two spines

on each of the branchial regions, of which the larger occupies

the usual position of the lateral epibranchial spine. Spines

of the rostrum very slender and divergent. Basal antennal

joint rather broad, and with only a small tubercle at its antero-

external angle. Merus joint of outer maxillipedes small,

transverse. Anterior legs rather small; arm and wrist

slender; palm compressed; fingers arcuate and meeting only

at the tips, which are denticulated and acute. Ambulatory

legs very slender, the first pair much the longest. Postab-

dominal segments distinct. Length of carapace to base of

rostrum about 3 inch.

Hab. Fiji Islands, Nairai (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

One male example is in the collection.

This species differs from all its congeners in the disposition

of the spines and tubercles of the carapace.

Pseudomicippe? varians, sp.n.? (PIV. fig. 8.)

I designate by this name, with much hesitation, two speci-

mens, male and female, in the British Museum. ‘They agree

with one another in the characters of the orbital and antennal

region, and in the number and disposition of the tubercles of

the carapace, and also in these particulars with the figures and

description of Pseudomicippe tenuipes, A. Milne-EKdwards.

There do not exist, however, on the ventral surface of the

Spectes of Maioid Crustacea. 13

cephalothorax the granulated crests mentioned by A. Milne-

Edwards. Moreover these specimens differ very remarkably

in the form of the rostrum from one another. In the female

the gastric region is very convex and the rostral spines de-

flexed and short, as in the other species of Pseudomicippe,

whereas in the male they are much longer, slender, and nearly

horizontal. The anterior legs, as usual in the male sex, are

more developed, palm larger and compressed. It seems scarcely

possible that these specimens, which were collected on the

same occasion and at the same locality, can belong to distinct

species; and if not, it is very remarkable that the deflexed

rostrum, which is one of the principal characters of the genus,

should fail in the male sex in this particular species. Length

of carapace to base of rostrum (in the male) 7 lines.

Hiab. Shark’s Bay, Western Australia (H.W.S. ‘ Herald’).

Paramicippe afjinis, sp. n.

Carapace suboblong, deeply concave on the hepatic regions,

surface uniformly and evenly granulated ; on the gastric region

are two somewhat larger granules, placed one behind the

other, and followed by one on the cardiac region; there is also

one on each branchial region ; the lateral and posterior margins

are granulated ; the fissures of the upper orbital margins are

very small; the rostrum is broad, spatulate, obliquely de-

flexed, with a small triangular notch at its distal end, and

with its antero-lateral angles rounded, without teeth or

spines. ‘The anterior legs (in the female) are very small and

smooth; the ambulatory legs are densely hairy. Length

about 6 lines.

Hab. Bass’s Straits (H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’).

The single example (a female) was found among the

‘Challenger’ collection of fishes, and is very nearly allied to

P. platipes, Riippell, with which P. bécarinata, Ad. & White,

and Micippe hirtipes, Dana, are probably identical. It differs

in its more evenly granulated carapace, the absence of the

spine on the antero-lateral margins of the rostrum, and the

more densely hairy legs.

Micippe parvirostris, sp.n. (PL. IV. fig. 9.)

Carapace triangulate-oblong, narrowing anteriorly ; its

whole surface covered with close-set but very prominent

granules, which tend to become small spinules; rostrum com-

posed of two very small, truncated, subvertically deflexed

spines. The lateral margins are armed with six spines, in-

cluding the postocular, which is bifid. The sides of the body,

beneath the lateral marginal spines, are granulated, like the

14 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

surface of the carapace. The eye-peduncles are very long,

compressed, smaller at the distal end, with a small blunt tooth

on their anterior margin. The basal antennal joint is but

moderately enlarged, with a very small spine at its antero-

external angle; and the two following are somewhat dilated

and compressed. Anterior legs (in the female) very small ;

arm and wrist granulose, palm and fingers smooth. Ambu-

latory legs robust ; merus joints slightly granulated. Post-

abdominal segments (of the female) distinct. Length 63

lines.

Hab. South Australia, Port Lincoln (Mus. Zool. Soc.).

This species is remarkable for the length and mobility of

the eyes, the smallness of the basal antennal joint, the non-

definition of the lower orbital wall, and the smallness of the

rostrum. One female example is in the collection.

Periceride.

TYLOCARCINUS, Miers.

The genus Tylocarcinus is nearly allied to Microphrys,

M.-Edwards (Milnia, Stimpson), and to Tiarinia, Dana, but

differs from them both in the very slender basal antennal

joint, the distal spine of which is short, as in Z%arinia, and is

not visible in a dorsal view; from the former genus it is further

distinguished by the narrow and elongated carapace, and from

the latter by the divergent rostral spines.

Tylocarcinus styx.

gene ave Herbst, Naturg. Krabben, &c. iii. p. 53, pl. lviii. fig. 6

Pisa a Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 141 (1825); M.-Edw. Hist.

Nat. Crust. i. p. 808 (1834). ;

Microphrys styx, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. viii.

p. 247, pl. xi. fig. 4 (1872).

Carapace subpyriform and covered with rounded tubercles ;

of these, two are placed in the interorbital space, four in a

transverse series on the front of the gastric region, followed

by three in a triangle. There are three, similarly disposed,

on the cardiac, two on the intestinal region, three on the poste-

rior margin, three or four on the front and two on the hinder

lobe of each branchial region, and about six on the lateral

margins. ‘The spines of the rostrum are acute, rather short,

and divergent from a point at some distance above their base.

Preocular spine prominent, acute. Anterior legs (in the

male) slender and nearly smooth. Ambulatory legs robust,

with the merus joints spinulose, the following joint (in the first

Species of Maiotd Crustacea. 15

and sometimes the succeeding pairs) armed with a strong spine.

Postabdominal segments smooth, distinct. Length of carapace

in the largest individual 2 inch.

Hab. Fiji Islands, Ngau, 'Totoya, Ovalau; Conway Reef

(H.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

The tubercles of the carapace are larger posteriorly, and

are most distinct in the oldest individuals. In some examples

the carapace is narrower and the rostral spines are longer ;

but these are not characters confined to one or the other

sex. ‘This species inhabits the coral reefs.

To facilitate the identification of the types of this new

genus, I have given at length the description of the above,

which I refer with some hesitation to the Cancer styx of

Herbst. It is certainly the species figured by M. A. Milne-

Edwards (/.c.) as Microphrys styx.

There is an adult male from the Mauritius in the British-

Museum collection, which differs from an adult male of the

species described above only in the greater enlargement of the

hands, and in the greatly arcuated fingers, which meet only

at the tips. Jam not disposed to regard it as distinct, since

M. A. Milne-Edwards has noted that P. stya is distributed

throughout the Indo-Pacific region.

Tylocarcinus gracilis, sp. n.

Carapace elongate-pyriform, surface covered with granules

and small tubercles. On the front of the gastric region are

several small granules followed by four in a transverse line ;

the branchial, cardiac, and intestinal regions are very indis-

tinctly tuberculated. The spines of the rostrum are long, very

slender, and divergent nearly from their base. The spines

on the third and fourth joints of the first pair of ambulatory

legs are long and acute.

Hab. “ Eastern seas” (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

This species differs from the foregoing principally in the

much narrower and less distinctly tuberculated carapace, and

in the form of the rostrum, and may perhaps prove to be only

a variety of it; the spines of the rostrum are in 7’ gracilis

more than half the length of the carapace; in 7’. sty# they are

much less than half its length.

Othonia quadridentata, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 1.)

Carapace rather broadly ovate, and smooth, without any

trace of tubercles or granules. Lateral margins armed with

four well-developed acute spines, without any trace of the fifth

and sixth spines, which are observable in other species of this

16 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

genus. Basal antennal joint not dentated, or with a single

small tooth on its anterior margin. Anterior legs (in the

female) small and weak. Ambulatory legs smooth, without

tubercles or spines. Postabdominal segments (in the female)

distinct. Length of carapace about ? inch, breadth between

the third and fourth lateral marginal spines 3 inch.

Hab. West Indies (Scrivener).

There are in the British Museum the carapaces of two

individuals (sex unknown), which differ only in their some-

what greater proportional breadth. The length of the larger

individual is about 1 inch and 4 line, the breadth 114 lines.

The colour of these carapaces is greenish upon a pale ground,

the green hue predominating on the anterior portion and form-

ing reticulations upon the back and sides of the carapace.

Traces of the same reticulations are visible on the sides of the

carapace in the typical specimens of O. quadridentata.

That all these examples belong to the same species can

scarcely be doubted; the greater breadth of the carapace in

the two last-mentioned may be due to age or sex. This

species is distinguished from all its congeners by the non-

existence of the fifth and sixth lateral marginal spines, even

in a rudimentary condition. The smoothness of the carapace

further distinguishes it from all the species known, except

O. levigata, A. M.-Edwards. These may appear but slight

diagnostic characters ; but this species is more distinct from

its nearest allies than O. Lherminiert (for example) is from

O. levigata or O. sexdentata from either. There appears to

be no alternative between separating the species on such slight

differences and uniting all, both from the eastern and western

American coasts.

Parathoé rotundata, gen. et sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 2.)

Carapace subtriangular, rounded behind, and indistinctly

tuberculated; the gastric and cardiac regions are distinctly

defined and nearly smooth ; there are four or five indistinct

rounded elevations on the branchial regions, and two tuber-

cles on the posterior margin. ‘The rostrum is very small,

little prominent, and notched at its extremity. The anterior

legs (in the male) are robust; arm and wrist smooth; palm

enlarged, smooth and compressed; fingers arcuate, and meeting

only at the tips, which are excavated. On the inner margin

of the mobile finger, near its base, is a small tubercle. The

ambulatory legs are robust, with the merus joints strongly

tuberculated. The rather narrow basal antennal joint is un-

armed at its distal end. The postabdominal segments (in the

male and female) are smooth and distinct. Length 33 lines.

= ee

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 17

Hab. Totoya, Fiji Islands (4.M.S. ‘ Herald’); Port

Curtis (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

Notwithstanding the small size of the specimens, they have

all the appearance of being adult.

There is in the Museum collection a female example from

the Gulf of Suez (MacAndrew), which seems to belong to this

species.

The genus Parathoé, as its name imports, is most nearly

allied to Zhoé, Bell, but differs in the much narrower basal

antennal joint, and in the non-dilatation of the merus joints

of the ambulatory legs. From Mithrax, which it may be

supposed to represent in the Indo-Pacific seas, it differs in

the first-mentioned character and also in the form of the

carapace and absence of antero-lateral marginal teeth.

Parthenopide.

LAMBRUS.

The genus Lambrus is one which is remarkable for the

number and variety of its species; and it greatly stands in

need of revision. Several of the described forms are insuffi-

ciently characterized ; and it is therefore not without consider-

able hesitation that 1 have described so many below as new

to science. The genus can be conveniently divided into

two subgenera :—the first containing the typical Lambdri*, in

which the carapace is rhomboidal rather than triangular, or

rounded behind, and the anterior legs greatly elongated, con-

siderably more than twice the length of the body, and more

or less spinose; the second containing those forms in which

the carapace is subtriangular, somewhat produced over the

bases of the ambulatory legs at its postero-lateral angles, with

the posterior margin straight or nearly so, and the anterior

legs shorter, rarely exceeding twice the length of the carapace.

In the first of these subgenera the species may be further

subdivided, according as the merus joints of the ambulatory

legs are or are not spinulose along their margins. ‘The second

subgenus, in the shortness of the anterior legs, approaches Par-

thenope, and contains several forms which have been described

as members of that genus. I believe it to be more conveni-

ent, however, to restrict the designation Parthenope to the

long-known P. horrida, Lam., and its near ally P. spinosis-

stma, A. M.-Edwards, which are characterized by the greater

development of the basal antennal joint and of the spines of

the ambulatory legs.

* The type of this subgenus is LZ. /ongimanus, and not, as stated by a

lapsus calama in Journ. Linn. Soc. xiy. p. 672, L. erenulatus, Saus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 2

| 18 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

I may here observe that Dr. Stimpson has proposed to

separate under the name of Platylambrus a certain number

of Lambrt, characterized by the excavation of the subhepatic

and pterygostomian regions (the excavation forming an afferent

branchial channel) ; but this peculiarity is developed in species:

otherwise so dissimilar, and these species pass so completely

into the forms in which this channel is not developed, that I

think the proposed character can scarcely be retained as a

generic distinction.

§ 1. Carapace usually rounded behind (the postero-lateral margins not in a

line with the posterior margin); anterior legs greatly elongated and

usually spinose. (‘Typical Lambrus.)

a. Merus joints of the ambulatory legs spinulose along their upper or

under margins, or both margins.

Lambrus longispinus, sp. n.

Carapace broader than long to base of rostrum, spinose and

tuberculate above; there are four prominent spines in the

middle line, of which three are on the cardiac and one on the

gastric region ; in front of the latter are two smaller spines ;

and there are also two on the posterior margin. On the bran-

chial regions are several small spines, principally arranged in

two oblique series on each side, and one larger spine. On the

antero-lateral margins are about nine small, blunt, very faintly

laciniated teeth, increasing in size posteriorly, and on the

postero-lateral margins two long spines. The rostrum is

prominent, triangular, acute, and obliquely deflexed. ‘The

anterior legs have ten or twelve spines on the anterior* mar-

gins of the arms, alternating in size, except the three or four

nearest the distal end, which are small; also three very pro-

minent spines on the upper surface, and two or three on the

posterior margin of the arm; on the anterior margin of the

upper surface of the hands are seven larger, granulated, trian-

angular spines and two or three smaller, and four larger and

three smaller on the posterior margin. The lower surface of

the arms, wrists, and hands is covered with rather large,

rounded, granulated tubercles. ‘The merus and sometimes the

following joints of the ambulatory legs are compressed and

dentated. Length to base of rostrum about 1 inch, breadth

nearly 1 inch 2 lines.

Hab. Shanghai (Jamrach).

This species is allied to the Japanese LZ. validus and L.

* In describing the species of Lambrus I have regarded the large ante-

rior legs as fully laterally extended; consequently the terms “anterior ”’

and ‘ posterior” are used for the margins of these limbs, instead of

“inner” and “outer,” the latter terms being often misleading.

Species of Matoid Crustacea. 19

laciniatus, De Haan, and also apparently to the West-Indian

L. Pourtalesti and L. fraterculus, Stm., but differs in the

longer spines of the carapace and the form and disposition of

the tubercles on the under surface of the anterior legs, and in

other characters.

There is in the British Museum a female from Australia

(Stwtchbury) in very bad condition, which probably belongs to

this species, but differs in the broader, more obtuse and

rounded rostrum, and the shorter spines on the posterior margin

of the arms. If distinct, it may be named L. latirostris.

Lambrus Holdsworthi, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 3.)

Carapace broader than long to base of rostrum; branchial

and cardiac regions covered with small, scattered, unequal

tubercles ; there are three blunt prominences or spines in a

median longitudinal series, of which one is on the gastric and

two are on the cardiac region. ‘The antero-lateral margins are

armed with about ten small tubercles, after which follow, on the

postero-lateral margins, three prominent triangular flattened

spines, which are granulated on their margins; the last of these

isthe smallest; the posterior margin is tuberculated, three of the

tubercles being larger. The rostrum is prominent, triangular,

smooth, and slightly concave above. The anterior legs have

the arms tuberculate and spinose on their upper surface and

auterior and posterior margins ; of these, four on the anterior

margin, three to four on the upper surface, and two to three

on the posterior margin are larger; the wrist is tuberculated

on its upper surface and armed with spines, similar to those

of the hand, on its outer margin; the upper surface of the

hand is flat and smooth, but has a few irregular tubercles near

its posterior margin; on its anterior margin are about a dozen

flattened triangular spines, which increase in length distally ;

on the posterior margin are about nine flattened triangular

spines, of which four are larger; the inferior surface of wrist

and hand has a longitudinal series of small tubercles, but is

elsewhere smooth. The merus joints of the ambulatory legs

are spinulose on their upper margins. Length to base of

rostrum about 6 lines, breadth about 7 lines.

Hab. Ceylon (E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.).

This species is apparently most nearly allied to L. lacinia-

tus, De Haan (among the forms having the merus joints of

the ambulatory legs spinulose above), but differs in the form

and number of the spines of the anterior legs. In L. Holds-

worthi the spines of the outer margin of the hand are much

broader and in contact at their bases. I may notice that the

subhepatic region is channelled, but the channel does not lead

20 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

to the afferent branchial aperture, but is continued beneath

the margin of the carapace.

All the specimens are females. The smallest of all (length

4 lines) bears ova. In two of intermediate size, the smaller

tubercles of the carapace are nearly obsolete.

Lambrus levicarpus, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 4.)

Carapace scarcely broader than long (to base of rostrum),

with numerous tubercles on its upper surface, and four small

spines in a longitudinal median series, of which one is on the

gastric and three are on the cardiac region ; there are also two

spines on each branchial region. The lateral marginal tuber-

cles (about twelve in number) are small, and similar to those

of the surface of the body. The front is moderately promi-

nent, triangular, acute, with a tubercle on each side near the

base. Anterior legs with the arm spinose and _ tuberculate

above, the teeth granulated and principally disposed in three

longitudinal series of alternately larger and smaller ones on

the anterior and posterior margins and upper surface ; there are

about seven larger teeth on the anterior and posterior margins,

and four on the upper surface; the wrist 1s spinose on its

posterior margin, granulated on the anterior, and smooth

above ; the anterior margin of the hand is armed with sixteen

to eighteen granulated tubercles, which are larger toward the

distal extremity ; the upper surface is flat and smooth, with

about a dozen tubercles in an irregular longitudinal series ; on

the posterior margin are about seven larger granulated tuber-

cles alternating with smaller ones. The under surface of the

anterior legs is perfectly flat and smooth, and the inner margin

of the under surface of the hands is finely granulated. The

tubercles on the merus joints of the ambulatory legs are very

small. Length (to base of rostrum) and breadth about

5 lines.

Hab. Eastern seas (H.M.S. ‘ Samarang’).

This species is remarkable for the perfect smoothness of the

under surface of the anterior legs and of the upper surface of

the wrists. It presents also another character which is rarely

found among the species of Lambrus ; the basal (7. e. the real

second) joint of the outer antenne is larger than the next

joint.

Lambrus longimanus ?

? Cancer longimanus 2, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ul. p. 441 (1764); Syst. Nat.

p. 1047 (1766).

Lambrus longimanus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 854 (1834).

Carapace depressed, much broader than long, with shallow

Species of Maiotid Crustacea. 21

concave interspaces between the regions, and covered with

small conical acute tubercles; the spines of the lateral margins

are conical and scarcely longer than those of the surface of the

body. Rostrum very small, acute, with a spine on each side

of the median one ; interocular space smooth, concave. An-

terior legs greatly elongated ; arm spinulose above and on its

anterior margin; on the posterior margin are seven longer

spines, alternating with smaller ones; wrist minutely tuber-

culate above, and with six or seven alternately larger and

smaller spines on its posterior margin; hand spinulose or

tuberculate above, its anterior margin with fifteen to eighteen

compound or branching spines, which increase in size towards

the distal extremity, posterior margin with five to eight

longer, alternating with smaller spines ; under surface of arm

and wrist nearly smooth, of hand minutely granulated or

tuberculate. Spinules of the merus joints of the ambulatory

legs very small. Penultimate joint of the postabdomen of the

male armed with a spine or tubercle. Length of an adult

male to base of rostrum 2 inch; breadth 1 inch.

flab. Eastern Seas; Javan Sea (HIS. § Samarang’) ;

Dunk Island (J. Macgillivray, Esq., H.M.S. ‘ Rattlesnake’) ;

Isle of France (Old Collection).

I have described this species at length because, although it

is probably the species intended by M.-Edwards in his short

diagnosis of LZ. longimanus, it is possibly not the Cancer

longimanus of Linneus. IJ may here note that the specimens

in the British Museum from India, Singapore, and the Philip-

pines, referred by White (‘ List Crust. B. M.’ p. 11) to Lam-

brus longimanus, appear to belong to Lambrus affinis, A. M.-

Edwards. This latter species has evidently a very wide

range, and may perhaps be identical with the long-pre-

viously described LL. pelagicus, Riippell, as it differs only in

the smoothness of the arms on the front part of their upper

surface, and in the greater prominence of some of the tuber-

cles on the posterior (outer) margin of the hand; and speci-

mens of both varieties are in the British Museum from Zan-

aibar.

b. Merus joints of the ambulatory legs not armed with spines or

distinct tubercles.

Lambrus deflexifrons, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 5.)

The carapace is strongly constricted behind the orbits, with

the cardiac region very convex, and with an oblique but

shallow sulcus on the branchial regions, and is covered with

closely-set small tubercles; the antero-lateral margins are

22 My. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

unarmed ; but there are two larger tubercles or small spmes on

the postero-lateral margins. ‘The rostrum is vertically de-

flexed, triangular, and granulated above. The basal antennal

joint is very small; the epistoma is large ; the subhepatic and

pterygostomian regions are not channelled. The anterior:

legs have the arm rounded and tuberculate above, with

small spines on its anterior margin; the wrist is tuberculate ;

the hand with a few tubercles on its upper surface, the ante-

rior margin armed with about ten, and the posterior with four

granulated spines. The under surface of arm, wrist, and hand

is closely granulated. The ambulatory legs are smooth, and

are not compressed and cristate as usual in the genus.

Length to base of rostrum, and breadth, nearly $ inch.

Hab. Ceylon (EL. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.).

The vertically deflexed rostrum and carapace, devoid of

spines on its surface and anterior margins, and non-com-

pressed ambulatory legs are characteristic of this species. It

seems to be allied to L. gracilis, Dana, a species from the

Fijis, in the form of the carapace and legs ; but in that species

the carapace has a spine on the cardiac and each branchial

region, and elsewhere appears to be smooth.

Lambrus hoplonotus.

Lambrus hoplonotus, Ad. & White, Zool. Samarang, Crust. p. 35, pl. vil.

fig. 3 (1848).

In the typical form of this species, as exemplified by the

specimen bearing White’s label in the Museum collection, the

carapace is covered with large, rounded, granulated tubercles,

and the spines of the antero-lateral margins are small, obtuse,

and rounded, the last only (lateral epibranchial spine) being

greatly elongated. The rostrum is very small, triangular,

and acute. The eye-peduncles are short and thick. The

upper surface of the arm, wrist, and hand is covered with

irregularly disposed rounded tubercles; the spines of the

anterior and posterior margins of the hand are straight and

granulated at base ; the under surface of the arms is strongly

tuberculated. White’s specimen is labelled only as from the

“« Hastern Seas.”

Below are described three very distinct forms which are

provisionally regarded as varieties of L. hoplonotus. They

are, unfortunately, represented each by only one, two, or three

specimens ; and a larger series might either establish them as

distinct species, or show that L. hoplonotus is a widely distri-

buted form, subject only to local variations.

Species of Matoid Crustacea. 23

Var. granulosus.

Carapace considerably broader than long, granulated above,

the granules closest upon the surface of the branchial, gastric,

and cardiac regions. Antero-lateral margins with about a

dozen small obtuse teeth, followed by a very long acute spine,

to which succeeds a shorter spine on the back of each of the

branchial regions; the posterior margin of the carapace be-

tween these spines is granulated. Rostrum triangular, not

deflexed, and minutely granulated on_ its lateral” margins.

Anterior legs elongated ; arm with about five long spines on

its posterior margin, alternating with very small spines, with

about four tubercles on its upper surface, in a longitudinal

series, and twelve to fourteen unequal tubercles on its anterior

margin ; wrist granulated above, and with four or five spines

on its posterior margin; hand with about six long spines,

alternating with smaller ones, on its posterior margin, with

about four distant tubercles in a longitudinal series on its

upper surface, and nine or ten spines on :ts anterior margin,

increasing in length toward the distal extremity ; the under

surface of ar m, wrist, and hand is nearly smooth. Length of

carapace to base of rostrum 5 lines, breadth 6 lines.

Hab. Philippine Islands, Corregidor (Cuming).

The specimens described above have been referred by

White, in the ‘List of Crustacea in the British Museum,’

p. 12 (1847), to Z. serratus, M.-Edwards; but they differ in

nearly all the characters mentioned in his brief pee

They are much more nearly allied to the typical Lambrus

hoplonotus of Adams and White, and may, indeed, be the

young of that species, but differ in the much smaller eranules

of the carapace, and much fewer tubercles on the upper sur-

face of the hands. In both varieties the margins of the cara-

pace and anterior legs are clothed with close long hairs.

Var. longioculis. (PI. V. fig. 6.)

This variety is allied to the preceding and to the typical

L. hoplonotus; but the tubercles of the carapace and of the

upper surface of the anterior legs are much longer, and, like

the teeth of the antero-lateral margins, tend to ‘become veri-

table spines. The lateral epibranchial spine is_ relatively

much shorter than in L. hoplonotus. The rostrum is perfectly

smooth above and upon the lateral margins. ‘The eyes are

remarkably long for a species of this genus, and project

beyond the orbits, the outer margins of which are deeply sul-

24 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

cated. The ambulatory legs are more robust. Length of

carapace to base of rostrum, and breadth, $ inch.

Hab. Australia, between Percy Islands and the main,

lat. 21° 50’ S., long. 150° 20' E. (Z.IL8. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ J.

Macgillivray).

Two specimens, males, are in the collection, dredged in

17 fathoms, on a bottom of coarse sand and shells.

Var. planifrons. (PI. V. fig. 7.)

In this variety the carapace is covered with numerous,

small, rounded tubercles or granules, and with rather larger

rounded tubercles on the antero-lateral margins. The lateral

epibranchial spine (in an adult female) is rather short. The

eyes are short and thick. The orbital margins are distinctly

granulated ; the rostrum is triangular, rather prominent, flat,

smooth, and scarcely acute at its distal end. The upper

surface of arm, wrist, and hand are tuberculated. The spines

of the anterior and posterior margins of the hands are straight,

flattened, and rather broad and not granulated at base; the

under surface of the anterior legs is nearly smooth. Length

of carapace to base of rostrum nearly 3 inch.

Hab. Ceylon (LH. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.).

The form of the rostrum, of the spines of the hand, the

granulations of the carapace, and the short lateral epibranchial

spine serve to distinguish this variety.

There are some young individuals from the Gulf of Suez

(MacAndrew) which differ from all the preceding forms in

the existence of a small blunt tooth on each side of the ros-

trum, which is suleate above; but these I will not at present

designate by a distinct name.

Lambrus curvispinus, sp. n.

This is a species belonging to the same section of the genus

as L. hoplonotus, and closely allied to it. It has the granules

of the upper surface of the carapace small and subspiniform.

The rostrum is very small, acute, and granulous on its lateral

margins. The teeth of the antero-lateral margins are much

longer and become well-developed spines as they approach

the lateral epibranchial spine, which is extremely long. The

inner margin of the arms is minutely spinulose ; and the spines

of the anterior margin of the hands are long, acute, and

curved upward and forward at the tips. Length of carapace

to base of rostrum ? inch.

Hab. Java Sea (HMMS. ‘ Samarang’).

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 25

§ 2. Carapace usually produced over the bases of the ambulatory legs at its

postero-lateral angles, and with the postero-luteral margins nearly in a

straight line with the posterior margin. Anterior legs shorter, margins

dentate, but rarely spinose. (Parthenopoides.)

Lambrus (Parthenopoides) erosus, sp. n.

(Pl. V. fig. 8.)

Carapace triangular, slightly produced over the bases of

the ambulatory legs, its postero-lateral angles forming a decided

angle with the straight posterior margin ; its surface is without

tubercles or spines, but is uniformly and deeply pitted and

eroded ; somewhat larger pits mark the interspaces between the

gastric, ” cardiac, and branchial regions ;_ the rostrum is small,

triangular, and deflexed. The inferior surface of the carapace

is similarly but more regularly pitted. The anterior legs are

robust and eroded; the arm greatly dilated; the hand with a

prominent, oblique, earcely dentated crest on its anterior

surface ; lower finger broad and triangular in shape. The

ambulatory legs are eroded and pitted like the body. Length

5 lines, breadth about 6 lines.

Hab. Eastern Seas (I.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

This species cannot be confounded with any other of the

genus known to ime.

Lambrus (Parthenopoides) expansus, sp. n.

CPI Y. fie. 9.)

Carapace subtriangular, and greatly produced at its postero-

lateral angles over the bases of the ambulatory legs; the gas-

tric and cardiac regions are very prominent; the surface of the

carapace behind and on either side of the gastric region is

very concave. ‘There are three obscure rounded tubercles on

the gastric region, an obscurely granulated ridge on the

branchial regions, parallel to the antero-lateral margins, and

a few small granulations on each side nearer the cardiac

region. The straight posterior margin of the carapace and the

lateral margins, near the postero-lateral angles, are minutely

denticulated ; the lateral marginal series of denticles are

continued forward onto the pterygostomian regions. The

front is rather prominent, slightly concave above, granulated

neat and obtuse at its distal end. The anterior legs are

smooth and not eroded above; arm with a series of closely-

set granulated teeth on its anterior mar gin; upper surface and

posterior margin obscurely granulated; hand very robust,

with five or six teeth on its anterior margin: posterior margin

uneven, but not toothed; fingers thick, smooth, and curved.

26 Mr. E. J. Miers on new or little-known

The under surface of the arm, wrist, and hand is obscurely

granulated. The ambulatory legs are compressed, but scarcely

denticulated. Length to base of rostrum 34 lines, breadth

55 lines. .

Hab. Madeira (fev. Rk. Boog Watson).

This species is distinguished by the great development of

the postero-lateral expansions of the carapace and the smooth-

ness of its upper surface and of the anterior legs, in which re-

spects it is distinguished from the L. rugosus, Stim., and L.

pulchellus, A. M.-EKdwards, both from the Cape-Verd Islands.

It would seem to be more nearly allied to the species very

shortly characterized by A. M.-Edwards under the name of P.

trigona, of which the habitat is not known; but that species

is described as having the arm strongly eroded.

A single male example is in the collection of the

Museum.

Cryptopodia spatulifrons, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 10.)

Carapace transversely triangulate, with the postero-lateral

angles truncated, everywhere punctate and granulated, the

granulations being largest and most conspicuous on the ele-

vated cardiac and branchial regions, and on the postero-lateral

and posterior expansions of the carapace. The branchial and

cardiac regions are much elevated ; there is a strongly marked

depression in the centre of the carapace ; and the surface of the

carapace behind the antero-lateral margins and posterior mar-

gin are concave ; the antero-lateral margins are denticulated

and the postero-lateral and posterior margins crenulated.

The rostrum is prominent, not deflexed, smooth, and of a

semielliptical shape, subacute at the extremity, and with a

series of submarginal punctures. ‘The anterior legs are very

robust ; surface smooth but coarsely punctured; the anterior

and posterior margins of the arm are produced into dentated

crests, the posterior expansion being greatly dilated towards

the distal extremity ; the oblique crest on the anterior surface

of the hand is armed with six prominent triangular teeth, the

posterior margin being three-dentated ; the under surface of

the anterior legs is coarsely punctulated and granulated. The

ambulatory legs are smooth, longitudinally carinated on their

upper and under surfaces. Length of carapace to base of

rostrum about 1 inch, breadth nearly 2 inches.

Hab. Shark’s Bay, Western Australia (H.M.S. ‘ Herald,’

FP, M. Rayner, Esq.).

The description is taken from an adult male example. It

is distinguished from C. fornicata by the granulated carapace,

from C. contracta, Stm., from Hong Kong, by the non-con-

Species of Maioid Crustacea. 27

traction of the carapace behind the orbits. Moreover the

carine on the merus and ischium joints of the ambulatory

legs are not armed with spines as in C. contracta.

Cryptopodia spatulifrons, var. levimana.

There are in the British Museum two smaller specimens

(males) which probably belong to the same species as the one

described above. The carapace is tuberculated only upon the

elevated parts of the branchial and cardiac regions, and on the

posterior and postero-lateral expansions; elsewhere it is smooth,

scarcely even punctured. The upper surface of the arm and

hand is smooth; the lower is also smooth, except for a longi-

tudinal median ridge of granules. Of this variety one speci-

men was obtained on the coast of Borneo, the other is without

indication of locality. As the specimens are of smaller size,

they probably represent the younger condition of the species.

Ceratocarcinus spinosus, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 11.)

By this name I propose to designate a specimen of very

snall size, which may be immature, yet differs more remark-

ably from the type species of the genus (C. longimanus, Ad.

& White) than do the other described species, C. speciosus,

Dana, and C. dilatatus, A. M.-Edwards. The spines of the

rostrum, lateral margins, and gastric region are far longer than

in either of the species above mentioned ; and there is in addi-

tion a smaller spme upon each of the branchial regions, two

spines upon the wrist, and one at the distal end of the upper

margin of the hand and of the merus joint of each of the am-

bulatory legs. Length only 13 line.

Hab. Eastern seas (H.M.S. ‘ Herald’).

The specimen appears to be a female ; as in the other species

of the genus, the antenne are completely excluded from the

inner orbital hiatus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE IV.

Fig. 1, Acheopsis Giintheri, female individual: nat. size. la. Lateral

view of carapace of the same, showing the very prominent

dorsal spine : nat. size.

Fig. 2. Trigonothir obtusirostris, male individual: xX 13 diam. 2a. Ros-

trum of the same, viewed from the side: further enlarged.

Fig. 3. Huenia pacifica, male individual: x 1} diam. 3a. Lateral view

of rostrum of the same: xX 2 diam,

28 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on

Fig. 4. Chorilibinia gracilipes, male individual: X 14 diam. 4a. Lateral

view of carapace of the same, showing the disposition of the

dorsal spines: xX 13 diam.

. Paramithrax (Paramithrax) spinosus, male individual: nat. size.

. Pisa carinimana, male individual, x 14 diam. 6a. Outer view

of hand of the same: xX 3 diam.

. Hyastenus gracilirostris, male individual: x 13 diam.

. Lateral view of front of carapace and rostrum of Pseudomicippe

varians, male individual: xX 3 diam. 8a. Lateral view of the

same parts in a female individual, showing variation in the

form and direction of the rostral spines: x 3 diam.

Fig. 9. Micippe parvirostris, female individual: nat. size.

Fig.

on Op Or

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Carapace of Othonia quadridentata : nat. size.

tg. 2. Parathoé rotundata, male individual: x 2 diam. 2a. Inferior

view of frontal and antennal region of the same: X 4 diam.

Fig. 3. Lambrus Holdsworthi, female individual: nat. size.

Fig. 4. Lambrus levicarpus, male individual : nat. size.

Fig. 5. Lambrus deflexifrons, male individual: nat. size. 5a, Lateral

view of front of the cephalothorax of the same, showing the

deflexed rostrum: X 2 diam.

Fig. 6. Front of carapace and rostrum of Lambrus hoplenotus, var. long?-

oculis: X 3 diam.

Fig. 7. Front of carapace and rostrum of ZL. hoplonotus, var, planifrons :

x 2 diam.

Fig. 8. Lambrus (Parthenopoides) erosus, male individual: x 13 diam.

Fig. 9. Lambrus ( Parthenopoides) expansus, male individual: x 14 diam.

Fig. 10. Cryptopodia spatulifrons, male individual : nat. size.

Fiy. 11. Ceratocareinus spinosus, female individual: x 2 diam. Illa. In-

ferior view of antennal and orbital region of the same: further

magnified. 116. Outer view of hand: further magnified.

If.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. No.

XII. Some Carboniferous Species belonging to the Genus

Carbonia, Jones. By Professor T. Rupert JONES, F.R.S.,

and JAMES W. Kirxsy, Esq.

[Plates II. & IIL]

In previous papers on Carboniferous Entomostraca we have

attempted to show, and critically examine, what has been

already done in investigating this interesting though some-

what difficult group of fossils.

In a paper published in May 1865*, we gave the result

of an examination of a series of specimens from Bavaria,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv. p. 404.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 29

illustrative of the species described by Count Miinster in

1830 *.

In July 1866, in another paper+, we discussed what

had been done by British authors, from the time of Ure

(1793) to that of M‘Coy (1844), our observations being

based, in several instances, on an examination of type spe-

cimens.

In 1867 we gave, in the ‘Transactions of the Geological

Society of Glasgow,’ a list and short account of the Ento-

mostraca oceurring in the Carboniferous rocks of Scotland f.

The list included a great many new species (discovered by

Mr. John Young and other Members of the above Society),

most of which have yet to be described and figured.

In 1870 one of us described some species (Carbonie &c.)

from South Wales §.

Lastly, in 1875||, we noticed some Russian specimens

presented to us by the late M. d’Kichwald, with a few from

the late Sir R. I. Murchison’s collection.

These papers, though slight, have helped to clear the way

for the description of new species, by showing what others

have done in this field of research, and what our opinion was

of the results of their work, with a view to the rectification

and unification of the synonymy, and to the determination of

numerous species not yet described.

Among other materials which have accumulated in our

many years’ study of Carboniferous Entomostraca is a large

suite of specimens belonging to a group of seven species,

hitherto referred to Cythere, but which apparently belong to

the genus Carbonia, established by one of us, in 1870, for

the reception of two species from the Coal-measures of South

Wales. It is proposed to give a brief account of the seven

species in the present paper.

The species in question have the form of ordinary Cythera,

but differ from them in possessing a circular muscle-spot near

the centre of each valve, after the manner of Leperditia.

The muscle-spot is commonly seen in casts as a slightly

raised tubercle. When the interior. of the carapace-valves is

exposed (which is not often), the spot appears as a shallow

excavation. In some of the ironstones of the west of Scot-

* Leonhard und Bronn’s ‘ Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie’ &c. Jahrg. 1830,

pp. 60-70.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xviii. p. 32.

{ Trans. Geol. Soe. Glasgow, vol. ii. p. 213.

§ Geol. Mag. vol. vil. p. 214.

|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 52.

30 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on

land, where the valves are of a bright black colour, the spot

is white.

These Carbonic are from:—(1) the Calciferous Sandstone

or Lower Carboniferous series of Scotland; (2) the coal-

bearing strata of the Carboniferous Limestone series of the

same country; and (3) the Coal-measures of England,

Wales, and Scotland. They occur in bituminous shales, in

blackband and clayband ironstones, in parrot-coals, and in

impure limestones. Individuals of some of the species, more

particularly of C. fabulina, appear to have swarmed in the

waters in which these deposits were formed. Some of the

strata are literally full of their remains. They are essen-

tially characteristic of the carbonaceous portions of the Car-

boniferous System. Wherever conditions suitable for the

laying down of Coal-measures prevailed, there these Ento-

mostraca flourished, almost to the exclusion of species of other

genera.

It ought to be mentioned that we are greatly indebted, for

multitudes of specimens from the west of Scotland, and for

much information as to the distribution of the species, to Mr.

John Young, of Glasgow, who is also the discoverer of

several of the species here described. For other specimens

we have to thank Mr. James Armstrong and Mr. James

Thomson of Glasgow, Dr. Rankine of Carluke, Mr. Grossart

of Shotts, Mr. E. W. Binney of Manchester, Mr. John Ward

of Longton, and other friends. Our examination of the very

numerous specimens collected by the Geological Surveyors

of Scotland has greatly enlarged our knowledge of this

genus.

Genus CARBONIA, Jones (1870).

Valves (as known) subovate, ovate-oblong, or elongate ;

anterior third usually smaller than the posterior; the right

valve slightly larger than the left, overlapping it some-

times along the middle portion of the ventral edge. Hinge-

line in the middle third of dorsal margin, more or less defined

between the anterior and posterior curved slopes of the dorsal

margin. Hinge simple. Muscle-spot circular, enclosing

three or four translucent spots or a lobed pattern; level or

slightly depressed on the outside, somewhat hollow within.

The valves are bent inwards, in some cases, near the muscle-

spots, and leave slight, subcentral, transverse furrows on the

cast.

The round and spotted muscle-mark, hollow within, is

characteristic of this genus.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 31

1. Carbonia fabulina, Jones and Kirkby.

(Pl. II. figs. 1-10.)

eee fabulina, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii.

Gythere ? fabulina, J. & K. Geol. Mag. 1870, vol. vii. p. 218.

1. Typical examples: length 35, 35, and =, inch.

More or less bean-shaped. Dorsal border arched, highest

behind ; anterior extremity more acutely rounded than the

posterior; ventral border straight or slightly incurved about

the middle, where the right valve overlaps the left. Height

more than half the length, sometimes fully two thirds. Dor-

sal and ventral aspects acutely ovate, widest behind. Surface

of most specimens smooth, but, in well-preserved valves,

pitted or rudely reticulate. A circular muscle-spot, subcen-

trally placed, is indicated externally in some examples; but it

is best seen in casts as a slightly raised spot or tubercle.

The above gives the characters of what may be taken as

typical examples of the species. Other specimens show dif-

ferences that appear of varietal value. The more important

of these are :—

2. Var. humilis. (Pl. IL. figs. 11-14.)

Elongate; dorsal border flatly convex; extremities rounded

and more nearly alike than in type specimens; ventral border

straight. Length ,, to 3; inch.

3. Var. inflata. (Pl. II. figs. 15-19.)

A thick-shelled, obese form, greater in width than in height,

and with the greatest width nearer the posterior end than in

other forms, which thus gives the dorsal and ventral aspects

of the carapace a subcuneitorm outline. Length 3, inch.

4. Var. subangulata. (Pl. II. figs. 20-23, and 24 ?.)

A gibbous, robust variety, of great relative height, with a

subangular dorsal border, and a very abrupt postero-dorsal

slope. Length ~> inch.

This variety is the largest of any of the forms of C. fabu-

lina. We figure with it a specimen from Millburn, Campsie,

which possesses a similar dorsal border, but less angulate,

and of very different relative height (fig. 24). This may ulti-

mately prove to belong to another variety.

C. fabulina has some resemblance to Cythere cuneola, J. &

32 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on .

K., of the marine beds of the Carboniferous Limestone series.

The latter is usually smaller than ordinary examples of Car-

bonia fabulina; and its valves have not the same ventral

overlap. Otherwise it is not always an easy matter to distin-

guish them.

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.-—At Pittenweem, in

the Calciferous Sandstone series, about 800 feet below the

base of the Carboniferous Limestone, C. fabulina occurs

in blackband ironstone, associated with Carbonia Ranki-

niana, J. & K., Leperditia scotoburdigalensis (Hibbert),

coprolites (possibly of Rhizodus), and the remains of Lepi-

dodendren.

At Millburn, Campsie, in the Carboniferous Limestone

series, it is found in impure limestone, together with Spzrorbis

carbonarius, Murch., and Stigmarian rootlets.

In the same formation at Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, it

is met with in ironstone, with C. Rankiniana, C. pungens,

Spirorbis sp., and Lingula squamdformis, Phill.

In the Coal-measures at Provanhall, Lanarkshire, it is

found in black carbonaceous shale, with fish-remains and

plants.

Also in the same formation at Pirnie Colliery, Fifeshire, in

parrot-coal, with Carbonia Rankiniana, and associated with

the remains of the Amphibian Loxomma Allmani, Huxley,

and Fish, such as Strepsodus sauroides, Ag., Megalichthys

Hibberti, Ag., Ceelacanthus lepturus, Ag., Ctenodus sp., Pleura-

canthus gibbosus, Ag., and others; also Anthracomya pumila?,

Salter, Sptrorbis carbonarius, Murch. (attached in numbers to

drifted fragments of Sigillartia), and species of Antholites,

Lepidodendron, Calamites, and Stigmaria.

At the same locality, on another horizon, the variety inflata

occurs in coarse ironstone, which is filled with fragments of

Calamites, the Entomostraca being found within the filled-up

stems of the plants as well as in the matrix. A similar fact

was observed by Mr. John Young, who obtained a number of

examples of this species from the stem of a Lepidodendron,

at Possil, near Glasgow *.

Near Hylton, west of Sunderland, it is met with high in

the Durham Ooal-field, in a clayband ironstone, associated

with great numbers of an Estherta-like fossil, Ancylus ? Vinti,

Kirkby, Carbonia Rankiniana, J. & K., Beyrichia arcuata

(Bean), a species of Anthracomya, Plant-remains, and the

wings of Orthopterous Insects.

Other localities we give, with less detail, as follows :—

* ‘List of Carbon. Fossils of West of Scotland, by John Young and

James Armstrong, p. 27.

"-. aed

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 33

Coal-measures :

Longton, Staffordshire, in black shale, from Mr. J. Ward.

Blakemoor, Wyre Forest, Shropshire, in ironstone, with Fish-

remains and Spirorbis carbonartus.

Bradford, near Manchester, in black shale.

Ryhope Colliery, near Sunderland, in black shale and iron-

stone, with Carbonia scalpellus, Anthracosia sp., Lingula

Crednert, Geinitz (rare), the remains of Ganoid Fishes, and

Plants.

Wooley Colliery, Durham, in black shale, with Anthracosia

sp., Sperorbis carbonarius, and Calamites.

Cramlington Colliery, Northumberland, in black shale, with

Anthracosia acuta, Sow., Spirorbis carbonartus, and Plants.

Prestwick Colliery, Northumberland, in black shale, with

Anthracosia and Fish-remains.

Coast south of Newbiggen, Northumberland, in black shale.

Coast near Blyth, Northumberland, in black shale and iron-

stone.

Shotts Iron-works, Lanarkshire, in clayband ironstone.

Whiftlet, near Glasgow, in ironstone.

Kiltongue, near Glasgow, in blackband ironstone.

Carluke, Lanarkshire, in “ Musselband”’ ironstone, and on

other horizons.

Ardrie, Lanarkshire, in blackband ironstone.

River Leven, near Kirkland Dam, Fife, in black shale with

macrospores.

Scoonie, Fife, in ironstone from the roof of “8-foot coal,” with

Anthracosia acuta (Sow.) and A. aquilina (Sow.).

Muiredge Colliery, Fife, in dark-grey shale, with Anthracosia

acuta, A. aquilina, Anthracoptera carinata (Sow.), and A.

modtolaris (Sow.).

Methil, Fife, in blackband ironstone, with Carbonia Ranki-

niana, C. pungens, Leaia Leidyi (Lea), Spirorbis carbona-

rius, Anthracomya sp., Ganoid scales and bones, and Stig-

marian rootlets.

Carboniferous Limestone series :

Rae’s Gill, Carluke, in ironstone.

Possil, north of Glasgow, in blackband ironstone, with Car-

bonia Rankiniana, Anthracoptera sp., Rhizodus Hibbert,

Ag., Megalichthys, Paleoniscus, Lepidodendron, and Stig-

maria.

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in ‘white limestone,’

with Carbonia pungens, Rhizodus Hibberti, and Stigmarian

roots and rootlets.

Fife coast, near Pathhead, in ironstone.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 3

34 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on

Lochgelley Colliery, Fife, in blackband, with Spzrorbis sp.,

Lepidostrobus, and other plant-remains.

On the Fife coast, near Kilrenny Mill, Anstruther, in iron-

stone, about 3500 feet below the Carboniferous Limestone,

associated with Carbonia Rankiniana, Leperditia scotobur-

digalensis, a thin-shelled Myalina, and Ganoid scales.

The Binn Quarry, Burntisland, Fife, in shale, associated with

Carbonia subula, Littorina scotoburdigalensis, Etheridge,

and Spirorbis sp.

2. Carbonia Rankiniana, Jones and Kirkby.

(Pl. TI. figs. 1-8.)

Cythere Rankiniana, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii.

p. 217.

Elongate, convex (usually), with the greatest height and

width at the posterior third ; height less than half the length.

Dorsal border sloping flatly from the posterior third towards

the anterior extremity, which is rounded; ventral border

straight or slightly incurved; posterior extremity rounded,

with an abrupt dorsal slope. Right valve rather the

largest, overlapping the left along the middle of the ventral

edge. Muscle-spot round or somewhat oval. A transverse

furrow is often shown on casts near the centre of each valve,

indicating a local contraction or partial thickening of the

shell at this spot. Surface usually smooth ; but in some speci-

mens a reticulation is discernible. Length j, to ;, inch.

The muscle-spot is rarely seen in this species; but the

transverse furrow (fig. 6) is often present in casts. ‘This fea-

ture also characterizes C. subula; and it has been noticed by

one of us in C. Agnes from the South- Wales coal-field.

This species ranges through the same portions of the Car-

boniferous series as C. fabulina; but, though widely distri-

buted, it is less abundant than that species.

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Coal-measures :

Blakemoor, Wyre Forest, in ironstone, with fossils as be-

fore.

Hylton, W. of Sunderland, in ironstone.

Shotts [ron-works, Lanarkshire, in ironstone and parrot-coal.

Ardrie, Lanarkshire, in blackband ironstone.

Carluke, Lanarkshire, in ironstone, with Spirorbis carbo-

nartus.

Whifflet, near Glasgow, in ironstone.

Provanhall, near Glasgow, in carbonaceous shale, with

fossils as before.

Pirnie Colliery, Fife, in parrot-coal, with fossils as before.

Paleozote Bivalved Entomostraca. 35

Methil, Fife, in blackband ironstone, with fossils as before.

Methil, Fife, in soft hematite, with Ganoid scales.

Carboniferous Limestone series :

Rae’s Gill, Carluke, Lanarkshire, in.clayband ironstone.

Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, with fossils as before.

Calciferous Sandstone series :

Fife coast, west of Pittenweem, in blackband ironstone, 800

feet below the base of the Carboniferous Limestone, with

fossils as before.

Wife coast, near Billow Ness, in dark shale, 2950 feet below

the base of the Carboniferous Limestone, with Rhizodus

scales, Spirorbis sp., Cyclopteris ? flabellata, Brong., and

Lepidophyllum.

Fife coast, near Kilrenny Mill, Anstruther, in ironstone,

about 3500 feet below the Carboniferous Limestone, with

Carboxia fabulina &e. as above.

A form very similar to, if not identical with C. Rankiniana

occurs in the Yellow Sandstone of Cultra, Holywood, Ire-

land, low down in the Carboniferous series (see Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xviii. p. 49).

3. Carbonia subula, Jones and Kirkby.

(Pl. ILI. figs. 9-13.)

Cythere subula, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. of Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii.

p- 222.

Very elongate, subcylindrical. Dorsal border slightly con-

vex; with an easy slope to the anterior extremity, which is

relatively broad, and projectiug above; and with a more

abrupt and deeper slope to the posterior extremity, which is

rounded or, in some examples, bluntly pointed ; ventral border

straight or very slightly concave where the right valve seems to

show a small overlap of the left. Dorsal and ventral aspects

lenticular. Surface smooth, so far as known. Length (4 inch)

nearly four times the height.

C. subula has the greatest length compared with height of

all the Carboniw. We, in a measure, assume that it belongs

‘to this genus, not having seen specimens with the muscle-

spot *, though casts showing the transverse furrow, as noticed

in C. Rankiniana and C. Agnes, have repeatedly occurred to us.

Moreover the general habit of the carapace is the same as in

the species previously described.

It is found in the Calciferous Sandstone and Carboniferous

Limestone series. It has not been seen in the Coal-measures,

* Mr. John Young informs us that he has seen what he considers to

be the muscle-spot of this species.

36 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Carboniferous Lime-

stone series :

Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, in ironstone nodules, with Car-

bonia Rankiniana, pungens, and fabulina, Spirorbis sp.,

and Lingula squamiformis.

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in impure limestone, with

CO. Rankiniana, pungens, secans, and fabulina, and remains

of Megalichthys, Paleoniscus, Hurynotus, Sptrorbis carbo-

narius, and Lepidodendron.

Calciferous Sandstone series :

Coast of Fife, near Pittenweem, in shale, 2350 feet below the

base of the Carboniferous Limestone, associated with Leper-

ditia scotoburdigalensis, Fish-remains, and Plants.

Coast of Fife, east of Pittenweem, in dark tough shale and

ironstone, 2460 feet below the base of the Carboniferous

Limestone, with an Aviculoid shell.

Coast of Fife, neat Billow Ness, in grey shale, 3200 feet

below the base of the Carboniferous Limestone, with many

individuals of Myalina modioliformis?, Brown, some remains

of Fishes, Geyrichia subarcuata, Jones, and Leperditia sp.

Coast of Fife, Anstruther, in shale and ironstone, 3600 feet

below the base of the Carboniferous Limestene, with Leper-

ditia scotoburdigalensis and a thin-shelled Myalina.

Coast of Fife, near Randerstone, in shale and ironstone, with

Myalina modioliformis ? and Leperditia scotoburdigalensis.

Binn Quarry, Burntisland, Fife, in shale, with Carbonia

Jfabulina &e. as above.

4. Carbonia scalpellus,n. sp. (Pl. II. figs. 14-17.)

Elongate and somewhat compressed. Dorsal and ventral

margins nearly parallel, the latter, however, being slightly

concave near the middle; the posterior extremity blunt and

subtruncate; the anterior extremity more produced and

rounded. Dorsal and ventral aspects flatly lenticular, with

the posterior end rather obtuse. Muscle-spot circular, rather

large, and placed a little towards the anterior end. Surface

smooth (?). Length +4 inch, .

This species is easily distinguished from C. subula by the

difference in outline, greater height, and less relative width of

the carapace.

It has been found only in the Coal-measures, at Ryhope

Colliery, near Sunderland, where it occurs in black shale and

ironstone, 592 feet below the base of the overlying Permian

deposits. The associated fossils are Carbonia fabulina, the

remains of Ganoid Fishes, Anthracosia sp., Lingula Crednert

(rare), Sigillaria, Lepidodendron, and Calamites.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 37

5. Carbonia secans, Jones and Kirkby.

(Pl. III. figs. 18-20.)

Nae eis J, & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. of Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii.

p. 222.

Mytiloid, compressed. Dorsal border arched, highest be-

hind, sloping rapidly in front to the anterior extremity, which

is pointed; posterior extremity rounded; ventral margin

slightly concave, with a small overlap of the right valve.

Dorsal and ventral aspects compressed ; the width is less than

one fourth of the length; the height less than half the length.

Surface smooth. Length 3, inch.

This species is of comparatively rare occurrence.

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Coal-measures :

Blakemoor, Wyre Forest, in ironstone, with C. fabulina

&e.

Hylton, west of Sunderland, in ironstone, with C. Rankiniana

&e.

Carboniferous Limestone series :

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in impure limestone with

C. fabulina.

6. Carbonia pungens, Jones & Kirkby.

(Pl. III. figs. 21-23.)

Cythere pungens, J. & K. Trans. Geol. Soc. of Glasgow, 1867, vol. ii.

- p. 222.

A small subeylindrical Carbonia, pointed at the anterior

end. Dorsal border flatly convex, highest behind, sloping

gently in front to a pointed anterior extremity ; ventral border

straight; posterior extremity bluntly rounded. Height con-

siderably less than half the length. Dorsal and ventral

aspects cuneiform, being nearly as wide as high behind, and

acutely pointed in front. Muscle-spot situate rather anterior

to centre of valve. Surface smooth, sofaras known. Length

zz inch.

This species is the smallest of the series here described ; and

though somewhat resembling C. secans, it can be distinguished

by its general outline being less Mytiloid, and by its wedge-

shaped dorsal and ventral aspects.

It is not a rare form in Scotch Carboniferous strata, but

is, as yet, of unknown occurrence in England.

Localities and Mode of Occurrence.—Coal-measures :

Provanhall, near Glasgow, in black shale, with fossils as

before. ,

Carluke, Lanarkshire, in ironstone, with fossils as before.

38 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on

Pirnie Colliery, Leven, Fife, in parrot-coal, with fossils as

before.

Methil, Fife, in blackband ironstone, with fossils as before.

Carboniferous Limestone series : .

Craigenglen, Campsie, Lanarkshire, in impure limestone, with

C. fabulina and other fossils as before.

Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh, in ironstone nodules, with

fossils as before.

7. Cythere? (Carbonia ?) bairdioides, n. sp.

(Pl. III. figs. 24, 25; 26 and 27 ?.)

We have specimens of a form from Pirnie Colliery, Fife,

and Craigenglen, Campsie, which may ultimately prove to

belong to Carbonia. Only few examples of it, however, have

occurred, and its muscle-spot has not been seen; so that for

the present we figure and notice it as a Cythere, with doubt.

Length +}; inch.

It simulates a Bairdia in outline, having a regularly arched

dorsal border, with one end rather pointed, the other rounded,

and a very slightly convex ventral border.

The Fifeshire specimens are much the largest, being +; inch

in length. A similar form, given to us by Mr. John Ward,

occurs in the Upper Coal-measures at Longton, Staffordshire.

We have given particulars of the mode of occurrence and

associated fossils of the Entomostraca which we have just

described, with some detail, as such facts bear on the question

of the physical conditions under which they existed. It will

have been seen that the fossils usually found with most of the

species are theremainsof Fishes, Amphibia (in a few instances),

Anthracosia and shells of that family, the ubiquitous Sp7-

rorbis carbonarius, and Plants (Ferns excepted). These are,

of course, the common fossils of the Palzeozoic coal-bearing

strata; and about their natural habitats we do not know much

after all. In two localities species of Lingula* are associated

with them. In another (where Carbonia fabulina attains its

largest development) Leperditia scotoburdigalensis is abun-

dant ; and this Leperditia in other localities has sometimes

marine companions. One species, Carbonia subula, is com-

monly accompanied by Myalina modioliformis ?, Brown,

which is a very common fossil in the lower portion of the

Calciferous Sandstone series, and repeatedly occurs with

marine fossils, such as species of Aainus, Aviculopecten,

* In the Trias of Germany Lingula is associated with Estherie of

brackish-water habitat. See ‘ Monogr. Fossil Estheriz, Pal. Soc. 1863,

BP: 48, 49.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 39

Murchisonia, Bellerophon, and Orthoceras. 'Thus in some

few instances we find Carbonie associated with fossils that

are either estuarine or marine, or have decided marine affini-

nies. In the majority of cases they are found with fossils

whose natural habitats we do notknow. This isthe substance

of our present knowledge on the question of the physical con-

ditions belonging to deposits containing the above-described

species.

The following list may be of use in showing what Hnto-

mostraca occur in the British Coal-measures besides six of the

seven described in this paper.

List of Bivalved Entomostraca described from the Coal-mea-

sures of Great Britain, with References to Figures of the

Species.

1. Cypridina radiata, J., K., § B., Monograph of Brit. Carb. Entomos-

traca, part 1. 1874, p. 14, pl. v. fig. 6.

2. Beyrichia arcuata (Bean), Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1836, vol. ix.

woodcut 55, at p. 377.

3. We ie ee Jones, Monogr. Foss. Estheriz, 1863, p. 120, pl. v.

G7.

4, Teperiite inflata (Murchison), “ Siluria,” 4th (3rd) edit. 1867,

woodcut 83, p. 301.

5. Candona? Salteriana, Jones, Monogr. Foss. Esth. 1863, p. 122, pl. v.

figs. 13, 14.

6. Cythere ? bairdioides, J. § K., figured in present paper.

7. Carbonia Eveline, Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 218, pl. ix.

fig. 4.

: Agnes, Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 218, pl. ix. figs. 6-10.

9. —— ? sp., Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 218, pl. ix. fig. 5.

10. fabulina, J. § K., figured in present paper.

i Rankiniana, J. § K., figured in present paper.

12 scalpellus, J. § K., figured in present paper.

13. —— secans, J. § K., figured in present paper.

14. pungens, J. § K., figured in present paper.

15, Estheria Adamsii, Jones, Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1870, p. 217, pl. ix.

figs: Lye

16, —— striata (Miinster), and vars., Monogr. Foss. Estheriz, 1863, p. 23,

pl. i. figs. 8-18.

Lye ae tenella (Jordan), Monogr. Foss. Estheriz, p. 31, pl. i. figs. 26,

Te OC:

18. Leaia Leidyi (Zea), and var, Williamsoniana, Jones, Monogr. Foss.

Estheriz, p. 115, pl. i. figs. 19, 20, pl. v. figs. 11,12; and Geol.

Mag. vol. vii. p. 219, pl. ix. figs, 11-14.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuatTE II.

All the figures magnified 25 diameters, except 9 and 10, which are

more highly magnified.

Fig. 1. Carbonia fabulina: left valve. Millburn, Campsie.

Fig. 2. The same: right valve, showing muscular spot. Craigenglen.

On Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

Fig. 8. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot. Millburn,

Campsie. Fig. 4. Dorsal view. Fig. 5. Ventral view.

Fig. 6. The same: right valve. Ryhope Colliery, Sunderland.

Fig. 7. The same: right valve. Millburn, Campsie. F%g. 8. End view.

Fig. 9. The same: portion of surface of specimen from Provanhall. xX

75 diam.

Fig. 10. The same: portion of surface of specimen from Whifflet. x

75 diam.

Fig. 11. Carbonia fabulina, var. humilis: left valve. Craigenglen.

Fig. 12. The same: right(?) valve. Craigenglen. Fig. 13. Dorsal

outline.

Fig. 14. The same: left valve, showing muscle-spot. Pirnie Colliery,

Leven, Fife.

Fig. 15. Carbonia fabulina, var. inflata: left valve and part of the edge

of right valve. PirnieColliery. Fig.16. Ventral view. Fvg. 17.

End outline.

Fig. 18. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot. Craigen-

glen. Fg. 19. Dorsal outline.

Fig. 20. Carlonia fabulina, var. subangulata: left valve. West of Pit-

tenweem.

Fig. 21. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot. West of

Pittenweem. Fig. 22. Ventral outline. J%g. 25. End outline.

Fig. 24. Carbonia fabulina, var. subangulata(?): right valve. Millburn,

Campsie.

PuaTE III.

All the figures magnified 25 diameters, except fig. 8, which is more

highly magnified.

Fig. 1. Carbonia Rankiniana: left valve. West of Pittenweem.

Fig. 2. The same: right valve. Provanhall. Fig. 5. Dorsal outline.

Fig. 4. Ventral outline. Fig. 5. End outline.

Fig. 6. The same: cast of right valve, showing transverse furrow. West

of Pittenweem.

Fig. 7. The same: cast of right valve, showing muscle-spot and slight

furrow. West of Pittenweem.

Fig. 8. The same: portion of surface. Provanhall. x75 diam.

Fig. 9. Carbonia subula: left valve. Crossgatehall, near Edinburgh.

Fig. 10. The same: right valve. Gilmerton. Fig. 11. Ventral outline.

Fig.

Fig. 12. Dorsal outline. Fig. 15. End outline.

. Carbonia scalpellus: cast of left valve, showing muscle-spot.

Ryhope Colliery.

. The same: right valve, showing muscle-spot. Ryhope Colliery.

Fig. 16. Ventral outline. Fig. 17. End outline.

. Carbonia secans: right valve. Craigenglen.

. The same: left valve. Craigenglen. /%g. 20. Dorsal outline.

. Carbonia pungens: cast of left valve, showing the muscle-spot.

Methil.

. The same: right valve. Craigenglen. Fig. 23. Dorsal out-

line.

. Cythere (?) bairdiordes : right valve. Pirnie Colliery. Fig. 25.

Dorsal outline of single valve.

. Cythere? near C.? bairdioides: right valve. Craigenglen.

Fig. 27. Dorsal outline.

On some Arachnida from the Island of Johanna. 41

III.—On a small Collection of Arachnida from the Island

of Johanna, with Note on a Homopterous Insect from the same

Locality. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Plate I.]

In the year 1877 Mr. C. W. Bewsher sent to the British

Museum a series of Arthropoda collected by himself in the

island of Johanna, Comoro group.

Of the insects under my immediate charge the Hemiptera

Homoptera were alone represented, by an apparently new

species of Phymatostetha, Stal. Unfortunately the example

was sent over in spirits of wine, and is so discoloured and

shrivelled as to render it impossible to characterize it with

certainty.

The Arachnida are represented by seven species of Ara-

neidea, five of which appear to be distinct from any thing

hitherto described ; they exhibit a strongly marked Mascarene

character: the two most interesting forms in the collection

are a new species of Spermophora (Pholcide) and a probably

new species of Pasithea.

The following is a list of the species :—

1. Scytodes amarantea.

Scytodes amarantea, Vinson, Aran. de la Réunion, Maurice et Mada-

gascar, p. 11, pl. 1. fig. 2 (1863).

The single specimen sent is unfortunately destitute of abdo-

men. ‘This fact, taken in conjunction with the long legs of

the species (the femora of which are distinctly rugulose), gives

it so completely the facies of a Phalangid, that until I had

subjected it toa careful examination I was completely puzzled

as to what genus it belonged to.

2. Pasithea foliifera, n. sp. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

Cephalothorax fulvous, marked with black dots and lateral

divergent lines, as in P. Lucasii; eyes black; legs fulvous,

rather thickly studded with long black spines, but not banded

with black ; abdomen bright sap-green, the whole central area

on the upper surface occupied by a broad, central, longitudinal

slightly darker green band, of a leaf-like form, bordered and

intersected with white; ventral surface with pale central area

bounded by two slightly divergent curved white stripes.

Structure similar to that of P. Lucasi’; relative length of

legs 1, 2, 4,35; length of cephalothorax and abdomen together

14 millims.

It is just possible that this may be a remarkable variety of

42 _ Mr. A. G. Butler on a Collection of

P. Lucasii (Sphasus Lucasti, Vinson, Aran. des iles de la

Réun., Maur. et Madag. pl. xiii. fig. 3) ; but the differences in

the coloration of the abdomen and legs are so well marked,

that it seems probable that it is distinct.

3. Attus Bewsheri, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 2.)

&. Cephalothorax shining blackish piceous; a transverse

subcruciform marking just beyond the middle; three unequal

oblique white lines (only visible when the spider is dry) just

behind the posterior lateral pairs of eyes; abdomen brassy

brown, crossed in the centre and towards the posterior extre-

mity by two slightly arched white lines interrupted in the

middle; two white spots close to the posterior margin ; legs

piceous, with the terminal tarsal joints fulvous; metatarsi of

posterior pair of legs indistinctly banded with fulvous ; palpi

piceous, clothed with silky whitish hairs, terminal joint ful-

vous below; falces piceous ; pectoral shield and coxee fulvous ;

venter grey.

Cephalothorax square to the middle, thence slightly and

gradually contracted, and with its posterior margin convex ;

superior surface smooth, its highest point being in the centre,

which is bounded by the posterior lateral oculiferous tubercles ;

on each side of this central ridge the surface is oblique ;

abdomen subcylindrical, truncated at each end, slightly wider

in front than behind ; relative size of eyes as follows—ante-

rior central, anterior lateral, posterior lateral, intermediate

lateral, the a c* pair being about six times the size of the

al pair, the ¢/ being situated at about the centre of the

interval between the two other lateral pairs; relative length

of legs 1, 2, 4, 3; length of cephalothorax and abdomen

6 millims.

4, Attus Johanne, n. sp. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

¢ ¢. Cephalothorax blackish piceous, dull, crossed behind

the middle by a bismuate fulvous band (obscured by white

pile when dry) ; the lateral margins, borders of anterior oculi-

ferous tubercles, and a spot on the caput white; abdomen

blackish, with the margins and an ornamental longitudinal

sceptre-like central stripe white ; legs and palpi piceous, banded

with white; under surface of terminal joint of palpi, coxal

joints of legs, and pectoral shield fulvous ; venter whitish, with

central and lateral longitudinal blackish lines.

Cephalothorax inverted-bell-shaped, its superior surface

* For brevity I should propose to indicate these by letters thus—a e,

al,pl, il.

Arachnida from the Island of Johanna. 43

flattened in front and shelving behind; abdomen subcylin-

drical, narrower behind than in front, with truncated anterior

margin ; relative size and position of eyes as in the preceding

species, briefly expressed as follows—a c 6, al=p 11,711;

relative length of legs 1, 3, 2, 4, but the three posterior pairs

differing very slightly in length ; cephalothorax and abdomen

together 7 millims.

This species seems to be intermediate in character between

A. baptizatus of Rodriguez and A. musezvorus of Réunion and

Mauritius; it is, however, unquestionably nearest to the

latter.

5. Attus anjuanus,n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 4.)

¢. Cephalothorax piceous (when dry of a golden bronzy

colour), crossed behind the middle by a bisinuated castaneous

belt, behind which the coloration is paler than on the caput;

abdomen whity brown, with a longitudinal arched black stripe

on each side ; anterior border black-speckled ; spinners black-

ish; legs and palpi castaneous, clothed with white hairs;

falces piceous ; legs below and pectoral shield fulvous; venter

whitish.

Cephalothorax rather elongated, inverted-bell-shaped, flat-

tened in front and obliquely arched from behind the posterior

oculiferous tubercles, the latter placed at anterior third; abdo-

men ovate, with convex anterior margin, posterior margin

acuminate ; relative size of eyes, ac 6,al/=pl1,7¢l4; rela-

tive length of legs 1, 3, 2,4; cephalothorax and abdomen

together 8 millims.

Apparently allied to A. africanus of Réunion.

6. Spermophora comoroensis, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

Fulvous, with whitish abdomen ; falces below reddish cas-

taneous.

Cephalothorax inverted-heart-shaped, posterior margins of

the caput indicated by a depressed Y-shaped line, from which

a central depressed longitudinal line runs to the posterior

margin; abdomen ovoid; legs somewhat sparsely but regu-

larly covered with minute black granular dots; tarsi clothed

with short setee ; palpi setose; pectoral shield elongate scuti-

form ; eyes six in number, about equal in size, placed in pairs ;

the anterior pair placed in the centre of the anterior portion

of the caput, the lateral pairs at about the same distance from

the anterior pair as is covered by the two eyes themselves, and

placed obliquely; male palpus with the fourth joint barrel-

shaped, much larger than the three preceding it, terminating

in a bulb-like joint fringed externally with stiff bristles, and

44 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new

bearing on its inner surface the seminal organ, which is also

bulb-shaped and tapers above into a long spine-like corneous

process; relative length of legs 2, 4, 1, 3; cephalothorax and

abdomen together, of ¢ 7 millims., of 9 8 millims.

I have to thank the Rev. O. P. Cambridge for referring me

to the genus of this species.

7. Gasteracantha madagascariensis ?, var.

Gasteracantha madagascariensis, Vinson, Aran. de la Réunion, Maurice

et Madagascar, p. 242, pl. ix. fig. 6 (1863).

In coloration the example sent agrees far better with G.

mauritia of Walckenaer, the cephalothorax and femora being

reddish castaneous, the tibia and tarsi black, the abdomen

above (in the spirit-example sent) buff-yellow, with black

spines and depressed spots (“ sigilla,’’ Cambr.), below black

spotted with yellow. The Rev. O. P. Cambridge thinks it

more probably a variety of G. madagascariensis ; and if this

be so, I see no reason why the latter should not be conspecific

with G. mauritia, since the difference of form, so far as I can

judge, seems to be very slight between these two spiders.

As regards the strange modification of pattern which must

have taken place if this be in truth a pale variety of G. mada-

gascariensis, I may mention that, so far as can be determined

from dried specimens, G. jlavomaculata seems to show a ten-

dency towards a similar modification.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Pasithea folifera, Butl. (twice the natural size). la. Profile

view of the same, slightly enlarged.

Fig. 2. Attus Bewsheri, Butl. (twice the natural size). 2a, The same,

in profile.

Fig. 3. Attus Johanne, Butl. (twice the natural size). 3a. The same, in

profile. 306, Male palpus, much enlarged.

Fig. 4. Attus anjuanus, Butl. (twice the natural size). 4a. The same, in

rofile.

Fig. 5. Sainte comoroensis, Butl. (twice the natural size). 5a. The

same, in profile. 50. Male palpus, much enlarged.

IV.—On Plocamia plena, a new Species of Echinonematous

Sponge. By W. J. Souwas, M.A., F.G.8., &e.

[Plates VI. & VIL]

Plocamia plena,n. sp. (Pl. VI.)

(Examined in the dry state.)

Sponge fan-shaped (Pl. VI. fig. 1) : a horizontal incrusting

base (0), ='y inch thick, smooth and irregular on the under sur-

Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 45

face, areolate on the upper, growing proliferously upwards

into simple stem-like processes (s) and a thin wide flabellate

expansion (f). The latter, which is seated on a short stout

stalk, is formed apparently by the union of a number of simple

stems, which, fusing together basally, give rise to the stalk,

and then, diverging and branching radiately upwards and out-

wards, produce the fan-like plate, on which their course is

marked by radiating ridges costating both surfaces of the plate,

while the lines along which they unite are indicated by radia-

ting furrows left between the ridges. These furrows are fre-

quently bridged over by irregular transverse connexions, and

thus becomeconverted into series of deeper or shallower irregular

pits. Two open window-like spaces (f) perforating the midst of

the plate are due to the failure of the component ribs in these

places to unite. The lower half of the incrusting base and the

central two thirds of the stems and ribs grey in colour and dense

and compact in texture ; succeeded by an irregularly cavernous,

sulphur-yellow, intermediate layer, which supports a thin

drab dermal membrane, through which, in places, a number

of large pointed spicules project, rendering the surface hirsute

(Pl. VI. fig. 2).

Skeleton. The hard parts are those of the axis or base, of

the intermediate and dermal layers, and of the sarcode.

Axial spicules with a smooth cylindrical shaft, termi-

nated at each end by a spherical microspined inflation,

0-0075 inch long, 0°0005 inch diameter (Pl. VI. fig. 4) ;

confusedly entangled together in a felt-like manner (Pl. VI.

fig. 2).

SS eiediake spicules of two kinds :—(i.) a long, robust,

curved, conical acuate, sharply pointed at one end and gene-

rally spherically inflated at the other, inflation usually smooth

(Pl. VI. fig. 3), sometimes minutely spined (Pl. VII. fig.

8); length 0°041 inch, diameter of shaft 00018 inch, of head

0-002 inch; collected in short columns, projecting at right

angles from the axial core, in the external layer of which

the inflated ends of some of the spicules are imbedded (PI. VI.

fig. 2); (il.) a smaller curved, spined acuate, 0:01 inch

long, 0°001 inch broad, pointed at one end, inflated spheri-

cally at the other, spines on inflation blunt (PI. VII. fig. 16),

or pointed, with the points directed from the head to the

other extremity of the spicule (Pl. VII. fig. 17); spines of

the shaft commencing about the middle of its length, and

extending within a short distance of its point, conical, re-

curved, numerous; inflated heads of the spicules imbedded

in the axial cord or in the penicillate columns of larger

acuates, pointed ends projecting echinately (Pl. VL. fig. 2).

Dermal simple, straight, conical acuates, rounded obtusely

46 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new

at one end, seldom inflated, sharply pointed at the other

(Pl. VL. fig. 6 and Pl. VII. fig. 28) ; rounded end smooth,some-

times sparsely microspined (PI. VII. fig. 27), 0°015 inch long,

0:0004 inch broad ; arranged matted together felt-like, sup-

ported on the ends of the large intermediate acuates, about

which they sometimes accumulate in a tent-like projection

(Pl. VI. fig. 2).

Sarcode. Flesh-spicules of two kinds, both very minute,

not exceeding 0°0003 inch in length—one a tricurvate (Pl. VI.

fig. 7 and Pl. VII. fig. 19, 4), the other an equianchorate, with

a straight or curved shaft and three recurved minute arms at

each end (PI. VI. fig. 7 and Pl. VII. fig. 19, a), dispersed

through bright yellow sarcode.

Hab, Marine.

Loc. West Africa, lat. 15° 8.

Coll. Bristol Museum, presented by John Thwaites, Esq

Obs. The single specimen of this sponge is in a very per-

fect state of preservation, having been well dried without

losing its sarcode. How it was obtained by Mr. Thwaites,

and from what depth in the sea, there is nothing to show ;_ but

its occurrence on the western side of Africa so far south as

15° from the equator is interesting, since both Oscar Schmidt’s*

species of Plocamia came from the other side of the Atlantic

and north of the equator, viz. one from Florida at a depth of

195 fathoms (P. gymnazusa), and the other from Cuba at a

depth of 270 fathoms (P. clopetaria).

It is clear from O. Schmidt’s definition of the genus Plo-

camia that our form must be referred to it; and this reference

is made all the more certain by the close general agreement

between P. plena and the two previously described species,

both in structure and spiculation. In P. gymnazusa, O. 8.,

there is a large acuate in the intermediate layer, like that of

P. plena; but our spined echinating acuate is represented by

a smooth form without spines; the needle-like spicules of the

dermis appear to be present in both, as well as the dumbbell-

headed, handle-like spicules of the axis. O. Schmidt does

not make any mention of flesh-spicules; but as in P. plena

these are very minute, it is just possible that, if present in the

other forms, they may have escaped his attention.

Putting these on one side, then, the distinction between P.

gymnazusa and P. plena, so far as it can be learned from de-

scription merely, appears to lie chiefly in the different form of

the echinating acuates :—in the latter a richly spined, straight,

or curved acuate with an inflated head ; in the former a smooth,

* Grundziige einer Spongienfauna des atlantischen Gebietes, pp. 62,

80, Taf. iv. figs. 17, 18.

Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 47

abruptly bent acuate, sharply pointed at one end and merely

rounded off at the other. In P. clopetaria, O. 8., a fat

clumsy tuberculated spicule is said to be characteristic, and

travesties rather than represents our echinating acuate.

As regards the affinities of the genus, O. Schmidt considers

it related on one hand to the Suberites, and on the other

to the genus Clathria. ‘That it is a true echinonematous

sponge (¢. e. allied to Clathria) there is no doubt; and cer-

tainly the spicules of the axial column and lower part of the

base are arranged in a very suberitic fashion. The scopi-

form bundles of acuates in the intermediate layer remind one

of Microciona; and if one added to the membranous base of

the latter a layer of felted spicules, the resemblance would

become almost complete, especially as Myzilla, which in at

least some of its species is identical with IMvcrociona, fre-

quently grows upwards into stalked processes, which appear

to resemble those of P. plena.

In the relation of the scopiform bundles of spicules to the

axial columns of the sponge, Plocamia shows some similarity

to Dictyocylindrus ramosus, Bwk.; but the latter has not the

spicular dermal layer which occurs in the former. In Phakellia

the dermal layer is present, but the scopiform bundles are re-

placed by long plumose fibres. Thus the affinities of the sponge

are all with Kchinonematous forms; and it should apparently

be referred to the family Ectyonide, where it will form a

group by itself, viz. the Plocamianina, with the following defi-

nition :—Sponge growing proliterously upwards from an

incrusting base ; skeleton consisting of axial columns of dumb-

bell-headed spicules supporting scopiform bundles of large

acuates, which, as well as the axial columns, are echinated by

smaller acuates of another form, the exterior provided with a

dermal spicular covering, and the sarcode containing very

minute flesh-spicules.

Order ECHINONEMATA, Carter.

Family Ectyonidez, Carter.

Group Procamrayrna, Sollas.

Genus Procamra, O. Schmidt.

Species: 1. Plocamia gymnazusa, O. 8.

2. Plocamia clopetaria, O. 8.

3. Plocamia plena, Soll.

It is worthy of notice that no horny material is discoverable

48 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new

in these sponges. O. Schmidt says that none is present in

the two species he had examined ; and to determine whether

there might not be some in mine I mounted a few slices of

the sponge in glycerine jelly, which makes the siliceous

spicules almost invisible, and so brings into greater distinct-

ness the other parts. The sarcode was thus rendered very

visible ; but no kerataceous material could be detected. The

sarcode, we may mention, soon parted with some of its intense

yellow colouring-matter to the surrounding medium, which thus

at first assumed a yellow tint that has since almost entirely

disappeared. By the absence of horny matter in it Plocamia

does not quite meet the requirements of Carter’s definition of

his order; but this is a small point of difference ; and from the

examination of a large number of Echinonematous sponges 1

am inclined to think that the presence or absence of horny

matter is not of ordinal value, or, more properly, that the

passage from a spiculose horny fibre, whether echinated or

not, to a wholly spicular not horny fibre is so gradual that it

is impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between the two,

and that, just as a Renierid may be regarded as a Holorha-

phidote development of a Chalinid, so there may be sponges

among the Echinonemata which may be regarded as Holo-

rhaphidote developments of the Ectyonide ; and such I believe

is the nature of Plocamia for one, not to mention others.

If we adopt a monophyletic origin for the various forms of

spicules found in Plocamia and other sponges, we shall natu-

rally be led to look for some evidence of this amidst the wide

variations which the spicular forms assume ; and such evidence

is, I think, to be readily found. In the first place, leaving

out of account the flesh-spicules, of which we know too little

at present, and which may have a separate origin to the others,

one observes a- close family likeness in all the forms of

spicules to be found in Plocamia: thus, though they differ

considerably in proportion, they all present a conical or cylin-

drical form, without any tendency to become fusiform, they

all exhibit a tendency to acquire spines, and they all vary in

the same kind of way. ‘The dermal spicules, for instance,

often acquire an inflated head, and, though usually very

straight, sometimes become slightly curved; on the other

hand, the large intermediate acuates sometimes lose their

terminal inflation and so present merely a rounded-off end,

and, though usually curved, they sometimes become straight ;

while in both dermal and intermediate acuates the head often

becomes more or less spined. The only constant difference

which distinguishes these two forms thus lies only in size and

proportion ; and even in the latter character variation occurs,

Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 49

the intermediate acuates becoming thinner and the dermal

acuates thicker, and so approaching the one to the other. Hence

I see no difficulty in believing that the spicule-cell of the larger

acuate is a direct descendant of that of the dermal spicule.

Again, the dermal spicule sometimes becomes rounded off at

both ends, and in one instance was observed with an inflation

at each end, each inflation being sparsely microspined

(Pl. VII. fig. 20); on the other hand, the dumbbell-like

axial spicule loses one of its inflations, retaining the other, so

that at one end it possesses a spherical head, and at the other

is merely rounded off (Pl. VII. fig. 26), or terminated some-

times by a blunt mucrone (PI. VII. fig. 25), which, however,

still retains its microtuberculation, though the tubercles ex-

hibit a tendency to acquire the characters of small spines;

again, the axial spicule varies much in proportional length,

being sometimes very short and stumpy, like Pl. VII. fig. 21,

and at others elongating and narrowing till one has the attenu-

ated form, Pl. VII. fig. 22, very similar in proportion to one

of the dermal spicules. ‘Thus the passage of a dermal spicule

into one of the dumbbell-like forms is by no means incon-

celivable. As regards the spined echinating spicules, these

exhibit as many variations as the others ; the extent to which

the pointed end is spined is very inconstant, some forms re-

maining almost smooth (Pl. VII. fig. 13, for imstance), in

which case they closely resemble the young spinose-headed

forms (Pl. VII. fig. 12) of the intermediate acuates, from

which they might easily have been derived. Our theory of

the relationship between these various spicules may be ex-

pressed in the following diagram :—

Adult smooth acuate

(fig. 3).

Young form of —<— Dermal spicule —>- Axial spicule

acuate (fig. 28). (fig. 4).

(fig. 12). :

Adult spinose acuate

(fig. 5).

Of other variations displayed by the spicules one may

notice the tendency, very frequently displayed by the large

acuates, to exchange the pointed for a rounded extremity,

thus passing irito the cylindrical spicule, Pl. VII. fig. 9; and

this may be combined with a general stunting m linear

growth, which leads to such forms as figs. 10, 11, Pvt

and might, if carried far enough, give us a truly globular

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 4

50 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new

form as the end of the series. It would not do, however, to

regard such a globular spicule as in any way resembling the

balls of the Geodide ; for in the latter the growth is purely

radiate, in the former as purely concentric ; one is an over-

grown stellate spicule, the other an aborted acuate; and the

difference between them is made very manifest by treatment

with boiling alkali, the Geodia-globule dissolvmg rapidly

from the centre outwards, the Plocaméa-cylinder obdurately

resisting all solution and never admitting the potash to its

interior.

Vinally, the acuates sometimes become bent upon them-

selves, to the extent of 90° or much more (Pl. VII. fig. 18) ;

and as bending usually foreshadows branching, so we some-

times find a spicule putting forth a spine-like branch near its

extremity, into which enters correspondingly a branch from

the axial canal; such a bifurcation of the end of one of these

acuates carries us much nearer the trifid spicules of the

Pachastrellidee and Pachytragide than the bi- and trifurca-

tion in the echinating spicules of Plectronella, since in the

latter it is the head end which is so divided, while here, as

in the groups just mentioned, it is the pointed end of the

spicule.

In conclusion we have to consider the behaviour of the

spicules when treated with boiling solution of potash. The

spined acuates under these circumstances readily dissolved

both within and without, in just the same manner as uniaxial

spicules usually do; and I was able to make quite certain

that no branches were supplied to the spines by the axial

canal; the spines are merely local thickenings of the exterior

of the spicule, not aborted branches as is the case with Plec-

tronella.

Kchinating acuate after treatment with boiling potash (x 435),

The dumbbell spicules and the large acuates with both ends

rounded seldom underwent internal solution, unless they had

been broken across so as to make the axial canal accessible.

Solution of the exterior proceeded rapidly, coat after coat of

the acerates being removed, and, indeed, of the dumbbell forms

as well, exposing the successive forms through which they

had passed durmg their growth; and it is worth mentioning

Species of Echinonematous Sponge. 51

that the forms so revealed were always similar to that of the

spicule from which they were derived, a conical acuate always

remaining a conical acuate, and a stunted cylindrical one

always remaining stunted and cylindrical; and thus Bower-

bank’s notion that the latter are young forms of the former,

and would become pointed and conical with growth, is refuted;

the cylindric are aborted, not immature forms of the acuates.

The statement that residual acuates are of the same or similar

form to the original ones may appear difficult to verify, since

when the outer coat has been removed there is nothing

left to show what the form originally was; and since the solu-

tion takes place while the spicules are being boiled, one can-

not witness the removal of a coating. That is true: but it is

a remarkable fact that solution does not wholly remove the

outer coat; in other words, the solution is partial only; for

after the potash has dissolved away the silica of one of the

envelopes there remains behind a less soluble residue, which

has the appearance of a delicate, soft, membranous film, and

which retains very closely the original form of the envelope

from which it was derived. Thus in fig. 2 we have a sketch

Smooth acuate after treatment with potash (x 140). s, residual

spicule; f, residual membrane.

of the residual film of an acuate enclosing within its slightly

folded, delicate, almost invisible substance (f) the solid,

strongly defined spicule (s). In fig.3 an axial spicule is re-

presented with the residual film of an outer envelope washed

Axial spicule after boiling with potash. s, remainder of spicule ;

J, outer sheath separated from it ; a, air-bubble (x 435).

from it and lying on one side; the air-bubble (a) within this

sheath indicates the tenuity of its walls.

What, then, is the nature of this residual substance, which,

52 On a new Species of Echinonematous Sponge.

though presenting a strangely organic appearance, is yet able

to resist the effects of boiling solution of alkali? From the

fact that some small pieces of cork, which were accidentally

present with the boiling spicules, had not suffered any marked

decomposition, nothing more than a separation, to a certain

extent, of their cells, it occurred to me that it might be a form

of cellulose, which is known to occur now in various groups

of animals, and which would not be an unlikely accompani-

ment to the green colouring-matter (probably chlorophyll)

which characterizes some kinds of sponges. On testing with

Schulze’s solution, however, the membrane was not coloured,

while the associated fragments of cork became stained of a deep

violet; on exposing to a high temperature it appeared to

become carbonized ; it did not affect polarized light. These

are the only observations I have made with regard to this

substance at present; my next step will be to submit some

sponge-spicules to organic analysis; till then I regard the

composition of their organic foundation as an open question.

The heads of the axial spicules appear to suffer far more

from solution than their shafts, the whole interior of a head

being sometimes eaten out without the shaft showing any

evident signs of solution. Can this in any way be connected

with the micro-tuberculation of the heads ?

Fig. 4.

Two of the double-headed axial spicules after boiling with potash

(x 455). Shaded parts indicate the cavities which have been

excavated by solution.

From the cavity thus excavated in the head, the potash

sometimes finds its way into the axial canal; but quite as

often it dissolves a path for itself outside the site of the axial

canal down each side of the spicule.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE VI.

Plocamia plena.

Fig. 1. Plocamia plena (nat. size). b, incrusting base; s, single upright

stem; 7, a rib of the fan-like expansion cut across (the fan is

Prof. R. Owen on rare E.ctinct Vertebrates. 53

incomplete on this side) ; f, an opening in the fan, left between

two diverging ribs. From a photograph.

Fig. 2. Section across the base of fig. 1 (magnified about 50 diameters).

Fig. 3

Fg.

Fig.

Fug.

tig. 8.

. 9.

g. 10.

ig. 11

VIS

ae"

. Large acuate of the intermediate layer.

. Dumbbell-like spicule of the base or axis.

. Spined echinating acuate.

Needle-like spicule of the dermal layer. The head is a little too

inflated to be normal.

. Equianchorate and tricurvate spicules of the sarcode.

Figs. 3-7 all magnified 140 diameters.

PuaTE VII.

Varieties of the spicules of P. plena.

Common variety of the large acuate, with a spinose head.

Common variety of the large acuate with the distal end rounded

off.

A similar but extremely stunted form.

. A variety intermediate between those of figs. 9, 10.

A young form of the large acuate, with spined head.

A nearly spineless variety of the echinating acuate.

Similar, but with a larger number of spines.

Spined acuate, bent abruptly to one side.

Figs. 8-15 are all magnified 140 diameters.

Figs. 16, 17. Normal forms of spined echinating acuates (x 435).

18. Large smooth acuate, bent upon itself hook-like (x 140).

Fig.

fig.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

20.

23.

25,

26.

ig. 27

. 28.

. 29

Flesh-spicules. a, equianchorates ; 6, tricurvates. x 435.

Dermal spicule with both ends inflated and microspined

(xX 435).

Short stout form of axial or dumbbell spicule.

Attenuated form of the same spicule.

Same kind of spicule bent upon itself at right angles.

Same spicule, doubly inflated at one end.

Same spicule, with one end rounded off and produced into a

blunt mucrone.

Similar, but without the mucrone.

Figs. 21-26 all magnified 140 diameters.

Head of a dermal spicule, magnified 435 diameters, to show the

minute spines.

Ordinary dermal needle (x 140).

Normal dumbbell form (x 435).

V.—On the Occurrence tn North America of rare Extinct

Vertebrates found fragmentarily in England.—No. 2. By

Prof. R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c.

[Plate VIII. ]

[Continued from ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 223. ]

Part III. RESTORATION OF LErIoDON ANCEPS.

In the section on Mosasauroids, in the “ Report on British

54. Prof, R. Owen on the Occurrence

Fossil Reptiles ” for 1841*, a genus Levodon was defined on a

modification of mosasauroid teeth in a fragment of jaw dis-

covered in a Cretaceous formation in Norfolk, and figured in

plate Ixxii. figs. 1, 2, of my ‘ Odontography.’

Certain vertebre from the Greensand of New Jersey, North

America, submitted to my examination by Prof. Henry Rogers,

in 1849+, presented mosasauroid characters, but differed from

those which had been referred by Cuviert and Goldfuss§ to

the type genus Mosasaurus in a degree which led me to re-

mark that “ they might belong to the genus Ledodon ;” but

I, provisionally, described and figured them under the name

of “ Macrosaurus levis.” Similar vertebrae were subse-

quently discovered by Prof. Emmons in Cretaceous deposits

of North Carolina, and were referred by him to the genus

Macrosaurus ||.

Dr. Joseph Leidy, in his excellent work ‘ On the Cretace-

ous Reptiles of the United States,’ 4to, 1864, notices mosa-

sauroid teeth from other localities in the United States, several

of which he states to “ correspond in all anatomical characters

with the teeth described by Prof. Owen as characteristic of a

distinct genus, to which he has given the name of Letodon”’ 7] ;

but in the figures of his plate xi. those teeth are referred to

Mosasaurus.

Prof. E. D. Cope, in his richly illustrated volume on the

Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Formations of the West,- de-

scribes and figures specimens which enabled him to show that

the vertebrae of Macrosaurus were actually those of Letodon

levis, and also to define other species of that mosasauroid

genus** obtained from the ‘ Kansas chalk.”

Finally, in the ‘ Transactions of the Kansas Academy of

Science’ for 1877-8, vol. vi., Prof. F. H. Snow describes and

figures characteristic portions of an almost entire skeleton of

a Leiodon which he had the good fortune to expose in the

* Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science

for 1841, 8vo, p. 144.

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. v.

(1849), p. 380, pl. v.

3 gqeosenciice sur les Ossemens Fossiles, 4to, 1824, tome y. 2¢ partie,

e § Nov. Act. Acad. Nat.-Cur. vol. xxi. p. 179 (1845).

|| Report on the Geology of North Carolina, 1858, p. 213, fig. 34, a.

{| Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. ué supra, p. 130.

** “ Several names have been proposed for our species, the earliest of

which is Macrosaurus, Owen. This name applies to species with com-

pressed dorsal vertebrae, as Z. levis and L. Mitchellii, both from New

Jersey Greensand.”—Section “Lxriopon, Owen,” op. cit. 4to, 1875,

pp. 160, 161, pls. xxviii.-xxxiil.

in North America of rare Extinct Vertebrates. sy)

“yellow limestones belonging to the Niobrara group of the

Cretaceous Formations ””*.

From these American materials a restoration of the Letodon

modification of the Mosasauroid Lacertians may be under-

taken. Of the skull I have little to add to the description

given in my paper “On the Rank and Affinities of the

Mosasauroids’’t. The edentulous production of the pre-

maxillary (Pl. VIII. fig. 1, a) beyond the alveoli of the

*=* incisors may be noticed as suggestive of a rudiment or

beginning of the Ziphioid modification of the cetaceous cra-

nium. The mandible is slender, with a low coronoid process

and slightly produced angle. A specimen has been found

26 inches in length f.

The vertebral column of Letodon anceps (Pl. VIII. fig. 1)

-exhibits the range of modification in its several regions

characteristic of these great extinct ‘ Lacertia Natantia’§,

and contrasting with the comparative uniformity of the ver-

tebree in Python and other Ophidia.

The atlas (ib. fig. 2) consists, as in lizards||, of a pair of

neurapophyses, 7, and a detached hemapophysis, 4, simula-

ting a centrum{]. The transverse exceeds the vertical dia-

meter, although the latter is extended by a short obtuse

hypapophysial spine, y, less developed than in Mosasaurus**.

Hach neurapophysis presents a large subconcave facet for

articulating with part of the occipital condyle ; a rudimental

diapophysis projects from the outer side.

The axis (ib. fig. 3) consists of a long body, including the

proper centrum of the atlas, ca, coalesced with that of the

axis,c x. The latter develops a hypapophysis, y, to which

is articulated a short hemapophysis, 2. A compressed ver-

tical ridge-like process (par-diapophysis, @) extends from each

side of the centrum; it may be for the support of a rudimental

cervical rib.

A few of the succeeding vertebrae are characterized by both

diapophysis (ib. fig. 4, @) and hypapophysis, y—the latter

with a rough articular surface fer ligamentous attachment of a

* Op. cit. p. 54, plate opposite same page, and woodeut p. 57.

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xxxiil. p. 695,

fig. 15.

¢ In the grey shale of the Niobraska chalk ; referred by Prof. Cope to

a Letodon nepeolicus (op. cit. p. 177).

‘Fossil Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations,’ 4to, 1851, p. 29.

|| Cuy. Oss. Foss. 4to, vol. v. pl. xvii. fig. 10,

@ See ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xx. p. 217,

fies, 4, 5.

** Cuyv, op. cit. pl. xx. fig. 14, ¢ (after Camper).

56 Prof. R. Owen on the Occurrence

short imperforate hemapophysis, 4. The series of these

hemapophyses are homologues of those described by Sir

Philip de M. Grey Egerton under the name of “ subver-

tebral wedge-bones”’ in Jchthyosaurus*. 'They are present in

similar intervertebral position in Amblyrhynchust, where they

are five or six in number. They are represented by con-

fluent pieces in Cyclodust. But the presence of hypapo-

physes for their support distinguishes the Mosasauroid from

other families of Lacertilia as well as from both Ichthyo- and

Sauropterygia.

The diapophysis of the third cervical supports a rib; and a

similar costigerous process§ is present in the dorsal vertebrae.

This series may be conveniently, though artificially, defined

by the suppression of the hypapophysis. The zygapophyses

(figs. 5 and 6, 2, 2’) disappear in the posterior dorsals as in

fig. 7. The diminution in vertical and increase in longi-

tudinal extent, together with its descent in position from the

side of the centrum, reduce the “ transverse process”’ to a

“ parapophysis,” p, fig. 8, which characterizes the lumbar

vertebre. This change is attended with a modification of the

shape of the centrum, the transverse section of which becomes

triangular with the base downward, instead of the elliptic

shape shown in the vertebre from the antecedent part of the

column. ‘There is no sacrum by ankylosis: a single ver-

tebra supports a pair of small rib-like, feebly curved, iliac

bones (ib. fig. 1,/), with a slightly expanded, distal, bifaceted,

syndesmosal surface, the larger division for the ischium. The

pubics, wv, have a smaller syndesmosal terminal expansion, are

slender and nearly straight. The ischia (m) are broader, have

a short posterior process, offer proximally a syndesmosal sur-

face divided between the ilium and the femur, and have a

distal surface for a symphysis with their fellow, completing

the inverted arch below.

The anterior caudal vertebrae add to the parapophyses

(fig. 9, p) a pair of hypapophyses, y, to which is articulated

a hemal arch formed by the apical confluence of a pair of

heemapophyses, h, from which confluence extends obliquely

backward a hemal spine, # s, rivalling or surpassing the

neural one, »s, in length. The parapophysis gradually

shortens and disappears at about the anterior third of the tail

(fig. 10), which thereafter shows its natatory compression and

* Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 187, pl. 14 (1886).

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. wt supra, fig. 4, p. 221.

{ Ib. ib. fig. 5, p. 228,

§ This, though marked d, combines the origins of both di- and par-

apophyses ; in fig. 8 it becomes p.

in North America of rare Extinct Vertebrates. 57

vertical extension attended with piscine confluence of the

hem- (2) with the hyp- (y) apophyses (ib. fig. 11).

No Mosasauroid has hitherto been discovered so entire and

undisturbed, or exhumed with such exact care, as to yield a

precise numerical vertebral formula. LKven in the skeleton

of the Letodon described by Prof. Snow, “ only two of the

twenty vertebree, which were scattered over the slab in all

positions, remained united ”’*.

The nearest approaches to the true number in the genus

Mosasaurus I believe to have been made by Cuvier (who assigns

133) and by Goldfuss (157). Of Letodon I estimate, pro-

visionally, from the various data at command, the follow-

ing :—

Number

NIELS AMID ERAS ome raieue tac loud al Biaga erat oajacal tine a Rts aay ater eet 2

Vertebree (type 4) with hemapophysis, hypapophysis, di-

apophysis, and zygapophysis ...... 5

. (type 5) with hypapophysis, zygapophysis, and

AIAPOPH YSIS}. asia sas Sais o ioe w Sere 7

y (type 6) with zygapophysis and diapophysis.... 18

= (type. 7) with diapophysis. “. 2.0.00. es 2 0k... a- 22

. (type 8) with parapophysis.................. 15

> (type 9) with parapophysis and unankylosed

heomalbarchye sid. aie oes scctaaas 24

oi (type 10) with unankylosed hemal arch......., 14

,) (type 11) with ankylosed heemal arch} ........ 44

A (type 12) with centrum and neurapophyses rudi-

mentalOr NONE pi tes eee a ters iateteraista Gs

158

The vertebre of Ledodon are devoid of the accessory zygan-

tral and zygosphenal articulations.

All the ribs or pleurapophyses, where present or preserved,

are monocipital.

In entering upon the description of the British Fossil Rep-

tilia t [found the descriptive phrases applied in Anthropotomy

to the parts and processes of the vertebrae cumbrous, if at all

applicable to the homologous parts in those of the lower (especi-

ally the cold-blooded) Vertebrates, some apophyses in which

had no homologues in the human vertebra. I therefore pro-

posed a “‘ Nomenclature,” substituting ‘‘names” for “phrases,”

and devised names for parts which previously had none.

* Op. ct. p. oT.

+ All the above have the centrum (c) and ankylosed neural arch and

spine (2 8).

t “On the Plestosaurus macrocephalus,” Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. v. ser. 2,

p. 515 (1838); “ Reports on British Fossil Reptiles,” in Transactions of

the British Association for 1840 and 1841.

58 Prof. R. Owen on the Occurrence

The general adaptive characters of the Mosasaurian verte-

bre relate to aquatic life; and in the category (type 7)

in which the zygapophyses ‘disappear, not to return, there is

a significant indication of a tendency towards the Cetacea; in

a great extent of the caudal series (type 11) a piscine charac-

ter prevails. Both these modifications are engrafted on, or

associated with, the lacertian type of the proccelian vertebra.

The movements of this gigantic reptile among the sea-waves,

mainly executed by the long and flexile vertebral column,

were guided or modified by the action of both pectoral and

pelvic fins: the retention of both pairs is more piscine than

cetacean ; or, we may say, the common vertebrate number of

limbs, in Mosasaurs as in Ichthyosaurs, has not been departed

from, as in some later and more modified forms of warm-

blooded marine Vertebrates. Are the pelvic and femoral

rudiments, which are concealed beneath the skin in modern

whales, the remnants of the ventral fins of the cold-blooded

marine air-breather? or are they remnants of the hind legs

of a warm-blooded, ancestral, shore-haunting quadruped ?

Such pleasant speculations as a solace to the work of acqui-

sition of positive facts may be condoned.

The framework of the pectoral fin was first restored by

Prof. Marsh *, in the American Mosasauroid which he ealls

Lestosaurus simus (Platecarpus, Cope) : the Lacertian type of

this framework is illustrated, in comparison with the Cetacean

and Enaliosaurian types, in the undercited work f. In the

large proportion of a Leiodon discovered by Prof. Snow of the

Kansas University, in the “ yellow limestones along the

Hackbury Creek, in Yove County, Kansas,” the framework

of the pectoral fin was found “‘ lying underneath the ribs and

vertebree, with the bones in natural position.” Fig. 13, Pl.

VIIL., is a reduced copy of the Professor’s figure of this fin f.

Assuming the accuracy of the arrangement of the bones, the

first (innermost or radial) digit (1) is the longest, and includes

a metacarpal (m) and eleven phalanges ; the second digit (11)

has the same number of phalanges and nearly the same length ;

the third (111) has nine phalanges; the fourth (1v) shows seven,

but one or two small terminal bones seem to be wanting ; the

fifth, outermost or ulnar, digit (v) has evidently been the

shortest, and retains but five phalanges. In the general shape of

* American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. iii. p. 4, pl. x. (1872).

+ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xxxiv. p. 748,

fies. 1-4 (1878).

{ Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences, vol. vi. p. 57,

(1878). This volume had not appeared at the date of The reading of my

second paper, “On the Affinities of the Mosasauridee,” June 5, 1878,

in North America of rare Extinct Vertebrates. 59

the fin, decreasing in length from the radial, 54, to the ulnar, 55,

side, the fin of Leiodon resembles more that of the Cetacean®

than does the fin of Lestosawrus, but with the marked diffe-

rence of the first digit being the shortest in Cetacea and the

longest in the present genus of Mosasauria.

‘The most instructive addition to the anatomy of this extinct

family of marine Saurians is the degree in which the dermal

skeleton is preserved in the Kansas example of Letodon f.

Prof. Marsh had referred certain dermal scutes to Mosa-

sauroid reptiles, and conceived them “ to be mainly from the

lower part of the neck.” “In the genus Liodon,” he adds,

*‘ the scutes are also imbricate, and somewhat similar to those

above described ’’$ (in the genus Hdestosaurus). But Prof.

Snow has brought to light an extensive series of such os-

seous scales, indicative of a more general dermal scutation.

Fig. 14, Pl. VIIL., is a copy of a portion of this armour

from one of the flanks of the Levodon, of the natural size.

In no known Ophidian are the scales formed in any pro-

portion by bone; the purely epidermal tissue of their exu-

vial coat’ would be wholly dissolved in remains from a

Cretaceous matrix, or, indeed, of one of more recent date.

The Sheppey and other Eocene serpents are represented

only by the parts of their endoskeleton; and so large a

proportion of this has been found in natural articulation

as to lend ground for expectation that the dermal scales

would have been preserved if, as in lizards, they had included

petrifiable parts§. In the existing members of the Lacertian

order bone is developed at the base of the scale in several

genera, e.g. Trachysaurus, Tribolonotus, Ophisaurus, &e.

And if the curious fossils called ‘ granicones,”’ found in the

“‘ Feather-bed ”’ shales of the Middle Purbecks, have been

rightly interpreted ||, they likewise exemplify the osseous sup-

ports of the scales of an extinct lizard (Nuthetes destructor)—

and, by virtue of their tissue, have been susceptible of fossili-

zation; and testify to the dermal character of that species.

The formal character of both maxillary and mandibular

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxiv. p. 749, fig. 1.

+ “On the Dermal Covering of a Mosas: auroid R eptile (Liodon dyspe lor,

Cope),” by Prof. F. H. Snow, op. cit. p. 54. The figure occupies p. 55.

t ‘American Journal of Science and Arts,’ vol. iii. p. 11 (April 1872).

§ Owen, ‘ History of British Fossil Reptiles,’ Ato, p. 146, pl. Ophidians,

4, Ihave lately been favoured, by Mr. Shrubsole of Sheerness, with an

opportunity of examining a ereater extent of the vertebral column of

Paleophis tokapicus than ‘the subject of my plate, but unaccompanied by

any trace of scutes.

|| Transactions of the Royal Microscopical Society, vol. i. p. 233,

pl. xii. (1878),

60 Prof. R. Owen on rare Extinct Vertebrates.

teeth, attributed to the genus Ledodon and exemplified by

transverse sections in fig. 15, Pl. VIII., has been found con-

stant and characteristic of those teeth in the species of the

genus noted as from the various localities in Leidy’s ‘ Mo-

nograph on the Cretaceous Reptiles of the United States,’

and represented in pls. ix.-xi., and in the woodcuts of

pp. 58-69. The subject of Leidy’s cut no. 18, and of fig. 7,

pl. ix., from Monmouth County, New Jersey, is noted as

corresponding in all its anatomical characters with those of

Leiodon (p. 62).

The Mosasauroid or family characters of the teeth are

strictly retained. ‘The crown, composed of hard dentine with

a thin coat of enamel, is supported by, and as it were wedged

into a basis (fang or root) of the modified osteine called

“cement.” This is much thicker than the crown, and pre-

sents a rounded or full elliptical transverse section, whatever

be the shape of the crown (compare the outline @ (root) with

b (crown) of a tooth of Letodon, fig. 15, Pl. VILI.).

The root, when first formed, is implanted in a distinct

socket, and the “ thecodont ” type of dentition is manifested.

But this is a transitory condition; the cement becoming con-

fluent with the bone of the socket, and, partially rising above

the alveolar border of the jaw, the tooth then exhibits the

“‘ acrodont” type. But amuch larger proportion of the orginal

and independent tooth can be traced in the substance of the jaw

than is the case in the existing acrodont Lacertilia. ‘The pulp-

cavity remains in the basal half of the crown, and descends a

short way into the cemental fang, where it is closed by a

coarser and more vascular modification of the cement. The

vertical or longitudinal extent of the enamelled crown at its

outer and exposed surface is about one third that of the fang.

The teeth are displaced and succeeded by others, many

times during the life of the individual, as in modern Lacertilia.

At least I have met with no specimens in which a reserve

cavity with a more or less advanced successional tooth has

not existed at the postero-internal side of the implanted base

of the functional tooth*. The germ of a third generation in

the form of the enamelled apex of the crown may be detected

within the pulp-cavity of the second, which is in course of

succeeding and displacing the first or fully formed tooth f.

The nearest resemblance to the Mosasauroid type of tooth

is now presented by certain Cetacea, as, e. y., the Cachalots {,

Platanists$, and more especially by the Ziphioids, nm which

* ‘Odontography,’ p. 259, pl. 72. fig. 2.

+ See Leidy, wé supra, pl. xi. fig. 4, d.

{ ‘Odontography,’ pl. 89. fig. 2. § Ib. pl. 87 a.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 61

the enamelled crown is borne upon an enormously developed

cemental root, to which conical mass it sometimes appears as

a mere apex*,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Restoration of Leiodon anceps, Ow., as shown by an outline of the

skeleton, omitting certain of the estimated numbers of the con-

stituent types of vertebree, for lack of space.

Fig. 2. Side view of atlas vertebra.

Fig. 5. axis vertebra.

Fig. 4. cervical vertebra.

Fig. 5. ie dorsal vertebra (first type).

fg. 6. Fs dorsal vertebra (second type).

LED. Ue . dorsal vertebra (third type).

Fig. 8. lumbar vertebra.

Fig. 9. Front view of caudal vertebra (first type).

Fig. 10, Side view of caudal vertebra (second type).

Fig. 11. Front view of caudal vertebra (third type).

Fig. 12. - terminal caudal vertebra.

Fig. 15. Bones of right antebrachium and fin.

7g. 14. Portion of dermal scutation of the side of the trunk.

Fig. 15. Outline of transverse sections of maxillary tooth. a, root;

b, crown.

(All the figures, save 14 and 15, are much reduced in size.)

VI.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongie.

By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL.

[Continued from vol. iii. p, 379.]

Revision of the Fossil Calcispongie.

Family 1. Ascones, Hiickel.

Stomach-wall thin, penetrated by inconstant cutaneous

pores, wall-less and temporary openings in the parenchyma.

Skeletal spicules usually in a single layer parallel to the

surface. :

No fossil representatives at present known.

Family 2. Leucones.

Stomach-wall thick, irregularly traversed by curved,

branched, usually anastomosing canals, running without any

definite arrangement. Parenchyma-skeleton consisting of

* See ‘Monograph on British Fossil Cetacea,’ p. 12, pl. 1. fig. 5, a, in

the volume (4to) of the Paleeontographical Society issued in 1870,

62 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

irregularly placed spicules ; besides these special dermal and

gastral layers.

Fossil forms unknown*.

Family 3. Pharetrones, Zittel.

Wall thick, with curved branching canals, or without any

canals. Skeletal elements arranged in anastomosing fibres.

A dermal layer often present.

Eupea, Lamx.

(Exp. Méth. p. 46, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-4, 1821).

Eudea p. p-, D’Orb.

Verrucospongia p. p., D’Orb.

Epeudea, Ependea, Stegendea, From.

Spongites, Orispongia, Quenst.

Solenolmia, Verrucospongia, Eudea, Elasmeudea, Pom.

Sponge simple or branched, cylindrical, clavate or pyriform,

attached, with a narrow tubular central cavity reaching to

the base. ‘Theskeleton consists of coarse anastomosing fibres,

which spread out like lamellae at the surface, except at the

vertex, become fused together, and form a smooth, dense

dermal layer, in which are situate round or misshapen, some-

times margined apertures, which are connected with shallow

depressions. In the same way the wall of the stomachal cavity

also consists of a smooth layer, which is only pierced by pore-

like openings.

The canal-system is indistinctly developed in consequence

of the large-meshed texture of the skeleton; the water pro-

bably passed through the large ostia of the surface into the

sponge-body, circulated between the large spicular fibres, and

reached the stomachal cavity through the above-mentioned

pores. . In cut specimens no canals appear either in longitu-

dinal or in transverse sections.

Of this genus a species from the Great Oolite of Caen was

* A few days ago two fragments of rock belonging to the older Creta-

ceous, from Pirot, in Bulgaria, were sent to me by Prof. Toula of Vienna.

They consisted almost entirely of small subcylindrical bodies narrowed

downwards, about 10-15 millims. in length, and 5-4 millims. in thickness.

These evidently organic hollow bodies most resembled the Gyroporelle

of the Trias, but they wanted the characteristic pores and canals of the

latter. It is true that radial canals open into the central cavity, and these

become more oblique downwards, and finally rise from below perpendicu-

larly into the stomachal cavity ; but there is no fibrous texture. On the

other hand, we sometimes observe a few large bacillar spicules, and tri-

and quadriradiate spicules, in the usually homogeneous wall; but their

form cannot be exactly ascertained. If these bodies, which occur in

such quantities, belong, as I suppose, to the Leucones, this family would

consequently commence in the Cretaceous.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caletspongie. 63

described as early as 1821 by Lamouroux, who named it in

honour of M. Eudes-Deslongchamps. Michelin (Ie. pl. lviii.

fig. 8) gives a new and excellent figure of the same species,

but, curiously enough, regards the characteristic smooth epi-

dermis of the surface as a foreign parasitic body, for which

he retains the name of Hudea, whilst its supposed support is

described as Seyphia clavartoides or cymosa.

D’Orbigny restores Michelin’s Hudea cribraria to Lamou-

roux’s species, but applies the name of Hudea to a great number

of cylindrical sponges with well-developed canal-systems.

Fromentel finally, in opposition to all the rules of termino-

logy, retains the name of Hudea for a great part of the forms

referred by D’Orbigny to Lamouroux’s genus, and gives the

typical species (#. clavata, Lamx.,=Hudea cribraria, Mich.)

a new generic name, Hpeudea (or Ependea). Subsequently

Fromentel established a distinct genus Stegendea (more cor-

rectly Stegeudea) for the branched forms.

Pomel, indeed, reverts to Lamouroux’s conception, but esta-

blishes the superfluous genera “/asmeudea and Solenolmic.

By Quenstedt the Upper-Jurassie species were described in

his earlier works as Spongites, but in the ‘ Petrefactenkunde

Deutschlands’ under the generic name Ordspongia.

Several species of Hudea occur in the Alpine Trias; but the

genus has its principal distribution in the Upper Jura. Here

the specimens are frequently silicified, sometimes at the sur-

face, sometimes throughout.

1. Scyphia Manon, Mist. Beitr. iv. pl. i. fig. 15. Trias,

St. Cassian.

2. Scyphia polymorpha, Klipst. Gistl. Alp. Taf. xix. fig. 12.

St. Cassian.

Verrucospongia polymorpha, Laube, Fauna von St. Cass. Taf, i.

fig. 12.

3. ? Hpeudea pusilla, Laube, l.c. Taf. 1. fig. 1. St. Cassian.

4, Hudea clavata, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxiv. figs. 1-4.

Bathonian.

Eudea cribraria, Mich. Ie. pl. lviii. fig. 8.

5. Spongites perforatus, Quenst. Jura, Taf. lxxxiv. figs. 26,

27. Upper Jurassic.

Orispongia perforata, Quenst. Petref. Bd. v. Taf. exxiv. figs, 22-28.

6. Orispongia globata, Quenst. l. c. Taf. exxiv. figs. 29-

34, Upper Jura.

Manon pexiza p. p., Goldf. Taf. xxxiv. fig. 8, a.

7. Orispongia pisum, Quenst. 1. c. Taf. exxiv. figs. 35, 36.

8. Epeudea macropora, From, Pol. Cor. de Gray, pl. xv.

fic. 2. Coral Rag.

64 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

9. Hudea corallina, Etal. Actes Soc. Jur. d’Emul. 1860,

p- 147, fig. 13.

10. Ependea elongata, From. et Pill. Coll. de Lem, pl. xii.

figs. 5, 6. Tithonian.

11. Stegendea Pilleti, From. et Pill. ib. pl. xii. fig. 8.

Tithonian.

CoLosponaiA, Lauhe.

(Fauna von St. Cassian, p. 17, Taf. i. fig. 16.)

Manon p. p., Miinst., Klipst.

Amorphospongia p. p., D’Orb.

Sponge cylindrical, clavate, sometimes branched, built up

of globular or annular segments, which are indicated exter-

nally by deep constrictions. Surface coarsely porous, the

lower segments sometimes clothed with a smooth, dense

dermal layer. Vertex convex, with the small circular osculum

of a narrow central cavity, which passes through the whole

sponge-body.

The segments internally are occupied by an extremely

loose anastomosing fibrous tissue, which is somewhat con-

densed at the walls. Canal-system wanting.

I have modified Laube’s diagnosis in accordance with a

well-preserved branching specimen from the Seeland Alp,

which in transverse section shows a central cavity, and no-

where exhibits an epitheca. Colospongia unites Hudea with

Verticillites. From the latter the present genus differs by

possessing imperfectly developed transverse floors, and also

by the circumstance that the segments are not hollow inter-

nally, but filled with loose tissue. The only species is from

the Alpine Trias :—

Colospongia dubia, Laube,/. c. Tar. 1. fig. 16.

Manon dubium, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 11.

Manon pertusum, Klipst. Géstl. Alp. Taf. xix. fig. 14.

VERTICILLITES, Defrance.

Verticillites (Ellis), Defr., D’Orb.

Scyphia, Goldf.

Verticillopora, Blainy., Sharpe (non M‘Coy).

Verticillocelia, From.

Verticillites, Cystopora, Pom.

Verrucospongia p. p., Laube.

Sponge simple or bushy. Isolated individuals cylindrical

or clavate, frequently with horizontal constrictions at the

surface. Vertex with a circularosculum. The whole sponge-

body built up of thin-walled hollow rings, each of which fits

upon the preceding one in such a manner that the horizontal

or arched cover of the first forms at the same time the floor of

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 65

the following one. These rings are traversed by a vertical

central tube, extending from the osculum to the base. The

wall of the central cavity, the external wall, and the trans-

verse floors are repeatedly perforated and furnished with

canals, which lead into the interior of the hollow segments.

All the walls consist of a tissue of anastomosing calcareous

fibres. In certain species the floors of the hollow rings are

united to each other by fine vertical processes of the skeletal

substance.

The microstructure of the calcareous skeleton is in general

destroyed; so that, when highly magnified, the fibres merely

show a radiate crystalline texture. In a specimen of Verti-

cillites anastomosans, Mant., however, from the Aptian of La

Presta, I have succeeded in demonstrating that the fibres are

composed of usually distinctly triradiate spicules. By this

means the relationship of this genus (which in its general

habit is most intimately connected with Peronella) to the

sponges is established with certainty.

I am acquainted with various species from the Trias and

Lower Cretaceous.

a. From the Trias.

1. Scyphia armata, Kiipst. Beitr. Taf. xix. figs. 13, 14.

Verrucospongia armata, Laube, Fauna von St. Cassian, Taf. i. fig. 10.

I have obtained, through Dr. Loretz, a number of specimens

from the Seeland Alp, which show remarkably well the hollow

rings, the somewhat arched horizontal floors, and the perforated

wall of the central tube.

b. From the Cretaceous.

1. Verticillopora anastomosans, Mant. Wonders of Geol.

p- 636. fig. 3; Medals, 2nd ed. p. 227. fig. 4, p. 229. fig. 3.

Rist ity anastomosans, Sharpe, Q. J. G. S. vol. x. 1854, pl. v.

4 Verticillites truncata, D’Orb. Prodr. ét. xvii. p. 560.

? Discelia helvetica, Loriol, Urgon. Land. pl. v. figs. 4-11.

2. Verticillites digitata, D’Orb. ib. ét. xix. p. 357.

3. Verticillites incrassata, D’Orb. ib. ét. xx. p. 768.

4. Thalamopora siphoniowdes, Mich. Ic. pl. lin. tig. 9.

5. Vertictllites cretaceus, Defr. Dict. Sci. Nat. 1829,

vol. lviii. p. 5.

Verticillite d’ Ellis, Defy. Dict. Atl. Polyp. pl. xliv. fig. 1.

Verticillopora cretacea, Blainv. Man. Act. pl. Ixvi. fig. 1.

Verticillites cretaceus, Bronn, Leth. Geogn. pl. xxix. fig. 5,

6. Verticillites Goldfussi, D’Orb. Prody. ét. xxi. 1463.

Scyphia verticillites, Goldf. Taf. Ixv. fig. 9.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 5

66 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongic.

CELYPHIA, Pomel.

(Pal. d’Oran, p. 229.)

Manon p. p., Munst., IXlipst.

Hippalimus p. p., D’Orb.

Verrucospongia p. p., Laube.

Sponge composed of globular or ovate individuals, irregu-

larly arranged upon one another, often united into nodular

masses, constantly increasing in size according to their age.

Wall of the individual dense, pierced by isolated margined

oscula. This wall encloses a cavity which is very incom-

pletely occupied by a very loose web composed of fine ana-

stomosing’ fibres.

Under the microscope both the wall and the fibrous tissue

in the interior appear solid. As, however, the same constitu-

tion is observed in many true Calcispongiz from St. Cassian,

it may be regarded as a consequence of late alterations.

I place this very peculiar genus with many doubts among

the Calcispongie. Its whole external appearance, and its

constitution of separate, well-defined chambers, rather reminds

one of certain Foraminifera; but the partial filling of the

chambers with a loose-meshed tissue is irreconcilable with

the idea of a Foraminifer.

The structure furnishes no information as to the zoological

position of the genus, which, however, may be best arranged

beside Colospongia and Verticillites.

The only species is from the Trias of St. Cassian :-—

Manon submarginatum, Mist. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 9.

Manon pisiforme, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig. 8.

Verrucospongia submarginata, Laube, Fauna yon St. Cass. Taf. i.

“fics J1,--..'

HIMATELLA, Zittel.

Tragos p. p., Munst., Klipst.

Lymnorea p. p., D’Orb,

Lymnoretheles p. p., Laube.

Sponge obconical, simple. Vertex slightly convex, with

a central circular osculum, the efferent orifice of a narrow tube

traversing the whole sponge. Surface furnished up to the

margin of the vertex. with a.smooth or concentrically wrinkled

dermal layer. No radial or other canals. In longitudinal’

section the fibrous skeleton shows a tendency to become con-

densed parallel to the vertex at regular distances, so as to

produce a faint indication of transverse floors.

This genus unites Peronella with Colospongia and Verti-

cillites. ‘The narrow perforant central cavity and the absence

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 67

of radial canals remind one of Peronella, and the indication

of segment-formation, although but slight, of the two last-

mentioned genera. The smooth epitheea, which extends up

to the vertex, is characteristic of Himatella.

The only known species occurs in the Alpine Trias :—

Tragos milleporatum, Mist. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 17.

PERONELLA, Zittel.

Scyphia, Siphonia, Spongia, auctt.

Eudea p. p., Hippalimus p. p., D’Orb.

Stphonoceha p.p., Polycelia p.p. Diseelia p. p., Stenocelia, From.

Pareudea p. p., Etal.

Dendrocelia, Laube.

io aie Dyoconia, Lymnorea, Pliocelia, Siphonocelia, Lenocelia,

om.

Spongites, Dermispongia, Radicispongia, Quenst.

Simple, or branched by gemmation; individuals cylin-

drical, thick-walled; vertex convex, rarely flat, in the middle

with the narrow circular osculum of the tubular stomachal

cavity, which, retaining nearly the same diameter, traverses

the whole length of the sponge-body to the vicinity of the

base. Incurrent canals wanting. Wall of the stomachal

cavity and surface porous. Outer surface either naked or

coated with a dense concentrically wrinkled epidermis at the

base, and sometimes up to the neighbourhood of the vertex.

The skeleton consists of generally coarse, vermiform, anas-

tomosing fibres, which form a confused tissue. In the irre-

gular-shaped meshes and interstices of this the water circu-

lated, no special canals or ostia being necessary. The pore-

like orifices on the surface and on the wall of the central

canal are merely gaps in the vermiform tissue.

In general the skeleton still consists of carbonate of lime ;

but in certain localities, especially of the Upper Jura, nearly

all the specimens are silicified. In the latter the spicules of

which the fibres consist are never preserved. In calcareous

skeletons, on the contrary, the microstructure may usually

be detected with certainty, although distinctly preserved spi-

cules are rarely observed.

The vermiform fibres appear chiefly to be composed of tri-

radiate (perhaps also quadriradiate) spicules, but simple bacil-

lar spicules are often associated with these in great numbers.

The size and form of the triradiates, and especially the length .

of the individual, sometimes curved arms, vary considerably

in the different species.

This rich genus, which extends from the Trias into the

Upper Cretaceous, may be distinguished easily from the

68 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongic.

allied forms by the narrow tubular central cavity of the cylin-

drical body and by the absence of any radial canals. The

forms belonging to it were named by the older writers Scy-

phia, Spongia, or Siphonia; D'Orbigny erroneously united

them with Lamouroux’s genera Hudea and Hippalimus.

Etallon (Etudes pal. sur le Haut-Jura, 1859, p. 142) pro-

posed for a part of the species described by D’Orbigny as

Eudea and Hippalimus the generic name Pareudea, under

which are included the Jurassic forms of the present genus, as

well as several Husiphonelle.

In the same year Fromentel (Introd. p. 31) established the

genera Siphonocelia and Polyceelia, which, in general, repre-

sent Etallon’s Pareudea. The monozoic forms were named

Siphonocelie, the polyzoic Polycelie, and, as the latter name

was already occupied, subsequently Discaelie (Cat. rais. Spon-

git. Neoc. 1861, p. 4). This correction has escaped most

authors; and the name Polyceelia was therefore replaced by

Dendrocelia by Laube, by Celoscyphia* by R. Tate, and by

Pliocelia by Pomel.

A generic separation of the monozoic and polyzoic forms is

quite inadmissible in this genus; for sometimes the same

species makes its appearance as a simple individual and as a

composite stock. Nor does the genus Stenocelia, From.

(Cat. rais. p. 4) seem to me to be any better founded. Fro-

mentel refers to it those D7scaelie in which the individuals are

fused together laterally almost to the vertex, so that nodular

stocks with perforated wart-like elevations are produced.

In his most recent work Quenstedt describes the Jurassic

forms under the generic denominations Spongites, Vermi-

spongia, and Radicispongia, and the Cretaceous ones gene-

rally as Scyphie.

The above-cited genera of Pomel are distinguished partly

by the supposed siliceous or calcareous nature of the skeleton,

partly by the thickness of the anastomosing fibres, and partly

by the external form.

It appears to me not improbable that when we have a

better knowledge of the spicules which compose the skeletal

fibres, a division of the forms united under Peronella into

several genera may be practicable; for that in this respect

very important differences occur, may be seen at once from a

comparison of the spicules of Peronella cylindrica from the

Upper Jurassic, and of P. multidigitata, Mich., from the

* Judging from the figure of Celoscyphia sulcata, Tate (Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. xxi. p. 43), I suppose that this species does not belong to the

Calcispongiz, but to the Hexactinellide, and, indeed, in the neighbour-

hood of Polyblastidium, Zitt.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongie. 69

Middle Cretaceous. The defective state of preservation,

however, presents insuperable obstacles to a systematic em-

ployment of the forms of spicules in the fossil Calcispongie.

The following species may be mentioned as examples of

the genus Peronella :—

a. From the Devonian.

1. Scyphia conoidea, Goldf. Taf. ii. fig. 4.

2. Scyphia constricta, Sandb. Verst. Rhein. Uebergangsgeb.

Taf. xxxvii. fig. 10.

Scyphia turbinata, Lonsd. non Goldf.

b. From the Trias.

1. Peronella Loretzi, Zitt. Seeland Alp near Schluderbach.

Swphonocelia, sp. n., Loretz, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. 1875,

p- 838.

2. Scyphia subcespitosa, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 14.

3. Scyphia caminensis, Beyr. in Eck. Ueber die Formation

des Bunter Sandst. und Muschelk. in Oberschles. Taf. i. fig. 2.

c. From the Dogger.

1. Spongia cymosa, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. lxxxiv. fig. 7.

Scyphia cymosa, Mich. Ie. pl. lviii. fig. 3.

2. Spongia pistilliformis, Lamx. ib. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 5;

Mich. Ie. pl. lviii. fig. 4.

3. Spongia mamillifera, Lamx. ib. pl. lxxxiv. fig. 11.

4. Spongia clavarioides, Lamx. ib. pl. Ixxxiv. figs. 8-10.

5. Lragos tuberosum, Goldf. Taf. xxx. fig. 4.

Spongites mamillatus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxxi. figs. 87-39.

6. Spongites fuscus, Quenst. ib. Taf. cxxxi. fig. 42.

d. From the Malm.

1. Scyphia cylindrica, Goldf. Taf. 11. fig. 3, and Taf. in.

fig. 12.

Scyphia elegans, Goldf. Taf. ii. figs. 8 and 15.

Scyphia cylindrica, Quenst. ib. Taf. exxiii. figs. 6, 7, 9-15.

2. Pareudea jurassica, Etal. Et. Pal. Haut-Jura; Monogr.

de l’ét. Corall. p. 142; and Sur la Classif. des Spongit.

fig. 14.

"3. Pareudea mosensis, Etal. ib. p. 144.

Scyphia furcata, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 3.

4, Spongia floriceps, Phill. Geol. Yorksh. 11. fig. 8.

5. Scyphia radiciformis, Goldt. Taf. i. fig. 11.

Radicispongia radiciformis, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxili. figs. 15-26,

70 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

6. Pareudea amicorum, Etal. Leth. Bruntr. pl. lvii. fig. 27.

Stphonia lagenaria, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 4.

7. Polycelia bullata, From. Introd. pl. 1. fig. 9.

8. Spongia mamillaris, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 5.

9. Spongites nodulosus, Quenst. Petr. Tab. cxxxi. figs.

28-30.

210. Spongites squamatus, Quenst. ib. ‘Taf. cxxxi. figs.

30-32.

e. rom the Cretaceous.

1. Scyphia clavata, Rém. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvii. fig. 24.

Hils.

? Stphonoceelia cylindrica, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 4.

2. Polycelia divaricata, Rim. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 8.

3. Polycelia ramosa, Rim. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvi. fig. 27.

Hils.

4. Discelia porosa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. u. fig. 4. Neo-

comian.

Polyceelia punctata, Rom. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 7.

5. Limnorea monilifera, Rém. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 5, and

Taf. 1. fig. 5. Hails.

6. Discalia dumosa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 6. Hils.

? Seyphia subfurcata, Rom. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvii. fig. 28.

Elasmocelia sequana, Rom, Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 11, non From,

7. Siphonocelia compressa, From. Intr. pl. iv. fig. 7. Neo-

comian.

8. Discelia macropora, From. Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 7.

Neocomian.

9. Polycelia gemmans, From. Intr. pl. iv. fig. 4. Neo-

comian.

10. Discelia strangulata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 2.

Neocomian.

11. Polycelia tuberosa, Rém. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 9.

Hils.

12. Discelia Perront, From, Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 1. Neo-

comian.

13. Discelia Ricordiana, From. ib. pl. u. fig. 3. Neo-

comian.

14. Discelia glomerata, From. ib. pl. i. fig. 6. Neo-

comian.

15. Discelia Cottaldina, From. in Loriol Et. Val. d’Arzier,

pl. vi. figs. 7, 8. Valanginian.

16. Discelia arziertensis, Loriol, 1b. pl. vii. figs. 11, 12.

Valanginianz

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongic. 71

17. Stphonocelia tenuicula, Loriol, Urgon. Land. pl.. iv.

fig. 9. Urgonian.

18.. Siphonocelia cyathiformis, Lor. ib. pl. iv. figs. 10-12.

Urgonian. :

19. Discelia Gillieront, Lor. ib. pl. iv. figs. 16-18. Ur-

gonian. ;

20. Disceelia flabellata, Lor. ib. pl. iv. figs. 19-21. Ur-

gonian.

Lippalimus flabellatus, D’Orb. Prody. ii. p. 97.

21. Discelia Cotteaut, Lor. ib. pl. v. figs. 1-38. Urgonian.

22. Scyphia furcata, Golf. Taf. i. fig. 6. Tourtia.

23. Spongia multidigitata, Mich. Ic. pl. li. fig. 9. Ceno-

manian.

24, Scyphia micropora, Rim. Kr. Taf. ii. fig. 6. Seno-

nian.

HLASMOCGLIA, Rémer.

Elasmojerea, From.

Sponge consisting of one or several arched laminz, more or

less grown together, which are pierced throughout their whole

longitudinal axis by numerous round stomachal cavities of

equal thickness. ‘These tubes are placed in one or more rows ;

and their round orifices are situated at the upper margin.

Radial canals wanting. Skeletal fibres coarse. Surface and

walls of the tubes porous.

This genus was first described by Fromentel (Introd. p. 34)

under the name of Hlasmojerea ; but F. A. Romer showed that

it had nothing to do with Jerea, but must be placed near

Siphonocelia. He therefore altered the name to Hlasmocelia.

Although Rémer’s 2. seguana is not identical with Fro-

mentel’s Hlasmagerea sequana, but belongs to Peronella du-

mosa, From., the remark is nevertheless correct that the

Elasmocelie consist only of Peronelle serially arranged and.

grown together by their sides. They perhaps form only a

section of Peronella, coming nearest to P. dumosa; but the

external habit is so peculiar that I would retain the genus

Elasmocelia.

All the species are from the Lower Cretaceous.

1. Hlasmojerea sequana, From. Intr. pl. ii. fig. 3. Neo-

comian. $

2. Hlasmojerea crassa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. ii. fig. 10.

Neocomian. i,

3. Elasmojerea plana, From. ib. pl. 11. fig. 9. Neocomian.

24. Hlasmojerea trregularis, From. ib. pl. ii. fig. 8. Neo-

comian.

72 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongice.

5. Elasmocelia orbiculata, Rom. Spongit. Taf. ii. fig. 11.

Hils.

6. Elasmojerea tortuosa, Loriol, Urgon. Land. pl. v. figs.

16,17. Urgonian.

ConocaiA, Zittel.

Siphonocelia p.p., From.

LInmnorea p. p., Rom.

Sponge obconical or top-shaped, simple, or polyzoic by

gemmation at the upper margin, very thick-walled ; vertex

broadly truncate, with a central, very deep, funnel-shaped

stomachal cavity. Surface porous, with horizontal rings of

growth. A true canal-system is deficient ; but the sponge-

body consists of successively formed horizontal layers of

coarse anastomosing fibrous tissue, which have between them

narrow interspaces for the circulation of water. |

Among the spicules of the skeletal fibres I believe I have

recognized simple bacillar spicules as well as triradiates.

Some of the latter are four or five times as large as the others.

This genus, united with Siphonocelia by Fromentel, from

its laminar structure, which somewhat reminds one of that of

certain Rudistes (Radiolites and Spherulites), and also, from

the unusual thickness of the wall, the truncated upper margin,

and the occasional singular budding of the latter, acquires so

peculiar an aspect that it can readily be distinguished from

Peronella.

In the French Neocomian only monozoic individuals usually

occur; but in the North-German Hils polyzoic specimens are

also found. Through Prof. Ottmer of Brunswick I have ob-

tained a number of specimens which leave no doubt that

Limnorea centrolevis, Rém., is united by all transitions with

simple individuals of the form of Conoceelia crassa, From.

The two species at present known are from the Lower

Cretaceous.

1. Siphonocelia crassa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 1.

2. Limnorea centrolevis, Rim. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 18.

EUSIPHONELLA, Zittel.

Scyphia, Goldf.

Siphonocelia and Discelia p. p., From.

Pareudea p. p., Etal.

Sponge simple or branched by basal or lateral budding.

Individual persons cylindrical, narrowed below, thin-walled,

with a wide tubular or tunnel-shaped stomachal cavity ex-

tending to the base. Wall of the stomachal cavity with

elongated ostia standing in vertical rows and serving as the

Mr. J. Gould ona new Species of Bower-bird. 73

efferent apertures of horizontal radial canals. Surface with

coarse pores.

The anastomosing fibres of the skeleton are comparatively

thin and form a loose web.

This genus, hitherto known only in the Upper Jura, is

readily distinguished from Peronella by the well-developed

system of horizontal canals.

1. Scyphia Bronni, Mist. Goldf. Taf. xxxiii. fig. 9;

Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxiv. fig. 1-15.

Siphonocelia elegans, From. (nec Goldf.) Intr. pl. i. fig. 7.

Pareudea gracilis, Ktal. Leth. Bruntr. pl. lviii. fig. 30.

2. Scyphia intermedia, Miinst. Goldf. Taf. xxxiv. fig. 1;

Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxv. figs. 55-58.

3. Scyphia perplexa, Quenst. ib. Taf. exxv. figs. 56-63.

[To be continued. ]

VII.— Observations on the Chlamydodere or Bower-birds,

with Description of a new Species. By Joun GouLp,

F.R.S.

THE Bower-birds are so named from their extraordinary habit

of building ‘ playing-places”’ or ‘‘ halls of assembly,” placed

on a thick platform of sand, turf, &c., variously decorated

with shells, bleached bones, or any glittering substance which

may be at hand. ‘The Bower-birds are naturally shy in dis-

position, and consequently seldom seen in the forest unless

closely looked for. In affinity they are generally supposed

to be allied to the “ Birds of Paradise,” an opinion with

which I am inclined to agree. BesidéS these extraordi-

nary feats of building “ playing-places,” constructed of. fine

branches of trees, where the birds meet to have their gam-

bols, most of them are also distinguished by peculiarities in

their plumage. Many of the species have a decorative patch

at the nape of the neck of an extremely beautiful lilac; others

have no such decoration. One pleasing feature belongs to

the members of this group: it is that they appear to become

easily domesticated, bearing captivity well; and if one or

more are placed in an aviary, and materials be thrown about,

they commence building their curious bower, and play and

coquet in the most pleasing manner: this was the case with

the Bower-birds at different times in the Zoological Gardens.

It must not be supposed that these structures on the ground

are for the purpose of breeding: the little known on this sub-

A Mr €-0; RMickorkouee on Madagascar Cetoniide.

ject is that Chlamydodera maculata makes a round, mode-

rate-sized, cup-shaped nest, like that of the English jay

(Garrulus glandarius), and placed among the branches of

high trees.

The new species, Chlamydodera orientalis, is a native of

Queensland, and tolerably common at Port Denison. In size

it is about the same as C. nuchalis, whose habitat is on the

opposite part of the continent. The bird figured by Jardine

and Selby was from one of these western countries; it is also

the bird spoken of by Capt. Grey in his travels, as well as

the one mentioned by the officers Bynoe and Dring of the

surveying-ship ‘Beagle;’ lastly, specimens were brought

over to this country by the lamented Elsey, who collected

them at the Victoria river.

It is not by writing ever so minutely that I can make the

public perceive the difference in these two nearly allied birds ;

but if a series of skins from both countries are placed side by

side it will be at once perceptible. The great peculiarity in

the present species (ordentalis) is the barring of the upper

plumage, almost approaching to that of C. maculata and C.

guttata. This new bird is less silky in its plumage than the

western species, particularly the head, cheeks, throat, and

under surface. Elsey’s specimens are in the British Museum ;

and I have others in my own collection.

VIIL—A third Contribution to the Knowledge of the Ceto-

niides of Madagascar. By Cuartes O. WATERHOUSE.

Tue British Museum has recently received some interesting

additions to the collection of Cetoniide from Madagascar.

All the species here described are from the neighbourhood of

Antananarivo (with the exception of Coptomia elegans, which

is from Fianarantsoa), and were collected by Mr. Kingdon.

Stenotarsia picta.

Elongata, subparallela, nigro-picea, supra nigra, velutina; thorace

linea circumdata flava; elytris ad suturam impressis, singulis

macula triangulari ante medium ferruginea lineisque duabus

tenuibus flavis. ¢ Q.

Long. 7 lin.

This species has much the appearance of some narrow

species of Macronota; but the legs and tarsi are long and

slender, as in Stenotarsta, and the elytra slightly embrace the

abdomen. Above dull velvety black, except the head, which

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 75

is pitchy. Thorax a little broader than long, obliquely nar-

rowed in front of the middle, subparallel posteriorly, only

very slightly sinuate at the sides, broadest at the posterior

angles, the base straight, with a pale yellow line all round

the margins, but not touching the posterior angles. Scutel-

lum yellow at the apex. LElytra deflexed at the sides and

apex, at the shoulders much broader than the thorax, then

suddenly narrowed, subparallel to the apex ; each elytron with

a rusty-yellow triangular spot at one third from the base;

this spot is bordered posteriorly by a narrow yellow line; a little

beyond this is a second yellow line, which ascends obliquely

towards the suture; the apex is truncate and is bordered with

yellow. The second segment of the abdomen has a greenish-

yellow fascia; and the fifth segment is margined with the same

colour. ‘The anterior tibie are tridentate in both sexes. The

pygidium in the male is oblong, rounded at the apex, and

thickly punctured, the punctures each having a very short

yellow hair; in the female there is a very deep ovate impres-

sion at the apex.

Sometimes the rusty spot on the elytra has a short curved

line above it on the side, and there is also another line con-

necting the spot with the suture. The sternal process is in

the form of an equilateral triangle, its sides sloping.

Note.—In the same collection with the above there was a

male example of S. discotdalis, differing from my original

type in having the discoidal patch on the thorax divided

into three black spots.

Euchilia picipes.

Oblonga, nitida, viridi-olivacea ; elytris striis decem nigris impressis ;

tibiis tarsisque piceis.

Long. 83 lin.

This species is very close to #. costata, and might be easily

mistaken for it. It is, however, of a darker, more olive

green, tinged frequently with blue; the thorax is less ample,

rather less convex; the clypeus is less strongly punctured ;

the lines on the elytra are finer, and the lateral deflexed por-

tion is not bounded above by a well-marked ridge, but is more

gradual; the upper part of the femora, the tibia, and tarsi are

deep pitchy red; the three teeth on the anterior tibiz are less

acute, extremely blunt in the female.

Euchilia costifera.

Oblonga, supra depressa, nitida, olivaceo-viridis ; thorace ceruleo

micante, discrete obsolete punctulato; elytris lineis nonnullis

76 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide.

impressis, sutura interstitiisque secundo et quarto costiformibus ;

pygidio parce punctato. ¢ Q.

Long. 73 lin.

General form of £. sulcata, but with the thorax less ample;

the shoulders of the elytra are more prominent, and are more

excised immediately below. Bright bluish green, shining ;

clypeus rather thickly and finely punctured. Thorax convex,

rather obscurely and not very thickly punctured. Scutellum

smooth. LElytra with the suture much raised; each elytron

with four slightly sinuous impressed lines, which are very

obscurely punctured ; the second and fourth interstices narrow

and costiform ; the first and third interstices have a few large

punctures in a line. Pygidium with punctures scattered over

the surface. In the female the three teeth of the anterior

tibiz are a little closer together than in the male.

Euchilia cupricollis.

Viridi-olivacea, nitida; fronte, thorace, scutello, elytrorum disco,

pygidio corporeque subtus plus minusye rufo-cupreis, tibiis tar-

sisque piceis. @.

Long. 73 lin.

Very close to E. picipes; but, besides the coloration, it

differs from that and all the other species in having the base

of the thorax gently arcuate, and not at all sinuate before the

scutellum. ‘Thorax convex, finely coriaceous, the sides sub-

parallel and gently sinuate behind the middle. LElytra each

with five black strie, the deflexed margins not bounded above

by a marked ridge. Pygidium obscurely and not very thickly

punctured. Anterior tibie with three strong sharp teeth.

The coloration closely resembles that of E. puncticollis, W.,

but that has the thorax thickly punctured, and has a slight

sinuation before the scutellum.

Euchilia tarsalis.

Olivaceo-viridis, nitida; thorace crebre fortiter punctato, sat

pubescente ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis secundo quarto-

que costiformibus; pygidio parce punctato, pubescente, tibiis

tarsisque subtus ciliatis.

Long. 8-83 lin.

Clypeus deeply incised, finely punctured ; the forehead more

distinctly punctured, and having black hairs arising from the

punctures. Thorax convex, thickly and strongly punctured,

the base very gently arcuate, not perceptibly emarginate before

the scutellum. Elytra each with six well-marked impressed

sinuous lines, which are strongly punctured; the suture and

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 77

the second and fourth interstices raised, this latter abbreviated ;

the first and third interstices with some strong punctures ; the

subapical callosity obtuse, the apex smooth. The pygidium

with a few punctures. Tarsi black.

The male has the anterior tibie with three acute small teeth,

the anterior tarsi short and extremely thick; the posterior

tarsi as long as the tibia, moderately stout.

The female has the three teeth of the anterior tibize close

together. The anterior tarsi are short and more slender, the

posterior tarsi are much shorter than the tibia, less stout than

in the male.

This species is very peculiar, and recedes somewhat from

Euchilia, but agrees better with that genus than with Cop-

toma.

Pygora bella,

Viridi-prasina, subtus plus minusve cyaneo micans, nitidissima ;

clypeo piceo ; thorace olivaceo, linea mediana tenui lateribusque

viridibus, his cupreo tinctis; elytris octostriatis, olivaceis vel

cyaneis, marginibus viridibus et cupreo-aureo tinctis; pygidio

levyiter convexo, cyaneo, parce punctato; pedibus pallide piceis.

Long. 6 lin.

Head and clypeus very thickly and rather strongly punc-

tured, the latter very slightly emarginate. Thorax moderately

thickly and distinctly punctured, nearly parallel at the sides

to a little in front of the middle, then obliquely narrowed

anteriorly, olive-green (or dark cyaneous), with a fine mesial

line and the sides pale green. Scutellum smooth, pale green.

Elytra each with four strong striz; the third interstice nearly

flat, the others convex ; the shoulders pitchy.

The male has two acute teeth to the anterior tibie, with an

indication of a third; and the first abdominal segment has a

white spot on each side.

The temale has three acute teeth to the anterior tibie ; and

the abdomen has no spots.

In the same collection with the above were two examples

of rather larger size (7 lines), which have the sides of the

thorax, the scutellum, and the sides of the elytra bright golden

coppery ; the colour of the thorax and elytrais less dark. I

believe them to belong to the same species.

Pygora puncticollis.

Depressa, latior ; capite crebre punctato, vertice viridi, clypeo piceo ;

thorace ante medium oblique angustato, postice subparallelo,

nigro-cyaneo, crebre fortiter punctato, lineis tribus longitudina-

libus viridibus, cupreo micantibus, scutello viridi levi; elytris

piceis, fortiter octostriatis, interstitiis convexis, sat crebre punc-

78 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide.

tulatis, lateribus sub humeris cyanceis, apicem versus viridibus et

cupreo tinetis ; pygidio piceo, medio cyanco, sat crebre punctato ;

pedibus piceis ; pectore abdomineque cyaneis, viridi variegatis. 2.

Long. 7 lin.

This is a much broader and flatter species than the prece-

ding. I have not seen the male. The mesial line on the

thorax is smooth.

Pygora versicolor.

Viridi-prasina, nitidissima; thorace antice parum angustato, lateri-

bus punctatis; elytris sexies striatis, striis punctatis ; pygidio

punctulato.

Long. 43 lin.

This species varies in colour. Sometimes it is entirely

green or dark olive; the elytra are generally darker at the

base, sometimes green with the base purple-blue or violet,

with a pale yellowish-lilac ovate spot a little way from the

base ; sometimes the whole elytra dark blue. The clypeus

is closely and rather finely punctured, the forehead more

strongly and less closely punctured. ‘Thorax very convex,

not much narrowed in front of the middle, subparallel behind,

not angular at the sides, gently arcuate at the base, not emar-

ginate before the scutellum, smooth on the disk, rather thickly

punctured towards the sides. Scutelium smooth. LHlytra

each with six strongly impressed punctured lines, the fifth

and sixth closer together, not impressed posteriorly, the suture

and the second interstice raised; there are generally some

large punctures around the shoulders and on the first inter-

stice; the deflexed margins are rather thickly punctured, the

apex generally nearly smooth. Pygidium evenly convex,

obscurely and not very thickly punctured. Mesosternal pro-

cess almost none. ‘Tibiee and tarsi pitchy.

Pygora hirsuta.

Longe pubescens, versicolor ; thorace crebre sat fortiter punctato ;

elytris fortiter octostriatis, interstitiis secundo quartoque sat

convexis, lateribus parce punctatis; pedibus obscure piceis.

Long. 4 lin.

Head thickly and strongly punctured, pubescent, green on

the vertex, the clypeus pitchy. Thorax obliquely narrowed

in front of the middle, subparallel behind, scarcely emarginate

before the scutellum, rather strongly and thickly punctured

(especially in the female), green, with a large triangular patch

on each side of the disk of olive, pitchy, or lilac colour, the

sutural line often coppery. Scutellum smooth, green or cop-

pery. Elytra green, with the space between the first and

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 79

fourth striz pitchy yellow, pale greenish yellow, or tinted

with lilac. Body below green, the abdomen frequently blue.

Pygidium evenly convex, not very thickly punctured. Ster-

nal process almost none. ‘The anterior tibie have three

sharp teeth in the female, and two, with an indication of a

third, in the male.

Pantolia rufobasalis.

Nigra, nitida, levis; elytris basi rufa vel rufo-flava, regione scutel-

lari nigra. 6 Q.

Long. 53-7 lin.

Almost identical in form and colour with P. scapha, but is

at once distinguished by the absence of the lines of strong

punctures on the elytra, which are only represented by a few

punctures in a slight transverse impression a little behind the

middle. ‘The clypeus is delicately punctured in the middle ;

and the lateral longitudinal impressions are not strigose as in

scapha. The apex of the elytra is almost destitute of punc-

tures; the pygidium is finely and densely strigose. The tibix

and tarsi are sometimes pitchy.

Varvety—Thorax and elytra brownish red, with the dis-

coidal impressions of the elytra and the scutellar region black.

Pygidium pale brownish red.

Pantolia polita, Waterh.

I described this species from a single example. We have

now received several specimens of both sexes. Some of the

examples measure as much as 8} lines in length. Among

them were two or three examples which, instead of being en-

tirely black above, have the sides of the thorax broadly .

margined with pitchy red; the margins of the elytra and a

fascia across the middle (slightly interrupted at the suture)

are also bright pitchy red. 'The tibiee are pitchy. Some of

the smaller specimens have the lines of punctures on the

elytra more extended, especially towards the shoulders and

along the suture towards the apex; these specimens have the

clypeus more punctured, and the thorax is sparingly and ex-

cessively finely punctured instead of being smooth: three of

these smaller examples have the sides of the thorax and the

entire elytra obscure pitchy.

Coptomia elegans.

Viridis, nitidissima ; elytris flavis, striis octo impressis, linea sub-

marginali, sutura ad apicem guttisqgue duabus post medium viri-

dibus; pygidio parce punctato. 2.

Long. 63 lin.

80 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoiinde.

Very close to C. 4-maculata, W., but much smaller, the

thorax with a few punctures scattered over the surface, the

elytra distinctly striated, the green spots differently placed,

the pygidium sparingly punctured in the same way, but with-

out any transverse ridge at the base, the sternal process short

and blunt. Clypeus finely punctured, very slightly emargi-

nate at the apex. Scutellum and elytra smooth, the latter

each with four well-marked impressed lines, which do not,

however, reach the apex ; there is a lateral green line extend-

ing from the shoulder to the apical callosity, an oblong green

spot behind the middle between the third and fourth stria,

and the apex of the suture is also green; the apical callosity

is obtuse and is at the extreme apex.

Fianarantsoa. Collected by Mr. G. A. Shaw.

Coptomia fulgida.

Viridis, nitens, aureo tinctus; fronte, thorace elytrorumque plaga

laterali subapicali rufo-cupreis ; thorace crebre punctato. ¢ 9.

Long. 6-8 lin.

Clypeus very delicately punctured ; the forehead with

stronger punctures. Thorax bright coppery red, with the

extreme margins sometimes green, rather closely and strongly

punctured and slightly hairy. Scutellum green or coppery,

smooth. Elytra green or deep blue, with the lateral half

towards the sides more or less coppery; each elytron with

two slightly raised coste, the outer one shorter. The pygi-

dium generally coppery in the middle, with strong punctures

freely scattered over the surface.

The male has three distinct teeth on the outer side of the

anterior tibiz ; the tarsi rather long.

The female has three approximate strong teeth on the

anterior tibie; the posterior tarsi much shorter than in the

male.

Coptomia lucida.

Viridi-olivacea, nitida, depressa; thorace subtilissime punctulato ;

elytris disco seepe ceruleo micante, singulis costis duabus parum

elevatis ; pygidio parce punctato ; tibiis tarsisque piceis. ¢.

Long. 8 lin.

Bright pale olive-green, more or less suffused with blue on

the elytra. Rather depressed. Clypeus very finely and rather

closely punctured. Thorax not very thickly but evenly and

extremely delicately punctured. Scutellum smooth. Hlytra

each with six impressed lines, which are generally very ob-

scurely punctured; the second and fourth interstices slightly

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetontide. 81

costiform; the subapical callosity rather acute, close to the

extreme margin, the apex smooth. Pygidium with a few

punctures scattered over the surface. The anterior tibix

almost simple, with scarcely any indication of teeth. Tarsi

very long and slender.

This species belongs to the same group as C. 4-maculata,

W.,—depressed, with the pygidiym sparingly punctured.

Coptomia modesta.

Olivacea, nitida; thorace discrete fortiter punctato ; elytris bicostu-

latis ; pedibus piceis.

Long. 6-64 lin.

This species is close to the preceding, but is of a much

darker colour, and is smaller. The thorax has rather strong

punctures scattered over the surface, especially on the sides.

The elytra have each five impressed lines; the second and fourth

interstices are slightly raised ; the subapical callosity is more

obtuse than in the preceding species. The pygidium has

some transverse punctures scattered over the surtace, rather

obscure in the male. The anterior tibia have two distinct

teeth at the apex in the male; in the female there are three

teeth. ‘Tarsi long and slender.

One of the specimens has the disk of the elytra suffused

with blue. ;

Coptomia marginata.

Viridi-prasina vel cyanea, nitida; thorace lateribus sat crebre for-

titer punctato; elytris singulis striis sex fortiter impressis et

crebre punctatis, interstitiis sat elevatis levibus, margine laterali

plus minusve cupreo; pygidio parce punctato. ¢ Q.

Long. 6-8 lin.

Oblong, moderately convex, usually bright grass-green, but

sometimes blue, with the sides of the elytra generally coppery,

but in the blue varieties green or lilac; the legs pitchy. The

clypeus finely punctured, not very deeply emarginate. Thorax

not much narrowed in front, moderately thickly and strongly

punctured, smooth in the middle, with some fine hairs here and

there. LElytra with the margin near the apex and the apex

sparingly strigose-punctate ; the subapical callosity not promi-

nent, not very close tothe apex. Pygidium convex, generally

with a few punctures. Sternal process transversely ovate. An-

terior tibiz tridentate, the upper tooth in the male not very

prominent. The abdominal impression in the male very

wide.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. G

82. Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide.

Coptomia levis.

Lete viridi-prasina, omnino levis; tibiis tarsisque obscure rufis,

illis ceneo tinctis. <6.

Long. 114 lin.

The largest species of this group at present known to me.

Uniform shining grass-green, without any punctuation above

or on the pygidium, except a few punctures between the eyes.

The sides of the metasternum are sparingly punctured. ‘The

propygidium is strigose.

The only species which this resembles is Coptomia muta-

bilis, W. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, i. p. 139), from

which it differs in being of a more elegant and elongate form,

in the longer legs and tarsi, in the absence of the strigosity

on the subapical callosity of the elytra, and in having no

punctures on the pygidium. ‘The sternal process is more

slender.

Coptomia uniformis.

Castanea, viridi tincta, nitidissima; capite thoraceque olivaceis,

cupreo tinctis; elytris pallide olivaceis; tibiis tarsisque rufo-

piceis. oo QO.

Long. 9-10 lin.

Very close to C. mutabilis, but less bright green, more

castaneous below, of a narrower form, and with the sternal

process much more porrect. Pale olive-green above, the

head and thorax more generally showing a castaneous or

coppery tinge. The head moderately thickly punctured be-

tween the eyes. Thorax smooth. Elytra with very ob-

scurely punctured lightly impressed lines; the side of the

apical callosity and the apex rather closely strigose. The

pygidium with distinct punctures scattered over the sur-

face.

Coptomia crucigera.

Nigra, nitida; thorace, elytris, pedibus pygidioque apice rufo-

ochraceis ; thorace vitta mediana lata et elytrorum sutura fas-

ciaque nigris. ¢ 9.

Most nearly allied to C. nigriceps, W., but quite distinct

by its coloration from all known species. The black on the

suture of the elytra is narrow, but dilates towards the- base

and surrounds the scutellum; the transverse mesial fascia is

broad. The pygidium is very densely and extremely finely

strigose. ‘The anterior tibiz are a little more slender than in

the female, and the three teeth are less strong; the abdominal

impression is very slight.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Madagascar Cetoniide. 83

Coptomia crassa.

Castanea, crassa, sat nitida; capitis vertice, thorace maculis duabus

magnis triangularibus, scutello utrinque, pectore abdomineque

nigris ; elytris punctatis, costis duabus parum elevatis. ¢ 9.

Long. 94-104 lin.

Very robust, especially the female. Castaneous, the elytra .

darker than the rest of the body. Thorax convex, regularly

narrowed anteriorly, finely coriaceous, thickly punctured,

rather more strongly in the female than in the male, with

two small olive-black spots at the anterior margin (close

together), and two large triangular patches behind, united at

the posterior margin. Scutellum coriaceous and finely punc-

tured, black, with a mesial brown line. Elytra each with

two slightly raised lines, the suture blackish. Pygidium

transversely densely strigose, more strongly and closely so in

the female than in the male. Anterior tibie tridentate.

The male has the elytra with five or six lines of rather

strong punctures, the lateral margins and the apex densely

rugulose.

The female has the elytra more or less strongly punctured

all over, except the two coste; the sides and apex rugulose

as in the male.

Antananarivo and Fianarantsoa.

Valgus albolineatus.

Niger, supra depressus, longitudinaliter aciculatus ; thoracis angulis

posticis, singulorum elytrorum striga obliqua, corporeque subtus

albo-squamosis ; pygidio piceo.

Long. 23 lin.

Thorax elongate, gently narrowed in front of the middle,

behind the middle moderately narrowed and gently sinuate,

with a fine mesial carina above; the surface covered with

large, closely placed, ovate punctures, which have a tendency

to form lines; on each side at the margin there is a large

deep fovea; and the base is impressed on each side; the

margins anteriorly are finely crenulate. Elytra a little longer

than broad, rather concave on the back, the sides somewhat

raised before the deflexed portion ; the surface densely longi-

tudinally scratched ; each elytron has an oblique dirty white

stripe about the middle. The propygidium and the whole of

the underside of the body are clothed with white scales; the

fourth abdominal segment has above, on each margin, a small

acute tooth. The pygidium is pitchy, shining, densely punc-

tured, impressed in the middle at the apex.

84 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian

1X.—On some Spheroidal Lithistid Spongida from the Upper

Silurian Formation of New Brunswick. By Prot. P.

Martin Duncan, F.R.S.

[Plate IX. ]

In 1875 Mr. G. J. Hinde, F.G.S., sent a number of fossils to

the Geological Society with a short paper, which was published

in abstract*. He described them as coming from the cal-

careous shale of Lower Helderberg or Upper Silurian age in

New Brunswick, and felt disposed to classify them with the

Tabulata ; but he had not, at the time, the opportunity of amply

examining them.

The spheroidal shape of the fossils and their evidently former

free existence attracted my attention a few weeks since, as I

was investigating the similarly shaped organic remains from

the Himalayas, which have been classified under the order:

Syringospheridze amongst the Rhizopoda. Mr. Hinde very

kindly allowed me to investigate the structure of the fossils

he had sent; and this communication is the result of their ex-

amination.

The four specimens of the spheroidal fossils which have

come under examination are oblate, symmetrical, rounded at

the top and bottom, and slightly produced at the equatorial

bulge. The heights are 74, 7°, @ inch, and the breadths re-

spectively 1,4, inch, 1 inch, and ;% inch. It would appear

that the growth was more in height than in breadth. The

fourth specimen had been polished on its poles and equator

in more than one place, and therefore could not be measured

correctly.

The outside of the fossils is, where the organism has been

preserved, minutely granular to the eye, and is covered with

minute depressions between the granules. A low magnifying-

power shows that the granules are separate, rounded, minutely

irregular on their surface, about as high as broad, and that

the three or four which are round each depression are imper-

fectly connected by low and narrow processes. The granules,

however, are often broad and irregular, and form much of the

sides of the depression; their general equality in size and

the vast number of the pore-like spaces included by them are

evident enough.

In some places on the surface, where the weathering has

been greater, or where rubbing has removed more or less of it,

and especially at the edges of the abrasion, the bottom of the

* “ Description ofa new Genus of Tabulate Coral. By G. J. Hinde, Esq.,

F.G.S.” Abstracts of the Proc. Geol. Soce., No. 805.

Spongida from New Brunswick. 85

pore-like depressions may be seen as spaces filled with dark

homogeneous calcite. ‘They are very minute, of different

sizes, and oval, square, or more or less triangular in outline.

There are no points projecting into them; and neither septa

nor spiculate septa-like processes exist.

Where abrasion has been carried on so as to destroy the

granules and partly to level the intermediate narrow processes,

the structures become very comprehensible. A reticulate ap-

pearance is presented, the white calcareous meshes of the

skeleton surrounding dark polygonal or oval spaces. The

breadth of each space or reticulation is from ;1, to =; inch;

and the sides are formed by narrow irregular cylinders, whilst

the angles are swollen and faintly nodular. These nodular

parts are the bases of the external granules. No septa or pro-

jections resembling those of the Perforata exist.

Slightly deeper abrasion and polishing exhibit indications

of the junction of the irregular cylindrical sides of the meshes,

sometimes at the nodules or angles, or in the midst of the

cylinder, one part being received into the other. The swellings

at the angles are less, but are still prominent features; and two

conditions of the environed area are to be noticed: in one, and

the most usual, the space is filled with clear dark calcite, and

no structures are seen in it; in the other a white or opalescent

film intrudes from the sides nearly to the centre, leaving there

a small circular space of dark calcite. This second condition

resembles an imperfect tabula belonging to an endotheca, such

as is present in Chetetes. In many spaces there is perfect

occlusion ; but the texture of the substance thus simulating a

perfect tabula, is not that of the calcareous mesh, it is that

of infilling foreign matter. This is proved to be the case in

radial sections.

The areas differ much in size ; but none are very large, nor

are any surrounded by sets of smaller ones in regular series.

Their measurements correspond nearly with those given on the

surface.

At this stage of the inquiry, if a good illumination is em-

ployed, with a magnifying-power of about 30 diameters, the

latticework of the calcareous skeleton of the fossil, seen on a

deepish abrasion, is found to consist of separate elements con-

joined, each being resolvable into two prongs and a stem of

the same thickness and length; and at their junction a nodular

process or another stem exists. A triradiate or quadriradiate ©

spicule with straight or bent limbs irregularly papillary here

and there on the edge, is the element ; and at the extremities

of the limbs there are swellings not unlike frills, some being

rather convex there and others concave ; and the convexity

86 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian

of one is embraced by the concavity of a neighbouring

spicule.

Radial sections were made of some of the specimens, and

were examined by reflected, transmitted, and polarized light.

The dark-spot method of illumination was particularly suc-

cessful. The powers employed were from 30 to 450 diameters;

and the investigation was assisted by the action of dilute

hydrochloric acid as a solvent.

The original hard parts are white and nearly opaque, and

when cut across and polished are almost homogeneous, only

minute granulation being visible under high powers. They

consist of carbonate of lime, and are white by reflected light,

and either colourless or light brown or grey by transmitted

light, the central dark-spot illumination producing an exqui-

site surface-opalescence. Polarized light produces but slight

colour; but it indicates a vast number of minute refractive

points: crystals of calcite are not seen, however; and there

are no cleavage-planes in the hard original parts. ‘The fossils

are infiltrated with clear transparent or rather dusky calcite

with very few cleavage-planes, and in some places giving indi-

cations, under polarized light, of a more or less acicular or

fibrous structure, like aragonite. Rhombs of calc spar exist

here and there; and the intensity of the colours elsewhere,

under the crossed Nicols, varies much. Near the periphery

of the fossils, what may be termed orbicular calcite covers

the skeleton and intrudes in undulating contours on the homo-

geneous calcite; and this margin acts differently on light to

the mineral on either side of it. In a few places the margin

looks almost membranous, if such a term is admissible, whilst

within it and near the skeletal elements the structure is some-

times acicular and close, or it presents the usual appearance

of infiltrated calcite. It is the projection of this orbicular

layer, with or without drusy cavities, which gives the ap-

pearance of asemiclosure of the canals here and there.

On the whole, this remarkable layer is in the position of

the mass of dermal spicules in some recent Lithistids; but no

trace of any can be seen.

Radial sections through the centre of the fossils show that

there is a small space in the centre which is occupied by an

irregular reticulation of not universally continuous skeletal

elements. The meshes are wide, and are either without

any definite shape, or are quadrangular or pentagonal in

outline. In one section there are separate spicules in the

centre.

From the edges of this central space a great number of

radiating, more or less straight canals pass to the periphery,

Spongida from New Brunswick. 87

each being pervious throughout and without tabule. Each

is in relation with those on all sides of it by means of regular

three-, four-, or six-sided spaces in its walls. The canals are

subequal ; but here and there some are larger than the others.

They arise from the central space, bifureate occasionally, thus

increasing in number, and end at the surface in the areas be-

tween the nodules and reticulation seen there. The largest

canals measure = inch in diameter, and the smallest about

tro Of an inch. Their length varies with the size of the

specimen ; for they constitute the larger part of the fossil.

_ They are more or less hexagonal or quadrangular in sec-

tion, and are filled with the minerals already noticed. They

were patent throughout before fossilization took place, and

neither cross pieces, tabule, nor septa encroached on them ; but

it should be noticed that under a hand-lens tabulate structures

appear very evident here and there; but they are resolved into

parts of overhanging canal-walls under the compound micro-

scope and careful focusing.

The canal-walls and their reticulation, as well as that on the

outside, which is the expression of the outermost skeletal

element of the canals, and the reticulation of the central part,

are composed of similar structures, which are closely united

in the first, and less so or separate in the last place.

The union of the spicules (for such are the skeletal elements)

is often so intimate that the canal-walls appear to be con-

tinuous. But in thin sections, and in certain places in others,

the skeleton resolves itself into numerous combinations of

spicules closely resembling those of the Tetraclade Lithistide

in shape and method of junction.

These canal-wall spicules resemble those which are free or

nearly so in the central space. In no instance, however, has

a central canal, or a canal in the three or four arms of a spicule,

been observed.

Typical spicules, from the central space, consist of three

arms in one plane uniting at a common point, from which

another arm may spring and be in a plane at right angles,

more or less, to the others. These tripod-stemmed spicules

are often ragged or papillate on one or more surfaces, appear

solid under the microscope, and are often compressed. ‘They

differ in size, and are usually the largest in the outer parts of

the central space, where the canal-system is commencing. The

simplest form of spicules has two straight or slightly curved

arms, which are widely apart, forming an angle of 35° to 45°

where they meet and join a smaller and shorter third, which

lies in a different plane. The larger arms are flattish; and

their opposed surfaces (sometimes the others) are nodular or

88 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian

marked with irregular swellings, but the rest plain. Their

tips are slightly expanded and faintly frilled. The smaller

arm is nearly cylindrical, but more or less conical.

Under transmitted light these spicules appear nearly homo-

geneous ; but polarized light enables minute granules,

crystals, and very rarely cleavage-planes to be seen; never-

theless the refraction of the mineral is insufficient to produce

much colour on crossing the Nicols.

The breadth of the arms is from =1, to z4, of an inch; and

the length is from . to rather more than 7}> inch. Some of

these spicules, whilst retaining their general typical form,

differ much in external aspect. They may have two arms

slightly bent, expanded at the end, and rough (not on the

sides forming the angle), and the third visible arm may be

stunted; or the arms may be equal and straight, with a

fourth like a well-developed knob or a long shaft.

Spicules from the canal-system are invariably joined with

their neighbours to form a latticework. They consist of

normal trifid forms, of trifid forms with short and large

third limbs, of four-limbed forms, the extra limb resembling

the others or longer or shorter. In some the fourth limb is

situated at the junction of the other three, and, being in a

plane at right angles to them, produces a general swelling at

the junction, so as to interfere with the angle of the union of

the limbs, it being occasionally replaced by a concavity or

even a slight swelling. The limbs are usually plain on one

side and roundedly dentate, or irregularly rounded and slightly

spinose. ‘The junction of the spicules with their neighbours

may take place through the ends of the limbs uniting in a kind

of suture, or by a joining which leaves no indication of its

exact position. The skeleton thus formed is very irregular at

the outer part of the central space, and then, as the canal-sys-

tem commences, becomes very regular. The symmetrical

arrangement of the spicules of the sides of the canals is very

exact; and one canal is separated from its neighbours by

common latticed walls. The diameter of the canal-space is

greater than that of any of the openings in its walls; and the

one is produced by four or five spiculate series extending

around a space ; and the others are the spaces left between the

arms of neighbouring spicules.

The junction of the spicules is usually by the ends of the

limbs; and the exceptions are rare; but in the centre of the

body of the fossil instances are to be seen where the end of

the limb of one spicule is attached to the middle of the cylin-

drical limb of another. The method of normal junction of

different spicules is by the clasping and surrounding of a

Spongida from New Brunswick. 89

smaller liml by a frilled or irregular cup-shaped expan-

sion of a slightly larger; and the line of suture is visible. It

often happens that the spicules do not quite touch, and the

expanded limb-end of one and the corresponding smaller ter-

mination of the other and opposite limbs are separated by a

microscopic interval. Sometimes one limb, frilled or digitate

or simply rounded, projects, without that of any other spicule

being near ; and deformed specimens of these solitary parts are

not unusual. Here and there the junction, as has been noticed

already, is by direct fusion; and this occurs in the broad flat

spicules of the canals more than elsewhere.

As the canals are close, and radiate to the periphery, in-

creasing in number by bifurcation not far from the limits of

the central space, each one must be surrounded by several

others. Four, five, or six canals may environ ihe canal

under observation ; and a tangential section closely reproduces

the appearance seen in abraded specimens when looking down

on the reticulate ends of the canal-skeleton from the outside.

Hach canal is therefore polygonal in section (tangential). There

is no duplication of the wall of a canal; and this structure is

merely the space left by the interlacement of numerous sets of

spicules in longitudinal series.

The symmetry of the parts of these spheroidal fossils is

great; and there is a very constant resemblance, in every part

and in different individuals, of the skeletal elements and their

disposition.

No separate spicules differing from those already noticed

are present ; and the tubulation of the spicules is not seen.

A superficial examination of the specimens would lead to

the belief of their being Perforata or Tabulata, amongst the

Actinozoa and Hydrozoa; but the areolation and structure of

the skeleton is not that of the one, nor are there tabule or the

peculiar hard parts of the other group.

The shape of the skeletal element in the mass is not unlike

that of some of the flat Manons or Jereas of the Cretaceous forma-

tion. The arms of the spicules do not bifurcate, however. In

the general arrangement of the spicules in the canal-systems

there is some resemblance to that in Zuronia, and there is only

a slight one to that of Aulocoptwm, Oswald, which is the only

hitherto described Paleozoic organism which resembles the

Tetraclade Lithistids. In this form, which is free, hemi-

spherical, and even sometimes spherical, there is a central

cavity. |

The resemblance is not sufficiently great between the new

form and Aulocopium to place them together in the same

classification ; nevertheless there can be no doubt that both

90 Prof. P. M. Duncan on Upper Silurian

have the general and some of the special characters of those

Lithistid Spongida which belong to the Tetracladina.

But the fossilization of the skeletal parts of the new form is

not that which is characteristic of mechanical infilling after

outgoing of a former mineral—such, for instance, as is seen

in calcareous replacement of siliceous spicules. The calcareous

mineral of the skeleton is not in distinct crystals, and cleavage-

planes are rare; on the contrary, the mineralization re-

sembles that of fossils which were originally of carbonate of

lime.

There is a point of some interest which offers some evi-

dence that the original skeleton was not siliceous. In the

midst of the long canals, in their interspaces, and passing

over the skeletal parts in close proximity are many relics of a

large form of Paleachlya penetrans, Dunc.; and in sections

the passage of the tubes of the parasite through and along the

inside of the spicules can be seen. Usually the tube is

crammed with the spherical spores; and they frequently

extend beyond it and collect in masses. In one instance

they crowd a spicule. The tubes and spores are, as in the

specimens described in a former number of the ‘ Quarterly

Journal of the Geological Society,’ carbonized.

It does not appear to me to be likely that these parasitical

plants penetrated after the calcareous fossilization of the inter-

stices was completed; they must be regarded as having grown

at the expense of the organic matter of the spicules during the

lifetime of the organism. Moreover it must be conceded,

from the knowledge we have of the physiology of the Achlya

group, that it is not probable that they could penetrate and

live in silica.

These little spheroidal fossils are, then, of considerable

interest; and the more they are critically and carefully exa-

mined with all the appliances of the microscope, the more do

they resemble the Spongida. Their texture is not that of

the perforate coral; and they have no accurate and minute

resemblance to’ the Tabulata; but they are most suggestive

from their transitional appearance. -

Tf all the modern Lithistids were siliceous, there must have

been a former mimetic and calcareous group of Spongida. Or,

as the Lithistids appear to have been rare in the earlier fossili-

ferous rocks, and Aulocopium of the Silurian is the first known,

it is possible that a group of Calcareo-Spongida lived contempo-

raneously and became extinct or merged into a higher form

as the parent of Zoantharia Perforata. I have named the

fossils, after their discoverer and their shape, Hindia spha-

roidalis. =

Spongida from New Brunswick. 91

Genus HINDIA.

The body is free, without an involution of the texture, and

consists of a small central space occupied by spicules which

soon form a series of bifurcating, long, straight, radiating

canals, which open at the surface. The spicule element is

calcareous, more or less in the shape of a stemmed tripod,

with four limbs, and swollen or fringed at the ends, where

junction takes place in the others.

The skeleton is remarkable for its regularity.

fHindia spheroidalis, mihi.

The sponge-body is spheroidal. On the surface are pa-

pulliform eminences corresponding with the ends of canal-

spicules. Centrally the spicules are unattached, are tri-

pod-stemmed im shape, with swollen extremities, and have

papillose imbs. Canal-system occupying much space; canals

straight, narrow, radiating, opening into their neighbours, and

formed by combinations of tetraclade spicules resembling those

of the central part, and very regular in shape and size.

Locality. Lower Helderberg calcareous shale, New Bruns-

wick.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. The figures thus marked are those of separate spicules, showing

their three- or four-limbed nature, occasionally expanded ends,

and the frequent irregular outline of one or more sides. 1. Soli-

tary spicule from the central space. la. A group of united

spicules and others whose limbs are not quite in contact, from

the outer part of the central space.

Fig. 2. Junction of limb-ends of different spicules (normal). 26. Junc-

tion of limb-end and side. 2c. Expanded ends of limb. 2d.

Junction of spicules in part of the canal-system: the frills are

shown in two instances in a side view and in one from above.

2e. Junction of the limb-end of a spicule and the side of another.

Fig. 3. The ragged semidenticulate appearance of one of the edges of a

spicule-limb. 3a. From the outer part of the central space

tangential to some commencing canal-systems: showing the

irregular surface of the spicules, and the aborted junction ends,

Fig. 4. The broad spiculate formation of the floor of a canal-system, and a

part of a side with included spaces leading to neighbouring

canals: this is a longitudinal or radial view. 4a, Tangential

section of some canal-systems, not near the surface: they are

smallsystems; and the dark limbs were united in the perfect fossil

with other elements. 46, The reticulation around the canal-

openings just beneath an abraded surface. 4c. The nodules

on the surface surrounding the openings of the canals or pores,

each nodule being a fourth imdb to a spiculate element.

Fig. 5. Part of a radial section, magnified.

Fig. 6. The body of the fossil, natural size. ee

Fig. 7. Paleuchlya penctrans, Dune., within the skeleton, magnified.

92 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Great Atlus Moth of Asia (Attacus atlas, Linn.), with a coloured

Plate of its Transformations. By Puiu Henry Gosss, F.R.S.

8vo. London: West, Newman, & Co. 1879.

In this little book that veteran naturalist Mr. Gosse gives a short

account of his experience in rearing the larve of the great talc-

spotted Atlas moth of South-eastern Asia. The species is one of

those silk producing Bombyces to which attention has been of late

years directed in consequence of the fatal diseases which have

attacked the common silkworm; and, according to Mr. Frederick

Moore, it is from its cocoons that the Tusseh silk of China is ob-

tained. In this country, at any rate, the cultivation of Attacus

atlas would seem to be attended with considerable difficulties ; for

out of eighty larvee Mr. Gosse only succeeded in bringing one to what

would appear to be the mature stage (after five moults); but even

this did not spin up. The author gives a detailed description of the

lary in their various stages up to the sixth, as just mentioned,

when they are large handsome caterpillars of a general delicate

pale green tint, and adorned along the back with numerous spini-

form processes ; and he completes his account of the transformations

by describing the cocoon and pupa from a specimen imported in

that state. Coloured figures are given of the eggs and larve (the

latter in their first, fourth, and sixth stages), and of the pupa and

cocoon. The remarks on the natural history of the insect, and the

details of its author’s proceedings in his attempt to rear the larve,

contained in this little work will prove both interesting and useful

to all who devote their attention to this branch of entomology.

Supplement to the Second Edition of ‘ Acadian Geology, &e. By

J. W. Dawson, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &. S8vo, 102 pp. Mac-

millan and Co., London &c., 1878.

Tunis Supplement, containing additional facts as to the geological

structure, fossil remains, and mineral resources of Nova Scotia, New

Brunswick, and Prince-Edward Island, constitutes an appendix of

new matter for the Third Edition of the ‘ Acadian Geology,’ the

Second Edition of which we noticed as a most satisfactory and

useful work in 1868.

Principal Dawson, of M‘Gill University, Montreal, collecting to-

gether all the important facts illustrative of the geological structure

of the Dominion, long ago worked out not only a local natural

history, but a cosmopolitan view of his great subject, and elucidated

it with knowledge obtained from every source available to geologist,

mineralogist, and naturalist.

Still collecting and comparing facts and opinions, the author has

much to add about the strata, fossils, and mineral productions, very

little to retract as to hypothetical views in matters of dispute, and

much to enforce in corroboration of his views of modified uniformi-

tarianism, glacialization of a mixed character, the origin and nature

Bibliographical Notices. 93

of the coal-growths, the existence of a Devonian flora, and the oceur-

rence of fossils in the Lower Paleozoic rocks. His comparison of

the old rocks of the Canadian regions with those of other parts of

the world, in the Table at p. 92, is very interesting and suggestive.

From the Ludlow beds downwards to the older eneisses of Scotland

and Scandinavia, including the lately recognized Pebidian and

Dimetian series, Dr. Dawson finds probable equivalents, of definite

characters and position, in Canada and its vicinity.

The new edition of his work, with its well-considered additions,

will prove to be valuable to the increasing population of British

America, in the presence of the enlightenment of modern education,

and the necessity of understanding the nature and whereabouts of

the mineral productions of the rocks and the capabilities of the soil.

The Gault, being the Substance of a Lecture delivered in the Weod-

war van Museum, Cambridge, 1878, and before the Geologists’

Association, 1879. By F. G. Hiro0n Price, F.G.8. 8vo,

81 pp. Taylor and Francis, London, 1879.

Iy this very useful history of the Cretaceous division of strata

known as “the Gault,” the author gives a special description of the

Gault at Folkstone, bed by bed (pp. 10-23); a more general

account of this formation as seen at the exposures along its outcrop

in the various counties from Kent to Devonshire and Yorkshire

(pp. 24-34); and a sketch of the Gault in France (pp. 34-42).

The Greensand of Blackdown, the “Red Chalk” of Norfolk and

Yorkshire, the various phosphatic and other nodular beds, and the

results of the deep borings penetrating the Gault near London are

specially noticed. An extensive and synoptical catalogue of the

fossils (pp. 44-81) shows their occurrence at different localities and

their range through the several zones of the Gault.

Resides thus indicating the geographical range of this important

formation in England and France, and correlating the equivalents

of the eleven zones which he recognizes in the Gault of Copt Point,

Folkestone, the author has in view a hydrographical sketch of the

area in which this important Cretaceous formation was deposited

(pp. 8, 9). He notes that its composition varies much in different

localities, according to the depth of water and the nature of the

adjacent lands at the time of the deposition of its component parts ;

also that the fauna varied in the several regions according to the

nature and conditions of change in the water and sea-bed. Fur-

ther, he observes that the clays and sands of the Gault originated

in the trituration of lands and cliffs composed, for the most part, of

Jurassic and Neocomian rocks in what is now England, on the west

side of the Anglo-Parisian Cretaceous basin, of Primary (Palso-

zoic) rocks in the north-east of the basin at the Ardennes, and of

granites, porphyries, Jurassic, and Neocomian rocks on the east and

south-west sides of the basin.

A eareful list of books and memoirs treating of the Gault and its

fossils is given at pp. 1-7.

94 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Bedy-cavity of the Sedentary Annelids and their Seqmental

Organs ; with some Remarks on the Genus Phascolosoma. By

M. Cosmovict.

Tne general body-cavity of the sedentary Annelids is divided into

several compartments by diaphragms, which sometimes exist only

in a portion of the cephalothoracic region (Arenicole, Terebelle,

Clymenie), sometimes throughout the length of the body (Serpulide) ;

and then each segment has a cavity more or less independent of its

neighbours. ‘There are also divisions in the opposite direction. In

sections there are seen a central cavity filled by the digestive tube,

and two lateral ones separated from the former by muscular bands

in the form of oblique diaphragms. A communication exists between

all the cavities through the interstices of the fibres of the partitions.

The lateral cavities contain the feet with their retractor muscles

and the segmental organs: these are the pedal cavities.

In Chetopterus pergamentaceus the arrangement of the cavities in

the three vesicular segments is interesting. ‘The median cavity,

containing the digestive tube and the genital glands, does not com-

municate with the lateral cavities, which are occupied by the reno-

segmental organs, except by the segmental pavilion which opens in

the wall of separation.

In the Clymenie the corpora Bojani are very long; and at their

anterior extremity the segmental organs are attached. After the

eleventh segment there are no longer any renal bodies, and in their

place there is a plexus of blood-vessels of remarkable abundance.

The position of these networks is such that we may say that they

represent so many corpora Bojani formed solely by their vascular

framework.

The ovum of these animals is remarkable for the separation into

two parts of the vitelline mass; one of these, the larger one, is

formed of large granules, the other of very small ones. In the

latter is situated the germinal vesicle and the spot, which becomes

strongly coloured by picrocarminate.

Pectinaria belgica exhibits first a pair of very large corpora

Bojani, and then two pairs furnished with segmental organs. The

genital gland is on the median line, on each side of the supranervous

vessel. The animal is as transparent as glass ; and notwithstanding

this the segmental organs cannot be perceived. It is curious that in

less transparent animals these organs have nevertheless been

observed by translucence and tigured.

With regard to the segmental organs in the Errant Annelides, we

find a pair of them in each segment, with a contorted tube having

an internal pavilion and an opening outwards. In the Serpulide

(a family very rich in genera), among the sedentary forms, the same

thing is met with. Lastly, in all the other Sedentaria we find the

segmental organs sometimes free, sometimes annexed to the corpora

Miscellaneous. 95

Bojani, and in the majority of cases we may say that the segmental

organs are independent of those bodies.

Hitherto we have been acquainted with three species of herma-

phrodite Spirorbes ; a fourth must be added, namely Spirorbis com-

munis, which abounds at Roscoff.

In the group Gephyrea, in Phascolosoma vulgare, we find, on the

anterior part of the two long blackish sacs, a tube furnished with a

pavilion with two broad ciliated lips. The structure of the sacs

shows them to be renal bodies, to which the segmental organs are

annexed. The genital gland, male or female, is situate at the base

of the posterior pair of the retractor muscles of the proboscis. The

racemose gland is attached to an elastic thread, which is probably a

blood-vessel. The ovum is remarkable for the presence of cilia at

the surface of the vitellime membrane, which, when obseryed in

front, appears finely striated.

In the subintestinal blood-vessel, in the midst of the elliptical

blood-globules, we find encysted trematodes, which are carried along

even into the papille of the proboscis, by the cilia with which this

vessel is furnished. The above-mentioned papille appear to play a

great part in respiration ; in fact the whole circlet is in communi-

cation with the circulatory apparatus. The globules ascend along

the walls and descend by the centre of the papilla. Processes of

the walls in the interior of the papillary cavity cause the globules

to remain a certain time in contact with the delicate wall of these

organs, and thus facilitate an exchange of gases. This may explain

why the animal, when quiet in a trough filled with sea-water,

exserts its proboscis every moment.— Comptes Rendus, May 26, 1879,

p- 1092.

Morphological Notes on the Limbs of the Amphiumnide, as indicating

a possible Synonymy of the supposed Genera. By Joun A. Ryper.

Little attention has apparently been given to the comparative

history of the limbs of the known species of Amphiuma. Very

young specimens do not seem to have been usually collected for

museums. I have had the opportunity to study such a series, vary-

ing from 6 to 8 inches in length, and about } inch, or a little more, in

diameter ; they were obtained in the vicinity of Biloxi, Mississippi,

and are the property of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington.

From these it appears that the digital elements of the limbs are

variable, or liable to variation, in the same individual; so that in

some the number of digits (two) is characteristic of Amphiwna,

and in others (three) they are characteristic of Murenopsis. This

blending of the characters of the two genera may be illustrated as

follows, indicating the number of digits on each limb by numerals

arranged in fours, the first pair representing the digital formula of

the fore limbs, thus:—(1) 3 3; (2)23; (38)32; and (4) 22;

there was also a form which exhibited no outward indication of

toes on the front pair of limbs, the digits being enclosed in a com-

96 Miscellaneous.

mon investing integument; this fifth form may be represented in

”) :

this manner, !-5- It is plain, from the foregoing, that at ne very

remote period the two forms which are now believed to characterize

distinct genera were probably one and the same. The three-toed

form (Murenopsis) is said to be confined to the Southern United

States, whilst the two-toed form (Amphiuma) is more widely dis-

tributed, extending further north and also embracing the distribu-

tion of the former. The digital formula of (1) is Amphiwma in the

front pair, and Murenopsis in the hind pair of limbs; that of (2)

is Amphiuma on one side in the hinder pair, and Murcnopsis on the

other. Normal individuals of both genera also occur, as in (3)

and (4); while (5) represents the beginning of the differentiation

of a third generic type, if the number of digits be good and sufficient

to characterize genera. Prof. Cope, who has probably handled

more specimens of Amphibia than any other American naturalist,

informs me that he thinks these variations very uncommon, as he has

never in his experience met with any instance in which there was

as much variation in the number of digits as exhibited in these

Biloxi specimens. They can hardly, however, be regarded as mon-

strosities, as the percentage of varying specimens in this series is

entirely too high. I am inclined to believe that they are simply

instances on the one hand of reversion towards a still older and

more unspecialized type, and on the other of a tendency to become

specialized or reduced, as in the case where the two digits are

covered by a common tegumental investment. If the distribution of

species will in any case serve to throw light upon the differentiation

of genera, I think that in this instance we may assume, with much

show of reason, that the individuals most remote from the centre of

maximum development of species and individuals exhibit the greatest

tendency towards digital reduction. The most northern form, Am-

phiuma, seems to be constantly didactyle, whilst the more southern

forms are both di- and tridactyle, which would seem to indicate _

that the forms most remote from the centre of distribution have been

under conditions tending to produce didactylism synchronously with

di- and tridactylism at the centre aforementioned. This, however,

is only a hypothetical view of the case.

The admission of Murcenopsis and Amphiuma to generic rank, on

account of a difference which is here shown not to be constant, is

doubtful. The digits, which, from the fact of their having under-

gone reduction, seem to be not so much rudiments as vestiges of

former digits, render the legitimacy of the distinction even more

open to question; for I think it cannot be doubted that such a

tendency to degenerate, accompanied with a consequent tendency

to produce synthetic characters, shows clearly that nature has not

yet concluded that they shall be genera, notwithstanding the dicta

and definitions of systematists—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

Jan. 28, 1879.

Miscellaneous. 97

On Haptophrya gigantea, a new Opalinid from the Intestines of the

Anurous Batrachia of Algeria. By M. E. Mavpas.

The intestines of the Batrachians harbour a whole world of pa-

rasites, which live in them and multiply with a truly surprising

abundance. Micrographers especially may get from them the finest

harvests of Infusoria and Bacterians. From this point of view I

haye often examined the contents of the intestine of Bufo pantherinus,

Discoglossus pictus, and Rana esculenta, which live in the waters of

the neighbourhood of Algiers. I have always found them richly

populated, and have been able to recognize the following species—

Nyctotherus cordiformis, Balantidium elongatum, B. entozoon, Opalina

dimidiata, O. intestinalis, O. obtrigona, and O. ranarum. Swarming

among these large ciliated Infusoria were myriads of Bodos, Monads,

Ameebas, Bacilli, Vibrios, and Bacteria. All these species have

already been recognized in Europe; but I have also very often met,

in the intestine of the Bufo and the Discoglossus, less frequently

in the frog, with a very fine species of Opalinid, which does not

appear to me to have been described, and which, from several very

curious details of its organization, must greatly interest proto-

zoologists.

This Opalinid may be regarded as the giant of the Infusoria; for

I have measured individuals the length of which exceeded 1 milli-

metre. The body is of a very elongate cylindro-conical form, tapering

from the front backwards. The anterior extremity is pretty strongly

depressed, and nearly twice the breadth of the posterior region, which

measures from ;5°— to ;#§; millim. This depressed portion is

occupied by a circular sucking-disk formed by the retreat inwards of

the wall of one of the broader surfaces, which may be called the

ventral surface. The action of the sucker is ensured by cords of

sarcode which start from its inner wall and attach themselves to the

opposite dorsal wall. The concavity caused by the traction of these

cords is, of course, very slight, but it is nevertheless clearly visible

by the microscope. The animalcule attaches itself to objects by

means of this sucker. The surface of the body is very closely

covered with rows of cilia. Four or five rows may be counted in

too millim.; and in the cavity of the sucker they are half as numerous

again. The cilia, the length of which is ;,°,5 millim., are very close

together, about 13 or 14 in each ;4, millim. These cilia are the

sole organs of locomotion of this Infusorium, the progress of which

is never very rapid,

The integument or ectosare has a thickness of ;4°, millim. and

consists of two very distinct layers—an external one, in which the

continuation of the cilia may be traced in the form of bacilli, and an

internal one composed of transparent and absolutely amorphous

sarcode. This integument is entirely destitute of proper contractility,

se that the animalcule cannot in any way spontaneously modify its

form ; on the other hand, its possesses great elasticity, which enables

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. (

98 Miscellaneous.

the body immediately to resume its normal contour when this has

been modified by any obstacle. The endosare consists of clear and

liquid sarcode, at the periphery of which there exists a layer of large

opaque granules.

The nucleus is free in the general cavity, and, following the move-

ments of the body, can move from one extremity to the other. Its

form is that of a very elongate and rather flat ellipsoidal shuttle.

It may measure as much as ;459, millim. Its substance consists of

an opaque slightly yellowish gangue, in which we see numerous

spherical corpuscles of nucleolar appearance. When, in consequence

of the crushing of the body, a fresh nucleus is placed directly in the

water, its substance contracts, and at the surface there appears a fine

structureless membrane, as in the case of many Infusoria.

The body is traversed throughout its length by a long con-

tractile canal attached to the dorsal face, the pulsations of which,

from one systole to another, last a little more than a minute. This

canal is not rectilinear, but describes numerous sinuosities irregularly

disposed. Its diameter, in the state of diastole, is;j5, millim. It

is furnished with proper walls and thus constitutes a true vessel.

In this character it differs from the contractile vacuoles of the other

Infusoria, which are only temporary cavities hollowed out in the

endosare. The wall of the vessel, which is visible even in the living

animals, becomes still more apparent with coagulant reagents. This

vessel is moreover provided with orifices, which traverse the integu-

ment and open outwards in the form of very clearly visible pores in

the midst of the rows of cilia. These pores place the vessel in com-

munication with the external world, and serve for the issue of the

interior liquid at the moment of systole, and very probably for the

entrance of the exterior liquid during diastole. The pores, seven or

eight in number in large individuals, are placed exactly in a straight

line, at irregular distances on the course of the vessel. They are of

an oval form, and measure ;,3,, millim. in length.

This Infusory multiplies by dividing transversely into segments.

The segmentation is at first indicated at the middle of the length

of the body by a clear band in the endosarc. The nucleus divides

into two; a constriction contracts the body at the point of segmen-

tation ; and the vessel becomes divided in two; the two segments re-

main soldered together. The same operation is then repeated at the

middle of each of the segments, so that we see four segments soldered

together; then a second time at the middle of each of these four

segments, and the body is cut into eight segments still attached to

one another, and completely recalling, by their external aspect and

arrangement, the zoonites of the tapeworms. These segments

afterwards separate; and one always finds many of them isolated in

the rectum of the hosts of this Infusory.

This fine Infusory much resembles the Opalinid found by Von

Siebold in Planaria torva, and figured by Max Schultze under the

name of Opalina polymorpha. If we adopt the generic divisions

established by Stein in the family Opalinide, it will have to take its

Miscellaneous. 99

place side by side with the last-mentioned species, in the genus

Haptophrya ; and on account of its large size [name it H. gigantea.—

Comptes Rendus, May 5, 1879, p. 921.

Trichinosis in a Hippopotamus. By M. E. Hecker.

M. Heckel describes some observations made by him upon a

young Hippopotamus, about two years old, which died on the

10th of May last in the zoological garden of Marseilles, haying

been received from Egypt about four months before. The animal

was in bad health all the time of its residence at Marseilles; and

its skin showed an eruption of confluent boils. When removed, the

skin showed several lesions in the shape of deep ulcerations, which,

having originated around a hair, had attacked the bulb, and thus

formed a canal leading generally into a great purulent cavity.

Smaller ulcerations led into smaller cavities bounded by a proper

membrane, like true cysts, and filled with creamy pus. The exa-

mination of a section of the muscular tissue surrounding one of

these cysts showed it to contain great numbers of Trichina-cysts,

resembling those of T'richtna spiralis, with which also the enclosed

worm agreed. The cysts, however, seemed to be much more deve-

loped than in the pig or in man.

Upon this curious and interesting fact the author has the fol-

lowing remarks :—‘ I am ignorant,” he says, ‘‘ what relations may

exist between the presence, in the same animal, of T'richina and of

enormous cysts filled with pus; but the fact indicated by me

appears to possess some interest . . . . because it seems to prove

that the Pachyderms, more than other animals, are exposed to the

spontaneous development of this terrible parasite—an important

point which may serve to throw some light upon its hitherto un-

known migrations. It has been attempted to explain the frequency

of the Jrichina in the pig, by the consideration of the voracity and

filthy habits of that animal. The fact to which I now call atten-

tion seems to protest against this opinion; for the hippopotamus by

no means shares in the mode of existence and the tastes of the pig;

and we can hardly suppose that captivity, by the special diet which

accompanies it, could have a marked influence upon the deyelop-

ment of the Nematoid worm.”—Comptes Rendus, June 2, 1879,

p. 1139.

On the Apparatus of Sound in some South-American Fishes.

By M. W. Sorensen.

During my residence, in 1877 and 1878, at the mouth of the

Riacho del Oro, in the Rio Paraguay, I was enabled to make some

investigations into the mode in which several fishes of these rivers,

especially those of the families Siluroidei and Characini, produce

peculiar sounds. The swimming-bladder is the principal organ

100 Miscellaneous.

employed. In the Siluroids the unossified portion of the swimming-

bladder is slightly elastic, in a nearly equal manner throughout its

whole extent; whilst in the Characini the elasticity depends espe-

cially upon flat bands or round cords in the wall. The swimming-

bladder acquires its greatest development as an organ of sound in

the Siluroids. In the species of the genera Platystoma and Pseuda-

roides it is divided by a longitudinal partition and by several trans-

verse partitions into a number of chambers or cells, which, however,

freely communicate with each other. In the genus Doras the

swimming-bladder presents numerous diverticula, divided internally

by incomplete septa into a great number of smallcells, In all these

fishes the transverse apophyses* of the two or three first vertebra,

and frequently a part of the arch of the first vertebra, are not only

bound to each other, but also to the posterior part of the cranium

and the apophyses of the first vertebra, by very strong elastic mem-

branes. The transverse apophyses of the second or third vertebra, and

sometimes of both these vertebrae, are shaped into the form of very

powerful springs t, and closely united to the swimming-bladder.

The sound is produced by the action of the muscles which are

inserted either directly in the swimming-bladder or upon the trans-

verse apophyses of the third vertebra. In the Characini the elastic

parts of the swimming-bladder are stretched in the direction of their

length by the contraction of the muscles; and the vibration that

results from this rhythmic movement is transmitted to the air con-

tained in the cavity of the swimming-bladder. In the Siluroids the

anterior portion of the swimming-bladder is drawn alternately

forward and backward by the contraction and relaxation of the

muscles, During these movements the air, in passing across the

incomplete transverse septa, sets the latter in vibration, and the

sound is produced. The height or rather the depth of the sound is

in direct proportion to the rapidity of the vibrations of the springs.

The fishes which I have been able to study in this connexion

belong to the genera Ageniosus, Doras, Platystoma, Pseudaroides,

Prochilodus, Chalcinus, Pygocentrus, and Myletes ; several of them

were observed living. None of these fishes respire by means of the

swimming-bladder. A memoir containing the details of these obser-

vations will appear in the ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift’ of Copen-

hagen.—Comptes Rendus, May 19, 1879, p. 1042.

* According to Weber (‘De auri et auditu hominis et animalium,’

p- 1, Lipsize, 1820) these apophyses, in the genus St/rws and in the

species of the family Cyprinoidei, serve to put the ear in communication

with the swimming-bladder. I cannot say whether there is an organ of

sound in the latter family, not having yet examined them in this respect.

+ According to John Miiller (‘ Archiy fiir Anat. und Physiologie,’

1842, p. 319), this apparatus, in the genera Auchenipterus, Synodontus,

Doras, Malacopterurus, and Euanemus, assists in locomotion by conden-

sing or rarefying the air in the swimming-bladder. Upon this interpre-

tation M. Moreau, in his excellent memoir on the swimming-bladder

(Ann, Sci, Nat. 6¢ sér.iv. Art. no, 8), has already expressed certain doubts,

the justice of which I am in a position to prove completely,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

{FIFTH SERIES. ]

No. 20. AUGUST 1879.

X.—On the Mode of Growth of Stromatopora, including the

Commensalism of Caunopora. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S.

&e.

STRUCK with* the practical nature of Mr. Champernowne’s

remarks on “some Devonian Stromatoporide from Darting-

ton, near Totnes,” published in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

for February 1879, I lost no time in putting myself in communi-

cation with him on this subject, and having received, in reply,

a kind invitation to visit the “ Pit-Park Quarry” (whence

his specimens had been taken), I availed myself of the oppor-

tunity on the 8th of May last.

During our inspection of the quarry, as well as during the

short time I was with Mr. Champernowne, I learnt no less

from the former than from the latter, whose cautious observa-

tions, combined with his opportunities of obtaining practical

information, rendered his remarks very valuable in a scientific

point of view.

On my return to this place (Budleigh-Salterton) I washed

the specimens brought away from the Quarry, and dissected

them by fracture, section, and polishing, as far as such means

and such material would admit, whereby I learnt much more.

My general inference from our visit to the Quarry was that

Stromatopora was essentially a ‘‘reef-building”’ organism,

and that, like Millepora alcicornis in the West Indies, it grew

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 8

102 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora.

profusely in its locality, not only entering and filling up the

open interstices of other calcareous organisms during their

growth, but enveloping their detritus (joimts and stems of

Encrinites, &c.), and, when not doing either of these things,

growing into large masses of itself. Thus, by cementing

every thing together after this manner, the great reef appears

to have been formed which is now known by the name of

“ Devonian Limestone.”’ This is not only evidenced by the

composition of the solidified strata generally, when cut and

polished, but more convincingly and particularly by a portion

of it in “ Pit-Park Quarry,” which, having undergone partial

decomposition, now yields up its contents even more sepa-

rately than probably they have ever been since they were

bound together by the ubiquitous Stromatopora.

In the first place, I could not help seeing how often Stroma-

topora had grown on Favosites ;. and on turning to the speci-

men which led me to the remarks on Cawnopora mm my

paper on the probable nature of the animal of Séromatopora

(‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. 1. pp. 311, 312), I felt constrained to

fall back upon this coral; and I also saw that, although

perfectly right as regards the difference between the “ axial”’

and “tubulated”’ structure in Millepora alcicornis (ib. p. 316

&c.), this could not be applied to Caunopora.

Herein I was muci influenced by Mr. Champernowne’s

showing me what Dr. Duncan had pointed oyt to him, viz.

that the supposed genus “ Battersbya” of MM. Edwards

and Haime, who placed it among the Milleporide, consisted

of a coral the interstices of which were filled up with a

Stromatopora; so that, virtually, there was no such organism.

We next examined specimens of Syringopora, in which the

same thing was observed to have taken place. But why

should I recount more instances of this nature when I have

already stated that ‘ Pit-Park Quarry” bore evidence of

every thing, both living and dead, having been overrun by

Stromatopora (including Caunopora under this head) during

the formation of the “ reef.”

All this led me, on my return home, to again see what -

Baron Rosen had stated and illustrated of Stromatopora

Schmidtit, I then found that S. Schmidtit could not be

a species of Caunopora, as stated in my paper (J. c. p. 319) ;

and, on referring to Rosen’s account (p. 80), this was confirmed

by his statement that Roemer was “right” in considering

Caunopora placenta, Lonsdale, nothing but the tubes of a

“coral”’ surrounded by Stromatopora.

To this view I am now inclined to accede, as to the

presence of these tubes indicating that of an organism dif-

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora. 103

ferent from the matrix in which they are enveloped, after

the manner of Battersbya &c., but not as regards an equally

“coral” nature of the tubes, as will be seen hereafter; and,

if this view be right, then, by eliminating Cauwnopora from

the Stromatoporide, much will be gained by the latter in

simplification. Still Rosen’s general division of the struc-

ture of the Stromatopore into “ curvilinear”? and “ recti-

linear’ coenenchyma will remain the same; and the remark

in my paper (/. c. p. 312), that in Caunopora I saw the same

kind of granulated curvilinear fibre as in the coral called

Battersbya, becomes intelligible.

That the tubes of Caunopora are adventitious or different

from the curvilinear coenenchyma of Stromatopora, which

generally accompanies them, is proved by their occasional

presence in another kind of Stromatoporoid ccenenchyma, 7. e.

in Stromatopora elegans, Rosen (vulg. “ Stagshorn” here-

abouts), of which I possess two specimens ; while, in support

of this, Mr. Champernowne states that the stromatoporoid

coenenchyma of Caunopora is ‘as variable as the Stromato-

pora itself is variable ;’’ add to this that the different kinds

of coenenchyma constantly occur without the tubes peculiar to

Caunopora.

Further, it happens that in a polished section of a specimen

of Caunopora from “ Pit-Park Quarry,” which Mr. Champer-

nowne gave me, the lower surface (which is in its natural state)

is terminal; that is, the tubes do not pass through it, while

at the bottom of the polished part, close to the angle it forms

with the “natural surface,” the tubes may be observed to

turn out of their vertical course and become united to a hori-

zoutal tortuous tubulation simulating that of the hydrorhiza

of hydroid zoophytes, which, under this aspect, appears to

form the whole of the ‘‘ natural surface ;” and hence the ends

of the tubes of the Caunopora do not project through this

matted structure, as in most cases where the fractured part

of the specimen has passed through the tubes themselves.

If this should be substantiated, then we can understand

how the tubes of Caunopora, for the most part, should be

without walls, ¢. e. appear as mere spaces, seeing that, while

one kind of Syringopora was probably a calcareous hydroid,

the tubes of Caunopora might, for the most part, have

belonged to a chitinous or flexible kind, which in fossilization

would only be represented as a mould made by the ccenen-

chyma of the Stromatopora. Still, as Mr. Champernowne

observes, “ crystallization, we know, acts, apparently, in the

most capricious manner, and it may be the cause of these

different aspects.”

104 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora.

Here I might observe that the infundibular structure of

Syringopora appears to be allied to the diaphragms produced

by the “annulation” (or circular constrictions of the tube)

which is such a very common feature among the flexible

Hydroids, and thus frequently appears in a modified form in

the tubes of Caunopora—the effect of such constrictions being

to force the coenosareal tube into the centre of the flexible

horny one, which in Syringopora geniculata, from the tubular

processes of the infundibula passing into each other, gets

beyond a mere constriction, and thus sometimes becomes a

continuous calcareous central canal.

The tubes of Caunopora are, for the most part, straight or

slightly flexuous, equal in calibre, unbranched and parallel in

their course, and, although hardly ever appearing otherwise

than in short fragments, were found by Mr. Champernowne,

in a weathered-out instance from “ Pit-Park Quarry,” to attain

1? inch in length; so that it may fairly be assumed that, if

it were not for their slightly flexuous course, they would be

found to be continuous throughout, 2. e. from their origin to

their termination. But it by no means follows that because

the main tubes pursued this course they were not often united

by smaller ones, after the manner of Syréngopora, from which

it becomes almost impossible to separate them in every respect

when all their structural varzetves are taken into account.

Seeking among the flexible Hydroids for one that would

afford analogous features, we find it in Tubularia indivisa,

which grows so luxuriantly on our coasts, of which the Rev.

T. Hincks (Hist. Brit. Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, vol. i.

p- 115) gives the following characters of the polypary, viz. :—

“Clustered, simple, erect, without annulation, narrowed and

twisted at the base, horn-coloured, rising to a height of from

6 to 12 inches.” ‘The tubes are about 1-16th of an inch in

diameter, and seldom divide except near the hydrorhiza, which

consists of “twisted and interwoven tubes often agglomerated

together.” But then there are not only other species of Z'udbu-

laria which divide throughout much oftener, but one, viz.

T. bellis, which is annulated throughout (op. cit. Atlas,

fle 2X1, ):

Now such Hydroid Zoophytes, whether flexible or calca-

reous, if overgrown with Stromatopora, would represent Cauno-

pora; and if we require a similar instance of commensalism,

it is afforded in Stephanoscyphus mirabilis, which Prof. All-

man found on the south coast of France, and describes as

consisting of a horny sponge traversed by ‘a congeries of

tubes which penetrate the sponge-tissue and open on its sur-

face, united by a common tubular plexus towards the base.”

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Growth of Stromatopora. 105

Dr. F. E. Schulze, of Gratz, subsequently found this in the

Adriatic Sea, where the hydroid polyp &e. designated by him

Spongicola fistularis was found to be the denizen of several

different kinds of sponges; and his representation (Archiv f.

mikroskop. Anatomie, Bd. xiii. Taf. xlii. fig. 8) might, the

sponge being replaced by Stromatopora, pass for a specimen

of Caunopora with the tubes much branched,

Again, it should be remembered that in commensalism the

host is hardly ever without its guest; so that it becomes the

habit of the latter to dwell with the former even from the

commencement of life, and, while the guest may never be seen

without its host, the latter is occasionally seen without its

guest. In a beautiful preparation which Dr. F. E. Schulze

has just kindly sent me, the guest, viz. Oscillaria spongetia,

is already present in the embryo of Spongetia pallescens, which

it afterwards pervades throughout life (Zeitschrift f. wiss.

Zool. Bd. xxxii. p. 149, Taf. v. fig. 7). So that it is not

surprising that Caunopora, 1. e. the host and its guest together,

should be occasionally found surrounding Corals also together

in the way above mentioned.

I am aware that all but Roemer and Rosen (that is, all

English authors on the subject) have, from Lonsdale down-

wards, viewed Caunopora as a distinct species of Stromatopora ;

but I myself now cannot help, from the facts above mentioned,

regarding it as an instance of commensalism ; and in this I am

supported by Mr. Champernowne.

The fact, however, that Cawnopora may thus be found to be

a compound of two organisms does not invalidate what I have

stated respecting MJillepora alctcornis, in which there are dis-

tinct tubes among the Stromatoporoid coenenchyma rising

from an axial structure of a different form. Millepora alci-

cornis, too, overruns every thing in its way; thus, in the

British Museum there is a large Murex, together with reticu-

lated Gorgoniw, covered with it. Ellis notices that it is one

of the commonest corals in Jamaica, where it is principally used

for burning into lime (Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, 1786, p. 142),

and afterwards mentions a bottle that became incrusted with it ;

so that, as the branches coalesce between themselves, and

in like manner this species of JMillepora attaches to ztself

every foreign body that comes in its way, a reef-accumulation

may be thus produced, similar to that which was built up by

Stromatopora. By eliminating Caunopora, therefore, the

description of Stromatopora is not only more simplified, but

Millepora alcicornis and the Hydractinie are brought together,

which, as Mr. Champernowne observes, afford the best key

to a right understanding of what Stromatopora really was.

106 Dr. A. Giinther on a new Porcupine

Again, with reference to my statement, that in the sponges

the excretory canal-system commences in the ampullaceous

sacs (Wimperkérbe) (Ann. 1878, vol. i. p. 822), [have now

to modify this assertion ; for my figure of the pore-area in Grey-

ella cyathophora directly opening into an excretory canal

(Ann. 1869, vol. iv. pp. 192, 193, pl. vill. fig. 5, &e.), con-

firmed by that of Awos spinipoculum (ib. 1879, vol. ii.

p- 290, pl. xxv. fig. 4, &c.), shows at least that a commence-

ment in the ampullaceous sacs is not always the case, and

presents quite a new feature in the offices of the excretory

canals of sponges; although it does not alter the fact that

the system is partly excretory in the sponge, while the stellate

venation often appears without any aperture at all (Rosen,

Taf. xi. fig. 7), as the hydrophyton or proliferous organ in

Stromatopora.

Since the above was written I have seen C. F. Roemer’s

‘ Rheinische Uebergangsgebirge,’ 1844, in which, at p. 57, he

observes that Caunopora placenta, Phillips, is “ nichts An-

deres, als Stromatopora polymorpha von Syringoporen durch-

wachsen,” and, further, that the specimens from the Hifel,

the Silurian outliers of Mark Brandenburg and Silesia, toge-

ther with those of the Devonian Limestone are “ undistin-

guishable.”’

XI.—Description of a new Species of Porcupine from the

Philippine Islands. By Dr. A. GintuEr, F.R.S.

Brrore Mr. Everett left the Philippine Islands he obtained

at Puerto Princesa, in the island of Paragua, a specimen of a

small kind of Porcupine, which evidently is undescribed. It

is distinguished at the first glance by its small size and by

the shortness of its tail. In many respects it resembles ~

Hystrix crassispinis from Borneo, but is considerably smaller

and the quills are less thick. ‘The specimens sent by Mr.

Everett consist of the skin of a female which is nearly full-

grown, and of the perfect skeleton of a very old male. The

species may be called

Hystrix pumila.

All the upper and lateral parts of the body are densely

covered with flat, deeply grooved, flexible bristles of moderate

length. These bristles are gradually developed into spines

on the hinder part of the back, the shorter spines continuing

to be provided with a shallow groove above. The strongest

from the Philippine Islands. 107

quills are thicker in the middle than one of the incisors. Tail

short, the pediculated terminal quills small. Colour greyish

brown in front, the strongest quills black with a whitish base

and with scarcely any white at the extremity.. Lower parts

greyish white. Some white hairs near the front claws.

in, lin

Length of body (from tip of nose to root of tail) ...... 14 6

PieOe Git TEGNE TORO LO: CBT ct 4 a oi eldiciele shave’ Me ol8 a0 us 2 10

Length of tail, with terminal quills .................. 3 0

iemeth-or fore Toot! 000.4 ae Fela l eb teal Pte Re EG

Length of hind foot: ........%.. 8 oR et ae 2 4

Length of one of the largest quills .............ee00+ 4 0

Length of one of the hollow caudal quills ............ O46

The skull is distinguished by the shortness of the nasal

bones, which are considerably shorter than the frontal suture.

The facial portion is not very convex above, and concave on

the sides. Infraorbital opening rather wide. Ascending

ramus of the intermaxillary narrower than a nasal bone, and

not extending so far backwards as the nasals. The palatal

incision advances forward to opposite the middle of the hinder

molar. The outline of the masticatory surface of the molars

is almost circular in adult individuals.

I give some of the measurements of two skulls, one (A)

being that of an old, the other (B) of a younger individual (in

which the fourth molar is still undeveloped).

A. B.

millim. millim.

MiGiivioriothe ey overs Sau eso hes pala eee . 93 86

Menrily oF nasal bones... 5 sss vw sis.e ries * «Wael oi 25 24

itenath of frontal suture. .caee oe q ers ee ro Se 37(?) 31

Least width of nasal bone ............eereeee 75 7

Length of fronto-intermaxillary suture ........ re 4

Least width of interorbital space .............. 29 30

Distance between incisor and first molar........ 25 22

Length of upper molar series. ..... 000600 ceveews 19 19

Width of palate between the second molars .... 7 55

Skull A is that of a very old individual, in which nearly all

the sutures have disappeared, so that the measurements of

some are either uncertain or impossible. The shortness of

the tail of this species is also indicated by a diminution

in the number of caudal vertebrae: there are only ten; and

the termination of the last shows that only one or two rudi-

mentary vertebre, if any, are missing. ‘The numbers of the.

other vertebre are the same as in LHystrix javanica, namely

7 cervical, 14 dorsal, 5 lumbar, and 4 sacral.

108 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera

XIi.—Deseription of a new Species of Didelphys from Deme-

rara. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S.

Tne British Museum has recently received from one of its

correspondents in Demerara, the Rev. W. Y. Turner, a small

opossum, which resembles Didelphys crassicaudata in the

general form of the body, structure of the hair, and relative

length and hairiness of the tail, but which is only half the

size of that animal, and, besides, distinguished from all other

opossums by having eight incisors only in the upper jaw. It

seems to be undescribed, and may be named

Didelphys Turnert.

The muzzle is of moderate length and rather pointed ; ears

short, nearly naked, partially clothed with small hairs on the

inside ; fur of the head, body, and tail a little harsh, not

woolly; tail rather shorter than the head and body taken

together, with the basal third clothed with fur like that on the

body, the remaining portion with short hairs. Colour uniform

brown tinged with greyish, lower parts light brownish grey ;

hairs of the scrotum dark orange-coloured; the terminal two

thirds of the tail black, with white apex ; feet short.

in. lin.

Length from tip of nose to root of tail .........0..0008 9 0

MGGHEeAT OL DAML; { capapehe wieyphenta aie b= < Mispeis Siesta aie oe Beyer eee 8 3

Tenet Toner MOSS tO CAP selec joie oe cele ewla le wie'siwcnaltelareaere ays 2 0

ent nsot tind FOOb 455, <a is ay< siojsgs @ aus se sis erdenioin eae se 1 4

Geraci COL Skt) lh oe te cause evamayenanier eiaveyeiece reietcueva tone eece anes 74 (0)

Wvarelavot Stall eases anc dietse- wis nde Uys aawr ayn due aokeanle ns alah Lo

eng ih of nasal bonbs. ss sia.ssa0 063 63 < 44 oa ee eaie ars 0 82

Heoneth Of palawe: c2:25 sas sn ve wh heb eerie et elerenouanaate oe

Width of palate between the posterior molar teeth...... 0 4

The specimen is an adult male.

XII.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Galle-

rucine. By Josery 8. Baty, F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. iii. p. 842]

A gelastica humeralis.

A. ovalis, convexa, rufo-fulva, nitida, labro, oculis, antennis, geni-

bus, tibiis tarsisque nigris ; thorace bifoveolato, tenuissime punc-

tato ; elytris apice paullo dehiscentibus, crebre punctatis, viridi-

cyaneis, utrinque macula humerali rufo-fulva ornatis; abdomine

(apice excepto) nigro-cyaneo.

Long. 3-33 lin.

Hab. Moreton Bay.

and Species of Gallerucine. 109

Head longer than broad, wedge-shaped, front impressed with

a deep fovea, which extends downwards between the encarpe,

the latter thickened, trigonate; carina well defined; antenne

nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, moderately robust,

the second joint short, the third nearly twice its length.

Thorax twice as broad as long ; sides straight and very slightly

diverging from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded

and converging to the apex; disk impressed on either side

with a deep fovea, finely punctured, in some specimens the

punctures only visible under a strong lens. Hlytra much

broader than the thorax, dehiscent at the extreme apex, con-

vex, rather closely punctured; each elytron with a narrow

humeral rufo-fulvous patch, which often extends along the

basal margin nearly to the suture.

Agelastica melanocephala.

A. elongato-ovata, postice vix ampliata, rufo-fulva, nitida, capite,

genibus, tibiis tarsisque nigris; thorace fere impunctato, sat

profunde bifoveolato; elytris sat crebre punctatis, metallico-

ceruleis, viridi tinctis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Rockhampton, Queensland; Murray Island, North

Australia.

Head wedge-shaped, vertex convex, shining, impunctate ;

encarpe thickened, pyriform, contiguous; antenne nearly

equal to the body in length in the male, rather shorter in

the female, moderately robust, the second joint short, the

third obconic, nearly twice the length of the second. Thorax

nearly twice as broad as long; sides straight and parallel,

converging at the apex; disk impressed on either side with a

deep, transversely oblong fovea. lytra broader than the

thorax, very slightly dilated behind the middle, their apices

in the male subacutely rounded, more obtusely rounded in the

other sex ; above convex, closely but rather more finely punc-

tured than A. humeralis.

This insect, in addition to the differences in coloration, may

be at once separated from the preceding species by its narrower

and more elongate form. With the exception of the bifoveo-

late thorax, the two species described above agree in all

structural characters with Agelastica, in which genus I have

accordingly placed them. Dr. Chapuis, in his diagnosis of

the genus, gives the apex of the anterior tibia as unarmed; in

all the specimens I have examined, both of our Kuropean

species alnt and of the nearly allied Japanese cerulea, I

have found the apices of all the tibia armed with an acute

spine.

110 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera

Gidicerus apicipennis.

@. anguste oblongus, convexus, flavus, nitidus, oculis scutelloque

nigris ; thorace transverso, lateribus obtuse angulatis, disco leevi,

ante basin leviter transversim sulcato ; elytris oblongis, tenuiter

punctatis, apice czeruleo-nigris.

Mas antennarum articulo tertio incrassato, oblongo-ovato, compresso,

dorso profunde excavato.

Long. 3 lin,

Hab. India.

Head longer than broad, somewhat wedge-shaped; front

above the encarpe impressed with a deep fovea; encarpex

trigonate, contiguous ; carina obsolete ; clypeus large, trans-

verse, pentagonal, the apical angle thickened; antenne

robust, the basal joint thickened, pyriform, the second very

short, turbinate, the third very strongly thickened, oblong-

ovate, compressed, excavated both above and below, but more

deeply so on the upper surface (in the single specimen before

me, the five upper joints are broken off), Thorax one half

broader than long ; sides straight and parallel from the base

to beyond the middle, thence obliguely converging to the

apex ; disk shining, impunctate, impressed in front of the base

with a slightly curved transverse suleation, either end of

which is more deeply excavated and forms a distinct fovea.

Elytra much broader than the thorax, oblong, parallel, finely

punctured.

Galerucella tropica.

G. anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, subtus nitida,

sordide flava, tibiis apice tarsisque infuscatis, abdomine (apice

excepto) nigro-fusco ; supra subnitida, viridi-zenea, fusco-sericea,

facie, labro antennisque basi fulvis, his extrorsum nigris ; thorace

fere glabro, rude rugoso-punctato, lateribus anguste fulvis, bisinu-

atis, medio angulatis ; elytris granuloso-rugosis, extrorsum fulvo

limbatis.

Long. 3-33 lin.

Hab. Guinea, Camaroons.

Head coarsely rugose-punctate, nearly glabrous; encarpz

transverse, contiguous, pale flavo-fulvous, lower face very

short, concolorous with the encarpe, apices of jaws black ;

antenne more than half the length of the body, the four lower

joints fulvous, the rest black, the fifth to the eighth joints

gradually increasing in thickness. ‘Thorax twice as broad as

long ; sides parallel, bisinuate, their middle distinctly angu-

late; all the angles laterally produced, acute; disk somewhat

flattened, coarsely rugose-punctate ; sides narrowly edged with

fulvous. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, closely

and Species of Gallerucine. 111

granulose-rugose, densely clothed (as well as the scutellum)

with sericeous hairs.

Genus Mrsoponta, Baly.

Dr. Chapuis errs in saying that the apex of the mesotibia

is unarmed in the female; in the specimens from which I

drew up the diagnosis of the genus (two males and one female)

the spine is equally distinct in both sexes.

Mesodonta limbata, Baly.

Mesodonta limbata, Baly, Trans, Ent. Soc, 1864, p. 230; Ent. Month.

Mag. ii. p. 99.

Mas abdominis apice profunde concavo-foveolato.

Fem. abdominis apice integro, disco longitudinaliter sulcato.

Mesodonta marginata.

M. elongato-oyalis, convexa, nigro-picea aut nigra, griseo-sericea,

facie thoraceque minus dense sericeis, sordide flavis ; hoc transyerso,

inequaliter excavato, utrinque distincte foveolato, nigro bima-

culato ; scutello sordide flavo; elytris anguste oblongis, viridi-

olivaceis, sat dense sericeis, crebre punctatis.

Mas antennarum articulis tertio ad septimum leviter incrassatis,

latitudine perparum vix increscentibus, octavo magis incrassato,

clavato, apice oblique truncato, tribus sequentibus brevibus, ab-

rupte angustatis, latitudine equalibus; abdominis apice pro-

funde concayo-excayato.

Fem. antennarum articulo octavo non clavato, abdominis apice in-

tegro.

Long. 5 lin.

Hab. West coast of Africa, Camaroons.

Head exserted, closely punctured; vertex convex; front

impressed with a longitudinal groove; encarpe pyriform,

contiguous ; eyes smaller than in MW. limbata. Antenne more

than two thirds the length of the body in the male, rather

shorter in the female, robust, the second joint short, the third

and fourth nearly equal in length, each more than twice as

long as the second ; the fifth rather shorter, slightly longer

than the seventh, the eighth in the male suddenly thickened

and elongate, clavate, its apex obliquely truncate; in the

female this joint is not thickened, and equals the seventh in

length ; in the male the third to the seventh, in the female

the third to the eighth, gradually but very slightly increase

in thickness; the ninth to the eleventh joints in both sexes

are abruptly narrowed and much shorter than any of the pre-

ceding joints, the second excepted. ‘Thorax more than twice

as broad as long; sides nearly parallel at the base, thence

112 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

obliquely converging and slightly rounded to the apex; all

the angles distinct but not produced; disk irregularly exca-

vated, upper surface together with the head nearly glabrous,

finely but closely punctured, obscure flavous, marked on

either side with a large transversely ovate black patch, the

centre of which is more deeply excavated than the rest of the

surface. Scutellum obscure flavous, its sides converging,

its apex obtusely truncate, obsoletely emarginate. lytra

broader than the thorax ; sides parallel, very slightly dilated

behind the middle in the female; convex, closely granulose-

punctate, densely griseo-sericeous, olive-green, the entire outer

limb (the.space bordering the scutellum excepted) obscure

flavous.

Momea purpurascens, Hope.

Galeruca purpurascens, Hope, Zool. Mise. 1831, p. 29.

M. oblongo-ovata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, fulva, nitida,

tibiis apice tarsisque piceo-nigris; elytris metallico purpureis,

sericels.

Long. 5 lin.

Hab. Nepal. My collection. (Hope’s type in Mus. Brit.)

Vertex rather closely punctured ; eyes black ; antenne fili-

form, the third joint four times the length of the second, one

fourth longer than the fourth. Thorax twice as broad as

long; sides angulate; disk shining, broadly excavated on

either side, slightly excavated in the median line, just in front

of the scutellum. LElytra oblong, slightly dilated behind the

middle, convex, transversely excavated below the basilar space,

constricted on either side before the middle, finely and closely

punctured, clothed with griseous sericeous hairs.

Menippus cervinus, Hope.

Galeruca cervina, Hope, Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 29.

M. subelongato-ovatus, postice vix ampliatus, convexus, fusco-

sericeus, subtus niger nitidus, supra opacus fulvo-fuscus, oculis

nigris ; thorace leviter ruguloso, lateribus rotundatis; elytris

subcrebre punctatis, interstitiis granulosis.

Long. 44 lin.

Hab. Nepal. My collection. (Hope’s type in Mus.

Brit.)

Head rugose; middle of clypeus with a distinct shining

impunctate longitudinal ridge; encarpe obsolete; antenna

nearly two thirds the length of the body, filiform, the third

jot nearly one half longer than the second; eyes black.

Thorax twice as broad as long, sides rounded, obsoletely an-

and Species of Gallerucine. 113

gulate in the middle; disk rugose. Elytra oblong-ovate,

rather coarsely punctured, interspaces granulose punctate.

Very similarly coloured to MM. cynicus, Clark, one half the

size, much narrower and much less regularly ovate.

Haplosonyx concinnus.

H. elongato-ovatus, convexus, rufo-fulvus, nitidus, genibus, tibiis

dorso, tarsis antennisque nigris, his apice flavo-albidis, basi

fulvis; thorace levi, utringue excavato; elytris viridi-eneis,

concinne sat fortiter punctatis, obsolete costatis, utrinque infra

callum humerale oblique sulcatis.

Long. 6-7 lin.

Hab. Celebes.

Vertex and front finely but distinctly punctured ; encarpe

thickened, shining, impunctate, pyriform, separated by a deep

eroove: antenne filiform, four fifths the length of the body,

the second joint short, the third four times the length of the

second, nearly equal to the fourth and fifth united; the two

or three lower joints fulvous, stained above with black, the

three or four upper ones yellowish white: apices of jaws black.

Thorax twice as broad as long; sides obtusely angled just

before the middle, sinuate behind the latter, the hinder angles

recurved, thickened, acute, the anterior ones mucronate ; upper

surface nearly impunctate, broadly and deeply excavated on

either side, the excavation extending to the lateral margin.

Scutellum wedge-shaped, its apex obtusely truncate. Hlytra

broader than the thorax, narrowly ovate, slightly dilated be-

hind the middle, obliquely rounded towards the apex, the ex-

treme apex of each trupcate ; above convex, closely and rather

strongly punctured ; each elytron with three or four ill-defined

longitudinal coste, only visible on the middle disk (in some

specimens these cost are entirely obsolete) ; immediately below

the humeral callus is a broad and ill-defined but distinct sul-

cation, which extends obliquely downwards and inwards for

one third the length of the disk; immediately within the

suture is also a very shallow depressed longitudinal space.

The very long third joint of the antenna will at once sepa-

rate this insect from its congeners.

Haplosonyx speciosus.

Hf, anguste oblongus, convexus, rufo-fulvus, nitidus ; oculis, mandi-

bulis apice, genibus, tibiis tarsisque nigris; antennis pallide

flavis, articulis tertio ad quintum piteis; thorace transverso,

medio obsolete foveolato, utrinque transversim sulcato; elytris

oblongis, utrinque infra basin arcuatim excayatis, tenuiter punc-

tatis (punctis in strias longitudinales confuse dispositis, ad api-

114 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

cem inordinatis), lete rufo-testaceis, plaga communi magna a

basi fere ad medium extensa, superficiem fere amplectente, apice

angulatim emarginata, nigra, ceruleo tincta, ornatis.

Long. 5-7 lin.

Hab. Manilla, Celebes.

Vertex and front shining, impunctate; encarpe separated

from the front by a deep impression, thickened, sublunate ;

antenne more than half the length of the body, the second

joint very short, moniliform, the third one half longer than

the second. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long;

sides parallel, smuate from the base to beyond the middle,

slightly converging at the apex, the anterior angles obtuse,

the hinder ones produced, acute; disk finely punctured, im-

pressed on the median line with a shallow, ill-defined, longitu-

dinal fovea, broadly and deeply transversely excavated on

either side. Hlytra much broader than the thorax, oblong,

not dilated posteriorly; moderately convex, the humeral

callus thickened, the basilar space raised and well defined,

being bounded on its outer side and behind by a deep groove,

the hinder portion of which is strongly curved; surface

minutely punctured ; in the female these punctures are placed

uregularly in longitudinal rows, which are most distinct on the

middle disk; in the male the rows are obsolete and the punctures

placed without order over the entire disk; the large bluish-

black patch covers nearly the whole of the basal half of the

elytra, its base extending entirely across the disk, its sides

slightly contracted posteriorly, leaving a narrow rufo-testaceous

line between its outer edge and the lateral margin of the

ely tron.

Haplosonyx Mouhoti.

H. anguste oblongus, postice paullo ampliatus, convexus, rufo-ful-

vus, nitidus, antennis (basi exceptis) nigris, articulo ultimo

sordide albido; thorace transyersim sulcato, distincte punctato ;

elytris sat crebre et fortiter punctatis, obscure metallico-purpu-

reis, 2 vix pone medium ad apicem rufo-fulvis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Siam, Cambodia. Collected by the late M. Mouhot.

Vertex and front smooth, impunctate, encarpe thickened,

transverse, separated from the front by a deep depression ;

antenne four fifths the length of the body, filiform, the se-

cond and third joints very short, equal, the three lower joints

obscure rufo-fulvous, the apical one dirty white. Thorax

more than twice as broad as long; sides straight and parallel

from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and con-

verging to the apex ; the hinder angles acute, the anterior

and Species of Gallerucine. 115

ones not produced, subacute ; disk broadly transversely exca-

vated across the middle, distinctly punctured. Elytra broader

than the thorax, dilated behind the middle, convex, not de-

pressed below the basilar space, rather closely and deeply

punctured.

Haplosonyx sexplagiatus.

H. oblongo- ovatus, convexus, nitidus, subtus niger, abdominis limbo

externo pedibusque flavis, tibiis apice tarsisque nigro-piceis ;

supra flavus, scutello antennisque (his basi exceptis) nigris; tho-

race transversim sulcato, sulco utrinque magis fortiter impresso ;

elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, stria prima brevi, striis inter- .

medis longe ante apicem abbreviatis, per paria approximantibus,

interspatiis quinto septimo et nono pone medium eleyatis ; utro-

que elytro macula humerali, altera infra basin inter callum

humerale et suturam posita, plagaque magna pone medium, sub-

trigonata, purpureo-nigris ornato.

Long. 43-5} lin.

Hab. Flores. Collected by Mr. Wallace.

Antenne more than half the length of the body, robust,

filiform, very slightly thickened towards the apex, the third

joint one third longer than the second, the three lower joints

flavous, the rest black. ‘Thorax twice as broad as long; sides

angulate just before the middle; anterior and posterior angles

acute, the former slightly excurved; disk smooth and shining,

transversely sulcate across the middle, the suleation more

deeply impressed on either side the middle disk. Scutellum

elongate-trigonate, its apex acute. LHlytra oblong, convex,

each elytron with eleven strongly punctured strie, the first

(basal) very short, the third to the eighth abbreviated long

before the apex and approximating in pairs, the fifth and

sixth abbreviated anteriorly, only commencing below the

humeral callus; the interspaces smooth, those between each

double row of striz thickened and subcostate on the hinder

disk.

Antipha chinensis.

A. ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, scu-

tello capiteque nigris, vertice seneo tincto; elytris viridi-eneis,

fortiter crebre punctatis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Northern China.

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; encarpe transverse-quadrate,

separated by a longitudinal groove, which runs upwards for

some distance on the front ; antennze slender, filiform, nearly

equal to the body in length, the third joint rather longer than

the second. ‘Thorax about one half broader than long ; sides

116 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

straight and parallel, very slightly dilated before the middle,

the anterior angles thickened, subtuberculate, the hinder ones

produced, acute; disk shining, impunctate. Elytra broader

than the thorax, oblong-ovate, slightly dilated behind the

middle, convex, transversely depressed below the basilar

space, closely and coarsely punctured; interspaces rugulose.

Antipha Nietner.

A, ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, femoribus, vertice

oreque sordide fulvo-piceis; antennis pallide piceis, basi sordide

fulvis ; thorace lateribus leviter rotundatis, fere parallelis, disco

medio levi, utrinque sparse punctato; elytris sat crebre, fortiter

punctatis, piceo-fulvis, utrinque limbo angusto maculisque duabus,

una vix ante medium, altera apicem versus positis, nigro-piceis.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Ceylon. Collected by H. Nietner.

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; encarpz oblique, transverse-

quadrate, separated (their extreme apices excepted) by the

clypeus; front impressed immediately above the encarpx

with a deep but ill-defined fovea ; antennze rather more than

half the length of the body, the third joint nearly twice as

long as the second. ‘Thorax more than twice as broad as

long; sides slightly rounded, nearly parallel, all the angles

produced, thickened; disk smooth and shining, impunctate

on the middle portion, impressed on either side with a few

scattered punctures. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly,

convex, not depressed below the basilar space, strongly and

rather closely punctured ; piceo-fulvous, each with the ex-

treme outer limb, together with two irregular patches, one

just before the middle, the other (larger) rather more than half-

way between the middle and the apex, nigro-piceous.

Antipha pulchella.

A. late ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, lete fulva, nitida ;

oculis scutelloque nigris ; elytris metallico-ceruleis, sat fortiter,

crebre punctatis, intra marginem extericrem leyviter costatis.

Long. 3 ln.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak. Collected by Mr. Wallace.

Head smooth, impunctate; encarpe transverse, curved,

separated by the extreme apex of the clypeus; from the

latter a very short longitudinal groove extends upwards on

the front; antenne slender, rather more than three fourths

the length of the body, the third joint three times the length

of the second. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long ;

sides straight and nearly parallel from the base to beyond the

middle, thence very slightly converging to the apex, the

and Species of Gallerucine. 11

anterior angles thickened, nearly rectangular, the hinder ones

produced, very acute; disk smooth, impunctate. Llytra

much broader than the thorax, subquadrate-ovate, dilated

ehind the middle, their apices conjointly broadly rounded ;

above very convex, each elytron faintly excavated below the

basilar space, strongly and closely punctured; interspaces

(more especially on the outer disk) rugulose; on each elytron,

a short distance within the outer margin, is a slightly raised,

but distinct longitudinal costa.

Antipha pretiosa.

A, late oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra aut nigro-

picea, nitida, facie inferiore, antennis basi, thorace pedibusque

sordide flavis, tarsis (posticis quatuor basi exceptis) nigro-fuscis ;

elytris viridi-ceruleis aut viridi-violaceis, convexis, infra basin

transversim excavatis, intra marginem exteriorem leviter longi-

tudinaliter unicostatis; crebre fortiter punctatis, punctis prope

suturam substriatim dispositis.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak.

Head smooth, impunctate; front, just above the encarpa,

longitudinally strigose, impressed in the middle with a deep

fovea; encarpx transverse, curved, separated by the apex of

the clypeus ; antenne very slender, nearly equal to the body

in length, the third joint more than three times the length of

the second, the five to seven lower joints fulvous, the rest

nigro-fuscous or entirely black. Thorax at the base three times

as broad as long; sides straight, converging from base to

apex, the hinder angles produced, subacute, the anterior ones

slightly produced, obliquely truncate ; disk smooth, impunc-

tate, more or less stained with piceous. Scutellum shining

black. Elytra much broader than the thorax, oblong-ovate,

moderately dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely excavated

below the basilar space, strongly punctured; each elytron

near the outer margin with a distinct but only slightly raised

longitudinal costa.

Less convex than A. pulchella, the thorax rather shorter

and broader, its anterior angles more obliquely truncate, the

elytra more deeply excavated below the basilar space.

Antipha discoidalis.

A. late oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, nigro-

picea, nitida, capite pallide piceo, vertice seepe infuscato, thorace

pedibusque flavis; antennis extrorsum, tibiis apice tarsisque

fuscis; thorace levi, fulvo, lateribus fere rectis; elytris oblongis,

postice paullo ampliatis, convexis, infra basin transversim exca-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 9

118 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera

vatis, sat fortiter punctatis, punctis prope suturam substriatim

dispositis ; piceo-cyaneis, violaceo tinctis, singulis disco sordide

flavis.

Var. A. elytris fulvo-piceis, limbo cyaneo fere obsoleto.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Borneo.

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; lower portion of front longitu-

dinally strigose ; encarpz oblique, slightly curved, separated

by the apex of the clypeus; eyes prominent, shining black ;

antennee very slender, longer than the body, the third joint

nearly three times the length of the second. Thorax nearly

three times as broad as long; sides nearly straight and nearly

parallel, all the angles produced, the anterior ones obliquely

truncate, the hinder ones subacute; disk shining, impunctate.

Elytra broader than the thorax, oblong, slightly dilated pos-

teriorly, convex, transversely depressed below the basilar

space, strongly punctured, the puncturing on the inner disk

forming irregular longitudinal strie ; the yellow colour occu-

pies nearly the entire disk of each elytron, which may be

described as obscure flavous, irregularly bordered with cya-

neous.

Antipha Bretinghami.

A, oblonga, convexa, flava, nitida, postpectore scutelloque piceis,

antennis (basi exceptis), tibiis tarsisque posticis fuscis; thorace

lateribus fere parallelis, obsolete rotundatis, disco tenuiter sub-

remote punctato; elytris oblongo-ovatis, postice vix ampliatis,

convexis, infra basin vix depressis, minus fortiter et minus

crebre punctatis (interspatiis levibus), flavis, utrinque anguste

piceo limbatis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. India. Collected by Mr. Bretingham.

Head impunctate; encarpe transverse-quadrate, oblique,

widely separated by the broad apex of the clypeus ; antenne

filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the third joint

twice the length of the second ; the six or seven outer joints

fuscous. ‘Thorax three times as broad as long; sides nearly

parallel, obsoletely rounded, all the angles moderately pro-

duced, subacute; disk sparingly impressed with shallow punc-

tures. Hlytra broader than the thorax, oblong-ovate, scarcely

dilated posteriorly, convex, obsoletely depressed below the

basilar space, less strongly and less closely punctured than in

many allied species.

Antipha costata.

A, subrotundato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulvo-

picea aut picea, nitida, labro antennisque sordide flavis, his gracil-

and Species of Gallerucine. 119

limis ; thorace lateribus fere rectis, parallelis, disco obsolete trans-

versim excavato ; elytris subcrebre punctatis, utrinque tricostatis.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak.

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; encarpe oblique, transverse-

quadrate, separated (their extreme apices excepted) by the

clypeus ; antenne very slender, three fourths the length of

the body, the third joint nearly twice the length of the second.

Thorax more than three times as broad as long; sides straight

and nearly parallel, obsoletely converging at the extreme

apex, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the hinder ones

not produced, subacute ; disk sparingly and minutely punc-

tured, impressed across the middle with a broad, very shallow,

transverse depression, more marked on either side than on the

median line. Elytra much broader than the thorax, subqua-

drate-ovate, dilated posteriorly, very convex, transversely ex-

cavated below the basilar space, distinctly and somewhat

closely punctured, the puncturing stronger near the outer

margin ; outer disk of each elytron with three narrow, rather

strongly raised, longitudinal cost, which commence below

the shoulder and extend nearly to the apex.

The longitudinal coste on the elytra will at once divide

this species from its congeners.

Antipha frontalis.

A. breviter ovata, postice ampliata, sat valde convexa, sordide picea,

subnitida, antennis corpore longioribus nigris, pectore thoraceque

nigro-piceis, vertice fulvo bimaculato, labro, abdominis limbo fe-

moribusque posticis sordide flavis; thorace hic illic sparse punctato,

lateribus fere parallelis; elytris valde convexis, infra basin vix

transyersim excavatis, minus fortiter, subecrebre punctatis, pal-

lide piceis, sutura margineque exteriore paullo obscurioribus.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Singapore, a single specimen from Mr. Saunders’s

collection.

Vertex nearly covered with two parallel rotundate fulvous

spots ; encarpe transverse, contiguous; lower portion of front

finely impressed on the median line with a short longitudinal

groove; antenne slender, longer than the body, the third

joint nearly twice the length of the second. Thorax nearly

three times as broad as long; sides parallel, obsoletely rounded

in the middle, the anterior angles subobliquely truncate, their

outer edge laterally produced, the hinder angles produced,

subacute ; disk sparingly punctured. Elytra much broader

than the thorax, oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, very con-

vex, obsoletely impressed transversely below the pga space,

120 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

less closely and less strongly punctured than in the preceding

species.

Antipha Bennett, Hope.

Galeruca Bennetti, Gray, Zool. Mise. 1831, p. 29.

A. late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, piceo-fulva, nitida ; elytris

metallico violaceo micantibus, fortiter crebre punctatis.

Long. 44 lin.

Hab. Nepal. Type in Brit. Mus., also in my own collection.

Front impressed with a deep fovea; encarpe transverse,

separated (their extreme apices excepted) by the clypeus ;

third joint of antennz twice the length of the second. ‘Thorax

nearly three times as broad at the base as long; sides con-

verging from base to apex, the anterior angles produced, their

apices obtuse. lytra broader than the thorax, dilated pos-

teriorly, very convex, not depressed below the basilar space,

strongly and coarsely punctured, the interspaces thickened,

rugulose.

[To be continued. |

XIV.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—V. Calcispongie.

By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL.

[Continued from p, 75. ]

CorYNELLA, Zittel.

Scyphia auett.

Cnemidium p. p., Myrmecium p. p., Miinst., Klipst.

Eudea p. p., Hippahmus p. p., Lymnorea p.p., D’Orb.

¥,

Eudea, Diseudea, Polyenemiseudea, Siphonocelia p. p., Polycelia (Dis-

celia) p. p., Monotheles, Distheles, Epitheles p. p., From.

Monotheles p. p., Distheles, Endostoma, Polyendostoma, Rom.

Copanon, Distheles, Dycopanon, Cnemicopanon, Hallisidia, Pachytocia,

Holosphecion, Pom.

Sponge simple, more rarely compound. Individual persons

clavate, cylindrical, top-shaped- or pyriform, thick-walled.

Vertex truncate or convex. Stomachal cavity funnel-shaped,

more or less impressed, rarely reaching to the base, usually

divided at its lower end into a bundle of vertical tubes. Os-

culum of the central cavity often radiated by open radial

furrows. Into the stomachal cavity open radial canals, usually

curved outwards and downwards, which gradually become

finer as they depart from the stomachal cavity. Surface fur-

nished with the ostia of fine incurrent canals, which usually

open obliquely inwards and downwards, and run into the

radial canals of the stomachal cavity. Base sometimes with

a dense dermal layer.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 121

Skeletal fibres rather coarse, chiefly consisting of simple

bacillar spicules, among which, however, there are some scat-

tered large triradiates. -

The development of the canal-system forms the essential

character of this genus, and distinguishes it very definitely

from Peronella, with which it most nearly agrees externally.

The coarse radial canals of the stomachal cavity are always

present ; but, on the contrary, the incurrent tubules may some-

times become very fine, or, under circumstances, entirely dis-

appear. In the latter case, of course, the ostia of the surface

are absent. The constitution of these afferent canals varies

extraordinarily according to the species; in general they are

most strongly developed in the Triassic and Middle-Jurassic

species.

The stomachal cavity is also very variable. Sometimes it

becomes nearly tubular, as in Peronella, and reaches almost to

the base, but then always shows large canal-ostia ; sometimes

it forms only a shallow funnel, from which issues a bundle of

vertical and curvilinearly diverging coarse canals.

In spite of these differences, which strike even the passing

observer, with respect to the constitution of the stomachal

cavity and canal-system, the transition between the two ex-

tremes may be so completely demonstrated, that I have been

unable to determine to divide this series of forms into several

generic groups.

Fromentel, partly upon unimportant characters (occurrence

as single persons or in composite stocks, presence or absence

of an epitheca), and partly upon erroneous observations, has

established a whole series of genera, which, in my opinion,

are untenable.

The canal-system of Hudea, Diseudea, and Polycnemiseudea,

From., is decidedly incorrectly described, inasmuch as the

canals never pierce the wall. In Monotheles and Distheles the

stomachal cavity is not, as described by Fromentel, shallow

and superficial, but even in Monotheles stellata itself consider-

ably impressed, funnel-shaped, and divided into vertical tubes

at its lower extremity. A weak epitheca occurs at the base

of several species ; others, however, are quite naked.

The genus Corynella is distributed from the Trias up to

the uppermost Cretaceous. As typical species may be men-

tioned :—

a. From the Trias.

1. Myrmecium gracile, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Tat. i. figs. 26,

27.

2. Cnemidium pyriforme, Klipst. Beitr, Taf. xx. fig. 5.

122 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

. Eudea rosa, Laube, Fauna von St. Cass. Taf. 1. fig. 4.

. Onemidium astrottes, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 24.

. Scyphia capitata, Munst. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 12.

. Stellispongia clavosa, Laube, l. ¢. Taf. 1. fig. 3.

S> Or

b. From the Jura.

1. Spongia lagenaria, Lamx. Exp. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 4; Mich.

Ic. pl. lvi. fig. 5.

Diseudea lagenaria, From. Tntr. pl. i. fig. 5.

2. Hallirhoa lycoperdioides, Lamx. Exp. pl. Ixxviii. fig. 2;

Mich. Ic. pl. lvii. fig. 6.

3. Alcyonttes costata, Stahl. Correspondenzbl. wiirtt. landw.

Ver. 1824, p. 84, fig. 29.

Spongites astrophorus alatus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxiy. figs. 54-57.

4. Corynella Quenstedti, Zitt.

Spongites astrophorus caloporus and cornucopi@, Quenst. Petr. Taf.

exxiv. figs. 58-64.

5. Corynella stolata, Zitt.

Spongites astrophorus stolatus and parabolis, Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxiv. _

figs. 65-69.

6. Parendea cornuta, Etal. Leth. Bruntr. pl. lvi. fig. 31.

7. Cnemidum astrophorum p.p., Goldf. Taf. xxxv. fig. 8, a,c.

8. Crispispongia solitaria, Quenst. Petr. exxiv. figs. 51—

9. Parendea prismatica, Htal. ib. pl. lix. fig. 1.

10. Cnemidium parvum, Etal. ib. pl. lix. fig. 2.

11. Cnemidium capitatum, Minst. Goldf. Taf. xxxv. fig. 9.

12. Stphonocelia globosa, From. Pol. Cor. de Gray, pl. xv.

13. Siphonocelia stellifera, Fvom. ib. pl. xv. fig. 4.

14. Stiphonocelia pyriformis, From. ib. pl. xv. fig. 5.

15. Siphonocelia aspera, From. ib. pl. xv. fig. 6.

16. Discelia champlitiensis, From. ib. pl. xv. fig. 7.

17. Madrespongia madreporata, Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxiv.

figs. 70-72.

Cnenndium astrophorum, Goldf. Taf. xxxv. fig. 83.

18. Polycnemiseudea corallina, From. Introd. pl. 1. fig. 6.

ec. Hrom the Cretaceous.

1. Scyphia excavata, Rim. Nordd. Ool.

Siphonocelia truncata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 5.

2. Stphonocelia neocomiensis, From, Cat. Rais. pl. 1. fig. 2.

? Polyendostoma pyriforme, Rom. Spongit. Tab. i. fig. 5.

3. Distheles excavaia, Rém. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 19.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 123

Eudea globosa, Rim. ib. Taf. i. fig. 1.

Monotheles punctata, Rom. ib. Taf. i. fig. 17.

Monotheles stellata, From. Introd. pl. ii. fig. 6.

Distheles depressa, From. Introd. pl. u. fig. 7.

Distheles inflata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. il. fig. 5.

. Distheles pediculata, From. ib. pl. in. fig. 1.

10. Scyphia foraminosa, Goldf. Taf. xxxi. fig. 4.

Endostoma foraminosum, Rom. Spongit. Taf. xiv. fig. 6.

11. Scyphia tetragona, Goldf. tab. ii. fig. 2.

Endostoma tetragonum, Rom. Spongit. Taf. xiv. fig. 7.

Polyendostoma sociale, Rom. ib. Taf. xiv. fig. 4.

So 0 ae

Myrmecium, Goldf.

(Petr. Germ. p. 18.)

Cnemidium p. p., Goldf.

Epitheles p.p., From.

Myrmecium, ? Gymnomyrmecium, Pom.

Sponge small, hemispherical, spherical, or cylindrical, nar-

rowed below, shortly pedunculate, at the base with a smooth

or concentrically wrinkled dermal layer, which sometimes also

coats the whole of the sides. Vertex convex, with a round

osculum in the middle, serving as an opening to a narrow

tubular stomachal cavity, which traverses the whole sponge-

body vertically. There are also numerous small poriform

ostia distributed on the surface wherever it is not clothed with

the covering layer.

In the central cavity terminate rather stout radial canals,

which follow a curved course from without and below, and

are furcate in the vicinity of the surface. Their ostia are

generally placed in longitudinal series in the wall of the

central tube. Other straight canals penetrate into the sponge-

body obliquely inwards and downwards from the superficial

ostia.

The skeleton consists of a narrow-meshed tissue of rather

thin anastomosing fibres, usually composed of calcite, rarely

of silica. I have been unable to recognize spicules with

perfect certainty ; but certain parts of the calcite fibres appear

to me to contain three- or four-rayed stars.

This genus is distinguished from Corynella chiefly by the

fine skeletal fibres, the narrow central cavity, and the greatly

developed covering layer, which is always present and _fre-

quently envelops the sponge-body up to the vertex. It is

for the present not very sharply defined; but the Upper-Ju-

rassie species belonging to it bear so peculiar a stamp that

I could not resolve to unite them with Corynedla.

124 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

1. Myrmecium hemisphericum, Goldf. Taf. vi. fig. 12.

Cnemidium rotula, Goldf. Taf. vi. fig. 6.

Spongites rotula, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxvi. figs. 1-41.

. var. biretiformis, Quenst. 1. c. figs. 2-4, 6, 7.

. var. foliata, Quenst. /. c. fig. 5.

var. cylindrata, Quenst. 1. c. figs. 8-10.

. var. coniformis, Quenst. . ¢. figs. 11-13.

var. pedunculata, Quenst. 1. c. figs. 14-18, 30, 31.

j- var. longiceps, Quenst. l. c. figs. 21-26.

2. Spongites indutus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxvi. figs. 42-46.

3. Spongites circumseptus, Quenst. ib. Taf. cxxvi. figs. 55-

ot.

SQ SS

? Hreparimus, Lamx.

Hippalimeudea, From. (non Hippalimus, D’Orb., Rom. &e.).

Sponge mushroom- or umbrella-shaped, pedunculate ; ver-

tex with a wide funnel-shaped central cavity. The sloping

sides of the conical umbrella set with oscula. Lower surface

of the umbrella, stem, and wall of the central cavity smooth,

without oscula.

I know this genus only from figures, and am consequently

uncertain about its systematic position. Possibly it belongs

to the order Lithistidee.

The single species, /7. lobatus, Lamx., Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxix.

fig. 1, is from the Cenomanian of Villers in Calvados.

Lymnorea, Lamx.

Mamillipora, Bronn.

LIymnoreotheles, From.

Iymmnorea, Placorea, Pom,

Sponge nodular, consisting of verruciform, mamilliform, or

elobular individuals, which are grown together and covered

by a common, thick, and wrinkled basal epidermis. At the

vertex of each individual there is a simple, sometimes radiate,

and not very deep osculum.

Of the typical species of this genus I possess only insuffi-

cient material, which gives me no certain information as to

the nature of the oscula and the depth of the stomachal cavity.

In a specimen from Ranville [ have made sections of several

of the round heads: the shallow oscula, into which a number

of radial canals opened, then soon disappeared; but there re-

mained, instead of them, upon the cut surface, some scattered

round sections of fine vertical canals; and that these traversed

the whole sponge-body appears from the fact that on cutting

through the base of the common peduncle a bundle of fine

canal-sections was visible in the centre. The oscula conse-

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 125

quently appear to be continued downwards into simple fine

tubes.

The only species which certainly belongs here occurs in

the Middle Jura :—

Lymnorea mamillaris, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxix. figs. 2-4;

Mich. Ie. pl. lvu. fig. 10.

STELLISPONGIA, D’Orb.

Manon, Achilleum, Cnemidium auctt.

Stellispongia, D’Orb.

Stellispongia, Enaulofungia, Diasterofungia, From.

Stellispongia, Iimnoretheles p. p., Laube.

Stellispongia, Asterospongia, Desmospongia, Didesmospongia, Cerio-

spongia, Etal.

Ateloracia, Cnemiracia, Holoracia, Trachysphecion, Pom.

Sponge simple or, more frequently, composite. Individuals

globular, semiglobular, clavate, or cylindrical; stock often

nodular, clothed, almost always at the base, and sometimes

also on the sides, with a thick, wrinkled, dermal layer. Ver-

tex convex, with a shallow radiate osculum, into which open

a larger or smaller number of efferent canals. The round

ostia of the latter are situated partly at the bottom, partly on

the sides of the osculum; the former are connected with

vertical, the latter with radial canals. The uppermost radial

canals are frequently open, and then form more or less im-

pressed radial furrows. Over all the rest of the surface of

the sponge-body, so far as it is not covered with epitheca,

there are smaller ostia, connected with vertical or oblique

incurrent canals.

The anastomosing skeletal fibres are generally of consider-

able thickness.

I have limited D’Orbigny’s name Stellispongia to those

calcareous sponges which are characterized by radiate oscula

into which vertical and radial canals open, and by numerous

smaller ostia on the surface. ‘The round orifices at the bottom

of the oscula have previously often been overlooked, but they

are wanting in no true Stellispongia.

Fromentel’s genus Hnaulofungia is founded upon an erro-

neous observation ; for upon the typical species (4. corallina)

itself the ostia on the surface are very distinctly developed.

The species belonging to this genus are from the Trias

Jura, and Cretaceous.

a. From the Trias.

1. Cnemidium rotulare, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. i. fig. 20.

Cnemidium Manon, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig, 20°

Cremidium astroites, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig. 24.

126 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongice.

2. Cnemidium variabile, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. figs. 21-23.

Cnemidium turbinatum, Mist. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 19.

Cnemidium stellare, Klipst. Oest. Alp. Taf. xx. fig. 6.

Cnemidium concinnum, Kipst. ib. Taf. xx. fig. 7.

3. Tragos hybridum, Minst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 16.

b. From the Jura.

1. Spongia stellata, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 13.

Spongia umbellata, Mich. Ie. pl. lvii. fig. 1.

2. Enaulofungia corallina, From. Introd. pl. it. fig. 11.

Enaulofungia globosa, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 1.

Cnemidium pisiforme and rotula, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. figs. 6, 7.

Asterospongia corallina, tal. Leth. Taf. lix. figs. 8, 9.

3, Spongites glomeratus, Quenst. Jura, Taf. Ixxxiv. figs. 10,

11.

Didesmospongia Thurmanni, Etal. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 3.

Stellispongia pertusa, aperta, hybrida, and glomerata, Ktal. Leth.

pl. lix. figs. 4-7.

Cnemidium stellatum, Mich. Ic. pl. xxvi. fig. 8.

? Asterospongia rugosa, Etal. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 10.

4. Ceriospongia mundus-stellatus, Ktal. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 11.

Diasterofungia mundistellata, From. Coll. de Lem. pl. xii. fig. 13,

5. Ceriospongia bernensis, ital. Leth. pl. lix. fig. 12.

6. Spongites semicinctus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxv. figs. 2-9.

ce. From the Cretaceous.

1. Stellispongia sequana, From. Cat. Rais. pl. i. fig. 2.

2. ? Stellispongia subglobosa, Rim. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 20.

SESTROSTOMELLA, Zittel.

Tremospongia p. p., D’Orb.

Sparsispongia p. p., Tremospongia p. p., From.

Sparsispongia p.p., Diestosphecion p. p., Pom.

Spongites p. p., Nudispongia, Quenst.

Paleojerea, Laube.

Sponge simple, or more frequently compound, tufted or com-

osed of verruciform individuals standing on a common base.

Individuals distinctly separated, cylindrico-clavate or semi-

globular; vertex with a shallow, sometimes radiate osculum,

into which a great number of round ostia of vertical tubular

efferent canals open. Surface porous, naked, or the base and

sometimes also a part of the sides clothed with a dermal

layer.

The calcareous sponges belonging to this genus have

hitherto been described under the names of Sparsispongia, °

vemospongia, or Paleojerea. Under the name of Sparsi-

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 127

spongia, D’Orbigny understood chiefly certain Stromatopore

furnished with pores, as well as some calcareous sponges from

the Upper Cretaceous, which were placed by Fromentel under

Tremospongia. Of all the species of Sparsispongia mentioned

in the “‘ Prodrome,” not a single one belongs to the present

genus, whilst our diagnosis of Sestrostomella embraces most

of the Sparsispongie and a part of the Tremospongie of Fro-

mentel. Fromentel distinguishes these two genera principally

according to the absence or presence of an epitheca. But that

so unessential and inconstant a character cannot be employed

for the discrimination of genera among the sponges any more

than among corals, is most clearly seen in the fossil Calci-

spongie, among which, on account of this difference, we

should have to place in different genera forms which agree

perfectly in all other essential characters.

As Fromentel has applied D’Orbigny’s names Tremospongia

and Sparsispongia quite arbitrarily, and D’Orbigny himself

characterizes them by very indefinite and, in part, erroneous

diagnoses, I regard it as advisable to drop both names.

The genus Sestrostomella occurs from the Trias up to the

Cretaceous.

a. Hrom the Trias.

1. Palegerea gracilis, Laube, St. Cass. Taf. i. fig. 4.

2. Sestrostomella robusta, Zitt.

Epeudea sp., Loretz, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 1875, p. 882.

b. From the Jura.

1. Jerea biceps, Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxvii.

Sep. Abz. Taf. i. fig. 9.

2. Spongites (Nudispongia) cribratus, Quenst. Petr. Taf.

cxxv. figs. 14-18.

c. From the Cretaceous.

1. Sparsispongia flabellata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iii. fig. 6.

2. Sparsispongia varians, From. ib. pl. iii. fig. 8.

3. Tremospongia bullata, From. Introd. pl. iv. fig. 10.

4. Sparsispongia sulcata, Loriol, Kt. Val. Arz. pl. ix.

fig. 4.

os Sparsispongia gemmata, Lor. ib. pl. ix. figs. 5-7.

6. Tremospongia valanginiensis, Loy. ib. pl. ix. fig. 1.

7. Tremospongia divaricata, Lor. ib. pl. ix. fig. 2.

8. Sparsispongia brevicauda, Lor. Urg. Land. pl. v.

figs. 19-21, pl. vi. fig. 8.

9. Sparsispongia abnormis, Lor. ib. pl. vi. figs. 3-6.

10. Sparsispongia expansa, Lor. ib. pl. vi. fig. 7.

128 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongic.

BLASTINIA, Zittel.

Achilleum p. p., Goldf.

Actinospongia p. p.. Pterosmila p.p., Pom.

Astrospongia p. p., Etal.

Tetrasmila p. p., From.

Sponge bud-like or clavate, simple, gradually narrowed

below into a peduncle. Vertex with radially converging,

more or less deep constrictions, which are continued over half

or more of the height of the sponge. The lower half is coated

with a wrinkled dermal layer; the upper half naked, rough,

and porous. Skeleton consisting of vermiform interwoven

fibres. Central cavity, ostia, and canals wanting.

This genus in many respects resembles Stellispongia, but

is easily distinguished by the want of an orifice furnished with

tubes in the vertex, and of a canal-system.

Pomel refers the typical species (Achillewm costatum, Goldt.)

to Actinospongia, D’Orb.; but in A. ornata, upon which

D’Orbigny had founded his genus, he remarks the presence

of ‘perforant proctides’’ both in the furrows and on the

coste of the vertex. According to these characters, Actino-

spongia, D’Orb., should be identical with Stellispongia.

I believe also that Spongites alatus, Quenst., must be re-

ferred here, as the structure of several specimens from the

Blauthal exactly agrees with that of Achilleum costatum.

But whether Certopora alata, Goldf. (Taf. xi. fig. 8), is iden-

tical therewith, I regard as doubtful, notwithstanding the

external resemblance. ‘The state of preservation of the silici-

fied specimens from Franconia permits no examination of the

microstructure ; and from the general habit I should regard

the small-winged bodies which Fromentel refers to the genus

Tetrasmila, and Pomel to Pterosmila, rather as Hydractinie

or Bryozoa. Now that M. Steinmann* has demonstrated

that Thalamospongia at least belongs to the Hydractiniz, the

whole family Porosmiline of Pomel, with the genera Zhala-

mospongia, D’Orb., Porosmila, From., Heterosmila, Pom.,

Ceelosmila, Pom., Pterosmila, Pom., and Cladosmila, Pom.,

ought also probably to be removed to the same group.

All the species are from the Upper Jura.

1. Achilleum costatum, Goldf. Taf. xxxiv. fig. 7.

Spongites costatus, Quenst. Petr. exxv. figs. 19-25.

2. ? Actinospongia subcostata, Etal. Class. p. 150.

3. Spongites alatus, Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxv. figs. 24, 25.

* Paleeontographica, xxv.

s ’

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 129

SYNOPELLA, Zittel.

Tremospongia p. p., Sparsispongia p. p., D’Orb.; From.

Tremospongia, Orosphecion, Aplosphecion, Pom.

Sponge composite, rarely simple, hemispherical or nodular.

Upper surface plain, convex, or warty, with irregularly scat-

tered oscula, which are formed by the separated openings of

two or more large excurrent canals. Besides these oscula,

the surface is furnished with small ostia of fine incurrent

tubules. Base, and frequently also the sides, coated with a

thick wrinkled dermal layer. Skeletal fibres coarse.

This genus is difficult to define sharply from Stellispongia

and Sestrostomella, although the typical species bear a pecu-

liar stamp. Ifthe oscula are radiated by radial canals, as

now and then occurs, the distinction from Stellispongia is

difficult ; if, on the other hand, the roundish heads project

more definitely from the mass, transitions towards Sestrosto-

mella are produced. ‘To the present genus I refer only nodu-

lar forms in which the individuals are not sharply defined,

but amalgamated with each other.

The species are distributed through the different horizons

of the Cretaceous formation.

1. Lymnorea spherica, Mich. Ie. pl. li. fig. 16.

2. Tremospongia plana, From. Introd. pl. iv. fig. 10.

3. Manon pulvinarium, Goldf. Tab. xxix. fig. 7.

OcuLOSPONGIA, Fromentel.

Manon, Goldf.

Oculispongia p. p., Tremospongia p.p., Rom.

Oculospongia, Sphecidion, Pom,

Sponge nodular or clavate, massive; vertex with but

slightly scattered, circular oscula, from which tubular canals

penetrate into the skeletal mass. Outer surface with or with-

out a wrinkled dermal layer. Skeleton consisting of coarse

anastomosing fibres.

This genus is distinguished from Synopella merely by its

simple circular oscula, which are not composed of several

apertures. Jurassic and Cretaceous.

21. Spongites sella and binoculatus, Quenst. Petr. cxxvi.

figs. 58, 59.

. Oculospongia neocomiensis, From. Introd. pl. ii. fig. 8.

. Tremospongia dilatata, Rom. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 24.

24. Limnorea mamillaris, Rim. Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 14.

Oculospongia flabellata, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iii. fig. 4.

Oculospongia tirregularis, Loriol, Land. pl. v. fig. 18.

Go bo

130 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

7. Manon capitatum, Goldf. Taf. 1. fig. 4.

8. Manon tubuliferum, Goldf. Taf. 1. fig. 5.

CRISPISPONGIA, Quenstedt.

Manon p. p., Goldf.

Conispongra, Ktal., Pom.

Crispispongia p. p. Quenst.

Verrucospongia p. p., Laube.

Sponge nodular, polymorphic, sometimes consisting of thick,

contorted, and amalgamated leaves, usually adherent by a

broad base to foreign bodies. Whole surface, or only the

vertex, coated with a dense, smooth dermal layer, in which

there are rather large, round or distorted, frequently margined

oscula; these are either quite shallow or sunk into the sponge-

mass in the form of a funnel, often furnished with canal-ostia

at the bottom. The skeleton consists of coarse anastomosing

fibres. Canal-system indistinctly developed.

Goldfuss admirably figured two species of the present genus

under the name of Manon peziza, on Taf. xxxiv. fig. 8, a, b.

Etallon (Classif. Spong. du Haut-Jura, p. 149) subsequently

established the genus Condspongia for a conical species from

the Coral Rag of Valfin; but as this name is quite inappli-

cable to all the other species, I have adopted the designation

Crispispongia proposed by (uenstedt, but confine this name

to the forms indicated below.

I am acquainted with a still undescribed species from the

Trias of St. Cassian (like Verrucospongia crassa, Laube,

Taf. i. fig. 13); all the rest occur in the Upper Jura.

1. Crispispongia pezizoides, Litt.

Manon pexiza p. p., Goldf, Taf. xxiv. fig. 8, a.

2. Crispispongia expansa, Quenst. Petr. Taf. exxiv. figs.

38-47.

3. Conispongia Thurmannt, Etal. Actes Soc. Jur. d’Emul.

1860, p. 149, fig. 16.

[LASMOSTOMA, Fromentel.

Tragos p. p., Manon p. p., Spongia p. p., auctt.

Elasmostoma, Porostoma p. p., Chenendroscyphia p. p., From.

Tragos p.p. Chenendopora p.p., Elasmostoma, Cupulospongia Peps,

Rom.

Elasmostoma, Trachypenia, Coniatopenia, Pom.

Sponge usually consisting of a rather thin, curved leaf, but

sometimes funnel-shaped or cup-shaped. One surface with a

smooth dermal layer, in which are very shallow oscula of a

roundish or irregular form. Opposite surface naked, porous.

Canal-system wanting.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie. 131

Skeletal fibres coarse, apparently formed principally of

uniaxial, frequently curved bacillar spicules and scattered tri-

radiates.

All the species occur in the Cretaceous.

1. Tragos acutimargo, Rim. Nordd. Ool. Taf. xvii. fig. 26 ;

Spongit. Taf. i. fig. 21.

Elasmostoma frondescens, From. Introd. pl. iii. fig. 6,

2. Elasmostoma neocomiense, Loriol, Descr. anim. invert.

foss. Néoc. du Mont-Saleéve, pl. xxii. figs. 1, 2.

. Chenendroscyphia crassa, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iv. fig. 2.

. Porostoma porosa, From. ib. pl. ii. fig. 3.

. Chenendroscyphia mamillata, From. ib. pl. 1. fig. 4.

. Elasmostoma cupula, Rom. Spongit. Taf. 1. fig. 22.

. Oculospongia polymorpha, Rim. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 16.

. Manon macropora, Sharpe, Q. J. G. S. x. pl. v. figs. 3, 4.

9. Cupulospongia Normanniana, D’Orb. Prodr. 1. p. 188.

Manon peziza, Mich. Ic. pl. xxxvi. fig. 5,

10. Manon peziza p. p., Goldf. Taf. xxix. fig. 8.

11. Cupulospongia consobrina, D’Orb. Prodr. ii. fig. 188.

Manon peziza p. p., Goldf. Taf. 1. figs. 7, 8.

Manon stellatum, Goldf. Taf. i. fig. 9.

12. Spongia Trigert, Mich. Ic. pl. lit. fig. 2.

Oo Cup Oo

DreLostoma, Fromentel (non Rém.).

Forospongia p.p., D’Orb.

Like Zlasmostoma, but both surfaces furnished with smooth

epidermis and shallow oscula. Cretaceous.

1. Diplostoma neocomiensis, From. Introd. pl. in. fig. 3.

PHARETROSPONGIA, Sollas.

Manon p. p., Chenendopora p.p., auctt.

Cupulispongia p. p., D’Orb.

Cupulochonia p. p., From.

Cupulospongia, Phlyctia, Trachyphlyctia, ? Heterophlyctia, ? Heteropenia,

Pom.

Pharetrospongia, Sollas.

Sponge cup-, funnel-, or leaf-shaped ; in the last case the

thick-walled leaf always bent or folded. Upper surface

=inner surface) usually smooth, with very small oscula or

only simple pores. Outer surface rough, porous. Canal-sys-

tem deficient, or consisting of fine tubes, which penetrate from

both surfaces into the wall. Skeleton consisting of anasto-

mosing vermiform fibres, which are entirely composed of

simple bacillar spicules.

As Mr. Sollas has so admirably described (Quart. Journ.

132 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Calcispongie.

Geol. Soc. 1877, p. 242) the microstructure and characters of

the organization of Pharetrospongia Strahant, I extend this

name to a number of calcareous sponges of similar structure

and form which have hitherto generally been referred to

Cupulospongia, D’Orb., or Cupulochonia, From. Under these

names, however, the most different Hexactinellide, Lithistide,

and Calcispongiz have been thrown together; so that it does

not seem advisable to maintain either of them.

I have somewhat altered Sollas’s diagnosis, and associated

with the typical species (P. Strahanz), which consists of a

folded leaf, a series of cup-shaped sponges which agree in

their other essential characters. The genus has thus certainly

attained a wide extent and a somewhat vague limitation; but

some unsuccessful attempts to break it up into several

genera have led me constantly back to the union of all the

forms cited below. Very frequently the state of preservation

causes notable differences which did not originally exist.

Thus, probably, all the species in which both surfaces are of a

rough and porous texture must have lost the smooth thin

epidermis, which is so beautifully preserved in certain speci-

mens from Farringdon, Essen, and Maestricht.

The development or the absence of canals depends, on the

one hand, upon the size of the oscula and ostia, and, on the

other, upon the coarser or finer meshes of the skeletal network.

In Cupulospongia farringdonensis, for example, there is a

double system of efferent and incurrent canals, whilst other

species are entirely destitute of canals.

If we give the genus Pharetrospongia the increased exten-

sion proposed by me, it contains species from the Trias up to

the uppermost Cretaceous.

a. From the Trias.

1. Achilleum patellare, Miinst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 6.

b. From the Jura.

1. Spongia helvelloides, Lamx. Exp. Méth. pl. Ixxxiv.

figs. 1-3.

c. From the Cretaceous.

1. Cupulochonia cupuliformis, From. Introd. pl. in. fig. 5.

2. Cupulospongia tenurpora, Rom. Spongit. Taf. ii. fig. 7.

3. Chenendopora multiformis, Rém. ib. Taf. i. fig. 13, and

il. fig. 2.

Ag Cupulochonia sequana, From. Cat. Rais. pl. iv. fig. 1.

5. Cupulochonia tenuicula, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 3.

6. Cupulochonia profunda, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 4.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongie. 133

?7. Cupulochonia spissa, From. ib. pl. iv. fig. 5.

8. Cupulochonia exquisita, Loriol, Arzier. pl. ix. figs. 9,

10.

9. Cupulochonia *insueta, Loriol, ib. pl. ix. fig. 11.

10. Cupulochonia Couloni, Loriol, Urg. Land. pl. vi.

fig. 17, and vii. figs. 1, 2.

11. Cupulochonia sabaudiana, Loriol, ib. pl. vii. figs. 7-9.

12. Cupulochonia Hisely?, Loriol, ib. pl. vii. figs. 11, 12.

13. Manon farringdonensis, Sharpe, Q. J. G. S. x. pl. v.

figs. 5, 6.

Chentiidopora Fungiformis, Mant. (non Mich.) Medals, i. p. 228.

14. Cupulospongia subpeziza, D’Orb. Prodr. Et. 22, no.

1521.

Manon pexza, Goldf. Taf. v. fig. 1.

215. Spongia boletiformis, Mich. Ic. pl. i. fig. 1.

216. Epitheles multiformis, Rim. Spongit. Taf. xiv. fig. 2.

PACHYTILODIA, Zittel.

Seyphia p. p., Goldf.

Hippalimus p. p., Rom,

Sponge funnel-shaped or pyriform, large, very thick-walled,

with a broad depression in the vertex. Base furnished with

a smooth covering layer. Rest of the surface naked, without

special oscula or canal-openings. Skeleton consisting of a

coarse-meshed net of very thick, curved, anastomosing calca-

reous fibres, which sometimes coalesce to form regular lamelle

and vesicles, and among which the circulation of water took

place without any special canal-system.

This genus is distinguished trom Pharetrospongia by its

thick skeletal fibres, the complete absence of a canal-system,

and its very thick wall.

The typical species, Seyphia infundibuliformis, Goldf.,

Taf. v. fig. 2 (Quenst. Petr. Taf. cxxxii. figs. 1-3), occurs

frequently in the Tourtia of Essen.

Lerosponaia, D’Orbigny*.

Achilleum p. p., Munst.

Leiofungia, From.

Leiospongia, Aulacopagia, Lenopagia, ? Elasmopagia, Pom,

Sponge nodular or branched, on the sides with a smooth or

* The position of this genus among the Pharetrones cannot be regarded

as perfectly certain until spicules have been detected in the skeletal fibres.

Possibly Letospongia, like most species of the genera Actinofungia, From.,

Actinospongia, D’Orb., and Amorphospongia, D’Orb., in which the skele-

ton consists of anastomosing calcareous fibres, is nearly allied to certain

calcareous Iydrozoa (Millepora).

Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 10

134 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Caleispongie.

concentrically wrinkled surface ; vertex consisting of a curled,

rather coarse tissue of anastomosing calcareous fibres, which

also composes the interior of the sponge-body. The circula-

tion of water could only take place in the interstices of the

skeleton.

In this genus I have been unable to detect spicules in the

calcareous fibres. All the thin sections which I have prepared

of specimens from St. Cassian or from the Seeland Alp ex-

hibit a crystalline-radiate structure.

By Laube several true Bryozoa were united with Letofun-

gia, Cribroscyphia, and Actinofungia; and Pomel also refers

a true Bryozoan (Catenipora spongiosa, Klipst.) to Aulaco-

pagia. All these forms may easily be distinguished from the

fibrous sponges by their tubular structure.

I am acquainted with the genus Levospongia only from the

Alpine Trias.

1. Achilleum milleporatum, Minst. Beitr. iv. Taf. 1. fig. 5.

2. Achilleum radiciforme, Mist. ib. Taf. 11. fig. 20.

3. Achilleum verrucosum, Miinst. ib. Taf. i. fig. 1.

4, Achillewm subcariosum, Mist. ib. Taf. i.*fig. 2.

5. Achilleum reticulare, Miinst. ib. Taf. iv. fig. 4.

Non Letofungia reticularis, Laube, St. Cass. Taf. ii. fig. 8.

6. Achilleum rugosum, Miinst. ib. Taf. 1. fig. 3.

Family 4. Sycones, Hiickel.

Wall regularly composed of straight unbranched canals or

tubes, directed radially towards the axis of the stomach

(radial canals, radial tubes). Skeletal spicules regularly

radially arranged; dermal and gastral skeletons separated

from the parenchyma-skeleton.

ProTOSYCON, Zittel.

Seyphia p. p., Goldf.

Siphonoceha p. p., From.

Sponge simple, cylindrical or clavate, narrowed below, with

a wide tubular central cavity extending to the base. The

wall consists of hollow radial cones, placed in layers one

above the other, with their bases towards the central cavity

and their apices directed outwards. These hollow cones,

opening inwards, produce, on the wall of the central cavity,

numerous ostia, arranged in longitudinal rows, and leading

into the hollow cones. As the latter are narrowed outwards

and terminate in a truncated head, conical interspaces, but

pointed inwards, are formed between; and if both the hollow

cones and interspaces are filled with rock matter, it appears

Mr. G. E. Dobson on a new Species of Vesperugo, 135

as if the wall were furnished with two kinds of radial canals,

one set opening into the central cavity, while the others

commence about the middle of the wall and widen outwards.

The skeleton appears to be composed chiefly of tri- and

quadriradiate spicules ; I have, however, never succeeded in

distinctly displaying their form in thin sections.

I have no hesitation in referring this elegant genus to the

Sycones. The whole external form of the cylindrical sponge-

body, its construction of radial tubes, the numerous serially

arranged ostia on the wall of the central cavity, and, finally,

the mesh-like interspaces on the outer surface agree in a

remarkable manner with certain living Sycones. It is, how-

ever, impossible to assign it precisely to a place among the

recent genera, on account of the imperfect preservation of

the skeletal spicules.

‘The typical species has been well figured by Goldfuss

(Taf. i. fig. 10) as Scyphia punctata. It occurs, not very

abundantly, in the middle sponge-limestone of the White

Jura. The skeleton almost always consists of calcite, and

shows indistinct spicular structure. Rarely also specimens

with a silicified skeleton occur; and one of these must have

been taken by O. Schmidt for his figure (Atlant. Spong.

Taf. i. fig. 21). The fragment probably shows the surface of

the wall of the stomachal cavity with the ostia of the radial

tubes, which stand in regular rows, and thus somewhat

remind us of the Hexactinellide. That O. Schmidt indicates

canals in the skeletal fibres is due to an illusion, at least if the

figure in question belongs to Scyphia punctata.

In Quenstedt’s ‘ Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands’ there are

good figures of Scyphia punctata (Taf. cxxxi. figs. 24-27).

XV.—Deseription of a new Species of Vesperugo from Ber-

muda. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., &e.

Vesperugo vagans, n. sp.

Kars short, triangular, like those of V. pipistrellus; the tragus

reaches its greatest width in the upper third, its inner margin

is slightly concave above, the outer margin straight in the lower

two thirds, with a small rounded lobe at the base, not suc-

ceeded by an emargination, upper margin broadly rounded

off, in general outline, on the whole, like that of V. maurus.

Postcaleaneal lobe well developed; the last rudimentary

caudal vertebra alone free.

Fur, above, dark reddish brown ; beneath similar, but paler

10*

136 © Dr. A. Gunther on two new Specics of Fishes.

at the extremities. The fur of the body extends upon the

wing-membranes for a short distance above and beneath, and

a very few hairs appear behind the forearm upon the under

surface of the membranes 5 otherwise they are naked.

The upper incisors resemble those of V. Teneminckii more

than those of any other species ; the inner ones are moderately

long and unieuspidate, the outer incisor on each side very

short and conical, scarcely exceeding the cingulum of the

inner incisor in vertical extent, but nearly equal to it in cross

section at the base; lower incisors nearly at right angles to

the direction of the jaws, trifid, and crowded; first upper

premolar extremely small, and with difficulty seen even with

the aid of a lens, in the inner angle between the closely ap-

proximated canine and second premolar.

Length (of the type, an adult female preserved in alco-

hol), head and body 2-0, tail 1-8, head 0'°65, ear 0”5,

tragus 02, forearm 1'°55, thumb 0-3; third finger—I1st ph.

1'-45, 2nd ph. 0"°6, 3rd ph. 0°75 ; fifth finger—Ist ph. 1'"3,

2nd ph. 0'°35, 3rd ph. 0°35 ; tibia 06, foot 0-38.

Hab. Bermuda. ‘Type in the collection of the British

Museum.

The form of the upper incisors and the very small size of

the first upper premolars at once distinguish this species.

Externally it probably resembles V. maurus of Europe and

Asia most closely.

The occurrence of a new species on the small island of

Bermuda, 600 miles distant from the mainland, is very re-

markable; but I have little doubt that this species will be

found hereafter on the continent of America.

XVI.—WNotice of two new Species of Fishes from the South

Seas. By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

Tue Museum Godeffroy has recently received, through its

collectors, two interesting new species of fishes from the

South Seas, which may be characterized as follows :—

Magramma giganieum.

D. +3. A.#. LL. lat. 85.

The height of the body is contained twice and two thirds

in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

twice and four fifths. The maxillary does not extend to the

vertical from the front margin of the eye. Preoperculum

M..A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. Lay

with the posterior limb vertical and finely serrated. Dorsal

spines of moderate strength. Upper margin of the soft dorsal

convex ; dorsals continuous, but separated from each other by

a deep notch. Caudal emarginate; anal with long anterior

and short posterior rays. Upper and lateral parts dark olive-

coloured, each scale with two, three, or more whitish dots. A

black line along the hind margin of the praoperculum.

Of this species a gigantic example, 3 feet long, has been

sent by Herr Kubary from Ponapé. The collector says that

it exceeds sometimes one metre in length, and that the natives

eall it ‘ Koil.”

Spherodon euanus.

De. Aste chelate d1.. Leatransv. 5/17,

Hye very large, one third the length of the head, equal

io the width of the interorbital space, and more than the

height of the preorbital. Scales on the cheek in four series,

forming together a narrow vertical band. Dorsal spines rather

feeble, broader on one side than on the other, the longest

being a little shorter than the eye. The third anal spine much

longer than the second. ‘The first ventral ray produced into

afilament. Coloration uniform, without any spots on the

vertical fins. Posterior half of the pectoral fin light-coloured ;

base of the pectoral without black.

One specimen, 13 inches long, from Kua, Friendly

Islands.

XVII.—Notes towards the Ilistory of the Genus Entoniscus.

By A. GIARD*.

[Plate X.]

J. HisroriIcau.

Amost all the zoologists who have studied the parasitic

Cirripedes belonging to the group Suctoria have been induced

also to pay attention to certain Isopod Crustacea of the family

Bopyride, the history of which is intimately bound up with

that of those animals. This was my own case when, in 1873,

I commenced my researches upon Sacculina carcini. In fact

this parasite itself bears a parasite, Cryptoniscus larveeformis,

upon which I have already published some preliminary re-

* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Journal de ?Anato-

mie et Physiologie, 1878, pp. 675-709,

138 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

marks*. In order to elucidate some doubtful points in the

degraded organization of the Cryptonisc’, I was obliged to

have recourse to the examination of other Bopyride of less

anomalous structure. I have thus collected materials of con-

siderable importance upon this family of Isopods. But most

of these animals are of great rarity; and the difficulty of

tracing their embryogeny is also very great—a single female

containing a great number of ova, it is true, but all in the

same stage of development. Hence I have not yet been able

to bring the monograph which I have projected to a point of

perfection sufficient for the commencement of publication. I

will now, however, at least make known some results obtained

in the case of a very sparingly distributed genus, the genus

Entoniscust. I hope by this means to hinder from useless

researches those who might be tempted to attack the same sub-

ject, and to furnish some data which will be made use of

hereafter for a more general treatise f.

The genus Entoniscus, established by Fritz Miiller in

1862, includes animals which had been met with by Cavolini

as long ago as 1787. Cavolini had observed Sacculinw upon

several species of crabs ; and he regarded these parasites as the

broods (ponte) of a small species of Cyclops grafted by the

mother upon the tail of the Brachyurans. After bringing

forward his observations upon this subject he adds :—

“ Besides the Cyclops which we have just described, there

is in the sea another insect which fixes its brood upon the

body of our crabs, but in a manner much more inconvenient

for those animals. It is, in fact, in the very midst of their

viscera that the eggs are attached. Hitherto the Depressus§

* Giard, “Sur l’éthologie de Sacculina carcini,” Comptes Rendus de

YAcad. des Sciences, 1874.

+ A preliminary communication upon these animals has been printed

in the Comptes Rend usde l’Acad. des Sciences (12th August, 1878). See

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii. p. 846.

} I have already indicated briefly certain conclusions of this memoir,

See Arch. de Zool. expér. tom, ii. 1873, p. 513, and tom. iii. 1874, Notes et

Revue, pp. ili & iv.

§ It is impossible not to recognize Grapsus varius in the fine descrip-

tion given by Cavolini of his Granchio depresso :—

“Questo granchio é copiosissimo per gli scogli del nostro cratere, e

sembra godere piuttosto di stare in secco, massimassime quando, pel

calor della state, le acque presso i lidi si riscaldano, o si albanano: su di

questi scogli di erbe vestiti € curiosa cosa vedere come in terra seduto,

or con una, or con ambe le mani, colga quella verde conferva e alla bocca

Vaccosti. La forma del suo corpo é quadrilatera schiacciata, il colore di

un verde cupo: le braccia son crasse e valide poco meno del paguro

(Eriphia spinifrons of modern authors); la sua carne é mucilageginosa,

e molto poca. Ma cid che lo rende singolare, é la velocita del corso :

bisogua esser destro per dargli sopra la mano; altrimenti o fugge sullo

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 139

alone has appeared to me to be attacked. On the side of the

stomach, at the point where the liver is situated, one sees a

very voluminous mass, of a more or less yellowish or leaden

colour, according to the degree of its maturity, occupying the

place of the ovarian branch of the crab. This body pushes

through the ribs of the carapace, and thus insinuates itself

into the branchial cavity. It is not difficult to separate it

from the crab, to which we find it to be attached by cellular

tissue ; the anterior part of this ovarian body, that which is

placed in the viscera, becomes mature first, and consequently

it is much more dilated, a, while the other, 6, which 1s situ-

ated between the ribs, is still immature, and retains the im-

pression of these solid parts. The ovarian sac is formed of a

transparent tissue, and contains in this state the graduated

series of the development of the ova which it encloses: the

most mature are in a, and are visible to the naked eye only

as a granular substance; in the figure, however, they have

been drawn a little larger, in order to avoid confusion; the

less advanced ones are in 6. Seen by the microscope, the

latter are of a rounded form, ¢; those which are a little less

immature are figured at m; those which most nearly approach

maturity are uniform and emarginate, as at 2; lastly, the

hatched embryos have the form represented in 7, and run in

all directions in the drop of water placed under the lens of the

microscope. These insects have the body divided into a great

number of rings, the first of which bears two eyes; the tail is

bifurcate ; and the last joint of the first four pairs of feet is

claviform.

“ This insect belongs to the race of the Oniscus squilliformis,

very well described by Pallas; it presents a certain analogy

with the species described under the name of Oniscus locusta*

by that illustrious naturalist, a species very frequent in the

organic rubbish thrown up on the sand and bathed by the

sea in its movements to and fro; it is our sand-flea. How-

ever, the species which is developed at the expense of the

blood of the crab is much smaller than this sand-flea. It is

true that I have been able to see this insect only at the

scoglio fin ché in mare precipiti, o vero in una prossima buca si rimpiatta :

percid dai nostri pescatori si chiama Granchio spirito.” '

In the same memoir Cavolini describes and figures:—1, a Gregarina

parasitic on the Grapsus, which he calls Tzenia 5 2, the z0ea of the Grapsus

(pl. ii. figs.7,8, & 9). As early as 1768 Slabber, for his part, had discovered

the metamorphoses of the i aes ; but it was only in 1823 that Vaughan

Thompson generalized these observations, which had been completely

forgotten. STO, tpl oe

* ¢Spicilegia Zoologica,’ fase. ix. pp. 50-99 (Borolini, 1767).

{40 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

moment of its exclusion; but the size of the eggs which I

have found attached to the feet of our sand-flea has taught me

that the young of this latter must be of a size greatly superior

to that of the insect which I have described and drawn issuing

from the ovaries contained within the body of the crabs.

“¢ Now in what way does the mother Oniscus introduce her

brood into the body of the crabs, when this body is completely

defended by a hard and crustaceous skin? Here | must

argue by conjecture, but by necessary conjecture, until it may

be possible to obtain ocular proof of the fact of this penetra-

tion. We have already described above the two cavities

situated one upon each side of the body of the crab, and in

which the branchizs move. The water euters and issues from

these by two apertures provided with valves, and situated at

the sides of the mouth in front of the lateral commissure of

the upper portion with the lower portion of the carapace. ‘The

anterior part of these cavities is formed of a delicate mem-

brane which clothes the viscera of the crab. We can therefore

understand with the greatest facility that the mother insect

penetrates with the water into such a cavity, and, perforating

its delicate wall, introduces her brood into the body of the

crab; the mother insect enters then in the same manner as

the ova of Serpule or of oysters, which I have frequently

found hatched or fixed against the ribs which exist in the

above-mentioned branchial cavity.

‘“‘ We have, therefore, in the crabs two cases of grafting of

animal parts; the brood of these two insects, which need for

their development juices elaborated in an animal body, could

not be brought to its term by the mother. Nature has taken

upon herself to furnish it with a fat and devoted nurse,

namely the body of our crabs. The mother makes a small

aperture in the skin which covers the intestine; sometimes

she fixes her brood to the outside, sometimes introduces it into

the body of the crab, enclosed in a membrane performing

the part of a placenta; and, as the eggs contained in this

membrane are animated and tend to develop themselves, it is

certain that the canals of this ovary are suckers absorbing the

liquids of the vessels of the living crab. By imosculating

with these latter and forming anastomoses with them, they

constitute a system continuous between the living body of the

crab, and another body, likewise living, which tends to com-

plete its evolution. In point of fact, a foreign foetus has

become the actual progeny of the crustacean, and has deve-

loped itself upon this animal in the same fashion as, among

the Mammalia, the abdominal foetuses are developed nearly as

they would be in the uterus, which is their normal and true

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 141

place of abode. If in a plant we make an incision and

introduce into it a living branch of another plant, there is

produced a graft by inosculation and union (raccordement)

of the vessels; exactly the same thing takes place in our

anunals.

“T do not know whether, hitherto, any animals which

graft themselves have been known. It seems to me that the

opposite of what I have just indicated had rather been

observed ; it had been seen that the eggs of one animal depo-

sited in the body of another animal produce tumours, which,

by bursting, form regular wounds. ‘This is the case with

those flies which lay their eggs under the skin of cattle, in

their nostrils, or their intestines, and whieh thus occasion a

tumour, and afterwards a sort of blister, the matter from

which nourishes their progeny *. Certainly the two para-

sites of the crabs just mentioned are rather grafted animals

than animal galls. ‘These latter are met with only in plants

attacked by animals. The egg of an insect deposited upon a

plant becomes soaked with the juices of the latter and grows

at its expense; but it is not strictly correct to say that the

canals of the egg anastomose with those of the plant and

become continuous with these latter ’’ .

It is evident, from Cavolini’s description and the figures

which accompany it, that in this case, as in that of Sacculina,

the supposed ovigerous sac is nothing but a crustacean de-

graded by parasitism; and the form of the young enables us

to recognize immediately that we have to do here with an

Isopod belonging to the group Bopyride. The few errors of

detail which exist in the description of the larva or of the

adult animal will be referred to hereafter. They cannot,

however, in any way modify this first conclusion. As will

be seen, these observations of Cavolini were very remarkable

if we consider the period at which they were published.

Unfortunately, in this question of the Bopyride, as in that

of the Suctoria, the bibliography is complicated in a regret-

table manner; the very great difficulty of bringing together

the original memoirs, often written in languages and published

in repertories which are but little known, causes one to con-

tent one’s self with quoting them from imperfect abstracts or

unfaithful translations. Hence one has several times taken

* “ (Hstri larvee latent intra pecorum corpus, ubi per totam hyemem

nutriuntur: fonticuli vice gerunt &c.”—LINNEE.

See also the works of Vallisnieri and of Réaumur.

+ See Cavolini, ‘Memoria sulla generazione dei pesci e dei granchi’

(Napoli, 1787), pp. 190-194, pl. ii. figs. 17,18. We have thought it

worth while to translate this curicus passage i evtenso, because now-a-

days Cavolini’s memoir is hardly to be procured.

142 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

the trouble to demolish errors which did not exist in the

authors incriminated, and to rediscover truths which had long

been known

Thus, quite recently, in his interesting memoir on the

genus Cryptoniscus, P. Fraisse (2, p. 41) *, giving an analysis

of the memoirs of Cavolini, makes the Italian naturalist say

that it is very difficult to separate the Hntoniscus (the sup-

posed ovigerous sac) from the viscera of the crab. It is

evident that if Fraisse had had the text of Cavolini before

him he would not have translated ‘‘ questo corpo non é diffi-

cile separare”’ by “er sagt (Cavolini) dass er sehr schwer zu

trennen sei.”

I am equally unable to understand why Fraisse (/. ¢. p. 41)

reproaches Steenstrup with having falsified the sense of Cavo-

lini’s observations, saying that the Isopods observed by the

latter were in the Sacculina and not nm the body-cavity of

the crabs. The following is, in fact, the very judicious

appreciation, given by Steenstrup, of the facts observed by

Cavolini :—

“ Among the excellent observations,” he says, “ contained

in the valuable memoir of Cavolini, we find figured a very

curious mass of irregular form entirely filled with more or

less developed ova. ‘This mass was found in a crab ; by one

of its extremities it was fixed to the inner stomachal wall; by

the other it was fixed between the two partitions which bound

at the sides the segments forming the thoracic cavity of the

erab. In fig. 18, m,n, Cavolini has represented ova taken

in the mass in various stages of development ; in fig. 18, 77,

he has figured two young animals at the moment of their

issuing from the egg. Cavolini compares these young ani-

mals to the Oniscus squilliformis described by Pallas, and

designates them by that name. It is impossible not to recog-

nize in the description and drawing of these embryos a form

very nearly allied to the Lirtope of Rathke, so near that one

can hardly separate it therefrom ; one is consequently led, in

spite of one’s self, to a comparison with the larve: of Bopyrus.

The form of the young therefore shows us that this mass

filled with ova is, in all probability, nothing but a degraded

crustacean parasite, and even an animal of the family Bopy-

ride ; only the animal is still more deformed, and, one might

say, more monstrous than any other type of Bopyride, and even

then Peltogaster and Pachybdella. It is more than an Epi-

zoon; it is an Hntozoon, a sort of intravisceral worm, since,

like the singular Gasteropod (H’ntoconcha mirabilis) disco-

* These references throughout indicate the works of which a list is

civen at p. 157,

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 143

vered by Johannes Miiller in Synapta digitata, it is also

solidly attached to an internal organ.”

It is clear from this passage that Steenstrup perfectly

understood the general relations of the Hntondscus to the crab.

Instead of referring to the Danish text, or to the German

translation of Creplin, which is very correct, Fraisse has no

doubt spoken of Steenstrup’s work only from what Lilljeborg

says of it. The latter (4, p. 291, ‘Annales ’) has, in fact, con-

founded the Hntoniscus observed by Cavolini with the Liriope

(now Cryptoniscus) described by Rathke; and he has, moreover,

very wrongly ascribed the same confusion to Steenstrup.

Even the learned carcinologist Spence Bate has not been

able to keep himself clear of several errors in the citation

which he makes of Cavolini’s memoir*, in connexion with

the genus Cryptothiria, Dana. He says:— Cavolini first

described and figured two different crustaceous animals (one

of which he doubtingly referred to the Oniscus squilliformis

of Pallas) which he had found parasitic within a sac attached

to the tail of a crab belonging to the genus Portunus or Car-

cinus.” ‘There are, as will be seen, nearly as many inac-

curacies as words in this short reference.

The first and only zoologist who, since Cavolini, met with

parasites of the genus Hntoniscus was Fritz Miiller, who

appears not to have known the observations of the Italian

naturalist. It was in 1862 that Fritz Miiller formed the

genus Hntoniscus for an Isopod crustacean which he had met

with in the visceral cavity of a Porcellana of the coast of

Brazil, and which he named Hntoniscus porcellane f.

In 1871 the talented zoologist of Desterro made known a

new species of the same genus (Hntoniscus cancrorum), a

parasite of several species of Xantho.

Besides these two species, Fritz Miller has also met with

Entonisct under the following circumstances :—

1. In a small species of Porcellana which is found rarely

among the Sertularians and Bryozoa upon the rocks (a single

female of Hntoniscus which could not be studied, so that it is

impossible to assert that it belongs to the species parasitic on

the common Porcellana).

2. In a Porcellana named by Fritz Miiller Porcellana

(Polyonyx) Creplinti. It is allied to Porcellana biangulata,

Dana (Polyonyx, Stimps.), and usually occurs in pairs in the

tubes of Chetopterus. Only three times did Miiller meet with

* «British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ vol. ii. pp. 262 & 264.

+ According to F. Miiller this species of Yorcellana, of a blackish-green

colour, is excessively common under stones at Desterro. (Five per cent.

of these crustaceans harboured the parasite.)

144 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

isolated individuals—once a female, twice a male. Each of

these three individuals harboured an Entoniscus, whilst none

were ever found in the paired individuals. Fritz Miiller con-

cludes from this that the presence of the Hntoniscus, like that

of the Rhizocephala (Suctoria), superinduces sterility in the

animal infested, whence the abandonment of the latter by its

partner.

The Entoniscus of Porcellana Creplinii differs from that of

the ordinary Porcellana by the colour of the ovaries and the

form of the ovigerous lamellee.

3. Iu an Acheus living under rocks among Bryozoa and

Ascidia; a single couple of Hntoniscd; the male, which is

very characteristic, allows it to be affirmed that this species is

distinct from /. porcellane and LE. cancrorum.

This, therefore, makes at least four, and perhaps five, dis-

tinct species of this singular genus, all inhabitmg a small

corner of the Brazilian coast.

It would be very odd if a group of parasites, living upon

animals so widely distributed as the Decapods, were localized

in so small a space. It may be asserted, without fear of

deceiving ourselves, that, when they are more carefully sought

for, the species of the genus Hntonzscus will soon be met with,

more or less, everywhere.

It was with this idea that, during a residence of several

weeks that I made at the Pouliguen (Loire-Inférieure), I care-

fully examined many Decapods of that interesting locality ;

and I was especially urged to this investigation by the ex-

treme abundance, in the locality, of Grapsus varius, which I

knew had furnished Cavolini with the first species of the

genus Entoniscus *,

II. BioLoGgy AND ANATOMY.

The Grapsi collected in the small bays formed by the very

broken coast of the Pouliguen on the side of Penchateau are

very frequently infested by an Lntoniscus which may be

easily recognized as identical with that described by Cavolini,

and which, for that reason, I propose to name Hntontscus

Cavolinit.

The parasite is met with in both the males and the females.

According to the statistics of my researches, it is found most

* I believe that Grapsus varius cannot go further north than the

mouth of the Vilaine: I do not know it beyond Piriac; and it certainly

does not exist at Concarneau. We find, besides, at the Pouliguen a

number of southern types; without mentioning the flora in which this

southern character is very strongly marked, we may cite, among insects,

Argynnis pandora, Dejopeia pulchella, &e. &e.

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 145

frequently in the former. Of five infested individuals, four

belonged to the male and one to the female sex. But I have

learned from my investigations of the Rhizocephala that such

statistics, to be of any value, must be founded upon hundreds

of individuals collected in the same locality. Now my Grapst

came from various parts of the coast ; and I have examined, at

the utmost, two hundred individuals. I believe we may esti-

mate at one in thirty the number of crabs which bear the

parasite *,

Sometimes one finds two Hntonisc? in the same crab; and

in this case one of them has hampered the growth of the

other, which is a favourable circumstance for the observation

of intermediate stages, always rare among’ parasitic animals,

in consequence of the rapidity of.the retrogression.

Entoniscus Cavolinii, like the species studied by Fritz

Miiller, is enclosed in a fine membrane in continuity with

that which lines the inner surface of the branchial cavity of

the crab. It is placed between the liver, the stomach, and

the heart of its host. Generally the head is concealed among

the hepatic ceeca, and in part hidden under the anterior ovi-

gerous sac; the tail is recurved upon the ventral part, and

passes under the heart of the crab. The parasite is sometimes

on the left, sometimes on the right side of its host, most fre-

quently on the left side (three times more frequently) as it

seems to me.

The general form is rather difficult to describe ; moreover

it varies according to the age and position of the parasite.

We have represented it (Pl. X. fig. 1), as accurately as pos-

sible, from a living individual twisted upon itself. The

colour also varies according to the state of development of the

ova with which the animal is almost entirely surrounded ; it

is straw-yellow when the ova are but little advanced; at

maturity it acquires the lead-grey tint so well observed by

Cavolini. This tint is due to the formation of a peculiar

pigment in the embryo. 1

We have represented in Pl. X. fig. 2 the same individual

untwisted in such a manner as to bring the head into its

normal position. In this figure the walls of the incubatory

cavity and the abdominal plates are supposed to be removed,

* It is remarkable that none of the Grapsi that I have examined bore

a Saceulina. Fritz Miller remarked a frequent coexistence of Entoniseus

porcellane and Lerneodiscus porcellane. My zealous collaboratewr, J.

Prié, whose attention I had called to this point, has also never met with

Sacculina Benedenit. Moreover the Suctoria seem to prefer calm and

slightly impure waters ; they are much more frequently found upon the

various Decapods of the Bay of Penbron, at the Croisic, than on the

same crabs collected on the open shore of Pouliguen.

146 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

so as to show the real form of the body, composed almost

exclusively of the ovary and the digestive tube.

The incubatory chamber is composed of an anterior ventral

cavity communicating laterally with two latero-anterior cavi-

ties. Besides these three cavities, which are in communica-

tion, and form, so to speak, a trilobate cavity, the whole

dorsal part also presents a vast incubatory chamber, bilobed

posteriorly, and falling laterally in two folds, which meet

upon the ventral line when they are filled with ova.

These various parts are more clearly visible in the animal

before it is completely transformed into the stage represented

by Pl. X. figs. 3, 4*. We then see distinctly the trilobed

ventral cavity and the two chitinous crests of the ventral

border of the dorsal chamber.

This curious arrangement of the incubatory chambers is

very different from that indicated by Fritz Miiller in the case

of FE. porcellane and E. cancrorum. The first of these two

species presents thoracic plates which only differ from the

ordinary plates of the Bopyridee by their much greater deve-

lopment and fringed appearance. The second certainly pre-

sents an anterior ventral incubatory chamber ; but this chamber

appears much more reduced than in £. Cavolinii, and does

not seem to communicate with the dorsal part of the para-

site.

The terminal portion of Hntoniscus, or that which corre-

sponds to the abdomen of the other Isopoda, is most frequently

recurved towards the ventral side of the parasite. At the

dorsal part of the first segment of this abdomen we see the

heart beating, which has never appeared to me to form a

hernia as in Hntoniscus porcellane.

The ventral portion of the abdomen bears five pairs of

folded and undulated lamellar appendages, corresponding to

the five pairs of ramified appendages of the abdomen in Jone.

These appendages decrease in size from the origin of the

abdomen to the extremity of the body; so that, apparently,

the first pair forms two large lateral tufts, and the last four

pairs a median posterior tuft, equivalent to each of the first

two. The last pair of appendages, however, are not very

visible, and are formed by a simple fold of skin on each side.

The body terminates in a triangular expansion presenting

two dorsal folds. ‘There does not appear to be an anus, which

is explained, as we shall see, by the arrangement of the diges-

tive tube.

* These figures relate to 2. Moniexit, but, for the point now before us,

they may equally apply to E. Cavohinn.

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 147

The lamellar appendages of the abdomen of our Zntoniscus

greatly resemble those which Fritz Miiller has described and

figured in EH, porcellane. But in the latter the fringed

lamin are situated beneath the thoracic segments, and the

abdomen is occupied by sabre-shaped feet.

In Entoniscus cancrorum Miiller found fringed abdominal

folds ; but these folds, much less developed than in H. Cavo-

“init, form, on each side of the abdomen, an undulated con-

tinuous border, which does not extend so far as to the terminal

part of the body.

From this point of view also, #. Cavolinii therefore differs

considerably from the species hitherto described.

The head, of which we speak last of all, because, of all the

external parts of the animal, it is the least visible at the first

glance, is concealed beneath the folds of the ovigerous sac,

and presents the form of a double sphere (PI. X. figs. 2, 5).

The anterior part, in which the mouth is situated, is furnished

with two lamellar folds ; we find no trace of antenne; and,

by its internal organization, this head should rather have the

name of cephalogaster.

When we free the parasite from its ovigerous sacs and the

ova or embryos which they contain, we obtain a body of a

pretty constant form, composed in great part of the ovary and

the digestive organs of the Hntoniscus.

The ovarian body presents four lateral prolongations, two

anterior and two posterior (Pl. X. fig. 2), which are directed

from above downwards, towards the ventral part of the Ento-

niscus. We distinguish besides, also on the ventral part, two

or three pairs of much smaller eminences, which, with the

preceding, perhaps represent the traces of the thoracic feet

which have disappeared. Vestiges of these organs are still,

in fact, to be seen upon the less degraded animal in the stage

represented by figs. 3, 4.

On the dorsal part we observe two long median protu-

berances slightly bent from behind forwards. The posterior

is the longer one.

All these prolongations remind us of those observed in

an animal allied to Hntoniscus, namely Cryptothirta balani

(Hemioniscus, Buchholz), of which I have been able to exa-

mine several individuals collected at Wimereux, in the inte-

rior of the Balanus balanoides which cover the Tour de

Croy.

Tt is well known that, in certain species belonging to high

groups, parasitism often recalls peculiarities of organization

which are only to be met with in the larvee of the other species

of the same group. ‘These phenomena of reversion to the

148 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

atavic type by parasitic retrogression have frequently led

astray the zoologists who busy themselves solely with taxo-

nomy, and sometimes even embryogenists. Starting from

this idea, one might be tempted to compare the singular dorsal

processes of Hntoniscus with the analogous protuberances

which are observed in a great number of Crustacea in the

zoéa-stage. It is a comparison which naturally occurs to the

mind; and I thought it necessary to indicate it in my prelimi-

nary communication upon the genus EHntoniscus. I have

since reflected that more or less similar protuberances occur

in a great number of parasitic Crustacea belonging to inferior

types, notably among the Copepoda, where evidently they

cannot have the same significance. Hence, while calling

the attention of zoologists to the remarkable constancy of

these appendages in Hntoniscus Cavolinii, I do not venture

to pronounce in so affirmative a manner upon their true mor-

phological value. /

If we pass to the internal anatomy of the Hntoniscus, we

shall see that it presents nothing particularly remarkable.

Compared with the Bopyrus-type, our crustacean has only

undergone a considerable reduction of its various systems of

organs.

The tegumentary system, cuticle and dermis is very like that

of the other Isopods. It is clothed internally with a muscular

layer, which enables the animal to perform rather slow vermi-

form movements of contraction.

The nervous system appears to me to be reduced merely to

the cervical and anterior ventral ganglia; but my researches

in this direction are too incomplete to enable me to deny

absolutely the existence of the ventral chain. The movement

of the abdominal plates even leads me to suppose that this

chain does exist.

The digestive tube commences with a mouth constructed

for sucking, and placed at the lower part of two folds in the

form of a sucking-cup; the mass in the form of a brain, called

the head by Fritz Miiller, is hollowed internally by a cavity,

the walls of which are lined with folds and villosities like

those in the stomach of the Bopyrt. These villosities have

already been indicated by Rathke, Cornalia, and Panceri.

This is therefore a true gastric cavity ; and this apparatus, as

a whole, would be better called cephalogaster.

The digestive apparatus is then continued by a short

straight tube, terminated cecally, at the anterior part of

which the so-called hepatic ceca open.

I have sought in vain for a terminal interstine comparable

to that described by Buchholz in Hemioniscus ; I have been

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 149

unable to find any thing like it. Here, therefore, we have a

fresh confirmation of the general law, according to which the

more internal a parasite is, the more degraded is its digestive

tube. ‘This progressive degradation, which goes on increasing

from the genus Bopyrus to attain its maximum in the Znto-

nisct, passing through the genera Hemioniscus and Crypto-

niscus, reminds us precisely of what is observed in the

Diptera of the family Cistride, in which the degradation

becomes progressively more marked from the cuticolar

ie to the gastricolar types, passing through the cavicolar

orms.

The hepatic ceca (for which I retain this old name, but

without wishing to prejudge their true physiological part) are

certainly homologous with the organs of the same appearance

which we meet with in all Isopoda *.

These cxca form two large lateral sacs which occupy all

the thoracic portion and even a part of the abdomen of the

Entoniscus ; their internal cavity is very spacious, as may be

seen from the section drawn in fig. 7. The wall is covered

with slight glandular folds, enclosing a brown substance, the

aspect of which reminds one of what we have agreed to call

liver in invertebrate animals.

Kowalevsky was the first to indicate that the racemose

hepatic ceeca described by Rathket in Bopyrus (‘Icones zooto-

mice’ of V. Carus, Taf. xi. fig. 1, h) do not open directly into

the digestive tube, but that they all open imto a common

canal, which itself opens at a single point into the stomach,

as in the other Isopods. This observation is perfectly correct;

and I have been able to verify it in several species of Bopyrus

and Phryxus. All the difference between the hepatic gland

of the Bopyri and that of the Hntonisc?, therefore, consists in

that in the former this gland becomes ramified and acquires a

higher degree of differentiation. It may be said to be a dif-

ference analogous to that which exists between the simple

pulmonary sac of the Amphibia and the complicated lung of

Mammalia and Birds.

The circulatory system consists, in the first place, of a

median dorsal vessel, upon the course of which is placed the

heart, the beatings of which are very visible through the

transparent integument of the animal. ‘There are besides, on

* These organs likewise exist in the Cryptonisci, in which I have indi-

cated them, mistaking, however, their true relations. There cannot be

any connexion between the ovary and these enormous ceca which open

into the digestive tube.

+ Kowalevsky, ‘Entwickelungsgeschichte der Rippenquallen,’ Ein-

leitung, p. vii, Mém. de l’Acad. de St. Pétersh. 1866,

{ Rathke, ‘ De Bopyro et de Nereide.’

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 11

150 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

the ventral side, lateral vessels which send forth branches

to the fringed plates of the abdomen.

These fringed lamine may be regarded as true branchie.

Moreover they occupy the position of the branchial laminz of

the normal Isopods. Their excessive development in the

Entonise? is easily explained in the following manner.

We have stated that the Hntoniscus in the body of its host

is completely surrounded by a fine membrane. This mem-

brane does not belong to the parasite; it is the continuation

of the membrane which clothes the viscera of the crab and

separates them from the branchial cavity. This membrane is

gradually drawn back by the growth of the Entoniscus, which

is thus enclosed in a sort of pouch formed by invagination.

From this it results that the EHntoniscus, as Fritz Miiller

justly points out, is an external parasite, although it appears

to be in relation with the most internal viscera of its host.

That the Bopyride need well aerated water constantly

renewed, appears clearly from the position which they take

up in the various animals to which we find them attached.

The typical Bopyrt lodge themselves in the branchial cavity

of the Macrura and Anomura, where they draw from their

host a revivified blood, and themselves find constant fresh

supplies of water. Therefore their respiratory apparatus is,

in general, but slightly developed. The Phryat attach them-

selves to the abdomen of Paguri at the spot where the ova

are collected in the females of those animals—that is to say,

at the point where the movements of the infested animal

also allow of a ready renewal of the water. Nevertheless,

as this renewal is less perfect than in the preceding case,

the abdominal lamine are already much better developed

than in the Lopyri properly so called.

In the Lntonisct the position of the animal, in a deep in-

vagination of the inner wall of the branchial cavity of the

crabs, renders respiration much more difficult. Hence the

respiratory lamella have attamed a much more considerable

development, and their undulated and crisped surface converts

them into regular sponges constantly impregnated with liquid.

Their movement of contraction, however, enables them to

drive off this liquid, and to draw in fresh supplies when the

necessity for so doing is felt.

In E. porcellane, in which the abdominal feet have re-

tained an ancestral form, it is the appendages of the thorax

that have been modified and converted into undulated

lamellee.

It is clear, moreover, that these various peculiarities are

serviceable not only to the adult Bopyride, but also to their

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 151

embryos, which, like the ova of all the other Crustacea, need,

for their development in the incubatory cavities, perfectly

aerated water. It is only necessary to place a female of Bopy-

vus, separated from her host, in a glass filled with sea-water,

even very pure and renewed several times a day, in order to

see that the development of the ova, contained under the ven-

tral lamella, is soon arrested.

We have given above the description of the ovary. It will

be sufficient to add that near the aperture of the ventral ovi-

gerous sac we find two colleteric glands, the secretory ducts

of which open not far from the apertures of the ovary near

the small ventral eminences (Pl. X. figs. 7 & 2). These

glands no doubt secrete the shell of the egg. There are

analogous glands in Hemioniscus.

Notwithstanding careful search, I have been unable to

meet with the male of either of the two species of Hntoniscus

that I have observed. I have vainly sought for it upon the

body of the female and upon the crab parasitized. The notion

that these Hntonisct may be hermaphrodites evidently presents

no absurdity & priort. In fact we are acquainted with her-

maphrodite types in certain zoological groups which are

composed principally of forms with separate sexes. Speaking

very generally, parasitism, or even fixation (which is only a

first degree of parasitism), pretty frequently induces the deve-

lopment of the two sexes in the same individual (Cirripedes*,

Ascidia, Acephala).

As long ago as 1866 Kowalevskyt observed the testes

and the mobile spermatozoids of a fine Peltogaster parasitic

on Callianassa subterranea, and since described by Kossmann

under the name of Parthenopea. He states, in the memoir,

that he has met with hermaphroditism in several other species

of Peltogaster and Saceulina.

Kossmann, in a memoir upon the Suctoria, has also figured

(in 1872) the spermatozoids of several species, but did not see

the mobile form of those elements. Kossmann’s memoir was

first published in a journal which is not much diffused (‘ Ver-

* The hermaphroditism of the parasitic Cirripedes of the group Suc-

toria or Rhizocephala was long in doubt in consequence of the numerous

errors which haye been published on this question. It is not very long

since Hesse described as the male of Peltogaster a Bopyride Isopod

crustacean! Such fancies would not deserve to be noticed here if they

had not acquired a certain importance, even in foreign countries, by the

support they have met with from certain Parisian savants. It is not

without astonishment that we find a man of the importance of Spence

Bate still asking in 1878, “ What do we know of the male of the Suc-

toria ?” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Tist., June 1878).

+ Rippenquallen, see note, p. 149.

152 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

handl. der phys.-med. Gesellsch. in Wirzburg,’ Bd. iii.

Heft 4, p. 296, pls. xvi.-xvii.). Without knowing of these

previous investigations, I occupied myself with the same ques-

tion in 1873; and I then gave, in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ of

the Academy of Sciences, the description of the testis and

perfectly mature spermatozoids in Sacculina carcint and in

two species of Peltogaster.

But in the present cases this hypothesis of hermaphrodi-

tism loses much of its probability, if we consider that Fritz

Miiller has described the male of all the species of Hntoniscus

that he has met with. ‘There is very little probability that,

in the same genus, species so nearly allied should present a

physiological and morphological dissimilarity of such impor-

tance; and I prefer to assume that my unskilfulness, or my

limited opportunities, have prevented me from meeting with

the males of L. Cavolinii and EL. Moniezi?. I need not say that

I have searched fruitlessly for a testicular gland, and that I

have observed nothing resembling the spermatozoids of the

Bopyride.

The youngest females of Hnioniscus Cavolinii that I have

been able to observe were in the same stage of development as

the young Entoniscus Moniezit, figured Pl. X. figs. 3 & 4. The

general form was identical; one saw the same rudiments of

thoracic limbs, the commencement of the formation of the

ventral ovigerous sac, and the two lateral ventral folds of the

future dorsal pouch. But there were as yet no traces of the

ovarian prolongations.

As a difference of specific value between 2. Cavolinii and

Ei, Moniezit at this period of evolution, I will indicate only

the much greater development of the first pair of abdominal

lamine in L. Moniezit. In Entoniscus Cavolinit the first

four pairs of lamine have then nearly the same development ;

and it is only afterwards that the first pair grows more than

the others.

III. EMBRYOGENY.

The anatomical details which we have just given present a

great number of gaps, which will be excused, I hope, by all

zoologists who have paid attention to the study of parasites.

The scarcity of materials and the obscurity of the subject are

two terrible obstacles, over which it is very difficult to

triumph.

What we have now to say as to the embryogeny of these

animals is still more incomplete; and, unfortunately, long years

will probably be necessary to arrive at satisfactory notions

upon this subject. Notwithstanding the innumerable quan-

tity of ova which the female Hnétoniscus contains, it may be

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 153

said that we find ourselves in a state of actual poverty, since

all these ova are at the same degree of development, and it is

impossible to make them continue their evolution outside of

the maternal organism.

I can say scarcely any thing about the embryo before its

escape from the egg. The segmentation appears to be holo-

blastic; the embryo is bent backward, like that of all the

Bopyrid. The first six pairs of thoracic feet appear at first

all similar; the seventh segment is destitute of appendages.

The five pairs of abdominal feet, which, in my opinion,

correspond to the natatory feet of the Cypris form of the

Cirripedes, or to the cirri of the adult Zepas, appear first, and

all together.

On each side of the embryo, at the stage represented by

fig. 9, we see a line of refringent bodies. I have seen similar

lines in the embryos of several genera of Bopyride. In Hn-

toniscus we see later on at the same place (fig. 9) two lines of

pigment-cells. The pigment of Hnioniscus has never offered

me the: characteristic odour of that of the Cryptonisc?, an

odour which is correctly indicated by Dr. P. Fraisse.

The embryo at the moment of its escape from the egg

(fig. 10) is about 0°3 millim. in length. It presents two

pairs of antenne: the inner ones, which are short, are termi-

nated by two tufts of sete; the outer ones, which are much

longer, are formed of six joints, of which the third bears two

sete, much longer than the others. The front is nearly

straight, as in the embryo of Hntoniscus porcellane. Besides

the lateral eyes, which are double and correspond to the

definitive eyes of the ordinary Isopods, it possesses a median

eye, presenting exactly the structure of the nauplian eye of

the Copepods &c. We find in it, in fact, two crystallines

(figs. L1, 12), two optic nerves, and a strong black pigment-

spot, the anvil-like form of which perfectly recalls that of the

eye of the nauplius of the Cirripedes or of the free Cope-

ods.

Fritz Miiller indicates in the middle of the front of the

embryo of 2. porcellane a transparent spot, which, no doubt,

is only the rudiment of a similar nauplian eye.

Dr. Fraisse has also observed something analogous in a

species of Cryptoniscus (C. monophthalmus, Fy.). ‘The male

of this species possesses a single median eye instead of the

lateral eyes of the other types of the same genus*.

* The Cypris-larva of an undetermined Cirripede, taken at Wimereux

in September in the muslin net, also presented three eyes—the median

eye of the nauplius and the two ordinary lateral eyes of the pupa-stage.

A median pigment-spot also exists, besides the lateral eyes, in a branchio-

pod crustacean, Holopedium gibberum, Zaddach.

5 ae M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

The presence of a nauplius-eye very distinctly formed in

the embryo of £. Cavolinit appears to me to be of some im-

portance as a trace of the nauplius phase in the embryogeny

of the Isopods. Hitherto we had no factual argument to

appeal to in order to connect the Isopods with the original

form common to all the Crustacea. The opinion of Fritz

Miiller, who regards the embryonic membrane of Ligia or

Oniscus as representing the nauplian skin, seems to me desti-

tute of foundation. In all the groups in which embryonic

membranes exist, these membranes are superadded in certain

forms as protective organs of the typical embryo without

modifying its essential characters. ‘They are in general ex-

odermic folds performing the part ofan amnios. This is what

takes place, for example, in insects, where these membranes

may be formed in various fashions, and have no real morpho-

logical significance from the point of view of comparative

embryogeny. These membranes are most frequently deter-

mined by physiological reasons, and may disappear or be re-

tained in very nearly allied types.

The presence of the eye, so characteristic of the nauplius,

seems to me, on the contrary, a mark of great value for the

phylogeny of the Arthrostraca.

Each of the feet of the first five thoracic pairs terminates in

a prehensile hand (fig. 8), of which the penultimate joint is

oval, and bears two denticles on the side which is turned to-

wards the opposable claw.

The sixth pair of thoracic feet, so exceedingly characteristic

for the distinction of the species of the genus Hntoniscus, does

not at all resemble the same part in the types hitherto de-

scribed. It consists of five joints; that which corresponds to

the hand of the other pairs is more elongated (fig. 6, a), and

terminates, on its inner margin, in a small curved fixed tooth ;

its outer border is produced into a straight rod, as long as the

joint which supports it, and furnished at its extremity with a

tuft of rigid setee.

Here, then, we find a remarkable confirmation of the law

demonstrated by Darwin and Fritz Miiller:—When, in a group

of animals, an organ presents an exceptional development,

this organ is at the same time subject to great variability in

the various species of the group.

It is probable that this sixth pair of feet aid the embryo to

make its way into the interior of the crab in which it is to

undergo its retrograde metamorphosis. The variations which

it presents in the different species of Hntoniscus are conse-

quently in relation to the peculiar conformation of the branchial

cavity of the animal infested.

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

155

The five pairs of abdominal feet are all constructed in the

same fashion: the basal joint bears one or two sete; the

terminal setigerous joint presents a straight margin (fig. 10, a)

which bears two sete; a third is inserted at the acute ex-

tremity.

The only internal organs visible in the embryo are the

hepatic ceca and the heart, which latter is seen beating

actively in the dorsal part of the first segment of the ab-

domen.

In the following Table I summarize the characters of the

embryo of EH. Cavoliniz, compared with those of the species

described by Fritz Miiller :—

EK, PORCELLAN®.

Length at hatching

0-2 millim.

Frontal margin nearly

straight.

Unpaired transparent

spot on the frontal mar-

gin.

Inner margin of the

hand of the first five

pairs of feet smooth.

Sixth pair of feet

short, three-jointed ; ter-

minal joint elliptical,

without a hook.

Last segment of the

thorax wanting (?).

Fifth pair ofabdominal

feet still but little de-

veloped, destitute of

setee.

Basal joint of the ab-

dominal feet furnished

with a seta.

Terminal joint of the

abdominal feet lancet-

shaped.

E. CANCRORUM.

Leneth at hatching

0°3 millim.

Frontal margih arched.

No such spot.

Inner margin of the

handfurnished with den-

ticles.

Sixth pair of feet of

five joints, with a hand

furnished with a hook.

Last segment of tho-

rax present.

Fifth pair of abdomi-

nal feet present, like the

preceding ones.

Basal joint of the ab-

dominal feet with two

sete.

Setigerous joint

straightly truncate.

E. Cavorinit.

Length

0°3 millim.

Frontal margin nearly

straight.

A median nauplian

eye on the frontal mar-

gin.

Inner margin of the

hand furnished with two

teeth.

Sixth pair of feet of

five joints, with a hand

furnished with a hook

and a rod.

Last segment of tho-

rax present.

Fifth pair of abdo-

minal feet like the pre-

ceding ones,

at hatching

Basal joint of the ab-

dominal feet with one

seta (?).

Setigerous joint

straightly truncate.

The larvee of Hntoniscus can live for several days in sea-

water.

I have kept some alive that I had carried from the

Pouliguen to Paris, and from Paris to Lille.

they died without showing any modification.

In ten days

These embryos

swim in the position described by Fritz Miiller—that is to

say, with the body recurved towards the ventral surface, and

the sixth pair of thoracic feet projecting at the sides.

I incline to think, however, that with these animals, as

with the other Bopyride, copulation takes place before the

commencement of parasitic lite.

In most [sopods the male is

156 M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus.

smaller than the female ; and sometimes the difference of size

in the two sexes is very great. Several species of Jdotew

are remarkable in this respect. It has frequently happened

to me to capture these animals in the muslin net; and almost

always one meets with them in couples; the male, one third

or one fourth the size of the female, is placed between the feet

of the latter on the abdominal surface, absolutely in the same

position as the male of the Bopyride. This is the case also

with various Cymothoade ; and in some species of this group

it is necessary, as in the Bopyride, that copulation should

precede parasitism. This occurs notably in a curious Javan

species described by Herklots*.

In the course of this memoir I have several times alluded

to a second new species of Hntoniscus, which I have also met

with at the Pouliguen, and which I have named Z. Monieziz,

dedicating it to R. Moniez, preparator of zoology at the

Faculty of Sciences of Lille, who accompanied me in my

journeys on the shores of the Loire-Inférieure.

This species appears to be very rare, since I have seen

only two individuals of it—an adult female and another at a

less developed stage (figs. 38, 4), both found in the same

example of Portunus puber. This crab had been collected at

the island of Leven, opposite to the point of Peu-Chateau and

the open coast of Pouliguen. In order to find it again I have

in vain examined several hundreds of the Portunus fished on

the coast.

I have already indicated above some differences between

this species and that of Cavolini in the stage represented

(figs. 3, 4).

The adult individual unfortunately contained only slightly

developed embryos; and I was unable to compare these

embryos with those of the species from the G'rapsus. ‘The diffe-

rential characters were furnished to me by the colour of the

ovary and of the ovigerous sacs—peculiarities of which Fritz

Miiller ought to have made use to distinguish the various Hn-

tonisct parasitic on Porcellane. In EL. Moniezii the ovigerous

sac is of a nankeen-yellow, instead of presenting the greyish-

yellow colour of #. Cavolinii at the same grade of evolution

of the eggs. ‘The ovarian gland is yellow with a rosy tint ;

it is straw-yellow in the parasite of the Grapsus.

* J. A. Herklots, Deux nouveaux genres de Crustacés vivant en para-

sites des poissons: Epicthys et Icthyoxenos,’ Archives Néerlandaises,

tome y. 1870, p. 120 (Lethyoxenos Jellinghausir).

M. A. Giard on the Genus Entoniscus. 157

List of Publications in which the Genus Entoniscus is mentioned.

1. Cavouini, P. Memoria sulla generazione dei pesci e dei granchi.

Napoli, 1787. Translated into German by Zimmermann in 1792.

. Fratssx, P. ‘ Die Gattung Cryptoniscus,” Arbeiten ausdem zoologisch-

zootomischen Institut in Wiirzburg, Bd. iv. Heft 3, 1878. Also

separately printed.

. Grarp, A. “ Sur les Isopodes parasites du genre Entoniscus,”’ Comptes

Rendus de V’Acad. des Sci., August 12, 1878. [‘ Annals,’ ser. 5,

vol, ii. p. 346, ]

4, LittsEBORG. “ Les genres Liriope et Peltogaster (Rathke),” in Nova

Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3, vol. iii. et suppl. 1862. Almost

completely reproduced in Ann. Sci. Nat. 1864, ii. p. 289, pl. xl.

5. Miuumr, Fritz. “ Entoniscus porcellane, eine neue Schmarotzerassel,”’

Arch. fiir Naturg. xxviii, p. 10, Taf. ii. 1862. [‘ Annals,’ ser. 3,

vol. x. p. 87.]

3. Ipem. Fiir Darwin. Leipzig, 1864. [Translated into English by

W.S. Dallas, 1869. ]

. Ipem. “ Bruchstiicke zur Naturgeschichte der Bopyriden,” Jenaische

Zeitschr. fiir Naturw. Bd. vi. p. 58, Taf. ili. & iv., 1871.

8, SreEeNstRuP, J. “ Bemerkninger om Slegterne Pachybdella, Dies., og

Peltogaster, Rathke,” Oversigt over det Kongl. Danske Widenskab,

Selsk. Forhandl. 1853, nos. 3, 4, pp. 145-148 & 155-158. Trans-

lated into German by Creplin, Arch. fiir Naturg. xxi. pp. 15-30 &

62, 63.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1, Entoniscus Cavolinit, adult, natural size. V, ventral surface.

D, dorsal surface ; t, head recurved towards the belly; 0, poste-

rior extremity, also recurved towards the belly; a B y, ovige-

rous sac, through which the dorsal protuberances are distin-

guished ; AA, anterior lateral protuberances ; rr, posterior lateral

protuberances; K, ventral ovigerous sac,

Fig. 2, The same, freed from the ovigerous pouches to show the form of

the body. The letters have the same signification as in fig. 1,

c, heart ; p, g, *, prominences (traces of thoracic limbs ?).

Fig. 3. Young Entoniseus Montez, much enlarged, seen from the side.

o, mouth; /, buccal ovigerous plates; A, hepatic czecum; 1,1’,

the first two fringed abdominal lamelle ; 2, 3, 4, 5, last paiis

of fringed lamellee ; 7, rudiments of thoracic limbs.

Fig. 4. Embryo in the same stage, seen from the back.

Fig. 5. am (cephalogaster) and mouth of FL. Cavolinit, with its sucking-

disks.

Fig. 6. Terminal joint of the sixth pair of thoracic feet of the embryo:

a, of EB. Cavolinit ; 6b, of E. cancrorum; ec, of E.porcellane. The

last two from Fritz Miller.

Fig. 7. Section of EF. Cavolinii towards the anterior third. vd, dorsal

vessel ; hh, hepatic czca; gl, colleteric glands opening at the

entrance of the ventral ovigerous sac.

Fig. 8. Terminal joint of the first five pairs of thoracic feet of the em-

bryo of Z. Cavolinii.

Fig. 9. Embryo of E. Cavolinii still in the egg. A, seventh thoracic

segment still destitute of appendages ; pz, line of pigment-cells.

Fig. 10. Embryo newly hatched. ¢, heart; a, terminal joint of an abdo-

minal foot.

Fig. 11. Head of the embryo, showing the antenne and the eyes. N,

nauplian eye; 0, 0, 0’, o', the ordinary eyes.

Fig. 12, The nauplian eye much magnified. /, crystalline (double lens);

n, optic nerve; p?, pigment-spot. .

jae)

jr)

“I

158 Prof. A. Newton on some Moot Points

XVIII.—On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomencla-

ture. By ALFRED NEwron, M.A., F.R.S., &e.

Criticism by competent critics is the last thing of which an

author ought to complain; and I am far from objecting to the

spirit of the animadversions which Mr. Sclater and Mr. See-

bohm, in ‘ The Ibis’ for the present month, have made on

certain birds’ names used by me in the revised edition of

Yarrell’s ‘ British Birds.’ Indeed [ have to thank both those

gentlemen for the friendly, not to say flattering, terms in which

they are pleased to speak of my labours. It becomes me,

however, to attempt to prove that I have not gone so far

astray as they would lead their readers to suppose; and this,

I trust, I may succeed in doing to the satisfaction of impartial

judges.

Mr. Sclater begins his remarks (‘ Ibis,’ 1879, p. 346) by

reeretting that I have not explained my reasons for adopting

certain names in place of those usually current. To this my

reply is, that, where space allowed me, I have done so, but

that, in general, the amount of more important matter which

I have had to insert has utterly precluded me from entering

at any length on a subject like nomenclature, which interests

but few persons—those few being experts, who commonly

prefer investigating the subject for themselves.

My friend next touches the question of the type of the

genus Striv. But here he has nothing new to offer, and con-

tents himself with the opinions that had before been expressed

thereon by Mr. Salvin and Mr. Sharpe. Of those opinions I

need not say more now; for some years since I treated them

in considerable detail (‘ Ibis,’ 1876, pp. 94-105). To the

remarks I then made Mr. Sclater does not refer. If he has

forgotten them I freely forgive him the omission; if he has

not forgotten them, I well understand that it may be easier to

avoid than to answer the arguments therein adduced*.

We then come to the specific name of the Short-eared Owl,

for which I have used that published by Pallas in 1771f.

* For those who may not have the third series of ‘ The Ibis’ at hand,

it may be convenient to state here that the two principal positions I

maintained were :—

“(1) That the type, according to the modern notion, of the Linnxan

venus Strix, is clearly and indisputably S. stridula.

“ (2) That in subdividing a genus Brisson’s right to affix its original

name to the portion of it he chose is not affected by his exceptional posi-

tion as regards specific names, and that the type of his restricted genus

Strix is also S. stridula.”

+ Mr. Sclater says that herein ‘“ other authors have blindly followed”

me. Who they may be I do not stop to inquire; but surely it is an

assumption to infer that their eyes and opportunities of using them are

not so good as his own,

in Ornithological Nomenclature. 159

Mr. Sclater expressly guards himself against aflirming that

the “ Stryx accipitrina”’ of Pallas was not a Short-eared Owl ;

but he notices that its head is described as “¢naurdtum,” and

that “‘ no dimensions whatever are given.”’ The latter state-

ment “is not quite correct ;” for Pallas begins his description

with the words “ Magnitudo circiter St. Vlule ;’” and as to

the fact of his having overlooked the tufts with which the

head of this species is furnished, he is neither the first nor the

last ornithologist who has done the like—as witness Buffon

(Hist. nat. Ois. i. p. 372, pl. xxvii.), and, with regard to the

female, our own Bewick. Indeed, as every one must know

who has handled fresh examples, its tufts are not generally

seen till they are sought. Moreover Mr. Sclater asserts

“that it does not appear that the Strix accipitrina was really

ever obtained, but only ‘observed.’” How then, I would

ask, came Pallas to mention such a minute character as that

of its remiges “ extima sola serrata,” unless he had pretty

closely examined a specimen? But really to do away with

any reasonable doubt as to what his bird was, we have his

contemporary 8. G. Gmelin, in 1774, giving (Reise u. s. w.

i. p. 163, pl. ix.) an effective and unmistakable figure of

the species under that very name, and, speaking of various

Owls he had met with at Astrakan, particularizing “ wiederum

eine besondere Art, die nach emem Privat-Schreiben des

Herren Professors Pallas an mich in dem ersten Theil seiner

Reise-Beschreibung unter dem Nahmen Sérix accipitrina

beschrieben seyn soll, dass ich von derselben auf der 9ten

Platte nur eine deutliche Abbildung mittheile.” The evi-

dence thus afforded is irresistible, even if Pallas’s description

of the species, saving the omission of the tufts, were not quite

as diagnostic as many descriptions I have elsewhere read of

other Owls*.

The next point on which Mr. Sclater differs from me relates

to the generic name of the Tawny Owl; but on this, from what

I have above said as to the type of the genus Sirix, I need

not dwell, and so I pass to the question of the specific name

of the EHagle-Owl. The erroneous statement that Thomas

Forster “gave no such name” as Lubo tgnavus to this

species, and the ingenious hypothesis of that author’s having

published it “as a synonym which he did not adopt himself,”

might have been spared had my critic but looked further into

the subject. In the second catalogue, wherein Forster says

(p. 40) he has “ founded a nomenclature,” will be found (p. 46),

* Mr. Sclater also errs in asserting that Pallas “subsequently always

called the Short-eared Owl] Strix @golius.” In his ‘ Zoographia’ he in-

cludes the species twice—once under the former name, but the second

time (i. p, 322) under that of S. uula!

160 Prof. A. Newton on some Moot Points

in all the dignity of capitals, ““BvBo IGNAVVS,”’ as the author’s

deliberately adopted name for the Hagle-Owl, which no sugges-

tion of its being in the first case a synonym can explain away !

Perhaps Mr. Sclater may say that I ought to have added a

reference to this fact; but it certainly never entered my head

that the omission would mislead so well-read an ornithologist,

and, accordingly, I thought it enough solely to quote the first

use of the name, as is my custom*.

Lastly, as regards Mr. Sclater, I come to the case of Athene

versus Carine. He rightly assigns the reason why I adopted

the latter. Athena had a prior use in entomology, and no one

can doubt that Athena and Athene are one and the same word,

the difference of the final letter being merely dialectic. Now this

is not so with Pica and Picus, which he cites as a parallel

ease. ‘Those are perfectly distinct words, to which a perfectly

distinct meaning has been attached from the days of Pliny to

our own. Iam sure Mr. Sclater is too good a scholar not to

admit this fact on reconsideration; and that he objects to

homonyms is evident by his substitution, in this very number

of ‘The Ibis’ (p. 388), of Calochetes for Euchetes, because,

though more than twenty years ago he conferred the latter on a

Tanager, it had, more than twenty years before that, been ap-

plied to a Beetle.

The objections raised by Mr. Seebohm refer to another

eroup of birds, the Warblers ; and he has my fullest sympathy

in his difficult task of trying to define it and of determining

the names, generic and specific, which its different members

should bear. Had I leisure to do so, there are several points

in his article (‘ Ibis,’ 1879, pp. 308-317), of far greater im-

portance than nomenclatural quibbles, on which I would

comment; for I confess that in some places I fail to catch his

precise meaning; but here I shall limit myself to two, in

which he has arrived at results differing from those I have

reached,

The first of these concerns the specific name to be applied

to the Greater Whitethroat. To the best of my belief, no other

writer for the past sixty years and more has questioned the

fact, that the bird represented by D’Aubenton (Pl. Enl. 581.

fig. 1) was of this speciest. ‘Temminck, not once but twice,

* Mr. Sclater thinks that “the excellent name of Bulo maximus,’ be-

stowed by Fleming in 1828, should be adopted for this species. I have

accordingly to remind him that Boie, six years earlier, called it B. athe-

niensis (‘ Isis,’ 1822, p. 549), which looks as if Fleming’s “name must

therefore be rejected.”

+ There is an apparent but not real exception in Vieillot ; for his Sylvia

Fruticeti is admittedly the Greater Whitethroat in autumnal plumage (cf.

Degland, Orn. Eur. 1. p. 536),

in Ornithological Nomenclature. 161

and that in both editions of his ‘Manuel’ (1815, pp. 118,

125; 1820, 1. pp. 208, 226), spoke most positively on this

point. Kuhl, Bonaparte, Gray, Gerbe, and others have cited

the figure without hesitation, some of them more than once.

Years ago I showed the plate to several of my ornithological

friends, who were well acquainted with birds and also with

the representations of them by draughtsmen of the period.

No one of them but, after due examination, declared himself

satisfied that the subject of the figure was a Greater White-

throat taken in autumn. Indeed it cannot have been any-

thing else; the rufous vertex, nape, and mantie, the rufous

edging of the wing-feathers, coverts as well as quills, the

white outer web of the external remiges are characters which

admit of no mistake. And yet Mr. Seebohm not only asserts

that “it is impossible to accept this figure asa clear definition

of a Whitethroat,” and “ equally impossible to determine what

bird stood as model for” it, but he suggests the serious

charge that D’Aubenton “ ‘ evolved’ the figure ‘ out of the

depths of his moral consciousness,’ and coloured it to agree

with Buffon’s description.” This accusation seems to me

groundless ; and, for the credit of ornithology, I wish it were

withdrawn. For more than a century D’Aubenton’s draughts-

man Martinet has enjoyed unblemished fame as a faithful

portrayer who, if wanting in the artistic execution we have

occasionally seen since, yet had skill to seize and reproduce

the most characteristic features of any bird he figured, as he

most certainly did those of the Greater Whitethroat in the

plate which Mr. Seebohm, without adducing the slightest

evidence, accuses him of drawing from imagination,

It remains to be said that the name Motacilla rufa be-

stowed by Boddaert applies solely to the subject of this figure,

and not to any Fauvette or Grisette described by Brisson or

Buffon. Mr. Seebohm’s argument that Boddaert’s name

should be rejected on other grounds involves, I think, some

confusion of ideas, upon which I need not dwell. Its admis-

sion would be incongruous with the rule of priority.

This same confusion of ideas seems to me to underlie some

of Mr. Seebohm’s remarks on the second point at issue, my

having restored its Linnzean name to the Garden- Warbler ; for

the mistakes of subsequent authors form no valid objection to

retaining it in its original sense. ‘The state of the case is

this. The Motacilla salicaria of the ‘Systema Nature’ rests

actually on the bird described by that name in the ‘ Fauna

Suecica:’ synonyms have nothing to do with it; and here, as

elsewhere in like cases, their consideration must be excluded.

Turning to the work last mentioned (ed. 1761) we find the

162 On some Points in Ornithological Nomenclature.

brief diagnosis quite compatible with that of the Garden-War-

bler, and the description, which is much fuller than that given

in the ‘Systema,’ incompatible in one character only—“‘ linea

albida supra oculos,” while in other respects it fits the Garden-

Warbler alone of all Swedish birds with which Linneus was

likely to have met. Mr. Seebohm considers that the phrase

“superciliis albis’’ condemns the description; but I assure

him he is in error, for superciliwm does not necessarily mean

an eyebrow, or still less a “ superciliary stripe ;” and the word

is doubtless here used for the eyelids, which in the Garden-

Warbler are clothed with white feathers. Again, the words

** Pedes fulvi’”’ form no part of the original description, while

his suggestion that Linneeus’s bird was an Acrocephalus is

utterly at variance with the statements ‘‘ Rectrices remigibus

concolores,” and “ Habitat in sylvis,’”’ as well as with the

closing remark of the description, ‘‘ Avis valde affinis Sylvie

[¢. e. the Greater Whitethroat], modo non sexu tantum dis-

tincta.”’ Nilsson, unquestionably the best authority on the

birds of Sweden, has never faltered in deeming the M. sali-

carta to be the Garden-Warbler*; and I cannot at all

agree with my critic that, under all these circumstances,

Linneus “failed to define the species clearly,” or that his

description of it is invalidated by the single inaccuracy above

noticed. As well might we declare that his Malco haliactus

is not the Osprey because he said of it, ‘ Pes sinister semi-

palmatus” +!

I have thus tried, as briefly as I could, to answer the objec-

tions urged by my good friends, and, I trust, with some success,

though I have not the vanity to suppose that I shall affect their

opinions, for all must allow that a discussion on nomenclature

is generally profitless. I cannot even say that I desire to make

converts of them, since the names used by zoologists are almost

a matter of indifference tome. I am simply striving to carry

* Herein Gloger (Handb. p. 243) and, it would seem, Lichtenstein

concur,

+ I said before that I had no wish to criticise such parts of Mr. See-

bohm’s paper as do not refer to myself; but I must remark that his

comments on the M. borin of Boddaert seem to be beside the question.

In almost every department of zoology we have long had local names

brought into scientific nomenclature, witness Lemur mongoz, Lanius

tschagra, Coluber hadje, Rana pipa, and Salmo hucho, among a multitude

of others. The practice is not graceful; but Motacilla borin is hardly

worse than any of the above, and quite as good as Lstrelda astrild,

Fypsipetes ourovang, or Penelope marail, which are in common use. I

cannot help thinking that those writers who may hereafter forego the

expressions Sylvia cinerea and S. hortensis will not do so in favour of

S. communis and S, simplex, in spite of my friend’s recommendation.

On two new Helicide. 163

out strictly and honestly, so far as in me lies, the Rules set

forth by the British Association, and this without regard to

consequences. I only regret that the attempt involves so much

toil and waste of time; but I will not prolong these tedious

remarks on so trifling a subject; I will only say, I have no

wish to be thought an infaihble interpreter of those rules, and

that I am no believer in nomenclatural finality ; for I bear in

mind that the truthful lines are here applicable :—

“ Critics I saw that others’ names efface,

And fix their own, with labour, in the place.

Their own, like others’, soon their place resigned,

Or disappeared, and left the first behind.”

Magdalene College, Cambridge,

July 11, 1879.

XIX.—Deseription of two new Species of Plectopylis, a Sub-

genus of the Helicide. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-

AvuSsTEN, F.Z.S. Ke.

AMONG some specimens of Plectopylis pinacis, Benson, of large

size from Darjiling, given me by Ferd. Stoliczka, are several

smaller shells which no doubt are referable to P. macromphalus,

W. BIE, var. minor, alluded to in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal,’ 1870, p. 18. Mr. Blanford shows that it

is quite distinct from pinacis, and, perhaps not having mature

specimens of this Darjiling shell, considered it the same as the

Khasi shell, to which it has a very great resemblance. I

have now before me a very large number of this small form

also from Darjiling, given me to look through by Mr. G.

Nevill; and_on a closer examination the differences are well

marked.

In a drawing made under the superintendence of Stoliczka

the animal of this small form of Plectopylis is represented as

of a pink colour.

In form the shell resembles macromphalus; but it may

be distinguished by possessing a hairy epidermis, which,

on microscopical examination, differs from pénacis in being

laterally barred with brown, whereas macromphalus, in a large

series, is uniformly coloured—also by the more distinct charac-

ter of a ridge on the parietal side of the aperture, not present

in the Khasi shell at its most advanced stage of growth. In

most respects it is really a closer ally of pinacis from the

same locality.

The second species is also supposed to have come from the

same part of the Himalayas.

164 Rey. A. M. Norman on the Occurrence of

Helix (Plectopylis) minor, n. sp.

Locality. Dayjiling hills.

Shell sinistral, openly umbilicated, discoidal, hirsute. Sculp-

ture coarse, with irregular transverse ribbing, near the apex

fine and regular ribbing; colour pale umber, with regularly

disposed broadish transverse bars of sienna-brown ; spire flat,

only the first three whorls slightly rising above the others ;

suture shallow. Whorls five, subangular on the periphery

of the last, which has four distinct rows of short hairs, entire

at the poimt. Aperture oblique, slightly descending ; peri-

stome lunate, slightly flattened on the upper outer margin,

but very little reflected, the inner margins connected with a

distinct ridge on the parietal side.

The parietal vertical lamina is simple, with no distinct hori-

zontal plica below it, as in macromphalus ; the palatal plice

are six in front, four behind, the basal one in front thin and

longer than the others.

Plectopylis Hanleyt, n. sp.

Sikkim ? No history ; only one specimen, in the collection of

Mr. Sylvanus Hanley.

Shell sinistral, depressedly conoid, openly umbilicated, pro-

bably hirsute when young. Sculpture coarse, irregular, trans-

verse ridges. Colour uniform ochraceous. Spire conoidal ; apex

blunt, smooth. Suture well marked. Whorls six, close-

wound, convex. Aperture semicircular, diagonal; peristome

somewhat thickened, white, with a thin callus on the parietal

margin, not to the extent of a ridge.

Size—major diam. 5:5, minor diam. 5:0, alt. 3:0 millims.

Parietal vertical lamina simple; palatal plice in two rows,

four long in front, four short behind, and one basal long.

This shell is very distinct ; it has somewhat the form of P.

plectostoma, but is not so angular on the periphery, while the

internal plication is quite different, besides being so very much

smaller in size.

XX.—On the Occurrence of Neomenia (Solenopus) dn the

British Seas. By the Rev. A. M. Norman.

THE translation of Koren and Danielssen’s paper on. Soleno-

pus, in the ‘ Annals’ for May, relates to a very remarkable

new order of Mollusca. “It will be of interest to your readers

to learn that the type species has long been known to me as

an inhabitant of the British Seas; and though at this moment

Neomenia (Solenopus) ¢z the British Seas. 165

I cannot recall to mind with certainty other localities, I have

undoubtedly met with itin the Shetland seas. Last year I also

dredged it in the neighbourhood of Bergen, Norway, whence

also Koren’s and Danielssen’s specimens came. ‘he genus

and species must in justice bear the name bestowed upon .

it by Tullberg, who published an accurate description, illus-

trated by two plates of figures of the animal and its anatomy,

in 1875, at a time when M. Sars had only given the MS.

name. The synonymy of the British species will be :—

Subclass OPISTHOBRANCHIATA, Milne-Edwards, 1848.

Order Tzroprancutara, Koren and Danielssen.

Genus NeomentA, Tullberg, 1875.

{ = Solenopus (Sars, MS.), Koren and Danielssen, 1878.)

1. Neomenia carinata, Tullberg.

1868, Solenopus nitidulus, M. Sars, Forhand. i Videnskabs-Selsk. Christ.

p. 257 (name only, no description).

1875. Neomenia carinata, T. Tullberg, “ Neomenia, a new Genus of In-

vertebrate Animals,” Bihang til Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Band iii.

no. 13, pls. i. & ii.

1877. Solenopus nitidulus, Koren & Danielssen, Archiv for Mathematik

og Naturvidenskab. Christiania, p. 6, and translated Ann. & Mag,

Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 324.

Habitat. Norway (Sars, Norman, é&c.); Sweden (Lovén) ;

Shetland (Norman).

2. Neomenia Dalyelli, Kor. & Dan.

1877. Solenopus Dalyellii, Kor. & Dan./. ce. p. 10,’and in Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 2. ce. p. 327.

21853. Vermiculus crassus, Dalyell, Powers of the Creator, vol. ii.

p- 88, pl. x. fig. 11.

Habitat. Norway (Sars, Koren); North Atlantic, lat.

64° 9' N., Jong. 6° 6! E. (?), 157 fathoms (Koren) ; Scotland ?

(Dalyell).

It will be seen from Koren and Danielssen’s paper that they

regard this curious animal as a mollusk, though so much

differing from previously known mollusks that it could not

be included in any of the established orders. It may be in-

teresting if I add here for comparison Tullberg’s concluding

remarks, after he has previously gone carefully into the

anatomy ; he says :—

“ As regards the systematic position of this curious animal,

some few remarks offer themselves ; but it seems safer to defer

all detailed discussion on this subject until more complete

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. iv. 12

166 Geological Society.

investigation shall have been made. As elsewhere, embryo-

logy will give the best clue to its affinities. At present the

type of Mollusca and that of Vermes seem both to claim Neo-

menia as a distant relation, the latter perhaps with more

right than the former. Neomenia, however, presents consi-

~ derable deviations from both, in the absence of a radula, in

the structure of the alimentary canal and of the nervous sys-

tem, as also in other respects, as the form of the body and the

spines of the skin.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 12, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Conodonts from the Chazy and Cincinnati groups of the

Cambro-Silurian, and from the Hamilton and Genesee-Shale divi-

sions of the Devonian, in Canada and the United States.” By

G. Jennings Hinde, Esq., F.G.S.

After a sketch of the bibliography of the subject, the author

described the occurrence of Conodonts. In the Chazy beds they are as-

sociated with numerous Leperditie, some Trilobites, and Gasteropods ;

in the Cincinnati group with various fossils ; and in the Devonian

strata principally with fish-remains; but there is no clue to their

nature from these associated fossils. They possess the same micro-

scopic lamellar structure as the Russian Conodonts described by

Pander. The various affinities exhibited by the fossil Conodonts

were discussed ; and the author is of opinion that though they most

resemble the teeth of Myxinoid fishes, their true zoological relation-

ship is very uncertain. The paper concluded with a classification of

the Conodonts from the above deposits.

2. “On Annelid Jaws from the Cambro-Silurian, Silurian, and

Devonian Formations in Canada, and from the Lower Carboniferous

in Scotland.” By G. Jennings Hinde, Esq., F.G.S.

After referring to the very few recorded instances of the discovery

of any portions of the organism of errant Annelids as distinct from

their trails and impressions in the rocks, the author noticed the

characters of the strata, principally shallow-water deposits, in which

the Annelid jaws described by him are imbedded. A description

was given of the principal varieties of form and of the structure of

the jaws. They were classified from their resemblances to existing

forms under seven genera, five of which are included in the family

Kunicea, one in the family Lycoridea, and one among the Glycerea.

The author enumerated fifty-five different: forms, the greater pro-

portion of which are from the Cincinnati group.

Miscellancous. 167

April 30, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S8.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “Vectisaurus valdensis, 2a New Wealden Dinosaur.” By J.

W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The author described some fossil remains, obtained by him in

Brixton Bay, Isle of Wight, in 1871, consisting of an ilium, several

pre-sacral, and one post-sacral vertebra. He established the Dino-

saurian nature of the animal represented by them, and offered proof

of its distinctness from already-known forms. He proposes for it

the name Vectisaurus valdensis, a name descriptive of the locality

and formation in which the remains were found by him. ‘The

charaeters presented by the genus Vectisawrus were stated to be as

follows :—Ilium with a long compressed antacetabular process,

having its greatest transverse extent in a vertical plane, and

strengthened by a strong ridge produced from the sacral crest.

Vertebre in anterior dorsal region having opisthoccelous centres,

their lateral surfaces longitudinally concave, transversely gently

convex, meeting below in a blunt keel.

2. “On the Occurrence of the Genus Dithyrocaris in the Lower

Carboniferous, or Calciferous Sandstone, Series of Scotland ; and on

that of a second Species of Anthrapalemon in these Beds.” By R.

Etheridge, Esq., Jun., F.G.S.

The author, in the first place, referred to the extension of the

range in time of the genus Dithyrocaris, by the discovery of nume-

rous fragmentary remains of D. testudineus, Scouler, in the Calcife-

rous Sandstone or Lower Carboniferous Series of the south of

Scotland, about the horizon of the Wardie Shales near Edinburgh,

and in the Cement-stone group of Roxburghshire.

A further and more complete description of Anthrapalemon

Woodwardi, Eth., jun., was then given, in which the characters of

some of the appendages were more particularly alluded to, such as

the eyes, inner and outer antenne, and first pair of ciliate appen-

dages, thus placing the stability of the species beyond a doubt.

The paper concluded with the description of a second species of

Anthrapalemon, from the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Roxburgh-

shire, for which the author proposed the name of A. Macconochit,

after the discoverer of the specimen. ‘This remarkable species, of

which the carapace is at present the only portion known, differs

essentially in the characters of this part of the body from all the

other described species of the genus.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notice of a new Jurassic Mammal. By Prof. O, C. Marsn.

During a recent visit to the Rocky Mountains the writer spent

some time in examining the deposits known as the Atlantosaurus-

168 Miscellaneous.

beds, and was rewarded by the discovery of several interesting fos-

sils, among them the lower jaw of a small mammal. ‘This speci-

men indicates a diminutive marsupial, quite distinct from the one

previously described by the writer from the same horizon (Dryolestes

priscus)*, Which has hitherto been the only mammal known from

the Jurassic of this country.

The present specimen, which is from the left side, has the larger

part of the ramus preserved, with a number of perfect teeth in

position. Most of the symphysial portion is lost, and the posterior

part is missing or only faintly indicated. The jaw was remarkably

long and slender. The horizontal portion is of nearly equal depth

throughout, and the lower margin nearly straight. The form of

the coronoid process, condyle, and angle of the jaw cannot be deter-

mined from this specimen.

The remarkable feature in this jaw is the series of premolar and

molar teeth. These were very numerous, apparently as many as

twelve in all, and possibly more. The premolars had their crowns

more or less compressed and recurved ; and some of them were sup-

ported by two fangs. These had a small posterior tubercle at the

base of the crown, but none in front. The molar teeth were all

single-fanged, with elevated conical crowns; those preserved have

a distinct cingulum. The molars increase in size from the first to

the fifth. All the teeth preserved have the crowns raised consider-

ably above the upper margin of the jaw, and thus appear to be

loosely inserted. A large pointed tooth lying near the jaw appears

to be a canine.

The principal dimensions of this specimen are as follows :—

millim.

Length of portion of jaw preserved .....,.... 11:5

Dixtent of fivyeamolar teeth». 5). 2-003 <2 4-0

Extent of entire molar series ........5..+.. 50

Height of fifth true molar above jaw ........ 2:0

Depth of jaw below fifth molar ............ 1:75

Depth of jaw below last premolar .......... 15

Depth of jaw below first premolar .......... 1-4

In comparing this interesting fossil with the forms already

known, it is at once evident that it differs widely from any living

type. Its nearest affinities are clearly with the genus Stylodon of

Owen, from the Purbeck beds of England; and in many respects

the correspondence is close.

This specimen clearly indicates a new genus, which may be called

Stylacodon, and the species represented Stylacodon gracilis. With

the genus Stylodon, this form evidently constitutes a distinct family,

which may appropriately be termed the Stylodontide. The present

specimen indicates an animal somewhat smaller than a weasel, and

probably insectivorous in habit.—Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, July

1879.

* ‘Annals, July 1878, p. 108.

+ Geological Magazine, vol. iii. p. 199 (1866), and Palzontographical

Society, vol. xxiv. p. 45 (1871).

Miscellaneous. 169

Alleged Evidence of the Moa from feathered Ornaments of Maori

Weapons.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GuntLEMEN,—I have been favoured by a letter from Dr. Hector,

F.RS., dated “ Wellington, New Zealand, 20th May, 1879,” in-

forming me that the paragraph from the ‘Otago Daily Times’

quoted in my ‘ Memoirs on the Extinct Wingless Birds of New Zea-

land,’ vol. i. p. 448, relating to Dr. Hector’s examination of weapons

alleged to have been brought by Capt. Cook from New Zealand, is

incorrect, and that the editor’s remark, “ strange that this evidence

should have reposed in the cellars of the British Museum for a cen-

tury,” is quite unfounded, and that Dr. Hector “never made any

statement that could possibly bear such construction as is implied by

the writer of the paragraph in question.”—R. Owen.

On the Metamorphoses of the Blister-beetle (Lytta vesicatoria).

By M. J. Licurenste1n.

During the first warm days at the end of May or the beginning

of June, Blister-beetles in copulation are common on ashes, privets,

lilacs, &c., and when placed under a bell glass the females soon

make an excavation in the earth and deposit in it a mass of some

hundreds of rather elongated whitish and transparent eggs. In a

fortnight these eggs hatch and furnish the larve long since known

as Triungulint, and figured by Ratzeburg and others. They are

scaly, dark brown, with the meso- and metathorax and first abdo-

minal segment white. This larva has very acute jaws, black pro-

minent eyes, and two long caudal sete.

After several fruitless trials the author got them to feed at first

upon the stomachs of honey-bees, and then upon eggs and young

larvee of various species of bees, especially Osmiew and Ceratina

chaleites. Care must be taken to add honey to the eggs or young

larvee, because animal food is only fitted for this first larval form,

and the little Triungwinus seems to have an instinctive knowledge

that it must not touch the egg or larva unless there is beside it suf-

ficient honey to feed the form which is to succeed it. But when

this condition is fulfilled the little animal at once attacks the egg or

the larva, and is seen to increase in size rapidly.

On the fifth or sixth day it changes its skin. It loses its caudal

set and its brown colour, and becomes a small hexapod worm ; its

jaws become obtuse, its eyes much less brilliant; it quits the ani-

mal food and begins upon the honey. Five days later there is a

fresh change of skin, and the first modifications become still more

strongly marked ; the jaws become still broader, and the eyes more

and more obliterated.

Five days later there is another moult, when the eyes entirely

disappear, the feet and the jaws become brown and horny at the

extremity, the insect acquires the aspect of a small larva of a

Lamellicorn, and is evidently destined to burrow in the ground.

170 Miscellaneous.

Up to this point the author reared the larve in small glass tubes

like thimbles, corked and turned bottom upwards; and it was upon

the surface of the cork that the above changes took place. He now

employed a glass tube about 4 inches long and 1 inch in diameter,

stopped at the bottom with a piece of sponge, and filled with earth,

upon which he placed the Scarabeoid larva (as Riley has called the

same stage in Hpicauta). The larva immediately buried itself and

formed, a little above the sponge, against the wall of the tube, a

small chamber or cavity. In five days more a fresh change of skin

took place, producing a pupa like that of a Muscide, having four

small mamille at the apex, and three pairs of small mamille at

the part where the legs were. Its colour is horny white; and it is

motionless, looking exactly like a chrysalis, This state lasts

through the winter, the only sign of life being the issuing from its

pores, from time to time, of a transparent colourless liquid, which

remains for some days at the surface of the body.

On the 15th April this pupa burst its envelope, and gave issue to

a white grub, very like the Scarabeoid larva, but without its robust

claws and jaws, only presenting rudimentary feet, each composed of

three short and thick pieces. This grub moves slowly in its cell,

but does not go out of it or eat. On the 30th April there is a

fresh change, producing a nympha of the regular coleopterous type,

having all the limbs recognizable. It is at first white, but soon

becomes coloured; on the 17th May it was already very dark; and

on the 19th the beetle was visible in the cell ready to make its ap-

pearance. The complete development of the insect thus occupies a

year. The author believes that in nature the insect preys upon

burrowing bees, such as Halictus and Andrena.— Comptes Rendus,

May 26, 1879, p. 1089.

On the Systematic Position of the Volvocineee, and on the Limits of the

Vegetable and Animal Kingdoms. By M. KE, Mavrpas.

Since the publication of the memoirs of F. Cohn upon the Volvo-

cine, it seemed that the old debates respecting the systematic posi-

tion of those Microphytes were closed for ever. Every one, in fact,

had adopted the opinions of this naturalist ; and in all the general

treatises the Volvocinese are arranged with the Algxw. Stein, in his

fine volumes recently published upon the Flagellate Infusoria, recurs

to the old view of Ehrenberg, and reclaims the Volvocinex for the

animal kingdom, placing them among the Infusoria. As this ques-

tion affects important problems of cellular morphology and goes to

the very heart of the controversy on the limits of the two organic

kingdoms, I have thought it useful to make known to the Academy

some observations and considerations opposed to the conclusions of

the learned professor of Prague.

With Stein, the true criterion which enables a Protozoon to be

distinguished from a Protophyte is the simultaneous presence of

vibratile cilia or flagella, of contractile vacuoles, and of a nucleus

in one and the same creature. The Protozoa alone, according to

him, combine these three organs; no well-characterized plant pos-

Miscellaneous. 171

sesses them together. He insists repeatedly upon this character,

especially at pp. 37, 47, and 51 of the work above cited. It is on

account of the simultaneous existence of these three organs, ascer-

tained by all observers, and particularly by F. Cohn, in the Volvo-

cinew, that Stein has excluded them from the vegetable kingdom,

and placed them among the Flagellate Infusoria. We shall find

that this character is of no importance, and that it occurs in Algw,

upon the vegetable nature of which Stein himself would not venture

to cast a doubt.

In the first place, it is useless to dwell upon vibratile cilia; every

one knows that all zoospores are furnished with them.

I pass to the contractile vacuole. And here I cannot refrain from

expressing my astonishment to sce a naturalist so exact, and gene-

rally so well informed, as Stein still denying the existence of this

organ (p. 47) in well-characterized plants. It has been seen by

Leitgeb, De Bary, Fresenius, Strasburger, Dodel-Port, and Cien-

kowski in the zoospores of Saprolegniew, of Cystopus, of Myxomy-

cetes, of Palmellaceze, of Ulothriv, of Hydrurus, of Chetophora, &e. ;

I have myself indicated it in Microspora floccosa and Stigeoclonium

tenue ; and I am convinced that it will be found in many other zoo-

spores if it is sought with high magnifying-powers and under good

conditions of observation. At any rate, the numerous facts already

ascertained are sufficient to refute the assertion of the celebrated

professor of Prague.

There remains the nucleus ; and Stein, in denying its existence in

the zoospores of the Algee, is in accord with everybody. All the ob-

servers who, since Thuret, have studied these organisms have been un-

able to discover a nucleus in them ; and Strasburger, quite recently

(‘ Botan. Zeitung,’ April 25, p. 274), assumes that the nucleus of the

zoospores of Ulothriv does not exist during its wandering period, and

is reconstructed afresh at the moment of germination. I have tried

to verify these assertions by the aid of very precise methods of ob-

servation, which I have long employed in the investigation of the

nucleus and nucleolus of the Infusoria ; and in the zoospores of

Microspora floccosa and of an undetermined @dogonium I have found

a very distinctly characterized nucleus.

I placed upon -the glass plate a small drop full of zoospores of

Microspora, covered it with the thin glass, and drew away the water

by aspiration, so that the zoospores were slightly compressed and

rendered nearly motionless. I then cemented two of the opposite

edges of the covering-glass with paraffin; and when it was well

fixed I caused a drop of alcohol to penetrate beneath it by drawing

off the water with bibulous paper. The zoospores were quickly

killed, and retained by compression between the two plates of glass.

I then replaced the alcohol with water, and the latter with saturated

picrocarminate. In a few minutes, the action of the reagent being

sufficient, I drew it off and replaced it by water, always by means

of bibulous paper, and then replaced the latter by crystallizable

acetic acid. This last reagent immediately clears the object; and

there is then seen, in the rostral region of the zoospores, a small

iy (7 Miscellaneous.

spherical nucleus of an intense red colour and very distinctly

defined, the rest of the body remaining very pale. As the acetic

acid is very volatile, one has only to place at the edge of the covering-

glass a drop of glycerine, which penetrates and replaces the evapo-

rated acid, preserving the form of the zoospores. We thus obtain a

preparation which only requires luting to be rendered permanent.

With the zoospores of Gdogoniuwm, of which I had only a small

number, I followed a rather different method. I killed them by

exposing the drop of water for a minute to the vapours of osmic

acid of 1 per cent.; I then cemented them under the covering-glass

by means of paraffin, coloured them with the picrocarminate, and

afterwards cleared them with the acetic acid and glycerine. The

action of the picrocarminate requires to be continued longer than in

the method with alcohol. The nucleus, situated in the middle of

the body, rather a little behind than in front, appears like a small

red sphere.

These zoospores were killed during their period of mobility. The

nuclei could not be confounded with the amylaceous corpuscles

which are met with in many Volvocinez besides the true nucleus.

The amylaceous corpuscles never acquire a red colour in prepara-

tions made in accordance with the methods here employed. We

have therefore to do with true nuclei, combined with vibratile cilia

and with contractile vacuoles, in zoospores of Alge. The two Algve

studied have zoospores belonging to two different types, those of

Microspora being flagellate, and those of @dogoniwm furnished with

a circlet of vibratile cilia. I am persuaded that if the zoospores of

the other Algz are suitably investigated a nucleus will be found in

in all of them.

The new criterion proposed by Stein for distinguishing the two

organic kingdoms is therefore of no value. Moreover, to seek a

well-defined boundary between plants and animals seems to me to

be a search very little in harmony with all the recent progress of

biological studies. The latest works all tend more and more to de-

monstrate that all the barriers which it had been attempted to raise

between these two groups have nothing fundamental or real in

them. From the physiological point of view, Claude Bernard has

established incontestably the biological unity of the living world.

The same conclusion springs from all the morphological results that

we have attained. At present neither physiology nor morphology

furnish any exclusive character belonging to one or the other of the

two kingdoms. When we study the amphibiological creatures which

swarm in the lower grades of the living world we may therefore

sometimes be puzzled where to class them. It is necessary then to

consider the totality of the characters ; and, without having recourse

to a third kingdom, we may almost always succeed in finding in

them tendencies and affinities which enable us to assign them a place

in the existing categories. It is by the consideration of these

general characters that I am in complete accord with Cohn and other

writers in classing the Volvocines among the Algze, side by side with

the Palmellacese, the Conjugate, and the Zoosporexe.—Comptes

Rendus, June 16, 1879, p. 1274.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(FIFTH SERIES. ]

No. 21. SEPTEMBER 1879.

XXI.—Remarks on the Recent Eryontide.

By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A.

I am sorry that Mr. Spence Bate’s reply to my inquiries

respecting the Crustacea described by him in a paper “ On

the Willemoesia group of Crustacea,” which appeared in the

‘Annals’ of December last, has remained so long unnoticed

by me. Unfortunately I have been so occupied by duties that

I have had no time for writing since the commencement of

the year.

Mr. Spence Bate’s paper just referred to was on a subject

of the greatest interest. In it were described a number of

Crustacea discovered by the ‘ Challenger’ in the abyss of the

ocean, extremely closely related to a group of animals which,

until recently, were believed to have been extinct for countless

ages; for they had only been met with in old fossiliferous

strata. The recent forms which have now been found are so

closely the counterparts of their ancient brethren, that they

mimic even minute details of sculpture in the several segments

of the body. Yet, at the same time, I found conclusions drawn

that were totally at variance with those at which I had arrived

from the examination of two specimens of these animals which

were dredged off the coast of Spain by the ‘ Porcupine’ expe-

dition of 1870.

Mr. Bate’s conclusions were to me startling ; but I did not

venture to say that they were wrong, since, with the mass of

Ann. & Mag, N, List. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 15

174. Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide.

material at his command, he had advantages in arriving at a

definite opinion which I had not myself enjoyed. The matter,

however, was of too great interest to pass by—of so much

interest, not to myself only, but to many others, that it seemed

the best way to ask Mr. Bate to give us further information

upon the points in question.

I am well aware that the style of my writing was terse. I

adopted the form of abrupt questions for brevity’s sake ; for I

was compelled to compress my observations into the small

space of three pages, which had been kindly accorded tome by

the Editors of the ‘Annals’ at a late period, when the matter

for the issue of the next month’s number had already been

determined on. I regret that it would seem that this brevity

savoured to Mr. Spence Bate of discourtesy.

Whether he is in the right or I am right in the views which

we respectively hold is a matter of no moment to myself, if

only the discussion of the points in question tends to throw

more light upon the subject.

My first and most important question was, “Are his genera

Pentacheles and Willemoesia any thing more than the other

sex of Polycheles?”” The first words of the reply are, ‘‘ Having

just given a paper to prove that they are distinct and not one

and the same species, I beg to repeat that Pentacheles and

Willemoesia are not the other sex of Polycheles, and to refer to

my paper for details.” I have referred again to his paper,

only to find, as before, that there was not one single allusion

to sex throughout it. It was this very omission which, on

first reading his paper, had led me to the suspicion that Mr.

Bate had fallen into the error of regarding certain modifica-

tions of structure as of generic value, which really were

dependent on and characteristic of the sex of individuals of

the same species. The information, however, upon the ques-

tion of sex which was wanting in the first paper has, in the

second, been supplied. I will now state the grounds on which

my own views were arrived at previously to the publication

of Mr. Spence Bate’s paper.

1. The known examples with the last pereiopods simple

(Polycheles, Bate) were males, while those which had the last

perevopods chelate or subchelate (Pentacheles and Willemoesia,

Bate) were females ; thus :—

A. Males, with last pereiopods simple.

a, Polycheles typhlops, Heller. 'The type specimen was a

male, and has the last pereiopods simple.

b. Willemoesia crucifera, Suhm, a male; last pereiopods

simple.

Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 175

ce. Polycheles typhlops, Heller. A male from the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ expedition, which I had examined, is charac-

terized by the last pereiopods being simple.

B. Females; last pereiopods chelate.

d. Polycheles typhlops, Heller. A specimen dredged by

the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition.

e. Wallemcesia leptodactyla, Suhm. <A female, having the

last pereiopods chelate. This specimen is said by

Suhm to be a male; but it is clear that he fell into an

error as regards the sex; for he says ‘at the coxal

joint of the third pereiopod are the genital openings,”

which statement, together with his figure (pl. xiii.

fig. 2) of the first pleopod, clearly prove that the type

specimen was a female.

It will thus be seen that before the publication of Mr. Bate’s

paper all known specimens which had simple last pereiopods

were males, while such as had those limbs terminated by chele

were females.

2. That the male (c) and the female (d) represent the two

sexes of one and the same species, and that therefore the ache-

late or chelate character of the last pereiopods is a modification

dependent upon sex.

I stated in my former note that I considered the two speci-

mens taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition (see Proc. Roy.

Soc. 1870, p. 154) to be male and female of Polycheles typh-

lops, adding, “‘my conclusion that their difference is sexual

may be wrong.’ Mr. Bate has commented on these words as

though I did not know the sex of the individuals examined ;

but to any one who reads the whole passage it will be at once

obvious that my argument was that those structural differ-

ences which he regarded as generic I found to accompany

difference of sex, and regarded as sexual. The following

detailed description of this male and female will enable other

carcinologists in some degree to form their own opinions.

Polycheles typhlops, Heller *.

1862. Polycheles typhlops, Heller, Beitraige zur nahern Kenntniss der

Macrouren, Sitzungsberichte der Akad. der Wissensch. math.-nat.

Cl. Bd. xl. Abth. 1, p. 389, pl. i. figs. 1-6.

1863. Polycheles typhlops, Heller, Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa’s,

p- 211, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2.

* Tf Heller’s figures are absolutely correct, the form here described is a

different species; but with present knowledge I do not feel justified in

giving it a different name to that under which I recorded it in the ‘ Por-

cupine’ Report (Proc, Roy. Soc. 1870, no, 125, p. 154). ne

176 Rey. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide.

Male. Anterior margin of carapace with a strong central

spine, flanked on each side with another spine; lateral margin

bearing seven spines on anterior (hepatic) portion, five spines

on the middle division, and about twenty on the branchial

portion ; central dorsal line spined, spines arranged in single

or double files, thus—1 (the rostral), 1, 1, 2,2, 2,2*; hinder

margin bearing six spines—the median pair, and on each side

of these two spines ; a curved row of five spines passes back-

ward from the ocular notch; and a ridge crowned with about

fourteen minute spines runs along the branchial region parallel

with the lateral margin; still more minute spines are also

present on the ridges which divide the gastric from the

cardiac and branchial regions and other parts of the carapace.

The pleon has the first five segments centrally carinated,

with a large forwardly curving spine at the anterior end of the

carina of each segment; this spine attains its greatest de-

velopment on the fourth and fifth segments; sixth segment

bicarinated, the caring nodulous; the sides of all the segments

ornamented with small rounded tubercles. Te/son gradually

tapering to an acute termination, its anterior portion with a

central carina, while the hinder portion is bicarinate, the

carine slightly serrulate. Gnathopods imperfect; the base of

one remains as far as the middle of the meros, the outer

margin of portion of the meros which remains bears several

small spines. Last peretopods with the extremity simple,

styliform, much shorter and more slender than the preceding

pair. Lirst pleopods one-branched, simple, spoon-shaped, the

expanded portion thin and transparent, with a central rib.

Length 60 millims. .

Female in all its general characters and the structure of its

limbs closely resembling the male just described, but differs

as follows :—Cephalothorax bearing on front margin a pair of

central spines (instead of a single spine) ; lateral margin with

the spines 6, 3, 8; central dorsal row 2 (rostral), 1, 2, 1, 2,

2,2; no spines on hinder margin, except the central pair ;

five spines on hepatic and gastric regions as in male; ridge

on branchial region with only five spines; the smaller spines

present on the carapace of the male are absent or evanescent.

The pleon is carinated and armed exactly as in male, and only

differs in the minute tubercles on the sides not being deve-

loped. Ocular notch deeper than in male. First peretopods

with two spines on the outer margin of the meros, and a

* These are only the more prominent spines; the intermediate spaces

between them are furnished, as are all other parts of the carapace, with

minute spines, any one of which, a little more developed, would make

such a spine as would be counted in the row.

Rev. A. M. Norman on Liecent Eryontide. 177

single distal spine on meros, carpus, and manus; lower

margin of manus spinulated, edge of finger minutely and

exquisitely serrated. Last peretopods much smaller than the

others, chelate, the finger longer than the thumb. First

pleopods with the terminal portion styliform. Length 50

millims.

Male taken off Portuguese coast in 220 fathoms, ‘ Porcu-

pine’ Exped. 1870, Station 13, lat. 40° 16’ N., long. 9°37' W. ;

female in 257 fathoms (Station 8, lat. 48° 13’ N., long.

9° 11' W.) on the Channel slope.

Now these two crustaceans show a very close resemblance

to each other in all general characters, while the points of

divergence are only such as might reasonably be expected to

result from difference of sex and of size; and I cannot feel

myself justified in regarding them as belonging to two species ;

and still less am I prepared to place them in two genera.

The female is much smaller than the male; and this fact and

the difference of sex may well account for the less-pronounced

character of the spimous adornment of the carapace in the

former: it will be observed that the arrangement of the lines

of spines is the same in both. I have gone into very minute

detail as to the number of spines which compose the rows,

because it is only here that any difference can be detected ;

but no species-splitter has yet gone so far as to base character

on such minutiz as these. ‘The male before us, indeed,

proves from its own carapace that stress must not be laid

on such points; for while one lateral margin has seven spines

on the hepatic region, the other has eight. The one important

point of distinction between the two ‘ Porcupine’ Polycheles

is the character of the last pereiopods. Is, then, the achelate

or chelate structure of these limbs a difference resulting from

genus or sex ?

3. Sexual diversity in the last peretopods of the male is a

common feature among the Crustacea.

The male sexual organs are situated at the base of the last

peretopods; and while many organs, both of the cephalothorax

and pleon, undergo frequently the most remarkable modifica-

tions, as indirectly subservient to the sexual functions, in few

organs are these modifications more general or more remark-

able than in the last pereiopods. Many instances might be

cited among the higher Crustacea, while among the Copepoda

the varied and peculiar modifications of these limbs in the

male are found to be of no small importance in the diagnosis

both of genera and of species.

4. Male Crustacea are constantly found to differ froin their

JSemales by structural differences which, in the aggregate, are far

178 Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide.

more remarkable than those upon which specific and even

generic characters are usually based.

This is now so fully proved that it may be laid down

plainly as an axiom. As instances of extraordinary diver-

gence in form and structure between the sexes it will suffice

to name the order Cumacea, the Isopeda (Bopyrus, Phryxus,

Gyge, Ione, Cryptotheria, Anceus, Tanais, Apseudes, Nesa,

&e.), the parasitic Copepoda (Chondracanthus, Brachiella,

Lernanthropus, Lerneopoda, Anchorella, Strabax, Medisecaste,

Diocus, and their allies), the Cirripedia (bla and Scalpellum).

It would be a long task to attempt to enumerate the multitude

of instances in which the different sexes of Crustacea have

been described as different species, very often belonging to

different genera.

These are the grounds on which the conclusion was arrived

at that the chelate or achelate character of the last legs of

those recent Eryontide which I had seen and of those which

had been described was indicative of the sex to which the

individual belonged and had no further importance.

Have Mr. Spence Bate’s papers changed my views? In

his first paper, | repeat, there was not a statement to make

me modify it in the slightest degree, inasmuch as the sex of

the specimens described was in no case given, while forms

were described which apparently closely corresponded in all

particulars save in those which he regarded as generic, but

which I took to be sexual. I therefore considered that his

paper, so far from weakening, gave strength to the opinion

which I entertained.

In his second paper, however, in which he was good enough

to reply to my inquiries, Mr. Bate has given us the sexes of

the species he has examined ; and a first glance at the list

might seem to argue that he had completely proved his point,

and that the divergences were generic and not sexual.

To those, however, who know much of the life-history of

the Crustacea the statement will not seem necessarily to be

quite conclusive.

There are certain rules which should be borne in mind in

the study of the Crustacea which seem now to be fully esta-

blished, and which I will proceed to lay down.

a. Among the Crustacea, for every female we must be pre-

pared to find, and shall often find, two forms of males.

b. One of these males may be expected to resemble the females

more or less closely, and will perhaps only be distinguishable by

examination of the sexual organs themselves ; the other form

will exhibit varied and very marked points of divergence from

Rey. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 179

the female, sometimes in general contour, but more especially in

the structure of the limbs.

ce. Different limbs will be thus sexually modified in different

groups or in different genera ; and these modifications become

valuable for the classification of families and genera, while the

exact mode of the modification of the particular limb is of

much use as specific character.

d. In the case of dimorphous males, the males most closely

resembling the females are either immature or, in some in-

stances perhaps, where the males are as large as the adult

females, sterile. The second form of male, which is widely

divergent from its female, is the fully developed sexual indi-

vidual ; and the alterations of structure are exhibited sometimes

in a very different form of carapace, but always in specialized de-

velopment of certain appendages, which may be either antenne,

mouth-organs, gnathopods, pereiopods, pleopods, or uropods,

which become indirectly subservient to the discharge of the

function of the impregnation of the female. It is often only

at the final moult of the male that these peculiar specialized

characters of sex are assumed.

e. Krom the time of the assumption of the complete sexual

character, in some (rare) cases the discharge of the sexual

office would seem to be the only thing remaining for the life of

the individual, the function of alimentation in part or even

wholly ceasing. 'Uhis extreme case, however, has, I believe,

as yet been observed only among the order Isopoda, where we

find instances in Anceus (Hesse and others), Tanais (F. Miiller

and A. M. N.), Apseudes (G. O. Sars, in Aspeudes ano-

malus).

Dimorphous males are known to us in genera of Macrura,

Cumacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda, Copepoda, Ostracoda, and

perhaps Cirripedia (‘‘ complemental male,” Darwin).

One instance may now be referred to, because it has refe-

rence to that group of genera, the Astacide, to which it was

stated, in my former notes, that I agree with Heller in con-

sidering Polycheles to be perhaps most nearly related.

The freshwater crayfish, Astacus, of Europe has its closely

allied counterpart in North Americain the genus Cambarus.

In this genus, though not as far as is known in Astacus, two

forms of the male occur.

The following passage from Hagen will speak for itself :—

“The discovery that every species of Cambarus possesses

two different forms of males was made by Prof. L. Agassiz,

and kindly communicated to me.

“The existence of a second form of the male, if it were no

180 Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide.

more than a passage or metamorphic form, would not be ex-

traordinary. But the great number of full-grown second-form

specimens in every species, which are often even larger than

the first-form males, seems to prove that they are individuals

which have remained in a sexual stage that does not agree

with their corporal development—in short, that they are per-

haps sterile.

‘The objection that these second-form males may be indi-

viduals shortly before or shortly after the casting of the skin,

I can surely refute, as I have seen many specimens at this

stage of growth, the museum collections exhibiting the ani-

mal in all the different phases of its existence.

€ Another objection, that the males of the second form, or

perhaps those of the first form, are abnormally developed

individuals, is refuted by the great number of the two forms

existing and living together.

“The conjecture, on the other hand, that the second-form

males may be sterile, is really supported by the anatomical

examination of the two forms in the principal groups of Cam-

barus” *,

Not only so, but Hagen tells us of two forms of the other

sex, and that in certain abnormal females he finds ‘a ten-

dency to a more masculine development, as in the aforesaid

males a tendency to a feminine development ”’ +.

Mr. Bate informs us that he has females of six species of

Willemoesia and Pentacheles (that is, with chelate last perei-

pods) and males of two, and that he has males of three species

of Polycheles with simple last pereiopods, and females of two.

As far as members go (but, of course, numbers are of little

or no value), this gives 9 to 4 in favour of my view.

The exceptions are that he has males of Wellemoesta lepto-

dactyla and Pentacheles Suhmi with chelate last feet. I have

hinted in this paper, from what we know to occur among

other Crustacea, that these males may be either immature, and,

not yet having attained their full sexual characters, exhibit

still the female form of the limb, or that they may be in-

stances of dimorphous (sterile) males. Indeed it would

seem that Mr. Spence Bate is not without doubts as to the

location of some of the forms he has described as species ;

for immediately after the list he adds, ‘‘ For some time I was

hesitating where several species of Pentacheles should be placed,

as there 1s a regular gradation from the imperfect to the perfect

chelate character of the fifth peretpod; but as I found Poly-

cheles, both male and female, with the simple non-chelate foot,

* Hagen, ‘ Monograph North-American Astacide,’ 1870, p. 22.

+ Hagen, /. c. p. 17.

Rev. A. M. Norman on Recent Eryontide. 181

at present it appears to me that there is no arrangement so

constant as that which I propose.”

The other exceptions occur in Polycheles (as that genus is

defined by Bate), in two species out of three of which he has

females with styliform last feet. On examining the figure of

Polycheles crucifer which accompanies Suhm’s paper, it would

seem that the inner antenne are without the scale which is

characteristic of Polycheles of Heller, and which I stated in

my former notes to be the chief character that seemed to

separate Po/ycheles from the supposed extinct genus Hryon.

Can it be that Polycheles, as defined by Bate, with simple last

pereiopods in both sexes, has the inner antenne without a

scale, and is in reality Eryon? It would be of especial interest

should it prove so; but I am not sure that Bate’s fig. 6 does

not show the antennal scale to the left of the figure ; but in

that case it is very remarkable from having a deeply serrated

edge.

It seems necessary that I should adda few words respecting

the homologues of the eyes in these Crustacea. Mr. Spence

Bate has very kindly sent me a copy of plate xiii., in which

he has lettered what he considers to be the eyes in the several

figures. ‘They are not the same organs which Heller took to

be the rudiments of the eyes; and I venture to think that

Bate is right and Heller wrong in his homology. But that

these organs are used for vision I cannot conceive to be pos-

sible. It will be found amoug the stalk-eyed Crustacea that

loss of vision and consequent change of function in what would

ordinarily be the eye is accompanied by one or other, or by

both, of the following modifications :—Ist, that the eyestalk is

no longer movable, but becomes firmly fixed in the socket; 2nd,

that the eye assumes a difference of form, and is either (a) nar-

rower and pointed, instead of club-shaped at the extremity, and

so employed (in some instances at any rate) as an organ of

offence, as in Lthusa granulata, Norman, or Cambarus pellu-

cidus, Tellkampf, or (b), on the other hand, becomes expanded

and flattened into a plate, examples of which may be found

in the genera Pseudomma, G. OQ. Sars, Amblyopsis, G. O. Sars,

and Petalophthalmus, Suhm.

Now, in the Crustacea which we are considering, Mr.

Bate says, the ‘‘ eyes” are ‘immovably lodged,” and “ the

peduncle throughout the group is reduced to a minimum

and fixed as a rigid part of the dermal structure ;” and with

respect to form in Wellemoesia leptodaclyta they would seem,

from the figure given, to be not unlike those of Calocaris

McAndre?, Bell; while in Pentacheles enthrix and Polycheles

crucifer, instead of being club-shaped as in veritable eyes,

182 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on

they terminate in a long acute point in the one case, and in a

“long obtuse point” in the other. The reason why, in my

former note, I was not in a position to deny positively that

these extremely rudimentary organs had lenses, was because,

although the ‘ Porcupine’ specimens showed not the slightest

trace of lenses, yet, as they had been preserved in glycerine

and subsequently transferred to spirit, it was possible that

this treatment might have destroyed lenses which had

existed.

Mr. Bate inquired whether I could say there were eye-

stalks in the young of ‘‘ Astacus ? zaleucus, Willemoes-Suhm,

Nephropsis Stewartii, Wood-Mason, and the blind prawns of

the North-American caves.’’ Of the first two only the type

specimens are known. It is hardly likely, therefore, that I

should be acquainted with their young. With respect to the

“blind prawns of the North-American caves,” I know of no

such Crustacea; and suppose that “prawns” was a slip for

“ crayfish,” and that he refers to the Cambarus pellucidus of the

Mammoth Cave of Kentucky. That crustacean has eyestalks

not only when it is young but in maturity also. “ Like the

other animals living in caves, it is blind. The eyes are atro-

phied, smaller at the base, conical, instead of cylindical and

elongated as in the other species. The cornea exists, but is

small, circular, and not faceted; the optic fibres and the

dark-coloured pigments surrounding them in all other species

are not developed” *.

XXII.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.

No. XIII. Entomis serratostriata and others of the so-

called “‘ Cypridinen”’ of the Devonian Schists of Germany.

By Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Plate XL+]

Introduction.—In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural His-

tory’ for June 1873, pp. 413-416, is a list of the species of

Entomis with which I was acquainted at that date. These

included several Devonian species from Germany, and Silurian

species from Bohemia, known to me from figures only, as well

as some British Siluriant and Carboniferous species which

* Hagen, J. c. p. 33.

+ This Plate has been drawn under a grant from the Royal Society for

the illustration of fossil Bivalved Entomostraca.

} Entomis aciculata, op. cit. p. 416, was from Peeblesshire, not the

“Pentland Hills.”

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 183

had come under my notice. Having expressed a difficulty *

in mastering the description of figures of the so-called ‘“ Cy-

pridinen,” published in 1856 (‘ Beitr. Pal. Thiir. Waldes ’) by

my friend Dr. Richter, of Saalfeld, I was most courteously

favoured by him witha good set of specimens for examination

early in 1874. Some, indeed, of these were types of species

published in 1869, in his paper on the Devonian Entomostraca

of Thuringiat, which memoir had escaped my observation

until after my “ Notes on Entomis,” &c. were printed in

1873. In the meantime, before Dr. Richter’s specimens

reached me, I was so much struck with the peculiarity of the

Entomostracan structures figured in the ‘ Zeitschrift’ of 1869,

that I could not but believe some peculiar generic form, oc-

curring in the Thuringian strata, had been elaborated by my

friend ; and I suggested, in the ‘ Neues Jahrbuch fiir Min.’

&e. 1874, 2. Heft, p. 180, that his name should be associated

with it in the term Lichteria.

After a long study of Dr. Richter’s specimens, having

taken them up again and again during the last four years,

as new information on analogous and collateral materials

become available, T cannot find any reason to support the

establishment of my proposed genus ‘ #ichterta;’’: for the

typical specimens show merely the conformation and cha-

racters of Hntomis; and lately Dr. Richter has informed

me that he now refers his so-called ‘ Cypridinen”’ to that

genus.

Description.—Two separable valves, oblong-ovate in out-

line, ornamented with longitudinal and subconcentric riblets,

and impressed externally with a more or less pronounced

nuchal or dorsal furrow, ending in a small and often obscure

pit at about the middle of the valve, constitute the best pre-

served remains of the Devonian Entomides under notice.

The pressure, both vertical and lateral, to which the Devo-

nian schists have been subjected very rarely leaves these little

fossils in their original shape; and the material of the valves

has almost always disappeared, leaving hollow external moulds

and convex internal casts. ‘The former show the delicate cos-

tulation of the valves ; the latter are usually smooth and rarely

bear any of the external ornament. Flattened by perpendi-

cular pressure, and lengthened, shortened, or otherwise dis-

torted by lateral pressure in different directions, the natural

ovate form is seldom preserved, but is replaced by every

modification from subcylindrical to circular and oblique-oval

* Op. cit. p. 415, note.

+ ‘Zeitschrift deutsch. geol. Gesellsch,’ Jahrgang 1869, pp. 757-776,

pls. xx. & xxi.

184 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on

shapes. In some cases the dorsal notch is nearly obliterated

by vertical pressure ; and in other instances it is exaggerated

by horizontal squeezing, when the valve becomes shortened to

a small subglobular mass, and the two ends of the valve are

made to approach each other.

The real outside of a valve is very rare. ‘The convex cos-

tulate specimen (fig. 8), even, may be destitute of the external

coating. Hollow impressions of the surface, sometimes with

remains (or mineral replacements) of the test adhering thereto,

are common ; and the interior of these moulds usually has the

ridge and knob, or some indication of them, which are due to

the nuchal incurving of the test. It is possible that on the

exterior this feature was not nearly so strong as within, being

due as much to a local internal thickening of the substance

as to a bending-in of the shell. It was, however, always

sufficiently defined to form a weak line when the valves

were shortened by being squeezed endwise (see figs. 3,

15, 16).

. The convex casts of interiors are destitute of riblets, and

sometimes (in the Saalfeld specimens) bear only a central pit,

corresponding with the central knoblet of the hollow rib-

leted moulds. Thus these insides of valves appear to have

been smooth, with a small central tubercle, and no definite

trace of the external nuchal suleus, which, however, gives a

distinct mark on internal casts of valves bent and shortened

by terminal pressure, as mentioned above. In specimens

from other localities the smooth convex casts bear the nuchal

furrow and no definite central pit.

None of the smooth convex casts with a pit only are

figured here, but are recognizable in some of the published

illustrations, as in Richter’s ‘ Beitrag’ &e. pl. ii. fig. 2.

Many similar smooth convex casts, but bearing the nuchal

furrow, are present in a drab mudstone of the “ Cypridinen-

Schiefer”’ from Nassau (formerly in Mr. Daniel Sharpe’s col-

lection), and are oblong-oval, narrow, oblique, or quite

round*, according to the direction of the lateral (horizontal)

pressure to which they have been subjected.

The longitudinal wrinkling of the surface of the valves

varies in the number, arrangement, smoothness, and thickness

of the riblets or costule. They may be quite even and smooth

(fig. 18 5), shghtly roughened (figs. 6 6, 7 6, and 8 4), crenulated

(figs. 16 and 56), and even serrated (fig. 45; see also ‘ Zeit-

schr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 10). The indentations are sufficiently

coarse and defined in some specimens of these hollow moulds

* Such as are figured by Richter, ‘ Beitrag’ &e. pl. il. figs. 28,31, and

‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 7. See also our figs. 3, 15, 16.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 185

to appear as minute pits, like the bases of hollow spines *

(fig. 4a). In the Nassau specimen, referred to above, these

little pits are, in many of the hollow casts, very numerous,

strong, and regular.

In thickness the riblets vary considerably; so that we

may count 36 on some valves (figs. 2, 6)—and on others,

of about the same size, 30 (fig. 4), 28 (fig. 9), 22 (fig. 8), 20

(fig. 18), 18 (fig. 11), 16 (fig. 12). On smaller valves, with

the thin riblets, we find 22 (fig. 5), 18 (fig. 14), 16 (fig. 13) ;

and on a small valve of the thick-wrinkled kind there are 18

(fig. 10).

As to the arrangement of the riblets, the typical pattern is

a parallel longitudinal folding, with turns of the middle riblets

(either backwards and forwards, or irregularly concentric)

near the ends of the valves, and a continuous concentric wrin-

kling at the margins. ‘here are usually two terminal centres

of curves or folds; but they may be modified or obliterated

by pressure. The whole series of riblets in some cases appears

to be naturally subcircular and concentric (figs. 2, 6, 9).

The differences in essential characters among these Devo-

nian Lntomides cannot be regarded as very great. The modi-

fications of shape can be recoguized as distinctive only in so

far as some specimens (such as figs. 1, 2, 5, 7,13,14) are

more elongate and almond-like than others. Pressure in

several directions has interfered with the outlines, often to a

puzzling extent. The sculpturing has many gradations of

pattern. Perhaps the only tangible distinctions are :—(1) be-

tween the valves with strong (figs. 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, 18), and

those with feebler riblets—the former kind usually accom-

panying the oblong, and the latter the almond-like shape of

valve; (2) among the latter, between the parallel (figs. 1, 5,

7, 13, 14) and the concentric arrangement of the costulation ;

(3) among the last, between the almost simple concentric

(figs. 2, 6) and the more labyrinthic (fig. 9) pattern.

I have not been able to make out the intimate structure of

the valves as described and figured by Dr. Richter in the

‘ Zeitschr.’ 1869; nor can | agree with the determination there

given of their parts and features. The “ back-views ” of the

test are to me the side-views of individual valves, not showing

the nuchal furrow, either because it is wanting on the out-

side of the valve (?), or because it is obsolete or obliterated by

pressure. The suborbicular forms, shortened by pressure

from end to end, were referred to in the memoir as “ female”

individuals, and the nuchal or dorsal furrow as a transverse

* Such a spinous surface, indeed, is indicated in Richter’s ‘ Beitr. Pal.

Thiir. W.’ pl. ii, f. 34; C. gyrata, p. 36.

186

Prof. T. Rupert Jones on

ventral slit (like the opening of the hood in some Phyllopods),

crossed by a bridge of shell-matter. Dr. Richter’s views of

the relationship of the so-called “ Cypridinen,” described and

figured in the ‘ Zeitschrift’ for 1869 are there given with

some doubt; and we now know (see above, p. 183) that he

refers them to Hntomis.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Concave cast, with faint knob and ridge (the latter extended

by pressure). Furrow-casts interrupted by slight indentations

due to the serrulation of the riblets, Richter’s pl. xx. fig. 10

(Zeitschr. 1869) makes the nearest approach to the typical in-

terruption of the furrow-casts. This specimen (referred by Dr.

Richter to “ C. serratostriata”), is in a red schist, with many

casts, hollow and raised, elongate, oval, and round.

Concave cast, squeezed so as to give the furrow-casts a lozenge-

shape arrangement. On similar schist to that of fig. 1, and

referred to the same species. It may be the same as fig. 6

(“tenella”), or possibly fig. 9 (“ labyrinthica”).

Convex smooth cast (marked with sand-granules only) of a valve

squeezed up endways on itself, with the nuchal depression

exaggerated by the pressure, and a mark below of the test

broken across. With fig. 1, and referred to the same species.

Shallow concave cast, with faint irregular knob and ridge. The

furrow-casts are much interrupted by what seem to be the

bases of external spines, along the internal lines. On reddish-

grey schist. This is referred by Dr. Richter to “C. gyrata.”

Small hollow cast, with ridge and slight knob. On red schist,

with numerous casts, both raised and sunken, long, oval, and

round. On this hand-specimen occur such smooth convex

casts, with central pit, as that shown in Richter’s ‘ Beitrag,’ pl. ii.

fig. 27. Referred to “ C. serobiculata, Richter,” but probably

E. serratostriata.

Hollow casts of a pair of opened valves, with ridges within, which

represent the nuchal furrow of each valve. In dull purplish-

red schist. Referred to “C. tenella, Richter,” but corresponding

in some respects with “C. labyrinthica,” Richter (see fig. 9).

The smoothness of the delicate costule and their circular

arrangement may be distinctive features; but, on the other

hand, these may possibly be modifications from pressure. The

figured “ tenella” (‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 11) has concen-

tric riblets ; but they are pitted.

Hollow cast (somewhat crushed) with ridge and knob. In dark-

grey schist, with both concave and convex casts, variously

squeezed. Referred to “ C. teniata, Richter,’ but probably £.

serratostriata,

Convex, somewhat flattened, cast ; in purplish-grey schist, with

both raised and hollow casts, but low and shallow. Riblets

strong and slightly serrulate. Referred to “C. gyrata, Richter.”

Shallow hollow cast, with the furrow-casts much modified by

pressure. In pale purplish-grey schist, with a few shallow and

imperfect casts. Referred to ‘ C. labyrinthica, Richter,” with

the figure of which (in ‘Zeitschr.’ 1869, pl. xx. fig. 12) it

Fig. 10,

Figs. 11,

Figs. 15,

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.

Fig. 18.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 187

agrees as to the branching and anastomosing of the concentric

costulee.

Small, oblong, hollow, cast, with ridge reaching all across,

owing to unequal pressure. Furrow-casts broad ; internal lines

here and there showdue indications of bases of spines. On

reddish schist, with many modified casts. Referred to “C.

temata,’ and somewhat corresponding with ‘Zeitschr.’ 1869,

pl. xxi. fig. 1, but unlike our fig. 7, which is referred to the

same,

12. Hollow casts, with ridges and knobs faint; furrow-casts

broad ; costulee thin and slightly irregular. In dark purplish-

red schist, with similar casts, variously modified as to shape by

pressure, and with numerous inner and outer moulds of annu-

lated Tentaculites. Fig. 11 shows a specimen somewhat

shortened by pressure. These are referred to “C. serrato-

striata,” but apparently belong to the more oblong form, with

coarser furrows, which more nearly corresponds with Entomis

gyrata (Richter).

14. Small, almond-shaped, hollow casts, much like fig. 5, and

on the same hand-specimen. Referred to “ C. scrobiculata,”

but probably belonging to £. serratostriata.

Outline of a small smooth cast of a shortened valve ; others of

a larger size occur on the same slab, which bears also the spe-

cimens figs. 5, 13, 14, 16. Referred to “ C. scrobiculata,’ but

probably belonging to E. serratostriata.

Small, convex, smooth, subglobular cast, of a squeezed-up and

shortened valve, with central pit and furrow, exaggerated by

terminal pressure. On the same piece of red schist as that

yielding figs. 5, 13, 14, 15, Referred to ‘C. scrobiculata ;”

probably £. serratostriata,

Outline of a broken hollow cast of the dorsal edge of two united

valves, with a slightly raised seam along the junction of the

valves, and a very faint cross ridge. In reddish-grey schist,

weathering brown, with Tentaculites, and numerous casts, both

raised and hollow, of L. serratostriata. The specimen is marked

“ Ventralseite von C, tenella ;” but it is the dorsal, and not the

ventral, edge of the closed carapace of the common Entomis.

Shallow hollow cast, with remains of the test; furrow-casts and

lines quite smooth and sharp. In dark schist, with scattered

portions of other similar copper-red tests, or their replacement

by mineral matter (iron oxide?). Marked “C. costata,” but

differing considerably from pl. xx. fig. 15, ‘Zeitschr.’ 1869. It

is not very distinct from our figs. 4, 8, 10, 11, 12, except that

the costulse are smoother and make two folds near one end of

the valve, a pattern obscurely traceable in fig. 4,

Conclusion. We may conclude, as far as the present evi-

dence permits, that figs. 1, 3, 5, 7, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17

belong to Entomis serratostriata (Sandberger), figs. 2 and

6 to #.

figs. 4,

tenella (Richter), fig. 9 to EL. labyrinthica (Richter),

8, 10, 11, 12, and 18 to Z. gyrata (Richter).

188 Prof. R. Owen on the Natural Term of Life

XXIII.— On the Natural Term of Life and of tts chief Periods

in the Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius, Linn.).

By Prof. OwEN, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Ir may be interesting to note, in relation to the longevity

of wild mammals (a constant in the determination of

which it is difficult to get facts), that the hippopotamus

the capture of which, shortly after birth, is noted in the

‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History’ for June 1850

as having occurred in August 1849, died at the Zoological

Gardens in March 1878. The conditions under which this

animal lived to the age of twenty-eight years and eight or

nine months, were such as to support an inference that it died

of old age, and that the natural term of life of Hippopotamus

amphibius may be set down at thirty years or thereabouts.

No special morbid appearance was discovered to suggest

that death from old age had been anticipated. The worn

state of the teeth was that of a vegetable feeder at the close

of natural life. It may be thought that some allowance should

be made for the artificial conditions under which this male

hippopotamus lived; yet its health and vigour were such as

to enable him to procreate.

The first offsprmg was a male, which was born February 22,

1871; it died on the 23rd of the same month*.

The father had attained a size in 1854 indicative of the

procreative period; but the exercise of the faculty was de-

layed both by the later acquisition of the female and the state

of their abode.

Mr. Bartlett informs me :—“ I believe the reason she did

not breed sooner was the fault of the construction of the water-

tank. I had the tank made to slope gradually at the side;

and this form of tank enabled the animals to copulate, whereas

the sudden drop of 2 feet was unsuited to the purpose”? f.

The pregnant state of the female was suggested by “a

considerable change in her habits and appearance.” The

coitus had been noted as on June 29, 1870, giving a period

of gestation of 7 months 22 days, =237 days.

The periods of gestation of the Hippopotamus amphibius

determined at the Zoological Gardens of Amsterdam are

from 7 months and 21 days to 7 months 25 days.

The second offspring of the same parents at the London

* ¢Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ March 1871, “Notes on

the Birth of a Hippopotamus in the Society’s Gardens,” by A. D, Bart-

lett, Superintendent.

+ Letter, July 17, 1879.

and of its chief Periods in the Hippopotamus. 189

Zoological Gardens was born January 7, 1872*, and was

begotten May 27,1871. It was a female, and died on the

10th January, 1872; the gestation was 227 days, being 10

days shorter than in the case of the male offspring.

On November 5, 1872, the Secretary reports “the birth of

a third hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius), which had

taken place that day in the Society’s Gardens at 7 A.M.

The period of gestation in the present instance had been eight

calendar months less four days, according to the keeper’s

observations ”’ f.

The coitus here is noted as on March 9, 1872t. The off-

spring was a male; and the gestation was five days longer

than in the case of the first male, and fifteen days longer than

in the case of the female offspring.

Since this birth the mother has ceased to breed ; she is four

years younger than the male. ‘The female hippopotamus in

the menagerie at Amsterdam produced young as soon as she

was full-grown.

The term of growth of the hippopotamus appears to be

about five years; it extended, in the instance of the male

born in midsummer 1849, as to length, to the year 1854; but

the well-fed animal gained in bulk during some following

years. The procreative period, commencing probably in

1854, was continued up to the year 1872, and perhaps a

few years later, say to 1875, when the animal had attained

the age of 26 years; this would leave a period of four years

for old age.

An approximate conclusion as to the natural term of life in

mammals may be made upon knowledge of the duration of

one of the well-marked periods of existence. These are three,

viz. the ‘‘ preprocreative,”’ the “ procreative,” and the “ post-

procreative” periods. In the human subject the first is modi-

tied to a small extent by latitude and climate. Taking an

average as at 18 years, the procreative period may be set

down as at three times that extent, carrying on the life-term

to 72 years. If the postprocreative equals the preprocreative,

life will extend to 90 years.

If the first period of life be characterized by the acquisition

of full growth, then a man might survive as long after the

procreative period, ending say at 75 in the male, as he had

lived to acquire maturity and complete ossification, say at 30

years, and so reach the rare term of 105 years.

* See “Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of the Hippopotamus,” by J. W.

Clark, F.R.S., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 185.

+ Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie, by the Secre-

tary, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1872, p. 795. { Ibid. p. 819.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Sex. 5. Vol. iv. 14

190 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

The ascertained relative duration of the three periods above

defined in the artiodactyle mammals most nearly approaching

the Hippopotamus amphibius in size, supports the conclusion

here endeavoured to be drawn from what could be ascertained

of these periods in the captive male in the Gardens of the

Zoological Society of London, viz. that the duration of its life

under these circumstances must be that, or nearly that, of the

individuals of the species in their native land and wild state,

which may accordingly be set down at or about 30 years.

It is but due to the responsible officers in charge of the

exotic animals in that noble establishment, to bear grateful

testimony to their successful treatment, and to their exact ob-

servations and records of phenomena essential to the advance-

ment of the science of Natural History.

British Museum, July 20, 1879.

XXIV.—On some new and rare British Spiders, with Cha-

racters of a new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE,

M.A., C.M.Z.8., &e.

[Plate XII.]

SINCE my last communication on British Spiders (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1878, ser. 5, vol. i. p. 105, pl. xi.) I

have been enabled, through my own researches and the kind

assistance of several friends and relatives, to add thirty-nine

species to the list of those then known to Great Britain and

Ireland. Fifteen out of the thirty-nine appear still to be

undescribed ; twelve others have not hitherto been recorded as

British, though known on the continent of Europe; and the

twelve remaining species have lately been described, either

as new to science or to Britain, in Part I. of “The Spiders of

Dorset,” published in the ‘ Transactions of the Dorset Natural-

History and Antiquarian Field Club’ for 1879. The fifteen

new species, above referred to, are described in the follow-

ing pages ; and several of them are figured in the accompanying

Plate. A list is also appended of those spiders not before

recorded as British, and of the others mentioned above as

described and recorded in “ The Spiders of Dorset.”

Several of the species included in the total (484) of British

spiders recorded up to the time of the publication of my last

communication (February 1878) have since been ascertained

to be synonymous with others previously known. The num-

ber now considered to be British, so far as they are known up

new and rare British Spiders. 191

to the present time (Aug. 7, 1879), is 519; and, of these, 364

have been met with in the county of Dorset.

On one of the spiders now described a new genus is founded.

This little spider (Zheridiosoma argenteolum) is of great

interest as well as beauty, and forms a link between Theridion

and Lpeira. The snare, however, of a very closely allied

species* is (as described by Dr. Ludwig Koch) decidedly of

the type belonging to the Thertdiides, in which family the

present spider must therefore be included.

Order ARANEIDEA.

Fam. Drassides.

Genus GNAPHOSA, Latr.

Gnaphosa suspecta, sp. Nn.

Length of an immature female 2 lines.

This spider is of a rather flatter form than Gnaphosa anglica,

Cambr. The legs are stronger, and the cephalothorax is devoid

of the strong, dark, V-shaped marking characteristic of that

species. The colour of the cephalothorax is pale yellow-brown,

thickly mottled and suffused with a deeper hue, and edged with

a brown-black marginal line. The legs are pale yellow-brown,

more or less suffused with a darker colour. There are no

spines, apparently, on those of the first two pairs, excepting

two of a strong bristly nature on the upperside of the femora.

All the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi are furnished above with a

few long, erect, slender hairs.

Relative length of the legs 4,1, 2,33; but the difference

between those of the first and fourth pairs is slight.

The palpi, falees, and maxille are similar in colour to the

legs, while the colour of the sternum is like that of the cephalo-

thorax.

The eyes, though very similar in general size and position

to those of G. anglica, are more closely grouped and form a

more rectangular area, whose transverse diameter is also

shorter in proportion to the longitudinal.

The abdomen is rather broad, and of an oblong-oval form

truncate before; it is of a dull brown colour, the slightly

reddish-yellow adpressed pubescence being mixed with longer,

stronger, prominent, black bristly hairs.

The example above described was found under a stone near

Sherborne, in the spring of 1878, by my nephew, Frederick

Octavius Pickard-Cambridge. Although, owing to its not

* Theridion gemmosum, L. Koch, Nuremberg, 1878.

14*

192 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some

being adult, its best specific characters are not developed, I

have ventured to describe it as a new species; it is, at any

rate, distinct from G. anglica, Cambr., and G. lugubris, C. L.

Koch, the only other British forms of the genus yet dis-

covered.

Genus DRASSUS.

Drassus minor, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

Adult female, length 2 lines.

Cephalothorax elongate-oval ; lateral constrictions at caput

slight; the profile line forms an even, but not strong, curve ;

clypeus not exceeding in height the diameter of the fore-

central eyes. Colour pale dull yellow-brown, some dark

veinings indicating the normal indentations.

Eyes rather large and closely grouped, in the ordinary two

curved transverse lines, but not very different in size; the hind-

central pair oval and oblique, their most proximate points sepa-

rated from each other by less than their narrowest diameter,

and each is separated by only a very slightly greater interval

from the hind-lateral next to it. Fore-central pair large,

separated by a very small interval, and about equally distant

from the fore laterals.

Legs not very long, but strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3,

rather paler in colour than the cephalothorax, and furnished

with a few spines, chiefly on the tibiae and metatarsi of the

third and fourth pairs of legs.

Falces moderately long, tolerably strong, and rather darker

in hue than the legs.

Mazxille strong, of ordinary form, curved and _ inclined

towards the labium, but with a very slight impression across

the middle; colour darker than that of the cephalothorax.

Labium oblong-oval, longer than broad, apex rather

rounded, and rather darker than the maxille.

Abdomen elongate-oval, rather truncate before ; colour dull

sooty brown, with a somewhat deeper longitudinal central

stripe on the fore half of the upperside; on each side of this

are faintly visible the usual three elongate pale spots in a

curved longitudinal line, followed by a very faint indication

of the usual transverse angular lines. The underside is

paler than the upper, and the whole is clothed with very short

pale hairs. The genital aperture is tolerably large, of cha-

racteristic and distinctive form, with a red-brown corneous

margin ; and immediately behind it are two red-brown, shining,

circular, convex spots close to each other in a transverse line.

The whole is surrounded by coarse, dark, converging hairs.

An adult and two immature females of this species were

new and rare British Spiders. 193

found at the roots of coarse grass and herbage on the Wey-

mouth side of the Chesil Beach, near the Portland Station,

on the 6th of June, 1879. It is allied to Drassus eriminalis,

Cambr., and D. infuscatus, Westr., but is very much smaller

and differs totally in the form of the genital aperture, as well

as in the relative position of the eyes, though resembling them

a good deal in general form and colouring.

Fam. Theridiides.

Genus STEATODA, Sund.

Steatoda Clarkit, sp. n.

Length of an immature female, 2 lines.

Cephalothorax constricted laterally on the margins at caput,

and of a yellow-brown colour.

Eyes rather large and closely grouped in a transverse-oval

figure; those of the hind-central and lateral pairs nearly equal

in size and pearly white; those of fore-central pair dark-

coloured, further apart than those of hind-central pair, but

forming a line of nearly equal length; those of the hinder

row equidistant from each other, and separated by intervals

of less than an eye’s diameter; the four centrals form a

square.

Legs short, 1, 4, 2, 3, tolerably strong, and of a brownish-

yellow colour.

Abdomen oval, tolerably convex above and projecting a

good deal over the base of cephalothorax. Colour brownish

yellow-white on the upperside, with a broadish submarginal

bordering band of red-brown, interrupted at the fore extre-

mity and at three other places on each side by transverse

brownish-yellow distinct lines; sides and underpart brownish

yellow, the former marked and spotted with reddish brown

near the posterior extremity.

Sternum dark yellow-brown.

A single example of this very distinct species was received

some years ago, among many other spiders, from the late Rev.

Hamlet Clark, by whom it was found near Torquay. Owing

to its having been accidentally mislaid until very lately, it has

hitherto escaped notice.

THERIDIOSOMA, g. 0.

Cephalothorax short; thorax round-oval, gradually rising

in a curve to the ocular area; caput strongly constricted on

the lateral margins, and deeply indented on each side near

the thoracic junction.

194 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

Eyes of tolerable size, subequal and closely grouped, in

two rows, the posterior row much the most strongly curved ;

those of the fore-central pair placed on a tubercular promi-

nence. Four centraleyes form a trapezoid whose anterior side

is shortest.

Legs short, moderately strong; relative length 1, 2, 4, 3,

or 1, 4, 2, 3, furnished with coarse hairs and a few strong

bristles only.

Mazille short, strong, and straight, convex in front, broad

at their extremities, where the outer side is well rounded, and

the inner side rather less so.

Labium short and somewhat semicircular.

Abdomen large and globular.

This is a genus of very great interest, and appears to be a

connecting link between Theridion and Hpeira. Dr. L. Koch

includes a very closely allied species, found near Nuremberg,

in the genus Theridion (T. gemmosum) ; but the form of the

maxille and the stronger legs seem to exclude it entirely from

that group, and to necessitate a new genus for its reception.

Dr. Koch describes the snare as consisting simply of a few lines

spun from plant to plant. This habit, together with some

structural considerations, exclude it from the Hpeitrides, which,

however, it resembles in the form of the maxille. The egg-

cocoon is described as pear-shaped; it is suspended by a

slender footstalk, and is apparently very like that of Lo

thoracica.

Theridiosoma argenteolum, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 8.)

Adult female, length very slightly over 1 line.

The colour of the cephalothorax is yellow, the caput suffused

with sooty black, especially on the sides near the occiput ;

a few hairs are directed forwards from the ocular area, with

some others disposed in a central longitudinal line running

backwards.

The eyes occupy the whole width of the caput at its rather

produced extremity ; those of the hind-central pair are of a

bluish-grey hue, and are nearer together than each is to the

hind-lateral eye on its side; the interval being about half

an eye’s diameter. Those of each lateral pair are placed

slightly obliquely on a tubercle, the hinder one being the

smallest and of a pearly-white hue ; the fore-laterals are pale

greyish; the fore-centrals are seated on a rather strong tuber-

cular prominence, and are dark-coloured and not easily seen ;

the hinder row is much more strongly curved than the ante-

rior one; the eyes of the latter are near together, but not con-

tiguous, the interval between the fore-centrals being very

new and rare British Spiders. 195

small, while that between each and the fore-lateral on its side

is a little greater.

The /egs are short, moderately strong, 1, 2, 4,3; but the

difference between 2 and 4 is very slight. Their colour is

yellow, the tibie tinged with brownish orange, and much

stronger than the metatarsi; the extreme point of the meta-

tarsi and the fore half of the tarsi are black. Their armature

consists of hairs and a very few prominent and rather strong

bristles only, none of the latter, however, being sufliciently

strong to be called a spine; the tarsal claws are rather weak.

The palpi are slender, short, of a yellowish colour, tipped

with blackish, and furnished with coarse bristles.

The falces are moderate in length and strength, vertical,

and similar to the legs in colour, the denticulations being very

minute.

The maxille are of a dull yellowish hue; and the labiwm

is rather darker-coloured.

The sternum is of a somewhat subtriangular form, yellow

along the middle, with a broad dark yellowish-brown border.

The abdomen is very large, globular, and projects greatly

over the base of the cephalothorax. It is very thinly clothed

with hairs, and is of a shining silvery-white colour, with a

golden tinge on the middle of the upperside, and clouded in

parts with a pale brownish-claret hue, forming a definite

though not a very strongly marked pattern; and the whole

surface is covered with an irregular network of fine dusky

lines. On the fore part of the upperside is a ring formed by

a band of a pale claret colour; the enclosed space bears a

blackish cruciform marking; this is followed by a somewhat

dagger-shaped marking of a similar hue, which runs into a

large, quadrate, dull claret-coloured area; this area is rather

the palest along the middle and at the fore extremity, but

reaches quite to the spinners, on each side a little above which

there is a rather large silvery blotch, with another, smaller one

still nearer to the spinners. The sides are marked with a

strong oblique claret-coloured stripe or band. The under-

side is reddish brown. ‘The spinners are short and compact,

the four outer ones equal in length. The genital aperture is

rather large, of a transverse somewhat oval form, and placed

behind a strong shining black prominence.

A single example of this very pretty and distinct little

spider was found among low herbage on the edge of a watery

swamp near Bloxworth, on the 30th of June, 1879. It is

closely allied to Theridion gemmosum, L. K.; but on compari-

son with types of that species received from Dr. L. Koch, I

think it is of a distinct species. The colouring and pattern

196 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

are different, the tibiae of the first pair of legs are rather

longer and stouter, and the interval between the eyes of the

hind-central pair is greater.

Genus NERIENE, Blackw.

Neriene reproba, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 2.)

Length of the adult male very nearly 13 line.

The cephalothorax is of a dusky yellow-brown colour, marked

with converging lateral indistinct markings of a deeper hue ;

its convexity is moderate ; the lateral marginal compression

at the caput is scarcely visible ; and the profile line forms a

gradual. and pretty even curve from the hinder extremity to

the eyes. The height of the clypeus slightly exceeds half

that of the facial space.

The eyes are in the usual position, placed on black tuber-

cular spots, and form an area whose transverse measurement

is about double that of the longitudinal diameter. They are

of moderate size, and do not differ greatly from each other in

that respect; and the curves of the two rows (of which the

anterior is the shortest, and the convexities of which are

directed away from each other) are as nearly as possible

equal. ‘The eyes of the hind-central pair are separated by

rather more than a diameter’s interval; and their distance

from the hind-laterals is considerably greater; those of the

fore-central pair are rather the smallest of the eight, con-

tiguous to each other, and separated by a diameter’s inter-

val from the fore-laterals; those of each lateral pair are conti-

guous to each other, and seated obliquely on a strong tubercle.

The legs are moderate in length and strength, 4, 1, 2, 3,

tapering regularly to their extremities, well furnished with

coarse, rather prominent hairs, and a few slender erect bristles

and hairs; they are of a pale dull yellow-brown colour, rather

deepening in hue towards their extremities,

The palpi are rather short, similar in colour to the legs,

excepting the fore part of the radial joint, which is blackish red-

brown, and the digital joint, which is of a dark yellow-brown

hue. The radial is rather shorter but stronger than the cubital

joint; its fore extremity on the upperside is produced, and

strongly emarginate or indented in a circular form, leaving

two cusps, of which that on the inner side is slightly curved,

pointed, and of a corneous appearance; this joint is furnished

with coarse hairs and black bristles, of which those on the

outer side are most numerous and strongest. The digital

joint is of moderate size, oval, with a large roundish lobe

at the base on the outer side tinged with red-brown; and at

new and rare British Spiders. 197

the middle of the hinder extremity is a short red-brown, some-

what tooth-like, pointed prominence, whose point is directed

outwards. The palpal organs are highly developed and

complex ; a strong somewhat pointed process, with its inner

edge minutely serrated, projects prominently downwards from

near their centre; and at their fore extremity on the outer

side is another short strong one, of a black hue, whose ex-

tremity appears to be subdivided into several short divergent

projections.

The falces are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, mode-

rately long, powerful, vertical, slightly divergent at their

extremities; and each falx has a strong, sharp-pointed, tooth-

like process in front, towards the fore extremity on the inner

side.

The maville are strong, especially at their base on the

outer side, where the palpi are inserted, obliquely truncated

at their extremity on the outer side, and strongly inclined

towards the labium; the latter is short, and of a somewhat

semicircular form.

The abdomen is oval, rounded before, pointed behind, and

moderately convex above; it is of a dull sooty yellowish-

brown hue, clothed thinly with coarse blackish hairs.

This spider is allied to Nerdene livida, Bl., but may easily

be distinguished by the tooth-like process on the falces, and

the absence of the red-brown impressed spots on the upper-

side of the abdomen, as well as by the totally different struc-

ture of the palpi and palpal organs. It 1s also allied to

Nertene (Drepanodus) albipunctata, Cambr.; but the bifid

termination of the tooth-like process on the falces of the

latter, the armature of the tibize of the first and second pairs

of legs, and the wide separation of the fore-central eyes, will,

with some other important differences, distinguish the present

species at once from that spider.

A single example of the adult male was found under a

stone at Ringstead (on the coast between Weymouth and

Whitenose), in April 1879, by my nephew, Frederick O. P.-

Cambridge.

Neriene rudis, sp. n.

Length of the adult female rather more than 1 line.

The profile of the upper part of the caput of this spider

forms a strong curve, the occipital region being considerably

convex; the lateral constrictions on the lower margins of the

caput are but slight.

The colour of the cephalothorax is a bright shining yellow-

brown; the legs (which are tolerably long, rather slender,

198 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some

and furnished with hairs and a few fine bristles) being a

little lighter in hue, while the falces, maxille, labium, and

sternum are darker. The falces are long, powerful, verti-

eal, and prominent near their base in front, being also armed

with a row of five strongish teeth on the inner side of the

extremity of each falx.

The eyes are in the ordinary position and placed on dark

tubercles ; they are rather small, and do not differ very greatly

in size. Those of the hind-central pair are much nearer to each

other than each is to the hind-lateral eye on its side, the interval

between them being equal to a little more than an eye’s diame-

ter; those of the fore-central pair are almost contiguous to each

other. The clypeus projects evenly forwards; and its height

rather exceeds half that of the facial space.

The palpi are tolerably long, similar in colour to the legs ;

the radial and digital joints are of a deeper tinge, and devoid

of any terminal claw.

The abdomen is of an oblong, somewhat cylindric-ovate

form, rather broadest at its hinder extremity; its colour is

black; and it is thinly clothed with hairs. The genital aperture

is large, prominent, of characteristic form, and of a dark

blackish and red-brown colour.

A damaged example of the male appeared to show but little

difference from the female in general character and appear-

ance. The falces, however, are less powerful; and the abdo-

men is shorter and less cylindric in form. The palpi have the

cubital and radial joints short; the latter is considerably pro-

duced at its fore extremity on the upperside, the termination

being obtusely pointed and directed slightly outwards; and

on the outer margin of the radial joint is a rather dense tuft of

strong black hairs. The digital joint is large and of a short

roundish-oval form; the palpal organs are prominent and

complex ; near their extremity, on the inner side, is a strong,

tapering, sharp-pointed, black spine, which curves round in a

nearly circular form underneath the fore extremity of the digital

joint, and has its hair-like point in contact with the outer side

of the palpal organs, at whose extremity there are also several

other prominent corneous processes and spines. At the base of

the palpal organs, on the outer side, is a strong curved process,

somewhat obscured by the tuft of hairs on the outside of the

radial joint.

Examples of this spider, which I believe to be hitherto

undescribed, were contained in a collection made by Mr. H.

C. Young of Glasgow, near that city, and kindly sent to me

for determination.

new and rare British Spiders. 199

Neriene exhilarans, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 3.)

Adult male, length 1 line.

Cephalothoraz oval, with little or no lateral marginal im-

pression at the caput; the profile line forms an even slope,

with the slightest possible curve, from the hinder extremity

to the occiput, which is a little gibbous; the ocular area

slopes forwards ; and the clypeus (the height of which exceeds

half that of the facial space) is rather prominent at its lower

margin; immediately behind each lateral pair of eyes is a

small, slightly elongate, but rather deep indentation, on the

inner side of which is a distinct triangular black spot. The

colour of the cephalothorax is a deep rich brown; and its

whole surface is very finely and thickly punctuose. Along

the central line of the caput is a single row of four or five

bristles directed forwards ; and a few others occupy the ocular

area. -

The eyes are not very large, nor do they differ greatly in

size; they are in the usual position—rather closely grouped

together, the two rows being near to each other. Those of

the hind-central pair are separated from each other by rather

less than a diameter’s interval, and from the laterals by

rather more than a diameter; those of each lateral pair are

seated slightly obliquely on a strong tubercle.

The legs are slender, tolerably long, of an orange-yellow

colour, furnished with hairs, and with two or three very

slender erect bristles on the genual and tibial joints; relative

length 1, 4, 2, 3.

The palpi are slender, moderately long, of a pale orange-

yellow colour, the digital joints brown. The radial and cubital

joints are of the same length; the former is the strongest,

and has, at the inner side of its fore extremity, a slightly

tapering, curved, and obtusely-pointed reddish-brown apo-

physis, rather less in length than the joint itself. The digital

joint is rather large, and has a strong lobe or protuberance on

the outer side. The palpal organs are not very prominent, or

very complex. A slender, black, filiform spine issues from

their base on the outer side, crosses over to the inner side of

their fore extremity, which it encircles, passing close beneath

the point of the digital joint, and forming a sinuous coil at

their fore extremity rather on the outer side, in contact with

some semitransparent membrane.

The falces are strong, divergent, prominent in front, and

the extremities rather attenuated. heir colour is like that

of the cephalothorax ; towards their outer margins, and more

sparingly in front, they are furnished with some minute

200 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

tubercles, each terminating with a fine hair; and on their

inner sides are some sharp teeth, the longest and strongest

of which is placed in front of the rest, just at the point where

the attenuation begins.

The mazille are strong, much bent and inclined to the

labium, and furnished on their outer sides with some denti-

form tubercles, each of which ends with a bristle.

The labium is very short, truncated at its apex, and (with

the maxille) of the same colour as the falces.

The sternum is large, heart-shaped, very finely punctuose,

and of a deep blackish-brown colour.

The abdomen is oval, moderately convex above, and pro-

jects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a

dark blackish olive-green hue, thickly covered (when seen

through spirit) with pale yellowish lines and spots, and

clothed with short hairs. ‘The spinners are short, of a pale

colour, and placed in a sort of sunken hollow, or pit, of a

circular form. A little way in front of them, beneath the

abdomen, are two parallel transverse folds in the epidermis,

within which I conceive there may be the external orifices to

some supernumerary breathing-organs.

A single example of this very distinct spider was found by

myself among moss in a fir-plantation near Bloxworth, on the

17th of May, 1879. It is evidently closely allied to Neriene

sulcata, Bl., a spider I have never seen; but as Mr. Black-

wall does not mention the very remarkable and easily-observed

characters furnished by the tubercles on the falces and max-

ill, I think there can be no doubt of its specific difference.

Neriene nefaria, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 4.)

Length of the adult male 1 line.

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form; the lateral con-

striction on the lateral margins of the caput is slight, the

occiput a little rounded, and with only a slight depression

between it and the thoracic indentation. The oblique indenta-

tions marking the junction of the caput and thorax are strong,

and, together with those on the thorax, are marked by dusk

black converging lines, the general ground-colour being dull

reenish olive yellow-brown, with a black marginal line.

The height of the clypeus, which is a little gibbous or rounded

in profile, is rather more than half that of the facial space.

The eyes are in two curved rows, well separated from each

other, and occupying the whole width of the upper part of

the caput, the curve of the posterior row being the strongest.

The length of the anterior row is but very slightly shorter

than that of the posterior one; the eyes of each of the lateral

new and rare British Spiders. 201

pairs are contiguous to each other, and seated on tubercles,

being thus but very slightly oblique in their position. The

eyes of the posterior row are of equal size, and separated by

equal intervals of no more than a diameter’s extent. Those

of the fore-central pair are nearer together, but not quite con-

tiguous to each other; the fore-laterals are the largest of the

eight, and are distant from the fore-centrals by about the

diameter of the latter. The four central eyes form a narrow

trapezoid, the anterior side of which is shorter than the pos-

terior.

The legs are rather short, tolerably strong, their relative

length 4, 1, 2,3; they are of a clear yellow colour, furnished

with coarse hairs and a fair number of short, erect, fine bristles,

mostly on the tibiz and metatarsi of the first two pairs; a

single stronger bristle also springs from the anterior extremity

of the genual joints.

The palpi? are similar in colour and armature to the legs.

The falces are vertical, moderate in length and strength,

divergent at their extremities, and similar in colour to the

cephalothorax.

The mawille are strong and a little inclined to the labium,

which is broad but short ; these parts are similar in colour to

the falces.

The sternum is heart-shaped and of a deeper hue.

The abdomen is of moderate size, and of a broadish oviform

shape ; it is of a dull blackish colour, palest underneath, and

pretty thickly clothed with coarse hairs. The process con-

nected with the genital aperture is rather prominent, of a

red-brown hue, and of characteristic form. A little way in

front of the spmners, beneath the extremity of the abdomen,

is a very distinct transverse slit, or narrow opening, of consi-

derable length; this, without a doubt, is the orifice of an

additional spiracular organ, and forms a very strong specific

character in the present spider, even if it be of no greater

systematic significance.

A single example was found at the roots of herbage on the

edge of the low cliffs bordering the Smallmouth Sands, near

Weymouth, on the occasion of the meeting of the Dorset

Natural-History and Antiquarian Field Club, on the 2nd

July, 1879.

Neriene mystica, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.)

Adult female, length 1 line.

The cephalothorax is of an elongate-oval form somewhat

drawn out at the fore extremity, the clypeus projecting, and

equal in height to half that of the facial space. It is of a

202 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some

dull greenish yellow-brown colour; the margins and some

vein-like converging lines blackish, and the fore part slightly

suffused with a sooty hue. The hinder slope has a very large,

deepish, extended indentation, giving it a hollow appearance

in profile, with a prominence at the thoracic junction, and a

correspondingly deep depression directly behind the occiput,

which is a very little gibbous; the ocular area slopes for-

wards; and the clypeus (seen in profile) projects in a slightly

upturned form: the whole profile line is thus characteris-

tically, but unusually, irregular.

Behind each lateral pair of eyes is a slight longitudinal

indentation running backwards. The ocular area is of a

broadish transverse-oval shape ; and the eyes are rather closely

grouped together: those of the hind-central pair, which are

the largest, are further from each other than each is from the

lateral on its side, the interval being about equal to an eye’s

diameter; the interval between the fore-centrals is very

small, and each is contiguous to the fore lateral next to it;

the lateral pairs are placed very slightly obliquely.

The legs are slender, rather short, of a pale orange-yellow

colour, furnished with hairs and, chiefly on the tibial joints,

with a few erect slender bristles.

The falces are small, straight, slightly inclined backwards,

and (with the maxille, labium, and sternum) similar in colour

to the cephalothorax.

The abdomen is large, tolerably convex above, of a some-

what oblong-oval form, and projects, though not greatly,

over the base of the thorax ; it is of a dull black hue tinged

with olive, glossy, and very sparingly clothed with hairs. A

very broad strong prominent process is connected with the

genital aperture, the extremity being of a somewhat recurved

form.

A single example of this spider was received about the

middle of June 1879 from my cousin, Colonel Pickard, R.A.,

by whom it was found at Balmoral Castle, Scotland. The

very peculiar and irregular profile line of the cephalothorax,

the projecting clypeus, and prominent genital process will

serve to distinguish this species from all its congeners known

to me.

Neriene tmproba, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 6.)

Length of the adult male, 4; of an inch.

Cephalothorax dark black-brown tinged with an olive-

greenish hue. Ocular area somewhat produced forwards, but

with no eminence or elevation on the caput; profile level, the

dip between the caput and thorax very slight.

new and rare British Spiders. 203

The eyes are at the extremity of the caput. The fore-cen-

trals describe a square whose posterior side is longer than the

rest. The position of the fore-central and lateral pairs is

rather difficult to make out, owing to their indistinctness ;

but the interval between the eyes of the former considerably

exceeds a diameter.

Legs moderately long, slender, yellow.

Falpi short ; digital joint and palpal organs very large, the

rest very slender. ‘The cubital joint is very short; the radial

stronger and considerably produced in front, in a somewhat

curved form, over the base of the digital joint, pointing out-

wards, its extremity being deeply cleft, or bifid ; the posterior

portion of the bifid part is prominent and tipped with a small

reddish-brown point, the anterior portion is obtuse, and ad-

heres more closely to the digital joint. The palpal organs are

complex, but tolerably compact ; and at their extremity is a

very small, fine, brown spine, curved in a circular form, but

almost concealed in a membranous substance.

Abdomen black and glossy.

A single example was received in 1878 from Mr. T. Work-

man of Belfast, by whom it was found near that city, and kindly

sent to me among some other spiders taken in the same locality.

Subsequently (May 15, 1879) an adult and immature males

were found at Bloxworth, under some bricks in the Rectory

yard. In the form and structure of the palpi and palpal

organs this spider bears much general resemblance to Wale-

kenaéra erythropus, Westr. (Cambr. ‘ Spiders of Dorset,’

p- 165); but the entire absence of any elevation on the caput

distinguishes it at a glance from that species. The portion of

structure also, in the palpus of that spider, corresponding to the

posterior part of the bifid extremity of the radial apophysis in

the present species, emerges very distinctly from beneath the

joint, while in the present spider it appears to form part of the

upperside of it.

Walckenaéra minutissima, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 7.)

Adult female length } line (5 of an inch).

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, falees, maxille, labium, and

sternum of this exceedingly minute spider are of a not very

deep brown colour, the genual joints of the legs being much

paler than the rest.

The abdomen is large, of a globular form, and _ projects

greatly over the thorax, its colour being of a dull olive-green

strongly suffused with a sooty hue, and its surface thinly

clothed with short hairs.

In its general form this little spider is very like Walekena-

204 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

éra brevipes, Westr., resembling it in the short broad cephalo-

thorax, short legs, and round abdomen. It is, however,a smaller

spider, and of a paler hue; and although the eyes are in a

very similar general position, they are larger and more closely

grouped together. The interval, also, between those of the

central pair of the hinder row is greater, being double that

which separates each of them from the lateral eye on its side ;

whereas in W. brevipes the eyes of the hinder row are sepa-

rated by equal intervals. In the present spider the position of

the eyes approaches very nearly to that of Pholcomma gibbum,

Westr. The height of the clypeus, also, in W. minutissima

is greater than in W. brevipes, being very nearly equal

to two thirds of the height of the ocular area, while in W.

brevipes it 1s only a little more than one half of the height of

that area. In the male (when discovered) the height of the

clypeus will probably be found to exceed two thirds that of

the ocular area. The legs are slender, short, and furnished

with hairs, one or two being erect.

From Walckenaéra brevis, Wid., the present spider may

be distinguished, not only by the same characters in respect

of the eyes which distinguish it from W. brevipes, but by its

much smaller size, paler colour, and the still greater propor-

tional height of the clypeus, which in W, brevis is no more

than half that of the ocular area.

Two adult females were received from Colonel Pickard,

R.A., by whom they were found at Balmoral Castle, Scotland,

about the middle of June 1879.

Genus LinyputiA, Latr.

Linyphia subnigripes, sp. n.

Length of an adult female, 14 line.

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form ; its colour is yellow-

brown, marked with a dusky brown marginal line and indis-

tinct converging bars, following the course of the normal

indentations. There is also a central longitudinal line of the

same colour.

The eyes are seated on black spots, those of the posterior

row forming a transverse straight line, the interval between

those of the hind-central pair being greater than that between

each and the hind-lateral eye on its side; the fore-central

pair are placed on a prominence, which brings them rather

considerably in advance of the rest.

The legs are long, slender, and tapering, furnished with

hairs, and distinct, prominent, but not very strong spines ;

they are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, excepting the

new and rare British Spiders. 205

tibie and metatarsi of the first, second, and fourth pairs, and

part of the metatarsi of the third pair, which are of a deep

blackish-brown hue. The lengths of the second and fourth

pairs differ but little if any thing; the first pair is the longest,

and the third shortest.

The palp? are, like the legs, furnished with hairs and spines,

and of a yellow-brown colour, the radial and digital joints

black-brown.

The abdomen is oviform, and projects a little over the hinder

part of the thorax; it is of a dull yellowish-brown hue, marked

(especially above) with numerous irregularly shaped, yellowish

white, somewhat shining, cretaceous spots, whose disposition

leaves an indistinctly defined, longitudinal, central, yellowish-

brown stripe on the fore half of the upperside, and some

oblique lateral ones. The genital aperture is small, not very

prominent, but of characteristic form and dark red-brown

colour.

A single example of this spider was kindly sent to me by

Mr. T. Workman, by whom it was found near Belfast in the

autumn of 1878. It is allied to Linyphia luteola, Blackw. ;

but the dark brown portions of the legs and palpi distinguish

it at once from that and from all other species known

to me.

Linyphia relativa, sp. n.

Length of an adult male, slightly over 1 line.

Cephalothorax broadish oval, a very little constricted on the

lateral margins at the caput, of a yellowish colour slightly

tinged with brown, and with some lateral converging lines of

a deeper hue. The hinder slope is rather abrupt, deeply and

broadly indented ; and the profile line of the upper part of the

thorax and caput is level, with a very slight impression

behind the occiput. The ocular area is a little prominent, and,

as well as the upper part of the caput, which is rather rounded,

is thinly furnished with bristly hairs directed forwards. The

height of the clypeus exceeds half that of the facial space.

The eyes are on black spots ; those of the posterior row are

removed from each other by rather less than an eye’s dia-

meter; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely ; those

of the fore-central pair are the smallest of the eight, and con-

tiguous to each other. The four central eyes form a square,

whose anterior side, however, is much shorter than the rest,

The legs are long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, similar in colour to

the cephalothorax, furnished with hairs and armed with long,

rather slender, but distinct black spines: three of these on each

of the tibie of the second, third, and fourth pairs, one on the

Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser, 5. Vol. iv. 15

206 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

genua, and one on the inner side of the fore extremity of the

femora of the first pair only, the tibiee of this pair having four ;

there is a single spine also on each of the metatarsi.

The palpi are rather short, and similar to the legs in colour.

The radial and cubital joints are of equal length: the former

is much the stronger, and is a little produced at its fore extre-

mity on the upperside ; it is furnished with black bristles and

hairs; four of the strongest of the former are curved and taper-

ing, and form nearly a straight line from the base to the extre-

mity of the joint, the line being also continued backwards by

another similar bristle at the middle of the fore extremity of

the cubital joint; these bristles are all about the same length

and strength. The digital joints are of good size, and have

their convex sides directed inwards to each other; each has a

large lobe on the outer side, and two small subconical pro-

minences at its posterior extremity. The palpal organs are

prominent and complex, with a strong, subangularly curved

process at their base on the outer side; the posterior extre-

mity of this process is the largest and most prominent; and

there are some bristly hairs issuing from near the other (or an-

terior) extremity.

The falces are moderately strong, rather long, divergent, a

little bent outwards near their fore extremity, and directed

backwards, towards the sternum; their colour is a little

browner than that of the cephalothorax.

The colour of the mazille is dull yellowish, and the labéum

and sternum are strongly suffused with brown.

The abdomen is short oviform, considerably convex above,

and projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is

of a dull brown hue, broken up into blotches, or reticulated

by pale irregular lines on the upper part and sides, the under-

side being dark brown.

An example of this spider was found among moss in Bere-

wood, adjoining the Bloxworth woods, on the 2nd of May,

1879. It is allied to Linyphia alacris, Bl, but may be

distinguished easily, by the different pattern of the cephalo-

thorax and abdomen, and by the absence of the very long,

strong, single bristle which projects from the fore side of each

of the cubital and radial joints of the palpus of that species—

the bristles on those joints of the present spider being (as

above described) more numerous, and, as nearly as possible,

equal in length and strength.

Linyphia turbatria, sp. n.

Adult male, length 1 line, or a little over.

The whole of this spider is of a yellow-brown colour, the

new and rare British Spiders. 207

cephalothorax being the palest and clearest, and the abdomen

the darkest, with a sooty hue. The caput and thorax are about

level as far as the thoracic junction, whence the posterior slope

is distinct but not very abrupt; between the occiput, which

is rather rounded, and the thoracic junction is a very slight

shallow depression. The clypeus is almost vertical, and its

height is less than half that of the facial space; on the fore

part of the caput, and along the central line backwards, are a

few strong bristly hairs.

The eyes are of tolerable size, seated on black spots, and

occupy the whole width of the fore extremity of the caput ;

the interval between those of the hind-central pair is distinctly

greater than that between each of them and the hind-lateral

eye on its side, being about equal to a diameter; those

of the fore-central pair are contiguous to each other, and each

is separated from the fore-lateral on its side by less than its

own diameter; the direction of the lateral pairs is slightly

oblique. The four central eyes form a square, whose anterior

side is rather shorter than the rest.

The /egs are rather long, slender, 4, 1, 2, 8, and furnished

with hairs and a few spine-like bristles.

The palpi are short and slender ; the radial and cubital joints

equal in length; the former is very slightly produced and

rounded at the fore extremity on the upperside, and fur-

nished with bristly hairs; the latter has a single prominent,

tapering, slightly sinuous bristle at the fore extremity of its

upperside. The digital joint is small, and of a narrow or

somewhat oblong-oval form, rather exceeding in length the

radial and cubital joints together, and clothed with bristly

hairs, especially at the fore extremity. The palpal organs

are not very complex; at their base on the outer side is a

strong, bent, somewhat crescent-shaped corneous process,

the fore part being strongly emarginate ; and at their extre-

mity is a small, straight, sharp, black, thorn-like spine,

in contact with some semitransparent membrane.

The falces are vertical, tolerably long, but rather weak, and

divergent.

The sternum is similar in colour to the abdomen, which last

is clothed with strong bristly hairs.

The female resembles the male in general form and colours,

but is larger. The genital process is characteristic but not

conspicuously prominent.

Two males and a female of this spider were found in a

swamp near Bloxworth, at the end of June 1879. The male

may easily be distinguished from Linyphia oblivia, Cambr.,

L, oblita, Cambr., and some other allied and rather obscure

15%

208 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

species, by the very narrow form of the digital joints of the

palpi.

Genus Diz, Thor.

Dica devoniensis, sp. ti.

Length of an immature female, nearly 24 lines.

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and other fore parts are of

a brownish-yellow colour, tinged with reddish; a rather

radiated area at the thoracic junction suffused with whitish.

The metatarsi, and the larger portion of the tibie of the first

two pairs, are armed beneath with two parallel longitudinal

rows of spines.

The eyes of the hind-central pair are nearer to each other

than each is to the lateral eye next to it. The four central

eyes form a square, the anterior side being a little shorter

than the posterior one.

The abdomen is oval, of a pale dull brownish-yellow colour

mottled with yellowish-white, and with some pale transverse

lines along the middle of the upperside.

The spider above described was received some years ago

from the late Rev. Hamlet Clark, by whom it was found near

Torquay. It has been mislaid, and so overlooked until re-

cently. M. Simon, who has examined this specimen, is of

opinion that it belongs to an undescribed species. It is

certainly very distinct from any other British Thomisid ;

probably, however, the colours have faded since it was

caught.

The following spiders are now for the first time recorded as

British :-—

Genus GNAPHOSA, Latr.

Gnaphosa lugubris.

Gnaphosa lugubris, C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. vi. p. 60, Taf. exev. fig. 473 ;

E. Simon, Arachn. d. France, iv. p. 174.

I have met with the female in the adult state in the months

of September 1878 and Apml 1879, under old turves on

Bloxworth Heath, together with numerous immature indivi-

duals of both sexes. It is nearly allied to Gnaphosa anglica,

Cambr., but is larger and differs in the structure of the genital °

aperture, although resembling that species very closely in

general form and colours.

aew and rare British Spiders. 209

Genus Drassus, Walck.

Drassus infuscatus.

Drassus infuscatus, Westr, Ar. Suec. p. 347.

An adult female occurred among dead leaves and moss in a

wood at Bloxworth at the end of September 1878. It is

closely allied to Drassus troglodytes, C. Koch, and to Drassus

criminalis, Cambr., but differs from both in the form and

structure of the genital aperture.

Genus Prostuestma, L. Koch.

Prosthesima Latreillir,

Prosthesima Latreillii, Sim. Arachn. d. France, iv. p. 62.

Meiancphora atra, C. Koch, Die Arachn. vi. p. 88, Taf. cci. fig. 493.

Two adult examples (one of each sex) of this spider were

found on Bloxworth Heath in May 1877, but were at the

time mistaken for Prosthesima nigrita, Faby. (Drassus pusil-

lus, Bl.). An adult female was received in the spring of

1876 from Ventnor, and an adult male from Balmoral, where

it was found in June 1879 by Col. Pickard, R.A. I also

met with a female and its egg-~cocoon under a stone at Pox-

well, near Weymouth, at the beginning of July 1879. The

egg-cocoon is of a lenticular form and of a dark yellowish

red-brown colour.

Although very similar in general appearance to P. nigrtta,

the male may be distinguished at once by the structure of the

palpi; and the female by the form and structure of the genital

aperture.

Prosthesima longipes.

Melanophora longipes, L. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. der Drassiden,

p- 147, pl. vi. figs. 88, 89.

Adult and immature examples of both sexes of this spider

were found on Bloxworth Heath, under old turves and among

moss and heather, in September 1878. It may be distin-

guished from its congeners by the much longer and more

slender legs, as well as by the structure of the palpi of the male,

and the genital aperture of the female.

Prosthesima latitans.

Melanophora latitans, L. Koch, E. Simon, Arachn. d. France, iv. p. 70.

An adult male of this species was found near Lulworth

Cove, Dorsetshire, on the 26th of June, 1878. It is closely

allied to Prosthesima Petiveri?, Scop. (Drassus ater, Bl.),

210 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some

but is of a more completely jet-black colour, and the palpal

organs are quite different in their structure.

Prosthesima lutetiana.

Melanophora ‘lutetiana, V1. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. der Draasiden,

p- 157, Taf. vi. fig. 100 ; and E. Simon, Arachn. de France, iv. p. 78.

Closely allied to Prosthesima nigrita, Fabr., but larger, and

differs in the structure of the genital aperture. An adult

female, found at Dunmore in Scotland, was received in 1878

from Mr. H. C. Young of Glasgow. Several immature

examples, which I believe to be also of this species, were

received some years ago from Mr. W. Farren, by whom they

were found in Wicken Fen, Cambridgeshire.

Genus DictyNA, Sund.

Dictyna viridissima.

Aranea viridissima, Walck. Faune Par. ii. p. 212,

Drassus viridissimus, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 231.

Examples of the adult male of this spider, found at Box

Hill, Surrey, were sent to me in March 1879, by Mr. T.

Workman of Belfast. These examples were in bad condition

and had lost their colour, but have been identified for me by

Mons. Eugtne Simon.

Genus NERIENE, Bl.

Neriene viva.

Neriene viva, Camby. Proc, Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 330, pl. xliv. fig. 5.

Two adult males of this very distinct little spider were

found among rushes and sedgy grass in a swamp near Blox-

worth in May 1879.

Neriene barbata.

Neriene barbata, Thor, Tijds. Ent. xviii. p. 89; and Sy. Akad. Handl.

xiii. no. 5.

An adult male was kindly sent to me in March 1879 from

Glasgow by Mr. H. C. Young, by whom it was found in the

neighbourhood of that city.

Genus WALCKENAERA, Bl.

Walckenaéra prominula.

Erigone prominula, Camby. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 750, pl. xlv. fig. 4.

Examples of this spider were found at Newhaven, Sussex,

on furze bushes in bloom, in the months of May and June

new and rare British Spiders. 211

1871, by myself and Mons. Eugtne Simon. I have also

received it from Bavaria and other parts of Germany.

Genus Puriopromus, Walck.

Philodromus constellatus.

Philodromus constellatus, Sim. Arachn, de France, ii. p. 298.

Closely allied to Philodromus aureolus, Clk., but easily dis-

tinguished, among other characters, by the large, radiating,

stellate, brownish-yellow marking at the thoracic junction.

A single example of the female was found several years

ago at Bloxworth, but has hitherto been overlooked among

numerous specimens of P. aureolus.

Philodromus emarginatus.

Philodromus emarginatus, Schr. ; Simon, Arachn. de France, ii. p. 277.

A single example of the female was found at Bloxworth

some years ago, but, like the preceding species, was over-

looked among specimens of Philodromus aureolus and P. ces-

piticolis. It is closely allied to P. Kineatipes, Cambr., of

which I have, in the course of the year 1878, received adults

of both sexes from Mr. H. C. Young of Glasgow ; but on a

comparison of these with adults of P. emarginatus, sent to me

from France by Mons. EKugétne Simon, I believe the two to

be distinct species.

Species lately described in * Spiders of Dorset,’ Pt. 1., as

either new to science or not before recorded as British.

Genus SeGEsTriA, Latr.

Segestria bavarica, C. Koch; O. P. Cambridge, Spiders of

Dorset, pt. i. p. 8. Isle of Portland.

Genus Liocranum, L. Koch.

Liocranum celere, Cambr. U. c. p. 40. Bloxworth, Dorset.

Genus HAHNIA.

Hahnia candid® Sim.; Cambr. /.c. p. 71. Portland.

Hahnia helveola, Sim. ; Cambr. 1. c. p. 72. Bloxworth and

North Wales.

Genus Ropertus, Cambr.

Robertus astutus, Camby. 7. c. p. 103. Bloxworth.

212 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

Genus NERIENE, Bl.

Neriene dolosa, Cambr. 1... p. 126. Bloxworth.

Neriene jugulans, Cambr. /. c. p. 138. Sherborne, Dorset.

Genus WALCKENAERA, Bl.

Walckenaéra crassiceps, Westr.; Cambr. /.c. p. 151. Blox-

worth.

Genus Linyputa, Latr.

Linyphia Frederict, Cambr. l. c. p. 186. Warmwell and

Sherborne.

Linyphia decipiens, Cambr. 1. c. p. 208. Bloxworth.

Linyphia pholcommoides, Cambr. 1. c. p. 212. Sherborne.

Genus Ero, C. L. Koch.

Ero tuberculata, C. L. Koch; Cambr. Jc. p. 235. Woking-

ham and Bloxworth.

Notes on some other Spiders ; with correction of errors in

“ Notes on British Spiders”? (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

Feb. 1878, ser. 5, vol. i. pp. 105-128).

Lethia patula.

Lethia patulu, Cambr. 1. ¢. p. 108.

I had inadvertently overlooked the fact that at the time my

notes on this spider were written (/.¢.) it had already been

described by M. Simon as a Déctyna (Arachn. de France, i.

p- 197. It appears, however, to be undeniably a Lethia.

Lethia albispiraculis.

Lethia albispiraculis, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 53; and Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1878, p. 109, pl. xi. fig. 1,

Adults of both sexes were again found at Portland on the

6th of June, 1879. The male resembles the female in general

colours and appearance ; but it is rather darker, and the spira-

cular plates are devoid of the shining white hue observable

(but, 1 find now, not invariably) in the female. This species

is closely allied to Lethia subnigra, Cambr., but is, I think,

distinct from it.

Cryphaca merens.

Crypheca merens, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 59.

An adult female was found by myself on iron railings at

Bloxworth in April 1879. This example conclusively proves

new and rare British Spiders. 215

it to be a Crypheca, allied to C. stlvicola, Hahn, but smaller,

and differing not only in colour and. markings, but in the

structure of the genital aperture. The length of the adult

female is barely over 1 line, while that of this sex of C. s¢lvi-

cola is from 14-13. It is stated (/.¢.) that the inferior spin-

ners of the very young and minute type specimen were longer

than the superior pair. As this is not borne out by the adult

example now recorded, I conclude that the extra length ob-

served in the type specimen must have arisen from an acci-

dental elongation, which occasionally happens to the spinners

of many spiders when preserved in spirit of wine.

Drassus braccatus, L. Koch.

Drassus bulbifer, Cambr. de, p. 111.

I was unaware until lately that this spider is identical with

Drassus braccatus, L. Koch. The name bulbifer therefore

becomes a synonym, and that conferred by Dr. Koch has

priority.

Clubiona neglecta, Cambr.

An adult male and female of this rare spider were lately

received from Belfast, where they had been found by Mr. T.

Workman during the past spring.

Liocranum gracilipes, Bl.

Liocranum gracilipes, Bl.; O. P. Cambridge, Spiders of Dorset, p. 39.

Tiocranum prelongipes, Cambr. (sub Drassus), Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. June 1861.

I have come to the conclusion, after careful examination

and consideration, that the two spiders above mentioned are

of the same species.

Phyllonethis instabilis.

Phyllonethis instabihs, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 95.

Adults of both sexes have been found during this last May

near the same locality in which it was originally discovered

about seventeen years ago.

Steatoda coracina, C. L. Koch.

Steatoda coracina, C. L. Koch, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 98.

An immature male was found on Bloxworth Heath in April

last, an adult female under a stone on the 30th of last June,

and an adult male on heather on the 15th of last July in the

same locality. A single example only, found in May 1863,

had been previously recorded in Britain. When running, the

214 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

male has a more decidedly ant-like appearance than almost

any other spider I am acquainted with.

Walckenaéra erythropus, Westr.

Walckenaéra erythropus, Westr.; Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb.

1878, p. 116; Spiders of Dorset, p. 165.

T have found numerous examples of this little spider among

brickbats and in other situations at Bloxworth rectory during

this last spring and early summer; and have also received

several specimens from Windsor Castle, where it was found

by Col. Pickard, R.A. Hitherto this has been a very rare

spider ; and it is difficult to account for its being thus abundant

during the present season, in which spiders, generally speaking,

have been very scarce.

Walckenaéra parallela, Bl.

Walekenaéra parallela, Bl. ; Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 156.

I have not met with a single example of this spider during

the past spring, though it has frequently been searched for in

places where it was found in some abundance in the spring of

1878.

Epeira acalypha, Walck.

Epeira acalypha, Walck.; O. P. Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

Feb. 1878, p. 119. (sub Zilla).

By an inadvertence a striking variety of this spider was

recorded (J. c.) under the genus Zilla. It is, however, un-

doubtedly an Epetra.

Philodromus lineatipes.

Philodromus lineatipes, Cambr. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1878,

p. 122, pl. xi. fig. 5.

The expectations expressed (7. c.) that the specific distinct-

ness of this spider would be confirmed by the discovery of the

adult form, has been fulfilled by the reception, from Mr. H.

C. Young of Glasgow, of adults of both sexes. It is very

nearly allied to, but, I think, distinct from Philodromus emar-

ginatus, Schrank.

List of the Spiders noted and described.

Segestria bavarica, C. LZ. Koch, Prosthesima lutetiana, L. Koch,

Gnaphosa suspecta, sp. n., p. 191. — Latreillii, C. Z. Koch, p. 209.

lugubris, C. Z. Koch, p. 208. | —— latitans, L. Koch, p. 209.

Prosthesima longipes, Z. Koch, Drassus minor, sp. n., p. 192, Pi.

p- 209. XII. fig, 1.

new and rare British Spiders.

Drassus infuscatus, Westr., p. 209.

— braccatus, L. Koch, p. 2138

(sub D, bulbifer, Cambr.).

Clubiona neglecta, Cambr., p. 215.

Liocranum celere, Cambr., p, 211.

—- gracilipes, B/., p. 213.

Dictyna viridissima, Walek., p.

210.

Lethia patula, Sim., p. 212.

albepiecals, Cambr., p. 21

Crypheeca meerens, Cambr.,

Hahnia candida, Sim., p. 211,

helveola, Sim., p. 211.

Phyllonethis instabilis, Cambr., p.

213.

Steatoda Clarkii, sp. n., p. 193.

coracina, C, L. Koch, p. 213.

Theridiosoma, g.n., p. 193.

argenteolum, sp. n., p. 194,

Pl. XII. fig. 8.

Neriene viva, Cambr., p. 210.

barbata, Thor, p. 210.

—— dolosa, Cambr., p. 212.

jugulans, Cambr., p. 212.

reproba, sp. n., p. 196, Pl. XII.

fie, 2.

—— rudis, sp. n., p. 197.

215

Neriene exhilarans, sp. n., p. 199,

Pl, XII. fig. 3.

—— nefaria, sp. n., p. 200, Pl. XIT.

fig. 4.

—— mystica, sp. n.,p. 201, Pl. XII.

fig. 5.

— improba, sp. n., p. 202, Pl.

XII. fig. 6.

Robertus astutus, Cambr., p. 211.

Walckenaéra minutissima, sp. n.,

p. 203, Pl. XII. fig. 7.

crassiceps, Westr., p. 212.

prominula, Cambr., p. 210.

parallela, B/., p. 214.

erythropus, Westr., p. 214.

Linyphia Frederici, Cambr., p. 212.

decipiens, Cambr., p. 212.

—— pholcommoides, Cambr.,p.212.

subnigripes, sp. 0., p. 304.

relativa, sp.n., p. 205.

—— turbatrix, sp. n., p. 206.

Ero taberea late C. L. Koch, p.

212

Epeira acalypha, Walek., p. 214.

Dizea devoniensis, sp.n., p. 208.

Philodromus lineatipes, Cambr., p.

214.

—— emarginatus, Schrank, p. 211.

—— constellatus, Sim., p. 211.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1.

Fig.

Neriene reproba, sp. n.

Drassus minor, sp.n. 4, profile, without legs or palpi; 6, genital

aperture ; ¢, eyes, from in front ; d, natural length of spider.

a, front view of eyes and falces; 8, left

palpus, from outer side, rather in front; ¢, right palpus, from

Fvg. 5. Neriene exhilarans, sp.n.

above and behind; d, natural length of spider.

a, profile, without legs or palpi;

b, front view of eyes and falces; c, eyes in slightly different

osition ; d, portion of caput in profile; e, cubital and radial

Fig. 4.

joints of right palpus, from in front; f, natural length of spider.

Neriene nefaria, sp. n. a, profile, without legs or palpi ; 6, under-

side of abdomen; 2, transverse slit near spinners of ditto ;

Fig.

. Neriene mystica, sp. n.

c, genital aperture ; d, natural length of spider.

a, profile, without legs or palpi; 0, por-

tion of caput, and eyes, from above and behind ; ¢, genital aper-

Fig. 6. Neriene improba, sp. 1.

ture; d, ditto, in profile ; e, natural length of spider.

a, eyes, from above and behind; 6, right

palpus, from inner side; ¢, ditto, from above and behind;

d, natural length of spider.

Walckenaéra minutissima, sp. 0.

Fig. 7.

a, profile without legs or palpi ;

b, fore part of caput and eyes, from in front; c, ditto, from above

and behind; d, genital aperture ; e, natural length of spider.

Tig. 8. Theridiosoma (gen. nov.) argenteolum, sp. 1.

a, profile, without

lees or palpi; b, genital aperture; ¢, ditto, in profile; d, outline

of spider, of natural size; e, eyes, and falces from in front ;

Ff, natural length of spider ; g, maxillee and labium.

216 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, J un., on

XXV.—Descriptions of Paleozoic Corals from Northern

Queensland, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora.

By H. A. Nicuorson, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S., &e., Professor

of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews, and

R. ETHERIDGE, Jun., F.G.S., of the British Museum.

[Plate XIV.]

1. Introduction.

THE corals about to be described are derived from two

sources, viz. a collection from the limestone of the Broken

River, made by the late Mr. Richard Daintree, C.M.G.,

F.G.S., and a second from several localities, made by Mr. R.

L. Jack, F.R.G.S., F.G.S., at present Government Geologist

for North Queensland.

At the time the ‘ Daintree collection’? of Queensland

fossils (animal remains) was described by Mr. R. Etheridge,

F.R.S.*, the corals were not included in Mr. Etheridge’s

report, but, having been placed in our hands for description,

are now in the British Museum.

The collection made by Mr. Jack has only reached this

country within the last few months; and as a portion of it

and of that made by Mr. Daintree are from one district and, in

all probability, from the same limestone, or at any rate from

a limestone in the same series, the present appeared to us a

favourable opportunity for working out the two collections in

connexion with one another.

Many of Mr. Daintree’s corals are in travelled blocks of

limestone, in all probability taken from the bed of the Broken

River near the outcrop of the limestone yielding them. In

this respect Mr. Jack’s collection becomes of essential service,

because the corals comprised in it have all been obtained én situ,

and, in addition to enabling us to show the above supposition

to be correct, further indicate that the blocks cannot have

travelled far.

The Australian Paleozoic corals have not been investigated

to any great extent. The most important memoirs on the

subject are:—an appendix to Dr. C. Darwin’s ‘ Geological

Observations on Volcanic Islands’ t, by the late Mr. Lons-

dale, in which the genus Stenopora was first enunciated; the

remarks by the same author contained in Count P. de Strze-

lecki’s work ‘Physical Description of New South Wales

&e.’ t; descriptions by Prof. J. D. Dana in the ‘ Geology of the

* Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. 1872, xxviii. pp. 317-350.

+ London, 1844, 8vo, App. pp. 161-163,

{ London, 1845, 8vo, p. 262 et seg.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 217

United-States Exploring Expedition, under Capt. Wilkes,

U.S.N.’*; Prof. F. M‘Coy’s paper “On the Fauna and

Flora of the Rocks associated with the Coal of New South

Wales”’ +, containing descriptions of Cladochonus tenuicollis

and Strombodes australis. 'These, with Prof. de Koninck’s

‘Recherches sur les Fossiles paléozoiques de la Nouvelle-

Galles du Sud’ {, comprise the more important publications

bearing on Australian Paleozoic corals, although there are a

number of minor papers which need not now be referred to.

2. Geological Notes.

The published information in connexion with the localities

or horizons from which the corals about to be described come

may be summed up as follows :—

‘The Broken-River Limestone, represented by the specimens

collected by Mr. Daintree, is considered by Mr. R. Etheridge,

F.R.S., as the lowest fossiliferous deposit in Queensland.

He says, ‘‘ There cannot now be any doubt that the Broken-

River Limestone beds, containing Favosites &c. &e., are the

lowest fossiliferous deposits in the Queensland area; and their

age is undoubtedly Lower Devonian or ‘ Siluro-Devonian’” §.

On this subject My. Daintree, who probably had the best

knowledge of North-Australian geology, says, ‘ In the lime-

stone bands which form the lower portion of the series’’ (7. e.

the Devonian) “corals are very numerous; in fact the lime-

stones, where little alteration has taken place, are a mass of

ageregated corals’ ||. In addition to these remarks, Mr.

Daintree gives a woodcut view of a ‘Section of Devonian

Coral Limestone, Terrible Creek, near Messrs. Cunningham’s

Cattle Station, Burdekin River, Northern Queensland ” J, in

all probability the very locality from which his corals came.

T'wo specimens in the Daintree collection are from the

Gympie gold-field, in the characteristic green chloritic rock

of that district. These beds are also considered by Mr.

Kitheridge to be of Devonian age**; but Prof. M‘Coy is more

inclined to regard them as Carboniferous tf.

We now come in due course to the specimens forwarded by

Mr. R. L. Jack. From the Bowen-River coal-field there are

two species of Stenopora from beds which have been shown

* New York, 4to, pp. 711, 712.

t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1847, xx. p. 227.

} Bruxelles, 1876, pts. 1 and 2, pp. 140 and 133; 1877, pt. 3,

pp. 145-157.

§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1872, xxviii. p. 324. | Ibid. p. 290,

q Loe. cit. p. 290, fig. 12. ** Thid. p, 324.

++ Prodromus Pal, Victoria, 1874, i. p. 58.

218 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

by one of us* to possess strong Permo-Carboniferous aflini-

ties. The Fanning-River Limestone has in the same manner

been shown to be of Devonian age, by means of the Mollusca

there associated with the corals. The age of the Arthur’s-

Creek Limestone, a new locality, will be commented on at

the close of this paper.

3. Lithological Characters of the Specimens.

We are indebted to our friend Mr. T. Davies, F'.G.8., of

the British Museum, for the following notes on the litho-

logical characters of some of the matrices containing certain

of the corals about to be described.

The fossiliferous rock of Coral Creek consists of an ochreous,

concretionary or nodular ironstone, resembling, in a remark-

able degree, some forms of bog-iron-ore. In this, in addition

to a copious molluscan fauna, occurs Stenopora Jackii (nobis).

Other nodules occur associated with this, formed of detrital

matter, which varies according to the derivative rock, in some

cases being more felspathic and quartzose with scales of mica,

suggesting a gneissic or granitic rock as the source. ‘These

nodules contain Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale, in abundance.

The fossiliferous rock of the Gympie gold-field, containing

many fossil Sprrifere, Stenopora? sp., &c., is of aqueous

origin, and consists of the detritus of preexisting metamorphic

shales and limestones. Large angular and subangular frag-

ments of a fine-grained chloritic slate occur in a conglomerate

of small oval pebbles of limestone, dolomitic limestone, and a

siliceous rock. The cementing material consists of the fine-

grained comminuted detritus of chloritie schist. Chlorite

alone occurs as an incrustation on the contained fossils, more

especially upon the remains of the Mollusca.

4. Descriptions of the Species.

Spongida (Stromatoporoidea).

Before proceeding to a detailed description of the corals, we

may mention the presence of the genera Stromatopora and

Caunopora in the Queensland limestones —a fact not hitherto

recorded, so far as we are aware.

Stromatopora occurs amongst Mr. Daintree’s fossils from

the Broken-River Limestone, but in so highly silicified a

state that we have not been able to make a satisfactory

examination of the specimen. Another example has been

forwarded by Mr. Jack from the Arthur’s-Creek limestone,

* In a paper lately read before the Geological Society of London.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 219

which is very like some of the Devonian species of Devon-

shire and the Hifel.

The Caunopora is also from the limestone of Arthur’s

Creek, and is apparently distinct specifically from Caunopora

placenta, Phillips, the characteristic Devonian form from

Devonshire.

Pending a detailed and proper description of the Eifel and

Devonshire forms of Stromatopora and Caunopora, we refrain

from entering into details concerning these specimens, and

hope to be able to do so, with more satisfactory material in

our hands, at some future date.

Class ACTINOZOA.

Genus F'AvosiTes (pars), Lamarck, 1816.

(Hist. des Anim. sans Vertéb. ii. p. 204.)

Obs. The Silurian rocks of New South Wales have yielded

no less than five species of this genus, and one doubtful one,

to the researches of Prof. de Koninck*, viz.:—Favosites aspera,

D’Orb.; F. cristata, Blumenbach; F. ‘fbrosa, Goldf.; F. Lor-

best, Edw. & H.; and £. gothlandica, Fougt. ‘The same author

likewise mentions as occurring in the Devonian rocks of New

South Wales:—Jf. alveolaris, Goldf.; F. basaltica, Goldf.; F.

jfibrosa, Goldf.; EF. polymorpha, Goldf.; and F. reticulata,

Blainville. In addition to these, Kavosites gothlandica was

long ago shown to be present in New South Wales rocks by

Mr. Lonsdale t; and its existence (as #. Goldfusst, Edw.

& H.) in the Devonian rocks of Buchan, Victoria, has been

pointed out by Prof. M‘Coy f.

Amongst the Queensland corals are two forms of Favosites

only separable by the size of the corallites composing the

respective colonies. We refer these as follows :—

Favosites gothlandica (Fougt), Lamarck.

Favosites gothlandica, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vertéb. 1816, ii.

p- 206.

Calamopora gothlandica, Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. 1829, i. p. 78, t. 26.

fie. 3, a-e.

Favosites gothlandica, Edwards and Haime, Polyp. foss. Terr. Pal.

1851, p. 232.

Favosites Goldfussi, Edw. & H. ibid. p. 235, t. 20. fig. 3, a, b.

Obs. It will be convenient to consider the form with the

smallest corallites as the typical F. gothlandica, whilst that

* Foss. Pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pts. 1, 2, pp. 20-25.

+ Strzelecki’s Phys. Descr. New South Wales, 1845, p. 266,

{ Prod. Pal, Victoria, dec. iv. 1876, p. 15.

220 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

with the larger calices may be looked upon as the variety

Goldfusst. Widwards and Haime regarded I’. gothlandica as

an essentially Silurian species; and the corresponding Devo-

nian form was separated by them under the name of £. Gold-

fusst. The latter is stated by its authors to be distinguished

from the former by its larger corallites and more closely set

mural pores. The size of the tubes (14 line), however, is

frequently exceeded by typical Upper Silurian examples of

F. gothlandica, notwithstanding their more commonly smaller

size. Under any circumstances the size of the corallites

merely cannot be regarded as a character of the smallest

specific value, while the mural pores exhibit an at least

equal variability. Upon the whole, therefore, /. Goldfussi,

Edw. & H., cannot be satisfactorily separated from /’. goth-

landica, except as a mere variety.

In the specimens here referred to F. gothlandica, var. G'old-

fusst, the diameter of the calices, as before stated, is about 13

line, in extreme cases reaching as much as 2} lines. In one

example there are four tabulz in the space of two lines verti-

eal, whilst in another specimen the same number are contained

in a space a little exceeding this. ‘The examples collected by

the late Mr. Daintree appear to be only portions of colonies ;

but, notwithstanding this, one of the specimens, a very fine

one, measures 93 inches by 43, forming a more or less elon-

gated depressed parallelogram. This form of LF. gothlandica

corresponds in a striking manner with that met with in the

Corniferous Limestone of North America, a careful com-

parison having been made with colonies of the latter coral in

the cabinet of one of us.

We now come to four specimens, and possibly a fifth, which

we look upon as referable to Kavosites gothlandica proper,

as understood by Messrs. Edwards and Haime. They also

bear a close resemblance to J. epidermata, Rominger, from

the Corniferous Limestone of North America, which is pro-

bably, after all, only another variety of the widely spread and

typical [’. gothlandica. In the colonies in question the calices

are much smaller, scarcely ever exceeding 1 line in diameter,

and frequently less, whilst four tabule appear, on an average,

to be comprised within the space of 14 line vertical. We say

on an average, because we find, on the examination of a sufli-

ciently large number of specimens gathered from various

quarters, and including those from Australia, that there is

every gradation between these two conditions in the size of

the corallites and disposition of the tabule. It is on these

grounds, combined with the variable disposition of the mural

pores, that we propose to consider J. gothlandica in the wide

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 221

sense understood by Goldfuss, before its subdivision by Ed-

wards and Haime.

In the fifth example, previously referred to as probably

Henne with the other form, the septal spines are well deve-

oped.

gi et and Horizon. Broken River, a tributary of the

Burdekin River, North Queensland. Specimens obtained ¢n

sttu and in partially rounded blocks. Devonian Limestone.

Collector. The late Richard Daintree, Esq., C.M.G.,

E.G.5. &e,

Genus ALVEOLITES, Lamarck, 1801.

(Systéme des Anim. sans Vertéb. p, 375.)

Obs. We have before endeavoured to point out* the

chaotic condition in which the genus Alveolites at present

rests. ‘The conclusion at which we arrived, after a very care-

ful examination of a large series of corals referable to the

Alveolites- Cheetetes section of the 'Tabulata, was :—“ Not only

does it appear to be evident that the name Alveolites covers a

number of forms which are not always united by relations of

genuine aftinity, but even those forms which may be regarded

as types of Alveolites are only separable from certain allied

groups by characters difficult to define or discover, and some-

times of dubious value and uncertain interpretation.” Since

these remarks were made, Alveolites has been the subject of

further research by one of us; and in a forthcoming work ft it

will be shown that this name must be restricted to a small

group of species, while many forms which have been indis-

criminately assigned to it will have to be distributed amongst

other genera.

We have before us two corals from Queensland, which we

have not been able to submit to as complete an examination

as we should like. One of them is a ramose form of Alveo-

lites, accepting that genus as formerly understood, with affini-

ties to Pachypora ; the other is an expanded or lobate species

of so-called Alveolites.

Under this name there have been described from the Paleo-

zoic rocks of Australia the following species :—The Upper

Silurian series of Burrowang has yielded to the researches of

Prof. de Koninck { Alveolites repens, Fougt, and A. rapa,

De Kon. ‘The Lower Devonian rocks of the same colony

have yielded Alveolites subequalis, Kdw. & H., and A. ob-

* Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiii. p, 355.

+ H. A. Nicholson ‘On the “Tabulate Corals” of the Paleeozoic Rocks,

with Critical Descriptions of Illustrative Species.’

{ Foss. Pal. Nouy.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. 1, pp. 17, 18, and 77,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 16

222 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

scurus, De Kon. We may at once state that the Queensland

Alveolites forwarded by Mr. Jack in no way correspond to

any of these; indeed the two new species described by

Prof. de Koninck appear to us to be very unsatisfactorily

established, and nothing is known of their microscopic

structure.

Alveolites (Pachypora ?), sp. ind.

Obs. A ramose species, with affinities to Pachypora, and

possibly really referable to this latter genus. It is very like

A. (Cladopora) robusta, Rominger*, from the Corniferous

Limestone of North America. The surface-characters are

much destroyed by weathering; and as its internal structure

shows nothing but mural pores and tabule, with no special

features of interest, little further can be said about it. The

coral may at once be distinguished from our Pachypora mert-

dionalis by its very oblique tubes and calices.

The largest of the specimens before us (by no means a

perfect specimen) is 34 inches in length. The distance

between two points of bifurcation or dichotomization of the

branches is 1 inch 3 lines.

Locality and Horizon. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs,

Devonian Limestone.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq.

Alveolites, sp. ind.

Obs. An expanded, lobate, or palmate form, which, in the

present unsatisfactory and chaotic state of Alveolites, is very

difficult to determine, although, specifically speaking, we do

not know any thing precisely like it. Sections show that the

corallites were thin-walled and irregular, with mural pores

and plenty of tabule. With the material before us we feel

we should be only unnecessarily increasing nomenclature by

bestowing a name, and therefore refrain.

Locality and Horizon. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs,

North Queensland. Limestone of Devonian age.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq.

Genus HELIOLITES, Dana, 1846 (?).

(Zoophytes, Wilkes’s U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 541.)

Obs. The Silurian and Devonian rocks of one or other of

the Australian colonies have yielded four species of this genus,

so far as present researches have gone; and to these we have

to add a fifth and sixth.

* Foss. Corals of Michigan, p. 54, t. 22, figs. 1, 2.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 223

Heliolites interstinctus, Linn., has been met with, according

to Prof M‘Coy*, in the Upper Silurian Limestone of Waratah

Bay, Victoria. The researches of Prof. de Koninck have

shown the existence of H. megastoma, M‘Coy, and H. Murchi-

soni in the Upper Silurian rocks (probably Ludlow or Wen-

lock) of New South Wales, at Burrowangf, whilst the Devo-

nian of the same colony has yielded H. porosa, Goldf. }

Heliolites porosa, Goldfuss.

Astrea porosa, Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. 1825, i. p. 61, t. 21. fig. 7.

Heliolites porosa, M.-Edwards and Haime, Polyp. foss. Terr. Pal. 1851,

p- 218; Mon. Brit. Foss. Corals, 1853, pt. 4, p. 212, t. 47. fig. 1, a-/;

De Koninck, Foss. Pal. Nouy.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. 1, p. 81;

Etheridge, jun., Cat. Australian Foss, 1878, p. 37.

Obs. Under this name we have assembled a series of speci-

mens from three localities in North Queensland, varying more

or less slightly in their characters amongst themselves, but

which we think are all referable to Heliolites porosa, Goldf.

The composite corallum in these corals is massive, with a

flat under surface or base, having few and faintly marked

concentric ridges. The calices in all the specimens are cir-

cular, pretty equally developed in the same individual, and

separated by unequal interspaces occupied by ccenenchymal

tubes§$ ; each calice varies from }-2 of a line in diameter.

The tubes of the coenenchyma are rather small and polygonal,

and constitute somewhat large interspaces between the coral-

lites. The septa are only visible here and there.

Upon comparing a series of specimens of H. porosa from

German and British Devonian rocks we find that considerable

variation takes place,—Ist, in the diameter of the corallites

themselves ; 2nd, in the size of the ccenenchymal tubuli;

3rd, in the amount of intercalicular space occupied by the

latter ; and 4th, in the length of the septa. These variations

are, indeed, shown in the figures given by MM. Milne-

Edwards and J. Haime. So far as we are able to judge, the

Queensland examples appear to occupy a median place in the

above scale ; the diameter of the corallites and ccenenchymal

* As Pale@opora, in Progress Report for 1876, no. iv. Geol. Survey

Vict., by T. Couchmann, pp. 156, 158 (Melbourne, 8vo, 1877).

+ Foss. Pal. Nouy.-Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. i. pp. 24, 25.

} Ibid. p, 81.

§ In this and in the following descriptions of species of Heliolites we use

the terms “ccenenchyma” and “ ccenenchymal tubes” simply in accordance

with previous custom, and for the sake of convenience. There is, of

course, no true “ ccenenchyma” in Heliolites and its allies; and the so-

called “ccenenchymal tubes” are really a specialized series of small

corallites.

16*

224 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

tubuli is greater than in some European examples and less

than in others. On the whole the interspaces occupied by the

tubuli are perhaps greater in the Queensland examples.

In vertical sections we can distinguish with ease the tabula

as described by Edwards and Haime, horizontal, but some-

times oblique. These authors describe the ccenenchymal

tubuli as “nearly regularly hexagonal.” Certainly this is the

case with some of the tubes on various parts of the Queensland

eer but we find by far the commoner form is the poly-

onal.

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, North Queensland,

in rolled blocks (Daintree) ; Limestone of the Fanning River,

Burdekin Downs, N. Q., in sttu (Jack); Limestone of Arthur’s

Creek, Burdekin Downs, in situ (Jack). Devonian.

Collectors. The late R. Daintree, Esq., and R. L. Jack,

Esq. (Coll. Geol. Survey of North Queensland and Brit.

Mus.)

Heliolites Daintreet, Eth., Jun., and Nicholson.

(Pl. XIII. figs. 8, 3a.)

Spec. char. Corallum compound, discoid or flattened; upper

surface a little convex ; under surface more or less flattened,

concentrically wrinkled round the edges. Calices large, equal

in size, with a diameter of ? line, or at times almost 1 line,

closely set; calicular edge deeply scalloped. Septa numerous

and well-marked, certainly tourteen and sometimes more,

unequal in size. Coenenchyma composed of large and well-

developed tubes separating the corallites by irregular inter-

spaces, often of small extent. A specimen measures 34 inches

by nearly 4.

Obs. We have separated from the foregoing specimens one

which appears to us to possess characters sufficiently worthy

of specific distinction.

It may be distinguished by the size and contiguity of the

large corallites, with their strongly scalloped margins. The

coenenchymal tubuli are irregularly developed; for between

neighbouring calices we occasionally see only one row of tubes,

but more commonly the number is increased totwo. The latter

number varies up to three or four, beyond which we have not

observed them to be increased.

Tn the contiguity of its calices and frequent diminution of

the tubuli, H. Daintreet resembles H. megastoma, M‘Coy, of

the British Silurian rocks, but is at once distinguished by the

prominent scalloped edges of the calices, and the flat or little-

convex form of the corallum.

In the contiguity of the corallites one to the other there is

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 225

a good deal of resemblance between our H. Dazntreet and H.

pyrvformis, Lonsdale, as figured by Hall from American spe-

cimens ; but the other characters are quite dissimilar.

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, North Queensland,

as a rolled block.

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq.

Heliolites, sp. ind.

Obs. A third and small species of Helvolites is represented

by a single example nestling in the middle of a large block of

fravosites. The calices and ccenenchymal tubuli are very

small, the latter so much so that the use of a lens is required

for their detection. The corallites are circular and possess

very thin and thread-like margins, and they are separated

from one another by intervals of ccenenchyma of some extent.

The tubes of the latter are very small and almost micro-

scopic, hexagonal or polygonal.

In a vertical section the structure is characteristically

Heliolitiform. In the interspaces between the corallites the

smail square cells, making up the ccenenchyma, are quite

apparent, but rather unequal in size. The tabule in the

corallites are moderately close and horizontal.

We have observed traces of very small septa remaining in

one or two of the corallites; but their structure is so deli-

cate and minute that their preservation is surprising. We

think it very probable that this is an undescribed minute

Heliolites ; but as we have only one example before us, we

refrain from committing ourselves toa name. It appears to

be smaller in general than any of the commoner species of

Hleliolites known to us, especially as regards the size of the

ccenenchymal tubes.

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, North Queensland,

in a large block of Havosites. Limestone of Devonian age.

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq.

Heliolites plasmoporoides, Kith. Jun., and Nicholson, sp. nov.

(Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 2 6.)

Spec. char. Corallum irregularly ovate; upper surface

convex. Calices circular, with a thin thread-like margin,

average diameter 1} line, contiguous, but separated from

one another by small interspaces of coenenchymal tubuli.

The latter are large and of very regular form: some are

elongate, with one axis much longer than the other; others

are polygonal; and, again, others are without definite outline.

Between contiguous corallites there is usually but one row of

large oblong interstitial tubes, reaching from calice to calice ;

226 On Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland.

or, where the corallites become a little separated from one

another, these may be increased in number. Septa almost

obsolete, thread-like. A specimen measures 5 inches by 4.

Obs. The form and arrangement of the coenenchymal tubuli

render the present species a very interesting one. If hori-

zontal sections in the mass are examined only with the naked

eye or ordinary lens, the species will be pronounced a

Plasmopora; and this it at first appeared to us to be. It has

all the general appearance of this genus, especially in the fact

that there is often but a single row of oblong interstitial tubes

between every two corallites. In such sections the walls of

these tubes have quite the appearance of thread-like coste

radiating from corallite to corallite, or bifurcating at various

angles where their number is increased between the corallites,

as in Plasmopora. When, however, vertical microscopic

sections are examined, the true affinities of this peculiar coral

at once become apparent. In the first place, the arched and

vesicular tabula of Plasmopora are wanting, and we find in

their place the straight horizontal diaphragms of Le/iolites.

Secondly, in similar sections the interstitial or coonenchymal

structure is found not to consist of vertical canaliculi formed

by the irregularly-developed walls of the tubuli, and sub-

divided by horizontal or convex dissepiments into irregularly

formed cells, as in Plasmopora, but of a series of small regular

and well-developed cells formed by the intersection of the

vertical tubuli and their horizontal tabule, which are

usually placed on the same level and correspond with one

another, precisely as seen in vertical sections of LHeliolites

megastoma, M‘Coy.

In working out this interesting coral we have made a series

of microscopic sections of Plasmopora petaliformis and Helio-

lites megastoma, for comparison with those of the Queensland

fossil; and these have enabled us to indicate Heliolites as the

eae resting-place for this otherwise very Plasmopora-like

coral.

So far as our investigations enable us to form an opinion, 7.

plasmoporoides is most nearly allied to H. megastoma, M‘Coy ;

indeed, in the figure of this species given by Edwards and

Haime we notice the one-celled disposition of the coenen-

chyma in places, similar to that seen in the present species.

The latter, however, is clearly distinguished from H. megastoma.

Locality and Horizon. Broken River, a tributary of the

Burdekin River, North Queensland. Devonian Limestone.

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq.

| To be continued. |

On new Species of Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 227

XXVI.— Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from

Madagascar, with Notes on some of the Forms already de-

scribed. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e.

Tue following species have recently been added to the collec-

tion of the British Museum.

Nymphalide.

Saryrinz.

StRABENA, Mabille.

So far as I have been able to ascertain, this genus has not

hitherto been characterized, unless the description of S. Smithit

(in which the truncato-angulated form of the primaries and

dentate character of the secondaries is mentioned) be re-

garded as a sufficient indication of the generic peculiarities.

‘The aspect of the species here described, and which I believe

to be another representative of Strabena, is not unlike that of

Dedalma, the arrangement of the ocelli on the under surface

being very similar to that of Neope.

1. Strabena Mabillet, sp. n.

¢. Ale supra piceo-fusce, areis costali et apicali anticarum nigres-

centibus, margine nigro lineam albidam vel pallide fuscescen-

tem includente; antics ocello magno, in spatii primi mediani

medio posito, nigro, albo pupillato, castaneo cincto; postice

ocellis duobus minoribus, interiore majore, fascia submarginali

pallida, intus fusco hmitata: corpus nigro-fuscum. Alze subtus

fusce, lituris numerosis nigris ornate, marginibus fere velut

supra: anticee costa nigra, lituris albis interrupta, area interna

lituris nigris inconspicuis, litura subapicali costali obliqua macu-

laque ad marginem externum flavis, ocello parvo subapicali nigro,

albo pupillato, olivaceo cincto, fusco cireumcincto, lilacino zonato,

ocello superno iride multo latiore; posticee maculis nonnullis

sparsis flavis, fascia obliqua a lineis irregularibus nigro-fuscis

limitata ; ocellis septem nigris, ceruleo-albido pupillatis, flavo-

cinctis, fusco circumeinctis, llacino zonatis, primo, quarto et

quinto duplo majoribus: corpus olivaceum. Alar. exp. une. 2.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Specimens nearly agreeing with that here described were

regarded by the late Mr. Hewitson as a variety of ‘ Mycalesis

antahala”’ of Ward; the species, however, is apparently more

nearly allied to the “ MZ. avelona”’ of the same author.

2. Culapa parva, n. sp.

Olivaceo-fusca: ale anticee supra ocello magno nigro, albo pupil-

lato, fulvo late cincto, in spatio primo mediano posito: postice

228 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

ocello apud angulum ani parvo: corpus nigrescens. Al subtus

lilacinze olivaceo transversim liturate, fascia lata media flavido-

olivacea, fascia ejusdem coloris marginali; anticz ocello superno

iride antice obliterata; posticee ocello superno minore: corpus

olivaceum. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 9.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

The type of Culapa of Moore, is “ Mycalesis mnasicles,’

Hewitson.

3. Pseudonympha subsimilis, un. sp.

Ale supra fere velut in “‘ Mycalesi iboina” sed minores et paululum

pallidiores ; anticze subtus lineis ocellisque similibus, linea autem

submarginali alternatim angulata: posticz arenoso-albide fusco

lituratee, lineis mediis velut in “ MZ. ankova;” ocello apud api-

cem costali et duobus apud angulum analem valde ingequalibus,

linea submarginali alternatim angulata et duabus marginalibus

velut in anticis olivaceo-fuscis: corpus griseum. Alar. exp. une.

1 din. 72

Fianarantsoa (Shavw).

4, Pseudonympha angulifascia, n. sp.

Als supra fere velut in ‘‘ MM. iboina” sed minores ; antice subtus

obscuriores ; postice flavee, area basali, fascia valde irregulari

media (ferrugineo limitata), nebula discali, apice, lineis duabus

submarginalibus ciliisque fuscis; macula subcostali apud apicem

nivea; ocellis duobus apud angulum ani nigris, albo pupil-

latis flavo cinctis, interiore magno, exteriore minimo: corpus

fuscum, pedibus pallide olivaceis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 6,

Antananarivo.

We have also received from this locality what I suppose to

be the “ Mycalesis anganavo” of Ward, a little species much

resembling a small Pedaliodes or Steroma in form and in the

marking of the under surface: it cannot well be placed either

in Mycalesis, Pseudonympha, or Strabena. For this form,

which seems to unite the characters of several distinct genera,

I propose the name of Henotesia.

HENOTESIA, gen. nov. (évoTyat0s),

Alarum forma velut in Pedaliodi, palpis autem brevioribus venisque

Strabene (a Pseudonympha nervulis secundo et tertio alarum

posticarum medianis latius separatis).

5. Henotesia anganavo?, Ward.

Olivaceo-fusca: alee anticee supra ocello magno, nigro, albo pupillato,

castaneo cincto; postice ocello multo minore apud marginem

externum, linea submarginali undulata nigra. Ale subtus tusce

la etd

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 229

nigro liturate: antice ocello superno et linea submarginali indi-

stincta nigra, area externa paululum pallidiore: posticee fascia

valde irregulari media nigro-fusco limitata et extrorsum flavo

limbata, area externa dilute fusca, nigro indistincte liturata:

ocellis duobus analibus inzqualibus nigris, albo pupillatis, late

ferrugineo cinctis, linea undulata submarginali fusca, linea ante

marginem ciliisque nigrescentibus. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 6.

Antananarivo.

As I am not by any means certain that this is the species

intended by Mr. Ward’s very brief description, and as, more-

over, I consider the name anganavo by far too barbarous to

be countenanced by the naturalists of the future, I would

propose that, in the event of the type of Henotesia proving

distinct, it should receive the name of H. Wardii. The only

means of deciding the question will be by examining either

the type or a figure made from it, as the description might

apply to half-a-dozen species.

6. Ypthima Vinsoni’, Guénée.

Now that we have received this species (from Antanana-

rivo), I strongly suspect it to be conspecific with “ Hrebéa

rakoto,’ Ward. The example received is certainly very dis-

tinct from Y. Batesti, being considerably larger and altogether

different on the underside. Satyrus mopsus of Mabille seems

to be allied to Y. Vinsonii; the latter cannot, surely, be a

Strabena, as hinted by M. Mabille.

7. Ypthima niveata, n. sp.

9. Y. Batesii affinis: supra olivaceo-fusca, areis alarum discali-

bus albicantibus, marginibus autem fundi colore ; antics ocello

magno subapicali nigro, lilacino bipupillato, fulvo cincto ; pos-

ticee ocellis duobus subapicali et subanali unipupillatis. Antics

subtus disco albo ; postice albze, coste basi, angulo anali, striga

submarginali, linea fere marginali ciliisque fuscis, ocellis super-

nis fusco zonatis, ocello parvo anali duplici: corpus nigrescens.

Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 7.

Antananarivo (Toy).

It is barely possible that this can be the female of Y.

Batesii; it differs from it so much more than do the opposite

sexes of any other species in the genus.

NYMPHALIN2E.

M. Mabille appears to mistake my Panopea Dructi for the

common Panopea dubia, Pal. de Beauv.; it is, however, a

constant and distinct species.

230 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

8. Salamis definita, sp. n.

Magnitudine speciei cui nomen S. aglatonice, signationibus autem

velut in S. Duprei, caudis alarum posticarum elongatis, margini-

bus autem velut in S. aglatonice infuscatis; area basali alarum

omnium distinete cinerea; ale subtus fundo niveo, areis ob-

scurioribus subcinereis; ocello subanali posticarum magno. Alar.

exp. une. 2, lin, 6-11.

Fianarantsoa and Antananarivo.

This species is evidently quite common. It is much smaller

than S. Dupré, with less faleated primaries, the bases of the

wings and the border of the secondaries grey; the under

surface also usually shows no trace of the sandy yellowish

tint so frequently found in S. Dupré. From S. aglatonice,

with which it agrees in size, it differs in its more falcate

primaries, the greater extent of the black apical border of

these wings, the almost entire absence of the rose-coloured

shot and of the large black spot on the first median interspace

of primaries, and in the caudate character of the anal angle

of secondaries.

ACRAINE.

9. Acrea fornax, sp. Nn.

Ale anticee rufo-fulve strigulis duabus basalibus, costa, dimidio

fere apicali et margine lato externo nigerrimis, coste basi rufa,

punctis duobus minutissimis in marginis postici sinibus positis,

fasciola trifida subapicali alba ; posticee rufo-fulvee margine ex-

terno late nigro, punctis paucis ad marginem rufis, macula irre-

gulari ad cellule basin, serie subbasali macularum quinque, plaga

cellulam terminante et serie macularum octo ineequalium omni-

bus nigris: corpus nigrum fulyo alboque punctatum. Alze subtus

multo pallidiores quam supra; antice maculis triangularibus

marginalibus fulvis, ad apicem elongatis : posticee subrosez, area

basali obscuriore, maculis nigris fere velut supra, margine ex-

terno late nigro maculis ad marginem triangularibus fulvis, venis

ferrugineis: corpus nigrum, palpis, pedibus anticis femoribusque

aureo-flayis, ventre longitudinaliter albo strigoso. Alar. exp.

unc. 2.

Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

This very distinct species is probably most nearly allied to

A. Sganzin¢i; but in form it more nearly agrees with A. pseu-

dolycia.

Lycenide.

10. Castalius azureus, sp. n.

Ale supra cerulee apud margines saturatiores; antica margine

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 231

costali et basi nigrescentibus, venula superiore discocellulari

nigra, margine externo latius nigro, area statim pone cellulam

subpellucida, albicante ; postice basi nigrescente, linea marginali

punctisque submarginalibus nigris, macula apicali, a lunula ceru-

leo-cinerea interrupta, nivea, ciliis albis nigro persectis, cauda

nigra: corpus nigrescens, oculis albo cinctis, palpis lateraliter

albis. Ala subtus cretaceo-albe, linea tenui marginali, serie

macularum apud marginem externum virgulisque submarginali-

bus nigris ; antic macula discocellulari serieque angulari macu-

larum quinque discalium, tribus quarum superioribus confluenti-

bus; posticee ad basin sordide, macula oblonga discocellulari,

tribus apud basin in serie obliqua positis, octo discalibus, tertia et

quarta in serie angulata connectis, wnaque subanali nigris ;

maculis duabus scriei marginali analibus smaragdino bracteatis

virgulisque submarginalibus croceis; ciliis velut supra: pectus

cinereo-albidum ; venter sordide albidus. Alar. exp. une. 1,

Im, 7.

Antananarivo (Kingdon), Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

Two collections contained a single example of this very

distinct and beautiful little species. In the specimen from

Fianarantsoa several of the submarginal black spots on the

upper surface of the secondaries are wanting.

11. Jolaus argentarius, sp. n.

@. Antics: supra area interno-basali argenteo-cerulea, area media

plagam magnam sericeo-albam formante, costz basi nitide fusca,

area apicali et margine externo late nigris ; postice sordide albz

apud basin argenteo-cerulez, fascia lata subcostali nigrescente,

in medio nigra, linea marginali maculisque submarginalibus

nigris albo limbatis, macula autem subanali maxima extrorsum

vivide ceeruleo limbata, caudis nigris albo terminatis: corpus

fuscescens, cinereo-hirtum. Ale subtus albe; antice virgula

discocellulari, striga obliqua discali, lunulis septem submar-

ginalibus et linea marginali nigris ; posticee maculis duabus apud

basin nigris, linea valde irregulari a costa ad marginem inter-

num errante, apud aream analem trisinuata, partim fusca cetero-

quin nigra, macula costali subapicali nigra, strigis duabus mar-

gini apicali subparallelis pallide fuscis, macula rotundata in area

prima mediana sita plagaque adherente fulvis, lunulis duabus

margini anali parallelis nigris, macula submarginali apud angu-

lum analem cinerea, macula anali nigra maculaque adherente

alba, introrsum smaragdino, extrorsum aureo zonatis: ventre

fuscescente. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 5.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

232 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

Papilionide.

Prerinz.

12. Nychitona sylvicola, Boisd.

A specimen of this species now received agrees in all points

with the description; the small spot which Dr. Boisduval

mentions as usually present is, however, very indistinct; on

the under surface it agrees well with Cramer’s figure of NV.

medusa, said to come from Bengal. We have an example

agreeing in all respects with the figure and with N. sylvicola,

from the Congo, but none from any part of India. The spe-

cimens previously received, and supposed to be N. sylvicola,

agree in all respects with NV. nupta. With regard to the latter

species, which Mr. Kirby supposes to be the female of N.

alcesta, | may mention that the sexes are identical, the upper

surface being pure white in both ; in N. alcesta, on the other

hand, both sexes have a well-defined black spot on the disk

and at apex of primaries.

13. Belenois albipennis, sp. n.

2. B. helcide simillima, margine autem nigro minus profunde

exciso ; posticee subtus nives, haud crocee. Alar. exp. unc. 2,

lin. 7.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

If this should prove to be no more than a variety, it will

throw doubt upon the value of several other species in the

genus.

PAPILIONINE.

An example of Papilio endochus received with Mr. King-

don’s series differs from the typical form in the absence of the

second black costal patch on the primaries.

Hesperiide.

14. Trapezites? Kingdoni, sp. n.

Ale antice supra velut in 7. jaccho (T’. eliena, Hewits.) ; posticse

nigro-fusce plaga magna diffusa media ochracea, ciliis sordide

aurantiacis: corpus nigrescens ; thorace lateraliter viridi piloso.

Antice subtus costa late ferruginea, margine externo late lilacino,

maculis hyalinis velut supra; postice rufo-fusce plaga obliqua

media et fascia lata marginali lilacinis, margine abdominali

roseo-fusco, ciliis sordide aurantiacis: corpus pallide fuscum,

pectore albido-hirto, palpis albis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 4. |

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 233

It is possible, as the secondaries of this species are rather

shorter than in the Australian insects composing the genus

Trapezites, that it may have to be separated as the type of a

distinct genus; the pattern and general coloration, the an-

tenne, form of primaries, and appearance are, however, so

exactly like Trapezttes that I have hesitated to separate it.

‘ Pamphila’ gillias of Mabille (Pet. Nouv. ii. p. 285, 1878)

seems to be an allied species *.

15. Cyclopides pardalina, sp. n.

Nigra; antice supra linea subcostali basali, striga securiformi media,

macula subcostali media, duabus subapicalibus oblique positis et

quarta bifida discali croceis ; postice plaga permagna subpyri-

formi media crocea, ciliis extrorsum croceis. Al subtus apice

costaque sordide flavis, maculis snpernis majoribus croceis ; pos-

tice citrinz maculis subcostalibus submarginalibusque septem

et striga interno-mediana cinereo-fuscis: pectus viridi-cinereum,

antice flavescens, ventre citrino, Alar. exp. une. 1.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Allied to C. paniscus and C. malgacha.

Sphingide.

CH@ROCAMPINZ.

16. Gnathostypsis laticornis, sp. n.

Ale supra roseo-ferruginee vel rufo-fusce, tertia parte externa anti-

carum dilutiore, linea valde indistincta aream externam introrsum

limitante, linea regulari discali margini parallela fusca, costa et

margine interno cinerascentibus, cillis testaceis; postice margine

externo cinereo-fusco introrsum sinuato, ciliis albis fusco hic

illue punctatis: corpus ferrugineum vel rufo-fuscum; oculis

albido cinctis. Als subtus ferruginez fusco striolate, marginibus

externis cinereo-fuscis paululum roseo tinctis: corpus rufescens,

pedibus albicantibus, ventris segmentis testaceo et albo margi-

natis. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 6-7.

Antananarivo and Fianarantsoa.

Although I have not seen the type of Gnathostypsis, this

species answers so well to the characters given by Dr. Wal-

lengren that I have little doubt of its being a second species

of that genus.

* Five species of Hesperide are described in this number of the

‘Petites Nouvelles:’ for my part I do not think that naturalists’ adver-

tisement sheets ought to be used as media for describing new species,

Publication even in newspapers should, in my opinion, be ignored, much

more in two- to four-page advertising pamphlets.

234 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

17. Diodosida Grandidieri, sp. n.

Affinis D. murin®, corpore alisque anticis cinereis ferrugineo lineatis:

alee antic fere velut in D. murina lineis subparallelis script,

plaga subapicali marginali, margine apud angulum externum

punctisque lineas terminantibus nigro-fuscis, macula interno-

basali unaque diffusa pone cellulam fuscis ; postice nigro-fusce,

striga margini parallela indistincta rufescente, plaga marginali

apud angulum analem cinereo-albida, ciliis albis: corpus linea

dorsali longitudinali fusca; antennis pallide testaceis. Antic

subtus cineres, disco pallide carneo-fusco a linea undulata in

venis nigro punctata limitato; postice carneo-albide lineis tribus

subparallelis cinereis, linea quarum externa nigro punctata, mar-

gine latius cinereo introrsum dentato, ciliis albis, Alar. exp.

une. 1, lin. 11.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

18. Cherocampa humilis, sp. n.

Als supra cupreo-fusce, sericese ; antic area basali costaque subci-

nereis, area externa saturatiore a linea regulari obliqua, ad apicem

currente, introrsum limitata; posticee margine externo latius ob-

scuro: corpus alis obscurius. Ale subtus testacee marginibus

paululum obscurioribus; antic minime rufescentes: corpus

subtus pallide testaceum, ventre roseo tincto, Alar. exp. unc. 2,

in 1,

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Possibly the male of C. Batschit, but differmg from the

figure in form, and considerably smaller.

Other Sphingide received from Mr. Kingdon are:—A mbulyx

Coquerilii 3, Boisd.; Charocampa gracilis, Butl. (a South-

African species) ; Protoparce lingens 9, Butl.; and Diludia

chromapteris, Butl. Of the last-mentioned species (hitherto

unique, so far as I am aware, in the Museum collection) there

was a very fair series, exhibiting slight variations in the

intensity of the coloration, but not in any of the markings. I

consider this rather important evidence in favour of its dis-

tinctness from the allied D. jasminz, Boisd., since that species

is described as having “ whitish grey upper wings and ash-

coloured stigma,’’ no mention also being made of the parallel

discal series of whitish spots common to D. chromapiteris ;

the lower wings moreover are said to be “ black, with the

base broadly of a beautiful orange-yellow, and the anal angle

marked by a little patch of ashy grey;” in D. chromapteris

they are greyish brown, with the basal half bright ochreous,

with two transverse central blackish bands, the inner one

quite black, the outer one dentate and dividing a series of

ES ae

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 235

grey dashes between the veins ; instead of a grey patch, there

is a snow-white spot near the anal angle placed upon a longi-

tudinal black dash *,

Agaristida.

19. Rothia micropales, sp. n.

R. pali affinis, multo minor, nigro-fusca ; ali antics fascia obliqua

pallide flava pone medium sita, costam angulumve externum

haud attingente; postice plaga media rotundata flava cyaneo

zonata, oculis flavo cinctis: abdomen lateribus croceis. Alze

subtus paulo pallidiores ; antics: nigro-fusce, basi crocea, fascia

superna flavida, ciliis apicalibus albis; posticze croces areis

apicali et externa nigro-fuscis: corpus sordide croceum, palpis

nigro-fuscis albo maculatis, pedibus supra fuscis, Alar. exp.

une, 1, lin. 8.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Professor Westwood places &. pales first in his list of the

species of Rothia; yet he refers to this genus two Husemice

(EL. agrius and pedasus of Herrich-Schiiffer). In this matter

he is manifestly in error, H. agrius being closely allied to

E. zea of the same author, and H. pedasus being allied to ZL.

hypopyrrha.

In the British Museum we have specimens of 7. zea and

E. hypopyrrha, ‘They both have the greater part of the secon-

daries carmine upon the under surface, and form a group,

with HL. agrius and pedasus, which cannot be separated gene-

rically from Husemia, unless, indeed, the more robust body of

E. hypopyrrha, and its slightly more pointed primaries in the

male, should be considered suffictent reasons for regarding it

alone as the type of a new genus.

20. Rothia Westwoodit, sp. n.

Nigra ; ale antic fasciola pone medium abbreviata flava, antice

coarctata ; postice plaga permagna dimidium basale fere im-

plente flava; abdominis lateribus ochreis. Ale subtus ad basin

ochre ; corpus ochreum, palpis nigris flavo punctatis. Alar.

exp. une. 1, lin. 5.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

This seems to be a common species.

The female of Husemia hypopyrrha, obtained by Mr. Shaw

at Fianarantsoa, only differs from the male in its browner

ground-colour and rather broader wings.

* The type being slightly rubbed, I have corrected one or two points

in the original description,

236 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Speetes of

Zygenide.

21. Pseudonaclia? trimacula, Mabille.

We have received a female of this species from Fiana-

rantsoa.

22. Pseudonaclia simplex, sp. n.

Ale antice nigro-fusce immaculate ; postice aurantiace margine

externo late nigro: corpus nigro-fuscum. Antics subtus et

margo externus alarum posticarum purpureo-fusca, aliter velut

supra. Alar. exp. une. 8.

Fianarantsoa.

A third species in the same collection appears to have the

outer half of the primaries rubbed until quite denuded of

scales; I therefore hesitate to describe it before seeing other

examples to determine whether or not these wings are natu-

rally semihyaline.

Lithosiide and Arctiide.

Sozuza argentea, S. Kingdoni, and Areas virginalis have

been received from Fianarantsoa,

Nyctemeride.

Nyctemera insularis, Boisd., and N. biformis 9, Mab.,

have come from Fianarantsoa.

9° p

23. Hylemera puella, sp. n.

3. Sericeo-nivea; ale semihyaline ; anticee area apicali et margine

externo late nigro-fuscis angulum introrsum formantibus, basi

paululum fulva: corpus cinereo-albidum, collo tegulisque fulvis,

antennis nigris. Ale subtus velut supra: corpus lateraliter

fuscescens, pedibus palpisque flavescentibus. Alar. exp. unc. 1,

lin. 2.

Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

24. Hylemera fragilis, sp. n.

3g. Precedenti persimilis, sed margine interno, areis apicali et

externa alarum anticarum abrupte et profunde apud ramos

medianos excisis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 2.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Liparide.

25. Leucoma pruinosa, sp. n.

@. Nivea, nitens; ale semihyaline; abdomen testaceum niveo

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 237

squamosum: subtus alba, oculis fuscis, tarsis nigrescentibus ad

basin albis. Alar. exp. une. 2, lin. 11.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Size of L. auripes, 2, but with more elongated wings.

26. Gogane turbata, sp. n.

Al antics ferruginos, strigis duabus obliquis sinuosis pallidioribus,

virgula discocellulari nigra, margine latius testaceo lituris ferru-

gineis intersecto, introrsum squamis nigris limitato, venis in disci

medio nigris, margine interno squamis consuetis mediis elon-

gatis, partim nigris instructo; postice ochracez area submargi-

nali, presertim ad apicem nigro-squamosa: thorax ferrugineus

squamis elongatis sparsis nigris instructus, lateribus pallidioribus ;

abdomen ochraceum. Ale subtus ochree, anticee maculis submar-

ginalibus et puncto discocellulari nigris, postice macula subapicali

nigra; corpus sordide aurantiacum. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 9.

Antananarivo (Aingdon).

The characteristic projecting patch of scales from the inner

margin of the primaries seems to satisfactorily establish the

generic position of this species.

We have received from Antananarivo what I believe to be

the male of my Gogane ochrea. If so, the species would be

better placed in Cheerotriche, as the form of the male and its

broadly pectinate antenne agree with that genus rather than

with Gogane: the males of Gogane correspond in form and

antenne with the females of Charotriche; the females of

Gogane have the antenne as in the males. The male of C.

ochrea may be characterized thus :—Smaller than the female,

with shorter wings, the primaries decidedly more orange in

colour; an abbreviated longitudinal black dash and two dots

just above the origin of the median branches , and a black-

edged rounded grey spot near the middle of the inner margin ;

a few black scales on the internal fringe below this spot.

27. Huproctis titania, sp.n.

¢. Lacteo-alba, sericea, macula ad angulum cellule superiorem

flava, costa sordide alba; ale posticee paululum flavescentes ;

capite, prothorace et abdomine (basi excepta) ochreis ; antennis

ferrugineo pectinatis: alz subtus lacteo-alb, nitentes, costis

paululum ochraceis ; antic macula superna cum area costali

confluente; palpis, pectore antice et ventre lateraliter ochreis.

Alar. exp. unc. 2.

2. Multo major, ochrea; ale pallid, magis forsitan straminex

quam ochree, nitentes, anticee puncto ad angulum cellule ochreo ;

capite et prothorace lete ochreis; abdomine sordide ochreo,

maculis dorsalibus pilosis obscurioribus ; cauda perlata, ad basin

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 17

238 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

pilis crassis nitide aureis instructa, aliter lanosa fusca: subtus

pallide ochrea, ale nitentes, anticze costa letius ochrea ; palpis,

pectore antice et ventre lateraliter subaurantiacis; pedibus crinitis,

ano sericeo sordido. Alar. exp. une. 2, lin. 5.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

LZLAPIA, gen. nov. (AatAay, azos).

Lopere, Wik. (Cataphractes, Fld.) affinis, alis autem elongatis, an-

ticis margine interno rotundato, corpore robustiore, antennis longis

tenuibus, palpis porrectis nudis, pedibus crinitis. Gen. typ. Z.

notata.

28. Lelapia notata, sp. n.

Ale antics cinereo-fusce pallide roseo tincte, in medio nebulose,

plaga magna fere triangulari ad costee medium sordide alba, in

cellula discoidali autem nivea et puncto nigro utrinque limitata,

puncto interiore in serie punctorum angulata alam transerrante

sito, litura subbasali costali nigra, serie punctorum nigrorum

discali curvata; postice lete ochre: thorax cinereo-fuscus roseo

tinctus, collo nigro maculato antice ochreo; palpi antennaque

nigrescentes; abdomen ochreum. Ale antice subtus cineres,

area magna costali cellulam partim implente ochrea, macula dis-

cocellulari et altera costali nigris, area interna late ochracea sericea;

posticee ochrese, macula discocellulari et altera costali nigris:

corpus antice purpureo-fuscum, aliter ochraceum, tarsis pedibus-

que anticis fuscis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 7.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

In pattern this singular species agrees almost better with

the little species of the genus Lacipa than with Lopera; in

the form of the wings it is more like Huproctis.

NUMENOIDES, gen. nov.

Numeni affinis, feemina autem antennis late pectinatis. Gen. typ.

N. grandis.

29. Numenoides grandis, sp. n.

Q. Statura NV. patrane 9. Ale antic fasciis roseis stramineo

limbatis fasciisque alternatis irregularibus ferrugineis ornate, serie

irregulari lunularum ferruginearum nigro limbatarum discali,

area apicali et margine externo late ferrugineis ; postice ochree

fascia interrupta media et macula discocellulari nigrescentibus,

macula obliqua subapicali et altera subanali nigris: thorax roseus,

a tergo ochreus ; abdomen lte ochreum maculis lateralibus nigris ;

antennis albidis testaceo pectinatis. Ale subtus ochres, antics

costa rufo-ferrugineo maculata, fascia pone medium angulata antice

ferruginoso-fusca, maculis duabus costalibus oblique positis fuscis

albido cinctis, areis apicali et externa velut supra ferrugineis fulvo

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 239

notatis ; posticee dimidio costali rufo squamoso, ferrugineo oblique

fasciato (fasciis ochreo limbatis), fascia valde irregulari pone

medium fusca, linea irregulari ferruginea discali, plaga elongata

marginali in dimidio apicali posita rufo-ferruginea fulvo notata:

pectus ochreum, roseo hirtum, genibus nigrescentibus, palpis

nigro maculatis; venter sordide roseus maculis tribus semi-

circularibus fulvis, serie macularum utrinque ejusdem coloris ro-

tundatarum, ano fulvo. Alar. exp. une. 2, lin. 10.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Evidently a very handsome insect when fresh from the

pupa.

530. Lymanirta rosea, sp. n.

Roseo-alba ; alse sericese, anticee basi albo punctate, area basali nigro

maculata, striga angulata undulata submedia nigrescente, linea

angulata regulariter undulata discali fusca, linea submarginali

undulata fusca; posticg macula discocellulari et fascia squamosa

submarginali fuscis: “corpus album, antennis fuscis; abdomen

roseo tinctum. Subtus roseo-alba; alee antics cellula discoidali

nigro strigata, maculis apud angulum externum nigris; postice

macula discocellulari nigra. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 7.

Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

Unfortunately not in very good condition; nevertheless

I think I have not everlooked any of the markings.

31. Dasychira vibicipennis, sp. n.

D. fasccline affinis, multo major: ale antics maris cinereo-fuscee

albo sparse, feminse cinereo-albidee, venis albis, fasciola basali,

fasciis duabus undatis lunulatis, virgulis duabus discocellularibus,

maculis duabus subapicalibus plus minusye distinctis oblique

positis punctisque marginalibus ferrugineis, ciliis pallide fuscis ;

posticee pallide testacez, area externa femine sordida, ciliis albi-

dis: thorax testaceus, capite tegulisque plus minusve albidis, an-

tennis fusco pectinatis; abdomen testaceum, segmentis albican-

tibus. Alz subtus fusco-albide, venis discocellularibus late

obscuratis ; anticee feminz striga discali diffuse fusca; postice

virgula ejusdem coloris costali : corpus subtus fusco-albidum, maris

fere testaceum ; pedes tarsis nigris albo fasciatis. Alar. exp.

G, une, 2, ln. 2; 9, unc. 3, lin. 1,

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

32. Dasychira gentilis, sp. n.

@. Preecedenti affinis: ale antice cretaceo-albe et, area externa

excepta, nigro dense punctata, fasciis aream basalem transerran-

tibus tribus macularibus, maculis quinque difformibus apud venas

discocellulares confertis, fascia angulata maculari discali, maculis

quinque sparsis ei parallelis maculisque marginalibus rufis ;

postice straminez : corpus ochraceum, antennis nigro-fusco pecti-

Iie

240 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

natis. Ale corpusque subtus ochracea immaculata. Alar. exp.

une, 2, lin. 9.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

33. Mardara viola, sp. n.

Ale antic purpureo-cineree, plaga interna fasciam postmediam

partim implente alba, area basali virescente, nigro notata, margine

externo latius pallido, subviridi, introrsum irregulariter nigro

limitato, lineis duabus postmediis denticulatis viridi-albo margi-

natis nigris, externa undata, macula lunulari discocellulari nigra ;

posticee albee, areis costali et externa testaceis, striga submarginali

venisque discocellularibus fuscescentibus: corpus testaceo- albidum,

antennis fuscis, testaceo pectinatis. Ale subtus albide, area

costali late rufo-fuscescente, striga anticarum discali, posticarum

submarginali fuscescentibus, maculis lunatis discocellularibus

nigris: corpus testaccum. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 7.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

This is the first extra-Indian representative of the genus.

34. Mardara peculiaris, sp. n.

Ale antice nigro-fusce, signatura 7j-formi nigra albido partim

marginata aream basalem fere includente, linea albido marginata

interna, fascia obliqua statim pone signaturam basalem sita tes-

tacea, apud marginem internum expandente, a linea nigra inter-

secta, serie lunularum nigrarum sinuosa discali, maculis introrsum

nigris extrorsum testaceis submarginalibus, ciliis nigrescentibus

linea basali albida; postice albe, area costali, area apicali et

margine postico fuscescentibus: corpus fuscum, antennis nigro

pectinatis. Ale subtus multo pallidiores, anticz cinereo-fusces-

centes area interna albida, virgula discocellulari, linea curvata

discali ciliisque fuscis ; posticee maculis squamosis discalibus fuscis,

margine postico fuscescente: corpus subtus fuscescens, tarsis

albido fasciolatis. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 5.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

A singularly marked species.

Notodontidez.

CHRYSOTYPUS, nov. gen. (ypucotuTros).

Pygere affinis, ale antice autem magis productz, cellula discoidali

multo longiore, venz subcostalis ramis magis divergentibus, vena

mediana quadriramosa (vena inferiore discoidali ramum quartum

formante); posticee breviores, margine costali magis convexo, cel-

lula discoidali latiore, ramis subcostalibus separatim emissis, vena

mediana quadriramosa (vena discoidali ramum quartum formante) :

corpus paululum gracilius, pedibus longioribus subnudis. Gen.

typ. C. dives,

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 241

35. Chrysotypus dives, sp. n.

Aureo-fuscus: ale nitentes, ferrugineo liturate, lineis duabus trans-

versis ferrugineis; antice linea tertia subapicali obliqua, costa

ferruginea ad basin purpureo tincta; cilia alarum omnium ad

angulum analem ferruginea: corpus cinereo-fuscum, squamis

sparsis ochreis, capite colloque aurantiacis. Alee subtus pallidiores :

corpus pallide fuscum, pedibus rufescentibus. Alar. exp. unc. 2,

an, 0,

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

This species resembles Siculodes in coloration and pattern.

Another new genus, allied to Cetra, was obtained by Mr.

Kingdon ; but the specimen is not in sufficiently good condition

for me to make out a good generic diagnosis from it.

ARGYROTYPUS, gen. nov.

Precedenti simillimus, ale postice autem angustiores, apice acu-

minato, antennis latius pectinatis, palpis longioribus, pedibus

tenuioribus. Gen. typ. A. locuples.

36. Argyrotypus locuples, sp. n.

Ale antics supra rufo-fusce, maculis rotundatis nitide argenteis fere

obtectz (vel argenteze fusco reticulatze venisque fuscis); posticee

nitide argentez, angulo anali rufo-fusco reticulato: thorax rufo-

fuscus, antennarum basi, macula tegularum humerali, ciliis inter-

nis et metathoracis lateribus argenteis ; abdomen argenteum linea

dorsali punctisque lateralibus rufo-fuscis. Ale subtus argentex

ferrugineo reticulate: corpus argenteum, ventre ferrugineo seria-

tim maculato, pedibus (palpisque plerumque) ferrugincis. Alar.

exp. une. 1, lin. 9.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

In some respects allied to the genus Harpyia.

37. Nioda lignea, sp. n.

NV. basivitte subaffinis: ale antic rubro-fusce, pallid, dimidio

interno cinerescente, costa viridi maculata, striga longitudinali

ad yenam medianam adherente picea, vitta ad venam discoidalem

adheerente nigra, strigulis inter venas apud marginem externum

nigris, macula apicali, altera subapicali, lineola ad marginis ex-

terni medium et macula apud angulum externum triangulari

marginalibus albis nigro extrorsum tenuissime limbatis, ciliis

fusco-albidis a linea nigra intersectis ; posticze fusco-albide, striga

submarginali indistincta fusca, hnea marginali alteraque cilia per-

currente fuscis : corpus testaceum, thorace, tegulis et metathorace

albido pilosis. Subtus pallide cinereo-fusca: alee maculis disco-

cellularibus, striga indistincta curvata discali maculisque submar-

ginalibus fuscis, linea marginali alteraque cilia pereurrente obscu-

242 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

rius fuscis ; anticee vittis tribus brevibus apicalibus nigris. Alar.

exp. une. 1, lin. 5.

Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

Lasiocampide.

Mr. Shaw obtained the male of Anchirithra insignis at

Fianarantsoa. It chiefly differs from the female in having a

longer body, with well-developed anal tuft; the antenne are

equally plumose in both sexes.

Limacodide.

38. Parasa valida, sp. n.

Ale antices supra virides, basi purpureo-fusca, extrorsum tenuiter

albo ex parte limbata, margine costali ochraceo, area externa late

rufo-fusca, introrsum a linea curvata obscuriore limbata, fascia

indistincta diffuse cinerea, ciliis subcinereis; postice ochre,

sericese, area externa sordida, venis apud marginem ciliisque rufo-

fuscis: thorax viridis, fronte, palpis antennisque rufo-fuscis

obscuris; abdomen ochreum, ano nigrescente. Ale subtus ochra-

ces, antics disco flavescente, area costali ad ale medium fusca,

area externa fere velut supra sed paululum pallidiore ; postice

area costali presertim apud apicem fusco squamosa : corpus subtus

piceum. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 7.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

More nearly allied to P. latistriga of South Africa than any

other described species.

Bombycidez.

SYNCLYSMUS, gen. nov. (cuvyKkAvop0s).

Forma, colore signaturisque supra fere velut in Hypochroma, struc-

tura autem vyenarum corporis antennarumque velut in Bombyce et

generibus ei affinibus, venis medianis triramosis; ale antic breves

late, vena subcostali quinqueramosa, discoidalibus simplicibus ;

posticee elongate subpyriformes, vena subcostali biramosa: antennee

breves, late pectinate ; pedes breves crassi ; tibize posticee dilatatee,

compress. Gen. typ. S. niveus.

39. Synclysmus niveus, sp. 1.

Sericeo-albus: alse linea discali regulariter undata squamosa nigra,

punctis marginalibus nigris; antice marginibus sordidis fusco

nigroque irroratis, area basali a linea nigra squamosa oblique

feedata, a linea distincta angulata nigra oblique extrorsum limi-

tata; antenne fusco pectinate. Ale subtus punctis marginalibus

nigris, area costali nigro irrorata; antice puncto costali apud

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 243

apicem nigrescente, aliter omnino albea. Alarum exp. une. 1,

lin. 6.

Fianarantsoa (Shav).

This genus must, I think, be regarded as a link between

Bombyx and Asthenia.

Caradrinide.

40. Caradrina spelotidia, sp. n.

Speloti fimbriole simillima, structura autem Caradrine : ale antice

supra olivaceo-fusce nitentes, litura basali, linea sinuosa aream

basalem extrorsum limitante, fascia obscure marginata sinwosa

media, linea trisinuata submarginali, macula adheerente costali

punctisque marginalibus nigrescentibus ; posticee multo pallidiores,

ad basin albidw, area externa obscuriore, ciliis albidis: corpus

fuscum. Al antic subtus fusce, nitentes, margine costali pallida

nigro pone medium oblique notata, punctis marginalibus nigris,

ciliis albidis ; postice albide, sericew, macula discocellulari, litura

discali arcuata plagaque apicali squamosa fuscis, punctis margi-

nalibus nigris: corpus subtus fusco-albidum. Alar. exp. unc. 1,

hn. 3.

Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

Orthosiide.

41. Panolis notabilis, sp. n.

Alw antice supra coloribus fere P. piniperde, signaturis autem

omnino distantes, area basali rosea lilacino tincta, nigro notata,

marginibus omnibus roseis, plaga permagna media, antice obliqua,

excisa, lacteo-flavida, ochraceo maculata, extrorsum a fascia cur-

vata (rufescente, purpureo punctata) limbata, lineis duabus sub-

marginalibus curvatis aureo-fulvis, ciliis fulvis rufo-fusco acumi-

natis ; ; posticee lacteze roseo paululum tinctee, ciliis fulvis ad apicem

fusco acuminatis: corpus pallide fuscum, capite colloque testaceis

ferrugineo notatis, prothorace cinerescente, abdomine roseo hirto.

Alz subtus sericeo-lactee, ciliis citrinis, linea discali vix distin-

guenda fundo obscuriore curvata, punctis discocellularibus fuscis ;

antices area subcostali sordide rosea; postice margine costali

roseo squamosa: pectus nigrescens, lateribus albicantibus ; abdo-

men sordide roseum, ano testaceo; pedes purpureo-fusce, fulvo

fasciolate. Alar. exp. unc. 1, lin. 5.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

Hadenide.

42. Hremobia virescens, sp.

Als anticee supra flayo-virides fusco nigroque maculate, serie punc-

torum trium alborum subbasali, lincis duabus valde irregularibus

244 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

fasciam latam mediam formantibus albis, macula discocellulari

alba, serie virgularum <-formium submarginalium albarum

maculisque connatis nigris ; ale postice albide, area externo-

apicali punctoque discocellulari pallide fuscis: thorax aureo-

viridis, tegulis nigro bimaculatis, abdomine pallide fusco, antennis

fuscis. Ale subtus lactez serices, antice area discoidali fusces-

cente ; posticee maculis duabus subapicalibus squamisque sparsis

costalibus ferrugineis, puncto discocellulari nigro: corpus subtus

albidum, capite coxisque anticis fuscis. Alar. exp. une. 1, lin. 2.

Antananarivo (ingdon).

43. Huplexia debilis, sp. n.

E. lucipare affinis, omnino autem pallidior fasciis maculisque male

conspicuis : alve antice plaga permagna maculam reniformem inclu-

dente subapicali albida, limbo externo angustiore, linea pallida

submarginali regulari ; ale postice vix infuscatee albidw. Alar.

exp. une, I, lin. 3,

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

One example, rather worn: although most nearly allied to

the European species, it bears a greater general resemblance

to EL. discisignata of India.

Ennomide.

CROCINIS, gen. nov. (Kpoxos, ives).

Pyrinie affine, distat autem antennis pectinatis palpisque longiori-

bus. Gen. typ. C. fenestrata.

44, Crocinis fenestrata, sp. 0.

3. Pyrine martiate persimilis, crocea: ale antice area externa,

angulo externo excepto, latius ferruginea, apud apicem fusces-

cente, maculis sex mediis albo-hyalinis congregatis ; postice lineis

duabus abbreviatis abdominalibus mediis rufis; antenne nigre.

Ale subtus stramines, antic area externa indistincte lilacina,

maculis supernis mediis: corpus lacteo-albidum, pedibus stramineis.

Alar. exp. une. 1.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

45. Crocinis ochracea, sp. Nn.

g. Pallide crocea: ale antice costa paululum saturatiore squa-

misque argenteis sparsa, margine externo irregulariter ferrugi-

noso, punctis minimis marginalibus nigris, ciliis aureo-fuscis,

litura apud angulum externum angulata ferruginea extrorsum

plumbeo limbata, punctis nonnullis plus minusye distinctis sub-

apicalibus ferrugineis, lineis duabus irregularibus duplicatis fer-

rugineis, interiore subbasali indistincta, exteriore media, puncto

discocellulari nigro ; postice lineis tribus xquidistantibus dupli-

Lepidoptera from Madagascar. 245

catis indistinctis ferrugineis, punctisque duobus tribusve ejusdem

coloris marginalibus : caput obscurum, antennis nigris. Subtus

pallidior, sericea, lineis obsoletis punctisque inconspicuis. Alar.

exp. lin. 11.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

46. Crocinis plana, sp. n.

¢. Crocea: alee anticze apice et macula triangulari marginali cum

eo confluente nigro-fuscis lilacino tinctis, puncto discocellulari,

lituris tribus abbreviatis apud angulum externum internis squa-

misque nonnullis subbasalibus sparsis nigro-fuscis : corpus anten-

nis nigris, abdomine pallido. Alz subtus punctis discocellularibus

nigro-fuscis, antice macula marginali elongata lilacina fusco

limbata, squamis nonnullis subapicalibus costalibus fuscis. Alar.

exp. lin, 114.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

The genus Crocinis appears to replace Pyrinia (Crocy-

pteryx, Guén.) in Madagascar.

Euboliide.

47. Hubolia dulcis, sp. n.

Ale antice cineree, lineis tribus transversis nigro-fuscis, prima

subbasali apud costam inangulata, secunda aream basalem limi-

tante extrorsum a vena mediana ad marginem internum cinereo-

fusco limbata, tertia discali subangulata introrsum cinereo-fusco

limbata, extrorsum albo marginata, macula discocellulari nigra,

margine externo ciliisque obscuris ; posticee rufo-testaceze, imma-

culate: corpus cinereum. Subtus rufo-testacea: ale antic

macula superna discocellulari nigra. Alar. exp. une. 1.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

A pretty little species, quite distinct from any known form.

The following genus is placed by Walker at the end of the

Noctuites, among the Pseudo-Deltoids ; it may, however, have

to be referred to the true Deltoids.

48. Singara hypsotdes, sp. n.

Alz antice supra lacteo-straminex, serices, area costali, striga

curvata diseali diffusa ciliisque ochraceis, macula discocellulari

punctisque duobus obliquis subapicalibus nigris, costa nigro irro-

rata; postice ochres, fascia vix distinguenda pallidiore discali ad

marginem abdominalem introrsum virgula nigricante squamosa

marginata: thorax lacteo-stramineus, capite palpisque nigris albo

sparsis ; abdomen ochreum. Subtus ochrea: ala maculis magnis

discocellularibus nigris; tarsi nigro-fusci. Alar. exp. une. 1,

lin. 11.

Fianarantsoa (Shaw).

246 Ona new Species of Chameleon from Madagascar.

Botydide.

49. Botys Kingdont, sp. n.

B. marginali affinis: ale subhyaline, aureo-albide, margine externo

ciliisque aureis, anticee apice costaque cupreis, fasciola obliqua

subapicali, macula apud venas discocellulares triangulari striga-

que subcostali basali purpureo-nigris, puncto apud angulum

externum purpureo-fusco; postice macula subapicali et puncto

apud angulum analem purpureo-nigris: thorax purpureo-fuscus ;

abdomen rufescens, segmento basali flavo albo marginato, segmentis

secundo et tertio lateraliter argenteo maculatis. Ale subtus palli-

diores: corpus argenteum, genibus tibiisque aureis. Alar. exp.

une. 1, lin. 1.

Antananarivo (Kingdon).

A very beautiful species, smaller than B. marginalis, with

darker and differently formed border to the primaries, and with

differently coloured body.

The only representative of the TINEINA now received is

one of the Crambites, which I believe to be Ancylolomia?

anticella of Walker.

The difficulty of obtaining papers published in recent French

ublications is so great that I have been almost inclined to

doubt whether the authors desire the English public to see

them. I have consulted three of the largest libraries acces-

sible to me, to none of which the French Entomological Society

has sent the complete volume of its ‘ Annales’ for 1878.

XXVII.—Description of a new Species of Chameleon from

Madagascar. By Dr. A. GinTueER, F.R.S.

[Plate XIII. ]

A SMALL collection, made by the Rev. G. A. Shaw, at Fia-

narantsoa, Betsileo, Madagascar, contained three species of

Chameleons, viz. Ch. lateralis (Gray), Ch. gularis (Gthr.), and

an undescribed species, which may be named

Chameleon minor.

This species is allied to Chameleon bifurcus, but consider-

ably smaller, and also differing from it in several other

respects.

Snout of the adult male produced into two flat compressed

horns, slightly divergent in front, and covered with large

scutes; they are much approximated at their base, and con-

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on a new Species of Cetonia, 247

nected by a transverse scute, which also, in the female, is

persistent, although this sex, as usual, is destitute of horns.

Occipital region flat, slanting from behind forwards, with a

rounded margin behind, and without lateral flaps. The dorsal

crest is low, composed of a few isolated tubercles, and ceases

towards the middle of the back. No distinct gular or ventral

median series of tubercles, the median tubercles differing so

slightly from those on the side as to scarcely deserve the de-

signation of crest. ‘The scutes on the upperside of the head

and on the cheek are rather large and irregular. No larger

tubercles on the body or limbs; heel without spur or promi-

nence.

Dark greenish, with a white streak along the median line

of the throat and belly; female, besides, with a similar white

band along the hinder side of the hind leg, and continued for

‘a short distance on each side of the tail.

Four specimens were collected, three adult males and one

female; the largest of the males is 8? inches long, the tail

measuring 44. The smallest male (which has the horns fully

developed) is 74 inches long, the tail measuring 4 inches.

The female is the smallest of all; yet it must be adult, as it is

full of mature eggs. It is only 5} inches long, the tail

measuring 3 inches.

XX VII.—Description of a new Species of Cetonia from the

Island of Formosa. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE.

Cetonia (Protetia) culta.

Olivaceo-ochraceo furfurosa, opaca; thorace crebre punctato, lineis

duabus interruptis guttisque nonnullis lateralibus pallidis, scutello

elongato, impunctato ; elytris crebre punctatis, guttis parvis irre-

gulariter dispositis, macula laterali pone medium fasciaque com-

muni flexuosaante apicem pallidis, sutura ad apicem haud producta;

sterno et abdomine in medio pedibusque (plus minusye) denudatis,

purpureo-cupreis. @.

Long. 8 lin.

A very distinct species, perhaps most resembling P. znéri-

cata, Saund., but rather broader, and with distinct, moderatel

fine, rather close punctuation on the thorax and elytra, the

latter very obtuse at the apex and without any prolongation

of the suture. The general colour is brownish yellow slightly

tinted with olive, dull, resembling some varieties of Gymnetis

pantherina. 'The thorax has two interrupted lines above, and

three or four spots at the sides, pale sandy ; the posterior angles

248 Miscellaneous.

are much rounded, the base is very slightly sinuate before the

scutellum. Scutellum long and rather narrow. Elytra rather

short, with the single sublateral costa scarcely visible, the

sutural angle not prolonged, with small round, pale sandy

spots scattered over the surface, more closely on the disk;

there are four or five slightly larger spots on the margins, one

of which is particularly noticeable rather behind the middle ;

towards the apex of each elytron is a flexuous mark. ‘The

middle of the sternum and the middle of the abdomen are de-

nuded, shining; the legs are more or less denuded. The

pygidium is densely strigose-punctate, with some pale spots

on each side. The anterior tibie have two not very sharp

teeth.

Hab. Takow, South Formosa.

Presented to the British Museum by H. E. Hobson, Esq.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Oviposition of the Amblystomes at the Museum of Natural

History. By M. L. Varrranr.

Ar the meeting of the Academy of the 27th March, 1876*, the

oviposition of the Amblystomes produced from Axolotls born in

the menagerie of the Museum was noticed by Prof. Blanchard.

Since that period those animals have been carefully observed, and

have given occasion to some observations the results of which, I

think, it may be useful to indicate.

These ova, deposited about the 19th March, have been regularly

developed in accordance with the mode already known in the case

of the Axolotls. The tadpoles passed the winter in the form of

branchiferous larvee ; and about forty individuals were successfully

preserved. In February 1877 (that is to say, at the end of ten

months) one of them became converted into an Amblystome. The

others were divided into two parts. Scme (the first series) were

placed in an aquarium full of water and thus kept completely im-

mersed ; the others (second series) were placed, on the contrary,

in a receiver, in which the level of the liquid never rose above

0-:03-0°04 metre; a portion of dry ground also enabled the animals

to issue from the water with facility. As a term of comparison,

other individuals proceeding from a laying of ordinary Axolotls

were divided in nearly equal numbers into two corresponding

series, and placed in the same conditions.

The subjoined Table shows the present state of the experiment,

* Comptes Rendus, tome Ixxxii. p. 916; ‘Annals,’ May 1876, p. 414.

A note on the same subject was also published in the ‘ Bulletin de la

Société Philomathique de Paris,’ 6° série, tome xi. p. 13.

Miscellaneous. 249

which has been prosecuted for a little more than three years. In

each series it makes known the number of individuals transformed,

the number of those remaining in the state of Axolotl, and, lastly,

the number of dead.

Oviposition of Amblystomes.

Amblystomes. Axolotls. Dead.

First series........ 1 16 3

Second series ...... 2 14 4

Oviposition of Awolotls.

Amblystomes. Axolotls. Dead.

First series........ 2 4 10

Second series ...... A 4 iar

Since 1876 the reproduction of the Amblystomes could not be

again obtained ; but on the 13th and 14th April last these animals

presented modifications which enabled approaching oviposition to be

foreseen. The abdomen of the females had attained a considerable

development: in the males the labia of the cloaca were inflated ;

the tail, usually rounded, had acquired an elevated form, in conse-

quence of the development of a vertical crest, which was particu-

larly marked at the upper part of the organ, upon which it con-

siderably exceeded the level of the dorsal line. M. Desguez, atten-

dant in the menagerie, was even a witness of the copulation at

this period. The first oviposition, which commenced on the 17th

April, continued on the two or three following days; a second took

place on the 12th May; and at present there exist in the menagerie

about from seventy to eighty very lively and well-developed tad-

poles. Some of the first hatched have even acquired, in less than

three months, a comparatively considerable size; they do not

measure less than 0-10-0-12 metre; their integument is marbled

with green, with whitish spots more apparent than in the adult

Axolotls, of which, however, they present all the external cha-

racters.

The fecundity of the transformed Axolotls being no longer con-

testable, one is led to recognize that they must be regarded not as

an aberrant form, resulting, to some extent, from a pathological

modification (an opinion maintained by a certain number of authors

and still accepted by some foreign naturalists), but as a normal

metamorphosis conformable to the commonly known cycle among

the Urodela. These animals, under certain biological conditions

which have still to be determined, may, it is true, reproduce in

two states—the larval state, and the state of complete development ;

nevertheless this is a fact which is not without its analogues among

the lower Vertebrata and certain Articulata, according to a remark

made as long ago as 1868 by Prof. Blanchard *.—Comptes Rendus,

July 14, 1879, p. 108.

* Comptes Rendus de la réunion de la Société Helvétique, & Einsiedeln,

250 Miscellaneous.

On the Organization of Batrachobdella (B. Latasti, C. Vig.)..

By M. C. Vieurer.

This little Hirudinean lived parasitically upon an Algerian Ba-

trachian, Diploglossus pictus, which, combined with a certain ex-

ternal resemblance, led to its being taken for Glossiphonia algira.

Like the latter animal, it presents only two eyes, but is in other

respects distinguished therefrom, even externally, by its smaller

size, its more regular form, not attenuated in front, its greener

colour, and its proportionally larger posterior sucking-disk. The

following are the results of its anatomical examination.

Generative organs.—The genital orifices are situated, the male on

the twenty-tirst ring, and the female between the twenty-third and

twenty-fourth. There is no regular penis, but a mere button, as in

the Glossiphonie; this button is generally placed a little to the

right of the median line, when the animal is looked at from the

lower suriace. The epididymi are very large ; and, after a certain

number of folds, each of them gradually narrows into a very deli-

cate deferent canal. Twelve testes of comparatively large size are

arranged in two regular and parallel series. The female apparatus

consists of two very small pyriform ovaries, from which start deli-

cate oviducts, opening into a very small matrix situated immediately

above the vulva. ‘The latter is transverse and always exactly

median.

Digestive apparatus.—There is, as in the Glossiphoniw, an exser-

tile trunk, behind which the esophagus has the aspect of a muscular

tube with longitudinal and annular fibres. Above the genital

apertures there is a large pyriform brownish inflation, visible by

transparence in the living animal, and which is constituted, from

without inwards, by rather voluminous brownish cells, and by

larger clear cells with a brilliant nucleus, arranged all round the

lumen of the digestive tube. Immediately behind this inflation,

which, no doubt, performs the function of the liver, are the first

lateral cxeca, which pass in front of the first testes ; five other ceca

on each side pass between the testes of eachrow. Lastly, a seventh

pair of narrow ceca comes behind the last pair of testes. The axial

portion of the digestive tube between the ceca presents small tur-

bid cells, which also perhaps have the function of hepatic cells.

Behind the seven pairs of narrow ceca, and where the cavity of the

body is no longer occupied by the testes, come four pairs of large

execa—the first two pairs directed slightly forward, the third nearly

transverse, the fourth directed backward. The terminal portion of

the digestive tube makes a small loop to the left, and is then directed

in a straight line to the anus.

Circulatory apparatus.—The circulatory apparatus much resem-

bles that described by Budge in Clepsine; one may even say that

it is nearly identical, at least so far as I have been able to discover.

The vascular loops of the head, however, advance in front of the

eyes further than is figured by that author. The cardiac vessel is

exactly similar.

Miscellaneous. oat

Nervous system.—The nervous system is nearly as described by

Baudelot in Clepsine. It consists of twenty-one ganglia, not in-

cluding the collar and the posterior mass. In one type the sub-

cesophageal portion of the collar results from a more considerable

grouping, and the terminal mass of the chain from a smaller group-

ing than in- Clepsine. The number of large cells contained in the

vesicles appended to the ganglion is less than is figured in Baude-

lot’s memoir.

To sum up:—Batrachobdella approaches the Glossiphonie or

Clepsine by its nervous system and its circulatory apparatus, while

the general arrangement of the generative organs is rather that

which oecurs in the Ponbdelle or Pontobdelle; and the digestive

apparatus, although presenting a trunk as in Clepsine, differs from

what is seen in all other Hirudinee by the arrangement of the ceca

and presence of an hepatic inflation—Comptes Rendus, July 14,

1879, p. 110.

Description of a new Species of Chirocephalus. By Jounw A. Ryprr.

The genus Chirocephalus does not seem to have been noticed up

to the present time in North America; I therefore take much plea-

sure in announcing the discovery of a hitherto undescribed species

of the genus in the vicinity of Woodbury, New Jersey, where it was

found in abundancein the ditches by Mr. W. P. Seal, a resident of the

place, and an indefatigable collector of the minute life of his neigh-

bourhood.

The genus, as characterized by Dr. Wm. Baird*, has been found

in Switzerland, France, England, Russia, and Siberia. The species

C’. lacune, most nearly like the one I am about to describe, is figured

and described by Guérin, in his ‘ Iconog. Régne Animale,’ as being

found at Fontainebleau, France. The differences between our species

and Guérin’s are, however, sufficiently striking and constant to

characterize a well-marked specific type ; and I accordingly propose

the following specific characterization of the American form :—

Chirocephalus Holmanii, nov. sp.

Claspers moderately robust ; second joint forked, longest branch

longer than first joint and curved inwards, its tip crossing

that of its fellow of the opposite side when in repose; shorter

branch less curved, slightly swollen, and rough on the inner surface

of its tip, about half as long as the longer branch. Two long

fleshy proboscis-like prehensile organs arise from the bases of the

claspers, and are coiled up between the latter; muscular fibres

pass throughout their length; near their origin and for the first

third they are expanded inferiorly into a thin margin with about

seven papilliform processes ; they then gradually contract, becoming

cylindrical at their second third, where about seven well-marked

* Monograph of the Family Branchipodidee, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

2nd ser. vol. xiv. 1854, pp. 216-229.

252 Miscellaneous.

digitiform processes are found, the longest of which are about as

long as twice the diameter of the proboscis at this point; the re-

maining third gradually contracts, and is thickly studded with half-

rings of small papille, which seem to mark indistinctly the seg-

ments of the organ. Total length of the proboscis, when extended,

about three times that of the claspers. Total length 12-14 millims.

Habitat, Woodbury, New Jersey.

I name the above species in honourof Mr. D. §. Holman, actuary

of the Franklin Institute, in recognition of the services he has ren-

dered in devising methods for studying living cbjects, both large

and small, under the microscope, and to whom I am also indebted

for the specimens from which the above description has been taken.

The detection of a member of the genus in this country is very

interesting, but less so than the detection of Pawropus Hualeyi, Lub-

bock, in the vicinity of Philadelphia, without any difference, as far

as Sir John Lubbock’s excellent plates of English specimens would

enable one to judge, that would make it even a variety, although re-

moved by more than 3000 miles of ocean from its congeners. It

has been suggested, however, that, inasmuch as Philadelphia is an

old English settlement, Pauropus may have been introduced; but

in the case of Chirocephalus such an explanation is less open to

aeceptance.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., April 29, 1879.

Note on the Adoption of an Ant-Queen.

Mr. McCook reported the following case of the adoption of a fer-

tile queen of Crematogaster lineolata, a small black ant, by a colony

of the same species. The queen was taken in Fairmount Park,

April 16, and on May 14 following was introduced to workers of a

nest taken the same day. The queen was alone within an artificial

glass formicary; and several workers were introduced. One of these

soon found the queen, exhibited much excitement, but no hostility,

and immediately ran to her sister workers, all of whom were pre-

sently clustered upon the queen. As other workers were gradually

introduced they joined their comrades until the body of the queen

(who is much larger than the workers) was nearly covered with

them. They appeared to be holding on by their mandibles to the

delicate hairs upon the female’s body, and continually moved their

antenne caressingly. This sort of attention continued until the

queen, escorted by workers, disappeared in one of the galleries.

She was entirely adopted, and thereafter was often seen moving

freely, or attended by guards, about the nest, at times engaged in

attending the larvee and nymphs which had been introduced with

the workers of the strange colony. The workers were fresh from

their own natural home; and the queen had been in an artificial

home for a month. As among ants the workers of different nests

are usually hostile to each other, this adoption of an alien queen is

an example of the strong instinct which controls for preservation of

the species.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philad., April 1, 1879.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES. ]

No. 22. OCTOBER 1879.

XXIX.—On the Structure of Stromatopora.

By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

[Plate XV. ]

HAVING published an article “On the Probable Nature of the

Animal of Stromatopora,” and another ‘On the Mode of

Growth of Stromatopora, including the Commensalism of

Caunopora,” in which some errors of the former are corrected,

I now propose to communicate a third, ‘On the Structure of

Stromatopora.”

By adopting the “commensalism of Caunopora,’’ first

noticed by C. F. Roemer, the structure of Stromatopora

becomes much simplified, and the general features of the

whole group more easily defined; but it must not be supposed

that this structure can be seen with the unassisted eye, al-

though higher powers than simple lenses of $-inch to 2-inch

focus are detrimental to it, like most other minute fossiliza-

tions when in limestone; nor can it be obtained without

much sectioning and as minute dissection as the lapidification

will permit. Hence nothing of this kind can be done in the

quarry, and much must be obtained from the polished speci-

mens of lapidaries; so that when the collector, previously

unprepared in this way, visits the quarry where there may be

abundance of specimens, he will be very likely to come away

disappointed.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 18

254 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

STROMATOPORA, Goldfuss.

Gen. char. Corallum concentrically laminar, massive, in-

crusting ; curve of the lamina large, simple, and expanded,

or small, short, and abruptly undulating, following one’ or

several axes, directed in the same or several ways in accor-

dance with the number and direction of the undulations, com-

posed of coenenchyma formed of rectilinear or curvilinear fibre,

and presenting in the course of the lamina isolated spots of

stellate venation, whose flexuous rays, becoming divided and

subdivided into branches, finally terminate by anastomosing

with those of the neighbouring stellations and ccenosarcal

cavities respectively (Pl. XV. fig. 1).

Lamine.—Variable in thickness according to the fineness or

coarseness of the specimen or species; in some not more

than 1-144th inch, in others wider; but this measurement

must not be confounded with the coarse yet characteristic

lamination of “ weathering’’ in the mass, where a variable

number of the thin lamine may be left together; again

varying in the undulating structure, which frequently resem-

bles the “ gnarly grain”’ of an oak panel, in contradistinction

to the less wavy condition of the layer in the “ straighter

grain,” well illustrated in the horizontal section of a tree,

where the same lines are sometimes close together and some-

times wide apart in the same concentricity.

Rectilinear and Curvilinear Structure of the Cenenchyma.—

Baron Rosen in his ‘ Thesis,’ to which I have before alluded,

clearly describes and illustrates these two structures (‘ Ueber

die Natur der Stromatoporen,’ 1867, pp. 6, 7, and tabb. 1, 6)

in his S. typica and S. Schmidtii respectively, which in a

general way holds good throughout, but, of course, is subject

to modifications which more particularly belong to the descrip-

tions of the species respectively.

Considering the “rectilinear structure” first (Pl. XV.

fig. 2), this may be divided into a horizontal and a vertical

facies—in which the former presents a number of triangular or

polygonal (fig. 2,@), and the latter a number of rectangular

spaces (fig. 3,dd). In the horizontal section (fig. 2) the

triangular spaces are formed by the extension of straight lines

between a number of more decided puncta (fig. 2, d d),

which are the truncated ends of the vertical lines or rods that

form the most striking part of the rectangular structure in the

vertical section (fig. 3, a a). Thus, as this structure is

repeated in each lamina, the triangular spaces appear on the

upper and under side of it respectively, while the interval,

now filled with transparent calcite (fig. 2, ee, and fig. 3, dd),

Structure of Stromatopora. 255

was occupied by the fleshy part of the animal, and thus was

the ccenosareal cavity of the ecenenchyma; but, although the

horizontal lineation forming the triangular spaces was only

empressed upon the coenosarc, it nevertheless alone formed

the upper and under lines of the rectangular spaces in the

vertical section (fig. 3, 66) ; while such lamine being succes-

sively formed, at last produced the great corallum. That the

horizontal lineation was only impressed upon the ccenosare is

evidenced by the decomposed fossil structure, in which the

parts occupied by the ccenosare, 2. e. the transparent, have

become opaque calcite, while all the rest have disappeared or

only left a brown stain. Thus the white calcite, bearing

merely the impressions of the horizontal lines, would remain

continuous throughout the lamina in other respects, but for

the intervention of the vertical lines or rods—finding its

openings only through the triangular spaces in the surface.

All this is further confirmed by the structure of the wndecom-

posed lapidification, where the reverse of colour is the case,

and the horizontal lines and vertical rods are composed of

opaque white, while the intervening portion is filled with

transparent calcite, presenting, from its transparency, a dark

colour. When, from the undulating form of the layer or

other causes, the horizontal section is slightly oblique, the

pattern of the triangular lineation is not so complete, while

where it is entirely absent the ends of the rods of the vertical

structure alone come into view (Pl. XV. fig. 2, b), and vice

versa.

The size of the triangular spaces varies slightly with

the structure of the coenenchyma, which may be finer or

coarser according to the specimen or species, or from the

variable size of the polyps which had to protrude through

them ; but while they slightly vary among themselves, per-

haps the average diameter of the largest may be from 1-180th

to 1-120th inch. Those of Hydractinia pliocena* are only

1-360th inch, of H. calcarea 1-600th inch, and of H. echinata

about 1-266th inch in diameter, the smaller triangular

spaces being for younger polypites and other appendages that

might have existed in Stromtopora, as seen in the living

Hydractinia echinata, or when it has been preserved in spirit

with the polyps still exserted.

The size of the rectangular spaces in the vertical section

* Hydractinia pliocena, Allman, should, as Dr. G, Steinmann has stated

(‘Neues Jahrbuch f. Min., Geol. u. Paleontologie,’ 1879, Heft v.—viii.

p- 733), be now Hydractinia incrustans, Goldfuss, from a gigantic speci-

men over 50 centims. in extent, at the Strasburg Museum, called by

Goldfuss ‘* Stromatopora incrustans” (Bronn, Ind. Pal. p. 1203).

18*

256 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

(Pl. XY. fig. 3, dd) would, of course, be influenced by the

thickness of the layers &c., as stated under “ Lamine.”

On the other hand, the “ curvilinear structure” (Pl. XV.

figs. 4, 5), although also divisible into a horizontal (fig. 4)

and vertical (fig. 5) facies, is not so strongly differentiated as

the rectilinear one ; for the curvilinear element enters into the

vertical lineation sufficiently to give it a mixed character of

vertical and inflected lines (fig. 5), while the triangular linea-

tion is quite excluded from the vertical section in the recti-

linear structure. Still, while the curvilinear structure is alone

seen in the horizontal section (fig. 4) and the mixed form in

the vertical one (fig. 5), the difference is sufficiently marked

to obviate confusion ; besides, there is an indistinct horizontal

lineation in the vertical which is never seen in the horizontal

section, arising not from actual lines, but from structural

arrangement influenced by the laminar growth.

In the horizontal section the curvilinear structure is repre-

sented by a vermicular fibre or thread (Pl. XV. fig. 4, aaaa),

which, branching and anastomosing repeatedly, is not con-

fined to the surface as the triangular lineation in the recti-

linear form, but, descending perpendicularly (fig. 5, ecc),

gives rise to the straighter curvilinear structure observed in

the vertical section (fig. 5,a@aaa) ; so that, in short, the curvi-

linear thread is horizontal in the horizontal and somewhat

verticalized in the vertical section of the layer, which, being

repeated concentrically, leads at last to the production of the

general mass of this kind of Stromatopora, as the rectilinear

does to its corallum.

Here the intervening cavities (Pl. XV. figs. 4 and 5, b4,b6,

respectively, now filled with transparent calcite), which held

the ccenosare, are, of course, as vermicular in form as the

curvilinear thread of the coenenchyma, so that, in the decom-

posed fossil, where the same change takes place as that men-

tioned in the rectilinear structure, a vermicular form makes

its appearance in opaque white calcite, which in the wnde-

composed lapidification was transparent, while hardly any thing

but a brown stain remains of the formerly white curvilinear

structure; in short, as before stated, the colouring is reversed.

While, however, as also before stated, these are the extreme

forms of the coenenchymal structure of Stromatopora, there are

intermediate and modified forms (always remembering, of

course, the influence that various kinds of lapidification may

produce)—such, for instance, as a condensation of the hori-

zontal layer of the rectilinear structure in the finer species,

wherein the ends of the rods are so expanded that the straight

lines between them can hardly be seen, and the interstices

Structure of Stromatopora. 257

indicative of the holes of the polyps, being thus reduced to

various diameters below 1-600th inch, causes them to look

like apertures in the midst of a layer composed of the puncta

(¢. e. ends of the rods alone). Or, in the curvilinear structure,

the interspaces representing the ccenosarcal cavities become

so uniformly contracted that both the horizontal and vertical

sections indicate a composition of vertical tubes alone, in

juxtaposition like those of Favosites gothlandicus, but with

the stellate venation to be mentioned hereafter and without

the tabula, though still communicating with each other as

freely as the ccenosarcal cavities in the more typical form.

Again, although the differences between the rectilinear and

curvilinear structures are so marked, they are very analogous

in their growth, inasmuch as the end-to-end anastomosis of

the old fibre with the new in both instances leads to a conti-

nuity of structure in the mass, differentiated only by the

characters above mentioned.

Lastly, the “vertical rods” may be thick or thin; and

although par excellence confined to the rectilinear (Pl. XV.

fig. 3, aa), similar ones also occur in the curvilinear structure

but not always, and therefore are not inserted in the illustra-

tions; they are, however, just as much in connexion with the

curvilinear structure, which they simply pierce, as they are

with the triangulated layers of the rectilinear structure, which

they as simply unite together. They may also present the

same appearance of original hollowness. Mr. Champernowne

informs me that he has several specimens bearing these

“rods” both with and without the presence of the tubes

which characterize the specimens called ‘ Caunopora;” so

that the rods do not depend upon the presence of the tubes.

In my own small collection the only specimens of curvi-

linear structure (viz. two) which bear the “rods,’”’ happen

to be accompanied by the tubes of Caunopora. But the most

remarkable feature in them is that their axial structure, as

well as the connecting fibre being transparent, indicates that

they were originally hollow (figs. 2 and 3, eee).

How far this hollowness was in connexion with the cceno-

sarcal cavities of the coenenchyma or with the axial portions of

the rectilinear and curvilinear fibre respectively, which, as

just stated, also gives evidence of similar hollowness, I am

not able to say; but hereafter I shall show that the rods were

probably closed where they projected beyond the free or

natural surface.

The composition of all the fibre in the ccenenchyma, too,

always appears to be granular, and so open in some parts

that it appears almost cribriform. For this I have endea-

258 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

voured to account by the fact that the calcareous fibre in

Millepora alcicornis, as the horny fibre in Hydractinia echi-

nata, appears first in small increments, which afterwards

become continuous in both instances; but in vain do we

look for the granular appearance in the fresh fibre of Mille-

pora alcicornis after it 1s fully formed; so that it is just

possible that lapidification may have had a hand in this ap-

pearance.

Stellate Venation—The stellate venation consists of points

in the ccenenchyma more or less uniformly distant from each

other, from which flexuous rays, now represented by trans-

parent calcite, radiate in all directions, becoming branched

and subdivided as they go, until finally they terminate in

anastomosing with those of the neighbouring stellations and

in the ccenosarcal cavities of the coenenchyma respectively

(Pl. XV. fig. 1). They appear to come into existence with

each lamina, as testified by the larger masses of rectilinear

ccenenchyma produced by the prevailing species of Stromato-

pora in Pit-Park Quarry at Dartington, wherein the lamina

may not be more than 1-96th inch in thickness; hence the

least abrasion in making a section of such specimens may

take them away or bring them into view. The flexuous ray and

its branches may vary from 2 lines or less to 2 inches, chiefly

according to the species, with a diameter at its origin gene-

rally proportionate to its length, that of the latter being

1-24th inch*. The rays appear to be generally centred in

an elevation, and to descend, branching as they go, over the

sides of it to the plane surface of the species, following the

layer, whose undulation may be in proportion to the mamil-

lary projections on the free or natural surface, being greatest

in species like S. polymorpha, Goldf., while in others there

may be hardly any elevation perceptible, yet still the stellate

venations exist. Generally, too, they are centred in a special

enlargement like a cell, which may in some species have

more or less vertical extension; but, whatever the centre may

be, it does not appear to have had an external opening, as

shown by Rosen’s magnified illustration of a stellate vena-

tion from Stromatopora astrottes (see tracing fig. 6, from tab. ii.

fig. 7), which had not even a central enlargement. How far

the extension of the flexuous ray may be. confined to the

* This is the largest that I have seen, and occurs in a species appa-

rently peculiar to Pit-Park Quarry, Dartington, of which Mr. Champer-

nowne has a specimen wherein the flexuous ray even exceeds these

dimensions. The largest seen by Baron Rosen is that of Stromato-

pora astroies, of which I have given a tracing (fig. 1) of the natural

size.

Structure of Stromatopora. 259

lamina in which it is developed I am not prepared to state;

but it often appears to descend through several layers in the

mass when this is merely owing to the undulation of the

layer; while in flat species a horizontal shave more or less, as

before stated, may bring it into view or take it away alto-

gether, showing that in this instance it is confined to the

layer. Still, as the cavities of the coenosarc become continuous

by extension upwards, so the branches of the flexuous ray of

the stellate venation may be more or less extended vertically.

Hence also, as the form presented by the free surface of

Stromatopora cannot be generic but must be specific, so this

must be given, together with the other peculiarities of struc-

ture, in the descriptions of the respective species.

We have now to consider the import of the parts that

have been enumerated, and see if this can be elucidated by

reference to existing species.

It is true that no species of Stromatopora is known to exist

at the present day; but still there may be organisms of a like

nature that reflect back a light which may lead us to a right

understanding of what Stromatopora was.

That Millepora alcicornis, although not growing into such

thick masses as Stromatopora, does produce a corallum which

is composed of a curvilinear ccenenchyma, increasing by lami-

nation, and spreading over or enveloping every hard object

with which it comes into contact, like Stromatopora, is incon-

testable.

That the fossil species, viz. Hydractinia pliocena (origi-

nally and significantly called Stromatopora incrustans by

Goldfuss, as before stated), was produced by a like organism

to that of Millepora is equally true.

And, lastly, we have species of Hydractinie at the present

day producing respectively horny and calcareous polyparies

analogous to these coralla.

Nor does any one doubt that all these were produced by

Hydroid Polyps issuing from holes smaller even than those

indicated by the triangular spaces in the rectilinear structure

of Stromatopora. In short, when we look at a whelk-shell

covered with living Hydractinia echinata in its natural ele-

ment, or after having suddenly been plunged from it into

spirit and water for preservation, we do not wonder that such

an exuberant growth of polyps of all sizes, such as must also

be present in Millepora alcicornis, could easily produce the

coralla of either Hydractinia pliocena or any of the Stroma-

topore.

So far, then, we can account for the corallum of Stroma-

topora and the animal which produced it.

260 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

What part, then, did the “ stellate venation” perform? and

is there any thing analogous to it in the organisms just men-

tioned ?

From what has been stated of the stellate venation, it does

not appear that it had an eaternal opening in the fresh state,

as will be shown hereafter, whether with or without a central

cell or inflation, such as that, in the latter instance, figured by

Baron Rosen (op. et /. c.)—and therefore that its functions were

not excretory like those of the canal-systems of sponges, which,

possessing a stellate form like that of the stellate venation of

Stromatopora, are present on the surface of some species.

Again, the stellate venation in Stromatopora appears in every

layer however thin, which, in some specimens of the recti-

linear species from the Pit-Park Quarry at Dartington, split

off individually, each bearing its own centres of stellate vena-

tion, which are generally situated one over another as they

are on the summits of the gentle elevations which charac-

terize the growth of the species. This, too, is not like the cha-

racter of the stelliform excretory canal-systems of sponges,

which are confined to the surface of the few species that pre-

sent them. We therefore, however like the latter may be to

the stellate venations of Stromatopora, may dismiss this specu-

lation from our conjecture.

Next, as to any thing like the stellate venation in any of

the recent or fossil specimens of organisms apparently allied

to Stromatopora.

Here we must first advert to what takes place in the deve-

lopment of the polypary of Hydractinia echinata and H. cal-

carea respectively, all of which may be found detailed and

illustrated in extenso in my communications on the subject

published in the ‘ Annals’ (vol. xi. p. 1 &c. pl. i., 1873;

and vol. xix. p. 46 &e. pl. viii., 1877), but which will be

briefly repeated here for our present purpose—that is, to show

that there is a grooved venation in dried specimens of the

recent species to which I have alluded, previously formed by,

and afterwards supporting in the living state, a stoloniferous

branched tubulation whose office is similar to that of the

hydrorhiza of the Hydroid Zoophytes, viz. to produce the

rudiments upon which the whole of the rest of the polypary

is erected. ‘This tubulation may be first observed in the pro-

liferous membrane of Hydractinia echinata, as well as in that

of H. calcarea, and is easily recognized by the presence of

horny or calcareous points, as the case may be, upon its ev-

ternal surface, which are not only the rudiments of the poly-

pary, but those of the grooved venation, as before stated, in

Structure of Stromatopora. 261

which the stoloniferous tubulation is afterwards to be lodged,

but which, disappearing in the dried state, leave the latter in

the form so beautifully displayed in the surtace of the branched

species of Hydractinia (H. arborescens, Ann. 1878, vol. i.

p- 298, pl. xvi. fig. 4). The same kind of grooved venation

exists in Millepora alcicornis either in the surface or immedi-

ately beneath the last or outer layer, according to the degree

of development to which the layer has arrived, since, as may

be gathered from what has been stated of the stoloniferous

tubulation in Hydractinia, the tubulation soon obscures itself

by the development of the polypary around and above it.

The same grooved venation may be beautifully seen on the

surface of the fossil species, viz. Hydractinia pliocena, All-

man, = Stromatopora incrustans, Goldfuss, ut anted, and not

only on the surface but in the subjacent layers as they are

split off from the fossilized polypary or corallum.

Now no naturalist or comparative anatomist (for it is essen-

tial that a paleontologist should be one) could ever confound

this structure with that of the excretory canal-system of

sponges, however like the latter may be to it; if so, I must

refer him to Mr. Moseley’s description of it in the living

species under the name of “hydrophyton” (Phil. Trans.

1877, vol. clxvii. p. 125, pl. ii. fig. 16, &ec.), wherein it will

be found to be “ lined, and in many places filled with cellular

elements” (p. 128, pl. ii. fig. 17), and not hollow like the

canal of sponges; while I myself cannot see any difference,

except in form, between this grooved venation and the stellate

venation—which in the lapidified state of Stromatopora in the

horizontal section is filled with transparent calcite, but which,

of course, when in the interior of the corallum becomes tubu-

lar, and in the larger forms of Pit-Park Quarry, to which

I have alluded, filled (when under decomposition) with a

mould of opaque white calcite, following the same mineral

changes as before mentioned under similar circumstances,

and thus contrasting strongly, in its branching form, with the

dark remains of the decomposed corallum in which it is thus

imbedded.

Nature frequently repeats herself in form, although not in

function, as if there were a unity of design. Thus there is a

specimen of a polyzoon in the Liverpool Free Museum, which

was brought to my notice by Mr. T. H. Higgin, F.L.S.,

where the ccenobium is identical with the general form of the

siliceous hexactinellid sponge called Hurete farreopsis, which

I have figured in the ‘ Annals’ (vol. xix. pl. ix. fig. 1); and

I possess the calcareous cormus of a Synascidian still larger,

262 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

where the general structure is similar, 7. e. composed of a

branched anastomosing tubulation in which the latter is one

third of an inch in diameter, and thus forms a clathrous

mass. (By “ calcareous’? I mean charged with globular

spined spicules of carbonate of lime, like those of the Déde-

mida, Giard.) Now all these are built upon the same design,

and in all the oral orifices of the organisms respectively pro-

ducing them are on the outer side of the tubulation; yet no

naturalist would assert that a polyzoon, a spongozoon, and

an ascidian were one and the same organism. Hence the

form may be the same, but the function different; and so the

stellate venation of Stromatopora may be like the stellate ex-

cretory canal-system of sponges presenting this form, with a

totally different function ; on the other hand, in Hydractinia

and Stromatopora respectively, the form of the venation may

be different and the function the same.

Lastly, we come to the ‘vertical rods” of Stromatopora,

to which I have alluded as always existing in the rectilinear

and only sometimes in the curvilinear coenenchyma, pre-

senting an axial transparency indicative of their having once

been hollow in the whole of their length, except probably at

the surface, where the hollow is closed; and that this was

probably the case we arrive at in the following way, viz.

that the spines in both Hydractinia echinata and H. calcarea

which pass up through the whole layer of the polypary are

respectively hollow throughout, but closed at the apex (Ann.

1877, vol. xix. pl. vii. figs. 1 and 4)—also that the spines

on the surface of the fossil species, viz. H. pliocena, are the

same, and appear to be continuous with the vertical tubes

in the stroma or corallum, while Labechia conferta of the

Silurian Formation (which was a species of Hydractinia, and

to which I shall allude more particularly hereafter) presents

the same kind of axial transparency in its vertical rods or

columns, which terminate in opaque (closed) conical points

respectively on the surface, indicative of their also having

been in lke manner otherwise hollow (fig. 8,a,6). Hence

too, perhaps, we may account for the axial transparency,

indicating original hollowness, in the “ vertical rods” of

Stromatopora.

Further, if we compare Favosites gothlandicus (fig. 7) with

Labechia conferta (fig. 8—both fossils of the Silurian Forma-

tion), both will be found to be composed of vertical spaces

tabulated; but while the former was composed of tubes in

juxtaposition with horizontal tabule (fig. 7, 4), the latter was

composed of thick hollow columns between which the tabule

were extended in a much less regular manner (fig. 8, a, 0) ;

Structure of Stromatopora. 263

and thus in Labechia we have a transitional form from

Havosites gothlandicus to the rectilinear structure of Stroma-

topora, which, in the horizontal section (fig. 2, a, and fig. 8, a),

it closely resembles—accounting for Lindstrém’s statement

that G. Hisen had pointed out to him “that there are spe-

cimens found in Gothland combining the peculiar features

of Labechia with those of Cenostroma” = Stromatopora

(Ann. 1876, vol. xvili. p. 5).

That Labechia was a species of Hydractinia is evident from

its structure and mode of growth—/. e. more or less laminiform,

enveloping small shells and corals in its course of increase. I

make this statement from two large specimens now before me,

in which there are a number of layers of Labechia varying in

thickness under one third of an inch, heaped irregularly upon

each other with shells, corals, and sand between them, some

of the former of which have not only become united to and

imbedded in the layers, but also, after the manner of Hydrac-

tinia, appear to have become partly absorbed into their struc-

ture ; so that, under this form, Labechia, contrary to Messrs.

Nicholson and Murie’s statement (Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiv.

p- 235), ¢s closely allied to Hydractinia, which seems to show

that the assertion was made upon a single specimen in which

this did not occur.

There is a species of Stromatopora, viz. 8. elegans, Rosen

(the well-known “ staghorn variety”), among those in the

possession of the lapidaries hereabouts, which in the pre-

sence and position of the stellate venation has puzzled both

Mr. Champernowne and myself; for the pattern in the coenen-

chyma exactly represents the stellate venation in the hori-

zontal section, but in its branches will be found to end not

like that of the usual venation, namely in the ccenosarcal

cavities, but in the fibre of the ccenenchyma itself; and yet

the branches of the stellate venation, when it happens by

the section to have come into view, follow the course of the

coenenchymal stellation. The stellate figure in the ccenen-

chyma (however much, in the horizontal section, it may

look like the cylindrical branches of the stellate venation)

has a vertical extension, as well as a horizontal one, in the

ecenenchyma, so that the horizontal section might cut off seve-

ral thin slices and still leave the same figure; while the

stellate venation is probably confined to only one part of it,

and therefore only now and then, in small fragments, is seen,

but, of course, must somewhere become continuous with

the ccenosarcal cavities. Hence I should be inclined to infer

that the “stellate venation” maintains its horizontal position,

however much vertically the stellate figure assumed by the

264 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Structure of Stromatopora.

coenenchyma may be extended. But this, again, although

desirable to notice here, is a point which chiefly belongs to a

particularization of the structure in connexion with a descrip-

tion of this species.

Budleigh-Salterton,

July 29, 1879.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Stromatopora astroites, Rosen, natural size, showing spots of

“stellate venation.’ (After Rosen, tab. ii. fig. 6.)

Fig. 2. Stromatopora, sp. (Pit-Park Quarry, Darlington). Illustrating

the rectilinear ‘structure in a horizontal section of the ccenen-

chyma. a, ends of vertical rods, with the rectilinear lines be-

tween them forming the triangular spaces; 6, the same, with

the rectilinear lines removed; c, dark shade to represent the

transparent calcite indicative of original hollowness; d d, ends

of rods; ee, cavity of coenosare.

Fiy. 3. The same. ITlustrating the rectilinear structure in the vertical

section of a little more than a single lamina. aa, the rods;

bb, the horizontal lines limiting the lamina above and below,

being produced by the edge of the layer (a, fig. 2); cc, inflated

ends of the rods uniting respectively with those of the next

laminze both above and below; d d, rectangular or quadrilateral

spaces, forming part of the ccenosarcal cavity ; the dark shade

represents the transparent calcite, indicating original hollow-

ness both in the rods and horizontal lines.

Fig. 4. Stromatopora, sp. (Pit-Park Quarry, Dartington). Illustrating

the curvilinear structure in the horizontal section of the ccenen-

chyma. aaaa, vermiculated thread or fibre cut through on the

surface ; bbb, vermicular cavities of coenosarc ; ¢ cc, descending

ortions of vermiculated thread of coenenchyma.

Fig. 5. The same. Illustrating the curvilinear structure in the vertical

section. aaa, vermiculated thread or fibre cut through verti-

cally, showing a tendency to vertical elongation ; b66, vermi-

cular cavities of ccenosare ; ec ce, descending portions of ver-

miculated fibre. :

N.B. Figures 2-5 inclusive are drawn to the scale of about

1-96th to 1-1800th inch. As the structures vary in size in

different species, and, indeed, in different specimens of the safhe

species, so here the rectilinear appears smaller than the curvi-

linear, but, from what has been stated, it might have been the

reverse,

Fig. 6. Stromatopora astroites, Rosen, One star of stellate venation,

magnified five diameters. (After Rosen, tab. ii. fig. 7.) The

unfinished state of the ultimate branches here is to indicate that

they are sunk into the ccenenchyma of the Stromatopora, and,

therefore, that the centre is elevated.

N.B. The fact of the structure of the coenenchyma being much

smaller than the stellate venation is evidenced by fig. 1 (viz.

Stromatopora astroites), wherein the former is too minute to be

represented of its natural size, while the latter can be easily

seen with the unassisted eye. Hence it must not be expected

that the stellate venation can be represented here upon the

same scale as the rectilinear and curvilinear structures of the

On Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 265

ccenenchyma respectively (figs. 2-5); but when magnified, as in

fig. 6, on a much lower scale, being smaller, it might, without

this explanation, lead to the idea that the stellate venation was

much smaller than the general coenenchymal structure, while it

is greatly the reverse.

Fig. 7. Favosites gothlandicus. a, portion of surface, to show the hexa-

gonal form of the cells ; 6, portion of vertical section, to show

the vertical septa or walls of the cylinders traversed by the

tabule.

Fig. 8. Labechia conferta. a, horizontal section, to show the arrangement

of the rods or pillars, and the lines (¢abule) traversing their

interspaces—also that they were hollow, as indicated by the

white centre now filled with transparent calcite; 6, vertical

section, to show the same, but with closure of the pointed free

extremities.

N.B. These figures (viz. 7 and 8) are all magnified upon the

same scale, viz. two diameters, and are slightly diagrammatic, to

show how the rods and tabulz of Labechza, replacing the cylin-

ders and tabule of Favosites, present an analogous struc-

ture to the rectilinear coenenchyma of Stromatopora (figs. 2

and 3).

XXX.—Descriptions of Paleozoic Corals from Northern

Queensland, with Observations on the Genus Stenopora.

By H. A. Nicwotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.G.S., &c., Professor

ot Natural History in the University of St. Andrews, and

R. ErHeripGe, Jun., F.G.S8., of the British Museum.

[Plate XIV. ]

(Continued from p. 226. }

Genus STENOPORA, Lonsdale, 1844.

Stenopora, Lonsdale, Darwin’s Geol. Obs. Vole. Islands, 1844, p. 161

(note).

Stenopora, Lonsdale, Strzelecki’s Phys. Descr. New South Wales &c.,

1845, p. 262.

Tubulichdia, Lonsdale, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 1844, 2nd ser. i.

p- 497.

Tubuliclidia, Lonsdale, Murchison’s Geol. Russia, 1845, vol. i. pp. 221

and 631 (note).

Gen. char. Corallum ramose or sublobate, rarely massive,

rooted below, and composed of tubular corallites, which are

nearly vertical in the centre of the branches, and radiate out-

wards, from an imaginary axis, to open on all points of the

free surface. Corallites polygonal, thin-walled, and more or

less completely in contact in the centre of the branches; but

in the outer curved portion of their course-more or less cylin-

drical, and annulated by periodical ring-shaped thickenings,

which are placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes,

266 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

in such a manner as to leave vacant spaces between the inter-

vening unthickened portions. Visceral chamber in the outer

portion of the tubes alternately contracted and dilated in cor-

respondence with the periodic thickening of the walls just

spoken of, but open and subpolygonal in the axial portion of

the corallum. Septa obsolete. Tabule remote, usually

placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes. Mural

pores of small size, not numerous, and irregularly distributed.

History. The genus Stenopora was proposed and partially

described by the late Mr. Lonsdale in an appendix, entitled

“ Description of six Species of Corals from the Paleozoic For-

mation of Van Diemen’s Land,” to Dr. C. Darwin’s work

‘Geological Observations on the Volcanic Islands’*. Of the

few characters assigned to it, the only one which can be at all

seized upon as of generic value is the so-calied periodical

constriction of the tubes. Two species were described in

detail, Stenopora tasmaniensis and S. ovata. From the re-

marks made by Mr. Lonsdale on the former we gather that the

branches sometimes become hollow, and that the tubes in the

body of each branch are angular, but after deflection towards

the surface they become oval. No tabule were observed. Some

peculiar changes in the surface of the colony were observed

by Mr. Lonsdale: for instance, where the mouths of con-

tiguous corallites are not in contact they were seen to be

separated by foraminated grooves, the latter becoming, as

growth progressed, gradually filled up; the walls then thick-

ened, and a row of tubercles were developed along the crests

so formed. The mouth afterwards became closed by a lamina

projecting from the inner wall.

In Count P. de Strzelecki’s work ‘ Physical Description of

New South Wales, &c.’ +, Mr. Lonsdale further described

Stenopora, gave additional notes on the two species already

mentioned, and added two others, S. informis and S. crinita,

both massive forms, the two previously described species

being ramose. In the generic description now given the

contraction of the corallites “at irregular distances, but in

lanes parallel to the surface of the specimen,” is mentioned,

and also the existence of additional interpolated tubes. We

may here remark that in this final definition of Stenopora by

Lonsdale there is no character which would now be regarded

as of generic importance.

The structure of Stenopora ovata is described at greater

length than in the previous notice of this species. In the

centre of the branches the tubes are in contact and polygonal,

* London, 1844, pp. 161-169. + London, 1845, pp. 262-266.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 267

and the tubular “constrictions” are very numerous and

strongly marked; but no satisfactory evidence was forth-

coming of the ultimate closing of the tube-mouth in S. ovata,

as described in S. tasmaniensis.

In the form described under the name of Stenopora crintta,

Mr. Lonsdale observed that the additional or interpolated

tubes sometimes sprang “from the lines of contraction, but

sometimes commenced in the spaces between them.”

In a table of fossils attached to a paper by Murchison and

De Verneuil on the Permian System of Russia*, the name

Tubuliclidia (Lonsdale) is used instead of Stenopora, and two

additional species are there mentioned, S. spinigera and S.

crassa.

In Murchison’s ‘Geology of Russia’ the name Tubuliclhidia

is retained in a similar table of fossils; but in an appendix f

to this work the name Stenopora is again made use of, and

Tubulichidia relegated to the synonymic list. The two species

previously mentioned are here described and figured; and

although Lonsdale says nothing about the presence of tabule,

if we mistake not, they are distinctly figured in one of the

illustrations of S. crassa §.

In 1848 Prof. J. D. Dana|| pointed out that the diagnosis

of Stenopora by Lonsdale was insufficient, and redefined it as

follows :—“ Internal structure of corallum fine, prismatic ;

cells of surface minute, subangular, contiguous ; zoophytes

glomerate or ramose; surface often small-verrucose.” This

definition adds nothing to our knowledge of the genus as

worked out by Lonsdale.

In 1849 the same author referred{] all Lonsdale’s species of

Stenopora to the genus Chetetes; but, at the same time, he did

not fail to notice the peculiar tube-accretions, termed by

Lonsdale ‘constrictions ;”’ and he likewise confirmed the latter’s

observation on the occasionally hollow nature of the branches

in the ramose species. Dana, in addition, described a new

species as Chetetes gracilis**, which appears to be con-

generic with S. tasmaniensis and S. ovata.

Messrs. Milne-EKdwards and Haime, in their memoir on the

Perforate and Tabulate Zoanthariatt, define Stenopora as a

Chetetes with small styliform processes at the angles of the

calices, and give as their type S. spinigera, Lonsdale.

This definition was repeated in their Introduction to their

* Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 1844, ser. 2, i. p. 475.

t Vol. i. 1845, p. 221. PP. 631. § Tab. A. fig. 12, a.

|| Wilkes’s U.S. Explor. Exped. Zoophytes, p. 537.

q Ibid. Geology, pp. 711, 712. ** P. 712; t.-10; fige1s;

tt Comptes Rendus Hebd. 1849, xxix. p. 261.

268 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

‘Monograph of the British Fossil Corals’ *; whilst in their

more extended work ‘ Polypiers Fossiles &c.’ they placed

the whole of the Australian species described by Lonsdale

doubtfully in the genus Chetetes +, and noticed the presence

of tabule in S. crinita.

It has already been pointed out by one of us { that “ they

(7. e. Edwards and Haime) thus do not notice the characters

relied upon by Lonsdale and M‘Coy as separating Stenopora

and Chetetes, whilst they introduce a feature not mentioned by

either of these observers. In other words, they break up Lons-

dale’s genus into two portions, one of which, typified by Steno-

pora spinigera, Lonsd., they retain under Stenopora ; whilst

the other, comprising all the (so called) species enumerated by

M‘Coy, King, Geinitz, and Howse, they place under Cheetetes

and Havosites.”’

In 1851 Prof. M‘Coy gave a diagnosis of Stenopora derived

from the study of so-called British species. He described the

presence of lateral gemmation, the absence of connecting

tubuli or foramina in the tubes, and the presence of ‘ imper-

fect diaphragms perforated in the middle”? §.

This would have been a real advance in our knowledge of

Stenopora, because Lonsdale said no trace of transverse dia-

phragms had been noticed ||, were there any evidence to show

that M‘Coy’s definition was based upon corals really belonging

to this genus {/, or possessing a structure at all similar to that

exhibited by either of the typical forms, S. tasmaniensis or

S. ovata. M‘Coy’s “ Stenopora fibrosa, Goldf.,”’ which is the

first species described after his definition, is a Silurian form,

and is almost certainly a Monticulipora. Any appear-

ance of “ perforated diaphragms” in Stenopora can only be

due to the periodic contractions of the visceral chamber

by the annular thickenings of the walls of the corallites,

the true tabule being thin, horizontal, and complete, as we

shall show hereafter.

* 1850, p. Lxi. + 1851, pp. 273, 274.

{ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxx. p. 499,

§ Brit. Pal. Foss. fase. i. p. 24.

|| Darwin’s Geol. Observations, p. 162.

4 We have carefully examined specimens and thin sections of Monti-

culipora (Chetetes) tumida, Phill., which M‘Coy described as a Stenopora ;

and we find this form to very closely approach the type species of Steno-

pora in internal structure, with which, in fact, it agrees in most features

of importance. The thickening of the tubes towards their mouths, how-

ever, appears to be not so distinctly a periodical and annular thickening,

and mural pores have not been yet detected, while several Silurian Mon-

ticulipore exhibit similar features in a less marked form. Under these

circumstances, therefore, we have not felt ourselves justified in actually

removing Monticulipora (Chetetes) tumida, Phill., to Stenopora.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 269

Fromentel, in his ‘Introduction 4 l’étude des Polypiers

Fossiles’*, follows Edwards and Haime in referring the

Stenopore to Chetetes, with a note of interrogation; indeed

this reference is adopted by Milne-Edwards even in his most

extended and latest work on this subject, ‘ Histoire naturelle

des Coralliaires’ f.

Prof. de Koninck has, to us, made a most inexplicable

reference { in placing S. tasmaniensis and S. ovata as syno-

nyms of Monticulipora tumida, Phill. (Chetetes tumidus

auctt.). They have no specific connection with this charac-

teristic Kuropean Carboniferous species.

In the Cambridge ‘Catalogue of Cambrian and Silurian

Fossils’ §, the late Mr. J. W. Salter adopted Stenopora

nearly in the same sense in which it was employed by Prof.

M ‘Coy.

In 1874 a paper by one of the present writers (‘‘ Descrip-

tions of Species of Chetetes from the Lower Silurian Rocks

of North America) ” was published||, in which the relations of

Stenopora to other genera were touched on. One very impor-

tant point is here brought forward, viz. that in all the Ame-

rican Devonian and Silurian species of Monticulipora exa-

mined by the author the outer walls of the corallites were

exposed by fracture, as in Stenopora, although in every other

respect the characters were those usually ascribed to Chetetes.

The confusion which has arisen by the indiscriminate use of

the terms Favosites, Chatetes, Monticulipora, and Stenopora

by various authors is again commented on by the same

writer in his ‘ Report upon the Paleontology of the Province

of Ontario’. The difficulty formerly experienced in sepa-

rating Cheetetes from Stenopora is here alluded to; and the

author considers that the forms referred to the latter by

paleontologists who have written since Lonsdale cannot be

separated from Cheetetes.

Ina paper “On the Affinities of the Anthozoa Tabulata”**,

Dr. G. Lindstrém has proposed the elimination of Stenopora

from amongst the Tabulate corals, and the placing of it with

the Polyzoa.

The last reference we have to make in the history of this

interesting genus is an important one. In his recent work,

“Recherches sur les Fossiles paléozoiques de la Nouvelle-

* Paris, 1858-61, pp. 274, 275. + Vol. iii. 1860, p. 272.

{ Nouvelle Recherches sur les Animaux foss. &c. pt. 1. 1872, p. 143.

§ Cambridge, 1873, pp. 29, 108.

|| Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. 1874, xxx. pp. 499-515.

q Toronto, 1874, pt. 1. p. 60, 1875, pt. 2, p. 29.

** Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xviii. p. 9.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 19

270 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

Galles du Sud,’ Prof. L. G. de Koninck has shown the exis-

tence in Stenopora ovata of mural pores or perforations *, and,

in consequence, has referred it to the genus Favosites. The

pores in question are described as irregular in disposition,

some on the faces of the walls themselves, others on the

angles of the corallites. The presence of tabule, first figured

by Lonsdale in Stenopora, is recorded in this species.

Obs. Taking S. ovata, Lonsd., as the foundation of the

following remarks, the corallum in Stenopora is usually more

or less branched ; but the branches may be so thick, or may so

extensively coalesce, that its general form becomes that of a

lobate mass. The corallites (fig. 1, A) radiate in all direc-

A. Portion of a branch of Stenopora Jacki, Nich. & Eth., Jun., split

open, of the natural size. B. Portion of the same, enlarged,

showing the annulation of the tubes in their outer portions. C. A

few of the tubes of the same, still further enlarged, showing the

mural pores. Permo-Carboniferous, Queensland.

tions from an imaginary axis, and present very different

appearances in the central and circumferential portions of the

corallum respectively. In the axial portion of the branches

the tubes are nearly vertical, are essentially polygonal or

prismatic in shape, have thin walls, and are nearly or quite

in contact with one another throughout. As they pass up-

wards the tubes gradually diverge, coming, at last, to be

nearly horizontal, and preserving this direction for a consider-

able distance, till they at last open upon the surface. There

is thus an exterior zone of the corallum, in which the coral-

lites are nearly transverse to the axis of the branches ; and in

this region (fig. 1, B) they have a generally cylindrical ap-

pearance, owing to the fact that their walls are thickened at

very short intervals by annular accretions of growth, the por-

tions of the tube between them retaining their normal dia-

meter. As these thickened portions are placed at corre-

* Bruxelles, 1877, pt. 5, pp. 156, 157.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 271

sponding levels in all the corallites, it follows that the tubes

are in actual contact with one another at these points only,

and that they are separated by ring-like spaces corresponding

with all the unthickened segments of the tubes.

Thin sections of the corallum show different appearances

in different portions. Thus, in a transverse section across a

branch, the axial corallites are seen to differ in no essential fea-

ture of their structure from those of Monticulipora or Favosites.

Each possesses its own wall, which is not abnormally thick-

ened (fig. 2, B), the boundary between contiguous tubes being

A. Two tubes of Stenopora ovata, Lonsd., cut transversely across their

thickened portions, and showing the contraction of the visceral

chamber by an annular deposit of sclerenchyma, which is nog in

contact with the wall on one side. 3B. Two tubes of the same from

the centre of a branch, cut across, and showing the thin walls and

polygonal form. C. Portion of a tube of the same cut longitudinally,

showing the thickening of the wall, the tabula, and one of the

mural pores. Enlarged twenty-five times. Permo-Carboniferous,

Queensland.

clearly indicated by a distinct dark line. The tubes in this

portion of the corallum are also regularly polygonal, and are

certainly, as a rule, in close contact. On the other hand, in

sections tangential to the branch and taken a little below the

surface, the tubes are cut across in their outer portions, where

they are periodically thickened. The tubes still appear to be

polygonal and in contact, each being bounded externally by

a well-marked dark line; but the appearances presented by

the area within this boundary-line are very puzzling, appa-

rently varying according as the section traverses the tubes at

the level of their thickened portions or at that of the unthick-

19*

272 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

ened intervals between the latter. In the former case the

visceral chamber (fig. 2, A) is seen to be greatly contracted,

and to be reduced to a comparatively small rounded or sub-

polygonal central tube, which is in turn surrounded by a thick-

ened ring of sclerenchyma, which usually shows distinct

traces of its being composed of successively-deposited con-

centric lamine. In the latter case there 1s still a ring of

sclerenchyma within the dark outer polygonal boundary ; but

this ring is of small thickness comparatively, and the central

tube is wide and open. Further, in both cases alike there are

two phenomena observable which we are at present unable to

account for. One of these consists in the fact that the ring

of sclerenchyma within the corallite is never in contact with

the outer polygonal wall for more than one half or two thirds

of its circumference, being separated from the latter through-

out the remaining part of the tube by a distinct and conspi-

cuous interspace, which is filled in the fossil with transparent

calcite. Not only is this partial interspace between the inner

ring and the outer wall apparently always present (fig. 2, A),

but it seems to be always situated upon the same side of all

the corallites in any particular section. The other inexpli-

cable feature is, that the outer dark walls of the corallites

appear to be always in close contact, whereas an examination

of the exterior of the tubes shows them to be only in contact

along the planes where thickenings of the wall are developed,

while they are separated by distinct intervals in the spaces

between them.

Moreover, in many parts of tangential sections the corallites

exhibit few features that would satisfactorily separate them

from similar sections of certain Monticulipore—though they

usually have exceptionally thick walls, and also often exhibit

a thin dark ring a little within the true wall and concentric

with the latter. There are also some other phenomena occa-

sionally observable which it is extremely difficult to explain ;

and we must admit that there are various points as to the

anatomy of this curious genus which must remain obscure

until a large series of specimens can be microscopically inves-

tigated. 3

Longitudinal sections of the corallites (fig. 2, C) show the

periodical annular thickenings of the tubes in a very instruc-

tive manner, and demonstrate that these are really thickenings

of the wall, projecting both externally and internally ; so that

it is not correct to regard the corallites as being “ periodically

constricted,” this phrase applying only to the visceral chamber

In fact the longitudinal section of the wall has a regularly

moniliform appearance, owing to its successively traversing

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 2%0

thickened and unthickened segments. Sections of this kind

also show that there exist remote and complete tabule, which

are usually placed at approximately corresponding levels in

all the corallites of a single colony. Lastly, these sections

occasionally show mural pores, though these structures can

best be made out by a microscopic examination of the exterior

of the tubes, when they are found to have the form of small,

circular, irregularly-distributed apertures. It may be added

that long sections show the same puzzling feature as do tan-

gential slices—namely, that the corallites are apparently in

contact throughout their entire length, whereas macroscopic

examination shows them to be clearly free over the unthick-

ened segments of the tube.

Our specimens are not in such a condition as to justify our

making any definite statements as to the characters exhibited

by the surface, except that the calices are certainly not oblique.

The exterior of the mouths, according to Lonsdale, are round

or slightly oval, and the dividing ridges sharp, with a large

tubercle at the interspace between every four mouths. So

far as we can judge, the general aspect of the calices is very

similar to that of either Monticulipora or Chetetes; and we

should therefore doubt if a simple inspection of the exterior

would enable an observer to certainly separate an example of

Stenopora from one of either of the latter genera. At any

rate, it is probable that the presence of spines or tubercles in

the lips of the calices (even if a constant character) cannot

be supposed to have more than a mere specific significance.

As to the affinities and systematic position of Stenopora,

Lonsd., the discovery by Prof. de Koninck of mural pores,

and the existence of these in other forms, as demonstrated by

us, are quite conclusive as to the propriety of referring the

genus to the Favositide ; and it is thus widely removed from

Cheetetes, Fischer, and Monticulipora, D’Orb., to which it

bears a striking superficial likeness, and from which it has

usually been supposed to be hardly, or not at all, separable.

Within the family of the Favositide the genus holds an

entirely unique position, and possesses no close ally with

which it need be compared in detail.

In making specific determinations of Stenopore we labour

under a certain disadvantage ; for it has already been pointed

out by one of us that the collection containing two of the

types (8. tasmaniensis, Lonsd., and S. ovata, Lonsd.) has

been lost ; but this is partly counterbalanced by the existence

of the fine specimens of the same species described by Mr.

Lonsdale in the Strzelecki collection.

Geological Position. So far as can be at present stated, the

274 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

species of Stenopora, Lonsd., are confined to the Carboniferous

or Permo-Carboniferous formation of Australia and Tas-

mania. ‘There is, indeed, some uncertainty as to the pre-

cise geological horizon of some of the deposits which have

yielded Stenopora; but there is no reason to think that

any of these are of Silurian age, and all the corals of this

formation which have been at various times referred to Steno-

pora must, pending their complete examination by micro-

scopic methods, be placed under Chetetes or Monticulipora.

Addendum.—The preceding description of the genus Steno-

pora was founded entirely upon an examination of S. ovata,

Lonsd., and of the undoubtedly congeneric S. Jackit, nobis.

Since this was written, however, we have been enabled to

examine S. tasmaniensis, Lonsd., S. crinita, Lonsd.; and a

third form, which may be 8. énformis, Lonsd., and we have

thereby gained some additional information, and at the same

time, in some respects, materially augmented the difficulty

which we have experienced in our endeavour to interpret the

structure of this extraordinary genus. So many points, indeed,

have presented themselves for solution, that we think it best

to postpone our remarks upon this subject till we can devote

a memoir especially to the elucidation of this genus. In the

meanwhile, therefore, we will only say here that S. tasmant-

ensts, Lonsd., is in all its essential details similar to S. ovata

and S. Jacki, whereas S. crinita and S. informis differ in

important respects from the species just mentioned, and show

a curious approximation to certain of the so-called Monticuli-

pore.

Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale.

(Pl. XIV. figs. 1-1ce; and woodcut, fig. 2.)

Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale, in Darwin’s Geol. Obs. Vole. Islands,

p. 163 (1844), and in Strzelecki’s Phys. Descr. N. 8. Wales, p. 263,

pl. viii. figs. 8a & 3b (1845).

Chetetes(?) ovatus, Milne-Edwards & Haime, Pol. Foss. des Terr.

Pal. p. 273 (1851).

Monticulipora tumida (pars), De Koninck, Nouy. Rech. Terr. Carb.

Belgique, p. 143 (1872).

Favosites ovata, De Koninck, Pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, pt. iii. p. 156,

pl. iii. fig. 5 (1877); Etheridge, jun., Cat. Australian Foss, p. 36

(1878).

Spec. char. Corallum sublobate or submassive, of cylin-

drical or flattened branches, which have a diameter of from

half an inch to an inch anda half or more. Corallites vertical,

or nearly so, in the centre of the branches, but finally bending

outwards nearly at right angles, and being continued for some

distance in this direction before reaching the surface. Coral-

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 275

lites in the central portions of the corallum thin-walled, poly-

gonal, and closely contiguous; but in the horizontal portion

of their course thickened by annular accretions, by which the

tubes are placed in contact, the intervening unthickened seg-

ments being free. Corallites on an average from 7); to #5 inch

in diameter, tubes of smaller size being here and there interca-

lated among the larger ones. In the outer portion of the tubes

about six of the annular thickenings of the tubes and as many

unthickened segments occupy the space of one line. Tabule

horizontal, complete, remote from one another as a general

rule, and, for the most part, placed at corresponding levels in

contiguous tubes, these levels having no evident relation to

the annular thickenings of the tubes.

Obs. Having already given a full account, so far as our

materials permit, of the internal structure of the genus, we

need not go into details as to the minute internal structure of

the present species. Our specimens, moreover, do not exhibit

the surface in any manner that would enable us to give the

external characters of the species. That our specimens are

referable to Stenopora is proved beyond a shadow of doubt by

their microscopic structure ; and in identifying them with S.

ovata, Lonsd., we have relied chiefly upon the rapid diver-

gence of the tubes from the central bundle, and the great

number and close arrangement of the annular thickenings of

the corallites in the horizontal portion of their course, these

being sometimes so much developed as to give to the exterior

of the tubes a regularly crenulated appearance. The annular

thickenings are also unusually broad ; and many smaller tubes

are interpolated among the larger ones as the surface is ap-

proached.

Our determination is the more to be relied on as we have

made a direct comparison between Mr. Jack’s specimens and

Mr. Lonsdale’s Strzeleckian type*, although, for reasons

previously explained, we have not had the advantage of ex-

amining the specimens upon which the species was originally

based by Mr. Lonsdale, and which were collected in Tas-

mania by Dr. Charles Darwin, F.R.S.

Locality and Horizon. Permo-Carboniferous, Coral Creek,

Bowen-River Coal-field, Queensland.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq., F.R.G.S., F.G.S., &e.

Stenopora Jackit, Nich. & Eth., Jun. (Woodcut, fig. 1.)

Spec. char. Corallum ramose, dividing at wide intervals,

the branches cylindrical, averaging about two lines in dia-

* Phys. Descript. N.S. Wales, &c., 1845, t. 8. f£. 3 (coll. Brit. Mus.).

276 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

meter, and gradually tapering to their free extremities. The

corallites are nearly vertical in the axial portion of their

course, but ultimately bend outwards nearly at right angles

to the imaginary axis of the branches, and open on the sur-

face by rounded calices which are free from any obliquity.

As the terminations of the branches are approached the angle

of deflection of the corallites becomes less and less, and the

horizontal portion becomes shorter and shorter; until at the

extremity the whole of the corallites are nearly vertical.

Average diameter of the corallites from 75 to #5 inch, smaller

tubes being intercalated among those of average size as the

surface is approached. Annular thickenings of the hori-

zontal portions of the tubes narrow and ring-like, about five

occupying one line, this being the total length, in general, of

the annulated portions of the corallites. Mural pores minute,

irregularly distributed. Surface not observed.

Obs. This is a graceful and well-marked species, easily

distinguished from S. ovata and S. tasmaniensis of Lonsdale

by its habit and general proportions. We should have been

inclined to refer it to Stenopora (Chetetes) gracilis, Dana,

had it not been for the fact that Dana lays stress upon the

length of the tubes in the latter species, as well as upon the

remarkable paucity of annulations in the same.

In the present species, on the other hand, the annulations

of the tubes in the horizontal portions of their course are

much more numerous than in S. tasmaniensis, Lonsd., while

it differs conspicuously from SS. ovata, Lonsd., in its size and

general proportions. The presence of minute irregularly

placed mural pores can be readily made out in specimens

which are longitudinally fractured, by an examination of the

exterior of the tubes under low powers of the microscope.

Locality and Horizon. Permo-Carboniferous, Coral Creek,

Bowen-River Coal-field, N. Queensland.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq., F.G.S.

Stenopora? sp.

Obs. Among our specimens from the Daintree collection

we have numerous examples of a ramose coral which, from its

general appearance, can only be regarded as a species of Steno-

pora, but which, so far as we can make out, does not exhibit

the peculiar internal structure of this genus as typified by

S. ovata, and which we, therefore, think may possibly be a

Monticulipora, D’Orb. The specimens in question occur

abundantly in a curious chloritic conglomerate (of Devonian

or Carboniferous age ?), which is largely impregnated with

a grass-green chloritic or serpentinous mineral; and none

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 277

of them exhibit the characters of the surface. Moreover,

though the coralla are calcareous, and are themselves per-

meated by crystalline calcite, their more delicate structures

seem to have been destroyed during the process of fossiliza-

tion, and microscopic sections fail to show the internal struc-

ture in a thoroughly satisfactory manner.

The corallum in this form is ramose, the branches from two

to five lines in diameter, diverging from a main stem obliquely

or at right angles, the terminal portions always bifurcating,

and the apices of the branches rounded or lobate. The coral-

lites, after a short vertical course in the axis of the branches,

are abruptly deflected nearly at right angles ; and after hold-

ing this latter course for a space of from half a line to a line

or more, they open by direct apertures upon the surface. As

examined by a lens, the outer horizontal portions of the coral-

lites appear to be thickened at intervals, as in Sfenopora; but

thin sections do not confirm this view of their structure. On

the contrary, their walls seem to be uniformly thickened, the

thickening increasing in amount as the calices are approached,

and sections at right angles to the tubes appear to give clear

indications of the existence here and there of a series of inter-

stitial tubuli. Neither tabule nor mural pores are recogni-

zable with any certainty.

When fractured surfaces of this coral are examined, the

appearance presented is so Stenopora-like, that we feel our-:

selves obliged to refer the species to Stenopora rather than to

Monticulipora, notwithstanding the absence of the more de-

tailed characteristic internal structure of the former genus.

It is, of course, just possible that this may be due to the

mode of preservation. The general aspect of this species is

quite that of Dana’s Stenopora (Chetetes) gracilis, especially

in the lobate bifurcation of the terminal branches; but the

internal structure, so far as known to us, does not altogether

correspond with the latter. Our Stenopora disagrees with

Dana’s species in the same way as S. ovata does; viz. the

periodical thickenings, although faintly marked, are much too

numerous for S. gracilis.

Locality and Horizon. Ina fine conglomerate containing

much chloritic matter, Gympie Gold-field. Devonian or Car-

boniferous (?).

Collector. 'The late Richard Daintree, Esq., C.M.G., F.G.S.

(Coll. Brit. Mus.)

Genus Arzopora, Nich. & Eth., Jun., gen. nov.

Gen. char. Corallum massive, resembling that of Favosites,

of polygonal corallites, which radiate outwards from an ima-

278 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

ginary axis to open upon the upper surface of the colony.

Under surface covered with an epitheca (?). The corallites

are firmly united by their walls, which are extensively pierced

by apertures, placing the visceral tubes in direct communica-

tion. Septa trabecular, often irregularly divided, or anasto-

mosing at their free ends. ‘Tabule rudimentary, represented

by occasional horizonal trabecule. No columella nor coenen-

chyma.

Obs. This genus is founded upon a single remarkable

specimen belonging to the ‘‘ Daintree collection,” from the

Devonian or Carboniferous deposits of Queensland, which we

propose to distinguish specifically by the name of Araopora

australis, and of which we subjoin a brief description.

Areopora australis, Nich. & Eth., Jun.

Spec. char. Corallum massive, pyriform, of considerable

size, composed of polygonal or prismatic corallites which

radiate outwards from an imaginary axis to open on the upper

surface of the colony. Average diameter of the corallites from

two thirds to three fourths of a line, no very small tubes being

intercalated amongst those of ordinary dimensions. Walls

amalgamated, irregularly cribriform. Septa variable in num-

ber, spiniform, or irregularly divided. ‘Tabule: rudimentary.

Obs. The corallum of A. australis might at first sight be

readily taken for that of any of the larger and more massive

species of Favosites (such as PF. hemisphericus, Yand. &

Shum.), though even to the naked eye the absence of distinct

tabule and the cribriform or porous condition of the walls

are striking features. Our only specimen is not perfect, and

is not only completely silicified, but is thoroughly infiltrated

with silica tinged with oxide of iron. Its height is rather more

than three inches, and its greatest width something over four

inches. Its form is pyriform, the narrow base having evidently

been attached to some foreign body, while the under surface

was almost certainly covered by an epitheca, of which no traces

now remain. ‘The calices must have opened over the whole

of the upper surface; but none of them are preserved in the

specimen now before us. ‘The corallites radiate with a

graduated divergence from the imaginary axis of the colony ;

and their form is regularly prismatic or polygonal, as in Favo-

sites. 'This character, however, is much more perceptible by

the eye, or when the surface is examined with a lens, than it

is when thin sections are investigated under the microscope,

as it is to some extent masked in the latter case by the broken

and cribriform structure of the walls. Thin sections (fig. 3,

A & B), whether transverse or vertical, show that the walls of

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 279

the tubes are extensively porous and cribriform, being pierced

by numerous apertures, which place the visceral chambers in

direct communication. Transverse sections also serve admir-

ably to show the character of the irregular trabecular septa, some

of which are simply spiniform, while others divide towards

their inner extremities, or even unite with their neighbours

by their free ends. Vertical sections show that the septa are,

upon the whole, placed in longitudinal rows; and they exhibit

occasionally horizontal trabecule (fig. 3, B), which may be

regarded as of the nature of rudimentary tabule.

Pn B ite GY

A. Part of a transverse section of Ar@opora australis, Nich. & Eth.,

Jun., enlarged eight times, showing the trabecular septa and

porous walls. 5B. Part of a vertical section of the same, similarly

enlarged, showing the cribriform character of the walls, the septa,

and the rudimentary tabule. Devonian, Queensland (Daintree

collection).

From a consideration of the above characters it cannot be

doubted that we have to deal in Arwopora with a genuine

** Perforate””? Coral, which, however, is closely related to the

Favositide, and may be best placed in this family rather than

in any of the more regular groups of the Perforata. By the

characters of its walls and septa the genus presents certain

alliances with the Poritide ; but its general form and aspect

are those of a Havosites; and the presence of rudimentary

tabule would further confirm the view here taken. Among

the genera of the Favositide its nearest ally is to be found in

280 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

the Lower Silurian genus Columnopora, Nich., which it nearly

resembles in form and habit. It is distinguished from the

latter, however, by the less regularly perforate character of

its walls, by the rudimentary condition of its tabule, and by

the irregularly dividing and trabecular septa. We are unable

to institute any comparison between Arwopora and the Cre-

taceous genus Koninckia, E.& H.; but the septa of the latter

seem to be merely spiniform (six in number), and the tabule

are said to be well developed and complete.

Locality and Horizon. Limestone of the Burdekin River,

N. Queensland. Devonian.

Collector. The late R. Daintree, Esq.

Genus Pacuypora, Lindstrom.

Pachypora meridionalis, Nich. & Eth., Jun.

Spec. char. Corallum ramose, of cylindrical branches, about

two lines and a half or three lines in diameter, dividing dicho-

tomously at comparatively remote intervals. Corallites not

regularly polygonal, with very thick walls, the diameter of

which increases as the mouth is approached. Calices hardly

at all oblique, about a third of a line, or sometimes rather more,

in diameter, oval, rounded, or irregular in shape, often open-

ing into one another, surrounded by thick obtuse margins,

which exhibit no traces of the original polygonal wall of the

corallite. Mural pores few, very large, and irregularly placed.

Tabule few and remote.

Obs. This species is unquestionably very closely allied to

Pachypora (Kavosites) cervicornis, De Blainv., of the Kuro-

pean Devonian; and we have felt some hesitation in giving

it a distinct specific designation. Both belong to that section

of Favosites in which the walls are thickened by the secon-

dary deposition of sclerenchyma in successive lamine, the

amount of this thickening being increased as the mouth is ap-

proached; and both are therefore referable to Lindstrém’s

genus Pachypora. Both are alike in form and general habit, and

have singularly large, sparse, and irregular mural pores. After

a comparison, however, of the Australian specimens with ex-

amples from the Eifel, both macroscopically and microscopi-

cally, we have come to the conclusion that the former must

in the meanwhile be regarded as specifically distinct, upon the

following grounds :—

a. Pachypora meridionalis, nobis, is, on the whole, a much

smaller species than P. cervicornis, De Blainv., the branches

in the latter often reaching 8 or 10 lines in diameter.

b. The corallites in P. cervicornis can always be shown, by

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 281

thin sections, to preserve their polygonal outline, in spite of

the thickening to which they are subjected ; in the axis of the

branches they are regularly polygonal; and even the thick-

ened lips of the calices show more or less distinctly a poly-

gonal line placed at a little distance from the mouth of the tube,

which represents the original wall. On the other hand, in P.

meridionalis the polygonal form of the corallites is more or

less completely obliterated, even in the axis of the branches

the originally prismatic wall cannot be detected, and the

thickened lips of the calices are simply rounded and obtuse.

ce. In P. cervicornis the calices are about half a line in

diameter, rounded or subpolygonal, and only occasionally

opening into one another. In P. meridionalis, on the con-

trary, the calices are mostly only about a third of a line in

diameter (counting in, as before, the wall around them), their

shape is very irregular, and they open into one another so

frequently, and to such an extent, that they sometimes become

almost vermiculate in character.

Upon the whole, therefore, we consider the present species

to be sufficiently distinct from P. cervicornis, De Blainv., to

deserve a separate name; and we know of no other adequately

characterized species with which it is necessary to compare it

in detail. We may add that the differences between P. meri-

dionalis and P. cervicornis, which we have above alluded to,

are much more conspicuous if we take specimens of the form

usually known by the latter name in the Devonian Limestones

of Devonshire, and figured as such by Milne-Edwards and

Haime (Brit. Foss. Cor. pl. xlvii. fig. 2).

Locality and Horizon. In Devonian Limestone (apparently

abundant), Fanning River, Burdekin, N. Queensland ; Lime-

stone of Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs, N. Queensland.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq., F.G.S.

Pachypora? sp. ind.

Obs. A second and ramose form, in all probability referable

to this genus, occurs in the Fanning-River Limestone ; but the

state of preservation did not permit of our making thin sec-

tions ; so that we can do no more than simply record the occur-

rence of it. The same form is also met with at Reid.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq.

Genus Tratuypora, Edw. & Haime, 1851.

(Polyp. Foss. Terr. Pal. p. 305.)

Trachypora, sp. ind.

Obs. So far as we are aware, Trachypora has not been

282 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

hitherto recognized as an Australian genus of Paleozoic

Corals. Mr. Jack has forwarded to us a single and badly

preserved example, which, although sufficiently good for

generic identification, is in too ill-preserved a condition to

warrant us in attaching to it a specific description and name.

The specimen is seated on the weathered surface of a piece

of limestone, and exhibits the vermiculate surface and non-

septate calices characteristic of Zrachypora.

Horizon and Locality. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs,

N. Queensland. Devonian Limestone.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq.

Genus AULOPORA, Goldfuss, 1826.

(Petrefacta Germanie, i. p. 82.)

Obs. Without at present entering into the question of the

extent to which Aulopora, Syringopora, and Cladochonus may

be regarded as distinct, it may be simply stated that only one

species of Aulopora has been described from the Paleozoic

rocks of Australia, viz. Aulopora fasciculata, De Koninck*,

from the Upper Silurian of Bell River, New South Wales.

We have now to place on record the presence, in the Arthur’s

Creek Limestone, of a form possessing all the characters of

the European Devonian Aulopora repens.

Aulopora repens (Knorr & Walch.), Edwards & Haime.

Aulopora serpens, Goldfuss, Pet. Germ. i. p. 82, t. 29, f. 1.

Aulopora repens, Edwards & Haime, Pol. foss. Ter. Pal. 1851, p. 312.

Obs. We have an example of this interesting coral creep-

ing over the surface of a specimen of Heliolites porosus. The

weathering of the surface of the coral has removed the epi-

theca and exposed wall of the Aulopora, and laid bare the

interiors of the ramifying or stolon-like corallites.

The spaces enclosed by the union of the corallites are irre-

gular in shape, some polygonal,others elongated. The corallites

either occur along the course of the creeping network, or are

thrown off as a small projection at each bifurcation. There is

no regularity in their disposition: at one point they succeed

one another very rapidly along the creeping tubes, and are

much crowded; but on other portions they are scattered and

separated by much greater interspaces. On the edge of the

corallum, where the reticulation becomes of a more open nature,

the zigzag appearance given to the corallites by frequent

dichotomization becomes very apparent. ‘There are no septa

visible in our example.

* Foss. pal. Nouv.-Galles du Sud, 1876, p. 14, t. 1. f. 1.

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 283

Horizon and Locality. Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs,

North Queensland. Devonian Limestone.

Collector. R. L. Jack, Esq.

Tn addition to the corals which we have now described, the

Arthur’s-Creek Limestone has yielded a colony of Lithostrotion

or Lonsdaleia, enveloped in a mass of Stromatopora, and partly

silicified. In all probability it is a species of the former

genus.

5. Distribution of the Species and Age of the Beds.

1. The fossiliferous beds of Coral Creek, at a point below

the Sonoma road-crossing, in the Bowen-River Coal-field, have

yielded

Stenopora ovata, Lonsdale.

Jacki, nobis.

2. The Fanning-River Limestone has also afforded the

following two species, although there are indications of other

corals not determinable :—

Heliolites porosus, Goldfuss.

Pachypora meridionalis, nobis.

3. The green fossiliferous chloritic rock of the Gympie gold-

field is crowded with a pretty coral, which may be a Monti-

culipora, but which we place provisionally as

Stenopora ? sp. ind.

4, The limestone of the Broken River, a tributary of the

Burdekin River, contains :—

Favosites gothlandicus (Fougt), Lamk., vars.

Heliolites porosus, Goldfuss.

plasmoporoides, nobis.

Daintreei, nobis.

, sp. ind.

Areopora australis, nobis.

5. The Arthur’s-Creek Limestone, Burdekin Downs, has

yielded the largest number of species, viz. :—

Caunopora.

Stromatopora.

Alveolites (Pachypora), sp. near A. robustus, om.

(lobate form), sp.

Aulopora repens, Ed. § H.

Heliolites porosus, Goldfuss.

, vars.

Lithostrotion, sp. ind.

Pachypora meridionalis, nobis,

Trachypora, sp. ind,

284 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on

With regard to the first locality, we would simply point out

here that evidence has been elsewhere adduced by one of us

to show that in all probability certain of the beds of the Bowen-

River Coal-field, including those of Coral Creek, are of Permo-

Carboniferous age, with a strong leaning towards the Permian

aspect—and that the detailed examination of the Stenopore

in no way invalidates this view, but, on the contrary, lends

colour to it.

The Gympie series, from which the coral we have noticed

as Stenopora ? (or perhaps Monticulipora) is derived, is con-

sidered by Mr. R. Etheridge, F.R.S., to be: of Devonian

age. Weare not ina position either to confirm or disprove

this opinion, as the material examined by us throws no fresh

light upon the subject.

The Fanning-River Limestone and its associated shale have

been shown, in the paper just referred to (as before the Geo-

logical Society), to possess a strong claim to be considered

Devonian. We have determined only two corals satisfactorily

from this horizon, Helvolites porosus and Pachypora meridio-

nalis (nobis). The former, a typical Devonian coral in Devon-

shire and the Hifel, supports the evidence afforded by the

Mollusca in a marked degree; that of the Pachypora will be

considered immediately.

We now come to the two last localities, both in the Burde-

kin district—a limestone developed on the Broken River and

Arthur’s Creek, Burdekin Downs. The first point to be

noticed in connexion with these localities is the presence of

massive Favosites, of the Devonian type, quite undistinguish-

able from the /. gothlandicus and its variety F. Goldfusst, of

the Devonian of Europe and North America. Secondly, we

note the presence of numerous large colonies of Heliolites,

including Helvolites porosus in abundance.

Again, strong evidence of a Devonian age is afforded by

the appearance here of a coral which we cannot distinguish

from Aulopora repens, Edw. & H., a very characteristic Devo-

nian species, and of the equally characteristic Devonian genus

Trachypora, while species of Alveolites of a Devonian type

are also present. Hardly less characteristic is the Pachypora

to which we have given the name of P. meridionalis, and

which is most intimately allied to the P. cervicornis, De

Blainv. sp., of the Devonian of Europe, and to similar or

identical forms in the Devonian of North America. Upon

the whoie, therefore, putting to the evidence afforded by

the corals that derived from such characteristic forms as

Stromatopora and Caunopora, we cannot doubt that the

deposits now under consideration are of Devonian age. So

Paleozoic Corals from Northern Queensland. 285

far as we are acquainted with their fauna, they would seem

to correspond very closely with the Middle Devonian Lime-

stones of the Hitel, or perhaps with the somewhat older series

of the Corniferous Limestone of North America; but we do

not doubt that large additions will yet be made to the list of

fossils from these beds, when it will be possible to compare

them more closely with the corresponding deposits in Europe

and North America.

In conclusion, we may at once state that our investigations

amongst the corals of the Broken-River and Arthur’s-Creek

Limestones of North Queensland quite enable us to confirm, in

a general way, Mr. Etheridge’s opinion of the former series,

that ‘their age is undoubtedly Lower Devonian or ‘ Siluro-

Devonian.’ ”’

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. A fragment of Stenopora ovata, Lonsd., of the natural size. la.

Side view of three corallites of the same, in the outer portion

of their course, enlarged, showing the periodic thickenings of

the tubes. 16. Part of a tangential section of the same, taken

just below the surface, and enlarged twenty-five times, showing

the hexagonal corallites and the ring-like deposit of scleren-

chyma in the interior of many of the tubes. le. Part of a

vertical section of the same, enlarged twenty-five times, show-

ing the periodical thickenings of the tubes, the remote tabule,

placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes, and the mural

pores. ld. Part of a transverse section of Stenopora crinita,

Lonsd., enlarged ten times, showing the ring-like sclerenchyma-

tous deposit in the tubes, introduced for comparison with 1 0.

Fig. 2. A small portion of a transverse section of Helolites plasmopo-

roides, nobis, of the natural size. 2a. Part of the same section,

enlarged five times. 20. Part of a vertical section of the same,

enlarged five times, showing that the tabula of the smaller

tubes have the characters of those of Heliolites and not of those

of Plasmopora.

Fg. 3. Part of the surface of Heliolites Daintreei, nobis, of the natural

size, showing the proportions and relative positions of the large

corallites. 3a. Part of a transverse section of the same, en-

larged five times.

Fig. 4. A small fragment of Pachypora meridionalis, nobis, of the natural

size. 4a. Portion of the surface of the same, enlarged five

times. 46. Tangential section of the same, enlarged ten times,

showing the thickened walls of the corallites. 4 c¢. Part of a

longitudinal section of the same, enlarged ten times, showing

the thickening of the tubes near their mouths. In the portion

of the section represented, the visceral chambers of the corallites

are filled with matrix, rendering it impossible to recognize the

tabulze or mural pores.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 20

286 W. Hi. Patton on the Genus Macropis.

XXXI.— Observations on the Genus Macropis.

By W. H. Parton*.

HerMANN MUuuer found the females of the European

Macropis labiata, Panz., upon the flowers of Lystmachia vul-

garis only, while the males occurred also upon the flowers of

Gnanthe fistulosa, Rhamnus frangula, and Rubus fruticosust.

This is the basis upon which Sir John Lubbock has made

and repeated the statement, that “the species visits exclu-

sively Lysimachia vulgaris” t. Yet Dufour had previously

taken both sexes upon Alisma Plantago, and Schenck had

taken either one or both sexes upon Bryonia, Rubus cesius,

Circium arvense, and Picris. Subsequently Mr. John B.

Bridgman has taken the male upon Cirsium arvense§ and

upon Lysimachia, Mint and Marsh Potentilla, and the female

upon Circium arvense and Lysimachia\|. 1 have taken the

female of the American species upon Lysimachia ciliata,

Rhus glabra and R. typhina, and Archangelica hirsuta, and

the male upon Rubus villosus and Cornus paniculata.

Yet there appears to be some peculiar relationship between

the Macropis and the Lysimachia. Collecting in 1874 and

1875, I observed that the females taken upon other flowers had

no pollen masses upon their legs, and were indeed upon

another quest. Mr. Bridgman (/. c. 1878, p. 22) observed

that the females taken on Cirsium arvense had no pollen.

Can it be that the young live upon the pollen of Lysimachia

only, just as other insects are restricted to the foliage of par-

ticular plants ?

Hermann Miiller (/. c. p. 248), observing that the pollen

was collected upon the tibiz of these bees in thick moist balls,

and unable to find any honey in the flowers of Lysimachia

* From Silliman’s ‘ American Journal,’ Sept. 1879, pp. 211-214.

as ¢ Die Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insecten,’ pp. 348 and 463

73).

¢ Belfast Address, 1874; ‘Nature,’ vol. x. p. 425, and ‘ British Wild

Flowers in Relation to Insects,’ p. 21. The inconsistency of his state-

ment appears when he says (‘British Wild Flowers,’ p. 126) that “ Lysz-

machia vulgaris produces no honey ;” and the question arises in the mind

of ee reader, where do the bees get the honey upon which they must

live!

§ Newman’s ‘ Entomologist,’ Aug. 1876, p. 158.

|| Ibid., Jan, 1878, vol. xi. p. 22.

§] The group of Lysimachias containing Z. ciliata has recently been set

apart as a distinct genus, Steironema, Raf., by Prof. Gray (Proc. Am.

Acad. vol. xii. p. 62) because of differences in the estivation of the -

corolla; but for our present purposes, 7ridynia (containing stricta and

quadrifolia), Lysimachia (containing vulgaris), and Stetronema may be

treated together under the name Lysimachia.

W. H. Patton on the Genus Macropis. 287

vulgaris, was led to believe that the bees pierced the cellular

tissue of the flowers with the ligula for the juices with which

to moisten the pollen. This act of the bee seems to me both

impossible and unnecessary. ‘The ligula is too weak ; and if

we are to look to the Lystmachia for a solution of the problem,

it is well to ask whether the glands with which the filaments

and base of the corolla are beset may not furnish the nectar.

In the American L. ciliata, L. quadrifolia, and L. stricta,

and on the filaments at least of the European L. vulgaris the

glands are very numerous. But upon the flowers of stricta

and qguadrifolia the Macropis has not yet been found, although

the flowers have been often watched ; it seems, therefore, that

the glands afford no attraction. We must conclude that it is

with nectar that the pollen is moistened; and as it has been

my good fortune to distinctly observe a female Macropis

sucking nectar from the flowers of Rhus glabra, it is evidently

from these and other flowers that the Macropis obtains the

honey for the food both of itself and its young.

But why does the Macropis moisten the pollen as it is col-

lected? this is an unusual habit. The social bees moisten

it in order that it may be retained on the pollen plates. The

Scopulipede and Gastrilege bees retain the dry pollen with

the hairs forming the pollen-brushes. The Lysimachia pollen

is not of so dry a nature that hairs would not hold it. An

altogether new interest was given to the genus Macropis by

Hermann Miiller’s observation that it alone of all the solitary

bees of Germany moistened the pollen as collected, thus econo-

mizing the expanse of hairs upon the legs*. The retain-

ing-hairs upon the posterior legs of Macropis are unusually

short. By moistening the pollen they are enabled to retain

much larger masses than they otherwise could. Such, also,

is the habit, as I have observed, of the allied American

genera Scrapter, Calliopsis, and Perdita (P. 8-maculata, Say) ;

and Fritz Miller has recorded the same habit for Cenéris,

Tetrapedia, and Epicharis in Brazilt, although in these latter

genera the scopa is long.

On account of the close resemblance which Macropis bears

to the higher bees, Shuckard (‘ British Bees’) was led to be-

lieve that it would be found to agree with them in their noisy

* L.c. p. 47, and Anw. d. Darw. Lehre auf Bienen, p. 22 (1872).

+ ‘Nature,’ vol. x. p. 103. These observations by Fritz Miller are

open to doubt. In Centris, as in our native genera Diadasia (n. g.) and

Melissodes, the hairs of the scopa are conspicuously plumose, and the

pollen would have a matted appearance even when dry. It can be stated

with confidence that, even if the pollen is slightly moistened by these

bees, it is not formed into a paste, as it is by the social bees.

20*

288 W. H. Patton on the Genus Macropis.

flight also. But repeated observations in the field, under the

most favourable circumstances, have satisfied me that their

flight is perfectly silent. Yet Shuckard is not correct when

he says the other Andrenide are mute; for I have observed

that certain species of Colletes, C. armata, mihi, and C. com-

pacta, Cress., and possibly some of the larger species of An-

drena, make, during flight, a distinct hum, much like that of

the honey-bee.

Up to the present time no French* or English author has

questioned the validity and naturalness of the two groups

Abeille and Proabeille, into which Réaumur divided all the

bees. Kirby adopted this classification, employing the

names Apis and Melitta; Latreille adopted it under the names

Apiarie and Andrenete; and all subsequent authors have

employed the same classification, either under these names

or under Leach’s family names Apide and Andrenide. Yet

the only characters given for separating the Apide and An-

drenidee which are not entirely erroneous are :—

Apide: labium longer than mentum, basal joints of labial

palpi elongate, labium slender and not flattened.

Andrenide: \abium shorter than mentum, basal joints of

labial palpi not unlike the following joints, labium

flattened.

But in the genus Scrapter (placed among the Andrenidz)

the palpi are precisely as in Calliopsis (placed among the

Apide), and, as I have observed, the labium in repose is

of precisely the same length—in both extending to the tip

of the basal joint of the palpi. The greater breadth of the

labium in Scrapter can alone determine to which family it

belongs; and this difference in breadth is imaginary rather

than real. Moreover, in the genera Megalopta and Oxisto-

glossa, and some groups of the genus Nomia (genera placed

among the Andrenidz), the labium is as slender as in the

Apide; and in the genus Hyleoides (placed among the An-

drenidze) the joints of the labial palpi are proportioned just as

in certain of the Apide.

Rejecting, therefore, the families Andrenide and Apide,

and without proposing, at present, a more natural classifica-

tion for the ANTHOPHILA, Macropis may be removed from

connexion with the short-tongued bees and placed between

the Andrenoides and Scopulipedes. In the greater number of

its characters it is allied to the Andrenoides ; but in single

characters of great value it bears relationship to other very

* As Lepeletier failed to recognize the Bees as a natural group, he

cannot be said to have presented any classification of them.

W. H. Patton on the Genus Macropis. 289

diverse groups. With the Andrenoides it agrees in the vena-

tion of the anterior wings, which differs from that of Scrapter

and Calliopsis in the pointed marginal cell only, in the cleft

claws of the female, and in the habit of moistening the

pollen as collected. With Andrena it agrees in the form of

the tongue and palpi. With the Scopulipedes it agrees in the

short anal lobe of the posterior wings and in general appear-

ance. In the form of the basal joint of the posterior tarsi of

the female it agrees with none but the social bees, which

also have the habit of moistening the pollen as collected.

MacroPis, Panz. (1809).

Ocelli in a slight curve; face slightly narrowed beneath ;

clypeus not elevated, yellow in the male; labium transverse,

entire; mandibles stout, obtusely bidentate; maxillary palpi

6-jointed, the sixth and one half of the fifth joints extending

beyond the apical lobe of the maxille; labium lanceolate,

one third the length of the mentum, the latter narrowing

toward the base, the paraglosse small; joints of the labial

palpi decreasing in length successively, the basal joint equal

in length to the second and third taken together. ‘The flagel-

lum in the female subclavate, the first joint ovate, the second

narrowed toward the base and one third longer than the first

joint, the third and fourth joints equal and when taken to-

gether shorter than the second joint, the apical joint obliquely

truncate; in the male the first joint of the flagellum is globose,

the second scarcely longer than the first, the third scarcely

one half as long as the second, the fourth about equal in

length to each of the following joints, the flagellum not clavate,

but longer than in the female. ‘The anterior wings have two

submarginal cells, the second receiving both recurrent nervures,

the origin of the first recurrent nervure far beyond the origin

of the cubital nervure ; the stigma of good size; submarginal

bulle six, two on the first transverse nervure, one on the

second, one on the first recurrent nervure, two on the second ;

basal lobe of the posterior wings extending beyond the middle

of the submedian cell. Both sexes have the tarsal claws cleft,

and a distinct enclosure at the base of the posterior tibie.

Posterior femora of the male swollen ; posterior tibize in both

sexes robust; basal joint of the posterior tarsi of the female

quadrate, flattened, the upper angle not produced, the second

joint attached at the lower angle; the posterior tibie and the

basal joint of the posterior tarsi of the female clothed with a

short dense pubescence, upon which the pollen is collected in

moist masses; basal joint of the posterior tarsi of the male

290 Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian.

armed with a regular comb of long teeth projecting from the

inner margin of the lower face. Sixth segment of the abdo-

men of the female with a smooth enclosure on the disk. The

seventh segment in the male with a triangular pyramidal

projection on the disk, the apex of the projection obtuse, the

anterior and longest side polished.

XXXII.—Tintinnus semiciliatus, a new Species of Infusoria.

By Dr. V. STERKI*.

THERE are so many “new species” of Infusoria that it is

hardly fair to publish separately the discovery of a single one.

As regards the present species this course is taken because it

appears specially adapted to interest us, with regard to the

establishment of certain morphological characters.

The body of the animal is of the same form as that of 7%n-

tinnus fluviatilis, St.,—elongated, usually drawn out at the

hinder end into a peduncle, by which it is fixed in a tube

formed and inhabited by it. This peduncle is thin, but not

abruptly marked, the body passing gradually into it. The

mode of contraction is characteristic, and differs both from

that of the Vorticelline and of the Stentorine ; the peduncle

simply shortens until it almost disappears, but without the

body essentially changing its form. The animals were fre-

quently to be met with outside the above-mentioned tubes.

Whether they had fallen out, or, in other words, had been torn

out, or whether they occur so normally, I am unable to say.

The latter is the more probable supposition from the analogy

of 7. fluviatilis ; only it may be remarked that even after the

lapse of considerable time they had not commenced the forma-

tion of new tubes. In this “free” state they were entirely

destitute of a peduncle, an indication of which was frequently

to be seen only as a little stump; otherwise the body was

perfectly rounded behind. In some cases a portion was half-

constricted off behind; this state was probably produced

traumatically by pressure. Even when observed for a long

time this constriction went no further; so that in this case

there could be no question of division. The length of the

body (without cilia) is 0:04-0:06, with the peduncle 0:1-0°12,

and the diameter about 0°03 millim.

At the anterior end the body is somewhat narrowed, trun-

cated transversely, with a portion of firmer substance pro-

* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wis-

sensch. Zoologie,’ Bd. xxxii. (1879) p. 460.

Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 291

jecting like a wall all round (external parenchyma), which

bears, at its free margin, a closed circlet of 15-20 larger

“cilia,” which will be more particularly described hereafter.

Within, at the base of the wall, there is a series of smaller

finer cilia, about half the length of the former.- The middle

part, which projects upwards like a hill, consists of softer

material, and possesses spontaneous movement. On one side

of this part, within the above-mentioned wall, there opens a

somewhat irregular peristomial cavity penetrating into the

soft sarcode as a simple sac-like depression. No separate

cesophagus or mouth is observable in it; but this is easily

intelligible, because this part of the body is not enclosed by

any cortical layer, and the nutritive masses can consequently

get easily into the interior. In like manner neither cilia nor

an undulating membrane are to be observed on the peristome.

Here, as in 7intinnus fluviatilis, all these structures are func-

tionally replaced by the portion situated between the peri-

stome and the middle line, which moves alternately forward,

and at the same time sideways, and then back again, con-

stantly oscillating to and fro, and thus acting like a cushion-

like lip or tongue-like organ. In this case it is a very inter-

esting and remarkable fact that we have here evidence of the

possibility of a spontaneous and voluntary movement of the

soft internal parenchyma, of which this part may well be said

to consist.

The substance of the body is colourless or scarcely tinged

with pale yellow, transparent, with a few granules and food-

masses. Myophane bands, such as occur in the Stentorine,

were not to be detected, any more than a serial arrangement

of the oil-drops in the external parenchyma. In the peduncle

also no differentiation into various parts was recognizable.

In the interior of the body there is, near the posterior end

(leaving the peduncle out of consideration), a single distinctly

recognizable elongate nucleus on the side opposite to the peri-

stome. In its posterior extremity, in many cases, a well-

marked, spherical, strongly refractive part was distinguishable,

probably the nucleolus—which is rendered more probable be-

cause I could detect nothing of the kind in the vicinity of the

nucleus. A contractile vesicle, apparently rather variable in

position and dimensions, occurs in the neighbourhood of the

peristome. In the anterior half of one specimen there were,

moreover, several rather large roundish “serous” spaces,

between which many smaller ones could be recognized—a

phenomenon which, as is well known, occasionally occurs in

many other species.

I was unable to ascertain the position of the anus.

292 Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian.

The ciliation is of remarkably peculiar character. The

anterior part of the body, from one third to nearly the half,

bears scattered, short, fine cilia, like those of the Stentorine,

but not so close together, while the hinder part and the peduncle

remain perfectly naked. These cilia are usually directed

rather forward; their movements, at least according to my

observations, are slow and not very effective, and certainly

incapable of taking any essential part in the locomotion of the

animal. According to Claparéde and Lachmann the species

of Tintinnus living in the sea have the body entirely ciliated ;

while 7. fluviatilis, which -I only observed closely after 7.

semiciliatus, is entirely destitute of the fine body-cilia. The

species now under consideration consequently holds a middle

place in this respect.

It was particularly interesting to me to be able to ascertain

exactly, in 7. semiciliatus, the position and form of the so-

called adoral cilia. Here these are not simple sete or styles,

any more than in the Oxytrichine *, Kuplotine, Stentorine,

&e., but flat membranes with a long insertion. ‘There are

about 15-20 of them, which, however, do not stand trans-

versely, 7. e. perpendicular to the series, as in the above-men-

tioned groups, but obliquely, thus forming, in this respect,

a very interesting intermediate step between the “ Hetero-

tricha,” such as Stentor, and the “ Peritricha,” although most

nearly related to the former.

It has been elsewheret+ stated that the adoral membranelle

of the Oxytrichine &e. originate as small lists, rismg one

after the other, which gradually, by continued growth, attain

their normal size and form. In the Vorticellinz, on the con-

trary, according to my observations, a single, closed, annular

(¢.e. spiral) border rises, and in its further growth becomes a

single membrane. It is only when this has attained a con-

siderable breadth (representing about half the length of the

future cilia) that it begins to become fibrous at its free margin,

so that, while growth still continues in the direction of length,

a splitting at the same time extends more and more backward.

In the species of Tintinnus, therefore, we have, to a certain

extent, a middle form ; the series is from the first broken up

into pieces, which, however, are not placed at right angles,

but obliquely to the series. Or might the course of develop-

ment have followed the opposite direction ?

From its insertion each membrane widens outwards, at first

slowly, then more rapidly. From about the middle it is cleft,

* Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxi. pp. 44 et seq.

+ Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxi. p. 46.

Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian. 293

like a hand, into about six divisions. I have seen this struc-

ture clearly and repeatedly and in different positions of the

animal; so that there can be no doubt about it. Moreover

the observations were made on perfectly fresh and lively spe-

cimens, so that any division superinduced by pathological

conditions is excluded. In the sequel I had the opportunity

of observing nearly the same structure in Tintinnus fluviatilis,

St., only it appeared to me that the points were rather more

numerous and also finer and smaller. Hach of these “ cilia”

gradually turns a little upon its axis, so that the surface

approximates to the circular zone of insertion. In repose

they all stand straight out, or still more bent in towards the

axis of the body, forming a dense tuft ; but they do not appear

so much curved, or even almost angularly bent, as those of

T. fluviatilis.

As already indicated there is within the cilia just described,

at the base of the wall-like supporter of the latter, a second

series of short fine cilia, which, so far as can be seen, are

neither particularly flattened nor divided into filaments.

They may perhaps be homologous with the paroral cilia of

the Oxytrichine *. Whether 7. fluviatilis possesses the

second inner row of cilia I do not know; at any rate I have

not yet seen them.

In general the movement of the animal is but small, and is

limited in the case of the specimens inhabiting tubes to a

rather slow protrusion and a by no means rapid retraction,

by the elongation or abridgment of the peduncle, which may

be entirely withdrawn into the body. The forward move-

ment is of such an extent that the anterior large cilia protrude

from the tube and can move; but they never separate widely

from each other. Frequently we meet with specimens of our

species without tubes, which attach themselves to the object-

bearer (or to any object upon it) without a peduncle, and, indeed,

very often with the anterior part turned upwards. Here, as

in a lateral view, the animals may be observed very conveni-

ently, as they usually remain quite quiet. Frequently no

cilium moves for a long time; then a single one slowly bends

outwards (peripherally), and strikes rapidly and, as it were,

convulsively inwards; then one or another in different parts

will act in the same manner. Simultaneous movement of all

the cilia, or of a considerable portion of the series, is more

rarely observed ; and especially there are no simultaneous or

undulatory movements passing through the series. In the

open water the animals swim pretty rapidly by means of the

* Loc. cit. pp. 37, 38.

294 Dr. V. Sterki on a new Infusorian.

large anterior cilia, with the anterior part forwards. Nothing

was to be observed of a newly formed posterior circlet of cilia,

as in the Vorticellinee and other Peritricha.

I have several times seen indubitable commencements of

transverse division, in the form of a second, smaller, circlet

of cilia placed laterally on the body, which could not be inter-

preted as any thing else. Unfortunately I had not the oppor-

tunity of observing its development further.

It remains to say a word or two with regard to the tube

mentioned at the commencement of this paper. It is about

0:035 millim. in diameter, and becomes as much as 0°40 millim.

long. Composed of the remains of macerated parts of plants,

small fungoid and algoid filaments, &ec., it is formed in the

same way as the similar but shorter and less distinct tube of

Stichotricha, by the accumulation of the masses brought toge-

ther by the stream of water set up by the animal around its

body, which are then pressed together, and as it were felted

by pressure and the movement of the body in the interior. A

rusty-red colour appears to be only accidentally caused by the

material which happens to be present. The tubes were of

equal width from one end to the other, and not closed behind,

or only by masses which had accidentally fallen in. As they

are generally much longer than the animal, and the latter is

always seated near the extremity, it is evident that it must

detach itself from time to time, and again attach itself more

towards the end.

T observed Tintinnus semiciliatus here in Schleitheim in

January and February 1878. I obtained some dozens of

specimens. ‘They occurred in long-stagnant water containing

Algez, on the surface of which a covering of fungoid and

algoid filaments had been formed ; the animals occurred prin-

cipally in these masses.

POSTSCRIPT.

I have the opportunity of adding on the proof that I ob-

served some specimens of this species in February of the

present year (1879). They occurred on plants in the aqua-

rium, sometimes without a tube, sometimes with a short

one, which now did not show the yellowish colour. All

the essential characters just described were exhibited in

the same manner; so that the species may be regarded as

confirmed.

Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Lizards. 295

XXXITI.—Deseriptions of new Species of Lizards in the Col-

lection of the British Museum. By A. W. E. O’SHAuGu-

NEssy, Assistant in the Natural History Departments.

THE present paper contains descriptions of four new species

of Cercosauride, one of them being the type, apparently, of a

new genus. I have also taken this opportunity to publish

descriptions of some new species of lizards belonging to the

genera Gongylus, Mocoa, and Letocephalus.

Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope.

Neusticurus ecpleopus, Cope, Journ, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia (n. s.)

viii, 1876, p. 161.

In the course of recent examinations of lizards in the

British-Museum collection I have been able to recognize and

separate this species from NV. (Custa) bicarinatus, L., having

previously labelled it as a new species before seeing Prof. Cope’s

description. M. I. Bocourt informs me, in reply to a commu-

nication which I addressed to him on the subject, that he has

found two very small specimens in the Paris Museum, col-

lected by MM. Castelnau and Deville (Cat. Méthod. 1851,

p- 112), exhibiting all the characters by which this species is

distinguished from the larger one. In the British-Museum

collection it is represented by three full-grown examples and

one young, while of the N. bicarinatus we possess two adults

and one young individual. From this series I am enabled to

state that the internasal plate is not always entire in N.

ecpleopus, two of the specimens showing it cleft longitudinally

as in N. bicarinatus. The other points of difference, how-

ever, are very well marked. The carine of the dorsal scales

are much stronger and more prominent; the scales on the

nape are granular, with rows of convex ones, much as in

Lepidophyma ; moreover the ventral plates are quadrangular

and in six longitudinal series, whereas in NV. bicarinatus they

are always rounded and in eight or ten series. I may further

add that in N. dicarinatus there is a small quadrangular pre-

frontal plate wedged in between the internasal and the two

large fronto-nasals ; in NV. ecpleopus this extra plate is absent,

even when the internasal is bisected.

EMPHRASSOTIS, gen. nov. (Cercosaurid.),

Head broad, somewhat flattened above; snout short, rounded.

Kar indistinct. Nostril in a single large nasal plate; no

frenal; no supranasals ; no fronto-parictals ; no fronto-nasals.

296 Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Species of

Scales of back narrow, elongate, smooth, in transverse rings ;

of belly smooth, square, in longitudinal series. A slight fold

along the side of the body, but without smaller scales.

Emphrassotis simoterus, sp. 0.

Head broad, flattened above; snout short, rounded. Ear

indistinct. Nostril in a single large nasal plate ; no separate

frenal plate, there being an oblique superficial groove, not

amounting to a division, in the middle of the nasal plate

above the small preocular. A large anterior supraocular.

Internasal longer than broad; no fronto-nasals or fronto-

parietals ; frontal broad, scarcely longer than internasal, not

touching the point of the narrow wedge-shaped interparietal,

from which it is separated by the shght anterior junction of

the two very large parietals, which are followed by two rather

large, transverse, postparietals ; a series of small occipitals

behind the inter- and postparietals. Only two pairs of post-

mental shields behind the large single submental.

A slight fold along each side, but without smaller scales.

Scales of the back elongate, narrow, quadrangular, in trans-

verse series, not keeled; those of the belly square, in ten

longitudinal series. Preeanal scutes 2, 5.

In other respects this lizard resembles Proctoporus pachy-

urus, Tsch., and tama unicolor, Gray. From the first it

differs in the absence of a frenal plate, agreeing in that

character, and in having only two pairs of postmentals in con-

tact after the submental, with Gray’s species. The absence

of fronto-parietals, however, separates it from both.

Above light brown, thickly variegated with darker; entire

ventral surface bluish.

One specimen, 44 inches in length, from Intac, Kcuador,

collected by Mr. Buckley, is in the collection of the British

Museum.

This lizard seems to constitute a link between the Cerco-

sauride and Gerrhonotus.

millim

IGtANC OF BUOUb LOU CVE) ssi. «ain wt cia nara sian Sin Wale eis 5

5 * Fore Miles) staAyedaieGistetss y Tomes 27

- + WEN tse afelan ach. cern auetawe rela needs 70

Deneth-of fore limb) 2:22.02 22a ons hieaeieey ms ieee fan 13

pp ) blared On GOO 5 </.- ic eela'e alates © «bss DERI aTs 4

35 Mena Sl trrtatly Fgh: vatls ita ba teehee tay ee anc BRO 18

fourth hindstoe ih stream aes 2 + eleidieehhe loleharelens 5

Ecpleopus (Proctoporus) Frasert, sp. n.

Head somewhat elongate. Ear well developed. Nostril in

Lizards in the British Museum. 297

the nasal shield, which is followed by a quadrangular frenal,

placed obliquely over a triangular preocular. Internasal

broad, longer than frontal ; no fronto-nasals ; a pair of fronto-

parietals, each as long as the frontal ; two large parietals, one

interparietal, and three small occipitals. Three pairs of post-

mentals in contact behind the single submental ; large scutes

in two series before the collar. Dorsal scales in 35 trans-

verse rows from occiput to base of tail, quadrangular, elon-

gate, smooth. Sides with much smaller scales, almost granular

on the sides of the neck and behind the axilla. Belly with

nearly square quadrangular plates, in 10 longitudinal series.

Preeanal scutes large, 2, 5, the central one in the hinder row

very narrow. ‘The fore limb reaches forward to the eye; the

posterior, half the length of the side.

Bluish above, with black dots placed irregularly; a black

lateral stripe from the eye along the side of the body. Lower

surface paler bluish ; round black dots numerous and distinct

on inferior surface of the limbs.

The specimen in the British Museum is from Guayaquil, and

was collected by Mr. Fraser, together with anumber of other

Cercosauride: which have been described from time to time.

This species differs from H. maculatus, Tschudi, in the

absence of fronto-nasals. It appears to resemble considerably

Proctoporus pachyurus, Tschudi, but has not the small rounded

convex scales on the neck of that species, in which also the

number of dorsal rows of scales is 54.

millim.

Disiines. of SHOUL TOM CVO. .5 4 %srare decease <ftrmacusinenas 5

- - GaI-OPenIMNe’., «a, srcwsys ees ries 12

“Hy Foxe lan 5.5 «dad dareeraie maya 23

9 ” WODGG oie sisrealselerces okenne tanto

Berieti onto]: Mma Bh ce iessiwsae\gtns yoraiensbeivtars ih ote eine 15

iF Htiet A SELONUEOG: 5 iiss ar eiaiel bial stele mt go) ajeyaieie wien 5

-- HEED cee uratgnteres, ion shu magere selena ramen 20

28 Pouraly NING: COP sits aie ad scale ets sos eeiste ee 8

Ecpleopus oculatus, sp. n.

Head rather long and narrow. Ear distinct. Internasal

and frontal plates equal, the suture between them straight ; no

fronto-nasals ; a pair of fronto-parietals, nearly as long as the

frontal, in contact throughout their length; interparietal large,

broad ; parietals large, pentagonal ; two postparietals. Nos-

tril in middle of a large nasal plate, which is followed by a

quadrangular frenal. An elongate plate at the angle of the

mouth, and five supralabials; temporals large, polygonal.

Submental elongate, followed by only two pairs of contiguous

postmentals ; a third pair are widely separated by a group of

298 Mr. A. W. E. O'Shaughnessy on new Species of

wedge-shaped and pentagonal plates, which occupy the rest of

the space as far as the first gular row of scales, of which there

are three small and three large before the collar.

Dorsal scales narrow, elongate, each scale elevated into a

ridge in the middle, in 86 transverse series between the occi-

put and the root of the tail; scales of the sides much smaller,

round, convex or granular on side of neck and axillary region;

of belly in 10 longitudinal series, the middle ones square, the

outer ones narrower. ‘Tail with scales like the back and the

belly. Preeanal scutes 2, 4.

The fore limb reaches to the middle of the eye, the hind

limb two thirds the length of the side.

Brown above ; a longitudinal stripe of lighter brown edged

with black on each side of the back from the occiput to the

tail. Ten or eleven conspicuous ocelli, white in the centre, and

surrounded by a black ring, along the side of the body ; beneath

each one of these a smaller white spot is visible. All the

ventral scutes and those of the under surface of the limbs

black in the middle, white on the edges, the black forming

longitudinal stripes.

One specimen, collected by Mr. Buckley at Intac, Ecuador.

millim,

Distance of SnOUt LLOM, BYE. 5 va vey wens os oe ho diye cee 5

of sp Gar-Opemimenr re es ae ste lealele 14

is 5 fOPGMMIDS,.A rivers kiine at ae babe 27

= zs MENG ctaiegitkerofers suiteveleyetisteevartee 63

Mer een OL LOTe IMAI Ga. : « Sinwcr isielsee aig ee eledeets Gin oman 20

5 Chie MEOUE COE: : keys ac iaiayere seco seem y serait 4

vy FourthelrontstOer Wa vated dae aimeleiaue uote 5

re hinid-limb-~ 0.030, Soa gists « bshaters etait 27

. fourthyhind tO Ae Heteeae as). ote Josie titans 9

The lizard here described evidently resembles closely the

description given of H. (Oreosaurus) luctuosus by Dr. Peters

in Abhandl. Ak. Berl. 1862, p. 205, with which it is perhaps

identical. Dr. Peters states that there are 43 transverse series

of scales between the occiput and the root of the tail, and

has not given a figure of the lizard. I am inclined to think,

however, that I have only redescribed that species.

Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) vertebralis, sp. n.

A single broad internasal plate, separated from the frontal by

a pair of fronto-nasals ; frontal very short, scarcely longer than

the internasal, and only half the length of the supraorbital re-

gion; two fronto-parietals as long as the frontal, and contiguous

throughout the whole of their length ; an interparietal and two

parietal plates, followed by three occipitals; two series of large

Lizards in the British Museum. 299

temporals. Nostrils anteriorly in a large nasal plate, behind

which are two pentagonal frenals. Lower eyelid with a trans-

parent disk. Supralabials 6 ; infralabials 5; submental broad,

followed by two pairs of large contiguous postmentals; a double

series of very broad plates occupies the centre of the throat to

the collar, the sides being granular. Scales of the back very

narrow, elongate, keeled, with triangular points in front and

behind, closely fitting, in 14 longitudinal and 31 transverse

series from occiput to root of tail; scales similar to those of

the dorsal series descend almost to the ventral plates in the

middle of the body, the rest of the lateral region in front and

behind being granular like the sides of the neck. Ventral

shields in 6 longitudinal series, those of the 4 inner being

very broad, of the two external smaller, in 22 transverse rows.

Preanal scutes 2, 2, like those of the belly—a small triangular

one, with the apex wedged in between the two preceding

scutes, completing the preanal border. Tail with scales con-

tinued in series like those of the back and belly.

A broad bluish-white or cerulean stripe extends from the tip

of the snout to the extremity of the tail, with a narrow black

border on each side along its whole length. Entire upper sur-

. face oneither side of the stripe and sides of the body olive-brown,

taking in the supraorbital and temporal regions of the head,

which are sharply defined against the central stripe. A nar-

row white stripe along the supralabials to the armpit. A

series of small white ocelli surrounded by black rings from

the ear along the whole side of the body and tail; two lower

series of smaller similar ocelli between the fore and hind

limbs. A conspicuous white ocellus at the junction of the

forearm and the chest, another in the middle of the forearm,

and a third on the elbow ; some ocelli also on the hind limb.

Lower surface bluish, sprinkled with blackish.

This species, remarkable for its coloration, is most closely

allied to Cercosaura (Pantodactylus) argulus, Peters, /.c. p. 184.

Amongst other differences the latter has only a single

frenal, and the internasal is divided into two plates.

The type specimen in the British Museum is from Intac,

Ecuador.

millim

Distances Of Mout FON OVC mp5 baie siecle cbgieiss ste ohm ses alone ve.

ae fe ear-opening ahaatieaueusiaeeee Sans 82

A 5% RONG WAU hora la sco hott. « tagsreualgt 15

3 He WMG a order cle eo ric.e Mee aieie ears 33

Lenpiii of Fore Gina! 37525) ed Riles. VES alae eet Pe 12

“4 thind:tronbrOG\.:icshatetes 2 phe aks smatine avieds oe 3

" ROU TROBE TOG. Mi sisss ccs sph ces akietoregal co 43

x Hind limbee ey. 33. ohhes ata aia en eee 16

300 Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Species of

Mocoa tetradactyla, sp. n.

Head broad ; snout obtuse, rounded. Internasal plate broad,

its posterior point touching the short pentagonal frontal ; two

broad transverse fronto-nasals nearly contiguous; fronto-parie-

tal plate very large; its greatest breadth nearly double that

of the frontal, almost triangular, but furnished with a poste-

rior projection which reduces the interparietal to the merest

rudiment; two oblique transverse parictals, each followed by

two broad posterior plates. Four supraorbital plates. Nos-

tril in the hinder and lateral portion of the nasal plate, the

anterior angle of which is separated from that of the opposite

side by the internasal; two frenals and three preoculars, one

superior and two inferior. Seven supralabials ; six infra-

labials. Transparent disk of lower eyelid very large. Har-

opening moderate. Scales smooth, equal on the sides and

belly, in 32 longitudinal series, the middle ventral series

between the chin and the vent consisting of 54 scales.

Anterior limb, when stretched forward, reaching to front

angle of eye; with four toes, the first shorter than the fourth,

the second shorter than the third, which is the longest : hind

limb reaching forward three fourths the length of the side,

with five toes.

Above olive-brown ; speckled with black on the head.

Five longitudinal black lines on the back between the series

of scales, and separated from the sides of the body by a

broad unbroken stripe of the ground-colour; a bright yel-

lowish-brown stripe extends from above the ear-opening

along the side to the tail, and another similar stripe between

the fore and hind limbs. Lower surface bluish.

millim.

Distance: of snout 2VOMT CYG. 21.55 ones ways <ieheishora ela, Wie stale 53

. ee BAT-OPSMEO ES slate ie nie pa ayeus ete dared 123

i a Lore Limb yet on cts thse eas 20

ss *. MILL, coy ietecaavate ieteh aie arehavelnlays ta 55

Tenpsthiok foredimientil..«aslin.c ouatereaeins lee ele ere 153

4 THIN VEPONE TOG D %..201- ass to creates eh set he eine +

hind Lima aes ace os Zi sha snag aan eOneie, erates 20

”

The above description is drawn from a single specimen

obtained from Mr. Krefft, no locality being affixed to it. As

I can see no good distinction between Dr. Gray’s genus

Carlia and Heteropus, the typical specimen of Carlia mela-

nopogon having the scales as distinctly keeled as those of

Heteropus fuscus, I prefer leaving the present species, in which

the scales are smooth, in Mocoa.

Mocoa mustelina, O’Shaughn.

Lygosoma lacrymans, Peters (Annali del Mus. civ. di Genova,

Lizards in the British Museum. 301

xill. 1878, p. 348), is identical with the above species, de-

scribed by me in Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) 1874, xui. p. 299.

Dr. Peters has recently confirmed, in the Annali del Mus.

civ. di Genova, xiii. 1878, p. 347, my statement of the

identity of Huprepes novare, Steind., with Lygosoma (Mocoa)

noctua, Less. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xu. 1873, p. 44).

He further suggests as probable that Mocoa cuprea, Gray,

should be referred to the same species. I agree with Dr.

Peters that it would have been impossible to form a correct

idea of this lizard from the description given of it by Dr.

Gray. Iam, however, able to answer his query respecting it.

The specimen designated as Mocoa cuprea is not in a good

state of preservation ; it is very different from JMocoa noctua,

being perhaps not a Mocoa at all.

Gongylus gastrostictus, sp. Nn.

All the head-shields exactly as in G. ocellatus, with the

exception of one additional supraorbital. Lower eyelid scaly,

not transparent; ear large. Scales everywhere rounded,

smooth, smaller on the sides; in 32 longitudinal series; 70

transverse series between the mentals and the vent. Limbs

short, the fore limb, when laid forward, reaching to the anterior

margin of the ear; a postaxillary groove not well developed ;

toes as in G. ocellatus.

Uniform brown above. Sides densely variegated with

blackish, passing into series of dots on all the scales of the

ventral surface, the ground-colour of which is whitish; chin

blotched ; infralabials bordered with blackish.

millim.

Distance: of snout from eye: ssi 5 'se tues coe hat Seek a 5

” - GAN-OPOMING (als Shiai eka. ete de

$s a Fore Mamas 254 sPavaty a vies» « eles 23

- a VEILED, att ecipiatanay aoe eeeomoiS 80

Veneth of fore Limb 2: occa au over ais 6 .01ajn see) is Pere oat 133

“r PRIEAMECOME COR a Paetett co aca ww os eestor cette 3

i Hira RE aa aia) siataciceet a Nee alee shals. «eaten 20

4 fourth’ Bind) Loess. suts.cias das sigs: Seth entets ok 73

One specimen from Madagascar in the British Museum.

This adds another to the many representatives of the genus

Gongylus in Madagascar hitherto made known by M. Grandi-

dier, and more recently by Dr. Giinther.

Letocephalus (Craniopeltis) variegatus, sp. n.

Head broad, flattened above ; its width equal to its length

from the postoccipital to the tip of the snout. Scales on the

muzzle swollen, irregular. ‘Two interorbital series of poly-

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 21

302 Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on new Lizards.

gonal scales, which, contiguous between the supraorbital disks,

diverge anteriorly, forming a group of very large scales, two

on each side, on the top of the muzzle. Occipital plate large,

irregularly oblong, followed by a small postoccipital ; two

large polygonal plates between the former and the supraorbital

disk on each side. Supraorbitals composed of a central series

of six large plates, with series of hexagonal small scales on

each side. Supralabials 7; one exceedingly long infraocular;

loreals small, in several series. Three gular folds ; sides of

the neck with numerous folds between the ear and the fore

limb, and with bunches of projecting scales on the anterior

border of the ear and on each side of the neck. A central

crest of curved scales from the occiput along the middle of

the back and tail. Scales of the back small, keeled; of the

tail larger, keeled; of the belly intermediate in size and

smooth. ‘Tail broad, flattened at its base. Upper surface

variegated with somewhat ill-defined dark brown crescentic

cross bands, leaving narrow spaces of light ground-colour,

and covered with irregular yellowish-white dots. Sides

bluish. Lower surface yellowish; gular region clouded with

darker.

millim.

Mistanceroy snout frommeye: yas, .'cta\e ein ate ate os eee ots 11

5) - CBE-OPCMING ys: caida heel 26

s A foregaMnD) ox ceicts sacs etka 47

“A 5 VOUG reais atieersiegete tee serene 1i6

Bresdthy of headl-s,. 22). ie We wesc leiaie-e 0 alee ates eres 24

Teeng Ee of fore: limaly 52 .ef) sicciae arelestiese ease 52

i PIPE MYLO HOP Gn Assis oe ataptafert aspen 15

- PUATNed MEIN Meee cuss niea eo oako veateacie 7s Sake bore 69

is fourthehind toes seeder meteor 18

This species is apparently very similar to Aneuporus occi-

pitalis, Boc., referred by Cope to Craniopeltis, Peters. It

clearly belongs to that section of the genus Letocephalus as

constituted by Gray which has the large occipital plate

characteristic of L. Grayii, Bell, .L. microlepis, Gray (a

species which we are unable to identify), and the species de-

scribed by Peters under the subgeneric name Craniopeltis, as

a subdivision of Tropidurus, Wied.

From all the species now represented in the British Museum

it differs by characters which the above description will render

apparent; and the irregularly shaped occipital, rather longer

than broad, is a much smaller plate than that of Aneuporus

figured by M. Bocourt, in Miss. Scient. au Mexique, pl. xviii.

fig. T.

oT specimens, the longest of which is 114 inches in

length, were collected by Mr. E. White near Cordova. .

On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 303

Letocephalus aculeatus, sp. n.

Two lateral carme along the upper edge of the sides as

well as the median dorsal one. Supraorbitals very broad, as

in L. tridescens, Gthr.

Head as high as broad. Nostril posteriorly in an elongate

nasal shield. Scales on the top of the muzzle numerous,

polygonal, becoming larger towards the frontal region, where

they pass into the two series of large interorbital plates, which

are closely in contact. Three occipital plates—two rather large

anterior, and one small posterior; two parietals on each side,

the posterior one being very large. Orbital canthus sharp.

A single series of very broad supraorbitals bordered with some

small scales on each side. Only one elongate scale on the

canthus between the upper angle of the orbit and the nostril,

there being two such scales in L. dridescens. Upper labials

four, narrow, elongate; a row of eight small scales above

them ; two rows of frenals, with an elongate infraocular scale.

Kar-opening about half as large as the eye. ‘The scales are

everywhere keeled, sharp and dagger-like, with projecting

points. A median dorsal crest of erect triangular scales ex-

tending on the tail; a weaker lateral one on each side of the

back. ‘Tail long, compressed, nearly thrice the length of the

body.

Baneed green, brownish on the sides, with vertical streaks.

A white stripe from the ear to the fore limb, and another

superiorly from the ear as far as the shoulder ; another white

stripe descending from the lateral carina to the fore limb.

millim

Distance of snout fronr Gye’ <5. cafe. vec ce ene many © 10

“6 op (SE aad aici e ICE MERCROKO BIGIO: CHO O) DSCC 23

i? p fore Lom: ih... eta 2 45

3 = WORE clas.) hateshad omits vores 100

EicHetaiok foredlimaae iy... tyecy.0 45: erage siesscrs ouslote pueieinero nae 50

r: third, and fourth front toe ......:..+:5.- 16

2 LEET Lo ony eas et Sale Sete riage Poster cele 85

FOUPEMMHANG TOC es vic ire eoie gs ate nope. oretetale 25

”

Five specimens of the above described species were collected

by Mr. Roff; they are from Moyobamba, Peru.

XXXIV.—On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda. By J.¥.

Buiake, M.A., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at

Charing-Cross Hospital.

THERE are two points of interest in the relations of the Ce-

phalopoda which cannot yet be said to be settled. ¢ The first

304 Mr. J. F. Blake on the

is their relation in homology, and thereby in their ontogeny,

to the other classes of Mollusca; and the second, the relations

of the Dibranchiate and Tetrabranchiate orders. ‘These are

questions on which our two great anatomists Professors Owen

and Huxley have expressed decided opinions, which have not,

however, been accepted by all, or perhaps the majority, of

foreign naturalists. Constant accumulations also of new facts,

especially in relation to the embryology of the Dibranchiates,

force on us a reconsideration of the ideas derived solely from

older ones, and even may lead us to put a different interpreta-

tion on the latter.

Jn order to compare the various classes of the Mollusca, we

must place them in similar positions as defined by the first

part of their alimentary canal and the circumcesophageal

ganglia. The primitive form will then have a straight ali-

mentary canal, with the cerebral ganglia above, the pedal more

or less below, and the heart near the other end, its afferent

vessels coming from the direction of the anus, and its effe-

rent going towards the head. From this primitive form the

rest may be deduced by a bending forwards of the anal end,

carrying with it the heart and its branchiw. On the direction

of this flexure of the intestine great stress has been laid by

Huxley ; but I have not found much notice taken of it by

foreign writers. It is obvious that such a flexure may take

place in two opposite directions; and these have been defined

by Huxley, in his recent work on the Anatomy of the Inver-

tebrated Animals, as follows:—In the first the cerebral

ganglia lie within the general angle formed by the intestine ;

m the second it is the pedal ganglia which lie within it.

Unfortunately these two directions have been called respec-

tively the “hemal’’ and “ neural.” Of course the flexure

must in every case be neural, as tending to bring the anus

nearer to the nervous centres; and it must generally be also

hemal, for the heart usually accompanies it in its changes.

In particular the Cephalopoda are said to have a neural

flexure. In these the intestine is bent to the side of the pedal

ganglia; but yet its direction is towards the heart, which

lies on the underside. In the Pulmonata the intestine bends

to the side of the cerebral ganglia; and yet its direction is

towards the heart, which lies on the upperside. These latter

were formerly said to have a neural flexure; but it is now

called hemal*. Taking this last view, and substituting the

terms “cerebral” and “ pedal’’ for hamal and neural, the

distinction between the classes is most marked, the Pteropoda

* Huxley, ‘Morphology of Ceph. Mollusca,’ 1853, and ‘ Introduction to

Classific.’ p, 89, with ‘ Manual of Invert. Animals,’ p. 514,

Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 305

alone agreeing with Cephalopoda in having a pedal flexure, that

of all the rest, except Nudibranchs and Tectibranchs (which

have scarcely any flexure at all), being cerebral. A point

of difficulty still remains respecting this. Although the heart

always accompanies the intestine in its flexures, and its affe-

rent vessels come from the direction of the anus, yet when the

intestine is rectified it appears to have a different relation to

it. When the intestine is naturally straight, as in the Nudi-

branchs &c., the heart les on the cephalic side—I believe,

without exception. It would have the same position in the

Cephalopoda and Pteropoda. But in the Heteropoda (Atlanta)

certainly, in the Pulmonata, and, I think, also in the Pectini-

branchs it would le on the pedal side. It is not easy to say

whether the heart les within or without the curve formed by

the intestine (on which its position, when the latter is rectified,

would depend) when, in point of fact, it lies at the stde. Per-

haps, however, it is all a matter of accelerated growth. In

the Lamellibranchs the intestine pierces the heart, which

therefore lies on both sides of it; and the branchiz surround

the anus in Doris &c. Both tend to develop most on the

outside, while the portion lying within the body aborts. Ac-

cording, therefore, as the flexure is cerebral or pedal does one

or the other part of the circle become persistent, under the

condition of being exterior. But the original flexure itself

may have been caused by the increased growth of that side

which now lies outside. ‘This does not, certainly, account for

the one-sided hearts of the Nudibranchs ; but it does account

for the different direction in which the shell of a cephalopod

and of asnail is coiled: the former has its convexity, and

therefore its greatest growth, on the pedal, the latter on the

cerebral side. In both cases the convex side of the shell is on

the side of the heart. In the case of the Spdrula, not only the

convex side of the shell, but the whole last chamber of the

shell lies on the side of the heart.

We should conclude from the above observations that the

Cephalopoda branched off from the main molluscan stem,

through the Pteropods, at an earlier period than the develop-

ment of ordinary Gastropods ; and, indeed, we find their re-

mains in deposits of earlier date than those containing the

latter.

The next point of importance is the homology of the foot

and other non-pallial outgrowths, on which, in tact, depends

the position in which we should suppose the animal placed

for comparison. In Prof. Huxley’s paper on the Morphology

of the Cephalous Mollusca (Phil. Trans. 1853), the line

along the base of the foot is taken to have a constant direction,

306 Mr. J. F. Blake on the

and, the arms of the cephalopod being taken as homologous to

the foot, the intestine is made to begin in a vertical direction,

while in all other mollusks (except Pteropods) it is made to

commence in, and have generally, a horizontal direction. It

would seem, to say the least, more natural that the position

of the intestine and the nervous centres should be constant,

rather than that the whole animal should be displaced for the

sake of the, ex hypothese, greatly modified foot. Prof. Owen,

in a recent paper, calling the side on which the cerebral

ganglia are placed in Cephalopods dorsal, and the opposite

side ventral, states that this is assented to by every malaco-

logist. It may be wrong for all that: the foot may be

always horizontal ; the animal may grow vertically instead of

horizontally ; but what is the proof? Prof. Huxley states it

as follows :—“‘ Whether we have to do with a cephalopod or

with an ordinary mollusk, the first step in the development is

the separation of the blastoderm into a central elevation, the

mantle, and certain lateral portions. Now these portions

become in the Gastropoda the head and foot; in the Cepha-

lopoda the head and arms. It follows, therefore, that the

arms of a cephalopod are homologous with the foot of a gas-

tropod.”

Now, at the earliest stage at which such organs are recog-

nizable, we have, for example, in Paludina vivipara (Leydig,

Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. 11. 1850, p. 127, &c.) the alimentary

canal in a straight line, a median outgrowth on one side (the

foot), and on the other a raised ciliated circle (the velum) ;

subsequently the growth of the shell and mantle near the

anal end, but slightly on the foot side, displaces the anus

forward by taking its place at the end of the intestinal axis.

Subsequently the foot grows out behind and before, so that its

main axis becomes parallel to the alimentary canal. If now

we place the mantle at the top and the mouth at the bottom,

we may call the velum and tentacles on one side, and the foot

on the other, lateral outgrowths; but the alimentary canal

will run, as in a cephalopod, straight into the mantle-cavity,

which direction remains (as far as the stomach) unchanged

during development, while the foot does change its position by

its fore and hind outgrowths. In the development of the

Cephalopoda the partial segmentation of the ovum and the

possession of a large yelk or nutritive vitellus displace the

mouth, which should arise on the underside of the mantle

elevation, and causes it to appear near the circumference of

the blastoderm, the anus appearing later at the opposite end

of the diameter; but there ts never a straight canal between

them ; their cavities both grow into the hollow of the mantle-

Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 307

cavity, and meet near its base. Thus the first portion of the

alimentary canal, as soon as it is formed, has the same direction

with respect to the mantle as in the Gastropods. The direc-

tion, therefore, that is normal is this one, namely direct into

the mantle-cavity, and not parallel to the edges, as Huxley’s

diagram would make it; and we must place the Cephalopod

for comparison with the Gastropod with the cesophagus in the

same direction, either both horizontal or both vertical. As

the line parallel to this on the cerebral side of the latter is

called dorsal, and the basis of the foot ventral, so in the

former the os sepi@ lies on the dorsal surface and the funnel

along the ventral, while the shell of the Nawéi/us comes ‘ be-

hind.”

And now as to the foot. There is this essential difference

between the foot of a Gastropod and the arms of a Cephalopod,

strongly insisted on by Grenacher (Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool.

vol. xxiv., 1874), that the foot is an unpaired organ, being

situated in the median line. It shows a tendency to spread

forward and backward, but not laterally; and where it is

divided the several parts succeed each other in a longitudinal

direction. This character is seen even in Lamellibranchs which

have a paired shell. Only the anterior portion in any mollusk

shows itself slightly bilobed. The arms of the Cephalopod, an

animal with a s¢ngle shell, are, on the contrary, from their very

commencement, paired; and they are thus lateral in a very dit-

ferent sense from that in which the foot is so. This is to me,

as itis to Grenacher, conclusive against their homology. The

one can only be compared (with Huxley) to the dorsal fin of a

fish ; the others with its paired fins. But we must seek light

also on this question from the relations of the nerve-ganglia.

On this point, too, there seems to be a conflict of opinion ; but

the testimony appears to me conclusive against the homology

Iam disputing. In the first place, it might be said, the pedal

ganglia are paired, therefore the foot itself is in its nature

paired; yet the buccal ganglia and some of the visceral gan-

glia are often paired; and no one will assert the alimentary

canal to be any thing but a single organ. In the next place,

the normal arrangement of nerves in a Gastropod, consists

of two cerebral ganglia above the cesophagus and two pedal

ganglia below, with which may be more or less united a pair

of splanchnic ganglia behind. The auditory organs are in

connexion with the pedal ganglia when not directly supplied

from the cerebral. ‘There is thus but one nervous ring. Now

in the Nautilus* the ring is subdivided, and there are two sets

* Owen, ‘Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus,’ 1852; Macdonald, Phil,

Trans. 1855.

308 Mr. J. F. Blake on the

of far-separated subcesophageal ganglia. The auditory organ

arises at the junction of the upper and lower ganglia, but

more in relation to the hinder than the front band of the latter.

The hinder pair have been called the splanchnic, and the front

pair the pedal; but their position in this case would be ano-

malous, and it is the hinder ganglia which chiefly supply the

shell-muscles, which, though not homologous, are to a certain

extent analogous to the foot. But if the Nautilus leaves us

in doubt, a Sepia*, an Ommastrephest, or an Argonaut} 1s

clear. In these there are three pairs of subcesophageal gan-

glia. The front pair supply the arms, the m¢ddle pair supply

the funnel and the auditory organs, the hinder pair supply the

viscera. If, then, we are to take any ¢ndependent: guidance

from the nerves, the front pair are not pedal, but belong in all

the Cephalopoda to organs not developed in the adult Gastro-

poda ; the middle pair correspond to those in the latter class

called pedal; and the hinder pair are the splanchnic.

To what, then, are the arms homologous? Lovén, in 1848

(‘ Bidrag till Kannedomenom utwecklingen af Moll. Acephala’)

called them a persistent velum ; and to this view Grenacher

gives his adhesion. There seems, however, at first sight a

fundamental objection to this, as Grenacher himself points

out. The velum is always developed on what will be the

cerebral side of the cesophagus, while the arms of the Cepha-

lopod arise at first on the opposdte side, or where the foot

should be. It is no answer to this to say, without proof, that

as they are not needed for nutrition they may shift their place,

or, because the cesophagus is unpaired, to make light of its

relative position. Such a treatment of questions would render

homology hopeless. It seems to me thie true solution will be

found by asking, What is the velum of a Gastropod? Hux-

ley first, then Gegenbaur, and lastly Ray Lankester have

shown how these ciliated bands may be traced from one class

to another—sometimes in the larva only, and sometimes as an

adult organ (see Lankester on Embryology and Classifica-

tion, 1877). In the primitive condition they formed a circle

round the cesophagus, and as often as not are thrown out into

long proeesses ; with a change in the direction of the intestine

their uniformity is broken, and part dies away, while the other

part is left, forming a circle surrounding, not the cesophagus,

but a portion of the body on one side of it, the foot being on

the other. Since then, in the Gastropoda, the intestine

* See Huxley, Anat. of Invertebrates, p. 526; after Garner, Trans.

Linn. Soe. 1836.

+ Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1852.

{ Beneden, Mem. Acad, Brussels, vol. xi, 1838,

Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 309

turns to the cerebral side, we have the ‘‘ velum”’ formed on

that side, whereas in the Cephalopoda, the flexure being to the

opposite side, we have what we may call the “ antivelum ”’

on the pedal side. ‘Thus the arms are homologous to the oppo-

site portion of the architroch to that which forms a velum, and

merely afford another instance in which these primitive for-

mations are retained as functional organs. Moreover, from

within the circle of the embryonic velum rise up in some

Gastropods two long retractile tentacles; in like manner

from within the later-formed circle of the antivelum rise up

the two retractile tentacles of the Decapods.

If such be the true homology of the arms, what in the

Cephalopoda represents the foot of other Mollusca? When

we remember that even among the Lamellibranchs the foot is

sometimes wanting, that it is very variously developed in the

Gastropoda, and has merely a rudimentary representative in

most of the Pteropoda, we cannot make sure of its being

present at all. That it should be represented by the two

halves of the funnel, as Gegenbaur supposes, is as objection-

able an idea as its homology with the arms, and for the same

reason—though, being more closely connected with the region

of the foot, they may be supplied from the pedal ganglia. I

can only suggest one median unpaired outgrowth which may

represent it ; and that is the valve within the funnel, which

occurs in a great number, and especially in the Nautilus,

which is least removed from the general type. This, however,

must be doubtful, as the development of this valve has not

been observed.

The recognition of the two funnel-halves of the adult

Nautilus and the embryonic Dibranchiate as part of a second

outgrowth surrounding the body, to which the name of epi-

podium has been given by Huxley, is pretty general; and

there seems to be nothing against it. Grenacher has shown

that each half is originally again in two parts, one following

the other longitudinally; and one of these parts only he

reckons homologous to the sails of the Pteropods.

With regard to the relations of the Nautilus to other Cepha-

lopoda, it isremarkable how every additional fact in the develop-

ment of the latter shows the former to represent embryonic

stages; and this is the more interesting as the allies of the Nau-

tilus certainly preceded the Dibranchiates in their appearance

on the globe. The following points, old and new, are most

noticeable in this respect. In the Nautdlus and in the embryo

Dibranchiate the funnel is in two halves, but unites into a

single tube in the adult of the latter. In the Nautilus and

embryo Dibranchiate up to a late stage there is no ink-bag,

310 Mr. J. F. Blake on the

which only comes in the third period of the development of

the latter ; and, moreover, the Spirula, which is most nearly

allied to the Nauéttlus by its siphonated shell, has the smallest

ink-bag. Again, the Nautilus has its eye a simple cavity,

opening externally by a minute aperture ; and this is one stage

of the development of the eye of a Dibranchiate. In the

Nautilus the auditory organs are found close beneath the eyes ;

in the Dibranchiates they are at first found in the same posi-

tion, and only gradually grow closer and closer together till

they come into contact with each other on the ventral side.

Finally the tentacular and labial processes of the Nautilus are

flattened more or less, and lie one within the other. In the

development of the Dibranchiate the arms rise as broad flat

processes also, and one pair lres within the rest.

This last point throws light upon another question which I

wish to discuss—namely, whether the six or eight processes

on which the tentacles of the Nautilus are found are homolo-

gous to the eight arms of the Octopus, each tentacle repre-

senting a sucker, or whether each tentacle is homologous to a

whole arm of an Octopus, the number having been greatly

reduced. The former view was propounded by Valenciennes *,

but has been contested by Owenf. ‘Though to my mind

highly interesting and suggestive, it has scarcely been noticed

by other writers. Prof. Owen brings forward four reasons

against this homology. First, that the general order of de-

velopment is from the multiple to the simple, and therefore we

ought to expect more arms in the Nautilus. In order that

this might be true of the Cephalopod’s arms we ought to find

in the development of the Dibranchiates that they arose in

greater numbers, and ultimately grew together into the eight.

But Grenacher has now shown that first three arms arise as

simple broad expansions on each side, and at a later period

the suckers and the other arms appear, the fourth pair being

but a process of the third, while of the first three the earlier

ones lie partially within the later, and the third is the largest ;

so that, if we accept the above homology, the Nawétlus exactly

represents an early stage in this as well as in other respects ;

for it also has the fourth or anterior pair but feebly developed,

being represented by but one tentacle beneath the hood. ‘The

third pair are the largest, and the other two are surrounded by

it. Thus development in this case is not from the multiple

to the simple in Prof. Owen’s sense. It is, however, so in

another sense, and in one which makes for this homology.

* Annales du Musée, 1841.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843, vol. xii.

Homologies of the Cephalopoda. 311

The second objection is, that the nerves of the tentacles arise

independently from the ganglia, and each one is therefore

homologous to a single arm, the rest having aborted. But as

each sucker of the Argonaut, as shown by Beneden*, has its

ganglion and nerve, it is these that are homologous with the

several tentacles of Nautilus, which each have a single nerve

arising from a ganglion, not yet separated at the base—the

only difference being that each tentacle is separate, and the

development being from the multiple to the simple, the suckers

on the Dibranchiates are collected onto an arm whose nerve

though gangliated is single. The other two objections need

not be noticed, as they have been answered by implication ;

but there is an argument in favour of this homology derived

from knowledge acquired since the time of that paper. One

of the most remarkable features of the Dibranchiates is the

hectocotylization of one of the arms of the male, whereby it

is made an organ subservient to reproduction, though there

is no constancy with respect to the particular arm which under-

goes this change. Now Van der Hoevent has shown, and

Keferstein{ has confirmed the fact, that the male Nauéz/us in

like manner suffers hectocotylization, by which the organ

called the spadix is produced, an organ which, like that of the

Argonaut and others, has a glandular function, and is brought

into relation with the spermatophores. Now if each tentacle

were homologous to an arm it should be one of the tentacles,

or part of one, which is so modified. But what is the case?

In the female the corresponding labial process is divided into

two parts, one supporting four tentacles and the other eight ;

and it is the corresponding four tentacles in the male which

make up the spadix within which they may be seen in trans-

verse section. ‘Thus it is part of one of the processes whose

tentacles are modified in the Nautilus, just as it is one of the

arms whose suckers are modified in the Octopod; ergo the

process is the homologue of the arm.

Again, there is a word to say about the hood of the Nau-

tilus. On account of there being a tentacle contained in a cavity

on each side within, this has been taken to represent the

two foremost tentacular processes, or, as | may now call them,

arms of great substance, and which have grown together; and

so the eight are made out. Whether this is the right way to

look at them, or whether the hood is not an independent organ

which has grown to the single-tentacled arms lying immedi-

* «Mémoire sur l’Argonaute,” Acad. Brussels, vol. xi. 1838.

+ Wis. en Natuurk. Verh. der Koninkl. Akad. deel iii. 1856; and Ann,

& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856.

- ¢ Bronn’s ‘ Klassen und Ordnungen,’ Band iii. 1865,

312 On the Homologies of the Cephalopoda.

ately beneath them, is rather difficult to say, and is one point

which would be settled by a knowledge of the Nawtelus’s

development. On the one hand, as was originally suggested

by Van der Hoeven, and has been expounded recently by

Owen*, the hood in the extinct allies of the Nawéclus had the

power of secreting calcareous or horny matter known as the

aptychus; and this leads us to the shell of the Argonaut, secreted

by the anterior pair of arms, which would thus be homologous

with the aptychus if the hood were a modified pair of arms.

On the other hand, if we carefully examine the upper surface

of a Sepia and other Decapods in front of the calcareous “bone”

and just behind the eyes, we shall find two hardened plates

(called neck-plates by Keferstein), whose shape and orna-

ments are so similar to those of the aptychus as to make us

almost certain of their homology ; and these, therefore, must

represent the hood of Nautilus, with whose position they agree.

Yet we do not know that these two plates are in any way

connected with the arms, either in the adult or during deve-

lopment; but they seem to belong to the anterior part of the

epipodial ring. Hither homology is so interesting that one

would wish to find some way of adopting them both.

Finally, is the bone of the Sepia homologous with the shell

of the Nautilus? Not exactly, I think. ‘The homologues of

the latter may be seen in the shell of the Spzrula and the

phragmocone of a Belemnite; but any representative in the

Sepia must be sought in its mucro, and not in the mass of the

bone. ‘This opinion (for at present it is little more than an

opinion) seems to gain weight by a consideration of the fossil

genus Ascoceras. ‘This occurs inthe Upper Silurian strata, a

very probable date for the near approach of the Dibranchiates.

In it we find two sets of septa: the one set are at the base of

the shell of the ordinary kind pierced by a siphuncle; the

other set are in the body-chamber. They lie on one side

obliquely ; they run into one another in their curves ; and they

are penetrated by no siphuncle. In other words, the shell

presents us with the characters of the Nautilus-shell at its

base, and with those of the Sepia-bone above; and from it we

may perhaps perceive the true relations of these two structures.

Further details on this genus cannot now be entered upon ;

but they will be given in my forthcoming ‘ Monograph of the

Fossil Cephalopoda of Great Britain.’

Proc, Zool. Soc., Jan. 1879.

A new Distinction between the Species of Phrynus. 313

XXXV.—Respecting a new Distinction between the Species

of the Genus Phrynus of Authors. By Arruur G.

Butter, F.L.S. &e.

In the second part of the ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ for

this year I find a paper by Dr. I’. Karsch (an assistant in the

Royal Zoological Museum at Berlin) entitled “ Ueber eine

neue Hintheilung der Tarantuliden,” in which the author

splits up the species of Phrynus into four genera by the

number of the tibial joints of the fourth pair of legs. He

says (pp. 196, 197), ‘‘We have now before us a series of

steps without break in the increase of the tibial joints of

the legs of the hindmost pair, which may easily be over-

looked.” He then proceeds to characterize the genera founded

upon this character as follows :—

“1, All six true legs formed alike—that is to say, the fourth pair of

legs without posterior tibial joint. Phrynichus, nob.

Spec. typ. Phryn. reniformis (Linn.), 1763.

Syn. Phalangium lunatum, Pallas (1772).

“2. The legs of the fourth pair each with one posterior tibial joint :

Damon (C. L. Koch), 1850.

Spee. typ. Damon medius (Herbst), 1797.

Syn. Phrynus variegatus, Perty (1830-54),

“3. The legs of the fourth pair each with two posterior tibial joints,

of which the anterior one is shorter. Tarantula, Fabr. 1793.

Spec. typ. Tar. pumilio (C. L. Koch), 1841.

Syn. Phalangium reniforme, Pallas (1772).

“4, The legs of the fourth pair each with three posterior tibial joints.

Charon, nob. 2

Spec. typ. Charon Grayt (Gerv.), 1842.

Syn. Phrynus medius, Hoeven (1842).

“The genus Phrynichus, as it appears, has the most species of all to

show, then Tarantula; to the Austral-Asiatic genus Charon two species

belong —Grayi (Gerv.) and australianus (LL. Koch, 1867, Verhandl.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. pp. 231, 252), from Upolu; and the genus

Damon appears only to consist of one species, the medius (Herbst).”

After reading the above I carefully examined the sixty-

eight dried examples of Phrynus in the collection of the

British Museum (I would not look at our spirit-specimens,

because unless these animals are quite dry it is almost impos-

sible to detect the joints in the posterior or fourth pair of legs) ;

and having noted down the number of tibial joints in each

species, and compared them with the published figures, I was

forced to the conclusion either that the figures do not accu-

314 Mr. A. G. Butler on a new

rately represent the number of joints, or that they vary in

different individuals of the same species. A second difficulty

lies in the character given to the genus Phrynichus as compared

with Charon; for either Dr. Karsch has reckoned the meta-

tarsus as a fourth tibial joint, making three posterior tibial

joints, in which case the genus Phrynichus, according to our

specimens, exists only upon paper; or he has not reckoned

the metatarsus as a tibial joint, in which case the genus

Charon ceases to exist.

As I consider that the metatarsus is not a true tibial joint,

although in Phrynus it often looks like one, I shall regard

the genus Charon as non-existent, and see how far our ex-

amples confirm Dr. Karsch’s statements respecting the number

of species referable to each genus. Before doing this, how-

ever, I may state that I have again compared our specimens

with the published figures and satisfied myself that they were

correctly determined when my monographic revision of the

genus was published. I have also discovered that Herbst

invariably, and Koch almost invariably, figures a Phrynus

without posterior tibial joints to the fourth pair of legs.

The examples in the Museum, then, are as follows :—

Purynicuus, Karsch.

P. scaber, Walck. (Round Island).

P. lunatus, Fabr. (Natal).

P. fuscimanus, Koch (Columbia).

According to Koch’s figures we should have to add P.

nigrimanus, P. marginemaculatus (figure agrees with P.

lunatus), P. variegatus, P. reniformis, P. palmatus, and P.

ceylonicus ; and according to Herbst, P. medius, P. palmatus,

and P. reniforme. The only conclusion, therefore, that I can

rationally arrive at with regard to Dr. Karsch’s observation

that “the genus Phrynichus, as it appears, has the most

species’ is, that the species have not been seen in nature, but

only in the published figures, which are not correct.

Damon, Karsch.

P. palmatus, Herbst (Mexico and Columbia).

P. annulatipes, Wood (Zulu country, Natal, Cape).

P. Grayti, Gervais (Manilla).

P. bassamensis, Lucas (West Africa, Congo).

P. medius, Herbst (Fernando Po, Sierra Leone).

P. Kochi, Butler (America).

Here, again, we have six species in place of one.

Distinction between the Species of Phrynus. 315

TARANTULA, Karsch (= Phrynus).

P. rentformis, Herbst (Haiti).

P. vartegatus, Herbst (Amazons, Jamaica, Venezuela,

W. coast America).

One example of P. palmatus, Herbst (Mexico).

P. Whitet, Gervais (Burdwan).

P. coronatus, Butler (California).

P. Batesii, Butler (Upper Amazons).

P. longicornis, Butler (Para).

P. granulosus, Butler (South America).

P. gorgo, Wood (Para ?).

P. cheiracanthus, Gervais (Demerara, New Granada).

Our two specimens of P. palmatus from Mexico are refer-

able, according to this character, to two distinct genera,

although in all other respects (excepting that one of them is

slightly immature) they agree fairly well. Now although it

is possible that they may be distinct, I am much more inclined

to believe that the character discovered by Dr. Karsch, although

interesting as not having previously been prominently brought

forward, is an unreliable one even for specific distinction.

There is one point in which Dr. Karsch appears to have

_ misunderstood my paper where he says, “ Butler’s Einthei-

lungsgrund in amerikanische, australische, asiatische und

afrikanische Formen halte ich fiir durchaus unthunlich, da

diese geographischen Grenzen nicht fiir das, was man unter

Art versteht, existiren und auf die Bestimmung der Formen

als solche gar keine Verwendung finden.” If Dr. Karsch

means that geograpbical divisions do not necessarily repre-

sent groups of subgeneric value, I am quite willing to agree

with him; butif he means that they are of no use in enabling

a naturalist to identify his species, I can only answer that he

is the only zoological worker, with the exception of one good

man who has unfortunately left this world, who ever, to my

knowledge, attempted to make suchastatement. For my part

I believe geography to be of the greatest value in assisting

the identification of species; and I should at all times name a

wingless African insect, if previously wrongly identified with

a tropical American one, just as I have renamed the P. medius,

described and figured by Koch, from America, knowing by

intuition, as well as by comparison of specimens and figures,

that it could not be the P. medius of Africa.

Before writing a paper on the subdivision of a large genus,

many types of which we possess, it is strange that Dr. Karsch

should not have asked me to examine them and tell him

how many joints there were in the hind tibiw of the typical

316 Ona new Species of Wild Dog from Demerara.

specimens. In the type of P. Grayit, upon which the genus

Charon is founded, there is only one posterior tibial joint; so

that, if a species with three joints does exist, the genus must

fall, as not being founded upon the species to which it is

ascribed.

XXXVI.—Description of a new Species of Wild Dog from

Demerara. By Dr. AtBert GUNTHER, Keeper of the

Zoological Department, British Museum.

At the beginning of the present year I received from the

Rev. W. Y. Turner a living example of a dog from Demerara

which was evidently distinct from all the other species de-

scribed from South America. My esteemed correspondent in-

formed me that the animal must be very rare, as but few

of the people in his neighbourhood knew it. It had been

brought up in captivity, was perfectly domesticated, and

allowed to run about the house like a domestic dog. During

its journey to England it lost some of its tameness; but soon

became accustomed to its new home, which it never left of

its own accord. It was very playful, especially towards even-

ing, but slept during the might. It never barked or wagged

its tail, but uttered a short sharp cry when left by itself, or a

hiss when an attempt was made to take its food. During my

temporary absence from London it was found necessary to

confine it in a cage—a change which it survived for a few

weeks only.

This species is allied to Canis vetulus, from which it differs

by having longer legs, a less bushy tail, and a much darker

coloration.

Body slender, with long legs and tail, pointed snout, and

rather long ears. Fur harsh, brownish grey, the long hairs

on the back bemg black, those on the side whitish; snout

coloured very much like the body. Head without conspicuous

markings; chin and anterior portion of the throat black ;

posterior part of the throat, abdomen, and inner side of the

thighs dirty whitish. Legs and tail of the same greyish

colour as the sides of the body; sole of the fore foot, hinder

side of the hind foot, and terminal fourth of the tail black.

in. lin.

Total lomperth ss ite fA. tuto tiie beta icie es trchs eect 38 6

Lenpth: of the, head) |. .s. at indets stotavenhe male oye 5 9

Distance of the eye from the nose............ 2 6

Weng parol the Gar apie nko 5 stalete sores een iene 3.0

Distance of the ear from the tail ............ 21 0

Leneth of theitankivs c4-25 eRe Sete 12 6

Geological Society. 317

The skull is very similar to that of C. vetulus ; but the third

premolar is entirely in advance of the hind margin of the

foramen infraorbitale, whilst it is below it in the majority

of the other South-American dogs.

in. lin,

Bength oh sel eee ie aa aes 5

Distance of orbit from incisors ...........606 2

“f foramen infraorbitale fromincisors.. 1

; fourth molar from incisors ........ 1

IGAH GEN OL TIASAL BONE 43 ¢si0s ds enece 4,4 ootuiemis as 1

Least width of interorbital space ............ 1

Distance of incisors from hinder palatal margin.. 2

3 between the fourth molars.......... 0

* re EO i Bae Soa ds 0

=! between the canine and fourth molar.. 0

Length of three posterior molars ............ 1

Greatest width between zygomatic arches .... 2 10

Number of caudal vertebre 23; length of the series of

caudal vertebree 13 inches.

in. lin

Benethisal, WURIETUs) sha alshe xls aies nies .22>. 9, 0.300 ee, 8 4 6

i WNT: Mca Sieh a Roc Terabe aoe sieiniere ess 4 il

of DENUITE) $5 Bee Dw OO Oba ooo OCICS Cr 4 1

: fourth metacarpal .............00- 1 1l

Ys FEN tole As eae SUNT Ae oaths 411

9 PAUL oetes = chaPaletey oRidete xsl oictoy s oteneere 5 0

35 Gnindimetatarsal cy we sss cies eis 2 3

P.S. The Zoological Society has received, through G. H.

Hawtayne, Esq., C.M.Z.S., a second specimen from Deme-

rara, which seems to be perfectly identical with the one

described here.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 28, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Endothiodont Reptilia, with Evidence of the Species

Endothiodon uniseries, Owen.” By Prof. R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S.,

F.G.8., &c.

The author referred to the characters assigned by him to his

Endothidon bathystoma, which had the alveolar borders of both

jaws toothless, perhaps covered with horn during life, as in the

Chelonians; whilst within this border there were three series of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 22

318 Geological Society.

teeth both in the palate and the mandible. He next described a new

species, under the name of Hndothiodon wniseries, founded upon the

fore half of a skull, having only a single row of teeth in the palate,

a character which may prove to be of generic importance. The

author finally discussed the relationships of this genus, which he re-

regarded as belonging to the order Anomodontia, and as showing,

like Oudenodon, traces of derivation from Dicynodon in the presence

of caniniform processes in the upper jaw. ‘The development of

teeth interior to the alveolar margins in both jaws was to be re-

garded as a character of family value; and the author remarked

upon the interest of the continuance of a common Ichthyic and

Batrachial dental character in exceptional cases among the Reptilia

up to the establishment of the Crocodilian type, above which, in the

vertebrate series, calcified palatal teeth no longer appear.

2. “Note (3rd) on Hucamerotus, Hulke, Ornithopsis, Seeley, =

Bothriospondylus magnus, Owen, =Chondrosteosaurus magnus,

Owen.” By J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S8.

In this paper the author gave a description of an unusually

perfect dorsal vertebral centrum of Ornithopsis, and some additional

information respecting the cervical and anterior dorsal vertebra.

He further compared the presacral vertebrae with those of several

recently discovered Dinosaurians of the Colorado region, showing

several agreements, but also such differences as to prove the

generic distinctness of Ornithopsis. He discussed the question of

the nomenclature of the species indicated in the title of his paper,

and maintained that the name Ornithopsis ought to be adopted for

the single genus to which he referred them.

3. “ Description of the Species of the Ostracodous Genus Bairdia,

M‘Coy, from the Carboniferous Strata of Great Britain.” By Prof.

T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S., and James W. Kirkby, Esq.

The long persistence of the genus Bairdia, from the Silurian

period to the present day, and its essentially marine character,

were first noticed ; also the relatively rare occurrence of any species

of Leperditia, Beyrichia, and Kirkbya (associates of Bairdia in

Carboniferous strata) in freshwater or estuarine beds. Carbonia, on

the other hand, was confined to the fresh or brackish waters in

which the Coal-measures were formed. The difficulty of defining

the species of Bairdia from carapace-valves alone, without limbs

and soft parts, and the possibility of several genera being grouped

under this head, were mentioned. The speciesof Bairdia described

and figured in this paper were, it is believed, all that have been

found in the British Carboniferous rocks, with the exception of

M‘Coy’s B. gracilis. Two of Count Miinster’s Bavarian Bairdie,

from Hof, have not yet occurred with us; neither have four of

Dr. D’Eichwald’s Russian Carboniferous species, nor the Australian

Geological Society. 319

B. affinis, Morris. Including these, there are twenty-three known

Carboniferous species of Bairdia. Seven of these are recurrent in

the overlying Permian limestones, which have yielded twelve

species of this genus. With six Silurian forms, there are altogether

thirty-four recorded paleozoic species of Buirdia.

4. “ Report on a Collection of Fossils from the Bowen River Coal-

field and the Limestone of the Fanning River, North Queensland.”

By R. Etheridge, Esq., jun., F.G.S.

The collection on which the present paper was founded had been

received from Mr. R. L. Jack, F.G.S. ; and the information furnished

by it was supplementary to that obtained from Daintree’s collection.

The fossils are from three distinct horizons. The author first briefly

described the geology of the formations from which the fossils were

derived, and stated that the results of his investigations led him to

refer those from the Fanning River Limestone to the Devonian,

those of the Bowen River Coalfield to the Upper Carboniferous or

Permo-Carboniferous, and those from the Tait River to the Cre-

taceous. Twenty-six species of animal remains, chiefly Mollusca,

are described in all, twenty of which are from the Bowen River

Coalfield ; the latter include a fine series of Strophalosiw. The new

species are Protoretepora Koninckii from the Permo-Carboniferous

of Bowen River, and Crioceras Jackii from the Cretaceous ; also

Strophalosia Jukesii from the Carboniferous of New South Wales.

The paper included a list of the localities in which the specimens

were collected, and a full bibliography of Queensland paleontology.

5. On a Fossil Squilla from the London Clay of Highgate, part

of the Wetherell Collection in the British Museum.” By H.

Woodward, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The specimen described is preserved, as usual, in a phosphatic

nodule, and exhibits five well-preserved abdominal segments (xIv.—

xvuiI.), a portion of the carapace, traces of the thoracic appendages,

and the appendages of the twentieth segment preceding the telson.

The abdominal segments increase in breadth posteriorly as in

modern Squille. The species is most nearly allied to a recent

Australian Squilla (unnamed) related to S. Desmarestii. The author

proposed the name of Sguilla Wetherelli for the London-clay fossil.

6. “On WNecroscilla Wilsont, a supposed Stomatopod Crustacean

from the Middle Coal-measures, Cossall, near Ilkeston, Derbyshire.”

By H. Woodward, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The specimen described was found by Mr. E. Wilson, of Not-

tingham, in a nodule of Clay-ironstone. It consists of the four

posterior abdominal somites and the telson. The author discussed

its zoological characters, which led him to regard it as approaching

320 Geological Society.

the Stomapoda rather than the Isopoda. He thought it probable

that Dr. Dawson’s Diplostylus is allied to this newly discovered

form, for which he proposed the name of Necroscilla Walsoni.

7. “On the Discovery of a fossil Squilla in the Cretaceous Depo-

sits of Hakel, in the Lebanon.” By H. Woodward, Esq., LL.D.,

F.R.S., F.G.S.

This fossil Squilla occurs in a collection, chiefly consisting of

fossil fish, but also including several Crustacea and some beautifully

preserved Cephalopods, obtained in the Lebanon by Prof. E. R.

Lewis, of Beirit. The specimens are in a compact cream-coloured

limestone, most of the slabs of which contain examples of Clupea

brevissima and C’, Botte, fragments of Hurypholis Boissiert, and other

fishes. Like the London-clay form, the species seems to be most

nearly allied to the Australian species collected by Prof. Jukes, and

the segments are not ornamented with spines and ridges. ‘The

author proposed for it the name of Squilla Lewisii.

8. “On the Occurrence of a fossil King-Crab (Limulus) in the

Cretaceous Formation of the Lebanon.” By H. Woodward, Esq.,

LL.D., F.B.S., F.G.S.

This was another of Prof. Lewis’s discoveries, and was of much

interest as helping to bridge over the interval between the Jurassic

Limuli of Solenhofen and those now living. The author described

the characters presented by the single specimen, for which he pro-

posed the name of Limulus syriacus.

June 11, 1879.—Prof. Joseph Prestwich, M.A., F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

to)

1, “On a Mammaliferous Deposit at Barrington, near Cam-

bridge.” By the Rev. O. Fisher, M.A., F.G.S.

The gravel in which these remains were found is about 20 feet

above the alluvial flat by the river Rhee, and is evidently post-

glacial. The gravel contains some of the ordinary land- and fresh-

water shells, but not Cyrena or Unio. Remains of the following

Mammalia have been found—Ursus speleus, Meles tawus, Hyena

spelea, Felis speleea, Cervus megaceros, C. elaphus, and another, Bos

primigenius, Bison priscus, Hippopotamus major, Rhinoceros lepto-

rhinus, Elephas antiquus and primigenius—with a worked flint,

almost certainly from the same deposit. The author considers the

abundance and admixture of these remains due to the locality

having been a sort of eddy or pool in the old river. The remains

are described; and the rest of the paper is occupied with a correla-

tion of the gravel with others in the adjoining district, and a con-

sideration of the physical conditions under which it was deposited.

Miscellaneous. By Alt

2. ‘Further Discoveries in the Cresswell Caves.” By Prof.

Boyd Dawkins, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., and the Rev. J. M. Mello,

M.A., F.G.S., with notes on the Mammalia by the former.

This paper contained the account of digging-operations carried on

in one of the smaller caves of the Cresswell Crags, known as

Mother Grundy’s Parlour. The authors described the occurrence in

the red clay and ferruginous sand of this cave of bones of Hippo-

potamus and the Leptorhine Rhinoceros, proving the existence of

these animals in the wooded valleys of the basin of the Upper

Trent at the time of the accumulation of those deposits ; while at

the same time, so far as the evidence goes, there was an absence of

Paleolithic man, of the Reindeer, and of Horses, while Hyznas were

abundant. In a subsequent period, represented in all the caves by

the Red Sand, the Mammoth, Woolly Rhinoceros, Horse, and Rein-

deer inhabited the vicinity, and were subject to the attacks both of

Hyzenas and of human hunters, whose quartzite implements prove

them to have belonged to the same people whose traces are found in

the river-deposits. In the breccia and upper cave-earth of the larger

caves the existence of the Paleolithic hunter is evidenced by flint

implements resembling those of Solutré, accompanied by implements

of bone and antler. Associated with these was the incised figure

of a horse described in a former paper. The authors finally dwelt

briefly upon the characteristics of the caves in prehistoric and

historic times, and indicated some of the anthropological points of

interest connected therewith.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Notodelphyide. By M. L. Kerscuner.

Tue author describes two new genera of the curious Copepod

family Notodelphyide, each including a single species, which he

names Paryphes longipes and Dorsipys uncinata*. He prefaces his

descriptions with some corrections of previous notions as to certain

points in the organization of these crustaceans. He shows that the

brood-chamber, which is usually regarded as contained within the

body-cavity, is formed, in the majority of Notodelphyide, by a dupli-

cature of the integumeut of the body proceeding from the dorsal

surface of the fourth and from the sides of the fourth and fifth

segments, but that in two genera this duplicature is inserted even

upon the second thoracic segment. He further indicates that an

* The former generic name was preoccupied by Burmeister in 1835

fora genus of Rhynchota; the latter, if it has any derivation at all, is

probably a mongrel compound of Latin and Greek. We hope the author

will take the opportunity of changing both names before his paper is

printed,

aon Miscellaneous.

unpaired ovary is present, and that the ova pass in strings into the

oviducts (formerly “ ovaries ”’).

The author confirms a part of Thorell’s observations upon the

connexion of the female generative organs, and, by the discovery of

the hitherto overlooked external genital aperture of the female,

brings back these organs to the general type of the whole order.

In all the males observed he describes an unpaired testis, and

represents the envelope of the spermatophores as secreted by the

wall of the whole of the seminal duct. In the spermatophore itself

he recognizes more layers than Thorell. He describes the type on

which the nervous system is constructed, and, in opposition to Buch-

holz, asserts the presence of olfactory nodes.—Anzeiger Akad.

Wiss. in Wien, June 13, 1879.

Notice of a new Pauropod.

Mr. J. A. Ryder described a new myriopod which he had recently

discovered, and which turned out to be nearly allied to the form de-

scribed by Sir John Lubbock under the name of Pauropus. ‘The

specimens which the speaker had obtained were five in number and

had but six segments, fewer than any other known member of the

group, whilst the number of pairs of legs was nine, the same as in

Pauropus, which is very strong evidence that the specimens are

adults. The following characterization of the genus and species

was proposed :—

Hurypauropus spinosus, gen, et sp. nov.

Body-segmeuts six in number, sixth exceedingly rudimentary ;

antenne five-jointed ; legs in nine pairs, equidistant ; tergal sclerites

laterally expanded so as to conceal the legs almost entirely when the

animal is viewed from above, and covered with fine tubercles which

are joined to each other by raised lines ; appressed curved spines are

scattered over their surface in less number, and also fringe their

margins, being disposed at regular intervals; the spines and lines

give the dorsal surface of the little creature a slightly silky lustre

when viewed with reflected light. Colour a delicate light brown.

Mouth-organs the same as in the first-described genus. No evidence

of eyes could he detected. Length j. inch; width about =, inch.

Habitat in Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, east and west of Schuyl-

kill, under decaying wood.

The tergal sclerites are much thicker than in Pauropus, haying

the characteristic brown colour of chitin when viewed with trans-

mitted light. The antenne have the terminal globular hyaline body

with a long pedicle, as in Pawropus pedunculatus. The type is the

most distinct form discovered since the detection of the first known

representatives in England in 1866, and also extends the geogra-

phical range of the family, and does much towards fully establishing

the Pauropoda as a distinct order of myriopods.—Proc. Acad. Nat.

Se. Philad., April 22, 1879.

Miscellaneous. 323

On the Respiratory Apparatus of the Ampullariz.

By M. A. Sasarier.

In a note inserted in the ‘Comptes Rendus ’ of the 12th of May

last, M. Jourdain described the arrangement of the respiratory ap-

paratus of the Ampullarie. Having already occupied myself with

this subject in 1877 *, and having pursued my researches, I am able

to make known some new facts which had escaped the observations

of my predecessors.

The venous blood, returning from the different parts of the body,

divides into three parts :—1, one passes to the right into a cavern-

ous sinus, which accompanies the terminal intestine; this is the

rectal sinus, which is a diverticulum of the general cavity of the

body: 2, the second part comes from the anterior region of the body

(head, pharynx, stomach, anterior margin of the palatine arch) and

forms on the right the proper afferent vessel of the lung, which it

circumscribes to the left and in front ; this vessel presents a double

series of orifices for the afferent branches of the roof and of the

floor of the pulmonary chamber: 3, the third part, which is far

more important, comes together in a large deep vessel with muscular

walls, which soon ramifies on the lower surface and in the thick-

ness of the large gland, to which I have already alluded. From

this network the efferent vessels take their origin, the greater part

of which reunite in a large trunk with muscular walls which carries

the blood to the renal organ: this is the deep afferent vessel of the

renal organ, whichis peculiar to the Ampullarie. The other vessels

which originate from the large gland discharge themselves succes-

sively into a superficial vessel of no great size placed on the posterior

margin of the renal organ, and which is its superficial afferent vessel,

corresponding, in all respects, to the single afferent vessel of the

other Pectinibranchiata. Hence the blood which has traversed the

large gland in a true portal system is not, as M. Jourdain thinks,

mingled with the blood returning from the organs of respiration, to

be immediately poured into the heart, but it does not reach this

latter organ until after it has traversed the renal organ first and

the respiratory organs afterwards.

From the anterior margin of the renal organ there originates, by

successive roots, an efferent vessel of the renal organ, which, after

having anastomosed with the afferent vessel of the same organ, con-

tinues forward on the right margin of the principal branchia, of

which it constitutes the afferent vessel. This vessel receives, in

passing, some affluents proceeding from the rectal sinus.

On the left margin of the branchia, between this latter and the

lung, is a large trunk which terminates at the auricle, and which is

not simply, as M. Jourdain thinks, an efferent vessel of the branchia

and of thelung. ‘This vessel contains, in fact, a series of fissure-like

orifices, which pour into it the blood from the branchia, and two

* Assoc. francaise pour l’avanc. des Sciences, session du Havre, 1877,

992

p. 623.

324 Miscellaneous.

series of circular orifices, of which the upper are the efferent orifices

of the pulmonary arch, and the lower are the afferent orifices of the

floor of the lung. On this floor, in fact, the vessels which originate

from these orifices ramify in a network of which the efferent

branches converge into a large trunk, entirely overlooked by M.

Jourdain, and which, collecting the blood of the whole of the floor

of the lung, empties itself directly into the auricle. From this

results the fact, entirely exceptional in the Pectinibranchiata, that

the auricle receives two totally distinct afferent veins. The one is

branchial and pulmonary, the other exclusively pulmonary. This

is a remarkable peculiarity of the anatomy of the Ampullaria,

which is in connexion with the double respiration of these animals,

and with the alternations in function of the double respiratory ap-

paratus. -

The afferent vessel of the branchia and the proper afferent vessel

of the lung meet in front in such a manner as to form an anterior

arch. The intermediate trunk meets this arcade very obliquely and

under a very sharp angle open to the left. There is thus formed

between the two vessels a valvular spur, which plays an important

part in several respects. When, during sojourn in the water, the

pulmonary respiration and circulation are suspended by the want

of air and the collapse of the lung, the blood of the proper afferent

vessel of the lung, being unable to traverse the pulmonary network,

arrives in abundance at the level of the mouth of the intermediary

trunk, to which it applies the valvule and which it thus stops. It

is thus obliged to pass entirely into the afferent vessel of the

branchia, and, consequently, into the branchia, of which the activity

is thus greatly increased. When, on the contrary, during sojourn

in the air, the collapsed branchia does not act, the blood of the

afferent vessel of the branchia, arriving en masse on the edge of the

spur, there divides into two currents, one of which penetrates into

the proper afferent vessel of the lung, and the other into the inter-

mediary trunk, of which it augments the tension, and which distri-

butes a part of it to the floor of the lung, and reconducts the rest to

the heart. By this means the activity of the pulmonary circulation

is increased during the repose of the branchia. Hence results this

interesting fact, that the Ampullarie, which are Pectinibranchiata

in which pulmonary respiration has made its appearance, have the

respiratory vessels disposed in such a manner that, when this newly-

introduced function suspends its activity, all the blood which should

have traversed the pulmonary network is constrained to traverse

the branchial system, where its heematosis is assured. This curious

arrangement may suffice to explain the preservation of the branchia

in Gasteropoda, in which the lung has attained so remarkable a |

development, and which might have become purely pulmonary

animals.

The distribution of the vessels in the pulmonary walls merits

special mention. They form a double system of portal veins ; that

Miscellaneous. ‘ooo

is to say, the vessels form on their journey two successive net-

works separated by intermediary trunks. This arrangement, a little

less accentuated on the floor than on the roof, added to the pre-

sence of a fine vibratile epithelium on the course of the pulmonary

vessels, proves the active part of this apparatus as an organ of

hematosis.— Comptes Rendus, June 23, 1879, p. 1325.

On the Zoantharia Malacodermata of the Shores of Marseilles.

By M. E. Jourpan.

The anatomical plan of the Actiniade is well known ; it may be

compared to a cylindrical body, furnished at one end with a buccal

aperture surrounded by a circlet of tentacles, and hollowed by a

mesenteric cavity (gastric cavity of the larva), which is connected

with the mouth by an esophageal region of ectodermal origin,

formed by a short and wide tube. Between the cesophageal tube

and the walls of the body are the septa, which terminate freely by

the lower part of their inner margin in the mesenteric cavity.

We have successively studied these different regions in the types

which presented peculiarities appreciable by the naked eye, and we

will here give a summary of the principal results that we have

obtained.

The walls of the body contain three layers—an external cellular

layer or ectoderm, a fibrous mesodermic layer, and an internal cel-

lular layer or endoderm.

The ectoderm is formed of glandular elements, vibratile cells,

epithelial elements, which are probably sensitive (analogous to

those of the chromatophorous sacs of Actinia equina), and, lastly,

neuro-muscular elements, which we have distinctly observed in the

above species. In Phellia this cellular layer secretes a viscous

mucus, which, by agglutinating fragments of all sorts, gives a

peculiar aspect to the body.

In Bunodes the glandular elements of the ectodermic layer group

themselves together and form the little organs which adorn the

column of these animals.

Cerianthus is remarkable for the structure of its mesodermic layer,

and thus constitutes a distinct type among the Zoantharia Malaco-

dermata. This layer is composed of a thick muscular region in-

cluded between two planes of connective tissue. The longitudinal

muscular fibres composing it are smooth and arranged in radiating

lamine. Beneath the inner fibrous plane there exists another layer

of circular fibres.

In the Actinie the mesoderm is represented by laminz of con-

nective tissue, clothed internally by a layer of circular muscular

fibres, which occur throughout the height of the column. Calliactis

possesses a fibrous layer of exceptional thickness and density, tra-

versed by persistent pores, and sprinkled in its upper part with

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 23

326 Miscellaneous.

numerous islets of annular muscular fibres which must act after the

fashion of a sphincter.

The endoderm is composed of a cellular layer, which covers the

inner surface of the mesoderm and extends over the septa.

The structure of the tentacles is similar to that of the walls of

the body. These organs, however, are characterized by the pre-

sence of a layer of longitudinal muscular fibres situated beneath the

ectoderm.

The septa originate from the mesodermic layer of the column.

Their axis is a fibrous tissue covered with a layer of longitudinal

muscular fibres. Upon one of its surfaces each septum bears a

series of longitudinal folds, the totality of which represents a sort

of fibro-muscular bundle.

The wsophagus, resulting from the turning back of the two pri-

mitive lamella, necessarily presents the structure of the wall of the

body. The exterior cellular layer contains peculiar glandular

elements.

In Cerianthus and the Actinie the reproductive elements origi-

nate in a sort of doubling of the fibrous layer of the septa—that is

to say, in the mesodermic region.—Comptes Rendus, August 25,

1879, p. 452.

Notes on the Marriage-flighis of Lasius flavus and Myrmica lobi-

cornis. By the Rev. H. C. McCoox.

The author remarked that the first-named ant is one of the most

familiar objects in nature. Its small dusky-yellow workers may be

seen in every American lawn, walk, field, and yard, throwing up

their fragile moundlets of sand pellets, and swarming upon particles

of fruit, crumbs, bones, dead insects, and all manner of sweets. It is

quite cosmopolitan in its distribution, and is well known in Europe.

The following observation of the annual marriage-flight of the sexes

was made September 5, 1878, in the vicinity of Philadelphia. The

nests observed were located directly in and on the grassy border of

a trodden path ina farmyard. At4p.m. the males and females

were seen coming out and re-entering the gate, amid great excite-

ment on the part of the workers. The females particularly were

followed by workers who “teased” them occasionally by gently

nipping them with their mandibles. The flight of the young queens

was, with few exceptions, made from the top of stalks of grass,

where they clung for several minutes, poising themselves, spreading

their wings, and swaying up and down. LEven to these elevations

the workers followed them, hastening their flight by occasional

“‘ nips.” When the queen rose in flight, there was no evidence of

feebleness or inexperince, except, in some cases, a slight tendency

to a zigzag course for the first few yards. ‘The flight was then, and

in most cases from the very first also, strong and in a straight

Miscellaneous. 327

course. The insect first rose to a height of about 20 feet, which

was soon increased to 40, 50, and even 60 feet (estimated) ; and this

latter height was maintained until the form was lost to sight. The

author was able to follow the ants in several instances to a distance

of more than 300 feet before they disappeared, at which time they

gave no sign of alighting. Some were seen to alight at the distance

of 60 and 80 feet; others flew into a large buttonwood-tree within

30 feet of the nest.

The flight was in every case solitary, and was in all directions,

although generally in the direction of the breeze. The males were

in the meantime continually taking flight, urged thereto by teasing

workers, each separately, and wholly independent of other males

and of the females, as to the time and direction of flight. This fact

led Mr. McCook to infer that the pairing of the sexes must have

occurred within the nest before departure therefrom. Except in

the case of those individuals who lit upon the buttonwood-tree,

there appeared no opportunity for a meeting after flight. There

was nothing in all the facts to suggest the idea of a future consort.

The same feature of independent and solitary flight of the sexes

had been observed in the swarming of the shining slave-maker,

Polyergus lucidus. This is in marked contrast with the habit of

some other ants as illustrated in an observation subsequently

given.

Before taking flight the Z. flavus females spent some time in

combing and cleansing themselves. A female was placed among

the workers of another nest not more than a yard distant from her

own, in order to test the treatment of an aliens She was immedi-

ately attacked fiercely, and would no doubt have been soon killed

had she not been removed. In two formicaries from which the

above marriage-flight occurred, it was observed that the doors were

closed about half-past four p.m. by bits of dry grass and pellets of

soil. ‘They so remained during the night, or at least were found

closed in the morning, ‘Three days thereafter several males were

found nestled under a chip by the roadside. As soon as the chip

was turned up, two of these were seized by a couple of prowling

ants of the species Tetramorium cespitum and Formica Schaufussi,

and carried off as prey, a suggestion of the common fate of emmet

masculines.

Mr. McCook’s attention had been called to an articlein a Hollidays-

burg (Pennsylvania) journal, which reported a remarkable swarm of

ants that had crossed that town on the 18th September, 1876. He

immediately wrote to the Rey. D. H. Barron, a citizen of the place,

and a gentleman of intelligence and prudence, giving certain points

which it was desirable to ascertain. The ants, in the course of

their flight, had come into contact with the mechanics at work upon

the tower of the new court-house, whom it was reported they had

assaulted vigorously. Mr. Barron visited these men, and, after a

careful interview communicated the following facts:—The flight

actually occurred substantially as reported ; the day was clear, warm,

328 Miscellaneous.

and calm; the ants came between 10 and 11 a.m., from the direc-

tion of the Chimney Rocks, a ridge of the mountain on the south-

east of the town. As to numbers, the answers of the men were as

follows :—* So thick you could hardly see through them ;” ‘‘swarms;”

‘‘ about 30,000!” The ants struck the building at the height of

about 120 or 125 feet, and certainly assaulted the men. Whether

the attack was a bite or a sting they could not tell ; but it was some-

thing very uncomfortable, and they would not like to have it re-

peated. The ants were of two sizes—some larger, some smaller.

One of the men had saved some specimens, which were sent to Mr.

McCook, and proved to be the males and females of Myrmica lobi-

cornis, Nylander. These ants can inflict a painful sting, but pro-

bably attacked the workmen simply in self-defence; that is, the

men happened to obstruct their flight, and naturally vigorously

brushed off the insects who lit upon them, who, in turn becoming

irate, applied their stings. Such avast horde as this swarm con-

tained must have been composed of the winged inmates of many

formicaries on the mountain-side. This is quite in contrast with

the solitary flight of the Zasiws flavus as previously described.

The pairing of the sexes was probably in the air, or after alight-

ing, as in the case of the agricultural ant*. Mr. McCook had

taken ants of the same subfamily Myrmicide while they were in

the act of pairing in the air.

In connexion with the above notes on the queen-life of ants, he

presented an observation reported to him by Mr. Jos. Wilcox.

This gentleman had seen a colony of some species of Camponotus

occupying a large dead cypress tree standing in the midst of a cypress-

swamp in Florida, at least 600 feet from the shore. The tree was

wholly isolated from the land and from all surrounding vegetation,

except another fallen cypress tree which leaned up against it. Evi-

dently a fertilized queen had at some time flown from the land to

this tree, where she had established the colony. The fact is inter-

esting as indicating the origin of formicaries from single queens, as

myrmecologists have supposed to be frequently, if not commonly,

the case—further as showing the ability of a large number of ants

(this nest was reported to consist of vast numbers) to maintain

active life under quite circumscribed environment. ‘The insects

sheltered in such numbers by old trees may have furnished a large

portion of the food supply. The specimens brought by Mr. Wilcox

were taken from a colony on the land, which he supposed to be

identical with the swamp-tree nest, and were examples of Cam-

ponotus esuriens, Smith—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., April 29,

1879.

* ¢ Aoricultural Ant of Texas,’ p. 143.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 23. NOVEMBER 1879.

XXX VII.—Additions to the Amphipodous Crustacea of New

Zealand. By Grorce M. THomson, Dunedin.

[Plate XVI.]

A GREAT boon was conferred upon working naturalists in this

colony by the publication, in 1876, of a Catalogue of the

Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand, by Mr. E.

J. Miers, of the British Museum, under the auspices of the

Colonial Government. Information on the subject was there

collected together which had previously been obtainable only

by reference to expensive and difficultly obtainable works ;

and though the catalogue was necessarily imperfect, it gave

a good starting-point to those engaged in working up this

branch of the New-Zealand fauna. Naturally enough, chiefly

the larger Crustacea belonging to the Brachyura and Macrura

had been obtained by earlier collectors, and the list of them

is tolerably complete. It is to the Isopoda and Amphipoda

that additions will chiefly be made, these tribes being well

represented in our seas.

Mr. Miers has enumerated fifteen species of Amphipoda in

his catalogue, all of which, with the exception of Phronima

novee-zealandie, Powell, were previously described in Spence

Bate’s catalogue of Amphipodous Crustacea in the British

Museum. Ofthese species, Zalitrus (?) nove-zealandie, Dana

(Orchestoidea (?) novi-zealandie, Spence Bate), must be ex-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 24

330 Mr. G. M. Thomson on the

cluded, as I have already shown (in a paper published in the

N.-Z.-Inst. Transactions) that it is only the female of Yalor-

chestia Quoyana, Dana. In the same paper I have replaced

Paramera tenuicornis, Miers (Mera tenuicornis, Spence

Bate), in the genus in which it was originally placed by Dana,

as Melita tenuicornis. At the same time I added fourteen

species (belonging to eleven genera), of which twelve were

new to science. These additions were *Nicea nove-zealan-

die, *N. fimbriata, and *N. rubra, Lysianassa Kréyert,

* Pherusa nove-zealandie,*Atylus Danatt,* Dexamine pacijica,

* Calliope didactyla and *C. fluviatilis, *Gammarus barbi-

manus, Themisto antarcticus, *Platyscelus intermedius (which

may prove to be the connecting-link between P. Lissoina

and P. serratus, the extreme forms of one and the same

species), * Caprella caudata and * Caprellina nove-zealandie.

In the ‘ Annals’ for December 1878, Mr. T. W. Kirk of

Wellington made some additions to the local crustacean fauna,

including the following Amphipods—Caprella lobata and *C.

nove-zealandie.

’ Tam now able to add four more species, of which three are

new.

1. Amphithonotus levis, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-4.)

Animal quite smooth and not carinated on the back. Ce-

phalon produced into a small faleate rostrum, which projects

between the bases of the antenna. LEyes large, subreniform.

Superior antenne slightly exceeding the inferior, about half

as long as the animal; peduncle very short; flagellum long,

slender, and multiarticulate. Peduncle of inferior antenne

longer than peduncle of superior. Appendage of the mandi-

bles long, middle joint exceeding the other two. Maxillipeds

having the appendages longer than their respective joints.

Gnathopoda small, subequal, abundantly ciliated; propodos

with a well-defined, nearly transverse palm, against which

the dactylos impinges closely. Pereiopoda subequal, poste-

rior pair the longest. Pleopoda subequal; rami lanceolate,

those of the penultimate and antepenultimate pairs unequal

in length. ‘Telson tubular, notched at the apex. Length

‘3 inch.

Hab. Dredged in Dunedin Harbour in 4-5 fathoms.

Though agreeing closely in generic characters, this species

is very distinct in appearance from A. Hdwardsit, as figured

in the British-Museum catalogue, and also apparently from

A. spiniventris, Costa.

* Species not before described.

+ Printed “ dania” in Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. xi. p, 288.

Amphipodous Crustacea of New Zealand. 331

2. Aora typica, Kroyer.

Of this species I got one specimen in the dredge, along with

the preceding. This agreed well with the characters given in

Brit.-Mus. Cat. p. 161, differing only slightly in the following

respects :—The superior antenne were about as long as the

animal; the propodos of the first gnathopoda, as well as the

last four joints of the second gnathopoda, were very hairy ;

telson quite smooth.

Colour yellowish, with small black spots chiefly on the

lower parts of the body and on the limbs. Length °3 inch.

The species has evidently a wide range, having been origi-

nally described from specimens obtained at Valparaiso.

3. Microdeutopus maculatus, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 5-8.)

Animal smooth, slender. Coxe rather small. Superior

antenne considerably longer than inferior, two thirds as long

as body; second joint of peduncle long and slender; third

short and furnished with a 5—6-jointed appendage ; flagellum

very slender, many-jointed, sparingly ciliated. Inferior an-

tenne strong, subpediform, with a stout olfactory denticle, and

furnished with numerous cilia ; third joint of peduncle short,

fourth and fifth very long; flagellum short, indistinctly 6—7-

jointed. Mandibular appendage 2-jointed. Maxillipeds with

strongly-toothed appendages. Gnathopoda moderate, covered

with strong cilia: first pair rather the largest ; carpus rounded

on its inferior margin; propodos oblong, with a very oblique,

curved palm defined by a strong spine; dactylos strong and

curved, finely toothed on the inner margin: second pair

similar, but with the palm transverse and without the defi-

ning spine. Third pereiopoda shorter than preceding ; posterior

pair very long. Antepenultimate pleopoda reaching to ex-

tremity of ultimate pair; base of the rami with a stout spine.

Telson with a broad apical notch, each side with a slender

spinule. Length °35 inch.

Hab. A single specimen dredged in Dunedin Harbour in

4—5 fathoms.

Apparently a very distinct species.

4. Cyrtophium cristatum, sp. nov. (Pl. XVI. figs. 9-15.)

Male. yes prominent. Pereion wider than deep, trans-

versely ribbed and tuberculate. Last segment of pereion and

three anterior segments of pleon elevated into prominent crests.

Antenne with long cilia on their inferior margins : superior

pair shorter than inferior; peduncle reaching the extremity of

penultimate joint of peduncle of inferior, bearing a one-jointed

332 On the Amphipodous Crustacea of New Zealand.

appendage ; flagellum very indistinctly 7-8-jointed: inferior

pair very strong, about as long as body; second and third

joints with spines on their anterior margins; fourth and fifth

joints long; flagellum indistinctly three-jointed, the first joint

being equal to the two succeeding. Mandibles with an ap-

pendage, the basal joint of which is much the shortest.

Maxillipeds with appendages to the basos and ischium ; dac-

tylos spatulate. First gnathopoda with simple cilia on

their inferior margins; carpus produced inferiorly into a

rounded lobe; propodos narrowing auteriorly, palm very ob-

lique, defined by three or four stout spines; dactylos strong,

curved and acutely toothed on its inner margin. Second

gnathopoda large and powerful, furnished with numerous

plumose hairs, which are particularly abundant in two rows

on each side of the palm; basos hollowed out in front so as

to receive the upperside of the propodos; meros acutely pro-

duced on its infero-posterior margin; propodos articulating

on the upper margin of the carpus, oblong, that of the left side

slightly the larger and having the teeth more prominent on

its upper margin; palm extending along the whole under

surface, with two or three denticulations ; dactylos long, curved,

and smooth. Pereiopoda subequal, fifth pair rather the

longest ; setee numerous and strong, not exceeding the dia-

meter of the articulations to which they are attached. 'Telson

conical, tipped with a few slender sete.

Female differs from the above only in the greater width of

the pereion, and in having the second gnathopoda relatively

smaller, rounder, and wanting the plumose cilia. Length

*25 inch.

Hab, Dredged along with the preceding species in Dunedin

Harbour in 4—5 fathoms, among Sertularve and seaweeds.

This species differs from the generic characters of Cyrto-

phium in possessing an appendage on the superior antenne ;

but as it agrees in every other respect, I do not feel justified

in placing it in a new genus. It comes nearest to C. brasi-

liense, obtained by Dana in the harbour of Rio Janeiro.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Amphithonotus levis 9, magnified.

Fig. 2, The same: cephalon, showing the rostrum, x 14.

fig. 8, The same: mandible, with its appendage, x 56.

vg. 4. The same : telson, seen from above, x 14.

4g. 5. Microdeutopus maculatus 2, magnified.

#ig. 6. The same: telson and posterior pleopoda, x 28.

fig. 7. The same : mandible and appendage, x 28.

Fig. 8. The same: maxillipeds, x 28.

On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 333

Fig. 9. Cyrtophium cristatum 3, magnified.

Fig. 10, The same: mandible, x 28.

Fg. 11. The same: left maxilliped, x 28.

Fig. 12. The same: first gnathopod, x 28.

Fig. 13. The same: second gnathopod, x 25.

Fig. 14. The same: single hair from palm of same, x 115.

Fig. 15. The same: telson and posterior pleopoda, three pairs, x 28.

XXXVIII.—On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdo-

phora. By Cuaries Lapworts, F.G.S. &c.

{Continued from vol. iii. p, 455. ]

Part II. Dara.

CAMBRIAN SystTEM.—Although the fact of the existence of

Cladophora in the Upper Cambrian rocks has been admitted

by paleontologists since Salter’s discovery of Dictyonema

sociale in such abundance in strata of this age in Merioneth-

shire, it is only within the last few years that the presence of

Rhabdophora or true Graptolites in these ancient deposits

has been placed absolutely beyond question. Kjerulf, indeed,

figured a well-marked Dichograptus (Bryograptus) trom the

Alum-shales of Christiania in his ‘ Veiviser,’ as early as 1865 ;

but its exact horizon is even yet doubtful. Its true Cambrian

age, however, is rendered highly probable by Linnarsson’s

more recent discovery of Dichograptus tenellus &c. in the

highest Olenus-beds of Westrogothia*, and an allied form in

the Dictyonema-schists of Scania. These strata correspond

to the highest portions of the Lingula-flags of Wales, and

are unequivocally of true Cambrian age.

The question of the existence of Rhabdophora in the Upper

Cambrian of Britain has also been satisfactorily set at rest by

the interesting researches of Dr. C. Callaway. This careful

observer detected Graptolites in the Shineton (Upper Cam-

brian) shales of Salop as early as 1873 ; and in the following

year examples of Bryogruptus and Clonograptus from these

rocks were forwarded by him to me for identification; and I

recognized at once their striking similarity to the forms figured

from the Swedish Cambrian by Kjerulf and Linnarsson.

Within the last few months Dr. Callaway has discovered

fragments of the first of these genera in the Cambrian rocks

of the Malvern Hills.

* Linnarsson, ‘(#fversigt af Vetenskaps-Ak, Forhandlingar, 1871,

p- 794; and Geol, Mag., June 1876,

334 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological

ORDOVICIAN OR LOWER SrLurtan System.—Notwithstand-

ing the great additions made of late years to our knowledge of

the fossils of the rich graptolitiferous zones of the Llandovery

and Wenlock formations, Salter’s well-known generalization that

Murchison’s Lower Silurian system is most prolific in Grapto-

lites remains practically undisturbed. The Arenig formation

also, though it can no longer be defined as the birthplace of

the family, must still be acknowledged as its metropolis; for

if we have respect to the abundant extra-British forms de-

tected in this formation, it must be conceded that “ nowhere

else are there so many species and such complex forms” *.

This may, it is true, be owing to the fact that not only in

Britain, but also in Europe and America the rocks of Arenig

age are essentially dark carbonaceous shales or schists more

or less graptolitiferous throughout; while the succeeding forma-

tions are marked by a much greater development of sandstones

and limestones, from which, as a rule, Graptolites are absent.

Nevertheless, even where black shales crowded with Grapto-

lites do occur in these more recent formations, we never find

so great a variety of types as upon any single horizon in the

Arenig; and it may be that the Rhabdophora (like the

Cladophora) had their culmination at or near the commence-

ment of the Arenig, the loss, especially in genera, being very

rapid as we pass upwards into the Llandeilo and Bala.

Arenig Formation.

The only Welsh rocks belonging to this formation as yet

carefully searched for Graptolites are the Arenig rocks of the

neighbourhood of St. David’s, familiar togeologists through

the extended researches of Dr. H. Hicks. The three sub-

groups into which the strata of this age are there divisible all

yield Rhabdophora in some abundance. ‘The forms recog-

nized by Mr. Hopkinson and myself include F :—

I. Lower Arenig.

Didymograptus extensus, Hall. Phyllograptus stella, Hopk.

pennatulus, Hail. Trigonograptus truncatus, Lapw.

sparsus, Hopk.

ensiformis, fall.

II. Middle Arenig.

Didymograptus patulus, Hall. Tetragraptus serra, Brongn.

Tetragraptus Halli, Hopk. quadribrachiatus, Hall.

? Hicksi, Hopk. Clematograptus implicatus, Hopk.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. pp. 119 et seq.

Tt Hopk. & Lapw. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol, xxxi. p. 634.

Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 335

III. Upper Arenig.

Didymograptus bifidus, Hall. Dicellograptus divaricatus ?, ZHail.

affinis, Wich. Climacograptus confertus, Lapw.

—— indentatus, Hail. Diplograptus dentatus, Brongn.

Nicholsoni, Zapw. Glossograptus ciliatus, Hmm.

patulus, Hall.

Some of the same forms occur in the corresponding Arenig

rocks of Merionethshire. In the Jermyn-Street Museum the

following forms are labelled as having been collected from the

Upper Arenig of Tyobry near Tan-y-Bwylch * :—

Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. Glossograptus ciliatus, Em.

bimucronatus, Wich. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

Climacograptus confertus, Lapw. angustifolius, Hall.

The Arenig rocks in the neighbourhood of Shelve yield

Rhabdophora in some abundance. From the lowest zones

near the Bog Mine I have collected forms of Phyllograptus,

Didymograptus, and Trigonograptus. In the Middle Arenig

near Shelve church Mr. Hopkinson has detected | Didymo-

graptus patulus, Hall, and Clematograptus implicatus, Hopk.

I have found some of the same forms at Ladywell Mine, Dis-

gwylfa &e. From the Upper Arenig of Ritton Castle I have

collected Didymograptus Nicholsoni, Lapw., and D. patulus,

“Hall. Didymograptus constrictus, Hall, is not uncommon in

similar strata near Snailbeach.

Lake District—The Arenig rocks of the Lake District

include the Skiddaw Slates of Sedgwick. Little is yet known

with certainty with respect to their proper physical and pale-

ontological subdivisions. At present it is only possible to

regard them, with Prof. Nicholson, as forming two main

groups —a lower group of dark flagstones and shales, and an

upper group of black shales and mudstones. Their Grapto-

lites have been made the subjects of special memoirs by Salter

and Nicholson; but the remarkably intertwined character of

the two supposed subfaunas renders it more than probable that

we have yet much to learn with respect to the systematic

places of the several fossiliferous horizons.

From the Lower Skiddaw Rocks the following species have

been collected + :—

Loganograptus Logani, Hall. Schizograptus reticulatus, Nich.

Temnograptus multiplex, Nich. Ctenograptus annulatus, Nich.

* Collection, Museum, Jermyn Street, case iv. | ;4;, 4, &e. &e. Com-

pare also Salter, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. iii. p. 256 &¢,

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxi. p. 636.

{ Nicholson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., October 1869; Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 125 &e.

956 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological

Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Hall, Didymograptus bifidus, Hall.

Sedgwicki, Salter. —- Nicholsoni, Lapw.

Tetragraptus Headi, Hall. —— affinis, Nich.

quadribrachiatus, Hall. Phyllograptus typus, Hall.

bryonoides, Hail, angustifolius, ZZaill.

erucifer, Hall. Diplograptus Hopkinsoni, Nich.

Didymograptus patulus, Hall. mucronatus ?, Hall.

gibberulus, Mich. Azygograptus Lapworthi, Nich.

— nitidus, Hall.

The various species of Monograptus (Graptolithus*) quoted

by Salter and others from the Skiddaw series are almost cer-

tainly merely fragments of compound genera. The Grapto-

lithus latus of M‘Coy + was certainly of this nature; and the

Graptolithus tenuis, G. Nilssoni, and G. sagitiar‘us of Salter

may with safety be assumed to have had a similar origin.

His Didymograptus sextans (Dicellograptus?) is equally dubi-

ous. His Diplograptus pristis could not have been Hisinger’s

species, but was possibly Diplograptus serra (Brongn.) or

some allied biserial form.

From the Upper Arenig rocks of Ellergill &c. Professor

Nicholson has collected + :—

Trigonograptus lanceolatus, Nich. Didymograptus geminus, His.

Trichograptus fragilis, Nich. fasciculatus, Nich.

Didymograptus patulus, Hall. Glossograptus armatus, Mich.

bifidus, Hall. Phyllograptus angustifolius, Mich.

——- affinis, Nich. Diplograptus serra, Brongn.

To these I have myself added

Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. Azygograptus ccelebs, Lapw.

and species of Climacograptus.

Scandinavia.—The Lower Ordovician rocks of Sweden

which correspond to our British Arenig are the so-called

Lower. Graptolite- or Phyllograptus-Schists that underlie the

well-kuown Orthoceras-Limestone. Their included Rhabdo-

phora have recently been carefully worked out by Mr. Lin-

narsson ; but the majority of the forms he has discovered are

as yet undescribed. In the various collections from these

beds which I have up to this date had an opportunity of ex-

amining [ have recognized § :—

Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall. Didymograptus constrictus, fall,

—~— fruticosus?, Hall. -——-- strictulus, Linnrs.

quadribrachiatus, Hall. Phyllograptus angustifolius, Hail.

Didymograptus patulus, Hail. Temnograptus multiplex ?, Mich.

* Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 135 &e.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. iv. p. 223.

{t Nicholson, doe, cit. supra.

§ Compare Linnarsson, Geol. Mag., June 1876.

Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 337

Dr. Tornquist has identified, in addition, Didymograptus

extensus, Hall, Didymograptus affinis, Nich., and Phyllo-

graptus typus, Hall. To these Mr. Linnarsson has recently

added representatives of Didymograptus v-fractus, Salt., Tri-

chograptus multiplex, Nich., Diplograptus Hopkinsont, Nich.

The dark shales that succeed to the Cambrian rocks of the

neighbourhood of Christiania in Norway, and include the

local representative of the Orthoceras-Limestone of Sweden,

have long been known to be graptolititerous. A few of the

Rhabdophora of these beds have been figured by Boeck + and

Scharenberg ¢; but the horizons of the species are unknown.

The forms named below may be easily identified upon their

plates. Those in all probability restricted to the higher zones

I have marked with an asterisk.

Tetragraptus fruticosus, Hall. Phyllograptus typus, Hail.

Didymograptus Murchisoni, angustifolius, ZZadd.

Beck.* Climacograptus Scharenbergi*,

geminus, His, Lapw.

America.—As pointed out by Professor Selwyn §$, the main

mass of the Point-Levis or Quebec group of the valley of the

St. Lawrence lies at the very base of the Ordovician or Lower

Silurian system, and is thus, broadly speaking, synchronous

with the British Arenig rocks. Its Rhabdophora have been

long familiar to the eyes of paleontologists in the beautiful

plates of Hall’s classical memoir on the Graptolites of the

Quebec Group. It may be that the more ancient of the

strata from which his specimens were procured may even-

tually be proved to be of true Cambrian age. In the mean-

time, however, no division of these forms can be attempted.

The species figured by Hall from Point Levis include :-—

Clonograptus flexilis, Hall. Didymograptus bifidus, ad,

rigidus, Hall. indentatus, Hall.

abnormis, Hall. extenuatus, Hall.

ramulus, fall. constrictus, /Zall,

Loganograptus Logani, Hail. arcuatus, Hall.

Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Hall. extensus, Hall.

Tetragraptus Headi, Hall. pennatulus, Hall.

alatus, Hall. Phyllograptus typus, Hall.

crucifer, Hall. iliciformis, Hail.

—— quadribrachiatus, Hall. angustifolius, all.

denticulatus, Hall. Diplograptus dentatus, Brongn.

bryonoides, Hall. inutilis, Hall.

Bigsbyi, Hall. Climacograptus antennarius, Hail.

Didymograptus nitidus, Hall. Trigonograptus ensiformis, Hall.

patulus, Zail. Retiograptus tentaculatus, Hall,

+ Boeck, ‘ Bemerkninger angaaende Graptolitherne :’ Christiania, 1851.

{ Scharenberg, ‘ Ueber Graptolithen:’ Breslau, 1851.

§ Selwyn, Canadian Naturalist, 1879, p. 17.

338 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological

From similar beds at Orleans Island, Gros Maule, and the

river St. Anne, Hall describes :—Didymograptus similis, H.;

Tetragraptus fruticosus, H.; T. Headi, H.; Dichograptus

octonartus, H.; Clonograptus Richardsont, H.; and Phyllo-

graptus Anna, H.

Of these Quebee forms Tetragraptus Headi, H., T. bryo-

nites, H., Phyllograptus angustifolius, H., and P. typus, H.,

were subsequently detected in corresponding strata on the

coast of Newfoundland *, where their association with Crus-

tacea &c. of Tremadoc and Arenig types, as at Point Levis,

is demonstrative of their systematic place at or near the base

of the Ordovician.

Australia.—Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., and Professor M‘Coy

have recently described a small collection of Rhabdophora from

the lowest Ordovician rocks of Australiat, which is remark-

able for its general identity in facies with that of the Arenig

rocks of England and Canada. ‘The species figured are pos-

sibly :—

Loganograptus Logani, /Zall. Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Hall.

Goniograptus Thureaui, A/‘Coy. Phyllograptus typus, Had.

Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall. Retiograptus tentaculatus ?, Hall.

quadribrachiatus, Hall. Didymograptus Pantonii, M‘ Coy.

— truticosus, Hall. nitidus, Hall.

together with indeterminable species of Climacograptus and

Diplograptus.

Llandeilo Formation.

Dr. Hicks breaks up the Llandeilo formation of Wales into

three portions, the well-known limestones and calcareous

shales of Llandewi Felfry and Llandeilo forming the central

member. ‘This arrangement, though not universally applica-

ble, may possibly be the natural one in the southern districts.

There the Lower Llandeilo consists of dark carbonaceous shales

and thick beds of coarse sandstones, with occasional igneous

rocks of contemporaneous age, the Middle Llandeilo of cal-

careous flagstones, and the so-called Upper Llandeilo of soft

dark grey flags and mudstones, forming a gradual transition

into, and only doubtfully separable from, the overlying Bala

formation.

In the Lower Division, as seen to the west of Shelve, I

have collected Didymograptus Murchisoni, Beck, in some

abundance, and in corresponding strata below as well as

* Logan and Billings, Geology of Canada, pp. 291, 295, 872.

+ R. Etheridge, Jun., Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1874; M‘Coy,

Prodromus Paleontology Victoria, decades i., 11., and y.

Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 339

amid the voleanic rocks of the Gelli Hills near Builth. In

the dark Llandeilo shales of Pwllacca near Llandeilo I have

seen the smaller varieties of Didymograptus Murchisoni in

myriads, together with Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., Cli-

macograptus celatus, Lapw., and indeterminable forms of

Didymograptus. Didymograptus Murchisoni, Beck, is quite

as abundant in the black shales below the Limestone of

Llandewi Felfry near Whitland, associated with Dédymo-

graptus Nicholsoni, Lapw., Goniograptus, sp., Climacograptus

confertus, Lapw., Diplograptus tricornis, &e. The forms

recognized by Mr. Hopkinson and myself* in the Lower

Llandeilo zone of Abereiddy Bay include

Didymograptus euodus, Lapw. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

indentatus, Hall. tricornis, Carr.

—— Murchisoni, Beck. Dicellograptus moffatensis ?, Carr.

and some others.

In the Middle Llandeilo of Abereiddy Bay are found

Dicellograptus, Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and D, tri-

cornis, Carr. In the corresponding strata of Builth Road

and Wellfield, Radnorshire, I have detected

Dicellograptus patulosus, Lapw. Diplograptus tricornis, Carr.

Coenograptus gracilis ?, Hall. Climacograptus celatus, Lapw.

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

A fine example of Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk., from

these beds at Castell is in the Jermyn-Ntreet collection (Case

lv. 3s). Rocks of corresponding age at Meadowtown near

Shelve have yielded me Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and

D. dentatus, Brongn.

The Upper Llandeilo rocks of Abereiddy Bay have, up to

this time, proved barren of Graptolites. From the Upper

Llandeilo of Hagley, near Chirbury, I have collected Diplo-

graptus foliaceus, Murch., and Climacograptus Scharenbergi,

Lapw. From the Upper Llandeilo of Llandrindod Wells Mr.

Hopkinson sent me, some years ago, Climacograptus Scharen-

bergi, Lapw., C. celatus, Lapw., and Dicellograptus mof-

fatensis, Carr. From the same rocks near that town I have

this summer collected Diplograptus tricornis, Carr., D. folia-

ceus, Murch., Climacograptus celatus, Lapw., C. perexca-

vatus, Lapw., C. Scharenbergi, Lapw., and species of Dicel-

lograptus aud Lastograptus.

At the village of St. Clear’s, near Caermarthen, the bank of

the little river exposes a good section of highly fossiliferous

* Hopkinson and Lapworth, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxi.

p. 654.

340 On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora.

black shales, apparently of Upper Llandeilo age. In these I

have recognize

Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk. Climacograptus ceelatus ?, Lapw.

sextans?, Hall. perexcavatus, Lapw.

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

During the progress of the Geological Survey of North

Wales Mr. Salter detected Graptolites in the deep-seated

schists of Tiddyn Dicwm, near Tremadoc. From their appa-

rent stratigraphical position he assigned them to the general

horizon of the Arenig formation. There can be little doubt,

however, that they are actually of Llandeilo age. ‘The speci-

mens from this locality preserved in the Jermyn-Street

Museum, or figured in the ‘Geology of North Wales’*,

include Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall, Diplograptus tricornis,

Carr., Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapw., and C. bicornis,

Hall. I recognized the same species in a fine collection made

by Mr. Hopkinson from this locality in 1873, together with

the following additional species :—

Didymograptus, sp. Diplograptus angustifolius, Hall.

Glossograptus Hincksi, Hopk. Dicellograptus sextans (?), Hall,

Diplograptus dentatus, Brongn. Diplograptus Whitfieldi, Had.

Treland.—The only graptolitiferous strata in Ireland that

ean with certainty be assigned to the Llandeilo formation

are the schists of Bellewston Hill, County Meath, whence

Mr. Baily procured Didymograptus Murchisont, Beck, in

association with Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and other

forms fF.

Sweden.—The black shales that overlie the Orthoceras-

Limestone of Sweden, and are known as the Dicranograptus-

or Middle Graptolite-schists, fall into two tolerably distinct

paleontological groups. The lower group (Murchisoni- or

geminus-schists) is marked by the presence of Didymograptus

geminus, His., and several allied species; and it may there-

fore be roughly paralleled with our British Llandeilo. Ac-

cording to the most recent researches of Mr, Linnarsson f its

lowest beds contain representatives of the British forms

Phyllograptus typus, Hall, Diplograptus Hopkinsont, Nich.,

and Diplograptus tricornis, Carr. ‘These pass up into a

group of dark shales with Didymograptus geminus, His. ; and

the Llandeilo group is terminated by beds with Glossograptus

Hincksi, Hopk. With the above forms occur also Diplo-

* Memoirs Geol. Surv. England and Wales, vol. iii. pl. xii.

+ Baily, Journ. Geol. Soc. Dubiin, Jan. 1862.

{ Linnarsson, ‘(Efversigt af Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar,’

1878,

Mr. G. Nevill on a new Species of Acme. 341

graptide of the genera Diplograptus and Climacoyraptus,

together with Lastograptus and Azygograptus &c.

France &c.—Didymograptus Murchisoni and its allies occur

in the inferior division of the Schiste ardoisier of Bre-

tagne * in association with Crustacea of Llandeilo type. It

is found also in similar strata near Oporto in Portugal f.

[To be continued. ]

XXXIX.—Description of anew Species of Acme and Varieties

from the Conglomerate Beds at Menton. By Grorrrey

NEVILL, C.M.Z.S.

Acme Foliniana.

Testa turrito-elongata, imperforata, cornea, levis et nitida; spira

subrecta, paululum prope apicem obtusum eversa; anfract.

6 aut 6} (rarissime 7), convexiusculi, sutura distincta separati,

interdum inferne linea incisa (more Eulimidarum) circumdata ;

apertura subverticalis, subquadrangularis, marginibus callo levi

junctis; columellaris subrecta; peristom. album, percrassum,

_ duplex.

Typi anfr. 6°5; long. 5°5, diam. 1°75; apert. alt. 1°5, lat. 1:1

millim.

This was an exceedingly abundant form, often in a perfect

state of preservation, at three different levels ; a few specimens

had seven well-developed whorls, the others 6 or 63, increa-

sing very gradually and regularly, moderately convex, the last

two approximately of equal breadth ; apex blunt and obtuse,

the apical whorls with a slight inclination to the right (away

from the axis of the shell) ; perfectly smooth, polished, shi-

ning, of a more or less paie horny colour, sometimes so trans-

parent that the columella can be traced from the apex to the

base ; suture distinct, with a more or less obsolete incised

line close below it, as in many species of Hulima &c. ; aperture

a trifle everted, subquadrate, with a remarkable, pure white,

callous rib close to the peristome, imparting a duplex appear-

ance to the latter; a thin callosity joms the margins.

I have much pleasure in naming this, the giant of its

genus, after my friend the Marquis de Folin of Bayonne,

whose researches connected with minute marine species are

so highly valued and appreciated.

* Tromelin and Lebesconte, ‘Catalogue des Fossiles Siluriens,’ 1875,

. 46, &e.

E a Sharpe, “Geology of Neighbourhood of Oporto,” Q. J.G.S. vol. y,

p. 147.

342 Mr. G. Nevill on a new Spectes of Acme.

Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. Marquis de

Folin, Mons. J. René Bourguignat, Coombe Williams, P.

Joly, P. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen.

Var. emaciata, nov.

This is a dwarf form, apparently varying in every spe-

cimen, and of which it seems to me impossible to grasp

any thoroughly constant character. Taking an extreme spe-

cimen, it is distinguished by its smaller size, by the more

regularly turreted spire being quite upright, 6 whorls, of

almost equal size, slightly more convex, especially the last,

which is also proportionally very short; aperture smaller, a

trifle more vertical and scarcely everted; callosity joining

margins well developed; peristome does not present the

duplex appearance of the preceding, except at the columella.

Rare in middle deposit only.

Long. 4°13, diam. (vix) 1°5 millim.

Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Marquis

de Folin and Mons. J. René Bourguignat.

Var. pachystoma, nov.

(An potius A. pachystoma, sp. nov. ?)

This, unlike the preceding, is an exceedingly well-marked

and distinct form, unmistakable at a glance. I think it ex-

tremely probable Mons. Bourguignat is correct in regarding

it as a distinct species. It can be known from the typical

form by its much less distinct suture, by the shorter, less

elegantly and regularly turreted spine, composed of only six

more rapidly imcreasing whorls, the apical two compressed,

the others scarcely convex, almost cylindrical, especially the

last, which is proportionally much longer, the antepenulti-

mate one much broader than the others (not the case in type

form) ; the apical portion of the spire considerably more

diverted from the axis of the shell, with the aperture very

much everted, imparting a still stronger resemblance to cer-

tain species of Hulima; the thick, white peristome is sur-

rounded by a still more callous rib, especially noticeable at its

termination, about the middle of the columella, which is

slightly oblique; the duplex character of this outer lip is still

more distinctly and clearly marked. This form was by no

means uncommon, though much less abundant than typical

A. Foliniana, with which it was associated.

Long. 5, diam. 1°9 millim.

Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Marquis

de Folin and Mons. J. René Bourguignat.

343

On some new Species of Araneidea.

XL.—On some new Species of Araneidea.

By the Rev. O. P. Camsripce, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e.

[Plate XVIL]

A SMALL collection of spiders, chiefly of the genus Hrigone

(Neriéne and Walckenaéra, Bl.), lately received from Graf

Eugen v. Keyserling of Glogau, Silesia, contained four

species which appear to me to be undescribed. These,

together with another very remarkable one of the same

group, sent to me from Lisbon by Mr. H. O. Forbes, are de-

scribed and figured in the present paper. ‘Those received

from Count Keyserling were found in different localities in

Germany ; and among them were also examples of the follow-

ing known species :—

Dictyna viridissima, Walck., Or- Walckenaéra cucullata, C. Z. Koch,

zova. Munich and Glogau.

Neriéne exhilarans, Cambr., Mu- brevis, Wid., Munich.

nich. pusilla, Wid., Munich.

livida, B/., Glogau.

— cornuta, Bl., Orzova &e.

graminicola, Sund., Munich.

rufipes, Sund., Liivland &e.

— hbifrons, Bl., Orzova.

—— prominula, “Comibr. ., Glogau.

—— perforata, Thor., Orzova.

— cristata, B/., loc.?

—— dentipalpis, ih 7ad., loc. ?

isabellina, C. L. Koch, Dux.

—— fuscipalpis, C. LZ. K., Glogau.

rubripes, B/., Glogau.

Bathyphantes brev ipalpis, Menge,

Munich.

Walckenaéra Simoni, Cambr., Mu-

nich.

—— elongata, Wid., Munich.

The following are the species

pallens, Cambr. .» Munich.

altifrons, Cambr., Glogau and

Munich.

antica, Wid., Danzig.

Linyphia decens, Cambr. , loc. ?

oblivia, Camobr., Munich and

Glogau.

eee pallida, Cambr., Glogau.

nigrina, Sund., Glogau.

supposed to be new :—

Neriéne rasa, sp. n., Dux, p. 345, Pl. XVII. fig. 1.

Keyserlingii, sp. n., loc. ?, p. 344, Pl. XVII. fig. 2

— — iracunda, sp. n., Liivland, p. 346, Pl. XVII. fig. 3.

Walckenaéra nasuta, sp. n., Lisbon, p. 347, Pl. X VIL. fig.

—— congenera, sp. 0. , Munich, Pp: 348, Pl. XVIL fig. 5.

Fam. Theridiides.

Gen. NERIENE, BI.

(Bt AV IL fe. 1.)

Adult male, length very nearly } of an inch.

The colour of the cephalothorax, falces, maxille, labium,

and sternum is a clear but darkish yellow-brown ; the legs

and palpi are of a paler hue, and the abdomen is blackish

olive-brown. ‘The general convexity of the cephalothorax is

somewhat depressed ; but the caput is well rounded on all

Neriéne rasa, sp. n.

344 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some

sides, and the profile of the clypeus (which considerably ex-

ceeds in height half that of the facial space) continues the

curve of the profile of the occiput; the profile line behind the

occiput exhibits a very slight depression ; on the caput and

clypeus are some prominent hairs.

The eyes are small, and, excepting the fore-centrals, which

are very small, are of equal size; those of the hind-central

pair are considerably nearer together than each is to the hind-

lateral eye on its side, the interval being no more than an

eye’s diameter, which is also the same interval as that which

separates them from the fore-centrals ; those of each lateral

pair are placed obliquely on a tubercle ; the fore-centrals are

dark, indistinct, and contiguous to each other.

The legs are of tolerable length and rather slender ; their

armature had been almost entirely denuded, but it appears to

have consisted of hairs only.

The palpi are short ; the radial joint is stronger, but scarcely

longer, than the cubital, both being very short; the former

spreads out a little in front, but has no projection or apo-

physis; it is furnished with some bristly hairs, the longest

and strongest of which are on the outer side; the digital joint

is of moderate size, and has a strong lobe or prominence to-

wards its hinder extremity on the outer side; the palpal

organs are moderately complex; at their base on the outer

side is a prominent, almost circularly curved, corneous process,

and at their extremity are two or three small, blunt, projecting,

corneous points.

The falces are long, strong, and greatly inclined back-

wards to the labium ; they are also a little divergent at their

extremities.

The abdomen is of tolerable size; its shape is a regular

oval, its surface glossy and very sparingly clothed with hairs ;

and it projects a little over the base of the thorax.

~ This spider is allied to Neriéne Huthwaitii, Cambr., which

it resembles very much in general colouring and appearance ;

but it may easily be distinguished by the much shorter radial

joint and much larger digital joint of the palpus ; the struc-

ture also of the palpal organs is entirely different.

A single example was sent to me for examination by Count

Keyserling, by whom it was found at Dux.

Neriéne Keyserlingii, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 2.)

Adult female, length + of an inch.

The whole of the fore part of this spider, including the legs

and palpi (which are a little the palest), is of a clear yellow

colour ; and the abdomen is pale straw-coloured. The cephalo-

new Species of Araneidea. 345

thorax is of a rather flattened form; the profile line forms a

slightly curved slope to the eyes, the depression behind the

occiput being exceedingly slight. The normal grooves and

indentations are fairly marked, and are also indicated by con-

verging lines of a dusky hue.

The eyes are of tolerable size and not very unequal; they

are rather closely grouped ; those of the posterior row are

equidistant from each other, being separated by a central-

eye’s diameter, each of the central eyes being also separated

by a similar space from the fore-central eye opposite to it.

Those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and

are seated obliquely on a black tubercle; those of the fore-

central pair are on a large black spot, and are separated from

each other by nearly half a diameter.

The legs are moderate in length and strength (4, 1, 2, 3),

furnished with hairs, and a very few slender prominent

bristles.

The falces are long, strong, very prominent towards their

base in front, a little divergent, and armed with strong sharp

teeth on the inner sides, a row of five (the strongest) being

placed along the outer edge, and three along the inner edge

of the groove in which the fang lies when at rest. On the

outer sides in front are some minute piliferous tubercles ar-

ranged in two or three longitudinal lines.

The mazille are long, strong, somewhat obtusely pointed

on the inner extremities, and inclined towards the labium,

which is of a semicircular form.

The abdomen is oval, broadest behind, and projects over the

base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a pale straw-yellow colour,

thinly clothed with fine hairs, and marked with four small,

round, red-brown, impressed spots near the middle of the

upperside, forming a trapezoid, whose posterior is longer than

the anterior side; a sooty-black broken: stripe bisects the

upperside in a longitudinal direction, the hinder part being

formed of two elongate arrow-head markings, following each

other in close contact, the posterior one merging in a large

sooty-black patch some little distance above the spinners. It

is probable that in a series of examples some variations in this

pattern would be exhibited. The genital aperture is small

and characteristic in form, but has no prominent process con-

nected with it; just in front of the spinners is a curved lip-

like fold in the integument, having every appearance of being

the aperture leading to one or two spiracles (breathing-

organs).

Two examples of this fine and distinct species were com-

prised in the collection of spiders received for examination

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 25

346 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some

from Count Keyserling, by whom they were found in Ger-

many ; but the precise locality is unknown to me.

Neriéne tracunda, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 3.)

Adult male, length slightly over 1 line.

The cephalothorax is of a dark yellow-brown colour, and of

a somewhat oblong-oval form, broad at the fore part, and the

lateral constriction on the margins, at the caput, exceedingly

slight. ‘The profile line forms a tolerably even, though very

slight curve ; the ocular area slopes forwards; and the clypeus,

which projects a little, is less in height than half that of the

facial space.

The eyes are all seated on tubercles; those of the lateral

pairs rather strong; they are not very large or greatly dif-

ferent in size, those of the anterior (or fore-central) pair, which

are a little the smallest, are separated by a small but distinct

interval, those of the hind-central pair are divided by rather

less than a diameter’s interval, that which separates each of

them from the hind-lateral eye on its side being about equal

to a diameter. ‘The curves of the two rows of eyes are

as nearly as possible equal, but directed in opposite directions,

and enclosing a transverse oval space; those of each lateral

pair are placed very slightly obliquely.

The legs are rather long, slender, 4, 1, 2, 3, furnished with

hairs, and one or two erect bristles only, and of a pale orange-

yellow colour.

The palpi are short; the digital and radial joints brown,

the rest similar in colour to the legs. The cubital and radial

joints are very short; the latter is the strongest and has its

fore extremity on the upperside produced, but very slightly,

into a somewhat pointed termination ; and there is also a pro-

minent point on the outer side: the digital joint is of moderate

size ; it has a small, blunt, somewhat tooth-like projection at

its base; and on its outer side is a prominent, somewhat ele-

vated subangular lobe. The palpal organs are complex and

well developed, but present no very noticeable processes.

The falces are powerful, prominent near their base in front,

divergent, and greatly cut away on the inner side of their

fore half—so far as I could see, destitute of teeth, excepting a

bluntish one at the extreme inner point near the insertion of

the fang. ‘The outer sides in front are furnished with minute

piliferous tubercles. The colour of the falces is similar to

that of the cephalothorax.

The maxille are like the falces in colour; they are strong,

moderately long, rounded on their outer sides and at the ex-

tremities, and inclined towards the labiwm, which is short,’

new Species of Araneidea. 347

somewhat roundly truncated at the apex, and of a dark black-

brown hue.

The sternum is similar to the labium in colour.

The abdomen is narrow oviform, glossy and black, and

thinly clothed with hairs.

A single example of this spider, which is allied to Nerdéne

subtilis, N. conigera, and N. innotabilis, Cambr., was received

from Count Keyserling, by whom it was found in Liivland.

Gen. WALCKENAERA, Bl.

Walckenaéra nasuta, sp.n. (PI. XVII. fig. 4.)

Adult male, length ; of an inch.

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and falces are of a light

rather orange-yellow colour, the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi

of the legs being a little the palest, and the caput slightly suf-

fused towards the fore part on the upperside with a dusky

brownish hue. The caput is elevated, and the fore extremity

of the upperside projects forwards in a somewhat curved

and tapering form, terminating in a round knob connected

with the main portion by a narrow neck-like constriction, and

giving it a very nose-like appearance; the fore part of the

caput, as well as the knob, is furnished pretty thickly with

hairs; there are also a few shorter ones along the upperside of

the caput, directed slightly backwards. The thorax is a little

gibbous about the middle of the upperside.

The eyes are small, seated on black spots, and in the usual

four pairs ; the lateral pairs are one on each side, towards the

fore extremity of the caput, at about the thoracic level; the

fore-central pair is in front, between and on a level with the

laterals ; the eyes of these three pairs are respectively con-

tiguous to each other, while those of the hind-central pair are

wide apart, one on each side of the produced part of caput, a

little behind the neck or constriction.

The legs are slender, not very long, furnished with ordinary

hairs, and a few erect ones on the upperside of the tibie and

metatarsi.

The palpi are moderately long ; the cubital joint is rather

long and slightly clavate; the radial joint is short, but has

its fore extremity produced into a long, tapering, twisted,

sharp-pointed, rather prominent apophysis. The length of

this joint and its apophysis is about equal to that of the

cubital joint. The digital joint is of moderate size; and the

palpal organs are prominent and rather complex, but have no

very remarkable processes.

The abdomen is oviform ; it projects but slightly over the

25*

348 On some new Species of Araneidea.

base of the cephalothorax, and is jet-black, thinly clothed with

hairs.

A single example, in excellent condition, of this very

remarkable little spider was kindly sent to me, from Lisbon,

with numerous other spiders, by Mr. H. O. Forbes.

Walckenaéra congenera, sp.n. (Pl. XVII. fig. 5.)

Adult male, length 1 line.

The cephalothorax is of a deep rich black-brown colour, the

legs orange, and the abdomen jet-black. The caput is elevated

into a moderate-sized, well-rounded eminence ; the height of

the clypeus is a little over half that of the facial space; it

slopes forwards following the same line as that of the fore

protile of the eminence on the caput. The upper (or hind-

central) pair of eyes are seated on the fore part of the upper-

side of the eminence, and are separated by an eye’s diameter.

The legs are slender, of moderate length, 1, 4, 2, 3, and

furnished with hairs only; if any other armature was ever

present it had been rubbed off before the example came to

hand.

The palpéare moderately long, slender, and of a yellow colour,

excepting the digital joint, which is dark yellow-brown. The

cubital joint is slightly clavate and bent downwards ; the radial

joint is stronger than the cubital, and has its fore extremity, on

the upperside, produced into a long, somewhat tapering, and

curved apophysis, whose broadly obtuse point is directed out-

wards across the middle of the digital joint, and a little turned

upwards on the lower edge; within the curvature of this

apophysis is a strong, not very long, obtuse, prominent process

also directed outwards; and in front of it (though it was

difficult to see its exact origin) is a small, sharp-pointed,

spine-like projection ; numerous bristly hairs issue from the

outer side of the radial joint, chiefly towards its hinder part ;

the digital joint is oval and of tolerable size ; the palpal organs

are well developed and complex ; they are closely encircled

near the middle with a black spine; and a more slender one

coiled in a circular form is situated at their extremity.

The maville are of an olive-brown hue, the /abiwm blackish

brown ; the sternwm is glossy and black-brown; and the abdo-

men, which is also glossy, is jet-black, rather large, consider-

ably convex above, and very sparingly clothed with hairs.

This spider is closely allied to Walckenaéra pregracilis,

Cambr., but is larger ; the legs are also shorter; the eminence

on the caput is of a more rounded form, and less sloping

in profile both before and behind; the two eyes seated on its

summit are also nearer together. The palpi are somewhat

On new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. 349

similar to those of that species; but the radial apophysis is

shorter, stouter, and more obtuse at its extremity, the process

also within its curvature is straighter, shorter, and stouter.

It is also allied to Walckenaéra erythropus, Westr., though

the palpi, as well as the eminence on the caput of this last

species, differ in structure, the digital joint being larger, the

radial apophysis less strong at its extremity, the process within

its curvature longer, more prominently turned upwards, and

furnished with a cusp-like point at its end.

A single example received for examination from Count

Keyserling, by whom it was found near Munich.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Neériéne rasa, sp. n., d, p. 843. Dux. a, profile, without legs or

palpi; 4, front view of eyes and falces; c, left palpus, sideways,

above and a little underneath in front ; d, curved process at base

on outer side of palpal organs, from in front; e, natural length

of spider.

Fig. 2. Neriéne Keyserlingii, sp. u., 2, p. 344. Germany. a, profile,

without legs; b, front view of eyes and falces; c, hinder extre-

mity of abdomen, from underneath; d, same as ¢, in profile; 2, fold

in front of spinners, supposed to conceal spiracular orifices; y,

the same as 2, in profile; e, genital aperture ; f, natural length

of spider.

Fig. 3. Neriéne iracunda, sp.n., 3, p. 346. Liivland. a, profile, with-

out legs or palpi; 8, front view of eyes and falces ; ¢, left palpus,

from outer side, rather in front; d, ditto, in front, rather on

inner side; e, natural length of spider.

Fig. 4. Walekenuéra nasuta, sp.u., d, p. 347. Lisbon. a, right palpus

on outer side; 6, humeral, cubital, and radial joints of left

palpus, from in front ; ¢, profile, without legs or palpi; d, natural

length of spider.

Fig. 5. Walckenaéra congenera, sp. n., 3 (profile, without legs or palpi),

p- 348. Munich. a, caput, from above and behind; 4, left pal-

pus, from above and rather in front; c, radial joint of ditto; d,

natural length of spider.

XLI.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from

Japan. By Artuur G. Bur er, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

THE moths described in the present paper were mostly pre-

sented to the British Museum by Mr. Henry Pryer of Yoko-

hama, who collected them in that locality. Amongst them

are many species of great interest, exhibiting marvellous re-

semblance to well-known European types, whilst one or two

show greater similarity to forms occurring in the New

World.

350 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

One insect in Mr. Pryer’s collection I was much surprised

to find, upon examination, to be absolutely identical with a

West-Indian form; I allude to Gonitis fractifera. As the

Indian species of Gronitis seem to be constant to locality, the

various forms being nearly allied and limited in their range,

it is very strange to find a form common to St. Domingo and

Jamaica in Japan.

Sphingide.

1. Acosmeryx metanaga, n. sp. (no. 217).

dé. Rather larger than A. sericeus g ; coloration inter-

mediate between it and A. anceus ; markings of primaries and

entire coloration and marking of the under surface almost as

in A. naga—lilacine grey, clouded and banded with fuligi-

nous brown; wings tinted upon the disk with ferruginous ;

primaries with a lunated belt dividing off the basicostal area

and an oblique darker belt from the costa just beyond the

middle to the external border, both fuliginous brown; the

usual transverse undulated dark brown lines; outer border

smoky brown, undulated internally, intersected by a grey

stripe from the subcostal furca to the second median branch ;

a triangular subapical marginal dark-brown spot ; secondaries

greyish, becoming reddish on the disk, which is crossed from

near anal angle by a dusky bordered lilacine streak, followed

by a rather broad fuliginous outer border, which tapers to the

anal angle ; thorax, excepting the tegule, red-brown ; margins

of abdominal segments red-brown; antenne sordid white.

Expanse of wings 4 inches.

2. Pergesa mongoliana, var., Butl. (no. 219).

Differs from the ordinary Japanese examples in its much

deeper coloration above, the absence of the pale patches at

apex and on the disk of the primaries, and in the bright red-

dish coloration of the under surface. In this last character,

however, it agrees with the type from Mongolia.

3. Triptogon sperchius, Ménétr. (no. 205).

We have received a pair of what appears to be this species,

agreeing fairly with the published figures, and therefore

establishing the entire distinctness of my TZ. picetpennis.

Although | could not hesitate to describe an insect so entirely

distinct in coloration and marking as 7. picetpennis from the

figure published by Ménétriés, it is satisfactory to be able to

confirm the validity of the species by comparison with actual

specimens.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 351

Zygenide.

4. Illiberis sinensis, Walker (no. 243 B).

This insect has now come from Yokohama.

5. Procris funeralis, sp.n. (no. 244).

Deep purplish brown, the fringes paler; the disk of secon-

daries whitish and semihyaline ; abdomen black, claspers and

proboscis horn-yellow; a whitish extruded anal tuft. Ex-

panse of wings 9 lines.

Arctiidae.

6. Spilosoma leucothorax, Felder (no. 288).

This species is new to Japan.

7. Spilarctia imparilis, var., Butl. (no, 286).

The male now sent agrees with the typical female in

spotting, but the female sent with it agrees more nearly

with the typical male; it is therefore clear that, as in the

European species, the Japanese Spilarctie vary considerably

in the number of spots upon the wings.

8. Spilarctia inequalis, n. sp. (no. 294).

3. Wings above pale buff, becoming pink towards the

inner margins; a black spot at the superior angle of each

discoidal cell: primaries with a spot in the cell, two or three

close to inner margin, near to which commences an oblique

series from the centre of the margin to the lower discoidal

interspace, where it meets a series of abbreviated black dashes

running to the apex ; a second less distinct series of similar

dashes between the oblique series and the outer margin:

secondaries with a spot on the discoidal interspace and four

near the anal angle blackish grey: thorax white, the head

and shoulders tinted with buff; abdomen carmine, with lateral

black dots and fringe of ochreous hairs; antenne black.

Wings below nearly as above: body below whitish, the collar

and fringe of the palpi carmine ; upper surface of palpi and

of front legs and the tarsi and knees of the other legs black.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

2. Wings above semitransparent white, tinted with pale

buff at the borders; a blackish spot at the superior angle of

each discoidal cell: primaries with a double series of abbre-

viated black dashes as in the male, but without the oblique

series of spots or other spots noted as existing in that sex:

352 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

secondaries with a spot near the apex and a second near the

anal angle: thorax and base of abdomen white ; remainder

of abdomen pink, but with the anal segments pale buif, a

series of black spots on each side; head slightly yellowish ;

antenne black. Wings below as above: body below white,

venter black-spotted, anus buff; collar and fringe of palpi

pink ; upper surface of palpi and of front legs black; upper

surface of the remaining legs brown. Expanse of wings

1 inch 10 lines.

The female at first sight looks almost like S. rhodophila,

whereas the male agrees better with S, obliqua.

9. Spilarctia rosacea, n. sp. (no. 289, ¢).

Primaries above fawn-colour, with the borders and veins

pale creamy buff; the basal third of costal margin black; a

small spot at the superior angle of the cell, a second on the

costa beyond it, a third just above the bend of the submedian

vein, an oblique series of black spots from inner margin to

apex, interrupted at the fourth median or lower radial branch;

an abbreviated series of black points near the outer margin :

secondaries rose-coloured, with the margins buff; a large

black spot at the end of the cell: thorax cream-coloured ;

head grey ; antenne and eyes black ; abdomen rose-coloured,

with dorsal and lateral series of black spots. Primaries below

bright rose-red, with the outer and inner margins and a patch

at basal third of costa ochraceous, base whitish, a black spot

at the end of the cell, a broad interno-median longitudinal

streak and an oblique series of spots from the latter to the

apex black: secondaries rose-coloured, with yellowish borders;

a black spot at the end of the cell: body whitish, palpi and

coxe and femora of anterior and middle legs carmine, tibize

and tarsi of hind legs blackish, venter laterally spotted with

black. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines.

The insect sent as the female of this species is S. seriato-

punctata of Motschulsky, the male of which we previously

possessed ; the sexes of that species do not differ either in

size, form, or colour, whereas the insect now described differs

in all of these points, its chief resemblance, indeed, con-

sisting in the presence of the black basicostal streak on the

primaries.

Lithosiide.

10. Cyana decipiens, n. sp. (no. 1126).

Primaries sordid white, with broad chocolate costal border

not quite reaching the base, a dusky-bordered, irregular, sub-

Lepidoptera from Japan. 303

basal, pale sandy yellowish stripe, and a second across the

disk, close to the external border ; the veins upon the broad

central area enclosed by these two stripes dotted with oliva-

ceous ; external area limited internally by a series of black

>-shaped markings, almost forming a zigzag line; external

angle clouded with olivaceous; fringe obliquely streaked with

ferruginous ; an oblique curved discocellular black dash ;

costal margin yellowish, spotted with olivaceous : secondaries

shining white, with slightly brownish external area, broadest

at apex: body white. Under surface sordid white, primaries

broadly suffused with grey ; a discal series of blackish semi-

circles near the outer margin; fringe as above. HExpanse of

wings 1 inch 7 lines.

This species wonderfully resembles the New-Zealand genus

Declana.

11. Miltochrista torrens, n. sp. (no. 266).

Primaries bright orange, with costal and outer margins red;

two black dots at the base ; two blackish irregular lines upon

the basal half from inner margin to subcostal vem: secon-

daries yellowish rose-coloured, with bright rosy border; fringe

of all the wings ochreous: thorax reddish orange; abdomen

buff, with dorsal and lateral series of black dots. Under

surface pale rosy, with the borders of the wings brighter in

colour ; body yellowish. LExpanse of wings 1 inch.

12. Systropha nivosa, n. sp. (no. 270).

Snow-white, wings sericeous; primaries below pale brown

with white fringe; anterior and middle pairs of legs brownish

above. Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Notodontide.

13. Stauropus persimilis, n. sp. (no. 321).

Closely allied to S. fag?, but smaller, the ground-colour of

the wings more uniformly reddish brown, the basal pale area

of primaries much less defined; the whitish border below

obsolete. Expanse of wings 2 inches 2 lines.

This is, of course, nothing but a small representative race

of S. fagi; the caterpillar, probably of this species, from

Hiogo, is black with castaneous head.

14. Peridea cinerea, n. sp. (no. 331).

Nearly allied to P. sikkima, with the same markings, but

much smaller, altogether greyer, and with the yellow spots

304 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

on the disk of primaries replaced by snow-white ones; the

primaries and thorax, seen as a whole, are distinctly ash-

coloured instead of greenish brown. Expanse of wings

2 inches.

This species is of the same general tint as Phalera sigmata ;

but the body is browner; it and “ Heterocampa” stkkima are

decidedly best placed in Peridea, with which they appear to

agree in all essential points of structure.

PALECA, n. gen.

Allied to Cleapa, but with the palpi nearly twice as large

(giving the genus quite a Deltocd character), and with the

antenne less widely pectinated, with the apical fourth simple ;

body slightly more slender and decidedly longer. Type P.

rufescens.

15. Paleca rufescens, n. sp. (no. 1067).

Primaries above clay-coloured, shining; the basal and

external thirds dusky and edged with a pale line, so that the

central third forms a broad belt, expanding upon the costa,

and enclosing a blackish discocellular spot: secondaries pale

shining brown, the external half being distinctly more dusky

with defined inner edge: thorax clay-coloured, abdomen pale

brown. Under surface pale cupreous brown, shining ; wings

with indications of a blackish discal line and with black

discocellular spots. xpanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.

INGURIDIA, n. gen.

Allied to Ingura (I. recurrens), but the wings broader, the

secondaries altogether larger; antennez: simple, palpi slightly

more slender ; hind legs quite as strongly quadrispinose, but

apparently rather less densely hairy ; pectus covered with

long coarse hairs. ‘Type J. abrostolina.

16. Inguridia abrostolina, n. sp. (no. 782).

Dark brown, primaries above clouded with greyish; the

discoidal spots and a large rounded spot below the cell indi-

cated by black outlines, and enclosed by two transverse black

lines, which indicate the central belt; a pale grey submar-

ginal line and a black marginal line formed of confluent

lunated spots; head and thorax pale and silvery, abdomen

dark greyish brown. Under surface dark brown, shining ;

wings with a darker discal line and pale fringe; the fringe of

Phe ene almost wholly white. LExpanse of wings 1 inch

1 line.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 355

This species, though similar in general tint to the allied

genus Ingura, is even more like Abdrostola in pattern and

coloration.

17. Lophopteryx Pryert, n. sp.

Near to the ‘‘ Notodonta”’ Sieversti of Ménétriés, but shorter

in the wings, with more prominent scale-tooth from the inner

margin of the primaries, and with the central belt and discal

spots on these wings more sharply defined. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 5 lines.

L,. Sieversii is carefully figured ; and therefore, although we

do not possess the species, I have no difficulty in charac-

terizing the Japanese insect as distinct.

Drepanulide.

18. Oreta auripes, n. sp. (no. 348).

?. Allied to O. calida (Ill. Lep. Het. pl. xxii. fig. 6), size

of the male of that species, and of the same general colour

above—laky brown, mottled with grey; wings crossed by

two grey lines, wider apart than in O. calida, the outer one

on primaries incurved and bounded by an ill-defined yellow

line which runs to apex; fringe and margin of secondaries

bright ferruginous: body pale whity brown, the metathorax

and abdomen slightly rosy; head and antennz ochreous ;

collar rosy brown. Wings below bright ochraceous, clouded

with rosy reddish, reticulated and dotted with lilacine grey ;

a curved discal line of the same colour across the primaries :

body below creamy yellowish ; anterior legs bright reddish

orange; other legs golden orange. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch

9 lines.

This species should be placed between O. calida and O.

pulchripes. Drepanulides palleolus, Motschulsky (no. 345),

is a Callidrepana.

Saturniide.

19. Tropwa aliena, u. sp. (no. 323).

6. Wings above pale yellowish green *, white at the base

and along the abdominal border of secondaries; the usual

small oval ocelli closing the discoidal cells; a slightly sinuous

yellowish olivaceous discal stripe from costa of primaries to

abdominal margin of secondaries ; fringe pale sandy yellow:

primaries with a second, irregular, oblique, subbasal, yellowish

* Probably emerald-green when fresh from the chrysalis, as there are

traces of this colour on the underside of the wings.

356 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

olivaceous stripe; costal border sordid plum-colour, densely

irrorated in front with white scales, and bounded behind by

a black stripe: body white; the head, collar, margins of

the thorax and abdomen slightly yellowish ; a broad belt of

dark plum-colour across the prothorax and tegule ; antenne

bright testaceous; hind margin of eyes red. Wings below

with an undulated discal line in place of the sinuous stripe of

the upper surface; body below sordid white, palpi and legs

rosy. Expanse of wings 5 inches 10 lines.

This beautiful species most nearly agrees with the Mexican

T. dictynna, but differs in the absence of the conical chocolate

patch uniting the ocellus of primaries to the costal border, in

the more wavy discal stripe, and the presence of a second

stripe towards the base of the primaries.

Linneus evidently confounded 7. dictynna with T. luna;

for although, in the 10th edition of his ‘Systema,’ he quoted

Catesby’s figure of the North-American insect and Petiver’s

representation of the same species as illustrations to his brief

diagnosis, yet for the fuller description given in the ‘ Museum

of Ulrica’ he quoted Clerck’s ‘Icones’ first of all; and the

figure in the latter certainly represents the Mexican species,

inasmuch as the wings are crossed by a well-defined discal

stripe. It is probable that both descriptions are taken from

the northern type.

Limacodide.

20. Narosa culta, n. sp. (no. 771).

Primaries above pale pinky brown ; an irregular transverse

subbasal olivaceous line followed by a broad unequal central

olivaceous belt, a line of the same colour parallel to and im-

mediately beyond the central belt ; a black oblique patch just

beyond the end of the cell, and above it one or two little brown

lines ; arather broad olivaceous discal belt, indistinct towards

the inner margin; a subconfluent marginal series of black

dots: secondaries pale silky brown, with a dusky marginal

line: body pale brown. Primaries and pectus below shining

greyish brown; secondaries shining whitish, with indistinct

irregular dusky discal line, a discocellular lunule and an

interrupted marginal line blackish: venter whitish. Hxpanse

of wings 1 inch 1 line.

Lasiocampide.

Mr. Pryer has sent home a pair of a curious variety of Qona

segregata, in which the bands are ferrugimous instead of

blackish.

Lepidoptera from Japan, 307

Hepialide.

21. Gorgopis niphonica, n. sp. (no. 236).

Primaries above olive-brown, shot with rose-colour towards

the outer margin ; the subbasal area darkest, marked with two

unequal white dots placed obliquely ; a spot closing the cell,

an irregular discal series doubled above the median vein, and

a marginal series deep olivaceous : secondaries greyish brown,

shot with rose-colour; fringe brown, spotted in the middle

with cream-colour: thorax olivaceous; abdomen greyish

brown. Under surface bronzy olivaceous, tinted with rose-

colour. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

Cymatophoride.

22. Cymatophora plumbea, n. sp. (no. 625).

Silvery grey, primaries more metallic and less brown in

tint than the secondaries ; basal area crossed by six parallel

blackish irregular lines, the three outer of which are thicker

and more distinct than the others ; a widely sinuated blackish

line beyond the cell, followed immediately by two or three un-

dulated parallel white-margined grey lines; veins on the disk

alternately black and white; outer border broadly dusky,

crossed by a white line limiting the dots on the veins ; a wavy

marginal blackish line; fringe sordid white, traversed by

a dusky line: secondaries pale brownish, with broad diffused

brownish external area, a whitish discal stripe, and a well-

marked blackish dorsal tuft: thorax white, speckled with

black, giving it the appearance of the colour of the pri-

maries. Under surface pale whity brown, shining; a white-

bordered dusky discal stripe; pectus white. Hxpanse of

wings 2 inches.

Bombycoide.

BELOSTICTA, n. gen.

Allied to Acronycta, but differmg in the much more elon-

gated form of the primaries, giving it quite the aspect of a

Notodont: palpi much broader than in Acronycta, legs hairy;

pectus clothed with long hair. Type B. extensa.

23. Belosticta extensa, n. sp. (no. 739).

Pale greyish brown; primaries indistinctly banded with

bronzy brown; the discoidal spots black-edged ; two widely

divergent irregular white-edged black lines across the wings ;

358 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

an oblique black litura between these lines and below the

orbicular spot ; veins on the disk alternately black and white,

a series of more or less sagittate interneural black streaks along

the external border, most prominent near external angle,

limited internally by an ill-defined whitish line ; an undulated

marginal black line, fringe sordid white; thorax whitish :

under surface whitish, primaries and pectus tinted with pale

purplish brown ; wings shining. Expanse of wings 2 inches

2 lines.

24, Acrenycta consanquis, n. sp. (no. 637).

Close to A. menyanthidis, but decidedly greyer, the sagit-

tate marking near external angle of primaries more distinctly

and neatly formed, as in A. tridens, the 8 -like marking at

the base replaced by a black-edged 8-shaped brownish mark-

ing. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

The secondaries of this species are decidedly browner than

in A. menyanthidis, and there is a well-defined pale brown

discal stripe.

Leucanlide.

25. Mythimna deparca, n. sp. (no. 703).

Allied to M. placida ; primaries pale greenish buff-coloured,

external third ferruginous, crossed longitudinally by grey

veins spotted with black, and transversely by a somewhat

angulated dark-edged yellow line limiting the external border ;

inner edge of the external third regularly undulated, a slightly

darker ferruginous undulated line just inside it across the

disk; two geminated dark grey lines, converging towards

costa, upon the basal area, a black dot between these within

the cell, and a second below the cell; discoidal spots outlined

in ferruginous, the reniform placed upon a ferruginous nebula

from which a streak of the same colour runs to the inner

margin ; fringe rosy ferruginous, traversed by a grey line and

spotted with ochreous: secondaries bronzy brown, darkest at

outer border; fringe rosy, with yellow basal line: body above

greenish buff-coloured, the centre of the thorax and fringe

of the abdomen ferruginous; antennee with brown pecti-

nations. Wings below shining whity brown, with ferruginous

borders, blackish discocellular spots, a dusky submarginal

line; primaries clouded with greyish brown: body below

ferruginous; palpi and upper surface of front legs purplish

brown, tarsi yellowish; other legs above blackish, banded

with white, below ochreous. ixpanse of wings 1 inch

7 lines.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 359

26. Leucania Loreyti, Duponchel (no. 648).

I at first thought this species distinct from the European

form; but a close comparison under the lens has satisfied me

that it is only a slightly rubbed example; all the markings

are the same.

27. Leucania extranea, var., Guén. (no. 647).

This is a singularly sandy-coloured variety which at first

sight I was inclined to believe a distinct species; I have,

however, found a specimen similarly coloured in the collection

from India.

28. Nonagria turpis, n. sp. (no. 655).

Whity brown ; primaries with a curved series of black dots

beyond the middle ; thorax darker brown: wings below paler,

shining, with blackish marginal dots, discocellulars and an

indistinct discal line grey ; body below brownish. Expanse

of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

Xylophasiide.

29. Xylophasia scttula, n. sp. (no. 751).

Primaries above clay-brown, sericeous, traversed by three

very irregular paler lines—the innermost line limiting the

basal third, subangulated, spotted with black, the central line

oblique discal, dentate-sinuate, with the denticles represented

by pale-edged black dots upon the veins, outermost line irre-

gularly undulated, limiting the external border, bounded in-

ternally on costal border by an ill-defined greyish diffused

spot or nebula; one or two black dots on the costal margin,

and a series between the veins on the outer margin; secon-

daries shining fuliginous brown, with pale argillaceous, traversed

by a dusky line; thorax red-brown, with the front of the

collar pale; abdomen fuliginous, with reddish fringe. Under

surface fuliginous ; wings paler than the thorax and shining,

outer border whity brown; discocellular spots and a discal

stripe dark brown; a marginal series of black dots, costa of

primaries tawny ; coxee and fringes of legs purplish brown;

venter whitish, with lateral black spots and yellowish fringe.

EXxpanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines.

30. Dipterygia caliginosa, Walkex (no. 659).

Closely allied to D. pinastri, but larger and much darker,

less red in tint, the oblique undulated outline of the dark

area less oblique, and consequently with shallower sinuations ;

body altogether of a more smoky tint; under surface shining

360 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Spectes of

grey, the postmedian line much less strongly defined and

placed at nearly twice the distance from the outer margin.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines.

Referred by Walker to the genus Hadena.

Apameide.

31. Apamea limbata, n. sp. (no. 749).

Primaries sandy whitish, mottled with grey, the central belt

represented by two divergent undulated geminate black lines

enclosing the discoidal spots, which are also outlined in black ;

reniform spot dark grey ; an abbreviated black geminate litura

close to the base, the costal area between the latter and the

central belt suffused with dark grey ; area between the central

belt and the irregular outer border blackish, excepting at inner

margin ; outer border whitish, with widely bisinuate internal

edge, a few scattered black scales and a marginal series of

black dots ; fringe testaceous, spotted with black: secondaries

silky white, the external area, especially at apex, suffused with

smoky brown ; a spot closing the cell and a dentate-sinuate

discal line of the same colour: body greyish brown; tegule

grey at base, metathorax crossed by two subconfluent grey

spots. Wings below shining sordid white; primaries slightly

suffused with grey and with a distinct externally excised

discal grey belt followed by a slender line of the same colour,

marginal dots and fringe as above ; secondaries with a spot at

the end of the cell, a number of scattered scales on the costal

area, a discal series of abbreviated dashes, and a marginal series

of dots black: body below sandy brownish. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 7 lines.

Possibly this may be the ‘¢ Caradrina variolosa”’ of Mot-

schulsky ; but if so, the description is too imperfect for satis-

factory identification.

Noctuide.

32. Agrotis depravata, n. sp. (no. 660).

Primaries whity brown, spotted here and there with greyish

brown ; an abbreviated black-edged zigzag pale line limiting

the basal area; upon the latter several dark brown spots; two

irregular parallel discal series of black lunules and a marginal

series of partially confluent black dots ; discoidal spots indis-

tinctly indicated by black scales: secondaries sordid white,

with diffused brown external area and blackish marginal

line: body sordid whitish. Under surface sordid sericeous

greyish white; wings with a slender black-dotted marginal

line. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 561

33. Hpilecta decorata, n. sp. (no. 697).

Primaries above sap-green, the internal border from the

inner edge of the central belt, and the external area suffused

with red-brown, central belt indicated by two widely separated

black-edged, pale green, lunulated stripes; a third somewhat

similar stripe near the base; a blackish diffused spot at basal

third of interno-median interspace ; costal margin interrupted

by oblique blackish spots and dashes, several of which are

continuous with the transverse stripes; orbicular and reniform

spots formed of dark grey annular markings enclosed within

black lines, the reniform interrupting a subangulated red-

brown stripe which crosses the wing ; a submarginal series of

spots, black internally and green externally ; a wavy black

marginal line, the sinuations of which enclose a series of pale

dots at the base of the fringe: secondaries bright ochreous,

clothed at base and on abdominal area with pale golden-brown

hair; a large black discocellular spot ; costal border fuliginous

brown, shining ; outer border, and several spots on the fringe

confluent with it, broadly black: thorax green, varied with

brown; abdomen brown. Primaries below stramineous, costa

and outer border whity brown, a subcostal streak, a broad

almost triangular discal patch (crossed by darker stripes),

and a series of marginal dots blackish ; secondaries bright

ochreous, costal border whity brown, discocellular spot and

outer border nearly as above; pectus greyish white; tarsi

banded with black and white; venter brown. Expanse of

wings 2 inches.

34. Triphenopsis efflorescens, n. sp. (no. 696).

Primaries above with the basal two thirds greyish brown,

irrorated with bright green, mottled and striped with black,

external third red-brown, crossed by an irregular blackish

stripe limiting the outer border; a large white spot just beyond

the reniform spot (which is black) edged with green: thorax

brown, speckled with green and black, with dorsal orange

tufts; the sides of the head, margin of collar, and shoulders

white: secondaries bright ochreous, a broad streak in the

cell, a broad interno-median streak from base to outer margin,

the abdominal border, a large spot at the end of the cell, and

a broad external border dark brown; costal border pale brown :

abdomen brown. Primaries below sericeous brown, with the

interno-basal area, a patch beyond the cell, the apical area,

and outer margin pale stramineous; secondaries nearly as

above, but the longitudinal streaks more slender: body pale

greyish brown. Hxpanse of wings 2 inches.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 26

362 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

35. Graphiphora lepida, n. sp. (no. 707).

Rosy brown, sericeous: primaries with the orbicular and

reniform spots confluent and uniting with a longitudinal ab-

breviated basal dash below the median vein, these markings

all very dark olive-brown ; two very slender and irregular

zigzag blackish central lines; a bisinuated submarginal series

of pale-edged brown spots: secondaries dusky towards outer

margin, fringe pale: thorax pale brown, with a greyish tint,

rosy in front, with a blackish bisinuated line across the collar ;

head red-brown; abdomen brownish testaceous, with clay-

coloured fringe. Wings and body below pale rosy brown; pri-

maries greyish in the middle, discocellular spots and two con-

tinuous parallel discal lines grey. Expanse of wings 1 inch

8 lines.

36. Graphiphora lubentia, n. sp. (no. 699).

Primaries shining rosy brown, a chocolate-coloured nebula

relieving the discoidal spots (which are well-defined and

large), and limited internally by two parallel angulated brown

lines, which cross the wing at basal two fifths; two or three

brown markings near the base ; two arched discal lines placed

close together, the inner one undulated; a slightly wavy

brown line, interrupted towards costa and terminating upon

the costa in an oblique blackish dash, limiting the external

area: secondaries silky greyish brown, darkest upon the outer

border ; fringe stramineous: thorax rosy brown, varied with

chocolate-colour: abdomen greyish brown. Primaries below

shining greyish brown, with reddish costal and external borders:

secondaries shining creamy white, with broad, reddish, costal

border, a greyish-brown streak parallel to the outer border,

and an abbreviated discal line of the same colour across the

costal area: body rosy brownish. Expanse of wings 1 inch

9 lines.

This species seems to be allied to “ Noctua” fuscostigma of

Bremer.

Orthosiide.

Mr. Pryer has sent an example of the European genus and

species Panolis piniperda.

37. Teeniocampa evanida, n. sp. (no. 712).

Sordid whity brown: primaries crossed near the middle by

two parallel straight dusky lines, terminating in the cell on

each side of the orbicular spot; the latter is large and oblique,

and touches the reniform spot, which is also large; the area

Lepidoptera from Japan. 363

enclosed between these spots is greyish brown, and the spots

themselves are indicated by a dark brown outline; an indis-

tinct zigzag discal line, beyond which the ground-colour is

paler ; a dark brown line edged with whitish, straight almost

to the costa, and then slightly irregular, limiting the external

area; a marginal series of black dots: secondaries with the

discocellular spot and an oblique anal streak dusky ; an in-

complete series of blackish marginal dots: abdomen tinted

with gravel-yellow. Wings below whitish, sericeous, irrorated

with grey ; primaries suffused with grey ; secondaries with a

black discocellular spot: body below testaceous. HExpanse

of wings 1 inch 10 lines.

38. Hupsilia strigifera, n. sp. (no. 726).

Pale rusty brown: primaries crossed by three slightly curved

parallel and nearly equidistant white lines, the two inner ones

being rather nearer together than the second to the third, a

fourth yellowish line with the usual subcostal elbow limiting

the external border, a blackish dot at each corner of the dis-

coidal cell, but the ordinary discoidal spots obsolete ; secon-

daries shining whity brown, with diffused grey border and

reddish fringe: body with the thorax rather deeper in colour

than the abdomen. Under surface altogether pale whity brown,

with a rosy tinge; wings sericeous, with traces of two parallel

pale-edged dusky lines; costal borders slightly irrorated with

blackish scales ; fringe of primaries red-brown ; anterior coxe

and palpi also red-brown, but not much darker than the rest

of the body. Hxpanse of the wings 1 inch 6 lines.

59. Dasycampa evelina, n. sp. (no. 725).

Primaries pale gravel-brown, with a rosy tint over them ;

all markings very indistinct, and almost all with slightly

paler margins; the first line at basal third, the second from

reniform spot to inner margin, the third irregularly undulated

and crossing the disk, the fourth submarginal and interrupted

throughout by a series of black dots; a marginal series of

brown lunules; fringe greyish ; discoidal spots indicated by

yellowish outlines: secondaries grey, with dark diffused outer

border and pale rosy fringe, traversed by a grey line: body

rosy, the abdomen greyish. Under surface shining rosy

whitish: the primaries, with the exception of the costal

margin, apical and external areas, suffused with grey; two

dusky dots on the discocellulars, two parallel sinuous discal

lines and the external edge of the fringe dark grey: secon-

daries with a black discocellular lunule; a trisinuated, slender,

26*

364 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

black, discal line speckled with rosy scales. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 5 lines.

40. Dasycampa ardescens, n. sp. (no. 724).

Primaries rich laky brown, sericeous ; markings similar to

those of the preceding species, but redder, reniform spot partly

grey: secondaries pale brown, with reddish fringe: thorax

coloured like the primaries; abdomen wanting (probably

pale brown, with reddish fringe). Wings below pale shining

rust-red, with indistinctly brown, undulated, marginal line

and minute, black, marginal dots: primaries suffused with

pale greyish brown, excepting on the costal and external

areas; secondaries with a black discocellular spot, and a wavy

grey discal line: pectus dull red. Expanse of wings 1 inch

7 lines.

41. Mesogona dilatata, n. sp. (no. 706).

Primaries above greyish brown, shot with lilac, inner

margin slenderly sordid white ; two brown lines across the

basal area and two across the disk, the latter very regular,

slightly arched ; a dusky brown streak across the wing just

beyond the middle, obscuring the reniform spot, which is

barely visible ; orbicular spot grey, upon a pale brown back-

ground; a marginal series of blackish dots: secondaries

shining brown, with stramineous fringe: head and thorax

purplish brown; tips of palpi, front of head, and antenna

whitish; abdomen pale sandy brown. Under surface reddish;

primaries with the basal three fourths, excepting the costal

border, greyish. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line.

42. Mesogona divergens, n. sp. (no. 722).

Shining cupreous brown ; primaries clearer and more cop-

pery in tint than the secondaries or body, which are slightly

greyish ; markings of primaries, chiefly red-brown, as fol-

lows—two widely divergent oblique lines crossing the wing

at basal and apical thirds, outlines of the two usual discoidal

spots, an ill-defined streak from the reniform spot to the inner

margin, and scarcely visible indications of a submarginal

irregular greyish line; fringe of secondaries clear; thorax

darker than the primaries, greyish behind; abdomen grey

with a somewhat reddish frmge. Under surface generally

clearer and redder than the upper surface: wings with two

parallel dusky discal lines and dusky discocellular spots ;

primaries broadly suffused with grey; secondaries whitish,

with reddish borders: body dull fleshy reddish. Expanse

of wings 1 inch 8 lines.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 365

Cosmiide.

43. Cosmia achatina, n. sp. (no. 734).

Primaries clay-brown, basal and external areas irrorated

with blackish scales; a broadly dentate-bisinuate submarginal

stripe, an angulated discal crenulated line, the margin of the

orbicular spot, and two irregularly undulated oblique lines

across the basal area sordid white ; a blackish angulated line

partially obscuring the reniform spot, which is indistinctly

outlined in whitish; each of the lines united with a black

spot on the costal margin: secondaries laky brown, with

broad, diffused, blackish outer border, blackish discocellular

lunule, and golden-yellow fringe: body pale bronzy brown.

Wings below altogether paler ; primaries pale brown, with a

blackish discal belt, confined within two darker lines which

extend beyond it from the costal almost to the inner margin ;

a pale costal patch just beyond the cell, and a white subapical

spot; a marginal series of black dots: secondaries pale tes-

taceous, with a diffused blackish subcostal spot and two discal

lines, diffused between the median vein and the anal angle ;

a black discocellular lunule; a marginal series of black

lunular markings. Body below whitish. Expanse of wings

1 inch 4 lines.

Xylinide.

44, Xylina mirabilis, n. sp. (no. 622).

Primaries with the costal half pearly white, the internal

half pale bronzy brown; a black spot at base of interno-

median interspace; an oblique dark brown fasciole from

costal margin to median vein at basal fifth; costa beyond

this fasciole dark brown; a slightly oblique longitudinal

brown stripe from the apex to just beyond the cell, where it

joins a slender, postmedian, uregular, transverse line; a

similar line from the inferior extremity of the subbasal fas-

ciole; a maculated, white-edged, dark brown submarginal

line; a very indistinct transverse line between the latter and the

discal line ; a series of dark brown marginal liture almost con-

fluent, so as to give the appearance of a crenulated line 3a black

spot at end of cell; fringe grey: secondaries white, with

pale brownish outer border; thorax dark brown ; abdomen

white. Under surface sordid white; primaries brownish,

with white and dark brown apical costal dashes: secondaries

almost pure white, with pale golden-brown borders: body,

with the knees of the legs, black ; tarsi brown. Expanse of

wings 1 inch 10 lines.

366 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

Acontiide.

45. Acontia noloides, n. sp. (no. 767).

Allied to A. stgnifera. Primaries above chalky white, a

semicircular costal brown spot at basal fourth, two or

three black dots at base; a grey spot towards the middle

of the interno-median interspace; a rather irregular, cen-

tral, brown band enclosing the reniform spot, which is

represented by two black dots enclosed in a white 8-shaped

figure; an indistinct blackish zigzag line just beyond the

band, followed by an interrupted grey discal belt ; an inter-

rupted red-brown marginal border enclosing externally white-

edged black dots; fringe pale pinky brown, spotted and edged

with blackish: secondaries pale greyish brown, with creamy

whitish fringe: thorax white, with brown-edged collar; abdo-

men brown. Primaries below brown, with pale-bordered,

black, marginal dots ; fringe whitish, spotted and edged with

blackish : secondaries sordid white, costal area grey-speckled ;

two grey discal stripes, the inner one indistinct ; discocellular

spot and a marginal series of dots blackish: body brown,

legs pale. LExpanse of wings 8 lines.

The primaries above are marked somewhat as in Nola

candida.

46. Acontia arefocta, n. sp. (no. 769).

Primaries above with the basal third sordid white, limited

externally by a slightly angulated black line ; external two-

thirds pale golden brown, crossed in a line with the end of

the cell by a very irregular, internally black-edged, white

line, just beyond which the ground-colour is also whitish ;

orbicular and reniform spots represented by white-edged black

dots; a very uregular, sinuated, submarginal, white line;

fringe creamy white, traversed by a grey line: secondaries

pale brown, with basal and costal areas whitish ; fringe as in

primaries : body sordid white. Wings below altogether paler

than above ; a grey discal line. Expanse of wings 9 lines.

Anthophilide.

47. Anthophila hebescens, n. sp. (no. 770).

Primaries above buff; a broad, indistinct, oblique, yel-

lowish-edged, rosy belt across the disk; outer border and

fringe tinted with rose-colour: secondaries greyish brown,

with whitish fringe: body whity brown. Under surface

chalky white; primaries with a greyish median suffusion.

Expanse of wings 9 lines.

This is a dull little species.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 367

Eurhipide.

48. Thyris usitata, n. sp. (no. 252).

Dark purplish brown, with cupreous reflections: wings

spotted with golden yellow, most of the spots forming a sub-

marginal series; primaries with two unequal and nearly

central hyaline white spots, the larger one in front of the

smaller ; secondaries with a broad, regular, hyaline, white

belt upon the basal half, but not reaching the costal margin :

head, collar, and palpi golden yellow at the sides; tegule

edged internally with yellow; a snow-white spot on the

shoulder; abdomen crossed by two slender white bands.

Wings below nearly as above, the yellow spots larger and

more numerous: venter crossed by two broad white belts.

Expanse of wings 8} lines.

The above description is taken from specimens obtained by

Mr. Jonas. I delayed describing the species as I not only

felt doubtful as to its correct location, but was uncertain as to

the constancy of the characters distinguishing it from T.

fenestrella of Europe. I now feel satisfied that it is distinct,

having seen additional examples; and I have little doubt that

its natural position is amongst the Noctuites, in the neigh-

bourhood of Penicillaria.

49, Penicillaria costalis, n. sp. (no. 750).

Primaries purplish brown, the costal border, basal half of

cell, median vein, and a V-shaped marking at the end of the

cell (enclosing two dark brown lines) pale buff, two slender

irregular black lines with dull castaneous borders indicating

the central band; a reddish and black dash at base ; a diffused

castaneous nebula near the external angle, crossed by a submar-

ginal series of >-shaped black markings; a whitish unduiated

marginal line: secondaries smoky brown, the discocellulars

and marginal line dusky; a whitish line at the base of the

fringe: body dark brown; the head, collar, and sides pinky

buff. Under surface yellowish; a brownish diffused apical

patch: secondaries with a blackish discocellular spot; two

indistinct brown discal lines. Expanse of wings 1 inch

6 lines.

Plusiide.

50. Plusta pyropia, n. sp. (no. 795).

Primaries above fuliginous brown, with the central and

externo-apical areas fiery cupreous; two widely separated,

almost parallel, oblique, dark brown lines (the inner one

368 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

slenderly edged internally with silver) representing the cen-

tral belt, and enclosing two silver spots placed obliquely end

to end in the centre of the wing; a zigzag dark brown line

halfway between the central belt and the outer margin ;

fringe at apex cinereous: secondaries and body pale smoky

brown, the former with the external half darker; head and

collar salmon-coloured. Primaries below grey, with the veins

and borders sandy yellowish ; secondaries pale buff, with a

discocellular dot and a diffused angulated discal belt, limited

internally by a darker line, grey ; palpi and front of anterior

coxee reddish brown. Jixpanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.

About the size and coloration of P. rutila, but more nearly

allied to P. ornatissima.

51. Plusia serena, n. sp. (no. 789).

Allied to P. gamma, but smaller and shorter in wing, the

“‘oamma’”’ marking clearly cut, slender, and golden; the

pale cloudings less prominent, more as in P. u-awrewm ; the

secondaries with the dusky border less strongly defined.

Under surface nearly as in P. w-aureum. Hxpanse of wings

1 inch 4 lines.

Mr. Pryer has sent the female of Deva splendida, an

example of the West-Indian species Gonitis fractifera dif-

fering in no respect from specimens taken in Jamaica, a

female of Toxocampa enormis, a male of Catocala nivea, a

large variation of C. mirifica, a specimen of Nyctipao cre-

puscularis, and what seems to be an interesting variety of

Hypopyra dulcina, Another species of Hypopyride is the

so-called Remigia ussurtensis of Bremer, which is referable

to the genus Hntomogramma.

Focillide.

52. Lacera procellosa, n. sp. (no. 816).

Closely allied to Z. capella, with the same general pattern ;

larger, considerably darker, the projections of the outer margin

in the primaries much more prominent, the outer margin of

the secondaries noticeably more angulated ; most of the pale

spots and lines on the wings more distinct and sharply cut,

but the transverse pale buff subapical dots absent or indi-

stinct; the submarginal zigzag lines of the primaries ex-

ceedingly irregular, the inner one distinctly whitish in the

centre ; secondaries considerably larger, the borders of the

marginal black spots cinereous ; under surface of the secon-

daries much more varied with pale greenish, the subapical

black spots reduced to one, which is less sharply defined ; the

Lepidoptera from Japan. 369

black edging of the central band equal on both sides. Body

dark smoky brown, almost black; the anterior femora with

enormous development of woolly hair, their posterior and inte-

rior surfaces sordid buff-coloured. EZxpanse of wings 2 inches

6 lines.

Thermesiide.

53. Bithiasa notigera, n. sp. (no. 923).

Smoky brown: primaries with a minute white discocellular

crescent, two scarcely visible wavy parallel lines, of a slightly

darker hue than the ground-colour, just beyond the middle ;

external border limited by a similarly indistinct line ; both it

and the inner of the discal lines edged with white upon costal

area; subapical portion of the external border snow-white,

crossed by two zigzag brown lines, the outer of which is

marginal and only distinctly visible because of the white

fringe: secondaries with three indistinct lines, the innermost

limited by the discocellular lunule, which is white; the second

just beyond the cell, dentate-sinuate and partly edged with

whitish; the third limiting the external border, dentate-

sinuate and margined by white dots: anus with whitish tuft.

Under surface as above. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

54. Capnodes curvipalpis, n. sp. (no. 926).

Dark smoky brown, with a faint purplish reflection: wings

from the centre crossed by three partly white-edged irregularly

zigzag black lines; a marginal series of subcontluent triangu-

lar black spots, followed by a whitish line at the base of the

fringe ; the latter grey, traversed by a brown stripe; primaries

with a partly white-edged zigzag black line near the base,

discoidal spots small and buff-coloured. Wings below speckled

with white scales, markings as above; tarsal joints white-

edged. Expanse of wings | inch 2 lines.

Ennomide.

50. Hpione grata, n. sp. (no. 368).

Pale golden brown ; a line from apex of primaries to middle

of abdominal margin of secondaries, the fringe, an angulated

line limiting the basal area of primaries, and an oblique sub-

apical costal dash ferruginous; costal area of primaries and

the outer edge of the central line pearly greyish ; secondaries

with an arched grey discal line. Under surface bright yellow,

mottled with laky red; external area clouded with pink and

lilac and limited internally by an arched, slightly sinuated

370 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

blackish line; a ferruginous line across each wing, that of

primaries at basal third angulated, that of secondaries just

beyond the cell and nearly straight; primaries with blackish

discocellular dot. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.

EE. arenosa, a variety of E. strenioides, and the male of £.

leda have been sent from Yokohama by Mr. Pryer.

56. Hyperythra stulta, n. sp. (no. 364).

Sordid stramineous ; external and internal areas of the wings

shining, pearly; a dull testaceous nebula near the external

angle of primaries ; secondaries with a discocellular spot and

numerous short striz grey: body duller and more sordid than

the wings, the tegule-and main stem of antenne whitish.

Under surface sulphur-yellow, the wings sparsely sprinkled

with little grey striations ; discocellulars of primaries covered

by a grey-bordered white litura, a diffused transverse abbre-

viated grey streak crossing the median branches almost to the

inner margin; secondaries with a small 8-shaped grey disco-

cellular marking: body sordid. Expanse of wings 1 inch

5 lines.

57. Angerona nigrisparsa, n. sp. (no. 373).

Clear ochre-yellow, the wings sprinkled with circular black

dots ; a marginal series of black dots terminating the veins ;

antenne with brown pectinations ; abdomen greyish: under

surface paler, but otherwise as above. Hxpanse of wings

2 inches.

58. Nematocampa straminea, n. sp. (no. 484).

Nearly allied to N. resistaria of North America, much

larger, paler, and with more numerous lines across the wings.

Above cream-coloured, the body and bases of wings yellowish :

primaries crossed by three nearly parallel angulated dark

greyish-brown lines, a broad patch of the same colour at ex-

ternal angle; the discocellulars, the nervules, outer margin,

and a number of fine short striz upon the basal, costal, internal,

and discal areas dark greyish brown: secondaries with the

external two fifths, two central lines (the outer one angulated),

the veins, and a number of speckles upon the abdominal area

dark greyish brown: antenne greyish. Under surface chalky

white ; the wings with two slender central lines, the discocel-

lulars, a few scattered striations, the margin, and tips of fringe

greyish brown ; primaries with an abbreviated line across the

middle of the cell, and a little patch near external angle, also

greyish brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 371

59. Endropia gracilis, n. sp. (no. 502).

Wings subangulated, above pale sandy brown, speckled

with grey and black dots ; a larger black dot on the discocel-

lulars ; an irregularly edged straight discal greyish fuscous

stripe: primaries with a second interrupted angulated stripe

limiting the basal area; costal margin up to the angulated

stripe blackish; a blackish pyriform spot upon the outer

margin just below the apex: thorax white, with blackish

shoulders and brown anterior margin ; head and collar orange ;

abdomen pale sandy brownish speckled with black dots.

Under surface bright stramineous, the wings speckled and stri-

ated with dark brown; the indistinct stripes of the upper

surface replaced by dark brown ones, the discal stripe being

placed upon a diffused ferruginous band: body whitish, with

the tibie and tarsi stramineous, bases of the tibial spines

black. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

60. Endropia abjecta, n. sp. (no. 366).

Pale testaceous, tinted with pink, mottled and speckled with

grey: primaries with the apical two fifths bronzy brownish ;

two transverse externally white-edged ferruginous lines—the

inner one at basal third straight, the outer one, which crosses

the disk obliquely, abruptly angulated towards apex ; a tri-

angular costal lilacine patch between the outer line and the

apex ; a ferruginous discocellular lunule: secondaries crossed

by a central line similar to those of primaries; a slightly

irregular grey discal line: body greyish. Under surface saffron-

yellow, mottled with rose-colour, with bright rust-coloured lines,

as above in shape; legs orange. Expanse of wings 1 inch

8 lines.

I find, from an examination of specimens in Mr. Moore’s

collection, that my genus T’hiopsyche will have to sink as a

synonym of Walker’s Corymica, the type of which is a

Bornean species formerly in Mr. Saunders’s collection and now

in the Hope Museum at Oxford. Mr. Pryer has sent the

female of C. Pryert.

Amphidaside.

61. Biston robustum, n. sp. (no. 333).

Wings above smoky brown, with pink reflection, irrorated

with black, crossed by three angulated and sinuated black

lines, two of which are parallel and discal, the third crossing

the discoidal cell and very indistinct upon the secondaries ;

primaries with an abbreviated central interrupted black stripe;

secondaries paler than primaries: thorax blackish ; the head,

372 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

collar, and tegule pale greyish brown; abdomen smoky

brown, with paler margins to the segments ; antenne testa-

ceous. Primaries below smoky brown, with whitish mottlings

and white borders; three costal black spots and a series of

smaller spots along the outer margin: secondaries white,

clouded with brown, speckled with black, and crossed by two

angulated discal black lines: body below bronzy brown.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 11 lines.

Boarmiide.

62. Boarmia arguta, n. sp. (no. 392).

Wings above white, densely and transversely striated with

grey and blackish, and crossed by blackish belts arranged as

in B. lunifera, but much broader and more prominent; a sub-

marginal series of black-edged, white lunules, as in B. luni-

fera*, but much less prominent, those of primaries being barely

distinguishable: body testaceous, thorax crossed by two

transverse dusky strip . Under surface creamy white ; wings

with discocellular spots and an abbreviated discal series of

dots dark grey ; primaries with an angular subapical belt,

enclosing a white apical patch, dark grey. EExpanse of wings

2 inches 4 lines.

63. Boarmia rimosa, n. sp. (no. 394).

Sandy brown: primaries crossed by two interrupted sinu-

ated oblique black lines, indistinctly edged with whitish; a

brown-bordered zigzag whitish submarginal line: secondaries

without the inner black line, but the others nearly as in pri-

maries ; an abbreviated, whitish, abdominal streak between

the central black and the submarginal whitish lines. Wings

below paler and greyer, crossed beyond the middle by a

blackish-dotted paler stripe; a blackish dot on the discocel-

lulars. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines.

64. Tephrosia petrosa, n. sp. (no. 401).

Sandy yellow, densely mottled with dark brown; wings

crossed at basal third by a mottled blackish band; a similar

band, limited internally by a continuous dentate-sinuate black

line ; an interruptedsubmarginal series of externally pale-edged

blackish spots; an undulated interrupted black marginal line.

Under surface whity brown, mottled and striated indistinctly

with grey: primaries greyish towards the base ; external two

fifths smoky brown; discocellulars dusky : secondaries crossed

* Til. Lep. Het. iii. pl. xlviil. fig. 10.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 373

by three blackish spots, the central one being placed upon the

discocellulars ; a diffused indistinct discal brown stripe. Ex-

panse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

LYCAUGES, n. gen.

Allied to Hemerophila; but the wings with the margins

rounded and entire (not dentate-sinuate), the secondaries

rather narrower, the palpi slightly shorter, the legs compara-

tively longer and more slender. ‘Type L. lactea.

The species of this genus are small, and might by a casual

observer be mistaken for Acitdalie.

65. Lycauges lactea, n. sp. (no. 453).

?. Creamy white; wings with marginal and discocellular

black dots ; an ill-defined brown stripe, followed immediately

by a dentate-sinuaté brown line from apex of primaries to

middle of abdominal margin of secondaries; an indistinct

sinuated submarginal brown line: abdomen speckled with

dark brown and with two or three dorsal black dots on the

posterior segments. Under surface creamy white, purer than

above; the wings sparsely speckled with brown and with

greyish discocellular spots. Expanse of wings 11 lines.

66. Argidava maculata, n. sp. (no. 513).

Sordid, shining, chalky white ; primaries with a black basal

dot, two spots near the base followed by an arched series of

four crossing the basal third, a large spot at the end of the

cell, two slightly undulated discal series (some of the spots in

the outer series being large), and a marginal series of dots,

all black ; secondaries with a grey dot at the end of the cell,

indications of a submarginal line and marginal dots of the

same colour: front of head black, thorax greyish. Primaries

below silvery grey, with barely a trace of any spots; secon-

daries shining white, with markings as above: body white.

Eixpanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.

67. Ophthalmodes cretacea, n. sp. (no. 406).

Chalky white: wings crossed by two black lines, the outer

one dentate-sinuate and postmedian; a black-edged grey spot

at the end of each cell; two brownish discal stripes beyond

the outer black line, the inner one close to it, the outer one

submarginal ; the outer border sprinkled with brownish scales ;

a marginal series of elongate black spots or fragments of lines:

primaries with the inner black line placed far from the outer

one near the base, and bounded internally by a brownish

374 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and

band ; a second, indistinct band from the discocellular spot to

the inner margin: secondaries with the inner black line close

to the discocellular spot and placed upon a brownish diffused

streak or band: abdomen with indications of brown spots in

pairs upon each segment. Wings below white, the markings

of the upper surface for the most part obsolete; discocellular

spots black and prominent; a marginal series of black dots

and a dentate-sinuate brown postmedian line; primaries with

a brown subapical patch or belt enclosing a quadrate apical

white spot. Expanse of wings 2 inches 3 lines.

[To be continued. ]

XLIL.—On the Nutritive and Reproductive Processes of

Sponges. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c.*

CoNFLICTING statements have been made respecting the

nourishment of sponges, which need but a little explanation to

become reconcilable.

The subject has only just now presented itself separately,

because it has hitherto been implied rather than stated that

the nourishment of sponges was derived from foreign bodies

observed in their interior.

* Publications to which reference is made in the following Communication.

1. 1826. Grant, R. ‘Observations on the Structure and Functions

of the Sponge.” (Concluded.) Edinburgh New Philosophical

Journal, vol. 11. p. 121, pl. ii.

2. 1848. Carrer, H. J. “Notes on the Species, Structure, and

Animality of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay.”

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 303.

3. 1849. “A Descriptive Account of the Freshwater Sponges in

the Island of Bombay, with Observations on their Structure and

Development.” Jb, vol. iv. p. 81, pls. ili.-v.

4, 18654. * Zoosperms in Spongilla.” Ib. vol. xiv. p. 334, pl. xi.

5. 1856. LizpEerktun, N. “ Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte

der Spongillen.” Archiv fiir Anat. Physiol. und wissenschaft-

liche Medicin, pp. 1, 399 & 496, Taf. xv. und xviii.

6. 1857. Carrer, H. J. ‘On the Ultimate Structure of Spongilla,

and Additional Notes on the Infusoria.” Journal Bombay

Asiatie Society, vol. v. p. 574, April 9th, reprinted in Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 21, pl. 1.

7. 1857. Lizperktun, N. “ Beitrage zur Anatomie der Spongien.”

Archiv fiir Anat. Physiol. und wissenschaftliche Medicin, p. 376,

Taf. xv. Juni (der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde mit-

getheilt in den Sitz. v. 6. Sept. u. 2. Dec. 1856).

8. 1859. CarTEr, H. J. “On Fecundation in the Two Volvoces and

their Specific Differences; on FEudorina, Spongilla, Astasia,

Euglena, and Cryptoglena.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

vol. iii. p. 1, pl. 1.

Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 375

Still, while attempting this reconciliation, it is necessary to

bear in mind that the sponge-cell is unceasingly polymorphic

except under the resting-form, which is spherical, and that this

polymorphism enables it to assume a monadic monociliated

form at one time and immediately afterwards almost any

unciliated amoeboid one that can be conceived—apparently

amalgamating with its neighbours into a homogeneous mass,

yet at any moment ready to separate and resume any of its

wonted forms under favourable circumstances.

In 1849 I noticed that the “sponge-cell ¢ése/f frequently

contained pieces of Conferve within duplicatures of its cell-

wall, and other matters”’ similar to what might be seen in

the “ proteus” = Ameba (no. 3, p. 94); also that the “ living

sponge’ presents ‘ejecta”’ on its surface, which “ consist

9. 1867. JAmes-CiarK,H. “Spongize ciliate as Infusoria flagellata.”

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. vol. i. pt. 3, pls. ix. and x.

10. 1869. Carter, H.J. “On Greyella cyathophora, a new Genus of

Sponges.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 189,

1. vil.

1 1872. Hace, E. ‘Die Kalkschwimme.’ 3 vols. (Two text,

one Atlas.)

12. 1874. Carrer, H. J. “On the Nature of the Seed-like Body of

Spongilla; on the Origin of the Mother-cell of the Spicule; and

on the Presence of Spermatozoa in the Spongida.” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 97, pl. x.

13.- 1874. “ Development of the Marine Sponges from the ear-

liest recognizable Appearance of the Ovum to the Perfected

Individual.” 0. vol. xiv. p. 521, pls. xx.—xxii.

14, 1875, ScuunzE, F. EK. “ Ueber den Bau und die Entwicklung von

Sycandra raphanus, Hackel.” Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche

Zoologie, Ba. xxv. Suppl. Taf. xviii.—xxi.

15. 1876. Barros, Ch. “ Embryologie de quelques Eponges de la

Manche.” [Inaugural Thesis.] Annales des Sci. Nat. Zoologie,

sér. 6, t. iii.

16. 1876. KetiEr, C. ‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie und Ent-

wicklungsgeschichte einiger Spongien des Mittelmeeres. Ein

Beitrag zur Lésung der Spongienfrage. 4to. Basel, 1876.

Pasi. 1: 1.

17. 1877. ScHuuzn, F. E. “ Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die

Entwicklung der Spongien.—Die Gattung Halisarea.” Zeit-

schrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. xxviii. Taf. i—v.

18. 1878. ——. Untersuchungen ber den Bau und die Entwicklung

der Spongien.—Die Metamorphose von Sycandra raphanus.”

Ib. Bd. xxxi. p. 262, Taf. xviii. und xix.

19. 1879. BaLrour, F. M. “The Morphology and Systematic Posi-

tion of the Spongida.” Quarterly Journal Microscopical Science,

no. 75, p. 105.

20, 1879. Merscunikorr, E. “Spongiologische Studien.” Zeitschrift

fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Bd. xxxii. p. 349, Taf. xx.—xxiii.

21, 1879. Carrer, H. J. “ Contributions to our Knowledge of the

Spongida.” Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii, p. 284,

pls. Xxv.—xxix.

376 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and

of the cast-off parts of organisms from which the nutrient

parts have been abstracted (2. p. 98).

In 1857 (while still at Bombay, and totally ignorant of

what Lieberkiihn subsequently published at Berlin in the

month of June of that year, from his communications to the

“Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde,’ on the 6th Sept.

and 2nd Dec. 1856) I stated, among numerous other obser-

vations on the development of Spongilla from the seed-like

body, that, on watching the feeding of it with carmine

under the microscope (with immersed object-glass, of course),

the particles may be seen to pass into the ampullaceous

sacs (“ Wimperkérbe”), where they are “instantly en-

closed by the sponge-cell (spongozoon) on which they

inpinge”’ (no. 6, p. 28); that the colouring-matter then is

“wholly confined” to the ampullaceous sacs, and that

when the latter are torn to pieces it is found to be con-

tained in their cells (spongozoa), some of which are mono-

and others unciliated; further, that after a little time the

circulatory system of the young Spongilla becomes sus-

pended synchronously with the closure of its now single

osculum and the retraction of the tubular process which

supports it; this lasts for about a ‘quarter of an hour,”

when the circulation is resumed the proboscidian process

reproduced, the osculum at its extremity reopened, and

that portion of the particles of carmine which may be as-

sumed to have been deprived of their nutritive parts may

be seen to leave the ampullaceous sacs, one after another,

and, passing along the canals of the excretory system, finally

to rush out at the osculum (no. 6)*. Here, then, it was

naturally implied, rather than stated, that this was at least

one of the ways in which nourishment got into the sponge.

It is also desirable to note that, among the carmine-

bearing cells torn out from the ampullaceous sacs, there

were unciliated as well as monociliated cells, and to con-

nect this with the fact that shortly after a monociliated

sponge-cell is eliminated from the sponge it loses its active,

living, monadic form, and, retracting its cilium (which is but

a hair-like extension of its own polymorphic body), assumes

the more passive, amoeboid one, which is really the only visi-

ble characteristic distinction between the monociliated cell of

the ampullaceous sac and the cell of the parenchyma. Hence,

whether the foreign material be in one or the other, the nutri-

tive process may be assumed to be the same in both.

In 1857, also, Lieberkiihn stated that on feeding Spon-

* This paper, in importance and amount of fact, is, to me, the best I

have ever published on sponges.

Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 377

gilla with carmine the particles entering by the pores were

conveyed to and stuck in (‘‘stecken”’) the ampullaceous

sacs (“ Wimperorgane’’) (no. 7, p. 384); also that Infu-

soria passing through the “ canal-system ’’ were taken into

the parenchyma (‘ Kérperparenchym”), and there falling

to pieces, after some time disappeared without leaving a

trace behind, after the manner of an infusorium which had

been devoured by an Actinophrys (cb. p. 388).

Although nothing is said here, again, about “ nourish-

ment,’ no one can doubt what was passing in Lieberktihn’s

Sagacious mind at the time, viz. that the Infusoria thus

afforded nutrient matter to the Spongilla.

We now cometo Hickel’s views in 1872, viz. that the flagel-

late cells of the endoderm (‘‘ Geisselzellen des Endoderms’”’)

are exclusively the organs of reception for the digestion of the

food (no. 11, vol. i. p. 372); and these we may pass by with

Metschnikoff’s observation, viz. that they are theoretical and

not founded on matter of fact (no. 20, p. 372). This brings

us to the following statements of Metschnikoff himself in

1879, made under the heading “ Ueber die Nahrungsaufnahme

bei Spongien”’ (no. 20, p. 371).

Beginning with Lieberkiihn’s observations, Metschnikoff

observes that they were made more than twenty years ago,

and that their result has of late been “ lost sight of.” If it

had not been for Lieberkiihn’s observations, my own, which

were made seven years previously, would have shared the

same fate (no. 5, p. 400).

With Metschnikoff undue prominence seems to be given

to the cells of the parenchyma (mesoderm) in the nourish-

ment of the sponge. It is true that he says the ampullaceous

sacs (“ Wimperkérbe’’) were ‘ usually’? empty, and that in

some sponges nourishment is carried on by the mesodermal

element. But why, with the facts above stated, should he

give illustrations (no. 20, Taf. xxii. figs. 16, 17) wherein the

mesodermal cells are represented as charged with particles of

carmine and the ampullaceous sacs (“ Wimperkérbe ’’) empty,

without in the text alluding to the opposite results of other

experimenters, and conclude his observations with the state-

ment that it was clear that the mesodermal cells could take

in the material and were more or less able to digest it (no. 20,

p- 374) ?—which implies that they alone are the nutrient

organs, as the ampullaceous sac (“‘ Wimperkorb”’) is not men-

tioned.

It is possible, and I should think probable, that Metsch-

nikoff has never seen my paper ‘‘ On the Ultimate Structure

of Spongilla”’ (no. 6), and therefore is not aware of the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 27

378 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and

reflection which his observations cast on the statement that,

in my experiments, the carmine or “ colouring-matter was

wholly confined to the ampullaceous sacs.” But then he

ought to have been acquainted with that of Lieberkiihn to

which I have alluded, and which is in the page preceding that

to which he has called attention (no. 20, p. 3871, footnote), and

again in 1857, viz. ‘in Wasser befindliche Karminkérnchen

sieht man hier aus dem grossen Hohlraum unmittelbar in

jene Wimperapparate gelangen” (no. 7, p. 385). That I

should have made the statement in 1857 that the carmine was

“wholly confined to the ampullaceous sacs” is no excuse for

an observer in 1879 exclusively mentioning the cells of the

parenchyma as engaged in this process.

Besides, in feeding the calcareous sponges with carmine

and indigo respectively, the colouring-matter has always

appeared to me to be so confined to the sponge-cells (spongo-

zoa) of the ampullaceous sacs, that I have not sought for it

anywhere else ; while I have sometimes seen the green germ

of an Alga, together with the colour-particles, in the body of

a spongozoon.

Nevertheless our thanks are due to Metschnikoff for having

especially pointed out that the mesodermal cells are capable

of taking in nutritive material and digesting it, because, toge-

ther with what had gone before, it is now shown that whether

ciliated and in the ampullaceous sac, or unciliated and in the

parenchyma, the sponge-cell generally is at least an alimen-

tary organ; and thus the “ conflicting statements” to which

I have alluded become reconcilable.

Should the reader be inclined to recur to my paper in the

‘Annals’ of 1849, he will there find the following para-

raphs :—

“ Tf a seed-like body which has arrived at maturity be placed

in water, a white substance will, after a few days, be observed

to have issued from its interior, through the infundibular

depression on its surface, and to have glued it to the glass ;

and if this be examined with the microscope, its circumference

will be found to consist of a semitransparent substance, the

extreme edge of which is irregularly notched or extended

into digital or tentacular prolongations, precisely similar to

those of the protean [Ameba], which, in progression or in

polymorphism, throws out parts of its cell in this way (pl. iv.

fig. 2,c). In the semitransparent substance may be observed

hyaline vesicles of different sizes, contracting and dilating

themselves as in the protean (fig. 2, d), and a little within it

the green granules so grouped together (fig. 2, e) as almost

to enable the practised eye to distinguish ¢n situ the passing

Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 379

forms of the cells to which they belong; we may also sce in

the latter their hyaline vesicles with their contained molecules

in great commotion, and between the cells themselves the

intercellular mucilage (fig. 2, f).

“If this newly formed sponge be torn up, its isolated cells

assume their globular or passive form, or become polymor-

phous, changing their position and their locality, by emitting

expansions similar to the proteans or polymorphic cells deve-

loped after a forcible expulsion of the contents of the seed-

like body, and differing only from them in being more

indolent in their movements ” (no. 3, p. 91, pl. iv. fig. 2).

With this statement, at that comparatively early period,

how was it possible to come to any other conclusion than that

every part of the sponge-parenchyma is capable of enclosing

nutritious material and digesting it like the Ameba (‘ pro-

tean’’), even if we had not had the observations of Lieber-

kiihn, confirmed by Metschnikoff (no. 20, p. 374), to establish

the fact ?

In the first paragraph above quoted I have mentioned the

extreme edge of the young Spongilla as composed of semi-

transparent substance charged with hyaline vesicles, as if this

were a distinct portion; but from what I have stated at the

commencement of this paper respecting the homogeneity of

ameeboid cells after amalgamation, defying all attempt to de-

tect their individuality, although capable at a moment’s notice

of separating themselves from each other (as in the conjugation

of two Difflugie), it is quite possible that this “‘ semitrans-

parent substance’? may be composed of sponge-cells thus

combined, and the ‘ hyaline” their ‘‘ contracting’’ vesicles

respectively, since, as I have heretofore shown, the ap-

parently homogeneous investing membrane or cuticle of the

young Spongilla is so composed (no. 6, pp. 24, 25, pl. 1.

fig. 7).

Slabs with this is the curtous fact that the whole of the

spongozva of an ampullaceous sac (“‘ Wimperkorb”’) may, under

isolation, become thus amalgamated, and assume the form and

habits of an Amaba, while the cilia of the spongozoa may be

seen still playing in its interior, and the exterior enclosing

particles of carmine which come into contact with it (no. 6,

p- 26)—finally losing all appearance of cilia internally, and

presenting an actinophorous form (db. p. 33, pl. 1. fig. 9).

Since, then, we find Balfour (no. 19, p. 108) stating, “ It

has not, so far as I know, been definitely made out where the

digestion is carried on. Lieberkiihn would appear to hold

the view that the amceboid lining-cells of the passages are

mainly concerned with digestion, while Carter holds that

27*

380 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and

digestion is carried on by the collared cells of the ciliated

chambers,” the above must be my reply.

Although at one time the foreign material may be chiefly

taken in by the sponge-cells (spongozoa) of the ampullaceous

sac, and at another by the sponge-cells of the parenchyma, it

cannot be inferred that there are two systems of alimentation,

but rather that they are both the same, only that they are

respectively more or less used according to circumstances.

Again, while it may be generally thought that there is no

direct communication between the inhalant orifices (pores) of

the surface and the exhalant or excretory canal-system of the

interior except through the ampullaceous sacs (‘‘ Wimper-

kérbe’’), facts now prove that branches of the excretory canal-

system may commence directly under the pores (no. 10, pl. vil.

fig. 5, and no. 21, pl. xxv. fig. 4, e, &c.); so that whatever

nutritious material may be in the water which thus passes

directly into the excretory canal, must be deflected from it to

arrive where the sponge-cells of the ampullaceous sac and

parenchyma respectively are naked—that is, uncovered by any

membrane which would prevent the particles of food from

coming into direct contact with them—indeed, where the

canals are formed by the sponge-cells alone, as stated by

Lieberkiihn (no. 7, p. 388).

Bearing upon Nutrition is Starvation, under which, as I

have long since stated (no. 2, p. 309, and no. 6, pp. 82, 33),

the sponge-cells leave their “ habitation” (that is, the skeleton)

and creep about the watchgiass wherein the young Spongilla

might have been allowed to grow out from the seed-like body.

Lieberkiihn has recorded that the cells of Spongilla in the

river Spree at Berlin are ameeboid in the winter, but put

forth a cilium in spring (no. 5, p. 2); and this is confirmed

by Metschnikoff in Spongilla from the Dnieper in the months

ot October and November, together with the well-known fact

that under ‘‘ unfavourable” circumstances the retraction of

the cilium may take place at any time (no. 20, p. 575).

But that the putting forth of the cilium in spring and its

retraction in winter, when, as Metschnikoff states, the Spon-

gilla had become charged with gemmules (seed-like bodies),

seems to show that the active life of this sponge takes place

during the warmer part of the year, like that of most orga-

nisms, when nourishment is chiefly required for the fulfilment

of the reproductive process ; and that the passive or amceboid

state of the cells not only took place in the winter, when this

activity was not required, but that the cilium at all times

would be retracted under ‘ unfavourable circumstances,” ac-

cording to Metschnikoff (no. 20, p. 375), may be inferred

Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 381

from the simple fact that these unfavourable circumstances

take place before one’s eyes when the Spongilla or any other

sponge is torn to pieces; while Metschnikoff states that, on

the other hand, when the favourable circumstances were

renewed (“‘ erneuertem Wasserwechsel ’’), not only the cilium

but the ampullaceous sac (“ Wimperkorb ”’) was remade in the

parenchyma of a young Spongilla.

I cannot say, however, that the sponge-cells of Spongilla

lose the cilium in the winter in the tanks of the island of

Bombay, perhaps because the temperature then and there is

about that of our midsummer, since the last mention of it in

my ‘ Note-book,’ together with an illustration in which the

“ ear-like processes ”’ (collar) are represented, is dated “ 9th

January, 1859,” just after my paper on the subject had been

published in England (no. 8, p. 14, pl. 1. figs. 12-14).

Reproductive Process.

While on the subject of alimentation, it might be as well

to briefly enumerate the facts known in connexion with repro-

duction, since the latter is chiefly dependent on the former

process.

As early as 1826, my late kind and talented teacher Prof.

Robert Grant described and illustrated (among his imperish-

able records of the Spongida) the embryo (swarm-spore) of his

Spongia panicea=Halichondria incrustans, Johnston, begin-

ning with the ovum “ lying in the recesses of the parenchy-

matous matter,” following its development into the ciliated

embryo, its exit afterwards through the excretory cell-system

and subsequent fixation, finally ending in the full develop-

ment of the young sponge (no. 1, pp. 127-133, and p. 140,

pl. u. figs. 26-29).

In 1854 I described and figured minute monociliated bodies

which were observed in Spongilla at Bombay in the month

ot July, and conjectured to be zoosperms (no. 4). Afterwards

Lieberkiihn described and figured undoubted spermatozoa in

Spongilla in July, at Berlin (no. 5, pp. 17, 18, pl. xv. fig. 34,

and pl. xviii. figs. 10-17), previously observed by Miiller

(no. 5, p. 19).

That Lieberkiihn should have identified my description and

illustrations with Trachelius trichophorus, Ehr., I could never

understand, because he must have known that the former

carried the cilium behind, and Trachelius carries its cillum in

front. Moreover, although I have hitherto been inclined to

doubt if they really were spermatozoids or the common mono-

ciliated sponge-cell, I now observe, by the measurements

of both (which have fortunately been published with their

382 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and

descriptions respectively), together with my better acquain-

tance with the subject, that the smallness ot the monociliated

bodies which I figured as zoosperms, when compared with the

“eared”? (collared) monociliated sponge-cell, 1s so much in

favour of what I had conjectured, that little doubt can be

entertained by those familiar with such bodies that they

really were the zoosperms of Spongilla. The time of their

appearance in the Spongilla, their mode of progression, and

their inferior size, it we do not admit the absence of the ear-

like processes (collar) also, must satisfy the most fastidious

mind that they could have been nothing more or less than

“¢ zoosperms.”’

About the same time also, viz. 1856, Lieberkiihn dis-

covered and described, with illustrations, the swarm-spore

(embryo) of Spongilla and its development, which Grant, as

above stated, did of Halichondria incrustans in 1826 (no. 5,

pp: 9-14 and pp. 405-413, pl. xv. fig. 35).

Finally, F. E. Schulze, in 1877, pointed out the existence

of spermatozoa in Halisarca lobularis in a much more satis-

factory way than had hitherto been done, as testified by his

descriptions and illustrations (no. 17, p. 24, Taf. ii.), toge-

ther with some of his beautiful preparations, which, through

his great kindness, are now in my possession.

They occur in the form of globular groups (‘Sperma-

ballen”’), so like in size and appearance to the ampullaceous

sacs (‘‘ Wimperkérbe’’) that, but for the smallness of the

monociliated colourless head of the former, they would be

almost undistinguishable from the larger monociliated and

collared form of the latter, both being polymorphic and bearing

the proportion of about 1 to 5 (compare Schulze’s fig. 12, Taf.

li., with fig. 17, Taf. iii., both of which are magnified 800

times). In size the two look respectively very much like the

so-called microspores and macrospores of Algz; and at first

one would be inclined to think that reproduction was similarly

accomplished by their union. But another factor steps in here,

viz. the unciliated sponge-cells of the parenchyma or meso-

derm, which Metschnikoff has shown to take in nourishment

equally with the monociliated cells of the ampullaceous sacs,

or, at all events, to do so when the latter do not. And here

(in the mesoderm) it is, that the ova appear (see Schulze’s

satisfactory figure of the eggs in Sycandra raphanus, H.,

no. 14, Taf. xvii. fig. 2)—a tact that all who have studied

any of the calcareous sponges in spring (that is, during the

reproductive period) must be well aware of, although Grant,

who first mentioned this, observed it (Halichondria incrus-

tans) during the autumn (‘‘ October and November ”) (no. 1,

Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 383

p. 128). Then the time varies with the species, as Grant

has observed (no. 1, p. 133).

The spermatozoa which I saw in 1854 bore the proportion

of about 1 to 5 when compared with the average size of the

common sponge-cell in Spongzlla, as the latter is much the

largest. Those which Lieberkiihn figured in 1856 bear a

similar ratio; and so do those figured by Schulze in Hali-

sarca lobularis.

The smallest size at which I could recognize the egg in

Halisarca lobularis was 1-3000th inch (no. 13, p. 31, pl. xx.

fig. 3, a); while the monociliated sponge-cell of the ampulla-

ceous sac was a little smaller, viz. about 1-3600th inch in dia-

meter (7b. fig. 2, a) ; and Schulze’s figures of the body of a

monociliated collar-cell (“‘ Kragenzell”’), compared with that of

the spermatozoid (no. 17, 7. c.), give about 1-18000th of an

inch for the latter. It might be thought that it would have

been better to have been able to omit the indefinite word

“about”? (c?vea) ; but those who have s‘udied the minute ana-

tomy of sponges well know that all their soft parts afford,

from polymorphism and actual difference in size, only ap-

proximate measurement.

Hickel is the only one who believes (“‘ glaube”’) that he has

seen the spermatozoids enter the ovum (no. 11, vol. i. p. 396,

Atlas, Tat. 48. fig. 6) in Sycortis lingua=Grantia ciliata,

Bowerbank.

Keller of Zurich also gives a figure of it in Leucandra

aspera, H., with reasons for coming to the conclusion (no. 16,

p- 21, Taf. 1. fig. 4, c).

But of all those who have so deeply studied the living

calcareous sponges, it has been reserved for Hickel alone to

see the act; and this, according to his statement (no. 11, vol. 1.

p- 396), he has done repeatedly (‘‘ wiederholten Malen’’). Yet

if his statements and figure are like those which he has given

of my Sguamulina scopula (‘ Jenaische Zeitschrift f. Natur-

wissen.’ Bd. ix. 1877), I regret to be obliged to say that they

are not trustworthy, as may be seen by Saville Kent’s ample

confirmation of my observations of 1870 in 1578 (Ann.

vol. ii. p. 68, pls. iv. & v.) ; while it was not difficult to con-

jecture, with apparent certainty, that which the sagacious

Lieberkiihn had indicated sixteen years before by his descrip-

tions and figures of the swarm-spore and spermatozoa respec-

tively in Spongilia (I. c.).

Another difficulty here presents itself, viz. that, from the

polymorphic condition of all the soft parts in the living

sponge, even to the capsule of the ovum, it becomes doubtful,

unless the spermatozoon is seen to enter the ovum, whether

384 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nutritive and

the remaining projection of the still waving tail, such as those

in Keller’s instance, is confirmative of impregnation, simply

because, when these polymorphic bodies become amalgamated,

their water-like sarcode so flows together that their individu-

ality becomes lost—although, where the body is not a sperma-

tozoon, they can immediately individualize themselves again.

Nothing is more like the ‘“ melting away” of a_spermato-

zoon when it passes into the ovum than the union of two

polymorphic amoeboid Infusoria; so, unless the act itself is

seen (that is, the spermatozoid and ovum are both observed

before union), the case may only remain “ probable,” as

Keller has observed.

Gemmule or Seed-like Body of Spongilla.

Turning our attention shortly to the seed-like body of

Spongilla for our present purpose, as I have already given this

in detail (no. 12), we find that it is more or less globular in

form according 1o the species, variable in size, although

generally nearly as large as a small pin-head, so that they can

be easily seen by the unassisted eye, congregated towards

the base or first-formed parts of the Spong7lla, consisting of

a cellular crust more or less charged with peculiar spicules,

lined by a coriaceous membrane, and filled with a yellowish

substance, something like the yelk of a hard-boiled egg,

which is composed of transparent spherical sacs varying

under 1-1000th inch in diameter, more or less filled with

grain-like transparent compressed firm cells of different

sizes varying under 1-3000th inch in diameter, bearing in

one part of the crust a hilous aperture, through which the

contents issue a few days after the seed-like body has been

placed in water, in the form of the young Spongilla (no. 3,

p- 87, pl. ui. fig. 6, a-z).

If this growth be made to take place in a watchglass under

cover of a bell-glass, or something of the kind, replenishing

the water as required, it can easily be transferred to the field

of a microscope from time to time, where it can be viewed

under 3-inch object-glass, of course immersed; when the

“transparent spherical sacs” with their ‘ grain-like cells”

appear to issue entire with the rest of the substance from the

seed-like body, and so become developed in their entirety,

respectively, in this substance, now assuming the form of a

parenchyma (no. 6, pp. 21, 22).

On the other hand, the development of the swarm-spore or

embryo leads to the same result, when some of its cell-contents

-also become developed into ampullaceous sacs (no. 13, p. 337,

pl. xxi. fig. 21, c, &e., and pl. xxii. fig. 34, d).

Reproductive Processes of Sponges. 385

In the future development of Spongilla the ‘“ transparent

spherical sac” and its contents, which have become developed

into an ampullaceous sac (‘‘ Wimperkorb’’), appear to me to

grow into a gemmule or seed-like body (no. 6, p. 34), and

thus this increase or reproductive process to be successively

effected.

That the “ grain-like cells” of the transparent sacs do

pass into monociliated sponge-cells may be proved by taking

out some of the “ yellow substance” on the point of a needle

and placing it in a watchglass with distilled water, when,

after a few days, the “ grain-like cells” for the most part

disappear and are followed by a development of active mono-

ciliated sponge-cells (no. 3, p. 91, and no. 12, pp. 97, 98).

Now comes the question whether the monociliated “sponge-

cells” of the ampullaceous sacs (“ Wimperkérbe’’) are impreg-

nated by the spermatozoa for the formation of the seed-like

body, and the cells of the parenchyma or mesoderm for the

formation of the ovum respectively.

When we reflect on the almost identity that exists between

the spongozoon or monociliated sponge-cell and the solitary

flagellated infusorium called ‘ Salpingeca”’ by the late H.

James-Clark, who first pointed out the resemblance (no. 9),

we can hardly help thinking that what the “ solitary’ form

possesses in the way of organs is equally possessed by the

social one or monociliated sponge-cell, and we can hardly doubt

that the solitary Salpingeca and its like possess either an

hermaphroditic, moncecious, or dicecious system of reproduc-

tion respectively ; while, assuming that of the sponges to be

moneecious, the female organ or ovary must be looked for

either in the monociliated sponge-cells of the ampullaceous

sac (“ Wimperkorb’’), or in the unciliated sponge-cells of the

parenchyma or mesoderm ; and if this be the case, then we

must consider the ampullaceous sacs in the marine sponges

(wherein there are no seed-like bodies) abortive in this

respect, and the ovum to be developed from the nutritive

sponge-cells of the parenchyma. And as there are swarm-

spores as well as seed-like bodies in Spongilla, both may

become impregnated and developed in their respective cells,

as already intimated, for the purpose of reproduction, in which

case impregnation would take place in the body of the sponge-

cell. How happens it, then, that Hickel has seen impreg-

nation of the ovum to take place in the parenchyma or meso-

derm? Perhaps the ova may be thrown off from the ovary

of the parenchyma-sponge-cell in a very minute form, dis-

charged, and then transported into the intercellular substance

for increased growth previous to impregnation.

386 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new Genus

What Dr. Grant said of the sponge fifty-three years ago

(no. 1, p. 138), equally applies to it at the present day, viz.:—

‘This animal still affords many curious and interesting sub-

jects of inquiry to those who have leisure and opportunities

of examining the more perfect species of tropical seas [? in

temperate ones too!]; and, though probably the simplest of

animal organizations, the investigation of its living habits, its

structure and vital phenomena, and the distinguishing cha-

racter of its innumerable polymorphous species, is peculiarly

calculated to illuminate the most obscure part of zoology, to

exercise and invigorate our intellectual and physical powers,

and to gratify the mind with the discovery of new scenes of

infinite wisdom in the economy of Nature.”

XLITI.—Preliminary Notice of a new Genus (Parectatosoma)

of Phasmidex from Madagascar, with brief Descriptions of

ats two Species. By J. Woop-Mason*.

THE interesting and remarkable animals briefly noticed below

formed part of a large collection of insects, chiefly Coleoptera,

recently received in London from Madagascar; and | was

fortunate, while at home on furlough, to secure specimens of

them from Mr. E. W. Janson, the well-known Natural-His-

tory agent.

They are unquestionably nearly related to Hctatosoma, an

Australian genus, the three known members of which are

three of the most curious and striking forms comprised in the

whole class Insecta. This relationship I have indicated in

the name of the new genus which the differences presented

by these insects compel me to propose for their reception.

PARECTATOSOMA J, gen. nov.

Closely allied to the Australian genus LEectatosoma, but

differing therefrom in the following characters :—The pro-

thorax is relatively longer and more spiny; the male is

devoid of ocelli, and, like the female, brachypterous; the

abbreviated tegmina in both sexes are shorter than the abbre-

viated wings ; and the upper crest of each of the femora is

produced into a sharp genual spine.

Of the species of the Australian genus, Hctatosoma bufo-

* From the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. xlviii.

part ii, 1879, pp. 117, 118. Communicated by the Author.

+ From mapa, by the side of, and Ectatosoma, generic name.

of Phasmide from Madagascar. 387

nium, Westw., is the one which the Madagascar forms most

nearly approach.

1. Parectatosoma hystrix, n. sp.

3 ¢. Head armed with 12 spines (besides scattered spi-

nules) arranged in four longitudinal rows and in pairs, of

which one is large, compressed, and thorny, and constitutes

the conspicuous cephalic horns; the pair of spines imme-

diately in front of these is also compound, each being pro-

vided with a sharp spine-like cusp in front. The post-

antennary pair of spines is as well developed as in Ketato-

soma.

Sides and upper surface of prothorax strongly armed with

thorns, some of which are double. The apices of the small

tegmina barely reaching the bases of the wings; the true

metanotum is consequently exposed, and it is armed at the

middle of its hinder margin with a pair of stout thorns. The

tergum of the first somite and the terga of more or fewer

(according to sex) of the remaining abdominal somites pro-

vided at their hinder extremities with two cross rows of

spines. Posterior margin of tergum of last abdominal somite

in the female symmetrically divided into six spinous pro-

cesses.

Colour deep black-brown, almost black, blotched with

yellow, sparingly so on the under surface and legs, but more

profusely on the pronotum and on the terga of the abdominal

somites, on which parts the colour assumes an orange tinge

and extends to the points of the spines; the antenne are

ringed at the joints with the same colour; organs of flight

greenish yellow, with their bases and principal nervures black.

3. Length of body 61 millims., of head 7, pronotum 5,

mesonotum 14, metanotum 7, abdomen 25+7=32, tegmina

2°5, wings 8, fore femur 17, tibia 17°25, intermediate femur

13:5, tibia 15:5, posterior femur 17, tibia 21, antenne 53.

?. Length of body 86 millims., of head 10, pronotum 7,

mesonotum 18, metanotum 10, abdomen 31:°5+12°5=44,

tegmina 4°5, wings 10°5, fore femur 19, tibia 20, intermediate

femur 16, tibia 18, posterior femur 21, tibia 25, antenne

imperfect.

Hab. Three males and three females from Fianardfntsoa and

one female from Autandnarivo, Madagascar, differmg from

the rest only in being much more variegated.

2. Parectatosoma echinus, n. sp.

3 ¢.- Slenderer, and less numerously and less strongly

spined than the preceding. Head armed: female with ten

388 M. A. Schneider on a new Moneron.

spines, besides spinules, the cephalic horns more foliaceous

and more sharply spined, with only one pair of spines in front

of them instead of two, and that simple; male with eight

only, one of the lateral pairs not being developed. Post-

antennary spines reduced to minute tubercles. Vestiges of

wings and tegmina larger, those of the latter overlapping one

another and those of the former so as to conceal from view

all but about one square millimetre of the unarmed meta-

notum. The tergum of the first abdominal somite with but

one row of spines at its hinder end; that of the terminal

somite of the female divided at its posterior margin into four

spinous processes.

Colour. Body brown like rotten leaves, with the legs,

antenna, organs of flight (which have their principal nervures

darker), and spines lighter.

&. Length of body 64 millims., head 4:5, pronotum 4:5,

mesonotum 14, metanotum 6, abdomen 27°254 8°5=35°75,

tegmina 3°75, wings 7:3, fore femur 17, tibia 17, intermediate

femur 12°5, tibia 13°5, posterior femur 17:5, tibia 19°5,

antenne 47.

¢. Length of body 80 millims., head 7, pronotum 6°5,

mesonotum 16°5, metanotum 8, abdomen 31+4+12=483, teg-

mina 6, wings 11, fore femur 16°6, tibia 17, intermediate

femur 12°5, tibia 13°6, posterior femur 18, tibia 21, antenne

43°5.

The fore legs and all the tibie in the male of this species

are nearly quite simple.

Hab. One male and two females from Fianardntsoa.

XLIV.—Monobia confluens, a new Moneron.

: 5]

By Aime ScHNEIDER*,

[Plate XVIII. ]

I now present the description of a new Moneron, which ap-

pears to me to possess some interest. The name I give it is

in allusion to the community of life which is set up between

the different individuals of the same group, the different mem-

bers of a colony, as will be seen by-and-by.

Monobia confluens lives in fresh water, and perhaps also in

moist earth. I met with it for the first time in June 1878.

T have had living representatives of it for about a week in a

* Translated by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘ Archives de Zoologie

expérimentale,’ tom. vil. (1878) p. 585.

M. A. Schneider on a new Moneron. 389

moist cell under my microscope ; and they have furnished me

with the following observations.

In its simplest form in a state of repose Monobia confluens

is a small nearly spherical mass of finely granular sarcode,

appearing bluish by transmitted light, without a nucleus and

without a vacuole (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) From this homoge-

neous body radiate in all directions excessively delicate pseudo-

podia, so long that they are four times the length of the

body, so slender and transparent that one can hardly trace

them except by the aid of the small inflations, like knots,

which are arranged at intervals along their course, and which

refract the light more strongly. ‘These pseudopodia are recti-

linear, slow of movement, and coalescent ; and by the combi-

nation of these peculiarities they vividly recall those of the

Foraminifera.

When the little creature thus formed becomes active, it

abandons the spherical form and extends itself, more or less,

in one direction by a general contraction of its body. The

physiognomy which it then takes on varies much less than in

other Protozoa; it is usually that of a Savoy biscuit, inflated

at the extremities and slightly narrowed in the middle, the

inflated extremities being the seat of the emission of the

pseudopodia (fig. 4).

Sometimes the body becomes triangular, with pseudopodia

radiating from each of the heads; more rarely it is quite

irregular, with pseudopodia springing from all the little salient

angles which are marked in its outlines (figs. 3 & 5).

It is evident that, under these aspects, Monobia confluens

feeds and nourishes itself. I have not witnessed the pre-

hension of food, and I cannot say what part the pseudopodia

take in it. But it is certain that foreign bodies, often in

considerable number, are to be seen in the mass of the

body, sometimes each contained in a vacuole produced by

their liquefaction, and representing the product of their diges-

tion, not yet mixed with the general mass. The pseudopodia

do not appear to me to be adapted to digest on the spot; at

least this seems to follow from the fact that I have never seen

them involve foreign bodies.

I have stated above that Monodia is destitute of vacuoles :

by this I mean contractile vacuoles ; for we have just seen that

such cavities are formed in connexion with digestion, as in the

Amabe.

As soon as the Monobdia has thriven so as to double its size

or thereabout, it propagates, in accordance with the immu-

table law that 1eproduction is the overflow of nutrition. We

then see it elongate strongly, contracting and drawing

390 M. A. Schneider on a new Moneron.

itself out in the middle, until it presents the appearance of

two spheres united by a band of sarcode. This band may

become attenuated until it is no thicker than an ordinary

pseudopodium ; this filament may give way in its turn; and

then we have two individuals instead of one. But most com-

monly this is not the course of events, and the two fractions

of the division, although each acts independently, continue to

hold one another, as it were, by the hand, like two sisters

(fig. 2). They not only do not rupture the more or less

attenuated thread which is interposed between them, but, as

I have often witnessed, it also happens that two of their

pseudopodia meet and become fused together, so as to set

up a second point of communication parallel to the former.

Whenever two pseudopodia issuing thus from two different

centres meet together, there is an amalgamation of the pseudo-

podia. ‘This amalgamation effected, the bond of union be-

comes widened by afflux of plasma, and the communication

between the two sarcodic territories is widely open, so that

the granules can pass from one to the other. This mechanism

explains the very varied aspects, changing from day to day,

which the same colony presents.

Starting from a single individual, we have just seen how we

get to two, which sometimes separate and sometimes remain

connected. Each of the two new individuals, behaving like

the first after the lapse of a certain time, we get to four, all

united to one another like the links of a chain. I have

counted as many as eight thus associated; and their line ex-

tended over a considerable distance, describing a slight curve

(fig. 7).

The following day this was no longer the state of affairs.

Each member of the colony had pulled upon the common cord ;

and a new resultant had been produced from these opposite

caprices. My Monera were now grouped as shown in

fig. 8—in a square surmounted by a triangle, the latter

surmounted by an arrow. <A few pseudopodia stretched from

one individual to another, and, soldered together, had sufficed

to substitute this aspect for the former one. A little later the

same cause had produced a different spectacle; and, a more

lively image of society than any other, this mobile colony was

never the same at the close of the day as it had been at the

beginning. I shall not stop here to describe the series of

these fluctuations. It will be easily understood that the

number of members increased by the division of some of the

colony ; but certain members also separate to live apart, at

least for a time. Evidently we cannot but admit that sepa-

rated individuals may resume their relations with a colony, or

Bibliographical Notices. 391

that two colonies may attach themselves to each other to form

a larger confederation, after what has been said as to the

facility with which the members of the same chapel married

and divorced each other.

Here the observations close.

Is the mode of reproduction (fissiparity) which I have just

described the only one possessed by this species? This is a

question which 1 cannot venture to decide; we must not

hypothecate the future ; and if it is true that we do not know

any other mode of propagation than the above in certain

genera (Protameba, Myxodictyum), it is not less true that

our ignorance in this respect may merely be the consequence

of adverse circumstances. We may, however, note that in the

Monera which encyst themselves for the purpose of propaga-

tion (Vampyrella, Protomyxa, &c.) we rarely find that the

species is also endowed with active fissiparity during the

period of its free existence; and this consideration may lead us

to assume that we have to do here with a simple organism

having only the simplest and most rudimentary of all the

modes of multiplication, division wjthout any preliminaries in

the free state.

After what has just been stated it can hardly be doubted

that our Monobia confluens is a Moneron. Is it possible that

we have to do with an evolutive phase of a higher organism ?

I see no reason to suppose any thing of the kind ; and analogy

is opposed to such a suspicion.

Like Myxodictyum sociale, this Moneron might be regarded,

after the example of Claus, as a naked Foraminifer, if we did

not know that the latest investigations on the Foraminifera

tend to demonstrate the general existence of a nucleus in the

representatives of that group. It therefore seems to me neces-

sary to retain the order Monera as Hickel established it,

until our knowledge of the mutual relations of the Protozoa

shall become more complete.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

On the Structure and Affinities of the “ Tabulate Corals” of the

Paleozoic Period, with Critical Descriptions of Illustrative Species.

By H. Atterne Nicnorson, M.D., D.Sc., F.L.S., &e.. W. Black-

wood & Sons: Edinburgh & London, 1879.

Tus work is a further contribution towards the history of the

Tabulate Corals, and contains a record of researches carried on during

some years past on the Paleozoic species. The study of the forms

392 Bibliographical Notices.

belonging to this group has become of considerable interest and im-

portance, both as regards their general structure and zoological

position. As to their affinities, considerable difference of opinion

prevails on some important points. Formerly regarded as true Zoan-

tharia, it now appears doubtful, from recent investigations, whether

most of the forms so assigned belong to that group. In fact, says

Mr. H. N. Moseley (1876), “it would be as well if the term Tabu-

lata were dropped altogether, since it has reference to a structure

common to certain Alcyonaria, Zoantharia, and Hydroida, and, being

not characteristic of any natural group, only tends to confusion.”

Twenty years ago (1859) Agassiz suggested the hydroid nature of

Millepora, which view, adopted by Claus and others in Germany,

and by Dana in America, was only partially accepted. M.-Edwards,

in the following year (1860), did not consider the facts on which

this opinion was formed sufficiently ascertained; and Prof. All-

man has recently expressed some uncertainty on the subject. With

the exception of Prof. Verrill (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix.

p. 355), no one had examined the soft parts of any of the Tabulata,

until the critical investigations of Mr. Moseley were communicated

to the Royal Society in 1876, in which he states, “‘ though no evi-

dence as to the structure of the generative system of Millepora was

obtained, the results yield convincing proofs that this interesting form

is atrue Hydroid ;” and the subsequent still more elaborate paper on

the Stylasteridee (the Croonian Lecture, 1878) has further eluci-

dated the subject, by showing that this family, with the Milleporide,

should form a suborder, the Hydrocorallina.

Besides the Milleporide, Agassiz believed that the Favositidee, and

all the other species of which the septa are not continued vertically,

ought not to be classed with the Corals—an opinion combated by

Verrill and doubted by M.-Edwards; while M. Dollfus classed some

genera of the Tabulata with the Hydroida, and the Chetetide and

’ Favositidze, he considered, were allied to certain forms of Polyzoa.

Prof. M. Duncan, in 1871 (Rep. Brit. Assoc.), treated of the

structure and aflinities of the Tabulata, still retaining them among

the Zoantharia, classing them into two principal and five minor

groups, but considering some genera, as Chetetes and similar forms,

to be allied to the Alcyonaria.

The object of Dr. Nicholson in the work under notice is an attempt

to elucidate the minute anatomy of the principal Paleozoic genera,

which he has personally investigated ; and this has been chiefly

effected by means of microscopic sections ; so that the present work

is more extensively occupied with detailed descriptions of minute

structure than treatises on fossil corals usually are; and well-

known types have generally been selected for study.

The first chapter is devoted to the affinities and classification of

the Tabulate corals, and also contains a concise historical sketch,

showing the principal tendencies of the more recent researches of

naturalists and paleontologists with regard to this group of corals.

The investigations of the author lead him to corroborate the views

Bibliographical Notices. 393

of Verrill, Lindstrém, and Moseley (above noticed) as to the neces-

sity of abolishing the “ Tabulata’’ as a distinct and separate divi-

sion of the Zoantharia ; and, further, that under the old name of

Tabulata there are included twelve distinct groups of Corals: some

of these are Hydrozoa and Zoantharia; a large number may be

referred to the Aleyonaria ; but none are, probably, referable to the

Polyzoa.

The twelve groups into which Dr. Nicholson proposes to divide

the Tabulata are the following—Milleporide, Pocilloporidx, Favo-

sitide, Columnariade, Syringoporide, Auloporide, Halysitide, Te-

tradiide, Thecidee, Helioporide, Cheetetidee, and Labechide.

The first two groups, not containing any Paleozoic representatives,

are but briefly noticed; the far larger portion of the work (chaps. 2

to 14) comprises the results of the author’s investigations of the

remaining ten groups. In chapters 2 to 6 (pp. 30-186) the author

enters fully into the characters, position, and affinities of the older

genera considered by him to belong to the Favositide, and concludes,

after an extended study of their minute structure, that Prof. Ver-

rill and Dr. Lindstrém are right in referring all the corals usually

included under this head to the Z. perforata; and while not pre-

pared to regard the group as a subfwmily according to the views of

the above authorities, Dr. Nicholson gives his reasons at some

length for inferring that “a large number of the types are more or

less allied to the Poritide, and some of which may perhaps be

capable of final removal to the latter family, but which really re-

present a series of separate though allied groups.”

Under the Columnariade are provisionally placed a few Paleozoic

corals ; but their precise position is uncertain, as the typical forms

exhibit certain Rugose features, while, on the other hand, they pre-

sent some conspicuous points of resemblance to the Astreeide.

With regard to the Paleozoic family Syringoporide, Dr. Nichol-

son does not agree with the opinion of Dana and others as to

Syringopora being allied to Tubipora, nor with Lindstrém that

it is a Rugose coral, but considers that this family is related to

the Fayositide, and should therefore find a place among the Z.

perforata.

The family Auloporide is considered to be in a chaotic condition,

so that it is impossible to come to any positive conclusion as to its

affinities or the forms it may contain, the materials in the author’s

possession being insufficient for its clear elucidation ; but it may

probably be regarded as a peculiar group of the Alcyonaria.

The Halysitidee, typified by the so-called ‘‘chain-coral,” are sepa-

rated from the Syringoporidw, which were included with them by

M.-Edwards and Haime, and are stated to be nearly allied to the

Helioporide, which they resemble in the general possession of two

sets of tubes, differing in size and in the position of their tabule.

The singular Silurian genus Tetradiwm, Dana, forms the family

Tetradiide ; in general appearance it resembles some forms of

Cheetetes, as C. radians, and in some characters is allied to Haly-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 28

394 Bibliographical Notices.

sites and Heliolites; but from the quadripartite character of the

septa, Prof. Safford regarded the genus as referable to the Rugosa.

The group Thecidee includes but one genus, T'hecia, restricted to

the Silurian rocks, the typical species of which, 7. Swinderniana,

Goldf., the author has submitted to a careful macroscopic and micro-

scopic investigation, from which it seems to form, in some respects,

a link between the Perforate Corals and the Alcyonarian family of

the Helioporide. For the structure and relations of the Helio-

poride we are indebted to the researches of Mr. Moseley (Phil.

Trans. vol. clxvi. pt. 1, p. 91), which prove that Heliopora and its

ancient allies are truly Alcyonarians. Most of the genera are

Paleozoic ; one (Polytremacis) is Secondary ; and Heliopora is both

Cretaceous and Recent.

The next group, the Cheetetide, Dr. Nicholson considers to be

made up of very heterogeneous materials, which must ultimately

_ be disintegrated. The chief member (Chetetes radians) and its

allies are in some respects similar to the Favositide, “ except

that ‘mural pores’ in the walls are wanting, while there are (in

reality) no traces of septa, and the walls of the corallites are com-

pletely amalgamated.” Although these forms are far removed from

the Favositide, he is satisfied that they are genuine Actinozoa, and

seem to have more affinities with the Alcyonaria.

The group Monticuliporide, founded on the genus Monticulipora,

D’Orb., and originally considered to be a Bryozoan, includes nume-

rous forms whose position is uncertain, and which “ constitute

perhaps the most difficult and intricate assemblage of Paleozoic

fossils with which the zoophytologist is called to deal” (p. 270).

Although giving the results of his investigations in considerable

detail (pp. 270-330) as to the internal structure of the corals

usually referred to Monticulipora and allied types, Dr. Nicholson

proposes to publish hereafter an entirely separate memoir on the

group. He considers, however, that although strong evidence has

been brought forward to prove these forms to be Polyzoa, yet, from

their general structural character and resemblance to Coelenterate

types, the majority will prove to belong to the Actinozoa.

The last family, Labechide, comprises the anomalous genus Labe-

chia, originally placed by M.-Edwards and Haime among the Chete-

tide, and considered by Dr. Lindstrém truly a Hydrozoon allied

to Hydractinia. The peculiarities in its structure, however, are so

numerous, and the apparent total absence of superficial openings of

any kind is so puzzling, that Dr. Nicholson does not at present see

how it can be placed among either the Hydrozoa or the Actinozoa.

We have attempted but a brief and imperfect sketch of the chief

views of Dr. Nicholson on the twelve subdivisions of the Tabulata,

which the reader will find given in detail in the separate chapters

treating of each special group.

That some of the conclusions arrived at will be generally accepted

the author does not expect; but while acknowledging the assistance

he has derived from the labours of previous observers, it is fair to

state that most of the facts recorded in the volume have been veri-

Bibliographical Notices. 395

fied by himself, and that nearly all the illustrations, whether in the

text or in the plates, are from original drawings of sections prepared

by him, with the view of showing the minute structure of the prin-

cipal Paleozoic genera of the Tabulata, thus rendering the work a

useful addition to this branch of Paleontology.

Geological Survey of Canada. Mesozoic Fossils. Vol. i. part ii. On

the Fossils of the Cretaceous Rocks of Vancouver and adjacent

Islands in the Strait of Georgia. By J. F. Wurrnaves, F.G.S.

Montreal, 1879.

Tuts work forms the second decade of the first volume of Mesozoic

fossils, published by the Geological Survey of Canada, and contains

a description by Mr. Whiteaves of the fossils collected by Mr.

Richardson from the Cretaceous rocks of Vancouver Island and

adjacent districts, an account of which strata appeared in the ‘ Pro-

gress Report’ of the above survey for the years 1871-76. The

coal-bearing strata from which the fossils were obtained occupy a

narrow strip on the shores of the Georgian Strait, and their conti-

nuity is broken by crystalline rocks so as to divide them into two

areas, respectively termed the Comox and the Nanaimo coal-fields.

About one hundred species are noticed, chiefly from the productive

coal-measures. These, with one exception, a Smilotrochus, belong to

the Mollusca: more than half the species are Lamellibranchs ; and

the Gasteropoda are more abundantly represented than the Cepha-

lopoda.

The geology of Vancouver Island was noticed many years since

(1861) by Dr. Hector ; and some of the fossils have been described

during the last twenty years by Mr. Meck, Mr. Gabb, and Dr.

Shumard ; but seventeen are new to science. In order, however, to

present as complete a report as possible on the fossil fauna of these

deposits, Mr. Whiteaves has added in their proper places the names

of species described or recorded from them by other naturalists.

Thirty species from the coal-bearing rocks of Vancouver are also

found in the Chico group of California, which, with the Martinez

group, probably represent the Lower and Upper Chalk of Europe,

while on paleontological and stratigraphical grounds (says Mr.

Whiteaves) it seems likely that the coal-formation of the Nanaimo,

Cowitchin, and Comox districts is the equivalent in time of the whole

of the Upper Cretaceous. Some of the fossils of the Vancouver

Cretaceous appear to have an extensive geographical range, as about

fourteen species are believed to be common to the coal-bearing rocks

of the Nanaimo and Comox districts and to the Chalk formation of

Europe, Asia, or Africa. Among other interesting facts alluded

to in the Report is that of the former extent of the Cretaceous ocean

in North America, which, according to some authors, was separated

into two basins by a land barrier nearly coincident with the present

main axis of the Rocky Mountains. This hypothesis is now con-

sidered untenable, both on physical and paleontological grounds ;

and the results of recent explorations confirm the opinion of Mr.

Gabb, that there must have been a water communication between

396 Miscevtaneous.

the great Cretaceous sea that covered so much of what is now the

central portion of the continent on the one side and the Pacific on

the other.

Ten plates accompany the descriptions of the species; and a table

is given of their ranges in the different subdivisions of the Vancouver

and Californian Cretaceous rocks.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Hyale Lubbockiana (=Allorchestes imbricatus, Sp. Bate, and

Nicea Lubbockiana, Sp. Bate). By the Rey. T. R. R. Srussirne.

Ar Banff this August I had the pleasure of being shown over the

museum of the place by Mr. Edward, the well-known naturalist.

In his collection of Crustacea I observed Allorchestes wmbricatus, a

species of which I had long been in search. Upon examining the

rocks along the coast I found it living in great abundance. It was

easy to distinguish it from Allorchestes Nilsson’ by the imbrication.

On closer view a large hooked and serrated spine on the hand in

the pereiopoda proved to be an equally constant and distinguishing

character. A spine, however, of this description is the special

characteristic of Nicea Lubbockiana; and upon comparing the ac-

counts given by Mr. Spence Bate of Allorchestes imbricatus and

Nicea Lubbockiana, I think it is evident that the two names belong

to one and the same species. As explained in the ‘ Annals’ for

May 1876, the generic name should be Hyale. Of the two specific

names, Lubbockiana will have the precedence.

The difference in the length of the inferior antenne in the two

descriptions merely results from a difference in the age of the

specimens described. The question of the telson has already been

discussed in the paper above mentioned.

On Robert Kerr’s Translation of the ‘ Systema Nature’ of Linneus.

By Oxprrerp THomas, Assistant in the Zoological Department,

British Museum.

Having seen the above work quoted in certain of the papers on

North-American Mammalia by Dr. Elliott Coues, the quotations being

generally put in inverted commas, as though the work had not itself

been referred to, I thought it worth while to examine the catalogue

of the Banksian Library, where, as I expected, 1 found a copy of

this rare and little-known book. It is dated 1792, and purports to

be a revised edition of Gmelin’s ‘Systema Nature.’ There are a

considerable number of species named in it, with full descriptions

and references. It was never continued beyond the first volume,

which contains the Mammalia and part of the Birds.

Among the birds, nearly all the species additional to Gmelin

appear to be quoted from Latham’s ‘ Index Ornithologicus ;’ but

among the Mammalia, the new species described in Pennant’s ‘ His-

Miscellaneous. 397

tory of Quadrupeds’ (1781) and in Governor Phillips’s ‘ Voyage to

Botany Bay’ (1789) have received Latin names, thus forestalling

those in Shaw’s ‘General Zoology’ (1800-4), which have hitherto

been looked upon as the first Latin binomial names of these

species.

On a cursory inspection I have noticed the following changes in

nomenclature to be necessary :—

The species hitherto known as must stand as

Delichotis patachonica (Shaw) D. magellanica (Kerr).

Sciurus Plantani, Ljung, S. badging, Kerr.

Xerus namaquensis (Lecht.)

(‘* X. setosus, Forst.,” auct.) X. capensis (Kerr).

Petaurus taguanoides, Desm., P. volans (Kerr).

Phalangista vulpina (Shaw) P. vulpecula (Kerr).

Bat fortunately, in a large number of cases, it will only be neces-

sary to accredit the old specific name to Kerr, later authors having

used the same name.

In this latter class the following may be instanced :—

L. canadensis, Turt.

Martes americana (T'wrt.).

Mellivora indica (Shaw),

Sphingurus mexicanus (Shaw).

M. messorius, Shaw.

D. virginianus, Shaw.

M. Lutra canadensis, Kerr,

M. zibellina americana,

Ursus indicus,

Hystrix mexicana,

Mus messorius,

Didelphis virginianus,

Hu te ueu

The British-Museum copy has evidently never been referred to,

the leaves being uncut throughout.

The full title is ‘The Animal Kingdom, or Zoological System of

the celebrated Sir Charles Linneus. Class I. Mammalia, containing

a complete systematic description, arrangement, and nomenclature

of all the known species and varieties of the Mammalia, or animals

which give suck to their young, being a translation of that part of

the Systema Naturz, as lately published, with great improvements,

by Professor Gmrttrn of Goettingen. Together with numerous addi-

tions from more recent zoological writers, and illustrated with copper-

plates: by Robert Kerr, F.R. & A.SS.E., Member of the Royal

College of Surgeons, and of the Royal Physical Society, and Surgeon

to the Orphan Hospital of Edinburgh. London: 1792.”

I have thought it well to draw the attention of zoologists to this

work, as the sooner the oversight of a book of this kind is noticed

the better it is for the correctness of zoological nomenclature*.

On the Structure of the Cephalic Ganglia of Insects.

By M. N. Waener.

It is well known that the two pairs of ganglia lodged in the head

of an insect differ considerably with regard to their physiological

functions. Formerly the part of an apparatus of coordination was

ascribed to the subcesophageal ganglion ; but several naturalists have

* During the printing of the above, a second copy of this book has

been purchased for the library of the Zoological Department.

398 Miscellaneous.

demonstrated that coordination of all the movements of the appen-

dages takes place regularly in decapitated insects. The subceso-

phageal ganglion principally governs the appendages of the mouth,

and differs but little in its histological structure from the other

nodes of the ganglionic chain. As to the cerebroid or supraceso-

_ phageal ganglia, they are the seat of nearly all the functions of the

hemispheres of the brain in vertebrates. There are situated the

organs of the perceptions, of memory, of intelligence, &c. Hence

they have a more complicated histological structure. These ner-

vous centres are nevertheless constructed on the same general plan

as the other ganglia. In the middle they present bundles of ner-

vous fibres, while the nerve-cells principally occupy the periphery.

Towards the centre of the ganglion there are three groups of small

cells arranged in stages one aboye the other and communicating by

numerous fibres. The group situated in front of the others may be

regarded as haying the most intimate relations with the convolu-

tions (or organs in the form of a horseshoe), which are especially

developed in the social Hymenoptera, the most intelligent of insects.

The greater or less development of these parts of the nervous

system coincides with the intellectual development. Thus we find

the most remarkable development in the working ants, and then in

the working bees; there is a less development in the female ants

and in the queen bee. In the males these parts only exist in a

rudimentary state. Sexual life, and especially the development of

the ova and semen, are therefore opposed to the development of

these organs. We can easily trace the bundles of nervous fibres

which run from the base of the ganglion to the convolutions.

From the sides of the ganglia issue the lobes which go to the com-

pound eyes. In the humble-bees, in which each eye occupies

nearly half the head, these lobes have an encrmous development.

They are of an oval form, and composed, in the median part, of

short cylinders arranged in series.

These cylinders give origin to the fibres which penetrate into the

base of the brain. In the exterior part of the optic lobes these

fibres interlace and present the form of two flattened cones with their

apices turned towards each other. In this way the fibres of the

left side appear upon the right side, and the inferior fibres become

superior. ach fibre by thus changing its direction enters into the

constitution of the optic nerve which runs to each of the eyes

forming together the compound eye. The intercrossing of the

fibres does not occur here between the two opposite eyes as in the

chiasma of the vertebrates, but between the eyes of the same side

of the head. Such an organization very probably causes a perfect

coincidence between all the optical impressions received separately

by each eye.

To obtain the preparations which have given me these results, I

extracted the brains of the insects, hardened them by means of

Betz’s fluid (a mixture in equal proportions of sulphuric ether and

chloroform), and made thin slices of them.—Comptes Rendus, Au-

gust 11, 1879, p. 378.

se SO re

~~ a +

: sn ita”

oo ee

Miscellaneous. 399

On the Part played by Insects during the Flowering of Arum

erinitum, dit. By M. B. Scunerztzr.

The spathe of Arwm crinitum diffuses so strong an odour of putrid

flesh that the insects which deposit their eggs upon decomposing

animal matters are attracted by it. The author found dozens of

specimens of Musca Cesar at the bottom of the spathe: they had

deposited their eggs ; and numerous small larva were creeping among

the viscous hairs lining the interior of the spathe. Common house-

tlies and even mites were also caught among these hairs.

Sir John Lubbock has described the transportation by insects of

the pollen of Arum iaculatum to the protogynous stigmas of other

individuals. Hairs, which are nothing but aborted stamens, are

directed from above downwards, and thus facilitate the access of

the insect to the lower part of the spathe, which, by means of these

hairs, becomes a temporary prison for it.

In Arum erinitum all the hairs produced by the abortion of the

sexual organs are directed from below upwards; and although they

do not present any great obstacle to the access of insects they cer-

tainly do not facilitate their entrance. The viscous hairs which

line the inner surface of the spathe, however, are directed down-

wards, and certainly present an obstacle to the escape of insects

from the bottom of the spathe.

On examining under the microscope the ovaries of Arum crinitum

at the time when numerous flies occurred at the bottom of the spathe,

the stigma was found ready to receive the pollen, and a few grains

of pollen were already there, besides many crystals of oxalate of

lime. The stamens, although the anthers were not yet open, con-

tained perfectly ripe pollen; and the least pressure sufficed to make

it issue from the anthers.

All the flies found by the author at the bottom of the spathe

were dead. ‘The insects penetrating into this prison do not, there-

fore, carry out the pollen which has ripened during their captivity,

as described by Lubbock in the case of Arwm maculatum; nor is

this the office of their larvae (which soon die of starvation) or of the

mites. Of the flies attracted by the fetid odour of the plant some

lay their eggs at the bottom of the spathe, and then, being pre-

vented from escaping from their prison by the viscous hairs which

line its entrance, they die. Others, less pressed to oviposit, are

attracted by the glandular hairs which cover the spadix and lead

them, like the rungs of a ladder, to the stamens. Here, walking

over the anthers, they cause the pollen to escape ; and still ascending

the spadix in the direction of the hairs, they fly away to lay their

eggs in another spathe, at the bottom of which they deposit upon

the stigmas the pollen derived from the stamens of the former plant,

and finally die in their turn.

When the dead flies are examined after the lapse of a few days,

their chitinous envelope is found dried up; but this is not the

result of simple desiccation, as the insect lies upon a moist surface,

upon which a portion of the liquid contents of the hairs has

400 Miscellaneous.

exuded. ‘These hairs are filled with a purplish-red, violet, or even

blue liquid. When the violet or blue liquid is treated with dilute

sulphuric acid it becomes bright red. Ammonia restores the origi-

nal colour. The purple-red liquid scarcely changes colour with

acid; but it becomes violet or blué under the influence of ammonia.

The purple-red hairs which cover a great part of the inner surface

of the spathe of Arum crinitwm may therefore probably contain

an acid which, like that exuded from the hairs of Drosera, may

contribute to the conversion of the nitrogenous materials of insects

into matters capable of absorption by the spathe.

The spathe is, in fact, a simple leaf, the parenchyma of which

contains grains of chlorophyll, like all leaves capable of assimilation.

We need only immerse the purple spathe of Arwm erinitum for a

few days in a saturated solution of borax, to get rid of all the

colouring-matters which masked the green colour of the chlorophyll.

Thus, while admitting the possibility of the transportation of the

pollen of Arum crinitum by flies to the stigmas either of another

individual or of the same, the author is of opinion that insects also

furnish nitrogenous nourishment to the plant through the mediation

of the spathe. The name of Arum muscivorum, given to the plant

by the younger Linné, would therefore be appropriate *.

The so-called hairs which occur above the fertile stamens up to

the extremity of the spadix present a structure very different from

that of ordinary hairs. They are formed by an epidermic tissue, a

parenchyma, and an axial vascular cord composed of tracheids.

They are stamens, transformed, like those immediately below the

fertile stamens, into glandular organs, which perform the same

function as the aborted stamens of Parnassia palustris. The nume-

rous living Bacteria which occurred upon the bodies of the dead

flies among the hairs of the spadix of Arwm crinitwm show that

here we have to do with a simple putrefaction of the albuminous

materials of the insect; none of the dead flies among the viscous

hairs lining the interior of the spathe presented any trace of

Bacteria. Between the stamens and the pistils there is a whorl of

aborted ovaries in the form of glandular appendages.—Comptes

Rendus, September 8, 1879, p. 508.

On a new Species of Wild Dog from Demerara.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural Mistory.

GENTLEMEN ,—I observe that inadvertently I have omitted to name

the new species of dog described by me supra, p. 316. I propose

for it the name of Canis rudis.

Believe me,

British Museum, Yours truly,

October 1, 1879. A. GUNTHER.

_* M. E. Aschmann has also cited Dracunculus crinitus among insec-

tivorous plants. See Just’s ‘ Botanische Jahresbericht,’ 1877, p. 780,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(FIFTH SERIES. ]

No. 24. DECEMBER 1879.

XLV.—On the Structure of Astrophiura, a new and aber-

rant Genus of Echinodermata. By W. PrErcy SLADEN,

F.L.S., F.G.S.

[Plate XX]

A BRIEF summary of some of the structural peculiarities of

this abnormal Echinoderm was published last year (Proc.

Roy. Soc. vol. xxvii. p. 456) ; and subsequently a short note,

together with a specific diagnosis of the form, appeared in

Carus’s ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ Jahrg. ii. (1879), p. 10.

It is the purpose of the present communication to furnish a

description in detail of Astrophiura permira, and to offer such

remarks upon its affinities and relationship as are naturally

suggested by the investigation. Some delay has intervened

in the publication of these observations, prompted chiefly by

the desire to obtain a further supply of material, in order to

give a more exhaustive description of the anatomy of the

organism; but as such a wish may remain unrealized for

an indefinite period, it does not now seem desirable to with-

hold longer the present notes upon this interesting specimen.

Astrophiura permira, nobis.

General Form.—The body is pentagonal and much de-

pressed, arched above and slightly concave beneath, suggesting,

at the first rough glance, a superficial resemblance to the

Asteriscus type of starfish. The test is entirely covered with

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 29

402 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of

caleareous plates, which are very conspicuous on account of

the form and the arrangement which they present: those

situated within the central half of the abactinal surface are

disposed after the manner of the tessellation of an Ophiuroid

disk, whilst the outer portion of the pentagon is occupied by

plates which belong exclusively to the radial series, and re-

present highly modified brachial plates of very abnormal

development. The margin of the test is surrounded by a

close-set fringe of small compressed spinelets; and the sin-

gular appearance of the organism is still further enhanced by

the possession of very short rudimentary rays of Ophiuroid

type, which extend from the angles of the disk in continuation

of the radial series of plates. ‘These diminutive arms, how-

ever, are quite insignificayt both in size and character, in

proportion to the general dimensions of the disk; and, as will

be pointed out more fully hereafter, they would seem, when

considered in relation to function, to be little more than aborted

members.

On the actinal side, the mouth is central and surrounded

by ten large mouth-plates, which bear papille only; jaws,

jaw-plates, and teeth being wanting. In one of the interradii

there is a large escutcheon-shaped plate, homologous in its

position with the mouth-shield of an Ophiuran ; it bears a

puncture, and is probably the madreporite ; no other shields

are present in the remaining four interradii. ‘The ambulacra

are largely developed and conspicuous, the tentacle-pores being

separated by thin plates and guarded by long lanceolate ten-

tacle-scales. The median line of the radii is occupied by a

series of large quadrate plates, which extend from the oral

rime and represent under arm-plates, or what may perhaps

be more correctly spoken of as subambulacral accessory

pieces. The extensive triangular interradial areas are covered

with a scaling of small hexagonal plates, which diminish in

size as they recede from the actinostome; and the plating ter-

minates at a short distance from the edge of the disk, leaving

a portion of the radial plates exposed, in the form of a narrow

marginal border.

Description of a Specimen. Abactinal Aspect.—The upper

surface of the disk is regularly tessellated with clearly defined

symmetrical plates arranged in the following manner. One

irregular heptagonal plate, apparently the representative of

what would normally be a pentagonal one, occupies the centre,

and is encircled by seven slightly elongated plates, irregularly

pentagonal and hexagonal, which are the representatives

of a normal series of five, the splitting of two of these having

given rise to the present irregularity, to which is also due the

a new Genus of Echinodermata. 403

modification of the contour of the central plate. These repre-

sent the ‘ primary plates”? of Ophiuride. External to the

last-named series of plates follows a ring of ten more or less

symmetrical pieces: the five which stand in the median line

ot the radii are subtriangular or somewhat arrow-headed in

outline ; and the intermediate or interradial ones are irregularly

pentagonal. Each of the five radial plates, as well as the

single central plate, bears a small tubercle of slight elevation.

The radial plates have their apex directed outwards and in-

serted between two large subtriangular plates, which represent

the radial shields of a typical Ophiuroid disk. These touch,

but only for a very short way on the middle of their inner

sides, being again separated by the insertion on their outer

margin of the triangular first upper arm-plate. The interra-

dial space between the shields of two neighbouring rays is

occupied by a single large quadrate plate, the outer margin

of which is nearly in line with the outer margin of the radial

shields. The whole series of plates above described form a

circular area which occupies the central half of the pentagonal

disk, the remaining outer portion being filled up by extraor-

dinary radial plates, the abnormal development which these

attain furnishing a highly remarkable feature in this Echino-

derm, as the following description will indicate.

Succeeding to the triangular first upper arm-plate, and

situated in the median line of the ray, follow a series of 5-7

rectangular plates, twice as broad as long, and which diminish

in size as they approach the margin of the disk, where they

become modified in form and pass off, by a gradation of

stages, onto the rudimentary ray as the aborted representa-

tives of upper arm-plates. On either side of each upper arm-

plate is a long, narrow, band-like lateral plate, representing

a side arm-plate, the breadth being equal throughout and cor-

responding with the length of the upper arm-plate, whence

they extend to the margin of the pentagonal disk, each plate

in the series being consequently shorter than its more internal

predecessor. With the exception of the pair belonging to the

first, each side plate is connected with its own proper upper

arm-plate, and proceeds from it at right angles to the median

line of the ray ; this direction, however, is almost immediately

changed, and the plate is bent sharply, though only slightly,

outwards; whilst corresponding with this flexure in the

pseudo-side arm-plates there is a slight downward depression,

with a graceful curve, of the whole lateral series, which gives

to the median portion of the ray a decidedly raised or gibbous

character; and the series as a whole suggests some resemblance

in appearance to the body of a trilobite. caer pseudo-

404 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of

side arm-plates, which belong to the first upper arm-plate,

are separated from it by reason of the development of the

radial shields and the position which it occupies, they main-

tain nevertheless their own relative position in respect to

the succeeding side arm-plates, and at the place where their

inner margins meet on the edge of the disk they mark the

middle of a side of the pentagonal body. In consequence of

the angle of direction at which the lateral plates are prolonged

from the median line, a large triangular interbrachial space

is enclosed between the first side arm-plates of two adjacent

radii and the central area of the disk; this is occupied by a

single and uniform triangular plate, which is largest and

most conspicuous upon the dorsal surface.

The extremity of each side arm-plate which enters into the

marginal edge of the pentagonal disk is notched, and bears

articulated thereon (normally) three short, stout, “compressed

spinelets of uniform breadth throughout, their length being

equal to or rather greater than the breadth of the side arm-

plates. These spines are truncate at the tip or slightly

rounded, and so closely placed that they join tightly up to

one another laterally, and form a continuous series, which

borders the entire margin of the disk. The breadth of the

fringe is rather greater at the middle of an interbrachial space

than at the extremities, in consequence of the gradual diminu-

tion in the length of the spines as they approach the angles.

Here and there, in the specimen under notice, the perfect

continuity of the series is somewhat interrupted, owing, pro-

bably, to accidental breakage and abrasion; occasionally there

is an additional spinelet to a side arm-plate, whilst in other

cases two or three become merged together. Normally there

are about 48-50 spinelets in each interbrachial space.

The manner in which the radial plates of the disk-series

become modified in the course of their passage onto the rudi-

mentary arms is very interesting; and the transition into the

true side arm-piates of the little rudimentary ray takes place

so continuously and intelligibly that no doubt can exist as to

the homology ef tke strangely developed, band-like, lateral

plates in the disk with the true Ophiuroid elements of normal

form (Pl. XX. fig. 3). It will be observed that the two or

three terminal upper arm-plates, which fall within the limits

of the pentagonal disk, lose their rectangular shape, and that

the first change undergone by the oblong rectangular plate

normally consists of a lateral contraetion by which the dis-

proportion of breadth to length is reduced ; this contraction in

the next outward plate is still more developed, its action

being greater on the proximal than on the distal margin of

a new Genus of Echinodermata. 405

the plate. This gives to the side arm-plates the appearance

of resting upon the preceding upper arm-plate, at the same

time inducing therein a pentagonal tigure.

In the last radial segment included within the pentagonal

disk, the upper arm-plate has generally been so much reduced

in size that the side arm-plates meet and hold it within the

angle which they form, whilst the upper arm-plates, which

follow upon the rudimentary ray, have become subtriangular

or fan-shaped and quite insignificant in size.

A slight variation, consequent on the irregularity of some

of the plates, is noticeable in one of the radi of the present

specimen (Pl. XX. fig. 4). This consists of the radial series

apparently passing off into the free rudimentary ray before

the margin of the disk is reached—a deceptive effect arising

from a modification of the last segment included in the disk,

by which the side arm-plates and their marginal spinelets

remain isolated and form a continuous collar-like rim beneath

the ray connecting the lateral fringes of the two neighbouring

sides, whilst in all the other rays the series of marginal spines

is separated by the presence of the free armlet.

In one of the rays considerable irregularity occurs in con-

sequence of the splitting-up of some of the upper arm-plates

and the coalescence of two or more of the side arm-plates,

the former circumstance being, to a certain degree, sug-

gestive of the broken character of these plates in Ophioplocus

and some Ophiure.

Actinal Aspect.—The mouth is situated in the centre of the

under or actinal surface, and is surrounded by ten large plates

arranged in pairs, representing side mouth-shields. They are

subtriangular or somewhat coulter-shaped, with the small end

directed inward; and the two plates of a pair touch one

another along their imterior half only, the outer portion

arching outward towards the radii. These mouth-plates pro-

ject prominently towards the centre of the actinostome, the

mouth-slits being consequently deep and wide; and each

mouth-plate (pseudo-side mouth-shield) bears on its outer

side three or four short, oblong, flattened mouth-papille ; and

a single, large, semicircular papilla stands at the apex of the

pair of mouth-plates (Pl. XX. fig. 5).

A mouth-shield is present in only one of the interbrachial

spaces. It is roundly shield-shaped, and is, in all probability,

the representative of the madreporiform body—an inference

drawn from the fact that this plate bears a raised tubercle

punctured with a large pore near one of its outer corners.

No jaws (scutella oralia), no jaw-plates (tort angulares), and

no teeth are present.

406 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of

Extending from the mouth-slits along the median line of

the radii are a series of large quadrangular plates, occupying

the position of under arm-plates in an Ophiuran (Pl. XX.

fig. 6). The first or innermost under arm-plate is much larger

than any of the succeeding ones, elongate and somewhat

escutcheon-shaped inwardly, but having two broad ale or

extensions produced with a graceful curve from the corners of

the outer margin, the whole plate bearing a fanciful resem-

blance to the gorget of ancient armour. ‘The succeeding

under arm-plates are subquadrate, and, being bounded late-

rally by incurved lines, resemble vertebree in outline; the

number included within the disk is nine or ten, of which the

two or three terminal ones diminish very rapidly in breadth,

the passage of these into the true under arm-plates of the

aborted ray being clearly traceable—a subject to which

attention will be directed presently.

The space occupied by the ambulacral system is very con-

siderable, forming in each radius a petaloid area, down the

middle of which runs the series of under arm-plates above

described (Pl. XX. fig. 6). The entire intermediate space

between two neighbouring radii is covered with a tessellated

scaly membrane, composed of small, uniform, hexagonal

plates. The tessellze, which form a more or less straight line

bordering on the pore-area, diminish in size as they approach

the edge of the disk, and at the same time become somewhat

rounded in contour ; and the plating terminating altogether at

a short distance from the margin of the disk, a border is left

around the test exposing a portion of the lateral or side arm-

plates, in breadth rather greater than the length of the longest

spines of the marginal fringe.

Returning now to the ambulacra. A pair of tentacles

accompanies each under arm-plate, one on either side; and

the neighbouring tentacles or ambulacral feet are separated

from those of the next joint by a thin straight partition or

septum, which extends somewhat upward into the disk or

body in a manner suggestive of the arrangement of the

ambulacral plates in certain Asteroids. Owing to the promi-

nence of these septa, which extend between the outer angles

of the under arm-plates and the margin of the interradial

plating, they have the appearance of cutting up the ambu-

lacral area into square compartments ; over these is stretched

a thin membranous skin, which is punctured with a large

round pore for the passage of the ambulacral tentacle, the

orifice being frequently very little less in diameter than the

length of the under arm-plate itself (fig. 6). Judging from

the appearance of the specimen, the tentacles were, in all

a new Genus of Echinodermata. 407

probability, entirely retractile. Each pore is protected by

tentacle-scales : one, which is large and lanceolate, is situated

on the interradial side of the aperture, and is very frequently

found reflected or bent quite backward towards the actino-

stome ; another scale, smaller and more rotund, occurs on the

side of the pore adjacent to the under arm-plate, but is often

wanting on the pores of the outer portion of the radii. Both

of these are unmistakably “scales” in the proper sense of

the term, and bear no resemblance whatever to the usual

form of tentacle-é papille”’ found in many Ophiurids. In

addition to those just described there is frequently a free

ovoid-shaped scale present on the outer or aboral portion of

the membrane of the tentacular aperture.

The last two or three arm-segments included within the

disk are worthy of notice, since they show the gradual stages

of modification which the radial series undergo in the course

of their passage onto the rudimentary arm. In the last

joint but two the breadth of the under arm-plate is very greatly

reduced, the proportion to length being less than one half,

and the aboral end forms, at “the same time, two sloping

facets, in consequence of the encroachment of the succeeding

pair of side arm-plates, which extend, by the prolongation ot

their adoral margin, quite up to the median plate, the tentacle-

pore being scooped out of the outer margin of the plate itself,

as usual in Ophiuride. In the last under arm-plate but one

the diminution in size becomes still greater, whilst in the

segment which follows the side arm-plates meet for more than

half their length in the median line, the under arm-plate

being reduced to a small subtriangular plate enclosed in a

notch on their outer margin ; this is the basement joint of the

rudimentary arm, and is ‘situated half within and Lalf without

the pentagonal disk ; the side arm-plates belonging to this

segment bear three marginal spines, which are only very

slightly modified from those of the marginal fringe. Passing

outward to the second joint of the free ray, the under arm-

plate is very insignificant, and the arm-spines are present as

short, stout, rounded spinelets of true Ophiuroid type, whilst

in the third joint the under arm-plate has become quite micro-

scopic and the spines reduced to mere papille (Pl. XX.

figs. 6, 6a).

Concurrent with the changes noted above in the plates of

the terminal segments of the “disk, the pore-areas become very

greatly reduced in breadth towards the extremities of the

radii; for whilst midway between the centre of the actinostome

and the angle of the disk the half pore-area on either side is

broader than the median range of under arm-plates, the last

408 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of

pair or two of pores are scarcely larger than the usual Ophiuroid

tentacular orifices. This circumstance, together with the fact

that the pores in the neighbourhood of the actinostome are

likewise somewhat more circumscribed in breadth than those

in the middle of the radius, imparts the petaloid form to the

outline of the poriferous area.

It is also of importance to note that there are no tentacle-

pores or tentacle-scales present on the rudimentary arms.

Owing to the state of preservation of the specimen under

consideration, it is impossible to determine what was the length

originally attained by these aborted prolongations of the radial

system, as they have been unfortunately broken in every case ;

but from the rapidity with which each succeeding joint dimi-

nishes both in size and character from its predecessor, as well

as from the rudimentary nature of the parts, the probability

would seem very doubtful that these stunted, undeveloped

arms were ever of any great extension. As indicating the

really diminutive size of the small free rays, it may be men-

tioned that the first three segments together measure little

more than one tenth of the diameter of the disk.

The innermost or basal portion of the pore-area is restricted

on either side by a narrow elongated plate, which joins up to

the ale of the first under arm-plate and is directed downwards

towards the side mouth-shield (mouth-plate) ; it is somewhat

sigmoid in shape, thickened at the outer (aboral) end and ter-

minating inwardly in a point, and forms the interradial margin

of the first tentacle-pore. This plate Iam disposed to regard as

the homologue of the Ophiuroid genital scale, although in the

present case it is comparatively small and insignificant, being

even shorter than the first under arm-plate. ‘There appear to

be traces of a slit on the interradial side of this plate, between

it and the interradial plating, such as would correspond with

one of the r?me genitales ; but in the present condition of the

specimen it is impossible to speak with certainty on this

point.

The communication between the oral cavity and the inter-

radial space is uninterrupted by any calcareous development,

so far as I am able to determine without injuring the speci-

men. By throwing a strongly concentrated ray of light

through the test, two small reddish stains, about 1°5 millim.

in diameter, are discernible in each interradial area, situated

on the sides adjoining the radii, and at about one third the

distance between the mouth and the margin: whether, how-

ever, these indicate the limits and position of the generative

organs cannot be stated decisively without further material ;

but from the position which they occupy, as well as from the

anew Genus of Echinodermata. 409

connexion which is apparently traceable with the genital

scales at the base of the radii, it seems not improbable that

such may be the case. It would be hazardous, however, even

to surmise, with our present information, whether these ex-

tended interradial spaces are utilized mainly as a prolongation

of the peritoneal cavity, or whether, on the other hand, they

serve more specially the purpose of a marsupium or nida-

mental cavity—a function not unfrequently called into action

amongst Echinoderms.

Internal Arm-skeleton.—As might be expected from the

abnormal character of the animal, the internal structure of the

radii is both remarkable and peculiar. A form of arm-skele-

tion or central axis is present, but of a highly modified and

aborted description ; indeed, from the manner in which light

is transmitted through the radial portion of the disk, it would

be at once inferred that any internal structures were of the

most simple and rudimentary kind, as compared with similar

parts in the regular Ophiuroid test. A section was made

through one of the radii, between the fourth and fifth under

arm-plates ; and although the separation of the elements was

not effected as satisfactorily as might be, owing to the partial

ankylosis of the various ossicles, which made a certain

amount of fracture unavoidable and entailed the consequent

destruction of some detail, the section is sufficient to show

the general features of this portion of the anatomy of Astro-

phiura without risking further damage to the specimen.

The body or axis of the arm-skeleton is small and slender,

and situated very high in position in the dorsal portion of the

ray (figs. 7, 8, d,e) ; in fact the inferior longitudinal notch

is situated entirely below, instead of being (in part at least)

excavated out of the lower portion of the axis; the ale or

wing-like disk-processes, which in the Ophiuroid arm occupy

the whole space between the side arm-plates, are here quite

small and rudimentary, being reduced to the diminutive ear-

shaped structures marked 6. ‘The inferior longitudinal

neuro-vascular notch is very large and triangular in section,

being, in fact, most extraordinary in size, as well as remarkable

for its great extension upward.

We now come to a very noteworthy feature in the internal

anatomy of the present animal, which is presented by the

septa dividing the tentacular compartments. These consist

of large, broad, thin plates which join up to the aborted disk-

processes of the axis (figs. 7, 8, a), and form partitions reaching

up to the inner surface of the abactinal wall of the test, their

actinal edge forming the prominent straight divisions which

are seen, on the superficial aspect of the underside of the

410 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of

animal, to span across the ambulacral area at each segment.

It would seem also that there is occasionally a thickening of

the side arm-plate in order to form a junction with, or pro-

longation of, this plate; but whether such a development

is the rule in every segment, I am unable to say, without

destroying the specimen. It may be noted that this thicken-

ing of two neighbouring side arm-plates is productive of a

deep trench or groove between the side arm-plates, following

the direction of their line of suture and leading into the main

interradial cavity. Close up to the abactinal wall is the trace of

a thin, delicate, arched plate, which forms the boundary of

the tentacular cavity (fig. 8, f) : the extraordinary space occu-~

pied by the tentacular pit, to the exclusion (almost absolutely,

I believe) of the muscular area, is highly remarkable. This

is rendered very striking when a comparison is made of dia-

grams of the respective parts in Astrophiura and a typical

Ophiuran. .

The internal skeleton of the aborted ray-extensions is quite

rudimentary and abnormal, the arm-plates being increased to

such a thickness as to form almost solid joints, and the com-

munications between the succeeding segments being of the most

limited character. This is apparent in the first free segment

of radius iv (fig. 9); whilst a little further out upon the ray,

in the fourth segment of radius v, the axis has the appear-

ance of a miniature vertebra located in the centre of a dispro-

portionately thick and solid arm-joint (fig. 10).

Skin-appendages.—The plates of the entire test are smooth

and naked, there being no trace of pedicellarie, granules,

spinous stumps, or any corresponding developments what-

ever.

Locality, Preservation, and Colour.—The present example

of this Kchinoderm was taken at Madagascar, and sent over

by a collecting agent along with a number of littoral or shal-

low-water Asteroids and Echinoids from the same locality.

The specimen was simply dried; and its colour in that condi-

tion is yellowish white, the marginal fringe of spinelets ap-

proaching a light brownish shade, and the actinal or under-

side a deeper tint of the same.

Measurements of an Individual.

millim.

Diameter of pentagonal body.................. 14

Rengthor side OP a datas ate eee 9°75

Length ofa radige oi hee hee eS 8

Diameter of the centro-dorsal ‘ ophiuroid” disk.. 8

Radial shields, length to breadth.............. 21:5

Second upper arm-plate, length to breadth...... 05:13

anew Genus of Echinodermata. A411

Second side arm-plate, length to breadth ...... 0:5 : 2°75

Mouth-shield (madreporite), length to breadth 0:9: 0°8

Side mouth-shields, A. 7) ao vo

First under arm-plate, os ff 120. : 1:4:

Second under arm-plate, a seats Ge OI5b

Outer margin of a mouth-piece to inner point o millim.

opposite first under arm-plate .............. 2:25

Length of spines in the marginal fringe :—

a. At the extremity of aside .............. 0:3

B.! At thommiddle of a side 6.0.2. 64). Saul ss 0°75

Length of three segments of rudimentary arm .. 13

Breadth of rudimentary arm at base .......... 0°85

General Conclusions.—The following peculiarities in the

structure of Astrophiura suggest themselves as wortby of

special attention, in consequence of their important bearing

upon the question of the affinities and relationship of the

form.

1. The pentagonal, flattened, goniodiscoid body, combining

within its area representatives of the whole free radial system

as well as of the disk of a typical Ophiuran, presents us with

nothing less than the anomaly of an organism having Ophiu-

roid ray-plates expanded and then consolidated along with

their disk into a pentagonal Asteroid form of test. Such a

remarkable arrangement of the entire brachial series and ab-

normal development of the side arm-plates is, so far as I am

aware, quite without parallel amongst the Ophiuroidea *, and

constitutes a character which I regard as an approach to the

structure of the Asteroidea. Although it may be asserted

that the resemblance is largely superficial, and that the plates

when taken individually are truly Ophiuroid after all, the ob-

_ jection is counterbalanced by the fact that this combination of

radial and interradial systems within a common periphery

involves morphologically a principle of much higher import

than simply outward form, and to which testimony is borne,

more or less fully, by each of the following particulars.

* Mr. Theodore Lyman, writing some months ago, has kindly drawn

my attention to an interesting species of Ophiomusium which he described

amongst the material obtained by the ‘Challenger’ expedition, O. fla-

bellum, Lyman, in which a monstrosity occurs in the side arm-plates, the

first pair meeting outside the mouth-shield in the median line of the

interbrachial space. If Iam not mistaken, the same peculiarity is found

also in Ophiozona (?) dubia, Lyman (“ Blake” Exped., Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. vol. v. p. 224, pl. ii. figs. 19-21). It is difficult, however, to look

upon these cases as in any way fairly homologous with the extraordi-

nary development present in <Astrophiuwra, in which we have the

series of side arm-plates produced as flat plates extending from the

upper arm-plates and occupying entirely a dorsal position upon the

test, whilst in the instances cited above the prolongation of the plates

occurs on the actinal surface and in a single segment of the ray only.

Nevertheless it is a very interesting feature. i :

412 Mr. W. P. Sladen on the Structure of

2. The limitation of the tentacular pore-system to the disk

likewise supports the above view as to the affinities of Astro-

phiura. An approach in the same direction, although in a

very different degree, is not wholly unknown in true Ophi-

urans, the tentacle-pores extending very little, if at all, beyond

the disk in Ophiomustum and Ophiolipus.

3. The extremely rudimentary condition and aborted cha-

racter of that portion of the radial series which is prolonged

beyond the body-disk would seem to give indications of

disuse and cessation of function in this area of Ophiuroid

organization, followed by a localization of function according

to the plan of Asteroid organization. Perhaps, to a certain

extent, we find a step in the same direction in Ophiomusium

and a few of the Ophioglyphe.

4. The extraordinary development of the tentacular or

ambulacral system compared with its usual standing in

Ophiuran anatomy, together with a most extreme modifica-

tion of the muscular system characteristic of that group,

indicate unequivocally a tendency towards the growth of

Asteroid characters ; whilst the septa or supplementary plates

which form the divisional partitions of the tentacular com-

partments in Astrophiura are not only unknown in Ophiu-

roidea, but, as far as I am aware, are confined to the Aste-

roidea. Regarding the aborted axial elements of the radii in

the present echinoderm as the natural homologues of the

ambulacral plates of Asteroidea, it remains only to determine

the equivalents of the septa or accessory plates; and these I

propose to identify with the internal connective pieces which

occur in Astropectinide and Linckiade, and fill in the angle

formed by the ambulacral and ventro-lateral plates, and to

which M. Viguier (who has recently studied the calcareous

test of starfishes) has applied the name of “ soutiens ambula-

craires.”” If the view just enunciated be correct, we are

presented by this plate in Astrophiura with the indications of

a stage in the genetic development of Asteroidea all traces of

which have gradually passed away in the course of the evolu-

tion of the more advanced forms of the group.

It should be mentioned that an approach towards the large

size of the cavity for the reception of the tentacle is perhaps

to be found in Ophiomyces frutectosus, Lyman.

Respecting the under arm-plates, which seem to accord so

fully with the homologous plates in Ophiuroidea, it may be

remarked that their peculiarity in this instance may be ac-

counted for by the abnormal development of the whole orga-

nism, and the consequent action of correlation, rather than as

the direct outcome of inheritance or functional utility. The

original estimate of the ordinal value of these plates, in conse-

a new Genus of Echinodermata. 413

quence of their being elements of structure supposed to be en-

tirely unrepresented in Asteroids, is placed in quite a different

light by the statement made by A. Agassiz that homologous

plates occur in an early stage of the Asteroid larva, but ulti-

mately become resorbed during the growth of the ambulacra.

5. ‘he prolongation of the peritoneal cavity into the radial

portion of the animal is a divergence towards a structure

usual in the Asteroid group*.

6. The simple and rudimentary character of the mouth-

armature certainly follows much more closely in principle the

plan of structure obtaining in Asteroidea than the highly

modified and complex organization which is found in most

Ophiuroids. In fact simple mouth-plates bearing papille

only are in Astrophiura the sole representatives of the ela-

borate apparatus, consisting of side mouth-shields, jaws, jaw-

plates, and teeth, which is met with in the latter group.

It may be suggested that the mouth-plates, which are

spoken of in the foregoing description as representatives of

the side mouth-shields, might with more propriety be styled

“jaws,” since these latter are the first formed and are the

result of the development of the first adambulacral plate,

whilst the side mouth-shields are the modification of the

second adambulacral plate. A moment’s consideration, how-

ever, will show that any dogmatic insisting upon such a

nomenclature is a mere play on words; for it will be seen that

the term which I elected to use, for descriptive purposes only,

was that which expressed most clearly the position of the

plates in relation to the mouth-shield, as well as their own

individual form ; whilst the fact of their wanting both jaw-

plates and teeth would have rendered the application of the

other term, if perhaps somewhat more precise, certainly much

more misleading.

7. The aborted character of the axis or internal arm-ske-

leton is particularly noteworthy, and gives evidence of a

divergence from a very characteristic Ophiuroid structure,

from which due significance must not be withheld when

formulating the affinities of the present animal.

In conclusion, it may be noted here that Ophdophyllum

petilum, Lymant, a strangely abnormal Ophiuroid taken

during the ‘Challenger’ expedition, superficially resembles

Astrophiura in having a fringe-like border of spines round

the margin of the disk: but here the comparison ceases; for

they are not homologous with the same appendages in our

* So far as the ovaries are concerned, Mr. Lyman informs me that he

thinks he has found some such extension in Ophvocreas.

+ “Ophiuride and Astrophytide of ‘ Challenger’ Exped.,” Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. vol. y. p. 180, pl. vii. figs. 179-181.

414 On a new Genus of Echinodermata.

specimen, which are modified arm-spines belonging to the

side arm-plates, whilst those in Ophiophyllum are, so far as

I am able to judge from the figure alone, simply disk-

spinelets attached indiscriminately to radial and interradial

plates alike.

Without reviewing in further detail the structural pecu-

liarities of this abnormal Kchinoderm, it will be clear that no

group of genera or family hitherto known can include a form

of such aberrant type within the present limits of definition.

Astrophiura consequently stands apart, and, in a classificatory

point of view, must be considered as the representative of a

family of which it is, as yet, the only member known.

Regarding the serial position which the Astrophiuride

would occupy amongst Echinodermata in relation to the

accepted arbitrary divisions in present use, they will natu-

rally be placed, by logical reasoning from the structure of

the present form, intermediate between the Ophiuroidea and

Asteroidea. Respecting the affinities of Astrophiura, the con-

clusion seems inevitable that they apparently point to Ophiu-

roid ancestry, whilst the modifications from the true Ophiuroid

arrangement which are present unquestionably take the direc-

tion of the more centralized Asteroid plan of organization,

and thus form a step which diminishes the distance of struc-

tural difference which has been considered to separate the

two orders: upon such grounds Astrophiwra has a due claim

on the consideration of systematists as an intermediate and

connecting form. It is undoubtedly premature, in the present

state of our information, to endeavour to indicate absolutely

how far Astrophiura bridges over the differences between

Asteroids and Ophiuroids ; but it is certainly not too much to

say that this genus passes very much further over the border-

land than any other Echinoderm with which we are at present

acquainted.

The following diagnosis will embrace the characters in-

volved in the preceding description :—

Fam. Astrophiuride, mili.

Brachia cum disco ophiurano in corpore pentagonali inclusa. Dentes

absunt. Oris armatura simplex et imperfecta. Pori pedum

ambulacralium septis angustis ad perpendiculum radii directis

disjuncti. Cava interbrachialia perlata.

Astrophiura permira, gen. et sp. nov.

Corpus pentagonale, depressum, supra conyexum, infra paulo con-

cavum, obtectum squamis concinnis et planis, in dimidio inte-

riore more disci ophiurani dispositis, in dimidio exteriore scutella

On two new Isopods from New Zealand. 415

lateralia brachiorum simulantibus maxime prolatis. Brachia

incipientia ab angulis disci producta, series radiales continuantia.

In superficie actinali os medium, decem magnis ossiculis oralibus

cinctum, prostantibus scutellis adoralibus. Unum scutum buc-

cale adest; dentes, scutella oralia et tori angulares absunt.

Papille orales terne aut quaterne, cum und magna, ad angulos

oris apposita.

Series scutorum quadratorum a rimis oris per radios procedunt,

scutellis ventralibus prostantibus, et per brachia inchoata pro-

ducuntur.

Foramina pedum ambulacralium septis angustis disjuncta, per-

magna, protecta singula longa papilla ambulacrali ad margines

interbrachiales, lanceolaté et squameeformi, alteré minore ad

partem interiorem radii juxta scutella brachiorum ventralia posita.

Arex interbrachiales squamis parvis hexagonalibus obtecte ; mar-

ginem appropinquantes decrescunt, relinquentes limbum angustum

expositum ; disci margine cincto densis spinis brevibus et com-

pressis.

Hab. in mari ad oras insulee Madagascar.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Astrophiura permuira, nobis, abactinal aspect. x 6-5.

Fig. 2. Actinal aspect of the same specimen. xX 65.

Fig. 3. Brachial series of radius ii, abactinal aspect. x 10.

Fig. 4. Brachial series of radius v, abactinal aspect. x 10.

Fig. 5. Actinostome: mouth-armature. x 10.

Fig. 6. Pore-area and actinal aspect of radius iii. x 10.

Fig. 6a. Terminal portion of pore-area and actinal aspect of radius ii.

x 10.

7. Transverse section, showing the proximal extremity of the fifth

segment in the brachial disk-series of radius iv. x 10.

Fig. 8. Transverse section, showing the distal extremity of the fourth

segment in the brachial disk-series of radius iv. x 10.

Fig. 9. Distal extremity of the first free segment of the rudimentary free

arm of radiusiv. X 20.

Fig. 10. Distal extremity of the fourth segment of the rudimentary free

arm of radius vy. x 20.

XLVI.—On two new Isopods (Arcturus, sp., and Tanais,

sp.) from New Zealand. By Grorce M. THomson,

[Plate XIX. figs. 1-6. ]

THE two new species of Isopods described in this paper re-

present genera not hitherto found in New Zealand; and they

are both somewhat remarkable for their resemblance to, and

dissimilarities from, already known species. Both forms were

416 Mr. G. M. Thomson on two new

obtained by the dredge in from 4-5 fathoms in Dunedin Har-

bour; and I have reason to believe that they are somewhat

rare species.

The first belongs to the genus Arcturus, and approximates

very closely to A. corniger, Stebbing*, a species found at

Algoa Bay. After reading Mr. Stebbing’s description of

this species, and comparing it with that found here, J am

inclined to think that he has only seen females. It is very

similar to the female of the new species, but differs consider-

ably from the male.

The species found here, which I propose to call A. tuber-

culatus, differs in the following general respects from A.

corniger :—The superior antenne are four-jointed, having a

large broad basal joint, and they extend considerably beyond

the extremity of the second joint of the inferior antenne. At

the extremity of the terminal joint there occur several minute

jointed appendages, regarding the function of which [ am

quite ignorant. The fourth segment of the body, which in A.

corniger is produced upwards into six cone-like swellings,

bears in the male of the local species one stout conical tubercle

near each extremity (the anterior one being trifid), while in

the female it has ten pointed tubercles. The branchial oper-

cula are very long, and extend to the extremity of the abdo-

men. The following is a specific description of this interest- .

ing form.

Arcturus tuberculatus, sp. nov.

Male. Body rather robust. Head very indistinctly sepa-

rated from first segment of body, its antero-lateral margin

produced forward, apex crowned with a two-lobed tubercle.

Three anterior segments also produced upwards into acute

tubercles. Fourth segment smooth, bearing a single stout

spine at each end on the median line, the anterior one being

trifid. Superior antenne reaching beyond the extremity of

second joint of inferior ; basal joint stout; second and third

short; fourth as long as the two preceding, and bearing

several jointed appendages, each consisting of a minute basal

joint and a slender narrow lamella. Inferior antenne rather

longer than first four body-segments; first and second joints

short; third and fourth long, not ciliated, but with rows of

minute tubercles on the under margin; flagellum three-

jointed, sparingly ciliated, with a row of acute spines or

serrations on its mner Margin.

These sharp teeth are present on the antennz of both sexes,

and must materially assist the animal in grasping its prey ;

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. xii. p. 97 (1873).

Isopods from New Zealand. 417

but the tubercles are found only on the male. They are very

characteristic, each being a well-marked denticle with four or

five rounded and roughened crowns.

The female differs from the male-in having the whole body,

except the lower antennw, more or less tuberculate. The

head and three posterior segments of the body bear a row of

tubercles on each side, and have their inferior margins laterally

extended. The fourth segment is flattened on its postero-

lateral margins; it bears on the median line at its anterior

extremity a large three-pointed tubercle; behind this are

three smaller tubercles placed transversely, the middle one

being the smallest ; and on each side of the anterior margin

are two tubercles, the lower of which is the largest. The

oviferous pouch does not extend the whole length of this

segment. ‘The fifth segment of the body is extended down-

wards as if to form a supplementary pouch; but I do not

know at all what the function of this enlargement can be.

Length 0-2 of an inch, exclusive of the antenne.

Hab. Dredged in Dunedin Habour, in 4-5 fathoms.

The second species described in this paper is a Tanais, of

which I have hitherto only obtained a single specimen, and

of which consequently the description is somewhat meagre.

It approximates rather closely to 7. vittatus, Lilljeborg, of

Europe, and is probably its representative in these seas,

but at the same time is sufficiently distinct. The following

are the chief points of difference. The antenne are not so

setose. The first gnathopoda are well developed ; but the im-

movable finger is destitute of tubercles on its inner margin,

while it is much thicker than the movable finger. The

posterior pereiopoda are terminated by sickle-shaped fingers,

but wanting the denticulations which are found in 7. vittatus.

The fascicles of hairs on the pleon are composed of rather

dense furry hairs, not slender cilia. Lastly the terminal

uropoda have tive instead of three articulations. The follow-

ing is the specific character :—

Tanais nove-zealandia, sp. nov.

Body broader than deep, with transverse fascicles of rough

hairs on the three anterior segments of the pleon. Hye very

small, black, and circular, placed on a prominent lateral lobe

of the anterior margin of the head. Superior antennz three-

jointed, setose at the extremity ; first joint longer than the two

succeeding. Inferior antenne rather shorter than superior.

First gnathopoda very stout, the immobile finger of the hand

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 30

418 Ona new Species of Nebalia from New Zealand.

smooth on its inner margin, or only slightly denticulated.

Second enathopoda very slender. Posterior pleopoda bearing

a smooth sickle-shaped finger, with a few long cilia at its

base. Terminal uropoda almost as long as antenna, five-

jointed, and with numerous sete. Length 0°18 inch.

Hab. Dredged along with the previous species in Dunedin

Harbour, in 4-5 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fias. 1-6.

Fig. 1. Arcturus tuberculatus (male). x 13.

Fig. 2. The same (female), head and part of body. x 13.

Fg. 3. The same, superior antenne. xX 56.

Fig. 4. The same, lamellar plate of abdomen. xX 28.

Fig. 5. Tanais nove-zealandie. X 13.

Fig. 6. The same, extremity of last pair of legs. x 28.

XLVII.—On a new Species of Nebalia from New Zealand.

By Georce M. THomson,

[Plate XIX. figs. 7-9.]

In dredging during the past summer in Dunedin Harbour

I obtained a single specimen of a Nebalia differing from any

species hitherto described, and which, from the great length

of its inferior antenne, I have named UN. longicornis.

In a paper in the Linnean Society’s Transactions for 1875

(ser. ii. vol. i.), “On some Atlantic Crustacea of the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Expedition,” Dr. Willemoes-Suhm described a new

species of Nebalia from Bermuda (N. longipes), in_ which

the phyllopodal character of the legs has been entirely lost,

and the schizopodal character approached more than in any

other species of the genus. Taking this fact im conjunction

with the characters of several new deep-sea genera of Schizo-

pods examined by him, he reopened the whole question of the

position which Nebalia occupies in reference to other groups

of Crustacea, and proposed to unite it with these new forms,

the Myside, &c., in the enlarged group of the Schizopoda.

Seeing, however, that it differs from all others of the family

in the number of its segments, in the well-developed phyllo-

podal character of the thoracic appendages in the majority of

the species, and also in its development, it seems a_ better

plan to adopt the proposition made by Dr. A. 8S. Packard, Jun.

(in the ‘ American Naturalist,’ vol. xiii. p. 128), viz. to make

it the type of a new order, the Phyllocarida. As he points

out, Nebalia probably represents a persistent form of a very

On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature. 419

generalized type of great antiquity, and thus unites in itself

characters of Phyllopoda, Copepoda, and Decapoda.

The specimen found by me, which was over 4 inch in

length, has the carapace extending back to about the third

abdominal segment on- the sides, but with a rather wide

dorsal sinus. ‘The beak is large and well developed. The

eyes are similar to those of NV. bipes of Europe, being situated

on movable peduncles, and formed of numerous crystalline

bodies under a common cornea. The antenne are furnished

with numerous hairs on their peduncles. The superior pair

have a peduncle of two joints, the last of which bears two

appendages, consisting of :—(1) a short triangular joint, with

spines on its outer margin, and an oval ciliated plate; and

(2) a slender flagellum of several articulations, the number of

which were not made out. The inferior antenne consist of a

peduncle of three stout joints (the second of which bears a

large tooth om its upper margin, while the terminal one is

furnished with rows of spines and hairs on its outer margin

and a bunch of hairs at its extremity), and a long slender

flagellum, consisting of between 70 and 80 articulations, and

almost equal in length to the whole body. The branchial

feet, which were apparently very slender, were completely

concealed beneath the carapace. The third to the seventh

(inclusive) abdominal segments have their posterior margins

finely dentated. The four pairs of natatory feet have the

peduncles largely developed; and their branches bear a row

of spines on each outer margin. The caudal appendages also

have a row of spines on each side, and are terminated by

several long filaments, which are minutely plumose.

Pale yellow in colour and semitransparent. Length 0°35

inch.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fias. 7-9.

Fig. 7. Nebalia longicornis. x 10.

Fig. 8. The same, base of superior antenne. X 20.

Fig. 9. The same, base of inferior antenne. X 20.

XLVIII.—More Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature.

By AutFreD Newton, M.A., F.R.S., &e.

NOMENCLATURE is so trifling an adjunct to zoology that no

true student of the science can fail to grudge the time which he

is, on certain occasions, compelled to bestow upon it, or ought

to be ungrateful to those who have expended their toil in pre-

paring some rules for his guidance through the intricate maze

30*

420 Prof. A. Newton on some Moot Points

of synonyms that, from one cause or another, enfolds almost

every object with which he has to deal. Of such rules, the

code adopted by the British Association, after the consultation

of almost every eminent naturalist at home and abroad, and

after more than twenty years’ deliberation, is naturally that

to which the student turns, and is that by which, if he has

any respect for the opinion of others, he will be governed.

In one very small department of zoology I have tried to carry

out these rules; and I am glad to say that my effurts so far

have been favourably regarded by many of my fellow-workers.

It is, however, impossible to please everybody ; and two of my

friends lately deemed it their duty to demur to some of the

decisions at which, in obedience to that code, I had arrived.

Their objections I essayed to answer without delay (supra,

pp- 158-163); and from the communications of several corre-

spondents I judge that my reply has been pretty generally

considered to be conclusive. IJ then said that [ had no desire

to convert my critics; and I certainly had no expectation that

I should do so. On the other hand, I did not anticipate that

one of them would so immediately begin to prefer a fresh

series of charges against me, such as [ find in ‘The Ibis’ for

October, which reached me yesterday, and this, I may re-

mark, without deigning to take any direct notice of my former

reply. I am now accused of disturbing nomenclature by

changes which are both “ frivolous” and ‘ revolutionary,”

of having (in conjunction with others) ‘ gradually under-

mined ”’ the principles of the aforesaid code, of being guilty

of “ flagrant offences’ in violation of the same, of pursuing

a ‘reckless course,” of “ corrupting the ornithological

morality’ (whatever that may mean) of the age, and gene-

rally of high crimes and misdemeanors. I therefore ask the

dispassionate attention of the readers of this journal while I

try to clear myself from the charges upon which I am thus

peremptorily arraigned—premising that, with all the humility

which ought to be displayed by a defendant, I shall not throw

back hard words on my assailant.

Mr. Seebohm’s opinions I do not wish to influence; but it

is incumbent on me to correct his assertions when they are

contrary to fact. He may think that the code of the British

Association requires amendment—even to the extent of five

“ riders ’’ to be added to one rule—or total abolition; and I

have no desire to check the utterance of his expression; but

when he states (Ibis, 1879, p. 429) that, “to make confusion

more confounded,” Mr. Sharpe followed my “ unfortunate

lead” through two volumes of his ‘ Catalogue of Birds,’ I am

bound to say that out of thirty-four species of <Accipitres

in Ornithological Nomenclature. 421

treated in common by that gentleman and myself, his nomen-

clature differs from my own in thirteen instances, including

the important cases of Syrniuwm and Strix*. The fact that

Mr. Sharpe did not follow me further is not only a proof of

his wholly independent action, but a disproof of the imputa-

tion of his ever following me “ blindly.” Whatever epithet

may be applied to my “lead,” it is surely Mr. Seebohm’s

statement that is ‘‘ unfortunate.”

Leaving, however, my supposed copartners in crime to

answer for themselves, and for their eyesight, which none

can doubt they are competent to do, I will proceed to the

charges now brought against me personally by Mr. Seebohm.

Formidable as they seem, examination reduces them to twof,

of which one is the old story—the proper scientific name to be

given to the Greater Whitethroat. I really hoped I had dis-

posed of this before t; but although he has never adduced an

atom of evidence in support of his assertion (which fact does

not much surprise me, seeing that none is forthcoming), Mr.

Seebohm still maintains that “Pl. Enl. 581. fig. 1” is

“unintelligible” (which fact has the contrary effect). He is

absolutely obdurate on this point, and will hear not Moses or

the prophets. In vain for him have Temminck and Kuhl,

Bonaparte and Gray, Gerbe and many others written. What

was intelligible to them is not so to Mr. Seebohm; but as it

is no part of my business to find any of my friends in intelli-

gence, I will here dismiss the matter, merely suggesting, as a

subject of curious inquiry on the part of those who have

leisure, whether, if the beloved and “ familiar’ name ‘ Phyl-

loscopus rufus’ be not set aside, owing to the prior use of its

* On the subject of the nomenclature of the Strigide I may perhaps

be allowed to remark that, in thesame number of ‘ The Ibis,’ an editorial

notice (p. 480) assumes that Forster's first application of the name Bubo

tgnavus to the Kagle-Owl was made in his ‘second catalogue” (p. 46),

ignoring the fact of its use in his “first catalogue ”’ (p. 8), which duly

bears date 1817. This fact must be deemed conclusive. Those, how-

ever, who are curious as to the date of the “second catalogue ” (to my

mind so needlessly called in question) may like to know that the copy

of the work in the library of the Linnean Society, containing (like my

own) both catalogues in the original binding, is included in the list of

“ Additions” to the library of that Society, printed at the end of the 12th

volume of its ‘Transactions’ (p. 590), which volume bears date 1817,

and is therefore undeniable evidence of the “second catalogue” having

been published in that year—uuless, indeed, ground be shown for doubting

the identity.

+ The question whether we should write ‘ Acrocephalus aquaticus

(Gmel.)” or ‘ Acrocephalus aquaticus (Temm.)” seems scarcely to require

notice.

t I wish here to correct a misprint in my former paper (supra, p. 161,

line 15): “‘remiges” should be “ rectrices,”

422 On some Moot Points in Ornithological Nomenclature.

trivial term, might not Rule 11 of the code apply to it? To

call a species ‘‘ rwfus’’ which has not a shade of that colour

about it certainly has the appearance of implying “a false

proposition.”

The next and last specific charge is that concerning Acro-

cephalus arundinaceus; and herein I at once claim an ac-

quittal, since Mr. Seebohm has himself pronounced my deci-

tion to be “legal” and confesses that its legality has been

“indorsed ”’ by at least half a dozen other writers.

It would be an easy matter to extend my remarks to

the rest of Mr. Seebohm’s diatribe, and to criticise his pro-

posed ‘riders,’ five in number, to the unhappy Rule 12,

which at present falls so short of his desires. 1 would only

observe thereon that there may be a something worse than

judges’ law,’ namely law which is not judges’. Would-be

legislators on nomenclature must take a wider view of the

subject than ornithology only affords; but I cannot stop to

establish that position. My inclination is not towards con-

troversy; I have little time to spare; and, lastly, I am deeply

affected by one of Mr. Seebohm’s statements. He declares

(pp. 430, 431), doubtless from experience of his own case, that

the blunders of ornithologists are ‘pretty much in the direct

ratio of the amcunt of work they do.” This declaration should

make all of us cautious; for it may be true in other cases.

Mr. Seebohm is greatly averse from any change of esta-

blished custom. So am 1; but I want to know what esta-

blishes custom ; and, if he favours the readers of ‘'The Ibis’

with another dissertation on nomenclature, I hope he will

define what he means by “ general use.” It is not enough

that all ornithologists have hitherto agreed to regard a certain

figure as a representation of a certain species: Mr. Seebohm

says the figure is “unintelligible ;” and so all their opinions

(‘general use” notwithstanding) are to go for nothing. He

objects to my carrying out rules “ without regard to conse-

quences ”’—or, in other words, impartially—that it is “ reck-

less.” In his eyes obedience to a code is a “ flagrant offence”’

in violation of it. He finds me pursuing a strictly “legal”

course; hence he terms that course “revolutionary’’ and wishes

(pp. 429, 430) to alter the rules to suit his views of what the

rules ought to be. If there is not here as nice a ‘‘ derange-

ment of epitaphs” as any Mrs. Malaprop would desire, I

hardly know where else it can be found.

Magdalene College, Cambridge,

November 3, 1879.

On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora, 423

XLIX.—On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora.

By Cuares Lapworth, F.G.S. &c.

Part II. Data.

{Continued from p. 541. ]

Bala Formation.

In the present state of our knowledge it is impossible to fix

upon the physical or paleontological line of demarcation

between the Llandeilo and Bala (or Caradoc) formations.

The Upper Llandeilo and Lower Bala rocks both consist, in

great part, of dark and more or less carbonaceous shales,

tolerably prolific in Graptolites. In the south of Scotland,

strata of this nature (the Glenkiln Shales), unequivocally

superior in systematic position to the generality of the Welsh

Llandeilo rocks, afford a Graptolite fauna of a most distinc-

tive character, but which, upon the whole, has a facies inter-

mediate between that of the typical Llandeilo of Siluria and

that discoverable in strata of undoubted Bala age. I have

hitherto looked upon this Glenkiln fauna as of Upper Llan-

deilo age. Not only, however, have I failed this summer in

detecting many of its most characteristic species in the highest

Llandeilo rocks of South Wales, but the recent researches of

American geologists appear almost to demonstrate that in

New York and Canada a similar fauna is characteristic of the

shaly strata immediately overlying the Trenton Limestone—

in other words, of shales admittedly homotaxeous with the

lower beds of the British Bala formation. This also appears

to be the systematic place of the same fauna in Ireland and in

Scandinavia. ‘Till the lowest boundary of the Bala has been

satisfactorily settled by careful research in the typical districts

of North Wales, it is perhaps a matter of no great moment

whether the fauna in question be considered as of Upper

Llandeilo or of Lower Bala age. At present, however, the

balance of evidence leans decidedly in the latter direction.

It will therefore be more convenient to regard this peculiar

fauna, provisionally, as of Lower Bala age.

Llandeilo-Bala or Lower Bala.

Scotland.—The Glenkiln or Lower Moffat shales of the

south of Scotland, above referred to, yield, both in the typical

localities near Moffat and in the district of the Leadhills, the

following species :—

Didymograptus superstes, Lapw. Ccenograptus sureularis, Hall.

Ceenograptus gracilis, Had, explanatus, Lapw.

424 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological

Ccenograptus pertenuis, Lapw. Lasiograptus? bimucronatus, Mich.

Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch,

Dicellograptus divaricatus ?, Hall. dentatus, Brongn.

patulosus, Lapw. —— angustifolius, Hall.

sextans, Hall. tricornis, Carr.

Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk. —— Whitfieldi, Hall.

ziczac, Lapw. euglyphus, Lapw.

—— Nicholsoni, Hopk. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall,

ramosus, Hall. Scharenbergi, Lapw.

Clathrograptus cuneiformis, Lapw. —— perexcavatus, Lapw.

Glossograptus Hincksii, Hopk. —— ? celatus ?, Lapw.

Lasiograptus Harknessi, Nich.

The lowest or Stinchar Division of the Lower Paleozoic

rocks of Girvan includes the two conglomerates of the valley

of the Stinchar, with an intermediate limestone (Craighead)

and some overlying shales. ‘The Crustacea and Brachiopoda

are of a Lower Bala type with numerous Llandeilo (Trenton)

affinities. The Graptolites I have collected from this division

include, among others, the following Glenkiln forms :—

Dicranograptus formosus, Hopk. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

ramosus, Hail. celatus, Lapw.

Glossograptus Hincksii, Hopk. Diplograptus tricornis, Carr.

Lasiograptus Harknessi, Nich. dentatus, Brongn.

Dicellograptus moffatensis ! ?, Carr. foliaceus, Murch.

Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. angustifolius, Hall.

Climacograptus Scharenbergi, euglyphus, Lapw.

Lapw.

Ireland.—¥ivery form of Graptolite enumerated in the Glen-

kiln list given above has been detected in similar association

in corresponding rocks (Ballygrot beds) in the Lower Pala-

ozoic strata of ee Down by my friend Mr. William

Swanston, F.G.S., at Ballygrot and other localities to the south

of Belfast’ Lough*.

Portions of the same fauna have also been recognized at

several localities in the south of Ireland. In Tramore Bay,

county Waterford, the following forms were collected by

officers of the Geological Survey, from dark shales interbedded

with fossiliferous rocks full of Lower Bala fossils ft.

ay a aa sp. (Hisingeri, Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

Baily). Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

Tivelleseastus sextans, Hall. Dicranograptus ramosus, /Zall.

Coenograptus gracilis, Hall.

In the neighbourhood occur Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall, and

a species of Didymograptus (Hisingert).

* Swanston, Trans. Belfast Naturalists’ Field-Club, Appendix, 1876-

1877.

+ Memoirs Geol. Surv. Ireland, Explanation Sheet 167, &c., p. 23,

et seq.; also Baily, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe, 1869, vol. xxv. pp. 158-162.

Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 425

At Balleymoney near Gorey, in the adjacent county of

Wexford, a similar group of forms is met with, viz. :—

Didymograptus (Hisingeri). Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall.

Dicellograptus sextans, JZail. Climacograptus (bicornis ?), Hall.

Leptograptus flaccidus ?, Hall. Dicranograptus ramosus, fall.

The most prolific locality, however, appears to be that of

Six-Mile Bridge, county Clare, on the western slope of the

Slieve Bernagh mountains. From this locality Mr. Baily

quotes

Ccenograptus gracilis, Hall. Diplograptus Baylii, Carr.

Dicellograptus sextans, Hall. foliaceus, Murch.

Climacograptus bicornis, Hail. Didymograptus, sp. (Hisingeri).

and some others.

Wales.—The Graptolitic black mudstones of Llantaelrhys,

Anglesey, noticed by Mr. Salter, probably belong also to this

doubtful horizon. ‘They occur in the neighbourhood of lime-

stones of Bala age, and yield Dicranograptus formosus*, Hopk.,

Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapw., and species of Didy-

mograptus.

America.—The typical Glenkiln fauna of South Scotland

reappears almost unmodified in corresponding strata on the

continent of North America. It is confined to the con-

voluted shales that form the banks of the Hudson River in

the neighbourhood of Albany, and to their Canadian equiva-

lents. ‘These so-called Hudson-River shales were formerly

regarded by the great majority of American paleontologists as

the representatives of the Lorraine shales that form the

highest member of the Ordovician of Western New York. I

have myself advocated the theory that they are of much

earlier date, and inferior in systematic position to the Trenton

Limestone. In the face of recent discoveries, however, neither

of these theories appears to be any longer tenable. Mr. Whit-

field’s opinion, that they correspond, generally speaking, to

the Utica Slates of Western New York and Canada, is pro-

bably the nearest to the truth; but it is possible that some

of the fossils quoted from them belong in time to the upper

beds of the Trenton Limestone of the west.

At the locality of Norman’s Kiln, near Albany, Professor

Hall has collected

Clematograptus multifasciatus, Ceenograptus gracilis, all,

Hail. surcularis, Hail.

Didymograptus serratulus, Hall, Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall.

—— superstes?, Lapw.

furcatus, Hall.

* Salter, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. iii. p, 256; Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. vill. p, 359,

426 Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological

Dicellograptus sextans, Hall. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

divaricatus, Hall. mucronatus, fall.

Clathrograptus Geinitzianus, Hall. - angustifolius, Hall.

Diplograptus marcidus, Hall, Glossograptus spiulosus, Hall.

Whittieldi, Hail. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

Of these species the following occur in similar beds in the

valley of the St. Lawrence, Canada* :—

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Dicellograptus sextans, Hall.

Climacograptus bicornis, Hail. divaricatus, Hall.

Dicranograptus ramosus, /all/. Coenograptus gracilis ?, Hall.

From the enigmatical Taconic shales of the valley of the

Hudson, Dr. Emmons collected a few of the same formst,

VIZ. :-—

Ccenograptus gracilis, Hall. Didymograptus, sp.

Glossograptus ciliatus, Hmm.

and from shales in Augusta County, Virginia, possibly of

the same geological age, Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall, and

several other species of Graptolites of the Norman’s-Kiln

type. A few like forms are also quoted by him from the shales

of Parrotsville, Tennessee, which are apparently upon a

similar geological horizon.

The only Graptolite hitherto quoted from the true Trenton

Limestone is Diplograptus amplexicaule, Hall}. The over-

lying Utica Slate affords at Oxtumgo Creek, Fort Plain, New

York, the following species§ :—

Didymograptus serratulus?, Hall. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall.

From strata overlying the Trenton Limestone of Nevada,

Dr. Charles White enumerates ||

Dicranograptus ramosus, [all. Diplograptus quadrimucronatus,

Diplograptus hypniformis, Waite. Hail.

foliaceus, Murch.

Australia.—A few forms of this Llandeilo-Bala fauna are

enumerated by Professor M‘Coy from the so-called Llandeilo

Flags of Australia. The forms that may possibly belong to

this general horizon are {/

* Hall, 20th Report State Cabinet, New York, p. 221.

+ Emmons, ‘American Geology,’ vol. i. pp. 104, 110.

t Hall, Pal. New York, vol. i. p. 79.

§ Whitfield, Report 100th Meridian, vol. iv. p. 10.

|| Dr. C. White, Report West 100th Meridian, vol. ii. Paleontology,

p: 9.

§ M‘Coy, ‘Prodromus Paleontology of Victoria, decade ii. pl. xx. &e.

Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 427

Didymograptus extensus ?, Hall.' Ccenograptus gracilis, Hall.

Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall. = Goniograptus Thueauri, M‘Coy.

furcatus, all.

Higher Bala or Caradoc Formation.

Wales.—We now ascend into the rocks of which the Bala

or Caradoc age is unequivocal. The most prolific graptoliti-

ferous rocks of this date known to myself in Wales are ex~-

posed in the railway-cutting a little west of the town of

Conway. Here the black shales of the district are crowded

with poorly preserved forms, principally*

Dicranograptus Clingani, Carr. Diplograptus foliaceus, March.

Idiograptus margaritatus, Lapw. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

In the railway-cutting near the tunnel above Cynghordy -

station, South Wales, the black shales of Bala age have

afforded me

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Dicellograptus Forchhammeri, Gein.

Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

and a few others.

In the Harnage shales of the Caradoc area of Shropshire,

Diplograptus foliaceus is not uncommon. A _ species of

Climacograptus, allied to C. Wilsont, Lapw., was met with’

by myself at Soudley. An example of D. foliaceus, Murch.,

from the Caradoc of Robeston Wathen, is preserved in the

Jermyn-Street Museum fT.

Scotland.—The higher Caradoc beds of Wales are repre-

sented in South Scotland by the Middle Moffat beds, or Hart-

fell Shales. Up tothe present date I have collected from

these the following species :—

Pleurograptus linearis, Carr. Glossograptus Hincksii, Hopk.

radiatus, Lapw. Lasiograptus Harknessi, Nich.

Amphigraptus divergens, Hal/. Idiograptus margaritatus, Lapw.

Leptograptus flaccidus, fall. Retiolites fibratus, Lapw.

capillaris, Carr. Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

Dicellograptus moffatensis, Carr, caudatus, Lapw.

anceps, Nich. — tubuliferus, Lapw.

Forchhammeri, Gein. —— Wilsoni, Lapw.

— Morrisi, Hopk. Scharenbergi, Lapw.

caduceus, Lapw. Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

elegans, Carr. tricornis, Carr.

complanatus, Lapw. truncatus, Lapw.

Dicranograptus ramosus, JZall. —— quadrimucronatus, Hail,

Nicholsoni, Hopk. — socialis, Lapw.

—— Clingani, Carr. euglyphus, Lapw.

* Compare also Salter, Memoirs Geol. Surv. vol. iii. pl. xii. &e.

seeeiiee et ’ I

t+ Case iv. | 75.

428

Mr. C. Lapworth on the Geological

The second or Ardmillan Division of the Girvan rocks is

composed of the four successive subgroups of the Pinmore,

Tralodden, Shalloch, and Drummuck beds.

beds have yielded me

Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall.

Dicellograptus moffatensis, Carr.

Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall.

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

The Pinmore

Diplograptus tricornis, Carr.

Climacograptus Scharenbergi,

Lap.

celatus, Lapw.

euglyphus, Lapw.

The Tralodden beds afford

Dicellograptus elegans, Carr.

Forchhammeri, Geinitz.

Morrisi, Hopk.

complanatus, Lapw.

- Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

socialis, Lapw.

Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw.

quadrimucronatus, Hail.

Climacograptus bicornis, Hail.

tubuliferus, Lapw.

Idiograptus aculeatus, Lapw.

The Shalloch or Nematolites-beds yield only a few speci-

mens of

Dicellograptus Morrisi, Hopk.

Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw.

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

Idiograptus margaritatus, Lapw.

The Drummuck beds are also very poor in Graptolites.

The only forms hitherto collected from them by Mrs. Gray

or myself include

Dicellograptus anceps ?, Nich. Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw.

Ireland.—The central member of the Black Graptolitic

shales of county Down has yielded to the industrious re-

searches of my friend Mr. William Swanston the following

Hartfell species :-—

Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall.

Dicellograptus caduceus, Lapw.

moffatensis, Carr.

Forchhammeri, Geznitz.

Morrisi, Hopk.

Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall.

Clingani, Carr.

—— Nicholsoni, Hopk.

Climacograptus bicornis, Hall.

Scharenbergi, Lapw.

tubuliferus, Zapw.

Retiolites fibratus, Lapw.

Diplograptus truncatus, Lapw.

foliaceus, Murch.

—— quadrimucronatus, Hall.

tricornis, Carr.

Sweden.—The Swedish Graptolite-bearing rocks that corre-

spond to the Llandeilo and Bala strata of Britain are the

Middle Graptolite-Schists of Linnarsson (Dicranograptus-

Schists of Dr. Tornquist) and the overlying Trinucleus-

Schist. ‘These beds repose at once upon the Orthoceras-Lime-

stone (Arenig), and are surmounted by the Brachiopod-Schists

(Llandovery) that form the basal formation of the Swedish

Silurian proper. According to the most recent communica-

Distribution of the Rhabdophora. 429

tions of Mr. Linnarsson, the Middle Ctraptolite-Schists of

Scania are composed of the following subgroups of strata in

ascending order * :—

(a) Zone with Phyllograptus typus (Hall ?),

containing, in addition to Phyllograptus typus, representatives

of the under-named British species :-—

Didymograptus patulus, Hall. Climacograptus confertus, Lapw.

geminus, His. erexcavatus, Lapw.

Diplograptus Hopkinsoni, Nich. Scharenbergi, Lapw.

(4) Zone with Didymograptus geminus (Didymograptus

Murchisoni of British Palzontologists).

This is characterized, like the corresponding British zone,

by the abundance of the tuningfork-shaped Dédymograptt

generally known under the names given above. They occur

together with many of the same forms common in the under-

lying zone (with the notable exception of Phyllograptus) and

the addition of Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch.

The chief fossil of this zone is a beautiful form of Glosso-

graptus doubtfully referable to Hopkinson’s species. The

Murchisonitorm Didymograpti are wanting ; and only a single

patulous species remains. Dvzcellograptus (Dicellograptus

moffatensis ?, Carr.) makes its first appearance in this zone.

(d) Zone with Diplograptus mucronatus (Linnrs.).

The characteristic fossil of this zone is a peculiar Graptolite,

probably an Jdiograptus. 'The associated forms are identical

with, or allied to, the British species :—

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Climacograptus caudatus, Lapw.

tricornis, Carr. Dicellograptus sextans, Hall.

teretiusculus, His. moffatensis, Carr.

(e) Zone with Climacograptus Scharenbergi, Lapw.

This is marked by the prevalence of the species to which

the zone owes its name, and rarer examples of the represen-

tatives of

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Diplograptus teretiusculus, Hs.

Hopkinsoni ?, Nich. Didymograptus superstes, Lapw,

* Linnarsson, Geol. Foreningens Forhandl. 1879, Bd. iy. no. 8.

430 On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora.

(f) Zone with Dicranograptus Clingant, Carr.

This is locally prolific in the British forms

Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch. Lasiograptus, sp. n.

—— quadrimucronatus, Hall. Dicranograptus Clingani, Carr.

Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. DicellograptusF orchhammeri, Gein.

caudatus, Lapw. Morrisi, Hop.

(g) Zone of Orthis argentea, His.

The only species noted from this zone is an undetermined

form of Climacograptus.

These results harmonize the data previously collected from

the district by former observers*, and are in strict concordance

with the little that is yet known respecting the fossils of the

corresponding strata in Westrogothia, Dalarne, and the island

of Bornholm f.

The zones (a) and (b) represent those British strata which,

pending the advent of a more suitable title, we may term the

Passage-beds between the Arenig and Llandeilo formations.

The zone (a) is essentially Arenig in its general facies. The

zone (b) is the exact representative of the Lower Llandeilo or

Murchisoni-zone of Abereiddy Bay. The zones (c) and (d)

are, as Linnarsson remarks, distinctly of Llandeilo age.

Zone (e) is probably the equivalent of the transitional Glen-

kiln shales of South Scotland. Zones (f) and (g) are, as

Linnarsson observes, the Swedish representatives of the main

mass of the Hartfell shales, and are therefore of unequivocal

Bala age.

The highest strata of the Swedish Ordovician are the so-

called Trenucleus-Schists. The only Graptolites they have

yielded hitherto are t

Diplograptus pristis, His. Dicellograptus elegans, Carr.

America.—The Hudson-River group or Lorraine Shales of

New York and Canada, and their western representative the

Cincinnati group of Ohio, occupy the systematic place of the

British Caradoc rocks. Only a few Graptolites are yet known

from these beds. From the Cincinnati group Hall enu-

merates§

Climacograptus bicornis, Hall. Diplograptus putillus, ald.

typicalis, Hall.

* Tornquist, Gifvers. af K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1875, no, 10, 4; Linnars-

son, Geol. Foren. no, 22, 1875, &e.

+ Johnstrup, Forh. Skand. Naturf. 11 (Copenhagen, 1878), pp.

305-308.

¢ Conf. Linnarsson, Geological Magazine, June 1876.

§ Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 44, &e.

On the so-called “ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 431

In the Utica or Hudson-River Shales of Lake St. John,

Lower Canada*, occur

Leptograptus flaccidus, Hall. Diplograptus quadrimucronatus,

Diplograptus mucronatus ?, Hall. Fall.

Retiograptus ? eucharis, Hall.

From the Lorraine Shales of New York Professor Hall

figures

Amphigraptus divergens, ZHadl, Diplograptus hudsonicus, Nich.

and some other species f.

In the corresponding beds near Montreal occur Climaco-

graptus bicornis, Hall, Diplograptus foliaceus, Murch., and

Dicranograpius Nicholsoni, Hopk. t.

L.—WNote on the so-called “ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges ”

(Calcispongie, Zzttel). By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e.

A FEW days ago, while turning ont the contents of a box, I

found a parcel of fossils labelled ‘‘ Coral Rag,” and, on opening

it, not only saw that it contained several beautiful specimens

of the so-called “ Farringdon sponges,” but recollected that

these fossils had been given to me by a dear fellow student

who lived at or near Farringdon in Berkshire, and whose un-

timely decease, somewhere about forty years ago, was about

coeval with the present; thus the parcel seems to have been

unopened for this lapse of time.

At once I observed that the Farringdon sponges belonged

to the Order called by Professor Zittel, in his ‘ Studies on

Fossil Sponges ”’§, ‘ Calcispongie,” which were first brought

to my notice by his kindness in not only sending me entire

specimens of these sponges themselves from the ‘ Upper Jura,

&c.,” but slides of Peronella mulitdigitata and P. cylindrica

respectively—showing that these, at least, contained triradiate

spicules which, in the former, to me as well as to himself,

seemed to be identifiable only with those of a recent Calci-

sponge.

* Hall, Grapt. Quebee Group, pp. 143 &e.

| Eee eS Quebee Group, p. 13; Paleontology New York,

vol. 1. A eb

ii aes ‘Geology of Canada,’ p. 200.

§ Abhandlungen der k. bayer. Akad. der Wiss. ii. Cl. Band xiii., 1877,

I. Hexactinellide ; 2d. 7b. Abth. i. pp. 67-154, I. Lithistidee ; 7d. id.

pp. 98-158, III. Monactinellide, Tetractinellide, und Calcispongia.

‘Annals,’ 1877, vol. xx. p. 357 et seg.; 1878, vol. ii. p. 113 et seq.;

1879, vol. ili. p. 304, respectively. Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S

432 Mr. H. J. Carter on the so-called

Here the matter rested, so far as I myself was concerned,

although Prof. Zittel had afterwards to embody the whole of

his results in the article “ Spongie ” of his ‘ Handbuch der

Paliontologie ”’ (2te Lieferung, p. 128 et seg., 1878), of which

he kindly sent me a copy; and had I not unexpectedly come

upon the “ parcel’ of Coral-Rag fossils above mentioned, I

probably, on account of other engagements, should not have

returned to the subject—although, on account of sundry objec-

tions made at the time, I could never heartily accept Prof.

Zittel’s views of the nature of these sponges ; but finding those

in the parcel awoke in me a desire to make myself more par-

ticularly acquainted with the Farringdon sponges than I had

hitherto been, partly because I could not reconcile myself to

the name “ Calcispongie ” for them, and especially because I

had, through the kindness of Mr. Sollas, made myself almost as

familiar with Pharetrospongia Strahani as himself previous to

the publication of his excellent description and illustrations of it

(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. May 1877, vol. xxxiii. p. 242, pl. xi.),

in which he rightly insists, according to my views, on the

originally siliceous nature of this, now calcareous, fossil and

so-called “‘ Farringdon sponge.”

At first these fossil sponges appeared to me very much like

what Clathrina, Gray,=Ascetta clathrus, Hiickel (which

abounds on the rocks here), would be if fossilized ; but the fact

of the Farringdon ones representing in a solid state the fibre

of the sponge, and the apparent fibre of Clathrina consisting

of a reticulated anastomosing hollow tube representing the

excretory canal-system minus the parenchyma which fills up

the interstices in other sponges, at once pointed out the de-

lusion.

Hence it becomes desirable to premise that the fibre of the

so-called “ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) sponges” is entirely

composed of calcareous material, solid, white, round, reticu-

lated, massive, but still in this massive reticulation assuming

a variety of definite forms in which the fibre itself is generally

covered with a thin layer of granular crystalline calcite that,

thickening in proportion to its distance from the surface, often

leaves the interstices of the latter open, while it fills those of

the interior, so that the fibre on the surface appears to be free ;

and in this white, weathered-out structure consists their great

beauty. Sometimes the fibre is entirely composed of linear

spicules overlying each other like a rope, as in Pharetro-

spongia Strahani, Sollas (op. et loc. cit.) ,and sometimes of com-

pact crystalline calcite, in the midst of which the spicules

exist like a core, as in the Farringdon specimen of Peronella

dumosa. That which Prof. Zittel sent me is from the Duchy

“ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 433

of Brunswick (see his illustration, ‘Handbuch, &ce.’ p. 190,

fig. 108).

On grinding down a slice of the Farringdon Peronella du-

mosa for microscopic examination, I was gratified to see that

it presented triradiate spicules, something like those of the

preparation of P. multidigitata sent me by Prof. Zittel, to which

I have alluded; but, to my great perplexity, I also saw that

they were accompanied by an unintelligible mixture of incon-

gruous forms like those represented by Mr. Sollas in his genus

“Catagma” (Annals, 1878, vol. i. p. 356. fig. 1, and pl. xiv.),

whose species also belong to the so-called “ Farringdon

sponges.”

Thinking, however, that I might find the triradiate spicules

(quadriradiate ? for they only loom indistinctly by their trans-

parency through the thin slice) strikingly shown in the other

preparation to which [ have alluded, viz. Peronella cylindrica

from the Upper Jura (see illustration, ‘ Handbuch, &e.’ p. 190.

fig. 107), 1 ground down slices of the remaining specimens

from Farringdon, viz. :—1,Verticillites anastomans (Zitt. op.

cit. p. 190, fig. 106) ; 2, Corynella, sp. ; 3, Oculospongia, sp. ;

4, Hlasmostoma acutimargo (Zitt. op. cit. p. 193, fig. 113);

5, a specimen like Pharetrospongia (Manon, Sharpe) farring-

donensis (op. cit. p. 193, fig 114); and 6, a thick, massive,

erenulated, circular, horizontal form about 14 inch in diameter,

with square margin, presenting a plurality of deep holes like

that of Corynella.

The result of this examination was as follows:—No. 1,

?Lithistid (it should be remembered that, in addition to the

looming indistinctness above mentioned, we must add, in the

radiate or branched spiculation, the thinness of the slice,

which, although it may not affect the linear form, such as that

of Pharetrospongia Strahant, Soll., must, in the radiate or

branched spiculation, leave fragments on/y of the spicules, so

that, while the bifurcated ends of a tetractinellid spicule may

simulate the radiate, the shaft alone might simulate the mo-

nactinellid spicules of a Calcisponge) ; no. 2, ? Lithistid, with

large ? bihamates; no. 3, simply granular, with no appear-

ance of spicules; no. 4, ? Lithistid, branched; no. 5, linear,

flexuous ; no. 6, ? Lithistid, branched.

Thus the case now seemed to me hopeless, so far as the

finding out of the kind of sponges which these fossils repre-

sented either generally or specially ; for I could neither see

the triradiates so like those of a Calcisponge in Zittel’s prepa-

ration of Peronella multidigitata ; neither could I see, in any

of the linear spicules, the slightest approach in form to the

monactinellid one of the recent Calcispongiz, which, to the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 31

434 Mr. H. J. Carter on the so-called

best of my knowledge, is so far peculiar that it is never seen

in a siliceous state, any more than the form of the simple ace-

rate of a Renierid or Chalina is observed in a calcareous one

among the recent sponges.

I then thought, if I could get an instance such as those

mentioned by Prof. Zittel and Mr. Sollas respectively, of a

siliceous sponge presenting itself under a calcareous fossilized

form, I might then see how far its fibre would represent that

of the Farringdon sponges; and it so happens that there

exist among my Farringdon collection two cylindrical fossils

each about one inch and a half long by half an inch broad,

with an axial cavity and furrowed oral aperture, so like

Lithistids that if they had not presented the same kind of

white, round, open, reticulated, calcareous fibre on the sur-

face as that of the Farringdon sponges with which they

were associated, I should have set them down immediately

as such. But on making polished longitudinal and trans-

verse sections of the bodies of these fossils for further ob-

servation (by reflected light), I found that their spiculation

was Lithistid, and that instead of this spiculation presenting

itself under the form of continuous reticulated fibre of the

same size, like that to which I have alluded (that is, wrapt

up in calcareous material), the spicules were naked, and, m

this condition, bore unmistakable evidence of that Lithistid

nature which, if viewed while invested in the calcareous fibre

of the surface so characteristic of the so-called Farringdon

sponge when seen under the microscope by transmitted light

in a slice ground down to extreme thinness, would lead to the

difficulty above expressed, the uncertainty of whether we were

looking at the remains of an originally siliceous or calcareous

spiculation.

Thus my anticipation was realized, and some at least of

the Farringdon sponges proved to have been originally

siliceous.

In reducing the slice of H/asmostoma from my Farringdon

sponges to a sufficient thinness for microscopical examination

it proved so intractable, from the presence of mineral crystals

much harder than my grinding-stones, that I was obliged

to have recourse to the Neocomian specimen for this purpose,

kindly sent to me by Prof. Zittel; but just previously to the

breaking-up of the slice of the Farringdon one, although not

until it had been almost sufficiently reduced, [ saw that it was

in structure similarly composed; nor could J help remarking

at the same time the resemblance, in form at least, that

existed between these two specimens and the Lithistid Ver-

ruculina auriformis, also represented by Zittel (Handbuch &e.

“ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.” 435

p- 153. fig. 68). My Farringdon specimen of Hlasmostoma is

very perfect, but in form cupellate with a chink on one side

and still open below, evidencing what I have elsewhere stated

respecting the funnel-shaped sponges, viz. that they begin in

the form of a fan, and then curving round, the opposite borders

unite to such an extent as finally to convert the fan into a

vase-shaped sponge.

Now no one can confound the triradiate spicule of a Calci-

sponge with the tetracladiate one of a Lithistid when both

are clearly exposed; but in these obscure indications which

can only be dimly seen in the calcified fibre of the Farringdon

sponges when it is ground down to a thinness which must

take off one or more of their branches, we are as likely to find

an apparent identification with one as with the other. Hence,

perhaps, the value of my communication to Prof. Zittel that

his slice of Peronella multidigitata presented triradiates which

could only be identified with those of the recent Calcispongie ;

and hence the dubiousness which attended the “results” of

my grinding-down of the slices of the Farringdon sponges

above mentioned.

Professor Zittel’s ‘Studies on Fossil Sponges,” to which I

have already alluded, are to me beyond all praise; they form

quite an epoch in the paleontological history of the Spongida,

especially as regards the Hexactinellide and Lithistidee ; but

when we come to his Monactinellide and Tetractinellide his

material, if not also the time that he could spare for this

part of his ‘Handbuch der Paliontologie,’ appears to have

been pretty well exhausted; for while, in the translations

(‘ Annals, J. ¢.), about 128 pages are occupied by the

Hexactinellide and Lithistide, only 14 are given to the

Monactinellide and Tetractinellide, with 43 for his fossil

Calcispongiz.

Thus, considering that the Monactinellide and Tetracti-

nellide are incomparably more numerous at the present day

than the Hexactinellide and Lithistide, it follows that either

the former were far less plentiful in paleontological times than

they are now, or that very few specimens have come to Prof.

Zittel’s hands in a fossilized condition; while the chances of

the Calcispongiz not being preserved, for the reasons I have

heretofore stated, make it questionable whether Zittel has not

termed “ Calcispongizw” many which ought to be among the

siliceous sponges.

Again, I agree with Mr. Sollas (Ann. 1878, vol. 11. p. 361)

that, if “ well cleansed by caustic potash,” or, indeed, by fresh

water, so as to extract the salt (chloride of sodium), the

spicules of a Calcisponge might be preserved ee for

436 On the so-called “‘ Farringdon (Coral-Rag) Sponges.”

an indefinite period; but I do not think this cleansing is likely

to occur in the sea, and therefore that the rapid destruction of

these sponges, which appears to me to be owing to the pre-

sence of sea-salt in the spicules, must be opposed to their ever

being found in a fossilized condition.

But I cannot agree with Zittel in considering Pharetro-

spongia Strahani a Calcisponge ; for, in the first place, from

what has been above stated, there is no reason to assume that

calcareous material was its original composition; and, secondly,

the acerate spicule is in form as peculiarly that of a Renierid

as it is not that of a Calcisponge.

With reference to my having also heretofore shown that

both Pachastrellid and Kchinonematous sponges may possess

triradiate spicules (Ann. 1876, vol. xvii. pl. xiv. and 1879,

vol. ii. pl. xxvii.), I do not think that the latter can be

confounded with the triradiates in the fossil Peronella multi-

jida, nor are they like those of P. cylindrica, although those

of P. cylindrica might be confounded with the spicules of a

Pachastrellid, e. g. Dercitus niger, Gray (Ann. 1871, vol. viii.

pl. iv. fig. 3), = Battersbya Buckland’, Bowerbank (Mon. Brit.

Spongiadee, vol. iii. pl. xcii. fig. 8, 1874): the spicules in the

latter illustration are particularly like those of P. cylindrica.

Lastly, I have of late been examining the cherty, flint-like

detrital remains of the Upper Greensand (Cénomanien)

which are now strewn over the surface of the New Red Sand-

stone of this neighbourhood in vast abundance, from their

consisting of the once continuous and superincumbent strata

of these parts, which, judging from their composition, were

formed of the subtle material of a deep ocean-bed, in which

all kinds of sponges, but especially the Hexactinellida and

Lithistida, seem from their abundance to have attained their

maximum of development; yet while these are imbedded, for

the most part, in large fragments in this more subtle material,

which has now passed into a translucent, flint-like, siliceous

matrix, equally abounding in isolated spicules of every kind

of siliceous sponge, I have never seen a form among the

latter that I could identify with a triradiate, quadriradiate,

linear, or any other kind of spicule of a Calcisponge, although

often a Lithistid with weathered-out white fibre like that of

the Farringdon sponges but s¢/zczfed.

Furthermore, a few days ago a fragment of this detritus was

brought to me, out of which I extricated the digital process of

a fossilized sponge about two and a half inches long and three

eighths of an inch thick, which by its fixed end had evidently

been attached to a larger braneh, and at its free end is ob-

tusely round. ‘Thus from its shape, together with the pre-

On new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan. 437

sence of some of the remaining acerate spicules left end to

end on its surface in a reticulated form, there can be no doubt

that it had belonged to a digitate Chalina; but, with the ex-

ception of a few points, the whole of the fibre of the interior

had disappeared, leaving the parts which it had occupied in

the form of a reticulated, anastomosing, empty tubulation,

while the interstices were filled with translucent homogeneous

flint-like silex.

Now here is a condition exactly opposite to that presented

by the Farringdon (Coral-Rag) sponges, in which the fibre 7s

retained and the interstices more or less empty, while the

fibre is calcareous, and the interstices, where occupied, filled

with calcareous material also.

Thus I cannot help thinking that this silicified digital

process of a Chalina in the Upper Greensand flint might have

been calcareous if it had been in the Coral Rag, and there-

fore that most, if not all, of Prof. Zittel’s fossil Calcispongie

may, after further examination, have to be transferred to his

other orders ; while I know no one would rejoice more to see

this effected than Prof. Zittel himself, if the evidence in favour

of it warranted the alteration.

Budleigh-Salterton,

Noy. 3, 1879.

LI.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from Japan.

By Arruur G. BuTLer, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

{Continued from p. 374. |

Geometride.

68. Thalera veneta, n. sp. (no. 425).

Emerald-green : wings crossed just beyond the middle by

a white-edged darker line; a very slender bronze-brown mar-

ginal line; fringe snow-white, spotted with ferruginous at the

terminations of the veins: primaries with a second white line

across the basal third; the costa buff-coloured: head bright

clay-red ; antenne with golden-yellowish pectinations : thorax,

excepting the tegulz, and abdomen sordid white. Wings be-

low pale sericeous green ; primaries with buff-coloured costa :

body below sordid white, legs pale buff. Expanse of wings

1 inch 5 lines.

438 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

69. Tanaorhinus prasinus, n. sp. (no. 431).

Wings above pale pearly grey, with the external border

rather broadly sap-green, a discal stripe close to the outer

border of the same colour: primaries with the base, costa,

and a regularly trifureate central belt sap-green : secondaries

crossed in the middle by a rather broad, straight, central sap-

green belt; costal border rather broadly snow-white : thorax

green; antennee with ochraceous pectinations; abdomen

cream-coloured. Under surface of wings stramineous, be-

coming ochraceous upon the costa, the outer border slightly

greenish ; an indistinct straight postmedian greyish transverse

stripe: body white, the anterior coxe green in front; pro-

boscis ochreous. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines.

Ephyride.

70. Ephyra grata, n. sp. (no. 470).

Stramineous, the outer borders of the wings golden yellow;

a rather broad, internally sinuated, submarginal, purplish-

brown belt, the outer edge of which is ragged and divided

into short transverse striae; a postmedian zigzag series of

minute black dots; several internal spots and two basal bands

grey : body grey, with yellowish head and shoulders. Under

surtace altogether paler, the black dots obsolete. Hxpanse of

wings 11 lines.

Closely allied to “ Acidalia” cwrata of Moore. A. ? tri-

gonata of Walker is also an Ephyra.

Acidaliide.

71. Asthena auricruda, n. sp. (no. 438).

Bright buff-yellow: wings crossed by four equidistant,

parallel, irregularly zigzag, leaden grey bands; base of pri-

maries also leaden grey: thorax greyish; front of head and

centre of antenne black, vertex and the remainder of antennz

sordid white. Under surface altogether paler; wings whitish,

with faint indications of the bands of the upper surface. Ex-

panse of wings 9 lines.

72. Acidalia impexa, n. sp. (no. 439).

Pale testaceous: wings with ochraceous fringe; outer

border laky purple, leaving the margin near apex of pri-

maries, so that it encloses an oblong marginal spot of the

ground-colour ; costal margin of primaries tinted with pur-

plish lake; collar of the same tint. Wings below creamy

Lepidoptera from Japan. 439

stramineous, marginal border grey ; an indistinct, transverse,

central, dusky line, followed by a barely distinguishable irre-

gular discal line. Expanse of wings 9 lines.

Allied to A. jakima (Ill. Lep. Het. ii. p. 40, pl. 50.

fig. 10).

73. Acidalia macescens, n. sp. (no. 448).

Very pale greyish brown: wings with black discocellular

dots, immediately followed by a pale sinuous band; this is

followed by a broader band, slightly darker than the ground-

colour, followed again by a second, sinuous, pale submarginal

band; inner edge of the brownish intermediate band traversed

by a series of blackish dots; a marginal series of black dots.

Under surface whitish, minutely irorated with brown ; dis-

cocellular and marginal dots as above; discal band indi-

stinctly seen, its inner edge indicated by a sinuous brown

line. Expanse of wings 103 lines.

74. Acidalia fedata, n. sp. (no. 456).

Shining olivaceous brown; wings with greyish borders,

blackish discocellular dots, and a dark grey, subangulated,

externo-discal line: thorax greyish; vertex of head white ;

anus yellowish. Under surface pale shining greyish brown,

with indications of the markings of the upper surface. Ex-

panse of wings 10 lines.

75. Acidalia invalida, n. sp. (no. 463).

Whity brown, minutely irrorated with darker brown: wings

crossed by two sinuous dark-edged bands, one central, the

other discal; discocellular spots and marginal dots black.

Wings below whitish: primaries with brownish costa; the

markings of the upper surface indistinct, the inner edge of

the discal band indicated by a series of brown dots: body

cream-coloured. EExpanse of wings 1 inch.

“ Acidalia”’ defamataria and “* A.” emissaria of Walker

are referable to my genus Lycauges.

Caberide.

ORTHOCABERA, 0. gen.

Nearly allied to Cabera, but the costal margin of primaries

straighter and longer, the outer margin nearly straight and

decidedly longer, the inner margin about the same. Type

O. sericea.

In marking the type differs from C. pusaria (the species

which it most resembles) in having most of the lines dupli-

440 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

cated and those of the primaries oblique and converging

towards the apex.

76. Orthocabera sericea, n. sp. (no. 477).

g. Sericeous snow-white: wings crossed by four bands,

the first three of primaries and the third of secondaries formed

of double sandy brown lines, tapering and converging towards

the apex of the primaries, the first and second of secondaries

reduced to single lines of the same colour, the first being

quite basal and therefore only just visible; a submarginal

line sinuated on the primaries and a marginal line also of the

same colour: primaries with a minute dark brown discocel-

lular dot; costal margin slenderly brownish: head and an-

tenne yellowish. Wings below snow-white, immaculate :

primaries with the costa pale golden brown: palpi yellowish ;

legs varied with dead gold (perhaps due to abrasion). Ex-

panse of wings 1 inch 5 lines.

Macariide.

77. Macaria Pryert, n.sp. (no. 494).

Snow-white: wings streaked and mottled with greyish

brown, crossed by two sandy brown lines, the first at basal

fourth, the second duplicated as far as the second median

branch of primaries, where it divides into a fork, the inner

branch running through the discocellulars to costa, the outer

branch carried on for a short distance and then abruptly

elbowed so as to run parallel to the inner one, this outer

stripe upon the primaries interrupted by black spots ; a broad

greyish-brown band almost uniting with the duplicated stripe

and sharply angulated externally, divided from the outer

border (which is striated with dark brown) by a macular

stripe of the ground-colour ; a marginal series of black spots :

crest of head, antennz, and collar sandy or golden brown ;

abdomen pearly white, the anterior segments with black

dorsal dots in pairs. Wings below with the lines simple and

badly defined, the mottling golden brown. Expanse of wings

1 inch 5 lines.

78. Macaria trrorata, n. sp. (no. 496).

Clear sandy yellow, speckled with black: wings with the

fringe black-spotted; a small black spot on the discocellulars;

a slender, arched, black line, bordered with pale buff, and

interrupted by the yellow veins, just beyond the middle ;

traces of a discal series of black spots, most distinct upon the

Lepidoptera from Japan. 44]

primaries ; these wings also with a second black arched line

near the base. Under surface nearly as above, slightly yel-

lower. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.

Allied to M. indictinaria of Bremer.

Fidoniide.

79. Lozogramma vapulata, n. sp. (no. 497).

Whity brown, striated with little dashes of slightly darker

brown, two indistinct angulated lines of the same tint across

the basal half; a marginal series of black dots: primaries

crossed obliquely from inner margin to apex by a darker-

edged brown band, which widens abruptly at costal third,

and is edged externally with white ; an elongated small black

spot on the second median interspace ; an indistinct submar-

ginal brownish streak : secondaries crossed just beyond the

middle by a brown angulated stripe, which tapers to a line

as it approaches the costa; an indistinct brownish line half-

way between the postmedian stripe and the margin. Wings

below white, with the markings of the upper surface sandy

yellowish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 5 lines.

This species seems allied to “ Macaria” castigataria of

Bremer.

80. Ozola terranea, n. sp. (no. 614).

Pale brown, slightly greyish at the outer borders of the

wings; a slender dark brown marginal line; a submarginal

line formed of series of geminated almost confluent black

dots ; three parallel, sinuated, discal dusky lines (the two

outer ones approximated), crossed by black-spotted median

branches and submedian vein: primaries darker than secon-

daries, the discoidal area and a belt enclosed by the discal

lines rust-red ; three indistinct, sinuated, dusky lines across

the basal area. Wings below pale brown, the secondaries

darker and greyer than the primaries; all the discal veins

black-spotted ; the lines crossing the disk more distinct than

above, but the lines crossing the basal area only represented

by black spots on the costa of primaries ; small blackish disco-

cellular spots: body greyish. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch.

Larentiide.

81. Emmelesia phasma, n. sp. (no. 435).

Sericeous white: wings crossed by nine more or less

distinct, grey, sinuated lines, the third and fourth and the

sixth and seventh from the base approximated, very irre-

442 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

gular, and dotted with black; the ninth or submarginal line

indistinct ; a series of black marginal lunules. Wings below

immaculate ; anterior cox, tibie, and tarsi pale golden

brown. IJxpanse of wings 11 lines.

82. Hupithecta stgnigera, n. sp. (no. 574).

Sandy brown, crossed by numerous, parallel, undulated or

zigzag, darker brown lines; an interrupted black marginal

line : primaries with the costal border almost wholly occupied

by five large, black-edged, brown spots, the third and fifth

of which are connected with similar subcostal spots above the

end of the cell and close to the apex; the first and third of

the transverse brown lines expanded into bands; a white-

edged black spot at the end of the cell; a submarginal series

of externally white-edged black spots, united by longitudinal

dashes to the interrupted marginal line: secondaries paler

than primaries, the costal half whitish ; a blackish discocel-

lular dot; the submarginal zigzag line externally white-

edged and terminating at anal angle in a blackish spot:

thorax whitish, with dark brown head and collar. Under

surtace grey, discocellular spots and interrupted marginal line

black and sharply defined; transverse lines indistinct, only

indicated upon the disk. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch.

Allied to #. rufescens (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 52,

pl. liu. fig. 12).

83. Hupithect consueta, n. sp. (no. 568).

Whitish, crossed by numerous undulated grey lines, some

of which are deepened in colour, and their interspaces are

filled in with grey so as to form a small basal band, a broad

angulated belt occupying the central third of the wings, a

submarginal externally zigzag stripe and an external border:

primaries with a prominent black discocellular litura: body

varied with grey transverse stripes and lines. Wings below

grey; the outer edge of the central belt represented by a

blackish stripe ; prominent black discocellular spots; a dif-

fused discal stripe with pale external edge; fringe with white

basal line ; costal margin of primaries white, crossed by large

blackish costal spots. Body below white; legs greyish above.

Expanse of wings 103 lines.

In the pattern of the primaries this species almost agrees

with Z. excisa (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 52, pl. ii. fig. 11).

84. Hupithecia lucinda, n. sp. (no, 578).

Primaries pale sap-green, with blackish markings nearly as

in the preceding species: secondaries sordid white, a few

Lepidoptera from Japan. 443

scales indicating traces of transverse lines: body pale sap-

green, abdomen black-spotted. Under surface shining white ;

primaries with a few indications of the commencement of lines

upon the costa: secondaries crossed by two slender grey lines,

indicating the central belt. LZxpanse of wings 8 lines.

Seems allied to £. sophia (Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ui. p. 51,

pl. liii. fig. 9).

85. Lobophora misera, n. sp. (no. 563).

Wings smoky brown, tinted with pink: primaries with

greenish costal and internal areas; darker than the secondaries

and crossed by numerous black and brown lines, the inter-

spaces between some of which are filled with brown darker

than the ground-colour, so as to form a well-defined central

band ; a subbasal angulated stripe, and one or two abbreviated

bands and spots at apex; indications of a zigzag white sub-

marginal line; a marginal series of black dots in pairs;

fringe dark brown; a black discocellular litura: secondaries

with dusky marginal line: body blackish, irrorated with grey.

Under surface of wings pale reddish brown, with traces of the

bands of the upper surface. Primaries with whitish internal

area: body white, with blackish sides; legs banded with

black. Expanse of wings 1 inch.

86. Melanippe abraxina, n. sp. (no. 533).

Wings snow-white, with a broad and slightly irregular dark

greyish-brown outer border, traversed through the centre by a

dentate-sinuate white stripe, and interrupted on second median

interspaces by a marginal white spot ; a black marginal line ;

fringe spotted with dark greyish brown. Primaries with a

yellow-edged blackish spot close to the base, followed imme-

diately by two angulated dark brown stripes; a very irregular

constricted central band enclosing a black discocellular spot :

secondaries greyish at base: body ochreous, covered with

black spots ; antennee dark brown. Wings below with paler

and more confused markings : body whitish, not spotted ; ab-

domen transversely banded with black; legs externally black,

banded with yellow, internally white and yellow. Expanse

of wings 1 inch 6 lines.

87. Larentia comis, n. sp. (no. 528).

Greyish whity brown: primaries with the basal fourth

dark brown, limited externally by a zigzag oblique white

line ; a broad angulated central dark brown belt, limited on

both sides by zigzag white lines, and enclosing a black disco-

444 Mr A. G. Butler on new Species of

cellular spot; a white dentate-sinuate discal line; an inter-

rupted blackish marginal line: secondaries rather paler than

primaries, with faint indications of two arched grey discal

lines: head white, antenne brown ; thorax brown, with white

fringes to the tegule; abdomen white, with blackish dorsal

dots or transverse lines. Under surface whitish; the wings

slightly grey to beyond the middle, where this colour is limited

by an angulated dusky stripe; blackish discocellular spots.

Iuxpanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

88. Larentia inamena, un. sp. (no. 541).

Primaries white, crossed by numerous irregular dark brown

lines; some of these are united by having their interspaces

filled in with slightly paler brown, so as to produce three basal

stripes and a broad irregular central belt ; the two lines nearest

to the outer margin become black, and the outer one expands

into large white-edged spots above the third median branch ;

outer border grey; a marginal series of black dots in pairs;

basal half and tips of fringe brown: secondaries greyish

brown, pale, crossed from just before the middle to near the

outer margin by parallel indistinct whitish undulated lines ;

marginal dots and fringe as in primaries: body brown. Under

surface grey, with paler external area crossed by grey lines ;

black discocellular dots. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.

89. Anticlea umbrifera, n. sp. (no. 538).

Primaries above rust-red, traversed by numerous zigzag

blackish lines, and crossed by an irregular central white belt

enclosing a black discocellular dot ; a series of black marginal

dots in pairs; fringe tipped with grey: secondaries white,

crossed by two parallel approximated blackish zigzag post-

median lines ; outer border reddish; marginal dots and fringe

as in primaries: body above grey, varied with rust-red and

whitish. Under surface sordid white: wings crossed by two

grey lines; discocellular dots black. Hxpanse of wings

1 inch 4 lines.

90. Scotosta sericata, n. sp. (no. 588).

Shining bronzy grey: wings crossed by numerous zigzag

and sinuated darker grey lines, three of which on the disk are

filled in with reddish cupreous to form a discal band, three

near the base of primaries and two close to the base to form a

subbasal band and basal stripe ; the central belt indicated upon

the primaries by the partial filling-in of three lines on each

side with brown and by black dots upon the veins: in the

Lepidoptera from Japan. 445

secondaries the outer edge is alone indicated by black dots on

the veins; ablack marginal line; fringe brown: head brown,

first three abdominal segments with a central black dot.

Wings below shining grey, the markings obsolete; fringe

brown: body grey. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line.

INUROIS, n. gen.

Allied to Chetmatobia (C. brumata), but the neuration

utterly different. In the primaries of Cheimatobia the costal

vein 1s normal, joining the costal margin at about the third

fourth ; in Jnwrots it unites with the subcostal vein just beyond

its origin. The subcostal vein of Cheimatobia has four branches,

all emitted at some distance from the end of the cell; that of

LInurois has six branches, the first four of which are very

short, and cross the costal area much less obliquely than is

usual. In Chetmatobia the upper radial is trifurcate, the upper-

most branch uniting with the subcostal so as to form a post-

discoidal cell; in /rurots it is simple. In Chetimatobia the

lower radial is emitted from an angle of the lower discocellular ;

in Jnurots it is emitted normally from between the two disco-

cellulars. In Cheimatobia these veinlets are irregular, and the

upper one sloping backwards ; in Jnurozs they are regular and

transverse. In the secondaries the differences are nearly as

striking: thus the subcostal vein of Cheimatob/a emits its

branches from a long footstalk, whilst in Znwrots there is none ;

Cheimatobia has the discocellulars oblique and sigmoidal, the

upper being about four times the length of the lower, but

Inurois has a perfectly simple angle, with the radial emitted

-from the centre; in Chetmatobia the third median and radial

are about equal distances apart, whilst in Znwrods the second

and third median branches are emitted near together and

at some distance from the radial. In other respects the

two genera are much alike, both in form, texture, and colo-

ration.

Type I. tenuis.

91. Inurots tenuis, n. sp. (nos. 553 & 556).

Primaries semitransparent whity brown, with a faint indi-

cation of a slightly darker greyish broad central belt, its outer

edge dotted with black upon the veins; a well-defined black

discocellular spot and a marginal series of black dots: secon-

daries slightly paler, with black discocellular and marginal

dots: body brown. Wings below with a brown discal line

across both primaries and secondaries. Expanse of wings 3

1 inch 2 lines, ¢ 1 inch 3 lines.

446 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

92. Cidaria mendica, n. sp. (no. 604).

Smoky brown; wings sericeous, crossed by a very irregular

white discal stripe, an indistinct series of whitish spots

bounding the external area internally: primaries indistinctly

striated with whity brown; a convex line of the same colour

across the basal fourth ; a white spot at base; a black disco-

cellular spot: secondaries paler than primaries, indistinctly

striated with grey : abdominal fringe whitish ; external fringe

of all the wings pale, tipped with white and interrupted by

large dark brown spots; thorax paler than the head, collar,

and abdomen. Wings below sericeous greyish brown, indis-

tinctly mottled (particularly on the primaries) with whitish ;

crossed by a very irregular whitish discal line; dusky disco-

cellular spots; the fringe and the costal border of primaries

yellowish, spotted with dark brown: body pale greyish brown,

the pectus and a number of mottled markings on the legs

whity brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

A very distinct but dull-looking species.

Hypenide.

93. Hormisa morosa, n. sp. (no. 1063).

Greyish brown: primaries with the interno-median area

gravel-coloured and crossed by an oblique externally brown-

bordered snow-white stripe, which runs from inner margin to

apex ; external border grey, fringe intersected and edged by

dark brown lines: secondaries with a sandy tint, base of

fringe gravel-coloured: abdomen with whitish posterior edges

tothe segments. Primaries below greyish, with a slight sandy |

tint, particularly on the outer border: secondaries whitish, with

sandy yellowish borders and fringe: body below whitish, the

venter yellowish. Expanse of wings 1 inch.

94. Hormisa calamina, n. sp. (no. 1064).

Primaries above pale buff, with two minute blackish dots at

the angles of the cell; a submarginal series of very minute

black dots; fringe brownish, becoming white at external

angle: secondaries cream-coloured, with a slender marginal

line and submarginal series of minute dots grey: body pale

buff, the abdomen rather paler than the thorax. Under sur-

face slightly greyer and paler than the upper, otherwise

similar. EXxpanse of wings 1 inch.

Herminiide.

95. Herminia dolosa, n. sp. (no. 892).

Primaries above sandy brown; a slender dark brown angu-

Lepidoptera from Japan. 447

lated line across the basal fourth, a second parallel to it just

beyond the cell, and a third (nearly straight) limiting the ex-

ternal area; a <-shaped dusky marking at the end of the cell

interrupting a dusky diffused streak which crosses the centre

of the wing; a slender black marginal line: secondaries

ereyer than primaries, two indistinct oblique dusky lines

crossing the disk, the outer one running to anal angle, where

it is edged outwardly with white; a slender black marginal

line. Wings below paler and more uniform in colour; prima-

ries crossed by one blackish discal line, secondaries by two,

the outer one with a pale border; a blackish marginal line.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.

96. Herminia helva, n. sp. (no. 915).

Pale stramineous, speckled with brown; primaries crossed

by two very slender and irregular brown lines, representing

the central belt and enclosing a dark brown discocellular dot ;

an oblique dark brown line, bounded on each side by a diffused

brownish indistinct stripe from external angle to apex; a

black marginal line: secondaries with whitish costal half, the

two usual whitish-bordered oblique discal lines; a marginal

black line. Under surface more uniform in tint, the markings

very indistinct, the innermost line of primaries obsolete. Ex-

panse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

97. Bleptina onerata, n. sp. (no. 930).

Primaries above shining chocolate-brown ; the base, a broad

belt just before the middle, a costal spot immediately beyond

it, and the outer margin densely irrorated with white scales; a

discocellular spot and a marginal series black; fringe greyish

brown, spotted at the base with darker brown: secondaries

shining greyish brown, darker towards outer margin, fringe

with a dark basal line: thorax bronze-brown, mottled with

white; abdomen white, transversely banded with blackish.

Wings below shining grey; fringe spotted with whitish; a

white costal spot beyond the cell of primaries: body below

white; legs above blackish, banded with white. Expanse of

wings 1 inch.

98. Locastra amica, n. sp. (no. 933).

Primaries with the basal third sordid buff, speckled with

black; central third white, slightly speckled and broadly

bordered with black, the outer border being biangulated or

zigzag; two small black spots (the outer one lunate), indi-

eating the discoidal spots; external third copper-brown,

clouded near apex and external angle with blackish; a mar-

448 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

ginal series of black spots; fringe pale, spotted with blackish :

secondaries pearly hyaline white ; a dot at the superior angle

of the cell, and a broad external border blackish: thorax

coppery brown, varied with black, whitish behind ; abdomen

white, speckled with black, and with the basal and anal seg-

ments dark brown. Wings below white, external area broadly

tinted with brown; crossed by a series of diffused dark brown

subconfluent spots, and limited within by an angulated series

of subconfluent blackish spots: a blackish discocellular dot on

each wing: primaries with the costa brownish, the base ap-

pearing grey from transparency; the internal border silvery :

pectus and legs pale shining brown, anterior cox and palpi

black; venter white, with blackish anus. Expanse of wings

1 inch 5 lines.

99. Locastra inimica, n. sp. (no. 932).

Primaries fuliginous brown, mottled with whity brown, the

external area tinted with pink; a blackish oblique streak

across the basal fourth; a blackish rhomboidal costai spot

which crosses the cell just beyond the middle; a blackish

discal zigzag series of spots across the disk just beyond the

cell; a nebulous subapical patch and a marginal series of black

spots; fringe grey, dark at base: secondaries sordid white,

the apical area, outer margin, and a submarginal streak dark

brown; a longitudinal blackish streak on first median, and a

second on the submedian vein: body fuligmous brown.

Wings below pearly white, becoming sordid towards outer

margin and on costal border; discocellulars dusky ; a sub-

angulated blackish discal line, and a large blackish subapical

patch on each wing; a marginal series of blackish spots :

body white. LExpanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.

100. Bocana incongruens, n. sp. (no. 904).

Fuliginous brown, tinted with lilacine ; wings crossed by

two broad dark brown parallel oblique stripes, the first central,

the second discal; fringe grey ; primaries with a small yellow

discocellular crescent. Under surface greyish brown: wings

with small discocellular white dots ; secondaries with indica-

tion of a discal line slightly darker than the ground-colour.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines.

TROTOSEMA, n. gen.

Allied to Echana; palpi shorter, recurved, and pressed close

over the front of the head; wings rather short and broad,

primaries with a pouch-like tuft of overlapping curly hair on

the costal margin beyond the cell. Type 7. sordidum.

Lepidoptera from Japan. 449

101. Trotosema sordidum, n. sp. (no. 905).

Smoky brown: wings crossed by two dusky diffused stripes,

the first central, the second (with defined sinuated outer edge)

limiting the external border ; a series of black marginal dots:

primaries with black discoidal spots, both very small. Wings

below irrorated with whity brown; two irregular sinuous

dusky-bordered whitish discal lines; black discocellular spots

and blackish marginal dots. Expanse of wings 1 inch

3 lines.

CIDARIPLURA, n. gen.

Allied to Edessena, but differing in its enormous compressed

sabre-like palpi; first palpal joint 4 millims. in length, curved

upwards at the base, gradually expanding but straight from

near the base to the crown; second joint 43 millims. in length,

placed at right angles to the first, narrow at base, slightly

widening towards the crown, thickly fringed with hair inter-

nally ; third joint 44 millims. in length, narrow at base, gradu-

ally tapering to a point at apex, slightly incurved and tringed

internally with hair. Primaries acuminate, with arched outer

margin. ‘Type C. gladiata.

102. Cidariplura gladiata, n. sp. (no. 902).

Smoky brown: wings crossed by a white-edged dark brown

discal line; a black marginal line: primaries with a white

reniform spot and a very minute white orbicular dot. Under

surface paler; wings with an ill-defined dusky discal line

and blackish discocellular spots. Hixpanse of wings 1 inch

4 lines.

103. Amblygoes albinotata, n. sp. (no. 921).

Primaries bronzy brown, with grey external border; two

nearly central parallel stripes, slightly darker than the ground-

colour, and terminating upon the costa in reversed snow-white

spots; a subapical costal white dot or slender transverse dash ;

a lunular orange discocellular spot: secondaries dull copper-

brown, with grey outer border, separated from the ground-colour

by a scarcely perceptibly darker diffused band: thorax bronze-

brown; abdomen grey. Under surface greyish brown: pri-

maries with the costa bronze-brown, interrupted by a marginal

short white line near the base, an oblique dash beyond the cell,

and a slender subapical line parallel to the outer margin ; outer

border irrorated with white scales ; a slender blackish margi-

nal line: secondaries irrorated with white scales; a whitish

submarginal line; aslender black marginal line: legs brown,

tarsi banded with white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 32

450 Mr, A. G. Butler on new Species of

104, Lgnasia argillacea, n. sp. (no. 954).

Reddish clay-colour, speckled with grey ; a marginal series

of minute black dots followed by little transverse white lines ;

fringe rosy, traversed by basal and central lake-red lines; a

pale-edged brown discal line just beyond the discoidal cells,

followed by a diffused indistinct greyish belt: primaries

crossed near the basal third by a pale-edged brown line parallel

to the discal one; costal border sericeous, crossed by two or

three white dashes and with black marginal dots: thorax and

abdomen dusky. Wings below pale greyish brown; mark-

ings indistinct: body white, legs yellowish. Expanse of

wings 10 lines.

105. Egnasia fallax, n. sp. (no. 917).

Primaries above whitish olivaceous, indications of an arched

central band, dusky upon inner margin, and bounded exter-

nally by a series of minute blackish dots ; three parallel indis-

tinct greyish arched lines across the basal third, the innermost

line dotted with blackish ; a very irregular grey discal line; a

marginal series of black dots; fringe grey ; costal margin pale

buff, spotted with blackish: secondaries grey: thorax whitish

olivaceous ; abdomen slightly greyer, with pale margins to

the segments. Primaries below sericeous greyish, with pale

borders and dark fringe; costal border buff, crossed beyond

the cell by an abbreviated oblique dusky line: secondaries

sandy yellowish, speckled with grey ; two indistinct parallel

arched discal lines; a black discocellular dot. Body below

pean whitish, shining; legs paler. Expanse of wings

10 lines.

106. Egnasia erebina, n. sp. (no. 927).

Smoky brown, with the external area broadly darker and

limited internally by a sinuated black stripe or band ; a pale-

edged blackish line limiting the external border; a marginal

series of small blackish spots enclosing white semicircular

lines ; fringe spotted with blackish ; centre of the wings occu-

pied by little variously formed hyaline white characters: pri-

maries crossed at basal fourth by an irregular series of about

four black spots; a black costal spot close to the base: thorax

smoky brown, abdomen greyish. Under surface greyish ; the

basal area speckled with white; the discal lines with pale

edges ; the sinuated stripe of the upper surface forming the

inner discal line more regular than above and dentate-sinuate

throughout; the hyaline white markings more distinct and

black-edged ; marginal spots represented by subconfluent de-

Lepidoptera from Japan. . 451

pressed triangular blackish dots followed by a slender whitish

line. Primaries without basal markings: body whitish, with

the legs greyish. Expanse of wings 11 lines.

107. Egnasia opalina, n. sp. (no. 895).

Primaries strongly angulated; pearly grey, with brownish

costal margin and fringe; two diverging transverse central

orange-margined ferruginous lines: secondaries pale brown ;

a dusky marginal line, followed by a whitish line at the base

of the fringe: body pale brown. Under surface sericeous

whity brown: primaries with faint traces of a darker trans-

verse discal line. Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Pyralide.

DEANA (Adena, Wlk., nec Hadena, Guén.).

108. Deana sericea, n. sp. (no. 1042).

Sericeous greyish brown; a slightly darker discal angu-

lated line, partly bordered outwardly with whitish; fringe

cream-coloured, traversed near the base by a black line, white

at the anal angles, and with a black patch at the angulation

of the outer margins: primaries with the costal border cream-

coloured beyond the middle; a pale-bordered dusky line across

the basal fourth; a large white spot immediately beyond the

discocellulars, which are blackish and <-shaped : secondaries

with a pale spot beyond the discocellulars: frons silvery white,

palpi blackish, antenne testaceous. Wings below paler and

more sericeous, the discal line well defined, with better-marked

whitish border; the spots beyond the cells white on all the

wings; the primaries without basal transverse line; body

below silvery white. Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Walker refers his genus to the Crambites, remarking at the

same time that it hardly belongs to that group. His type

(A. xanthialis) is identical with a species doubtfully referred

by him to the genus Scopula under the name of S.? hybrea-

salis.

109. Pyralis valida, n. sp. (no. 938).

Greyish brown, with a slight cupreous reflection; wings

crossed by two stramineous lines, those of primaries much wider

apart and more angular than those of secondaries, fringe

bright stramineous black at base: primaries with the apical

two thirds of the fringe tipped with black; centre of costal

margin spotted with yellow, apical portion blackish; a blackish

dot at the end of the cell. Wings below shining, the inner

32*

452 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

stramineous line obsolete; basal two thirds of costal margin

of primaries stramineous, spotted with black ; anal angle of

secondaries occupied by a diffused subquadrate stramineous

patch : legs pale yellowish. Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.

Allied to P. rubidalis of Europe.

110. Pyralis yokohame, n. sp. (no. 939).

Primaries above greyish brown, with a feeble rosy reflection,

crossed by two widely separated parallel slender straminecus

lines ; fringe pale brown, with a dusky subbasal line: secon-

daries pale brown, crossed by two slender whitish lines, the

inner one angulated, the outer one arched; fringe as in pri-

maries: thorax coloured like the primaries; abdomen pale

brown, with a pink reflection. Wings below stramineous,

with a paler discal line across the wings : secondaries whitish

towards the abdominal border. Expanse of wings 1 inch

1 line.

111. Pyralis regina, n. sp. (no. 942).

Primaries above shining purple, with faint indications of

two widely separated paler lines, the outer one commencing in

a well-marked golden-yellow costal dash; centre of costal

margin minutely flecked with gold; fringe golden-yellow, with

a basal lake-red line: secondaries lake-red, with purple outer

border; two irregular yellow-edged central blackish lines ;

fringe as in primaries: body brown, with purplish reflections.

Under surface shining grey ; wings with stramineous fringe,

slightly rosy at base; a yellow costal dash as above; basal

two thirds of costal margin flecked with yellow: secondaries

whitish towards the base; a diffused rose-red discal belt en-

closing an arched yellow-edged blackish line: legs and venter

silvery. Expanse of wings 8 lines.

Near to P. lucillalis of Walker.

112. Doththa consocia, n. sp. (no. 950).

Wings above reddish cupreous, with the basal third laky

brown, edged externally by a silvery-white line; basal half

of fringe shining pink, bounded on each side by a black line,

external half silvery white: primaries with an internally

pale-edged slender black submarginal line ; outer border rosy ;

internal area immediately beyond the subbasal line whitish :

secondaries with a nearly central blackish-bordered white line :

body pale brown. Wings below shining rose-red, with fringe

as above: primaries with a large subapical patch and the

costa clay-coloured ; a number of block edaed white costal

Lepidoptera from Japan. 453

‘spots; a discocellular black lunule; a blackish patch below

the end of the cell, and another below the clay-coloured patch,

and enclosed by a forked black-edged white line, the outer or

main stem of which replaces the submarginal line of the upper

surface: secondaries crossed at basal third by a diffused con-

stricted whitish belt enclosing an irregular black line, and

followed by a deep-reddish discocellular dot ; a black-bordered

angulated white discal line; body below whity brown, anterior

coxe rose-red. Expanse of wings 11 lines.

Allied to D. icelusalis (Pyralis icelusalis of Walker).

Asoplide.

113. Samea commixta, n. sp. (no. 965).

Wings above with the basal two thirds stramineous, varied

with white: primaries with two black dots at base, two large

dark brown spots close to base, followed by an irregular belt

of the same colour almost crossing the wing; a blackish-

bordered stramineous quadrate spot at the end of the cell; an

irregularly angulated pale-bordered black discal line limiting

the external third, which is dark brown, a marginal series of

black dots; fringe stramineous, with central and terminal

blackish lines: secondaries crossed by two irregular black

lines; external area and fringe as in primaries: body

whity brown, abdomen banded with blackish. Under sur-

face whity brown, markings very indistinct. Hxpanse of

wings 9 lines.

Allied to Samea inscitalis (Aidiodes inscitalis of Walker).

114. Samea exigua, n. sp. (no. 1032).

Wings cream-coloured, with very pale cupreous-brown

outer border, bounded internally by a dusky line; fringe grey,

with white and blackish basal lines ; two central dusky lines,

the outer one almost sigmoidal (but angular) upon the prima-

ries, straight and uniting with the submarginal line on secon-

daries ; costal area of primaries brownish: body cream-coloured,

brown in front; anus yellow. Under surface white, markings

as above, but all grey. Expanse of wings 7 lines.

Margarodidez.

115. Glyphodes Pryeri, n. sp. (no. 989),

Very like G@. pyloalis of North China (G. sylpharis of

Japan), but larger, the white areas sordid, the bands broader,

duller, and connected upon the inner margin of primaries:

secondaries crossed by a central bisinuated dark brown stripe ;

454 Mr. A. G, Butler on new Species of

lower discocellular covered by a cuneiform black spot. Ex-

panse of wings 1 inch.

The type of Walker’s G. pyloalis is in such poor condition,

being much rubbed and destitute of fringe to the wings, that

it is no wonder that I did not at first recognize its specific

identity with the fresh and nearly perfect example obtained

by Mr. Jonas.

116. Margaronia inusitata, n. sp. (no. 983).

Snow-white, sericeous : wings crossed by a sinuous discal

greyish-brown line; three black-edged pale copper-brown

discoidal spots confluent with the costal border, which is also

pale copper-brown ; a fourth spot below the cell: secondaries

with a black-edged small spot in the cell, and a larger one

closing the cell: frons yellow; palpi black ; shoulders red-

brown. Under surface with the markings much less distinct,

partly obsolete. Expanse of wings 11 lines.

Nearest in appearance to Cirrhochrista brizoalis, but very

distinct in form.

Botidide.

117. Mecyna prunipennis, n. sp. (no. 1024).

Primaries above reddish brown, tinted with plum-colour; a

greyish spot at the end of the cell: secondaries sordid ochre-

ous, with a grey external border: thorax plum-coloured ; ab-

domen testaceous. Under surface ochreous; wings with rose-

coloured tips; primaries with an oblique brown dash at the

end of the cell, fringe brown; legs whitish, the femora clouded

with rose-colour. Expanse of wings 1 inch 4 lines.

Phycide.

PARALIPSA, n. gen.

Aspect of Achroéa; allied to Alipsa, from which it scarcely

differs in the neuration of the secondaries; but the structure

of the primaries is altogether distinct, that of Alipsa being

very simple, the costal vein simple, terminating at about

second third of costa, the subcostal four-branched, the cell

very long, the discocellulars forming a transverse zigzag line,

from the uppermost angle of which the upper radial is emitted,

and from the lowest the third median and lower radial are

emitted upon a long footstalk, the first and second median

being emitted near together from the inferior extremity of the

cell, and being distinctly curved, the median vein is slightly

inarched, as well as the vein-like fold immediately below it,

and the submedian is long. In Paralipsa the base of the

Lepidoptera from Japan, 455

costal border is swollen out into a bladder-like excrescence,

the costal vein (so far as can be seen without actually destroy-

SS AQ

Hie ee

. ee

Neuration of (1) Alipsa and (2) Paralipsa.

ing the specimen) appears to spring from near the base of the

subcostal, and both of these veins almost immediately pass

under a long depressed mass of hair-scales, from which they

emerge just about the centre of the wing, the costal vein

passing obliquely upwards to the margin, and the subcostal

throwing off the first of its five branches parallel to it; paral-

lel to and below the subcostal is an arched vein, from which

both the radials are emitted; the discocellulars are absent ;

and the median vein, which is normal in structure, curves

slightly upwards towards the radials ; the false vein below the

median curves slightly downwards at its extremity ; the sub-

median is decidedly shorter than in Alipsa: the principal

difference in the secondaries is that the second and third

median branches are unusually short, little more than half the

length of those in Alipsa: the palpi are unfortunately absent ;

but in other respects the body is similar. Type P. modesta.

118. Paralipsa modesta, n. sp. (no. 1170).

Coloration of Alipsa angustella: primaries above lilac-grey,

speckled with black, and with a central forked pale ferrugi-

nous streak, a minute black subbasal dash, and a rounded

black subcostal spot at apical third: secondaries sericeous

white, with diffused dusky outer border, most distinct at apex :

thorax lilacine grey; abdomen testaceous, with a pearly lustre.

Under surface sordid white, the primaries with dusky external

fourth. Expanse of wings 10 lines.

Crambide.

119. Crambus sabulinus, n. sp. (no. 1110).

Primaries red-brown, with a lilac reflection ; costal border

white ; a band of clay-colour across the basal third, its inner

456 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of

half formed of large embossed scales, its inner margin limited

by a diffused transverse greyish stripe: secondaries sordid

hyaline white, with brown veins and margins; fringe tra-

versed by a brown line: thorax shining clay-colour ; abdo-

men testaceous. Under surface shining, the primaries and

body stramineous, the secondaries whitish, with testaceous

veins and margins. Expanse of wings 11 lines.

120. Crambus yokohame, n. sp. (no. 1087).

Primaries above bright golden yellow; discoidal area bright

silver; a black line starting from the base of costa running

to near the end of the upper radial, and there uniting with a

second line starting from the base of the median vein, thus

enclosing the basal half of the costal border and the discoidal

area; three black-dotted longitudinal silver streaks upon the

median branches, the third being almost obliterated by a

large, oblique, pearly white spot; a fourth silver streak on

interno-median interspace, and a fourth abbreviated one just

below the subcostal vein beyond the end of the cell ; a cunei-

form, pearly white costal patch, bounded internally by an

oblique abbreviated black line; a partly blackish-edged

angular discal line; a silver triangular character filling the

angle of the apex and edged internally with black, below it

five black marginal dots; fringe white: secondaries sordid

white, with greyish diffused outer border and silvery-white

fringe : thorax golden yellow, with metallic cupreous tegulee ;

abdomen pale yellowish. Wings below greyish brown, with

whitish outer borders: secondaries paler than primaries,

whitish towards abdominal margin. Body below whitish.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.

121. Crambus vigens, n. sp. (no. 1088).

Primaries above satiny white, with incurved, metallic,

silver fringe; several variously shaped black-bordered pearly

white dots and liture on the internal and interno-median

areas, the best-marked indicating part of a central band, the

upper portion of which is indicated by two parallel, irregular,

macular greyish lines; discoidal cell and the disk beyond it

speckled with scattered black scales; two curved, parallel,

approximated, golden-brown discal lines, a spot of the same

colour, speckled with black, close to apex; a greyish submar-

ginal line; three nearly marginal black dots, followed by a

very slender black marginal line: secondaries creamy white,

fringe silky white: thorax white; abdomen cream-coloured.

Wings below cream-coloured: primaries suffused with

Lepidoptera from Japan. 457

brownish grey; fringe satiny white; three submarginal

black dots: body below white. Expanse of wings 11 lines.

122. Apurima lineata, n. sp. (no. 960).

Primaries creamy white, streaked here and there longitu-

dinally with pale golden brownish, and crossed from inner

margin to apex by a golden-brown stripe; a black spot at the

origin of the second and third median branches : secondaries,

body, and under surface of the entire insect satiny white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line.

Tortricida.

In a collection obtained in 1867 and collected by Mr.

Whitely in Hakodaté, was an example of Penthina arcuella,

Clerck, not differing in any respect from European specimens.

This species was accompanied by one of the 7%ne’na, which

evidently mimics it in Japan, being so like it as, at first sight,

to have deceived several experienced Lepidopterists.

Gelechiidz.

123. Gelechia imogena, n. sp.

Basal third of primaries opaline; two divergent, golden

orange, basal dashes; a straight transverse orange band

limiting the opaline area externally, its outer edge bisinuated,

the lower sinuation receiving the inner extremity of an elon-

gated black patch, which fills up the remainder of the internal

area; this patch is interrupted by irregular lines of shining

amethystine and orange scales, and is bounded above by a

diffused pale yellow border; above the black patch the ground-

tint of the wings is whity brown, irrorated with dark brown,

and bounded externally by a broad, shining, golden belt

enclosing an amethyst-coloured stripe; a blackish-edged

submarginal stripe tapering towards the external angle, its

upper portion pearly white, its lower portion amethystine ;

outer border and internal fringe golden orange; external

fringe dark brown, with plumbaginous lustre: secondaries

bronzy brown ; fringe very long and interrupted by longitu-

dinal paler streaks: body dark brown ; tegule orange, with

plumbaginous internal fringe. Primaries below shining brown;

secondaries shining grey : body brownish, with whitish legs,

the tarsi above with blackish bars. Expanse of wings 9 lines.

Hakodaté (Whitely).

This species, although far more gorgeous in colouring when

seen through a lens, bears a remarkable general resemblance

to Penthina arcuella.

458 On a new Copepod of the Genus Doridicola.

LII.—On a new Copepod of the Genus Doridicola.

By Henry N. RIviey, B.A.

CEPHALOTHORAX broad oval, showing division into four

segments. Antenne—first pair seven-jointed, terminating

in a flagellum; the third joint the longest, but not so long

as the flagellum ; the whole antenna as long as the cephalo-

thorax: second pair three-jointed, ending in two claws, the

terminal segment also bearing two smaller hooks. Mandi-

bles flat and broad, with a single-jointed appendage with three

sete. First pair of maxillipeds two-jointed, with two terminal

sete ; second pair similar, but with two terminal claws.

Swimming-feet broad ; both rami in all the feet similar, three-

jointed, the terminal joint bearing three spines and two setose

bristles ; the middle joint shorter, with one lateral spine, and

two setose bristles on the lower margin; basal joint with

one lateral spine and one bristle; the outer margin of the

segment setose. Fifth pair of feet a single joint supported

on a lateral prominence of the segment, and terminated by

two bristles. Abdomen of four segments, the first not

swollen; terminal appendages short, bearing each three setose

bristles.

Ovisacs oval. Colour white; pigment of eye rosy purple.

Length 2 millims.

Habitat. The tentacles of Anthea cereus, var.

Locality. A pool at low water, near Ilfracombe, North

Devon. August 1878.

Obs. This animal closely resembles Doridicola agilis of

Leydig ; but is distinguished by its habitat, colour, and shape

of the last pair of thoracic feet, also the absence of any swell-

ing in the first abdominal segment, and a few other minor

differences.

Like D. agilis it was extremely active and difficult to

secure, concealing itself among the tentacles of the Anthea or

clinging tightly to them.

There were no males present. If the animal has not been

already noticed, I propose the name of Doridicola anthee

for it.

Note.—It may be worth recording that the variety of Anthea

cereus on which I found the Doridicola was entirely of a

dark purplish slate-colour, and does not seem to have been

hitherto noticed.

On new Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 459

LITI.—On certain new Species of Coleoptera from Japan.

By GrorGe Lewis.

WHILE recently compiling a catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera,

I found in my cabinets a few new species, some of which are

of more than ordinary interest; and I have therefore drawn

out the following diagnoses with the object of clearing off old

material before starting again to the Hast. As many authors

have shown, the fauna of Nipon consists chiefly of species

derived from the same source as those of Northern Asia and

Europe ; but it is in part made up also of genera from the

tropics, together with a few from the New World. There is

more connexion between the fauna of the south of Japan and

the Philippine Islands and Borneo than with South China,

so far as the researches of entomologists at present lead us;

and this is illustrated in the well-marked genera Nodynus,

Xuthia, Ichthyurus, Ischalia, and Prionocerus, noted here.

And this is not surprising ; for from South Japan, through to

Formosa and thus on to Luzon, there is a series of small con-

necting islands not far distant from each other.

The Necydalis described below is of American type; and

it is well to observe that the line of communication afforded

by the Aleutian and Kurile Isles brings into Japan just such

links from America as we might expect from a broken line

of islands.

Formerly, perhaps, this line was less interrupted or even

complete ; but if so, it would appear from the paucity of

analogous genera to have been connected only prior to the

lifetime of existing races. There is one instance, worth re-

cording, of an insect crossing the Pacific by this route; it is

the ever-varying Corymbites lateralis, Leconte, the home of

which is, I believe, Vancouver’s Island. ‘Then in the genus

Penthe, the Japanese is allied to the American, not to the

Javan species; and in the new genus of Necrophaga lately

established by Dr. Kraatz, Ptomascopus, there are two species

described from Japan and one from China; yet the second

Japanese species is allied to an Amazon insect rather than to

either of its fellows in Asia. ‘These instances, which are,

however, the exception and not the rule, could be extended

considerably did space allow; but the general result would

be left unchanged. It will be an interesting day for those

who study the Kastern-Asiatic fauna when a good collection

comes from Korea or Saghalien.

Tachycellus subditus, n. sp.

T. elongatus, subovatus, niger, nitidus ; thorace distincte marginato,

460 Mr. George Lewis on new

basi sparsim punctato ; elytrorum sutura marginibusque testaceo-

rufis ; tibiis tarsisque piceis, coxis rufis. L, 2-23 lin.

Easily known from 7’, anchomenoides, Bates, by its less con-

vex form, smaller size, and the red sutures of the elytra, the

stria of which are more lightly impressed.

Hab. Hiogo, very common in marsh lands.

Ptomascopus plagiatipennis, n. sp.

P. niger, subnitidus, undique punctatus; elytris singulatim plaga

sanguinea notatis ; abdomine, corpore subtus, pedibusque griseo-

pubescentibus. L. 7 lin.

More robust than P. morto, Kraatz, with the punctuation

larger and much more distinct, that of the elytra being of a

somewhat larger grade than that of the thorax. The red

blotch is broad, beginning near the apex of the scutellum,

extending outwards to the edge of the elytra (leaving the

suture black), and, then turning upwards, occupies half the

base at the humeral angle: towards the apex there is a

narrow streak of red filling the space between the carina and

exterior Margin.

Hab. Kagoshima; also Pekin.

Note.—I have a species of this genus from the Amazon river :—

Ptomascopus carbunculus, n. sp.

Niger, nitidus ; capite subtiliter punctato ; thorace elytrisque sparse sub-

tilissime punctatis; subtus griseo-pubescens. J., 5-53 lin.

Nodynus leuco-fasciatus, n. sp.

N. oblongus, depressus, niger, nitidissimus, fronte punctulata ; pro-

noto antice et ad latera grosse punctato, stria integra, margine

laterali angustissimo, elevato; elytris striis distinctis puncti-

formibus, fasciis transversis medio albis; abdomine subtilissime

punctato. L. 4 lin.

Broader than N. nitidus, C. Waterh., with acute angles to

the thorax, which gradually widens to the base, where it is as

wide as the elytra. The fascia is irregular, and, during life,

white. Suture and antenne black, and the apex of the elytra

truncate.

Hab. Yamato.

Scaphidium Reitter?, n. sp.

S. ovatum, piceum, nitidissimum ; fronte, ore, thorace ad marginem

et in medio late, elytrorum fasciis duabus, pygidio propygidio-

que rufescentibus; antennis basi piceis, articulo ultimo rufo.

Half the stature of S. japonicum, Reitter, with elytra more

truncate, and the colour wholly different. I have much

Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 461

pleasure in dedicating this insect to Herr EH. Reitter, the

well-known microcoleopterist of Paskau.

Hab. Hiogo, near Maiyasan temple.

Mister margine-punctatus, n. sp.

HI. ovalis, subconvexus, niger, nitidus, stria frontali subsinuata ;

pronoto lateribus punctato, stria integra, margine subelevato,

ante scutellum foveolato ; elytris striis 1.4. dorsalibus integris,

5. et 6. medio abbreviatis ; propygidio pygidioque grosse sed parce

punctatis ; mesosterni lateribus parce punctatis. L. 2? lin.

Allied to the European 1. marginatus, from which the larger

size and system of striation easily separate it.

Hab. Hakodaté.

Hister simplicisternus, n. sp.

H. ovatus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria integra; pronoti

stria laterali interna integra, externa abbreviata; elytris striis

1.—3. dorsalibus integris, 4. et 5. et suturali brevibus ; propygidio

punctato, subfoveolato ; pygidio apice subtiliter punctato ; meso-

sterno marginato, basi non sinuato. L, 22-3 lin.

Much smaller than s¢bzricus, Mars., to which section it be-

longs; it may be recognized by the finer punctation of the

pygidium (in some specimens almost smooth at the apex), and

by the mesosternum having no notch to admit the pro-

sternum.

Hab. Hiogo, where it is common.

Bacanius niponicus, n. sp.

B. ovalis, convexus, rufo-castaneus, undique sat dense puncta-

tus; pronoti stria integra, linea basali arcuata e punctis paucis

composita; elytris haud striatis; antennis pedibusque rufo-

brunneis.

Near B. rhombophorus, Aubé, but half as large again ; the

punctures are coarser and more equally distributed; and the

punctured line before the scutellum is a simple bow of twelve

or thirteen points.

Hab. Nagasaki; under dead leaves at Suwosama temple

in April.

Acritus komat, n. sp.

A, ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus, supra dense punctatus ; pro-

noto linea basali punctorum transversa impresso ; antennis pedi-

busque infuscatis.

Very near A. minutus, Herbst, and of the same stature, but

more closely punctured, especially on the dorsal region. ‘The

462 Mr. George Lewis on new

line of points before the scutellum is less defined, and extends

transversely without any perceptible angle.

Hab. Nagasaki; from an old tree in May.

Xuthia niponia, n. sp.

X. elongata, cylindrica, opaca, rufo-testacea; capite haud grosse

punctato ; thorace grosse punctato, sulcis tribus longitudinalibus,

inequalibus, vix conspicuis notato; elytris striis angustissimis

elevatis, interstitiis seriatim grosse punctatis. L. 13 lin.

The thorax is roughly punctate, with an uneven depres-

sion in the median region, and one on each side, rather more

defined, running laterally. The sutural stria of the elytra

is for about the basal fifth of the wing-case separated from

the second stria by an interstice of the same width as the

remainder; but nearer the apex it closes towards the suture,

with which it then again runs parallel. It is smaller than

any of Mr. Pascoe’s species, as might be expected, from its

northern locality.

Hab. Nagasaki.

Teredus politus, n. sp.

T. elongatus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus ; capite thoraceque distincte

punctatis ; elytris striato-punctatis; antennis pedibusque rufis.

L. 12 lin.

Shorter and broader than 7. nittdus, F. Although the

colour and punctation of these two species do not materially

differ, the Japanese one may hereafter form a new genus, the

club of its antenna consisting of one large terminal ovate joint

preceded by two small ones.

Hab. South Japan.

Macrodorcus Vanvolxemi, n. sp.

M. elongatus, parallelus, niger, subopacus ; mandibulis capite vix

longioribus, in medio unidentatis ; clypeo transverso, medio pro-

minulo ; capite thoraceque subtilissime punctatis; abdomine subtus

distincte punctato. L. 9 lin., mandib. ¢ 14.

Amongst Japanese species, allied to M. opacus, C. Waterh. ;

it is, however, more parallel, and the punctation of the abdo-

men is general and distinct. The elytra are finely and clearly

punctured on the disk and near the suture, the points at inter-

vals assuming the form of irregular strie; but at the outer

sides the punctation is deeper and more dense. ‘The clypeus

is raised to a point in the centre only, the outer angles being

obtuse.

Hab. Yezo. Captured by M. Jean Van Voixem of Brus-

sels.

Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 463

Cetonia brevitarsis, n. sp.

C. breviter ovata, subnitida, cuprea, albo-variegata: C. submarmoree

affinis. L. 9-10 lin.

The chief differences between this species and C. submar-

morea are :—the clypeus is raised in front, but not notched ;

the whole outline is more quadrate ; the punctation below the

humeral angle more strigose, and the tarsi are both shorter

and thicker. These points are very perceptible in a large

series I have from South Japan, where it is very common.

In colour it varies from blackish brass to a reddish coppery

tint.

Hab. Nagasaki.

Cetonia insperata, n. sp.

C. 2 oblonga, nitida, purpureo-erea; elytrorum lineis transversis

albis angustissimis, disco obsolete punctato ; abdomine convexo,

levi. L. 92 lin.

Not closely allied to any species I know. The polished sur-

. face separates it from any Japanese species; the puncta-

tion of the elytra is comparatively obsolete; and the white

markings are very narrow. The head is fairly punctured,

and the edge of the clypeus slightly raised both in front and

at the sides. The propygidium and pygidium have the stri-

gose punctation of the preceding, but rather less deeply

impressed. ‘The outline of the insect viewed sideways between

the lobe of the mesosternum and the apex of the elytra is

concave.

Hab. Yezo.

Ichthyurus niponicus, n. sp.

I. fuscus ; fronte depressa, flavo-testacea, capitis basi late nigra ;

thorace disco nigro, margine antice late, basi anguste flavo ;

elytris nigro-fuscis, marginibus externis flavis; antennis testaccis,

apicem versus fuscescentibus ; abdominis margine late flavo. L.

23 lin.

This species is the smallest yet observed in the genus, and

possesses the usual colours. The large middle thigh is dusky

at the joint; and the posterior leg has the tibia and half the

thigh darkish ; but the anterior leg is wholly pale.

Hab. Hiogo, foot of Maiyasan.

Ischalia patagiata, n. sp.

I. oblonga, depressa, nigra, parce albo-hirta; antennis pedibusque

obscuro-nigris ; elytris externe late luteo-marginatis. L. 24-3

lin,

464 Mr. George Lewis on new

The yellow margin does not extend over the carina at the

apex of the elytra, which are ribbed strictly to the pattern of

I. indigacea, Pascoe. This species is rare ; but I have found it

in elevated sylvan districts both at Hiogo and Nagasaki in

August.

Hab. South Japan.

Epicauta taishoensis, n. sp.

E. elongata, subparallela, nigra, subnitida, griseo-pubescens ; capite

thoraceque dense punctatis; elytris subopacis, dense rugoso-punc-

tulatis. L. 7 lin.

The head is black, with a broad margin of red behind the

eyes, which is narrowly interrupted in the centre before the

neck. There is also a red spot on the forehead between the

eyes; and the basal joint of the antenne has a red patch in the

middle, on the underside.

Near £. flabellicornis, Germ.; but in that European species

the thorax is much more closely punctured. From £. Gorhami,

Marseul (Japanese), it is separated by its wholly black thorax

and elytra and the black surface behind the eyes.

Hab. Tsusima.

Prionocerus fuscipennis, n. Sp.

P. obscuro-fuscus vel subzeneo-metallicus; capite scutelloque ob-

scuro-viridibus ; thorace rufo; elytris thorace latioribus, postice

subdilatatis, carinulis vix distinctis, nigro-pubescentibus. IL.

5 lin.

About the size of P. cyanipennis, Perty, from which it differs

wholly in colour. The elytral nerves are furnished at intervals

with long stiffish black hairs; and this seems a special cha-

racter of this species.

Hab. Yokohama.

Leptura succedanea, n. sp.

L. 2 nigra, elongata, vix nitida, brunneo-pubescens ; thorace supra,

elytris totis, tibiis in medio rubris.

This is the representative in Japan of the European L. rubra,

L.; the chief differences are its bright colour, more slender

figure, comparatively longer antenne, blacker legs, and much

finer punctation on the segments of the abdomen. I do not

know the male.

Hab. North Nipon (Van Volxem).

Necydalis pennata, n. sp.

N. elongata, nigra, nitida, cinereo-tomentosa ; capite punctato; oculis

Species of Coleoptera from Japan. 465

prominulis ; thorace disco levi, ad basin punctato, scutello nigro ;

elytris rufescentibus vix grosse punctulatis; pedibus rufis. L.

6 lin.

The large head and prominent eyes of this species bring it

near N. mellita, Say, to which, however, it has no very close

resemblance. ‘The tarsi are pitchy brown, as are also the

lower portions of the hind tibiz.

Litocerus Roelofst, n. sp.

L. niger, griseo-pilosus ; rostro ad basin capiteque sub oculis albo-

pilosis; thorace in medio macula testacea traguliformi, subtus

obscure testaceo ; elytris testaceis, nigro-bifasciatis, fasciis mar-

ginalibus angustioribus albis; pedibus testaceo variegatis. L.

32 lin,

Black ; rostrum behind the antenne and a patch under the

eyes pubescent white ; thorax with a mesial arrow-shaped spot

testaceous. The elytra are testaceous, with two beautiful

fasciz, irregular, and narrowly margined with white. There is

also a black spot on each of the tubercles at the base, which

is confluent with the narrow line of black occupying the base,

and behind the humeral spot a small black isolated spot, the

latter white-margined. Abdomen has the last five sections

testaceous and immaculate. ‘The first joint of each tarsus

has a broad testaceous annulus, as has also each tibia.

Hab. Nagasaki, Iponmatzu, on the wax-tree (hus suc-

cedanea, L.).

Cassida erudita, Baly (1873) ,= C. rugoso-punctata, Motsch.

(1866).

Cassida consociata, Baly (1873),= C. fusco-rufa, Motsch.

(1866).

Episcapha hamata, n. sp.

E. elongata, subparallela, nigra, nitida; thorace subquadrato, antice

leviter angustato, lateribus modice rotundatis, crebre subtiliter

punctato; elytris obsoletius punctatis, annulo humerali integro,

extus denticulato, ramum brevem emittente, fasciaque lata sub-

apicali pallide fulvis. L. 6 lin.

Allied to EZ. indica, Crotch, but not so obsoletely punctured ;

it is also rather smaller and less convex. It is the only species

from Japan at present with the isolated humeral spot.

Hab. Hakodaté.

Episcapha Gorham, n. sp.

E. elongata, sublevis, nigra, crebre fortius punctata ; thorace sub-

opaco, antice angustato, lateribus fere rectis, medio obsolete bi-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 33

466 On new Species of Coleoptera from Japan.

impresso ; elytris sat convexis, annulo humerali fere integro, extus

bidentato, ramum unidentatum emittente, fasciaque denticulata

subapicali rubris. L. 6 lin.

This species comes into the £. vestita group; but it is not

pubescent, and is more clearly punctured than any of its

allies. The denticulations of both the humeral annulus and

the apical lunular fascia are of the pattern of H. Fortunez,

Crotch; but the form and punctation are very different. I

have much pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend

the Rev. H. 8. Gorham.

Hab. Yezo.

Coccinella Crotchi, n. sp.

C. niger, subnitidus, punctatus; capite maculis duabus flavis notato ;

prothoracis margine anteriore angusto, flavo ; elytris basi (sutura

excepta) late flava, ante apicem singulatim flavo maculatis; pedi-

bus anterioribus flayis. LL. 2 lines.

The type of this species has two pale spots on the head ; but

in a series these spots are often confluent, or the head wholly

flavous. Ido not observe greater variations. ‘The anterior

margin of the thorax is pale; and the angles being wholly

so, give an appearance of greater breadth in that region.

There is a broad margin of yellow colour at the base of the

wing-case (suture black), and a patch just before the apex,

the last not touching the edge of either elytron.

Novius concolor, n. sp.

J. niger, subnitidus, undique subtilissime punctatus ; griseo-pubes-

cens; thorace elytrisque totis rufis.

Half as large again as N. limbatus, Motsch., from which it

may be known by its red thorax, scutellum, and elytra.

Hab. Hiogo, Maiyasan temple, from which I possess a

series.

Nore.—I am indebted to Mr. H. W. Bates for the follow-

ing descriptions of two new Japanese Longicorns in his

collection :—

Saperda tetrastigma.

S. punctate affinis ; nigra, griseo-pubescens, supra griseo-fulva, nigro-

setosa ; capite maculis duabus, thorace quatuor, elytris utringue

quatuor lineatim digestis nigris ; antennis articulis 3. et 4. et 6.-11.

basi griseis. Long. 63 lin. ¢.

Of similar form to S. punctata, but rather less narrowed

posteriorly. The head is broader and the forehead strongly

Geological Society. 467

transverse and plane. The elytra are rounded at the apex,

and the sides are not abruptly vertical. The whole upper

surface is clothed with short, erect, dusky bristles. The colour

above is greyish tawny, with the following rounded black

spots—one in the middle of the forehead and one on the occi-

put, four in quadrangle on the disk of the thorax (besides one

on each flank), and four on each elytron, placed in a line from

the shoulder to near the apex, the apical one being much the

smallest. The under surface, legs, and antenne are black,

clothed with fine grey pile, the base of the third to the eleventh

joints (with the exception of the fifth) being grey.

d Japan. From the collection of the late Mr. W. W. Saun-

ers.

Glenea chrysochloris.

S. Swinhoei affinis, at differt corpore metallico-squamoso,. Sub-

gracilis, nigra, squamulis argenteo-viridibus dense vestita, et

passim nigro-setosa ; thorace maculis duabus elongatis medianis

alteraque minore laterali nigris ; elytris utrinque maculis duabus

angulatis alteraque postica Q-formi nigris. Long. 73 lin. ¢ Q.

Differs from the allied G. Swinhoed by the metallic-coloured

clothing of the body. In this respect it agrees with the Hast-

Siberian G. metallescens (Saperda id., Motsch.), from which

its large black markings conspicuously distinguish it. The

elytral spots are, on each side two large and angular, placed

in succession on the disk before the middle, and one de-

scribing nearly an oval between the middle and the apex; the

shoulders and lateral carine of the elytra are also black. The

elytra are briefly truncated at the apex, with a short tooth at

the external angle of the truncature. The apex of the tibic

is black, the tarsi above pale blue. The antenne are black,

with the basal joints more or less marked with blue.

Yezo; on elm trees. Taken by M. Jean Van Volxem

(coll. H. W. Bates and G. Lewis).

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 5, 1879.—Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Fish-remains found in the Cannel Coal in the Middle

Coal-measures of the West Riding of Yorkshire, with the descrip-

tion of some new Species.” By James W. Davis, Esq., F.G.8., &e.

The remains described by the author were from a bed of Cannel

33*

468 Geological Society.

Coal about 400 feet above the base of the Middle Coal-measures,

and were chiefly obtained from this bed at the Tingley Colliery.

The author described the general geological structure of the district.

At Tingley the fish-remains were stated to occur in greatest abun-

dance between the Cannel Coal and the “ hubb ;” but they are also

found in both those portions of the deposit. Of known species the

author has identified Calacanthus leptwrus, Ctenodus elegans, Megal-

ichthys Hibberti, Rhizodopsis, sp., Paleoniscus, sp., Gyracanthus

formosus, Ctenacanthus horridus, Diplodus gibbosus, Ctenoptychius

pectinatus, Helodus simplex, teeth of Cladodus and Petalodus, scales

of Rhizodus, ribs and bones of Ctenodus, Pleuracanthus levissimus,

and six other species, and the following, which are described as new

forms—(1) Compsacanthus triangularis, (2) C. major, and (3)

Ostracacanthus dilatatus, the type of a new genus resembling Byssa-

canthus, Agass. The teeth of Celacanthus were said to be small

and sharply pointed: they have not been found attached to the

jaw; but in certain specimens of the latter the alveolar spaces are

well shown, extending in a single row along the rami. The air-

bladder of this genus is also said to be preserved, and to present

some resemblance to the bony air-bladders of Siluroid fish inha-

biting the fresh waters of Northern India; and, in general, the

author dwelt at considerable length upon the possible relationships

existing between the fishes whose remains he described and the

Teleostean Siluroids and Ostracion.

2. On the Skull of Argillornis longipennis, Owen.” By Prof.

R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.G.8., &e.

In this paper the author described a fragmentary cranium from

the London Clay of Sheppey, from which it was procured by W. H.

Shrubsole, Esq., who also furnished him with the humerus described

in a former paper under the name of Argillornis longipennis*. In

the present specimen the lower jaw and the fore part of the upper

jaw are deficient. The author described the characters presented

by the specimen in detail, and stated that, like those of the humerus

previously described, they seemed to approximate the fossil most

nearly to the Albatross among existing birds, although, like Odon-

topteryx, it differed from Diomedea and also from the Cormorant

and the Totipalmates generally, in the absence of the basirostral

external nares and of the supraorbital gland-pits. The present

fossil differs from Odontopteryx in having the fore part of the

frontal broader and the upper tract of the bill less defined, as also

in some other characters ; but no comparison of the palatal structure

can be made upon the existing specimens. In point of size, taking

the Albatross as a term of comparison, this skull may well have

belonged to a bird with wings of the extent indicated by the hu-

merus already described ; and the resemblance of the skull to that

of the Albatross would also seem to be confirmatory of the specific

collocation of the two specimens. The presence of four small pits

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxiy. p. 124.

Miscellaneous. 469

or perforations on the only part of the alveolar border which appears

to be uninjured, leads the author to conjecture that the bird may

have been dentigerous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Joun Mrers, F.R.S.

By the death of the late J. Miers, F.R.S., science has lost one of

the most industrious systematic botanists of the present day, and

one who was formerly a frequent contributor to the pages of this

journal. Born in London, on the 25th of August, 1789, of a York-

shire family, Mr. Miers, in early years, showed a marked inclina-

tion for scientific pursuits; and, although mainly occupied with his

father in his business as a jeweller, he found time for the study of

the physical sciences, especially of chemistry and mineralogy.

Chemistry was at that period of his life his favourite study ; and he

undertook a series of important researches which led to the publica-

tion, in 1814, of two papers on the nature of azote, in Thomson’s

‘Annals of Philosophy.’ At this time he made the acquaintance of

Michael Faraday, and of many others who subsequently distin-

guished themselves in various branches of science. In 1818 he

married. Henceforward the whole tenour of his life was changed.

He accepted an invitation from his friend Lord Cochrane (after-

wards Earl Dundonald) to proceed to Chile, to assist in the erec-

tion of very extensive machinery for the reduction and manufacture

of copper—an undertaking in which they were jointly interested.

He landed at Buenos Ayres, crossed the Pampas and Cordilleras,

and remained in Chile for upwards of six years, during which period,

as he was unable to continue his chemical researches, he turned

his attention to the study of the natural history of the country,

at that time almost a terra incognita to botanists. He was as

yet wholly unacquainted with the elements of botany, and had no

books to assist him in his studies; but he spent his leisure time

in making drawings and dissections of the plants that le collected

during his journey across the continent and in his travels in Chile.

His energy and enthusiasm in collecting may be estimated by the

fact, mentioned in his subsequently published work, that he made

upwards of two hundred analytical drawings of plants, illustrated

by descriptions, and collected materials for nearly as many more.

These were of the greatest assistance to him in his subsequent

career. On his return to England in 1825 he made the personal

acquaintance of both Robert Brown and Dr. Lindley, and during his

few months’ stay arranged for the publication of his ‘ Travels in

Chile and La Plata.” This work, which appeared in 1826, in two

volumes, illustrated with maps and engravings prepared from his

own drawings, was long regarded as the chief authority on the

geography of the country, and on the manners and customs of the

people with which it dealt. On returning to Buenos Ayres he

470 Miscellaneous.

crossed the country once more to Mendoza, to meet his wife and

family ; and it was during his return journey that he made his prin-

cipal collections of the plants of the Pampas. Having successfully

erected a mint at Buenos Ayres, he contracted with the Brazilian

Government to supply the mint-machinery at Rio de Janeiro; and

during a seven years’ residence at that capital (a period of close

application to his duties as an engineer, and of many and prolonged

professional anxieties), he succeeded in making most extensive

botanical and entomological collections, besides many observations

upon the structure and affinities of the plants of Rio in the living

state. He left South America finally in 1838.

From this period may be dated his career as a botanist. He was

elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1839, and from that date

almost till his death was a regular and frequent contributor to

the various scientific journals and the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Lin-

nean Society. Among his principal papers may be mentioned a

valuable series of ‘“‘ Contributions to the Botany of South America,”

which appeared in the ‘Journal of Botany’ between the years

1845 and 1851; ‘* Observations” on the affinities of the Solanacee,

Olacaceee, Canellacee, IRhamnacee, and Menispermacee, published in

this journal in 1849, 1851-52, 1858, 1860, and 1864-67, his

“ Memoir on the Triwriacee,” in Trans. Linn. Soc. for 1850, and his

*‘ Observations on the Structure of the Seed and Development of the

Raphe,” in the ‘ Transactions’ of the same Society for 1855-56.

Mr. Miers was also the author of several monographs, which,

although consisting in great part of reprints of his smaller papers,

are enriched with many additional observations and numerous elabo-

rate lithographic plates, all executed from original drawings, and

many drawn by himself upon the stone. His ‘ Illustrations of South-

American Botany,’ in two volumes, appeared in 1850 and 1857 ; and

his ‘ Contributions,’ in three volumes, followed in 1867, 1869, and

1871; the third and concluding volume is occupied exclusively with

his ‘‘ Monograph of Menispermaceous Plants,” and is an enduring

monument of the industry and learning of its author. His latest

volume, a ‘Memoir on the Apocynacee, was published in 1878,

when its author was in his eighty-ninth year. He may be said to

have died, as he had lived, in harness; for his last two papers ap-

peared in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society’ not two months

before his decease.

Mr. Miers was elected F.R.S. in 1843, and served two years upon

the Council. He was subsequently a Vice-President of the Linnean

Society, and was also a member of several foreign learned bodies.

He served as juror in the Brazilian section of the Exhibition of

1862, and was rewarded for his services by the Cross and Grand

Cross of the Brazilian Order of the Rose, conferred upon him by the

emperor.

As a botanist, Mr. Miers was distinguished by the accuracy of his

observations and descriptions, and the beauty and fidelity of his

drawings and analyses. He was a most indefatigable worker; and

his botanical researches, pursued in earlier days amid circumstances

Miscellaneous. 471

of great difficulty, became in later years the ruling interest of his

life, and to them he devoted the whole of his time and thoughts.

If, in the opinion of some botanists, he unduly multiplied generic

and specific definitions, and if his generalizations have not in all

cases met with universal acceptance, none can deny the importance

of the facts he adduced, or the minuteness and laborious accuracy

of his original investigations. He was, to the last, an opponent of

the theory of evolution.

In June 1879 he was compelled by failing health to desist from

active work. From this period he became more infirm, and after a

gradual decay, borne with never failing patience, expired on the 17th

October, 1879, in the ninety-first year of his age. In private life

he was esteemed by all who knew him.

The whole of his extensive herbarium has been bequeathed by

him to the British Museum.

Nicholson’s * Manual of Paleontology.’

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GentLemEeN,—I am very sorry to find that my esteemed friend

Prof. H. Alleyne Nicholson has, in the new edition of his ‘ Manual

of Paleontology’ (vol. ii. p. 138, footnote), committed the mistake

of quoting my authority for elevating the Platysomid fishes to

the ‘“‘rank ofa distinct division of Ganoids.” No such proposition

occurs in my unpublished paper to which he refers, which was

written to follow up the views which I expressed in my account

of the structure of the Paleoniscide (Paleontogr. Soc. 1877) as

to the abolition of the suborder ‘“ Lepidopleuride,” necessitated by

the demonstration of the fact that the Platysomide are not really

allied to the Pycnodontide, but are, on the other hand, so closely

linked to the Palzoniscide by ties of structure, that wherever we

place the one family, thither the other must follow.

My paper on the “Structure and Affinities of the Platysomide ”

was read before the Royal Society of Edinburgh on May 5 of this

year, and will, in a few weeks, appear in the forthcoming fasciculus

of that Society’s ‘Transactions.’ Prof. Nicholson’s mistake as to my

views is obviously due to his having had only a very hurried glance

over my proof-sheets, and that only on a single occasion.

I am, &c.,

Edinburgh, Novy. 12, 1879. R. H. Traqvarr.

On the Organization and Classification of the Orthonectida.

By M. A. Grarp. -

In a former communication * I indicated the existence of a

new class of animals which present permanently the usually tran-

sitory form called planula by embryogenists. New investigations

enable me now to complete the history of these animals and to

settle the place which they should occupy in the subkingdom

“ ‘Comptes Rendus,’ October 29, 1877, p. 812; translated in Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 181.

472 Miscellaneous.

Vermes. My researches have been made upon Intoshia linet, para-

sitic upon a Nemertean, and upon two species parasitic upon

Ophiurans, Rhopalura ophiocome and Intoshia gigas.

The movements, independent of vibratile cilia, which I observed

in these parasites are due to the presence of musculoid bands

belonging to the endodermic cells, and forming a splanchno-pleural

pseudo-mesoderm, analogous to the somato-pleural pseudo-meso-

derm formed in the Celenterata by the epithelio-muscular cells of

Kleinenberg and Korotneff.

To the ensemble of these elements I give the name of pseudo-

mesoderm, because I think it right to reserve the name of mesoderm,

properly so called, for other formations, which do not exist in the

Orthonectida, and the homology of which in the various groups of

Metazoa is rather difficult to establish. I distinguish :—

1. A solid mesoderm, formed very early at the expense of the

endodermic cells of the embryo (rudiment of the chorda of the

Tunicata and Vertebrata; skeletogenic cells of the embryo of

Echinoderms ; mesodermic cells issuing from the four first spheres

of the endoderm of the Planarie and of Bonellia, according to the

researches of P. Hallez, Sprengel, &c.).

2. A cavitary mesoderm, formed by diverticula of the endoderm

(enteroceeles) and appearing generally at a later period (aquiferous

system of the Echinoderms, enteroccele of the Tunicata, Brachiopoda,

Sagitta, Amphioxus, &c.).

The solid mesoderm gives origin especially to the muscular

system; the cavitary mesoderm principally forms the vascular

organs.

The physiological function of a histological element, however, is

only of secondary importance in the determination of phylogenetic

homologies. A muscular element, for example, will always origi-

nate where the want of it is felt, whether in a rudiment of endo-

dermic origin, or at the expense of ectodermic elements (Nemer-

teans). It may even be formed from only a portion of a cell (plas-

tidule), as occurs in the Infusoria, the Ceelenterata, and the Ortho-

nectida.

The reproduction of the Orthonectida is effected in two different

manners :—

1. Sexually. In different cases, there is formation of a blastula

which becomes laminated (Jntoshia gigas), or production of an

epibolic gastrula which finally closes (Rhopalura ophiocome). In

either case the result is a permanent ciliated planula with a meta-

merized ectoderm. The ectodermal metameres contain each a

single series of cells in Rhopalura and several series in Intoshia.

2. By gemmiparity in the interior of enormous sporocysts, formed

by the endoderm of the progenitive animal. It is in consequence

of this gemmiparous reproduction that the Orthonectida are met

with in such great abundance in an infested animal.

This double mode of reproduction approximates the Orthonectida

to the Dicyemida and other parasitic worms (Trematoda and Ces-

toda). Their more simple organization during the embryonic period

Miscellaneous. 473

leads us to place them below the Dicyemida. The subkingdom

Vermes will therefore include the following classes :—

1. Orthonectida. 3. Trematoda.

2. Dicyemida. 4, Cestoda.

5. Turbellaria (Planarians and Nemerteans).

Of the animals formerly classed with the preceding, some (Bryo-

zoa, Annelida, and associated groups) are intimately allied to the true

Mollusca, with which I unite them to form the subkingdom Gymno-

toca ; the others constitute a whole which may be called Nemuatel-

mia, including the Nematoida, Echinorhyncha, Desmoscolecida,

Gastrotricha, &e. The Tunicata must be placed at the foot of the

subkingdom Vertebrata.

The Orthonectida are Gastraeada brought by parasitism to the

state of planula. Their importance from the point of view of the

Gastrea-theory is much greater than that of the Physemaria.

These latter, in fact, only lead to the Ceelenterate branch, which

terminates in a cul-de-sac; while the Orthonectida represent a stem

of the Vermes, and consequently belong to the main trunk of the

genealogical tree of the Metazoa.—Comptes Rendus, September 22,

1879, p. 545.

Remarks on Orgyia.

Prof. Leidy remarked that Orgyia leucostigma, which now

seriously infests the shade trees of Philadelphia, especially the horse-

chestnuts and silver maples, had recently passed into the moth

stage. The trunks of the trees and the surrounding railing of the

square opposite to the Academy exhibit a profusion of cocoons.

In seeking for specimens of the male moth, he had collected only

three, in a walk along one side of the square, from the railing,

where hundreds of the wingless females were to be obtained as

they rested with their foamy white masses of eggs on their cocoons.

From the fewness of the males he was led to suspect that the

females might perhaps, in many instances, deposit the eggs in an

unfecundated condition. To ascertain if this were so, he collected

several dozen cocoons with pup of females, distinguished by their

comparatively robust character, and placed them in a covered box

in his study in the third story of a back building, separated from

the nearest place where there were other cocoons by the front

building and the width of the street in front of his house. As the

females came out of the cocoons, distended with eggs, these, with

the exception of a few which appeared to be accidentally dropped,

in several individuals were retained. After some days, as none of

the females laid their eggs, the box was uncovered ; and on the

second morning subsequently several individuals had deposited

masses of eggs, though no males were present in the box. How-

ever, on examining the vicinity, four male moths were detected on

the outside of the curtain of the window in which the box had been

placed, from which it was supposed that the females had been

visited by males attracted during the night from the neighbour-

hood.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iv. 34

474 Miscellaneous.

The case related reminded him that some years ago a collector

of butterflies in the suburbs informed him that he frequently ob-

tained male specimens of the Cecropia and Luna moths by pinning

females to the side of the window, when, in the morning after, he

would almost certainly find males in conjunction with them. The

means by which the males thus find their mates at night and in

out-of-the-way places were not obvious, as the insects appear to be

incapable of producing sounds or scents that are appreciable to our

senses.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., July 1879.

On Myrmecocystus mexicanus, Wesm.

Rey. H. C. M‘Cook exhibited several glass formicaries contain-

ing a large number of living specimens of the honey-ant, Myrme-

cocystus mexicanus, Wesmael. These embraced three worker castes

(major, minor, and dwarf), the honey-bearer, and the fertile queen.

The artificial nests had been brought from the Garden of the Gods,

Colorado, where the honey-ant had been discovered by Mr. M‘Cook.

They had previously been supposed to be confined to a more southern

latitude. The nests are found on the tops or southern slopes of

ridges. In exterior architecture they are small gravel-covered

moundlets, truncated cones, pierced in the centre by a gate or per-

pendicular opening from three to six inches deep. The interior

architecture was illustrated by numerous specimens brought from

excavated nests. It consists of a series of underground galleries

and chambers, cut through the gravel and sandstone to the distance

of nearly eight feet in length, two to four feet beneath the surface,

and about ten to twelve inches in width at the widest part.

The honey-bearers were found hanging in groups to the roofs of

the honey-chambers by their feet, their large globular abdomens

looking like bunches of small Delaware grapes. About eight to ten

chambers, containing each an average of about thirty honey-bearers,

were found. The workers cared for the honey-bearers when the

chambers were opened, and dragged them into the unopened parts.

The ants proved to be nocturnal in their habits, remaining within

doors until after sunset, about 7.30 p.m., each evening, when the

workers issued forth in column and dispersed among the clumps of

scrub oak (Quercus undulata). Here they sought the galls made by

a species of Cynips, which grow abundantly on the bushes, and

licked therefrom a sweet exudation which issued in small transpa-

rent beads from the surface. From 11.30 p.m. to about 3.30 a.m,

when the first streakings of dawn began to appear, the workers

returned home laden with the honey. This appears to be fed to

the sedentary honey-hearers by disgorging it in the usual way, and

remains within the globular abdomens as a store for future use.

The economy of this habit appears to resemble that of the bee, the

exception being that the bee’s honey is stored within the inorganic

substance of a waxen cell, while the ant’s is lodged within the

organic tissue of the living insect.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Philad.,

Sept. 1879.

475

INDEX to VOL. IV.

ACANTHOPHRYS, new species of,

10.

Acheeopsis, new species of, 2.

Acidalia, new species of, 438,

Acme, new species of, 341.

Acontia, new species of, 366.

Acosmeryx, new species of, 350.

Acreea, new species of, 230.

Acritus, new species of, 461.

Acronycta, new species of, 358,

Agelastica, new species of, 108.

Agrotis, new species of, 360.

Amblygoes, new species of, 449.

Amblystomes, on the oviposition of

the, 248.

Amphithonotus, new species of, 330.

Amphiumide, morphological notes

on the limbs of the, 95,

Ampullariz, on the respiratory appa-

ratus of the, 325.

Angerona, new species of, 570.

Animal and vegetable kingdoms, on

the limits of the, 170.

Annelid jaws from the Cambro-

Silurian and Lower Carboniferous,

on, 166.

Annelids, on the body-cavity of the

sedentary, 94.

Anthophila, new species of, 366.

Anticlea, new species of, 444.

Antipha, new species of, 115.

Ant-queen, on the adoption of an,

252.

Apamea, new species of, 360,

Apurima, new species of, 457.

Arachnida, new, 41, 190, 343.

Areeopora, characters of the new

genus, 277.

Arcturus, new species of, 416,

Argidaya, new species of, 375.

Argillornis longipennis, on the skull

of, 468.

Argyrotypus, characters of the new

genus, 241,

Arum crinitum, on the part played

by insects during the flowering of,

399.

Asthena, new species of, 458.

Astrophiura, on the structure of, 401.

Attus, new species of, 42.

Bacanius, new species of, 461.

Bairdia, on the species of, 318.

Baly, J.S., on new genera and species

of Gallerucine, 108.

Bates, H. W., on two new Japanese

Longicorns, 466.

Batrachobdella, on the organization

of, 250.

Belenois, new species of, 232.

Belosticta, characters of the new

genus, 357.

Biston, new species of, 571.

Bithiasa, new species of, 369.

Blake, J. F., on the homologies of

the Cephalopoda, 303.

Blastinia, description of the genus,

28.

Bleptina, new species of, 447.

Boarmia, new species of, 3/72.

Bocana, new species of, 448.

Books, new :—Gosse’s Great Atlas

Moth of Asia, 92 ; Dawson’s Aca-

dian Geology, 92; Price’s Gault,

93; Nicholson’s Tabulate Corals,

391; Whiteaves’s Mesozoic Fossils

of the Cretaceous Rocks of Van-

couver &e., 395.

Botys, new species of, 246.

Butler, A. G., on Arachnida from

the island of Johanna, 41; on new

476

Lepidopterafrom Madagascar, 227;

on a new distinction between the

species of the genus Phrynus, 513;

on new Lepidoptera from Japan,

349, 437.

Calcispongiz, on the fossil, 61, 120,

431.

Cambridge, Rev. O. P., on new and

rare British Spiders, 190; on new

species of Araneidea, 543.

Canis rudis, description of, 316, 400.

Capnodes, new species of, 569.

Caradrina, new species of, 243,

Carbonia, on some Carboniferous spe-

cies of, 28.

Carter, H. J., on the mode of growth

of Stromatopora and on the com-

mensalism of Caunopora, 101; on

the structure of Stromatopora, 253;

on the nutritive and reproductive

processes of sponges, 374; on the

so-called “ Farringdon Sponges,”

431.

Castalius, new species of, 230.

Caunopora, on the commensalism of,

101.

Cephalopoda, on the homologies of

the, 803.

Ceratocarcinus, new species of, 27.

Cercosaura, new species of, 298.

Cetonia, new species of, 463.

Cetoniide, new, 74, 247, 463.

Chameleon, new species of, 246.

Chirocephalus, new species of, 251.

peas oa observations on the,

Cheerocampa, new species of, 234.

Chorilibinia, new species of, 7.

Chrysotypus, characters of the new

genus, 240,

Cidaria, new species of, 446.

Cidariplura, characters of the new

genus, 449.

Coccinella, new species of, 466.

Coleoptera, new, 74, 108, 247, 459.

Conoceelia, characters of the genus,

72.

Conodonts, on the affinities of, 166.

Coptomia, new species of, 79.

Corynella, description of the genus, _

120.

Cosmia, new species of, 365.

Cosmovici, M., on the body-cavity

of the Sedentary Annelids, with

remarks on the genus Phascolo-

soma, 94.

Crambus, new species of, 455.

INDEX.

Crocinis, characters of the new genus,

244,

Crustacea, descriptions of new or

little-known species of, 1, 329,

415, 458; on the Willemoesia

group of, 173.

Cryptopodia, new species of, 26.

Culapa, new species uf, 227.

Cyana, new species of, 552.

Cyclonyx, characters of the new

genus, 6.

Cyclopides, new species of, 233.

Cymatophora, new species of, 357.

Cyrtophium, new species of, 381.

Cythere, new species of, 38.

Dasycampa, new species of, 363.

Dasychira, new species of, 239.

Davis, J. W., on fish-remains from

the Cannel Coal of Yorkshire,

467.

Deania, new species of, 451.

Dizea, new species of, 208.

Diagramma, new species of, 15@,

Didelphys, new species of, 108.

Diodosida, new species of, 254.

Dithyrocaris and Anthrapaleemon, on

the occurrence of, in the Lower

Carboniferous of Scotland, 167.

Dobson, G. E., on a new species of

Vesperugo, 135.

Dog, on a new species of wild, 316,

400.

Doridicola, new species of, 458.

Doththa, new species of, 452.

Drassus, new species of, 192.

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on some sphe-

roidal Lithistid Spongida, 84.

Echinodermata, on a new and aber-

rant genus of, 401.

Kcpleopus, new species of, 296.

Fenasia, new species of, 450.

Emmelesia, new species of, 441.

Emphrassotis, description of the new

genus, 295,

Endropia, new species of, 371.

Entomides, on the Devonian, 183.

Entomostraca, on the Paleozoic bi-

valved, 28, 182.

Entoniscus, observations on the genus,

137.

Ephyra, new species of, 488.

Epicauta, new species of, 464.

Epilecta, new species of, 361.

Epione, new species of, 869.

Episcapha, new species of, 465,

Eremobia, new species of, 243.

Eryontidz, on the recent, 173.

INDEX.

Etheridge, R., jun., on the occurrence

of Dithyrocaris and Anthrapale-

mon in the Lower Carboniferous

of Scotland, 167; on Paleozoic

Corals, 216, 265; on fossils from

North Queensland, 319.

Eubolia, new species of, 245.

Euchilia, new species of, 75.

Eucinetops, new species of, 3.

Eupithecia, new species of, 442.

Euplexia, new species of, 244.

Euproctis, new species of, 237.

Eupsilia, new species of, 363.

Eurypauropus, description of the

new genus, 322.

Eusiphonella, characters of the

genus, 72.

Fish, on fossil, from the Cannel Coal

of Yorkshire, 467.

Fisher, Rev. O.,on a mammaliferous

deposit near Cambridge, 320.

Fishes, on the apparatus of sound in

some, 99; new, 136.

Galerucella, new species of, 110.

Gallerucinz, new genera and species

of, 108.

Gasteracantha, new species of, 44.

Gelechia, new species of, 457.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 166, 517, 467.

Giard, A., on the genus Entoniscus,

187; on the organization and clas-

sification of the Orthonectida, 471.

Glenea, new species of, 467.

Glyphodes, new species of, 453.

Gnaphosa, new species of, 191.

Gnathostypsis, new species of, 233.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col., on two

new species of Plectopylis, 163.

Gogane, new species of, 237.

Gongylus, new species of, 301.

Gorgopis, new species of, 357.

Gould, J., observations on the Bower-

birds, with description of a new

species, 73.

Graphiphora, new species of, 362.

Giinther, Dr. A., on a new species of

porcupine, 106; on a new species of

Didelphys, 108; on two new

species of fishes, 186; on a new

species of chameleon, 246; on a

new species of wild dog, 316,

400.

Halimus, new species of, 3.

Haplosonyx, new species of, 115.

Haptophyra gigantea, description of,

97.

477

Heckel, E., on trichinosis in a hip-

popotamus, 99.

Heliolites, new species of, 224.

Henotesia, characters of the new

genus, 228.

Herminia, new species of, 446.

Himatella, characters of the genus,

66.

Hinde, C. J., on Conodonts and on

Annelid jaws from the Cambro-

Silurian &c., 166,

Hindia, description of the new genus,

Hippopotamus, on trichinosis in the,

99; on the natural term of life of

the, 188.

Hister, new species of, 461.

Hormisa, new species of, 446.

Huenia, new species of, 5.

Hulke, J. W., on Vectisaurus val-

densis, 167 ; on the genus Orni-

thopsis, 318.

Hyale Lubbockiana, note on, 396.

Hyastenus, new species of, 12.

Hylemera, new species of, 236.

Hyperythra, new species of, 370.

Hystrix, new species of, 106.

Ichthyurus, new species of, 463.

Infusoria, new species of, 97, 290.

Inguridia, characters of the new

genus, 354.

Insects, on the structure of the ce-

phalic ganglia of, 397 ; on the part

played by, during the flowering of

Arum crinitum, 399.

Inurois, description of the new genus,

445,

Tolaus, new species of, 231.

Ischalia, new species of, 463.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the Paleozoic

bivalved Entomostraca, 28, 182;

on the species of the Ostracodous

genus Bairdia, 318.

Jourdan, E., on the Zoantharia mala-

codermata of the shores of Mar-

seilles, 325.

Kerschner, L.,on the Notodelphyide,

321.

Kirkby, J. W., on some Carbonife-

rous species of Carbonia, 28; on

the species of the Ostracodous

genus Bairdia, 318.

Lacera, new species of, 368.

Leelapia, characters of the new genus,

238.

Lambrus, characters of the genus, 17.

Lapworth, C., on the geological dis-

478

tribution of the Rhabdophora,

333, 423.

Larentia, new species of, 443.

Lasius flavus, on the marriage-flights

of, 326.

Leidy, Prof., on Orgyia, 473.

Leiocephalus, new species of, 301.

ge anceps, on the restoration of,

53.

Lepidoptera, new, 227, 349, 437.

Leptura, new species of, 464.

Leucoma, new species of, 236.

Lewis, G., on new species of Coleo-

ptera from Japan, 459,

Lichtenstein, J., on the metamor-

phoses of the Blister-beetle, 169.

Linnzeus, on Kerr's translation of the

‘Systema Nature’ of, 396.

Linyphia, new species of, 204.

Litocerus, new species of, 465.

Lizards, new, 295.

Lobophora, new species of, 443.

Locastra, new species of, 447.

Lophopteryx, new species of, 355.

Lozogramma, new species of, 441.

Lycauges, characters of the new

genus, 373.

Lymantria, new species of, 239.

Lytta vesicatoria, on the metamor-

phoses of, 169.

Macaria, new species of, 440.

M‘Cvok, Rey. H. C., on the adop-

tion of an ant-queen, 252; on the

marriage-flights of Lasius flavus

and Myrmica lobicornis, 326; on

Myrmecocystus mexicanus, 474,

Macrodorcus, new species of, 462.

Macropis, observations on the genus,

286.

Mammal, on a new Jurassic, 167,

Mardara, new species of, 240.

Margaronia, new species of, 454.

Marsh, Prof. O. C., on a new Juras-

sic mammal, 167,

Maupas, E., on a new Opalinid,

97 ; on the systematic position of

the Volvocinez, 170.

Mecyna, new species of, 454,

Melanippe, new species of, 443.

Mesodonta, new species of, 111.

Mesogona, new species of, 364.

Micippe, new species of, 13.

Microdeutopus, new species of, 331.

Miers, E. J., on new or little-known

species of Maioid Crustacea, 1.

eR J., obituary notice of the late,

INDEX.

Miltochrista, new species of, 353.

Moa, alleged evidence of the, from

feathered ornaments of Maori

weapons, 169,

Mocoa, new species of, 300.

Moneron, on a new, 388.

Monobia confluens, description of,

388.

Myrmecocystus mexicanus, observa-

tions on, 474.

Myrmica lobicornis, on the marriage-

flights of, 526.

Mythimna, new species of, 358.

Narosa, new species of, 356.

Nebalia, new species of, 418.

Necydalis, new species of, 464.

Nematocampa, new species of, 370.

Neomenia, on the occurrence of, in

the British seas, 164,

Neriene, new species of, 196, 343.

Nevill, G., on a new species of Acme

and varieties from the Conglome-

rate beds at Menton, 341.

Newton, Prof. A., on some moot

points in ornithological nomen-

clature, 158, 419.

Nicholson, Prof. H. A., on Palaeozoic

Corals from Northern Queensland,

216, 265; observations on the genus

Stenopora, 265.

Nioda, new species of, 241.

Nodynus, new species of, 460.

Nonagria, new species of, 359.

Norman, Rey. A. M., on the occur-

rence of Neomenia in the British

seas, 164; on the recent Eryontide,

173.

Notodelphyide, on the, 321.

Novius, new species of, 466.

Numenoides, characters of the new

genus, 238.

(Edicerus, new species of, 110.

Opalina, on a remarkable species of,

Ophthalmodes, new species of, 373.

Oreta, new species of, 355.

Orgyia leucostigma, remarks on,

473.

Ornithological nomenclature, on some

moot points in, 158, 419.

Ornithopsis, note on the genus, 318.

Orthocabera, characters of the new

genus, 439.

Orthonectida, on the organization

and classification of the, 471.

O’Shaughnessy, A. W. E., on new

species of lizards, 295.

INDEX.

Othonia, new species of, 15.

Owen, Prof. R., on the restoration

of Leiodon anceps, 53; on the al-

leged evidence of the Moa from

feathered ornaments of Maori wea-

pons, 169; on the natural term of

life in the hippopotamus, 188 ; on

the Endothiodont Reptilia, 317 ;

on the skull of Argiilornis longi-

pennis, 468,

Oxyrhyncha, descriptions of new, 1.

Ozola, new species of, 441.

Pachypora, new species of, 280.

Pachytilodia, description of the

genus, 133.

Paleca, characters of the new genus,

354.

Panolis, new species of, 243.

Pantolia, new species of, 79.

Paralipsa, characters of the new

genus, 454.

Paramicippe, new species of, 13,

Paramithrax, new species of, 8.

Parasa, new species of, 242.

Parathoé, characters of the genus,

16.

Parectatosoma, description of the

new genus, 386.

Pasithea, new species of, 41.

Patton, W. H., on the genus Ma-

cropis, 286.

Pauropod, on a new, 322.

Penicillaria, new species of, 367.

Peridea, new species of, 353.

Peronella, characters of the genus,

67.

Phascolosoma, remarks on the genus,

94.

Phasmidz, on a new genus of, 386,

Phrynus, on a new distinction be-

tween the species of, 313.

Pisa, new species of, 11.

Platysomidee, on the affinities of the,

471.

Plectopylis, new species of, 163.

Plocamia, new species of, 44.

Plusia, new species of, 367.

Polycheles, observations on

species of, 173.

Prionocerus, new species of, 464.

Protosycon, description of the genus,

154.

Pseudomicippe, new species of, 12.

Pseudonaclia, new species of, 236.

Pseudonympha, new species of, 228.

Ptomascopus, new species of, 460.

Pygora, new species of, 77,

the

479

Pyralis, new species of, 451,

Reptilia, on the Endothiodont, 317.

Rhabdophora, on the geological dis-

tribution of the, 333, 423.

Ridley, H. N., on a new Copepod,

458,

Rothia, new species of, 235.

Ryder, J. A., on the limbs of the

Amphiumidie, 95; on a new spe-

cies of Chirocephalus, 251; on a

new Pauropod, 322.

Sabatier, A., on the respiratory ap-

paratus of the Ampullariz, 323.

Salamis, new species of, 230.

Samea, new species of, 453.

Saperda, new species of, 466.

Scaphidium, new species of, 460.

Schneider, A.,on Monobia confluens,

388.

Schnetzler, B.,on the part played by

insects during the flowering of

Arum crinitum, 399.

Scotosia, new species of, 444.

Sestrostomella, description of the

genus, 126.

Shells, new, 163, 341.

Simocarcinus, characters of the new

genus, 6,

Singara, new species of, 245.

Sladen, W. P., on the structure of

Astrophiura, 401.

Sorensen, W., on the apparatus of

sound in some South-American

fishes, 99.

Sollas, W. J., on a new species of

Echinonematous sponge, 44,

Spermophora, new species of, 43.

Spheerodon, new species of, 187,

Spiders, on some new and rare Bri-

tish, 190.

Spilarctia, new species of, 351.

Sponges, new, 44, 84; studies on

fossil, 61, 120; on the nutritive

and reproductive processes of, 374;

on the so-called “ Farrinedon,”

431.

Stauropus, new species of, 353.

Steatoda, new species of, 193.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on Hyale

Lubbockiana, 396.

Stenopora, observations on the genus,

265.

Stenotarsia, new species of, 74.

Sterki, Dr. V., on a new species of

Infusoria, 290.

Strabena, new species of, 227,

Stromatopora, on the mode of growth

480

of, 1015

253.

Stylacodon, description of the genus,

167.

Synclysmus, characters of the new

genus, 242.

Synopella, description of the genus,

129.

on the structure of,

Systropha, new species of, 353.

Tachycellus, new species of, 459.

Tzeniocampa, new species of, 362.

Tanais, new species of, 417.

Tanaorhinus, new species of, 438.

Tephrosia, new species of, 372.

Teredus, new species of, 462.

Thalera, new species of, 437.

Theridiosoma, characters of the new

genus, 193.

Thomas, O., on Kerr’s translation of

the ‘Systema Nature’ of Linnzeus,

396.

Thomson, G. M., on additions to the

Amphipodous Crustacea of New

Zealand, 329; on two new Isopods,

415; on a new species of Nebalia,

418.

Thyris, new species of, 367.

Tintinnus semiciliatus, description

of, 290.

Trapezites, new species of, 232.

Traquair, Dr. R. H., on the affinities

of the Platysomide, 471.

Trichinosis in a hippopotamus, on,

Trigonothir, new species of, 4.

Triphznopsis, new species of, 361.

Tropzea, new species of, 355.

INDEX.

bet

Trotosema, description of the new

genus, 448,

Tylocarcinus, characters of the genus,

14.

Vaillant, L., on the oviposition of

the Amblystomes, 248.

Valgus, new species of, 83.

Vectisaurus valdensis, note on, 167.

Vertebrates, on the occurrence in

North America of rare extinct,

found fragmentarily in England,

53.

Vesperugo, new species of, 155.

Viguier, C., on the organization of

Batrachobdella, 250.

Volvocine, on the systematic posi-

tion of the, 170.

Wagner, N., on the structure of the

cephalic ganglia of insects, 397.

Walckenaera, new species of, 203,

347.

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Ceto-

niide, 74, 247.

Wood-Mason, J., on a new genus of

Phasmide, 386.

Woodward, Dr. H., on Squilla We-

therelli and Necroscilla Wilsoni,

319.

Xuthia, new species of, 462.

Xylina, new species of, 565.

Xylophasia, new species of, 359.

Ypthima, new species of, 229.

Zoantharia malacodermata of the

shores of Marseilles, on the, 325.

Zittel, K. A., on the fossil Calci-

spongize, 61, 120.

END OF THE FOURTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,